Main

March 09, 2010

Unemployment Benefits - A Thought Experiment

Jeffrey Carlson of Grand Rapids, Mich., a former insurance salesman and father of six, says he is motivated to find work, despite the $1,650 a month he collects in unemployment benefits. That money does not go far given his rent, child support, utilities and credit card bills. Carlson, 44, said he has applied for numerous jobs with no luck and has spent $40,000 in savings.

Carlson, who made $50,000 a year before he was laid off, said watching Bunning and other senators debate whether to extend unemployment benefits was painful and infuriating.

"I paid into the system for 25 years and now I need it," he said. "People are being put through the emotional heartache and anxiety of not knowing if it's going to keep coming. There are too many people who need it and are depending on it."

© 2010 The Washington Post Company


I don't know the specifics and details of the federal-state unemployment insurance system. My brief glimpses of it from my job are unpleasant enough. However, assume for a moment that Mr. Carlson did indeed "pay into" a system for 25 years with the expectation that he would be able to withdraw from it when he needed the money.

Why the hell didn't he just set up a private savings account, deposit the money there, and know it would stay safe no matter what happened? Having done that, he'd be assured of the following:

  • It would always be his money, rightfully earned.
  • It would be immediately accessible and traceable.
  • It would be easily inherited by his family if he died.
  • It would be available to use in case of an unexpected emergency and not limited to unemployment situations.
  • Given a large enough balance and a decent bank rate, he might earn substantial interest.

If the alternative to the above is a politicized, unaccountable, and completely out-of-his-hands system...why would anyone take the government option? How could you live knowing strangers are operating your safety net and are liable to change its terms and conditions arbitrarily? Why subject yourself to the spectacle of some hack grandstanding on your future a thousand miles away?

I can tell you a few reasons.

One, because the government option isn't really an option. It's based on a tax and taxes are not optional. You or your employer are forced to pay into the system. If those payments are not made, the fifty ton bureaucratic paper grinder lurches into operation with the expressed ultimate intent of physically seizing individuals and their assets to punish noncompliance. That grinder is the sole reason why I pay taxes. I don't want to be arrested and I don't want my property stolen outright.

Two, because most people are counting on that state aggression to force participation. These folks either won't or can't save for themselves and are expecting the government option to provide where they cannot. They embrace the Sicilian Mafia phrase pagare tutti, pagare meno. Because those who would not voluntarily pay are threatened with violence if they do not, many people pay less than they normally would if they were acting responsibly. Since they don't have to deal with hundreds of thousands of individuals gritting their teeth over the taxes and all they have to do is sign up for the money (often after receiving government-paid training to learn how to sign up for the money!), what's not to like?

Three, because some people actually swallow the political swindle hook, line, and sinker. They are akin to the knowing group above, but differ from those folks because they trust the person claiming to represent them and they trust the talking heads filling in the rhetorical details. Flag-waving, democratic glory-blindness, or raw egalitarianism; not really important which one.

Four, because some people are simply too irresponsible, busy, ignorant, or shallow of thought to even consider a diversified savings plan. It's just another vague thought-cloud in the back of their minds competing with their next case of Bud Light, what to cook for dinner inbetween picking up the kids and finding a plumber for the sink, whether human evolution is real, and what the heck is up with those brown foreign people fighting with each other all the time. Retirement and building an emergency fund? Oh, yeah, get right on that...mmm, reality TV...*slouch*

All the planning I do starts with the assumption the government will not give me a penny. Not a penny of the money it threatened out of me for decades and not a penny threatened out of anyone else.

Even excluding my sarcastic egoist anarchism, this doesn't seem like such a radical concept. My confusion is doubled when people are already "paying into" a government system and therefore can already afford to set aside a portion of their money to take care of themselves. This isn't even an unemployment thing. It applies to any situation where you face an uncertain future with a non-wealthy income.

I don't get it.

February 25, 2010

The Bloom Box and Statism

CBS News: The Bloom Box: An Energy Breakthrough?

"I like to say that the new energy technologies could be the largest economic opportunity of the 21st century," [John Doerr from the big Silicon Valley venture capital firm Kleiner Perkins] explained.

[...]

Twenty large, well-known companies have quietly bought and are testing Bloom boxes in California.

Like FedEx. We were at their hub in Oakland, the day Bloom installed their boxes, each one costing $700-800,000.

One reason the companies have signed up is that in California 20 percent of the cost is subsidized by the state, and there's a 30 percent federal tax break because it's a "green" technology. In other words: the price is cut in half.


From my selfish, I've-got-mine, coldhearted, stubborn, unrealistic viewpoint, I think the real story here is how the federal tax system is getting in the way of serious next-gen technology that could radically improve living standards. There's the lede, buried as usual.

Don't take this as something it isn't. Don't let someone tell you that a 30% cut in federal taxes has helped make this technology possible. If they say that, they've got their cause and effect mixed up. The government didn't help anyone or help do anything.

A more accurate way of explaining it is 30% of the dollar cost the government aggressively imposes on individuals (and the organizations they own) who add economic value to human existence has been temporarily waived per conditional government approval. The line between economically feasible and a waste of money is thin enough that a third less in this expense makes a difference. This tech might revolutionize world well-being, and for some companies, a few hundred thousand bucks are part of what stands in the way.

Think about that for a minute. Think about the number of people with great ideas, promising implementations, and the willpower to face the risks. Think about the diverse level of interest in improving humanity out there, trying to make It work. Think about the thousands of decisions made each day, many with the weight of cost factoring in at the moment of truth. Most people can't buy whatever they want; they have to spend wisely or go broke. This is no different from an organization designed to create and manufacture a product.

"This is affordable. Yes, we should do it."

...or...

"We'd never make any money. No, we shouldn't do it."

I think of the untold, unpublished, unrecognized, uncountable mountains of "no" built up over the decades, a mute chain on human progress. I'm no utilitarian and I don't think the critical determinant of any moral question is the amount, degree, or breadth of some positive outcome. But if those are the grounds upon which someone argues for the aggression necessary to enforce the tax system against people trying to voluntarily buy and sell goods and services, they have no legitimate reason to claim this statism made the Bloom Box possible. The government decided to let these people keep more of their money. That isn't help just like a robber isn't helping you when he decides to leave the TV.

l See You


Actually, the robber analogy isn't a great fit. The robber doesn't normally return at an arbitrary time to claim your TV, knowing you will be held criminally responsible if you attempt to prevent him from taking it. Criminally responsible, of course, means specially-trained and well-armed people who have substantial legal immunity will eventually arrest, kidnap, and kill you for resisting their orders.

I predict many of the coercive collectivists known as politicians will praise this as an example of proper government policy. I predict I'll vomit a little in my mouth every time I hear it, knowing that some dolt claiming to be a supporter of free markets and individual liberty will be on shortly to concede away the former by compromising on the latter.

February 10, 2010

Cigarette Taxes

Reuters via Yahoo! News: U.S. would reap billions from $1 cigarette tax hike

Adding a $1 per pack tax to cigarettes could raise more than $9 billion a year for states, health advocates said on Wednesday, and a poll released with the study shows Americans would support such a tax.

I wonder if there will ever come a day when I or someone who shares my philosophical temperament will encounter a mainstream news article like the above and not immediately know how it will proceed.

"An increase in tobacco tax rates is not only sound public health policy but a smart and predictable way to help boost the economy and generate long-term health savings for states facing deepening budget deficits," said John Seffrin, chief executive of the American Cancer Society Cancer Action Network.
I loathe these people. They take a laudable goal and fuck it up by advocating the violent redistribution of property as a way to achieve it.
"We have irrefutable evidence that raising the tobacco tax lowers smoking rates among adults and deters millions of children from picking up their first cigarette," Seffrin said in a statement.
Pragmatism: It Can Justify Anything
The groups also surveyed 847 registered voters and found 60 percent favor raising the tobacco tax to help state budgets while 38 percent were opposed.

The survey, with a margin of error of three points, found that 72 percent of voters opposed increases in state sales and 80 percent rejected higher gasoline taxes.


Democracy: Danger In Numbers

"Each year in the United States, smoking-caused disease results in $96 billion in health care costs, much of which is paid by taxpayers through higher insurance premiums and government-funded health programs such as Medicaid," the report argues

"Indeed, higher Medicaid costs are one of the reasons states are facing budget difficulties."


OBVIOUSLY WE CAN'T STOP TAXING OTHERS TO PAY FOR THOSE TREATMENTS. THAT WOULD BE MEAN AND HEARTLESS.

Rather, let's just order cops to threaten imminent bodily harm, abduction, and detainment against those retailers who won't collect the tax and who, after their permission to make a living is revoked, continue to operate their businesses. Let's send strangers violently into the lives of people who have done nothing wrong and command them to raise their prices with the express intent to cut down on their sales. All of that is fine and dandy, isn't it?

"It is disheartening the report's authors are suggesting legislators position tax increases as a way to address health issues while the report clearly describes tax increases as a way to fix budgets and score political points with voters," Philip Morris USA said in a statement.

"The report neglects to mention the fact that cigarette tax increases rarely generate all of the revenue they are projected to raise -- creating more budget problems down the road."

Copyright © 2010 Reuters Limited. All rights reserved.


And bringing up the rear: the inevitable half-hearted, nutless whining by Industry. Utterly devoid of principle and morally gutted by years of lies, the best they can offer is "I disagree, that plan wouldn't quite work so well." I once had some sympathy for these cretins; no more. Not when they say shit like:

In addition to violating many trademark laws, counterfeit cigarettes are almost always sold without the appropriate federal and state excise tax. The counterfeit cigarettes purchased from G.J. Smokes bore no genuine tax stamp. As a result, the applicable excise taxes were not paid.
If you actively advocate the economic destruction of your products, how the fuck am I supposed to care about another buck imposed on top of each pack? Other than the unthinkingly reflexive tea party hordes, why would anyone else give it a second thought unless it was their own habit gored by the government ox?

Big Tobacco is functionally absurd.

February 01, 2010

Another Law I'll Break With Regularity

Austin-American Statesman: Police to begin ticketing for texting while driving

Austin police will begin issuing tickets today for people who text message while driving.

[...]

The ban prohibits driving while using a mobile electronic device to send a text message or e-mail, surf the Web, play a game or adjust music settings or use iPhone applications.

[...]

The citations will be a Class C misdemeanor, which carries a fine of up to $500 and can be appealed in Municipal Court.

Copyright © Mon Feb 01 16:05:42 EST 2010 All rights reserved.


Tack this onto the impressive list of perfectly moral and contextually-appropriate actions for which we'll now be held criminally responsible.

If I want to send a text, I'll do so when I think I have the safe opportunity to do so. That includes while in the driver's seat of a moving car.

The City of Austin and the Austin Police Department can suck it. I'm responsible for any wrecks, injuries, and deaths my actions may cause and no law will change that.

October 09, 2009

Nobel Chutzpah

Chutzpah, the quality of shamelessly violating social acceptability, is sometimes embodied in the story of a person who kills his parents and, during his trial, calls for the court's mercy because he's an orphan. I'd say giving the Nobel Peace prize to someone partially responsible for over 3,500 civilian deaths certainly qualifies.

I can't see how any government agent is qualified to receive a prize rooted in concepts of peace.

Within days of his inauguration, Barack Obama ordered military strikes that killed civilians in Pakistan. Those were not the first civilian deaths for which he shares responsibility.

He maintains an active war in Afghanistan. Iraq is still occupied. He has so far shown little substantial departure from Bush's policy on handling suspected/accused terrorists.

As far as I know, he has not helped end any significant conflict overseas.

Domestically, the case is even weaker. He supports not only the essential structures of taxation and economic regulation, but wishes to expand them. Both of those structures are actively violent against Americans and foreigners every day and constitute a direct threat against peaceful individuals.

This is an award given on the basis of two things: who he is not and how well he has tried to explain who he is not.

I think this will become a classic example of an elite body misreading a situation and provides further proof the Peace Prize is more of a stamp of political approval than anything else.

He should decline the award. Barring that, he should accept it and then immediately gift it to people exponentially more deserving. Chinese dissidents, Iranian protesters, etc.

Funniest comment I've read so far on the situation was from JonLee11 : "Maybe Obama won bc he got a black man and a white cop to sit down and have a beer together."

September 08, 2009

Not My Problem

I've been lazy and have not replaced my bedroom's busted ceiling fan and I prefer having a constant airflow while I fall asleep. I need to replace my sheets because the current set is just plain old and worn out. Down the hall from me, one of my roommates and his girlfriend digested TV in his room all evening. I had been sitting in bed for several hours studying managerial accounting and thinking about my relationship situation. Several topics were bouncing around in my head:

  • Cleaning the cat litter box
  • Hoping the $650 I gave my neighbor will help fix her roof after one of the trees in my yard hit her house
  • Filling up the Golf's tank soon
  • What the hell I'll do when I finally graduate college and leave my current job
  • A public speaking presentation on Andrew Bird for one of my classes
  • Editing and posting at least 300 pictures I took over the last few months
  • Juggling bills and my income
  • What I'll be wearing at a theme party next weekend
  • What the deal was with the two gunshots I heard that evening

So last night I honestly had trouble sleeping. I wasn't physically or mentally relaxed.

And what is the very first e-mail in my inbox at work this morning?

Please read and pass on


This came from a Marine unit over in Iraq ... Their wish is to send it

to as many people in the country as possible.

(Be sure to read their note at the end of the e-mail).. Hopefully we can help them achieve their goal.

I HOPE I DO NOT HEAR OF ANYONE
BREAKING THIS
ONE OR SEE
DELETED
This is a ribbon for
soldiers fighting in Iraq . Pass it on to everyone
and pray.
SLEEP LAST
NIGHT?
Bed a
little lumpy...
Toss and
turn any....
Wish the heat was higher...
Maybe the a/c !
Wasn't on...
Had to go to the john......
Need a drink of
water...
?
?
Scroll
down






Yes.. It is like that!
Count your blessings, pray for them,
Talk to your Creator
And
The next time when...
The other car cuts you off and you must hit the brakes,
Or you have to park a little further from Walmart than you want to be,
Or
you're served slightly warm food at the restaurant,
Or you're sitting and cursing the traffic in front of you,
Or
the shower runs out of hot water, Think of them...


Protecting your freedom!

I wrote about the total monkey-shit-flinging nonsense of soldiers protecting our freedom overseas when I discovered this most excellent Russmo cartoon a while back. The contents in the speech bubbles succinctly capture the complete absurdity of this argument in the form of a father's letter to his son in the military:
Dear Jimmy,

Hope all is well in Iraq. We are so proud of you for going over there to fight for our freedom. A lot has happened since you left...

Our home was taken by the feds for back taxes we owed, and then the family business was condemned by the city so they could build a football stadium.

Mom was arrested for carrying a gun in her purse and your brother is in prison for smoking a joint. At least your sister is okay, though she has to go to court for not wearing a seatbelt.

We wish you were here to help pay for all the legal fees, but just knowing you are over there fighting for the liberties we cherish makes it all worthwhile.

Love, Dad


In case you can't tell, that's the bitter sting of sarcasm, not the happy thoughts of a flag-waver. I once believed invading Iraq and Afghanistan would ultimately protect my freedom at home and I regret the public advocacy I committed for those causes. There is simply no contest between the threat American governments present to me and the threat some theocratic Muslims and totalitarian Arabs present to me. American governments actively trample basic freedoms of association and exchange as a matter of routine public policy.

It was bad enough being told from all kinds of earnest, well-meaning people that I should be grateful that tens of thousands of soldiers are risking their lives to save mine...but apparently that simply is not good enough.

I now have to stop whining about my own personal displeasures because those soldiers are stuck in conditions far shittier than mine. Stubbing my toe pales in comparison to walking ten miles in filthy boots filled with sand and sweat. Finding a decent place to eat is nothing compared to Day #274 of MREs. Trouble sleeping in a house with central air but a bedroom without a ceiling fan is a joke when people sleep in spite of mortar attacks, sunburns, the aforementioned boots, vast distances between you and loved ones, the nightmares of your friends dying in front of you, knowing your mission is tossed around like a toy in partisan pissing matches, and in spite of the fact that perhaps you only joined the Army because you wanted help paying for college. Now, you've lost a girlfriend, your high school crew is moving on with their lives, and you don't trust the interpreter for your platoon.

I get all that. I get that it sucks and it's hot and it's dusty and it's fucking depressing and some assholes keep planting bombs that blow sanity and bodies apart. For all those reasons and a lot more, I want those people home. I've wanted them home for several years, withdrawn "precipitously" and post-gawddamn-haste. The sooner the better. I'd much rather they not have to deal with post-traumatic stress and fucking amputations and arrogant officers and loser noncoms and the idea of a "vacation" neutered down to a few weeks back home before getting sent out into the shit again. For the third time.

But I refuse to abstain from dwelling on my own very present problems simply because there are others in the world who are worse off than me...and I particularly refuse to temper acknowledging my own problems on the morally fallacious grounds that unwanted sacrifice demands my humility and thanks. Sacrifice - the act of giving up something of value in exchange for an even lesser value - is rotten enough. Don't make it worse by asserting that I ought to embrace sacrifice done in my name long after I've withdrawn my sanction.

August 25, 2009

The Wheels Are Coming Off

This doesn't make any f-ing sense, and I'm not gonna do it.

...I don't get how you can possibly hand me a health care bill with an individual mandate and no public option. If I'm uninsured or poorly insured, and the answer coming out of Congress is that I now have to buy crappy insurance from some private company that has no plan to actually help me pay for my health care without raking me over the coals, then I've gone into this fight an ardent supporter of strong reform, and come out a teabagger.

You're going to force me to pay an insurance company for shit insurance that as a free market actor I decided not to even try to buy?

Fuck the hell out of that. Come and get me if you want my money. Paying the government against my will I can understand. It's the government, and it takes things. I might not like it, but I get it. Now, "libertarians" will no doubt scoff haughtily at that, but look, we differ on how much intrusion we'll tolerate. BFD. Welcome to Earth. But if I'm gonna lose that money one way or the other, to my mind it had damn well better be to pay for insurance that actually covers something, and not to be burned on executive bonuses, advertising, or 30% overhead when there's a 4% plan on the market.

Paying an insurance company whose product I don't want? That makes no goddamn sense to me whatsoever, and I want nothing to do with it.


David Waldman and other statists are so fucked up over health care that they're coming dangerously close to endorsing individual freedom.

Says one commenter: "They can track me down and toss my butt in jail before they tell me I have to pay a private, for-profit corporation."

Not that it's any consolation to me. In their view, it is a sincere moral outrage to ultimately have a cop point a gun in your face so you give private companies money but it's "who cares, get your whiny ass in line" when the government is the recipient. The former is grounds for open tax revolts and defiance. The latter is as agreeable as breathing.

They still aren't thinking straight.

They probably never will.

August 15, 2009

Taxation Is Violence, Part I

After a day and a half writing to people twittering about #welovethenhs, my co-evangelist brought the following post to my attention:

@axiomthree you're comparing a violent act to taxation. There's a bit of a difference there.

With which I responded:
@axiomthree Ask @lanej0 how violent things get when you refuse to pay your taxes. Hiring a crew to rob for you in uniform, that's taxation.

Naturally, Mr. Lane saw my post and had something to say about it:
@Drizzten I got a letter asking me to kindly pay my taxes. Does that count as violence?

Thus began our chat about taxation, state power, and, as of right now, a few other interrelated subjects. To both bring you up to speed and save unnecessary clicking, here is the conversation we had in instant message format:
Charles (Drizzten): Write your own kindly letter telling them you've got better things to do with your own money. Keep telling them that and see how long it takes until the deputies show up with guns and handcuffs.
Jonathan (lanej0): interesting idea. I think that the one officer on the island probably has better things to so though.
Charles: I'm absolutely serious. Tell them calmly that you won't pay any income, property, or sales taxes. Watch how you, via no action endangering or hurting anyone somehow becomes a criminal. Indeed, you merely stated your refusal. For merely claiming what's already yours. Taxation is mundane-it's-so-routine, delayed, 3rd party theft.
Jonathan: I guess the difference is that I voluntarily pay because I know that that money is being put to a common good
Charles: So the ends (the ever-elusive common good) justify the means (forcing other Canadians to pay up).
Jonathan: I guess. I think of itmore in terms of insurance. You pay into it so that it's there if you ever need it
Jonathan: two kids delivered in hospital, and haven't had a massive bill to pay afterward. Family with cancer that still own their homes.
Charles: You certainly pay (because you support it), but suppose my Canadian cousin refused (for whatever reasons). Should he be ultimately subjected to arrest, confinement, and asset forfeiture if he continues to refuse to pay for everyone else's services?
Jonathan: If that's what the majority agrees to (I would wager that the majority of Canadians support our health care system).
Charles: I hope you don't mean that because I think that's a horrifying, contradictory argument. Deserves a full blog to discuss further.
Jonathan: It's extremely difficult to discuss via 140 char snippets. What I mean is that ideally laws are enacted through majority rule
Charles: Mind holding that thought? I'll whip up a proper post tomorrow if you'd like to continue.

First Things


Let me first refine my reaction to Jonathan's initial post. He is not strictly incorrect. There is "a bit of difference" between violence and taxation. Violence in this context is a concept regarding how humans treat one another. This concept helps identify the instances when a human either touches or causes another object to touch another human without their permission in a way that does or may cause injury. In other words, and as my friend put it that inspired Jonathan to make that initial post, "[robbing] a bank or an individual to get the money for my health care." Robbery occurs when someone threatens violence (or demonstrates it) against property owners and bystanders in order to coerce the property from the owner.

So what is taxation? Here's where I exit the conventional wisdom and enter the unsettling land of Extremism. Please bear with me.

Taxation as an idea is much more specific than violence. Taxation typically refers to a type of multi-party property transaction. In this transaction, an original property owner is supposed to give an organization called the government some amount of property (normally a quantity of money). The government says it will use that money for various activities which will probably generate some pragmatic or moral outcome. The government may say paying this amount is part of what keeps society possible, it may say paying this amount will help alleviate suffering or injustice, and it may even say paying this amount is an outright duty the owner owes to the government.

But, above all, the government says the owner should pay this amount because failure to do so will mean the government will get violent with the owner and it would be wrong for the owner to resist or retaliate against that violence. As I said to Jonathan, if you don't believe me, just watch what happens when you don't pay taxes.

..."mundane-it's-so-routine"...

Tax-Cheat Showdown: Fess Up or Stay Quiet?:
There is no statute of limitations in the tax code for fraud. For those who want to keep the account, he said, "I remind them that they are committing felonies each year when they sign their tax return."

Copyright ©2009 Dow Jones & Company, Inc. All Rights Reserved


1,200 R.I. businesses face closure over sales tax:
State tax officials have put more than 1,200 businesses across the state on notice this week that they are out of business unless they pay their overdue sales taxes immediately.

For most, that action came in the form of a personal visit from the state Division of Taxation, ordering business owners to lock their doors at once.

[...]

The letters hand-delivered by the hundreds this week reiterated the message that owners are now operating without a permit and that under state law “each officer of any corporation which so engages in business shall be guilty of a misdemeanor” for which they can be fined up to $5,000 and imprisoned for up to a year.

“Each day in which such person so engages in business shall constitute a separate offense,” the letter says.

© 2009 , Published by The Providence Journal Co.


Tax inspectors given broad new powers to fight illegal tobacco:
The new act will also allow the provincial treasury to add an additional fine up to five times the tax that would have been payable on the illegal tobacco.

Six hundred cartons of contraband tobacco, seized earlier this week in North Bedeque, would carry more than $20,000 in taxes.

Under the current law, the individual could be charged that $20,000.

The new act, if passed, would see the tax bill increase five-fold to $100,000 plus the fine.

Those charged could also be jailed and vehicles used in the importation of contraband cigarettes, whether it be a car, boat or plane, could also be impounded.

© The Guardian


Debunking tax myths (emphasis in the original):
There is no question that voluntary compliance is the cornerstone of Canada's self-assessment taxation system. This simply means that the government expects you to respect the law and comply fully with your tax obligations.

This approach does not imply that the law cannot be enforced if necessary. The Income Tax Act and other laws provide a range of penalties for offences such as tax evasion, failure to pay taxes, failure to disclose income, or refusing to file a tax return. These penalties can include fines, third-party claims, seizures, and criminal prosecution.


RCMP find $400,000 worth of cigarettes in truck:
RCMP found 150 cases of illegal, unmarked cigarettes in plastic bags and 25 cases of "discount" brand cigarettes when the rental truck was stopped in the West Hawk Lake area.

None of the cigarettes had proper tax stamps. The man could face fines up to $5,000, up to three months in jail, or a tax penalty of more than $970,000.

© 2009 Winnipeg Free Press. All Rights Reserved.


Buying a Home in France: Prices and Fees:
Don't be tempted by the French ‘custom' of tax evasion, where the sale price declared to the tax authorities (prix déclaré) is reduced by an ‘under the table' (sous la table) cash payment. If you're buying a property direct from the vendor, he may suggest this, particularly if he's selling a second home and must pay capital gains tax on the profit. (Obviously if the vendor can show a smaller profit, he pays less tax.) You'll also save money on taxes and fees, though you'll have a higher capital gains tax bill when you sell if it's a second home.

You should steer well clear of this practice, which is illegal. If you under-declare the price, the authorities can revalue the property and demand that you pay the shortfall in tax plus interest and fines. They can even prosecute you for fraud, in which case you can receive a prison sentence! The authorities can also decide to buy a property at the under-declared price plus 10 per cent within three months of the date of purchase.

© 2009 Parisvoice


Some jurisdictions have more paperwork and levels of procedure than others, but every functioning state will follow through with it's threats. Persistent tax resistance will eventually net you a visit from law enforcement to do exactly what that title says. The issue becomes crystal-clear if you begin resisting the arrest. Police have special immunity from prosecution and are professionally trained to use physical violence against others in their (and the military's) capacity as the ultimate instruments of government power.

Strike an officer - even in objective self-defense - and watch the hammer drop.

None of this should come as a surprise to anyone who pauses and thinks about it. Without the threat of police violence, many laws would be ignored outright. How much money would government revenue bureaus receive if these payments were actually voluntary? It does not take many demonstrations of the government's willingness to use this power for the majority of people subject to the government's laws to obey in general.

That general obedience should never be mistaken as full voluntary consent because the counterparty to each individual is an organization "negotiating" in bad faith.

Therefore

Jonathan is correct. There is a substantial difference between violence and taxation. That difference is taxation is applied violence. Though the violence is frequently threatened rather than carried out, it corrupts the exchange, coercing peaceful people to obey or eventually face an armed crew sent by bureaucrats claiming a representative mandate from the general population.

However, he's wrong on the substance.

Next

One element not present in this analysis is from whom police receive their orders and by what right those orders are issued. This element is where Jonathan and I left off. This is a big subject by itself because it unavoidably involves ethics. Because it's late and I have a long Saturday ahead of me, I'll continue this tomorrow.

July 23, 2009

Cognitive Dissonance on What Is Seen and What Is Unseen, or, Kossacks Need Slaves

Over at DailyKos, Edger seems quite pragmatic about his Canadian health care system:

Canada's medical system is a single payer system as many of you know. The monthly premium for a single person is about $40.

Two years ago I developed a bladder infection, so I walked across the parking lot from work to a walk in clinic on my coffee break to see a doctor. The wait was about ten minutes. I presented my medical id card, saw the doctor, was diagnosed, and she wrote a prescription for antibiotics that cost me $18.

There was no bill for the doctor visit. It was covered.


He goes on and points out all the awesome things medical socialism got him:
  • kidney ultrasound
  • consultation to discuss the ultrasound and to schedule a surgical consult
  • surgical consult
  • kidney removal plus three days in the hospital

He closes by saying, "Total cost to me? $18.00, above and beyond my regular medical premiums."

In the comments, DiegoUK relates a similar story and says, "Cost to me? Not one red cent. It all comes out of my taxes." (Bonus points for stating "Heath care is a right, not a privilege.")

unclejohn says, "[Massman] paid high taxes for public services that [he] actually used and benefited from. If [he] were to buy those services in the private sector, as Americans are forced to do, they would have cost [him] much more."

And finally, Barcelona says:

Where are the ads targeting each and every individual obstructionist Senator and Congressman and making the following simple point: (S)He has a gold-plated health insurance and (s)he doesn't pay a dime for it. When (s)he gets sick, YOU pay for his doctor's visit, his tests, his state-of-the art surgery by the best surgeons in the best hospitals in the country. YOU. Your tax hard-earned money, your tax dollars, the money you don't have to afford even the most god-awfully inadequate, pre-existing-condition-and-gazillion-exclusion laden health insurance. YOU.

The closest thing to a ray of rational light in this intellectual coal mine comes from The Jester, who says, "None of the 50+ million without health insurance magically get medical care FOR FREE, it's just spread out over all taxpayers."

Barcelona's rant is particularly interesting since that's exactly what socialized health care does to everyone. It forces ME to subsidize YOUR shitty health. But that's only objectionable when an elite get the benefit.

I fucking hate these people.

July 17, 2009

Brian Rodgers Needs Slaves

Speaking of equality before the law...

Austin American-Statesman: Big Austin businesses undertaxed, protesters say

About 35 protesters gathered Thursday at the offices of the Travis Central Appraisal District to allege chronic undertaxing of Austin's big businesses.

"The city has asked us to choose between wading pools and services for senior citizens," activist Brian Rodgers said, referring to proposed budget cuts, "while there's money to be collected (from) property that's missing from the tax rolls."

Rodgers analyzed sale prices and concluded that the appraisal district has underestimated the value of 30 large commercial properties in Travis County, leaving untaxed $128 million in potential property value.

As a result, he said, homeowners carry a great share of the tax burden.

Copyright 2009 The Austin American-Statesman. All Rights Reserved.


This world is doomed as long as people continue to believe in and fight for government intervention. We've traveled so far down the coercive-collectivist path that "wading pools and services for senior citizens" are part of the sundry list of goodies the state attempts to provide. Then, when the state inevitably fails to fund them to everyone's satisfaction, they are objectified as the "things are so bad that we can't even have BOTH!" type of mundane moral outrage designed to inject a little activism into apathy.

I'll assume that the figures Mr. Rodgers calculated are accurate. As with the previous entry, the essential complaint is that "someone isn't being treated the same according to law." As with the previous entry, the essential problem is that treatment is thoroughly immoral at its core and, barring other extenuating circumstances, the fewer individuals and organizations subject to that treatment, the better.

Now, I'm certainly sympathetic to the point that homeowners shouldn't be responsible for "a great share of the tax burden"...but that's because there shouldn't be a tax burden in the first place. Yes, the stench of corporate-government backroom dealing is foul. Most of us don't have that kind of access and influence; most of us would probably like less of a tax burden. I'd much rather see a growing association of businesses that tell the state to piss off rather than engage in the normalized business-state cycle of corruption.

Brian Rodgers need slaves because he wants others to fund the services he uses and thinks Austinites deserve. He wants those services so badly he wants an organization to establish a fee structure for others to pay. He wants that organization to send notice to the individuals and businesses within city limits that they have to pay these fees. If they fail to pay, they will be hauled into court. If they refuse, the organization will send people with guns to enforce the fee structure. If these people resist this enforcement, Mr. Rodgers wants these people subjected to assault, kidnapping, and theft so they are beaten into compliance or have those fees (plus additional costs for all that enforcing) taken without their permission anyway.

This is the essence of taxation and because

  • sending cops to fuck with innocent people
  • detaining the innocent in jail
  • running courts to convict the innocent
  • administering property seizures

and so on are so damn expensive, tax advocates would rather their golden goose be docile and subservient. They would rather have people (angrily, reluctantly, proudly, ignorantly) pay taxes "voluntarily" and without incident. Tax advocates want a world where people just pay up before the deadlines and get on with their lives. This way, all those awesome state services will be funded.

In other words, they want slaves to pay for their gawddamn Constitutionally-guaranteed penumbral right to a fucking pool or fucking entertainment for their elderly parents.

July 16, 2009

Broadcast Radio, Royalties, Pandora, and the State

Ars Technica via Slashdot: Pandora now pushing radio to pay for music, too

The campaign to get radio stations to pay up for the music they play marches on. With revenues from recorded music sales declining, rightsholders have turned their eyes in recent years to commercial US radio, which currently pays songwriters (but not performers or record labels) for the tunes that power their business.

The record labels now have Pandora on their side. The influential webcaster just wrapped up its own music licensing negotiations with rightsholders last week as both sides at last agreed to a deal that each could live with. With its own future secure for the next few years, Pandora is now turning its attention to the public performance debate here in the US, saying that the issue is a simple matter of fairness: why should webcasters have to pay more for music than traditional radio does?

Ars Technica © 2009 Condé Nast Digital. All rights reserved.


Pandora is now supporting the Performance Rights Act in order to force AM/FM radio into the same royalty scheme as satellite, Web radio, and other broadcasters. Currently, AM/FM broadcasters only pay royalties to songwriters whereas the others must pay royalties to the writers and the performers. Pandora and the RIAA say this is fundamentally unfair. The National Association of Broadcasters disagree.

I reacted to the Ars Technica article by retweeting it from XaqFixx:

#fr33 The correct response to government attacks on you isn't to wish similar attacks on others. Bad Pandora ( http://bit.ly/161l44 )

Why do I think Pandora's in the wrong here? Normally I can be expected to be a fan of fairness and I'm not against broadcasters paying content producers (or vice versa) for the service of spreading that content.

My problem is rather basic. Equal protection under the law is a decent concept in the abstract, but it falls apart when that law is rotten. For example, imagine a law requiring everyone to give a cash tip to law enforcement officers after they cite you for a traffic violation. I think such a law is bogus on a number of levels and would cheer any exemptions written into it for the simple reason that at least some people would be able to avoid paying the tips. Even if the exemptions were written explicitly for the well-connected elites who wrote the law, their outrageous hypocrisy would not erase the fact that they would not be forced to give an illegitimate tip to a cop.

As Murray Rothbard says within the context of discussing taxation:

Yet this [“equality before the law”] canon is by no means obvious, for it seems clear that the justice of equality of treatment depends first of all on the justice of the treatment itself. Suppose, for example, that Jones, with his retinue, proposes to enslave a group of people. Are we to maintain that “justice” requires that each be enslaved equally? And suppose that someone has the good fortune to escape. Are we to condemn him for evading the equality of justice meted out to his fellows? It is obvious that equality of treatment is no canon of justice whatever. If a measure is unjust, then it is just that it have as little general effect as possible. Equality of unjust treatment can never be upheld as an ideal of justice.

So, from the outset, my concern is very much with justice. Before arriving at the ethical weight of a specific distribution of an action, we must first arrive at the ethical weight of the action itself. In this case, we're talking about the forced inclusion of an industry into a cartelized, heavily-regulated royalty system that has little to do with the voluntary actions of buyers and sellers in a free market.

For me, there's little reason to argue this issue further. I will not condone subjecting more people to state coercion, particularly if expanding that coercion is justified on "let's do it to everyone so it's fair" grounds. Pandora is a service I like and enjoy, but the answer to the unequal application of bad law is the repeal of the bad law, not its extension to more people.

June 12, 2009

Noise Ordinance Complaint at Shady Grove

Austin-American Statesman: Noise complaint shuts down Unplugged at the Grove

For the first time in its 16-year existence, KGSR’s “Unplugged at the Grove” series at Shady Grove was shut down Thursday night after a noise complaint from a neighbor. Shady Grove owner Mike Young said the restaurant is in the process of applying for a variance that will allow a ceiling of 85 decibels. According to the current noise code, Shady Grove is classified as a restaurant that must comply at 75 decibels.

Thursday’s opening act Sahara Smith was in the middle of her set when Austin Police showed up with a decibel meter and ordered the show stopped. Headliner Jimmy LaFave never played in front of a crowd estimated at 600. “Unplugged” booker Marsha Milam said the complaint came from a neighbor who told Shady Grove management that he’d call the cops next week, too.

Copyright 2009 The Austin-American Statesman. All Rights Reserved.


I learned about this through a friend's Tweet. She suggested people contact the City Council and complain. Despite my libertarian issues regarding the legitimacy of noise ordinances, I still find it outrageous the government does this.

Here's what I wrote to the City Council, the first time I think I've contacted them directly:

Other than violating private property rights, the noise ordinance is giving rise to other absurdities. For example: people who, after choosing to live near or in the downtown area of a city known for its after-dark music scene, complain about the loudness of that very scene. Though the person who complained about Shady Grove is the immediate source of concern, ultimately it is the local government's imposition of the noise ordinance that should take responsibility.

Neighbors should be able to resolve their problems without calling on people with guns to shut the other side down. How about we not give them that rather violent option?

-Charles Hueter

Vital Differences

Consequentialism is the bread and butter of modern state justifications. Why embrace one of their central premises? If convincing others something is wrong because it doesn’t “work” then your opponents will logically cloud the discussion with various ways it does work…if only SoAndSo was in charge, if only NewLaw was passed…if only we acted for the benefit of others rather than ourselves…if only the human experiment was tweaked via collective coercion….etc.

I agree libertarian state reform is a functional contradiction and can’t work. But its morality isn’t affected by its pragmatic potential.


My comment at Let a Thousand Nations Bloom.

May 17, 2009

State Control Over the Means of Production

Copperas Cove Chamber of Commerce Vice President Betty Price said, short of the school system and city services, the development corporation will become one of the town's biggest employers.

Copyright ©2009TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


It is possible this is a mistake and the writer meant to say the new Cinergy Cinemas development will be one of the largest source of jobs in the area. Regardless, the ultimate analysis is not changed much.

The above News8Austin article is frustratingly short on details of how the EDC lured Cinergy Cinemas to Copperas Cove. Was it a tax break? Property sold below market rates as a result of a tax seizure, condemnation, or eminent domain? Special treatment by waiving local business regulations? The EDC autofellatio is just as light on how they accomplished this; their 2008 annual report (PDF) also suffers from "Lookit us, we're awesome!" syndrome. Even if their efforts were limited to promoting the city's relative attractiveness compared to other areas, they were only able to do this through a "1/2 cent sales tax" imposed on businesses in the city limits. However, it appears they will go much further (PDF) if they want.

It is important to note how this is portrayed. The PR (both the news article and the EDC material) speaks only of the superficial consumer benefits and pays no attention to the means used to secure these benefits. This sets up a red herring the moment you voice opposition to the project. How could I be against the area's first R-rated theater, fancy new ways to enjoy movies, and a big source of jobs? I must be anti-growth or something!

Wrong. I'm anti-state and this project smells like typical state intervention into the market.

A government-funded and government-run education system. A government-funded and government-run utility and civic services system. Spillover effects from the largest US Army base in the world. Now, a huge entertainment venture that was convinced to break ground as a direct result of government intervention and will round out the top employers in the area.

I bet people over there think they live in a free market system and routinely talk about freedom and liberty.

May 12, 2009

Essential vs. Non-Essential

[Updates below.]

Joe, it is possible that Mr. Olivia cares more -in this instance- about the protection of certain values from cultural erosion. It's the same rage I feel when I hear interventionism advocated by someone claiming the title of free market defender. These days, words are at best used to obscure meaning. With increasing frequency, they are used in direct contradiction of their clear meaning. When we're talking about people's lives and property, it is worth getting upset now and then.
That's me, commenting on the von Mises blog. Anger gets ugly, especially when it is justified. I don't know who attends, teaches, or has been honored by George Mason University, so I certainly can't claim the individuals populating whole departments or campuses are rotten. Mr. Olivia is out of line here.

But, Mr. Cowen's statement is not defensible on free market grounds. Obama is a typical statist with atypical persuasive skills. Press him hard enough and he will attempt to protect and preserve government power. He's awful on economics and that's because he's awful in other aspects of his philosophy. He thinks collective coercion is routine, unquestionable on pragmatic grounds.

This isn't some mean pox I'm trying to cast on him. This is something probably supported by 98% of the world.

And I'm under no illusions about where the direction of things points. While being nice and polite has it's place and should be used when one has specific tasks, that formality has value because not everyone deserves it. GMU has a public reputation for being libertarian. Not everyone there rejects collective coercion against the peaceful affairs of individuals using and exchanging legitimate private property. Press me hard enough and that's my standard before I'll accept someone as a market fundamentalist. I get the sense Mr. Olivia shares a similar minimum qualification.

People who call interventionists defenders of free markets, radical capitalists, or extreme libertarians should be called out on it.

Interventionists should be honest enough to reject the titles.

UPDATED 5/12/2009 8:55am
Someone pulled the blog post from the von Mises site but you can see the Twitter post that brought it to my attention here:

Tyler Cowen, Resign!: Tyler Cowen: "I do not agree with Obama on all points but he understands economic policy b.. http://tinyurl.com/o5yv7s

May 08, 2009

How Dare You Call It Socialism!

Short of making the most difficult economic changes, however, there is the matter that even blue-dog Democrats ought to be able to handle without flinching: establishing the government as employer of last resort.

[...]

There is no natural rate of unemployment. But there is a natural – that is, fundamental – right to work. The social and economic costs of unemployment – lost income, crime, broken families, physical and mental health problems, interrupted educations, shattered retirements, social unrest – ought to be plenty to make providing full employment a slam dunk for politicians supposedly in tune with their constituents.


Why, it's simply beyond the boundaries of polite discussion! The government employing everyone? Silly reactionary, don't you know that socialism only exists when the state does everything?

Once again, Meteor Blades demonstrates he knows jack shit about economics.

April 29, 2009

Conservative Collectivism

Third, there already is a free market in labor - it's referred to as free trade. The very point of free trade is that workers don't have to move across borders because products can. The movement of labor is not part of the free market because nations are, in a very real sense, the property of their citizens. The implicit goal of any modern, democratic government is supposed to be the welfare of its citizens, a goal that is actually explicit in our Constitution - that item about promoting "the general welfare," which refers to Americans, not the entire world.

In a free market I have the right to sell my goods or services in competition with Target, WalMart, whoever. That does not give me the right to walk into a Target or WalMart and sell my goods on their property in competition with them.


That's from an e-mail sent to John Derbyshire, emphasis in the original.

So, so many problems with the above quote.

April 23, 2009

Low-Expectation-Having Motherfuckers

Rob Ray passes on a cultural note perched on the to-and-fro of regular politics.

April 17, 2009

Speaking of Annoying Morons

The last seven years have revealed that almost the entire American establishment views itself as immune to the moral and ethical rules it applies to every other country in the world. Now we know, at least.
Andrew Sullivan, what establishments have you been watching your whole life? This is standard operating procedure for every government from the beginning of time onwards.

April 14, 2009

Veronique de Rugy Needs Slaves

I am sure the proposition that "everyone should pay income taxes" seems obvious to you and me.
No, Ms. de Rugy, it does not. You assume too much.

It is irrelevant whether I make $1 a year or a million. It is irrelevant whether 75% of American government is funded by the richest 10% or vice versa.

There is only one claim to be laid upon an income earned honestly through voluntary economic transactions and that claim belongs to the income-earner. Everything else (tax brackets, deductions, credits) is pointless distraction from the core moral issue of right and wrong. Taxation is wrong, full stop. Tweaking that systemic theft so it suits your personal sense of justice just reveals how perverted that sense really is.

April 02, 2009

"Obama at the G20: The last best hope for capitalism?"

With Angela Merkel and others gunning to remove "Cowboy Capitalism" by initiating international financial regulation and Barak Obama aiming for more modest reforms and government spending is Obama the free market's best hope?

How does this make you feel?

Should the world have uniform financial regulations?


That was the starting post in an e-mail list to which I belong. I responded with the following:
The free market? Can someone please point me to a substantial population of people who currently enjoy such a thing? Every single commenter who talks about the excesses, drawbacks, problems, downfalls, and viciousness of "the free market" or "unbridled capitalism" or "laissez-faire" and so on is guilty of a massive category error. Nothing even close to those systems exists today in any sizable population. This is a world of profoundly mixed economies and the trend for the last 100 years is firmly away from the individual freedom necessary for actual capitalism.

Obama is not going to be capitalism's savior. He doesn't support the voluntary exchange of private property and services on whatever terms to which the seller and the buyer agree as long as each party is the legitimate owner of the property they propose to peacefully exchange. On the contrary! Whatever principles he has are incompatible with that economic system, full stop. He may be slightly less worse than Brown and substantially less worse than Merkel and Sarkozy, but they are all market interventionists at heart.

Obama won't even be the existing situation's savior. He does't want the current (im)balance between market and government. He's comitted to major changes towards increased state control and is firmly in line with the other big players with that goal.

What Obama and company want to save is enough economic wealth so they can build the coercive egalitarian societies they think we ought to have.

The entire circus makes me sick and the only uniform economic regulations humans need are prohibitions against theft and fraud.

adios,
-Charles

March 30, 2009

Corporatist Heebie-Jeebies

I get the heebie-jeebies any time a politician makes a business decision.
Andrew Sullivan ought to be afraid of people who claim moral authority on the basis of rigged popularity contests determining how others conduct their economic lives.

What he forgets is that the state and the economy are fatally intermingled today and barring superficial time-waste like resolutions expressing the chamber's sense that cancer's bad, m'kay, every bill brought forth by politicians is an attempt to make business decisions for someone else. Situations like GM and AIG are just the painfully obvious examples of market intervention. Pick a popular cause or political clause: 99% of the time, someone is looking for a price control, a trade constraint, or monopoly power...all of which involve the coerced transfer of business decision-making power away from legitimate actors and towards the system establishment.

[UPDATED 2:17pm]
Barack Obama embraces the bold-faced lie by stating "Let me be clear: the United States government has no interest or intention of running GM" immediately after stating:

...my administration will offer General Motors adequate working capital over the next 60 days. During this time, my team will be working closely with GM to produce a better business plan.

They must ask themselves: have they consolidated enough unprofitable brands? Have they cleaned up their balance sheets or are they still saddled with so much debt that they can't make future investments? And above all, have they created a credible model for how to not only survive, but succeed in this competitive global market?


That's running GM, Obama. That's calling the shots, explaining what's acceptable and what isn't. Deciding what financial numbers are preferable to others. Providing not just the money but the final authority on how it's spent.

March 27, 2009

What Earth Hour Really Means

...the purpose of Earth Hour is for certain segments of the environmental movement to illustrate how they can control human activity, and how successful their indoctrination of significant portions of the populace has been while providing an additional opportunity to further this indoctrination.

-Dennis, commenting at the Mises Blog

March 25, 2009

"It was like dealing with the Mafia."

I also had a similar problem with the State of VT. I lived in NH, but they said I had to collect sales tax on all sales to clients in VT since I “worked in VT” (ie. I did a photo shoot for a ski area). They wanted me to pay the sales tax that I did not collect from ALL VT clients for the past five year, plus interest and penalties, which totaled about $17,000. It was like dealing with the Mafia. By the way, the sate tax law said that only “tangible property” was subject to sales tax. They said that although I only licensed the use of an image, “it was based on something tangible.” Yes, but so is a phone call.

David Brownell

He's discussing the news that the State of Utah is sending tax audit letters to photographers living there so they'll cough up money to feed the beast.

March 10, 2009

Careful Mr. Kudlow

And why is taxpayer money necessary for [federal funding for embryonic-stem-cell research]? That means those of us who oppose embryonic-stem-cell research - for ethical, moral, or religious reasons - must finance it. Why not leave all this to the private sector and private capital? That wouldn’t make me any happier from a moral standpoint. But at least I wouldn’t be paying for this research with my tax dollars.
You really ought to rethink your argument, cuz it necessarily leads to scary extremist conclusions such as:
  • rejecting taxes that fund military aggression
  • rejecting taxes that fund the arrest and imprisonment of drug users
  • rejecting taxes that fund any type of commercial regulation beyond force and fraud
  • rejecting taxes that fund imminent domain

February 27, 2009

May You Live in Riveting Times

The joy and glee exhibited here is pure establishment pundit masturbation. Hot shit, this new guy who can not only manipulate others but do it smartly and make others feel better about themselves!

Meanwhile, the practical application of the politics of Sullivan's hero will indeed be interesting to those unfortunates who step in the way of his state.

February 24, 2009

Jesus Christ, Andrew Sullivan Shut the Fuck Up

Grow Your Own

I love this idea [Mark Kleiman: "it would be legal to grow, possess, and use cannabis and to give it away, but illegal to sell it"] - because it is rooted in individual freedom, private property and the obvious point that making a plant you can grow in your garden illegal is a monstrosity.

The state telling you what you can and cannot sell is rooted in individual freedom?

The state telling you what you can and cannot sell is rooted in private property?

The state telling you what you can and cannot sell is rooted in...fuck it, I give up.

Andrew Sullivan is a gawddamn moron who simply cannot integrate moral concepts with their political counterparts. I'm sick of him talking as if he's a defender of liberty when he fails to see the glaring contradictions in his own words. I'm sure he'd be fine with commercial weed sales, but does he have to go and piss all over honorable words by associating them with their opposites?

What if, decades ago, the state legalized gay sex but banned gay people from performing in pornography for money? It's the exact same principle: being allowed to utilize your legitimate property for peaceful economic transactions.

Marijuana - like alcohol, like blowjobs, like unfiltered cigarettes, like computers, like clothing, like SUVs, like greasy fucking triple bacon cheddar burgers with BBQ sauce on shitty white buns - is just another example of private property a free individual may decide to buy, sell, or rent according to his or her values. They are variables in a fixed ethical equation. Object to one at that level and at the worst you are calling the whole equation into question.

Of course, I've known for some time that Sullivan's a fraud on liberty. But sometimes it just blows my mind just how wrong alleged defenders of freedom get it.

February 16, 2009

Forgiving Student Loan Debt

...I've been wondering what the precise argument against the forgiveness of student loan debts would be. I currently have $11,000 in student loan debts, and my fiance has over $90,000 in student loan debts. Altogether, once we marry, we'll have over $100,000 in student loan debts, which is crazy. He has to pay over $600 a month for his student loans, so that's money that doesn't directly stimulate the economy aside from the loan companies themselves. And I pay over $100 a month for my own student loans since I had them consolidated before the deadline.

Having over $700 in dispensable income would be great, and that'd help boost our local economy here in Austin. Once again, why would this be so bad to have a one-time forgiveness of student loan debt?



The Facebook group that prompted this news is Cancel Student Loan Debt to Stimulate the Economy.

I just finished reading it and you'll find a remarkable lack of coherency in the action the group's creator, Robert Applebaum, desires. Take this passage for example:

Let me be clear. This is NOT about a free ride. This is about a new approach to economic stimulus, nothing more. To those who would argue that this proposal would cause the banking system to collapse or make student loans unavailable to future borrowers, please allow me to respond.

I am in no way suggesting that the lending institutions who manage such debts get legislatively shafted by having these assets wiped off their books. The banks and other financial institutions are going to get their money regardless - this proposal merely suggests that educated, hardworking Americans who are saddled with student loan debt should get something in return, rather than sending those institutions another enormous blank check. Because the banks will receive their money anyway, there would be no danger of making funds unavailable to future borrowers.


Applebaum later writes "Free us of our obligations to repay Federal Stafford Loans"...so what exactly does he mean? There can't be too many variations on this theme:
  • All (or some) loans written for the purpose of funding college education are "forgiven."
  • All (or some) state-subsidized loans written for the purpose of funding college education are "forgiven."
  • Only Stafford loans written for the purpose of funding college education are "forgiven."

Combine that with whatever the hell "forgiven" might mean:
  • The loans are simply written off and treated as a straight gift transfer to the student; i.e., no need to ever repay the remaining principle and interest.
  • The loans' remaining principle or interest is written off as a straight gift transfer to the student.
  • The loans' repayment clauses are rewritten so the student can pay as little as he or she wants for a certain time frame before the previous contractual obligations reactivate.

Any of the above can be done voluntarily by the lenders should they desire to see their loan portfolio take a vicious hit, but it's certainly possible. I bet there are banks out there in far healthier condition than the nationals who might be able to do this for specific cases, perhaps as a monthly lottery or a contest.

However, color me skeptical if you think this Applebaum guy expects this to happen without force of government.

His economic education is clearly in the shitter if he honestly thinks that "[t]here isn't an economist alive who doesn't believe that the economy needs stimulating immediately."

I have a private loan through Wells Fargo that has helped pay for the last year of my tuition at St. Edward's University. I refuse to get a loan through a federal program. I have no intention of reneging on my promise to pay and I have no sympathy for people who didn't pay attention to the language in their loan contracts. Signing a loan is as much of an attempt at informed forecasting as a COO estimating future demand for his employer's products or a CFO figuring out how much revenue to invest for future use.

Regarding the local Austin economy, where does slinkerwink think local businesses get their loans? I bet most of them originate at local banks, the very same banks that probably wrote a great deal of local Austin college loans. To be effective from the student's perspective, this "forgive" nonsense will have to involve some kind of deep loss on the lender's part, a loss that means less money for the lender to use on other deals.

The incestuous relationship between banking and the state has nearly brought the whole system to ruin and the blame can be spread far and wide on that one. Bailout mania has created awful stinking piles of - yes - "inter-generational theft"...but that doesn't mean a few hundred billion additional wrongs added to a few trillion wrongs make a right.

February 12, 2009

The Texas Strip Club Tax

News8Austin: State judges consider constitutionality of strip club tax

State appellate judges will decide whether exotic dancing is a constitutionally protected right, or a trade in need of regulation.

Taking your clothes off and dancing around for money is neither.

It is one of an infinite variety of examples of people exercising their private property (in this case: their bodies and their improved land) to peacefully secure a living, something that once set the United States apart from the rest of the world.

You won't find anything in the Constitution about strippers or titty bars. You will find a pathetically watered-down attempt to restrict the state to protecting private property rather than assaulting it. Collectivists have been doing their level best to further dilute those provisions, succeeding more often than not.

Last year, the state slapped a $5 charge per customer for strip clubs, but a district judge ruled that unconstitutional. Now the state's appealing it, but the comptroller continues to collect the fees.

The money's not going to sexual assault programs and indigent healthcare intended by the law, though, because all the funds collected are tied up in court.


So not only is it a tax - coercive revenue generation - but it is tied to established social constituencies. Nice.

"Without another source of revenue to support programs that provide direct services to victims, we're not able to fully serve them and provide the services they need to truly heal from issues of sexual assault," crisis intervention advocate Barbie Breshear said.

Copyright ©2009TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


Hey, Barbie? You aren't trying to pull an argument by emotion or a red herring here, are you? I hope not.

Naturally, no "liberty advocate" is to be found in the news release.

Maybe an anti-tax Republican - wait; perhaps not, given their total neurosis regarding sex and nudity.

Good luck finding a half-coherent spokesperson for the industry affected. If they aren't conceding the collectivists' central arguments before even objecting ("of course some taxes are necessary"; "I agree the state should help all victims of sexual assault"), they're amorally quibbling about negative impacts on revenue.

It's just lovely down here in the Lone Star State.

Jury Nullification

A sweet, sweet sound indeed:

In Washington, D.C., a jury ignored a military veteran's obvious violation of the city's draconian gun laws, setting him free with only a slap on the wrist. In LaSalle County, Illinois, a medical marijuana user found with 25 pounds of the plant didn't even get the slap; jurors chatted with him after finding him not guilty. While we can't know for sure, in both cases jury nullification was likely at work as regular people serving an important role in courtrooms exercised their power to quash laws they found repugnant.

©2009 Examiner.com


One of the few possible-right-now peaceful options an individual has at his or her disposal to tell the state no.

February 04, 2009

Austin's Government Wants $1,032,296,350 of Our Money

And not just Austin residents' money.

I didn't pay any attention when I learned the mayors lobby had produced a massive document pointing out all the wonderful things that could be done with other people's money. I knew reading it might drive me nuts so I moved on to other things.

Well, now that Drudge linked to the Wall Street Journal article pointing out that Mayor Will Wynn wants $886,000 for the "Raul Alvarez Disc Golf Course", I decided to peer deeper into the abyss. Here's some of the socialism Austin's government desires:

  1. $190,000,000 to expand Capitol Metro's MetroRail Red Line
  2. $127,500,000 for the Waller Creek Tunnel (WCT) project
  3. $80,000,000 to upgrade existing MetroRail commuter rail line
  4. $60,000,000 for more urban rail equipment
  5. $36,000,000 to replace Capitol Metro buses
  6. $25,000,000 for a Public Safety Training facility
  7. $20,000,000 for cleaning the Hornsby Bend Biosolids Facility Digester
  8. $20,000,000 to upgrade Austin ISD technology
  9. $18,000,000 to close a pedestrian/bike gap along Lady Bird Lake
  10. $15,000,000 to give poor AISD students broadband at home
  11. $13,300,000 to work on 21,000 feet of water main from Red River to UT
  12. $11,700,000 for an overflow parking lot at the airport
  13. $11,100,000 for a new Park 'n Ride facility

Those are just the ones over ten million dollars. Gotta love those nice round numbers! It indicates calm, deliberate decision-making.
John Hrncir, government-relations officer, says the project list "was put together on very short notice," and "we are not going to submit anything that is questionable when we seek actual funding."

Copyright ©2009 Dow Jones & Company, Inc. All Rights Reserved


Oh wait. No, it doesn't.

Of personal interest to me is the $500,000 requested for "Fort Branch Erosion/Flood Control Voluntary Buyouts (Demolition)." That's where I live and I damned well want to know what these people have planned for my neighborhood.

I know that the following analysis lends credence to these bullshit figures, assumes their accuracy, and might even be seen as an endorsement of the disgusting sausage-making process that is represented by local officials begging the central government to borrow (tax the future) to spend today...but whatever. I want to throw this out there.

The grand total Wynn wants cuts in a just above a billion dollars. He says sucking that money from the rest of the country (NOTE TO NEWS EDITORS: NOT "from Washington") will create 14,322.50 jobs. That half job, by the way, will come from the $175,000 requested for the Zilker Botanical Garden Trail Lighting Project. Is that supposed to be a part-time position or something?

Some basic Excel wizardry completed, here are some things to think about.

  • More than half of the projects (87 out of 162) cost at least $100,000 per each job Wynn claims they'll create.
  • The overall average direct taxpayer cost of each project would be $72,075. Of course, that doesn't factor inflation, cost overruns, delays, etc.
  • Two ($2.4m for traffic signals & $290k to renovate the Carver Museum) lack job-creation estimates and one (the $60m for rail equipment) literally says zero.
  • The most expensive project on a per-job basis is the $36m to replace and expand city buses. Wynn says this will create 15 jobs, which means each job will cost the country $2,400,000.
  • The least expensive project on a per-job basis is the $25k for demolition along Santa Rita St. Wynn says this will create 6 jobs, which means each job will cost the country $4,167.
  • The kind folks at the Census Bureau said the median yearly household income in the United States is about $50,000, which means that Wynn wants 124 projects that'll exceed that figure on a per-job basis.
Yes, I'm aware that not every penny goes towards salaries and benefits. I'm sure Home Depot, el cheapo apartment complexes, and those mobile food trucks are looking forward to this shit.

I'm also aware that most of the job-creation claimed in this document is temporary construction stuff, shoveled to well-connected civil engineering contractors. That's something I don't see mentioned often enough about these things: these aren't jobs in the sense of a proper career. Some will last a few weeks, some maybe a fiscal quarter or two. Pulling out every dusty, graft-machine-and-neighborhood-association-approved wish list item doesn't generate the kind of fundamental economic growth that stimulus proponents assume will happen. It's a layer of icing over a hollow cupcake.

Obviously, I think the entire enterprise is morally and practically bankrupt from top to bottom. Threatening police violence against tomorrow's taxpayers in Oregon, Hawaii, Houston, and Chicago to pay for AISD roofing repairs today is absurd.

Lots of "change" everywhere. The lot of it amounts to shifting decimal points.

January 31, 2009

This Texan Wants Nothing to Do With That "Stimulus"

Austin-American Statesman: Citing Perry inaction, lawmakers move to get Texas' share of stimulus
State legislators took steps this week to ensure that Gov. Rick Perry's snubbing of the federal economic stimulus package does not keep Texas from getting its share.
*sigh*

I can't even go on a gawddamn day walk after class and get away from the stupidity.

January 26, 2009

Pragmatism in Economics

If the CEO of a floundering company can continue to decorate his office while things are going to hell, and eventually collect a golden parachute while somebody else picks up the pieces, where, exactly, is his incentive to not fvck up? I mean, the whole argument for capitalism is that the profit motive is supposed to get people to solve problems and make stuff work. Conversely, the whole argument against communism was that with no profit motive nobody will do anything productive.
No, Thoreau. The argument for capitalism has nothing to do with making stuff work. All manner of horrific social systems make things work. How productive were the commies who sought to arrest and detain Threats to the State? How much paperwork does the Federal Register produce each quarter?

The proper argument for capitalism emphasizes individual freedom as the political endpoint of a whole philosophy that only spares a glance for "making things work" at the end of our analysis because, well, of course things that adhere to reality work! A drafter who ignores the implications of two planes intersecting at 90º is a drafter whose building will not work. A corporate executive who ignores basic issues like not producing things people want to buy so he can offset the costs of producing them is an executive whose company will not work.

The profit motive may be a nifty way social freedom reinforces itself but it isn't the reason we advocate for that freedom in the first place.

Pragmatism in Defense Policy

The media and world elites hailed President Obama's executive order requiring all interrogations by U.S. personnel to conform to the Army Field Manual and directing the closure of CIA detention facilities. Several experts have stated that the enhanced interrogation methods presumably prohibited by Obama's executive order were instrumental in thwarting terrorist attacks. Historically, the U.S.has lowered its defenses (by drawing down forces, reducing armaments, etc.) upon the cessation of hostilities or pursuant to treaty (and such draw-downs have been famously criticized for inviting attack). In the present case, the U.S. remains in armed conflict with al Qaeda, the Taliban, and other terrorist groups. None have renounced their intention to inflict heavy casualties upon the citizens of our country. This raises the following questions:
On what past occasions, if any, has our Commander-in-Chief unilaterally abandoned effective defenses during pending hostilities?

On such occasions (if there were any) did the Commander- in- Chief announce such abandonment to our enemies?

What was the result of any publically- declared unilateral abandonment of effective defenses during ongoing armed conflict?


Hey, Peter Kirsanow: you know what else would be "an effective defense" against those murderous religious fanatics? Let's think of a few...

  • Seizing library/Amazon.com/Google records and indefinitely detaining anyone who sought information on bomb-building, weapons training, and defeating local security measures.
  • Banning all Arabs and Muslims from entering the United States, followed by kicking out all existing Arab and Muslim visitors.
  • Closing all government buildings, public utilities, tourist attractions, and national landmarks to the public.
  • Imposing imminent domain proceedings against any private property within 500 yards of said buildings, utilities, attractions, and landmarks to expand the security bubble around them.
  • Outlawing all private VFR aircraft within five miles of said buildings, utilities, attractions, and landmarks to further expand the security bubble around them.
  • Requiring rigorous background checks for anyone renting a large-capacity vehicle.
  • Arresting anyone caught in public without a national ID card.
I'm sure there are many more examples of state action that would be "effective" in preventing terrorist attacks.

You'll note, however, that none of the above exhibit an intersection between effective and moral.

Neither, I submit, do "enhanced interrogation methods."

January 22, 2009

Rick Perry Wants to Protect Property Rights?

Via the Austin-American Statesman's "First Reading" blog: Perry wants eminent domain language in Constitution

Sources familiar with his plans say he wants Constitutional language that is similar to Senate Bill 7, which the Legislature passed in 2005 to bar local governments from condemning private property for for-profit economic development projects.

In a 2005 summer special session (remember school finance?), Senate Bill 7 passed the House 140-1 on third reading and it passed the Senate 19-5.


Why take the extra step and stick the language in the Constitution? Politics.
Well, he got in some hot water with some in 2007 when he vetoed House Bill 2006, which supporters said would strengthen landowner protections in eminent domain cases. Perry said late changes made to the bill would open the door to lawsuits that could cost taxpayers $1 billion. His veto caused the president of the Texas Farm Bureau to say at the time, “Shame on Rick Perry for fooling us all these many years!”

And when U.S. Sen. Kay Bailey Hutchison launched a state PAC to run for governor late last year, she said Texas needs a governor who will work for, among other things, “private property rights.”

Copyright 2009 The Austin American-Statesman. All Rights Reserved.


So rather than do something genuinely positive for private property rights (abolishing property taxes, ending occupational licensing laws, or allowing full and open firearm carry just to name a few), he wants to tweak the law to say stealing someone's land for private profit is very bad...but is fine when the theft is for The Public Good.

Amazing how morality works like that, isn't it?

One of the greater insults here, of course, is that Perry wanted the Trans-Texas Corridor, a project that would have sucked up vast tracts of private land to pave dedicated transit systems and grant - you guessed it - private concerns special privileges to sell crap along the side. Just as one might expect, transportation projects were explicitly exempted from Senate Bill 7.

Funny how that works, eh?

Perry's a phoney.

False Dilemmas in Bank Nationalization

Nationalization is a hard sell politically. Small government, free-market types naturally have a problem with the Feds coming in and taking over stuff. But counterintuitive though it may be, overt nationalization is more consistent with the principles of a free market than covert government subsidy. Real capitalists nationalize.
I don't know a damn thing about Steve Randy Waldman, but he doesn't know a damn thing about "real capitalists" so I suppose that balances things out.

A real capitalist would hopefully, by this late stage in the game, be telling all involved to fuck off and leave his and his clients' property alone. No TARP. No bailout. No asset seizure. No taxes. No SEC. No legal tender laws. No state. No matter what professional liars say would be the projected harm to "our" economy: no violation of basic principles.

How's that for a third way?

January 20, 2009

Jerome a Paris Needs Slaves

Here's a case of an optimistic reading of a post's title leading to bitter disappointment...

Oh boy - TARP was not necessary and it's a trillion dollar robbery:

Nationalisation is the solution

The current banking system is terminally bankrupt. Banks today will not lend, even to sound businesses, even if you give them the money to do so. So you have to compel them to lend. Banks (or more precisely, their shareholders, management and creditors) should not be saved: they should be repsectively wiped out, fired and made to take their losses. The banking infrastructure (including most employees, which had little or no responsibility in the crisis) can be diverted from its prior uses towards those now determined by government as part of the mopping up exercise of the hole that the very banking system created.

Financiers are part of the problem, not part of the solution, right now. Don't save them. But save the boring, utility bits of banks. Banks will not do that on their own. Government has to force them. Urgently.


He should get in touch with Felix Salmon.

A Note Regarding Obama's Inaugural Grammar

Obama is not my president. I most emphatically do not want a president. I voted for no one and I desire no one in that position of power.

So no matter how soaring the rhetoric, how grandiose the dreams described, or how awesome and wonderful everything will be if we just follow his plan, just remember that every time he uses plurals like "we" or "our" he is simply not telling the truth.

It's a small point to make in the face of all the CHANGE coming this way, but it matters. Language is important and deceptive pronouns are a big part of the problem.

January 15, 2009

CNBC and Marijuana

I was reading though a CNBC article on Citigroup's crappy stock performance and saw two links on the right side of the page. The first was a blog post by Cliff Mason titled Is Now The Time To Legalize Drugs?. The second was a featured slideshow titled Cost of Chronic Pain Relief (or as it says within the slideshow, A Gallery of Medical Marijuana).

Mr. Mason's post has some good stuff in it:

Barack Obama won't admit that the war on drugs is a failure, but in his autobiography he admitted to doing cocaine in his youth. During the primaries the Clinton campaign tried to gin-up a scandal out of this fact. I think the real scandal is that the President Elect believes that other people should go to prison for something that he, and many others, get away with Scott free.

[...]

The war on drugs does two things: it makes the business of drugs more profitable and more violent, and it sends lots and lots of people to prison.

[...]

No one believes that illegal drugs are anything but harmful, but Americans, or at least our leaders, use that fact to stop any discussion of a rational policy to deal with the problem.

[...]

It's a fact that we can't prevent people from getting their hands on drugs in this country by locking up dealers and using F-16s to spray herbicides all over Colombia. We've tried for over 30 years, and the only thing the policy succeeds at is ruining lives.


Unfortunately, he's part of the "legalize it and then tax it" crowd. I suppose that's the best we can hope for these days.

On the other hand, I think the medicinal pot slideshow is an unqualified success. Each page gives a quick description of the twelve varieties displayed along with per-ounce and per-pound street prices. Chemdog, Jack Herer, Island Sweet Skunk, Kali Mist, O.G. Kush, NYC Diesel, Sour Diesel, Trainwreck, Super Silver Haze, Sweet Tooth, and Purps are profiled and shown.

Gives me the munchies just looking at them. :)

January 06, 2009

It's Raining and I'm in a Good Mood

Largely the result of a new relationship growing into something fresh and important, this year has so far been quite nice. Other things are also well. I had a good Christmas and a special New Year's. Hopefully I can wrap up my final requirements for graduation this year and finally earn my bachelor's degree. The half-assed job I did in my classes last semester didn't taint my GPA. My half-brother lit a fire under my ass and I'm now finally brewing my own beer for the first time. More acquaintances than ever are gaming with me on Xbox Live. The last time I owned a bike was in '98 and a friend will help bankroll a replacement for me, opening up another way to exercise and new things in Austin to explore. My family's stable. Most of my friends are alive and kicking.

There are many things over which I could be gritting my teeth:

  • The property tax "receipt" sent to me by Nelda Wells Spears, the professional thief of Travis County's government.
  • The sudden death of my car stereo.
  • Obama.
  • Palestine.
  • The pack of dangerous fools attempting to rule Austin and Texas.

And all the disintegrated nonsense blaring from the news, occasionally featured on this blog.

Since September 2002, 99% of my blogging revolved around me reacting to politics and the news. I have probably written three or four "doing things differently from here on" posts over the years. None amounted to much. I'm not about to curse myself with another such promise. I cannot help the need to vent when I read about some prick threatening others with police violence for non-compliance.

However, as I cleaned up my house in anticipation of the aforementioned relationship coming over, I finally realized just how many books I've picked up over the years and - even worse - how few of them I bothered to read.

This. Will. Not. Do.

So, in conjunction with what will almost certainly be a dense year of collegiate reading, I want to own up to my book collection. I will begin by finishing issue #107 of The New Quarterly, a Canadian journal of writing. Next is a gift from my new lady friend, What Matters: The World's Preeminent Photojournalists and Thinkers Depict Essential Issues of Our Time. Browsing through the back cover, the table of contents, and the intro tells me I'll find lots of grist for disagreement. And next? Well, I never did finish Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn's The Gulag Archipelago...then maybe on to the Akira graphic novels, Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance - An Inquiry into Values, perhaps Reform and Revolution in China - The 1911 Revolution in Hunan and Hubei, all interspersed with readings from Rothbard's Libertarian Forum.

Onward!

December 18, 2008

Flood Insurance

Dear Customer:

In accordance with THE NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE REFORM ACT OF 1994, National City Mortgage is required to track any changes in the Special Flood Insurance Area (SFHA) status of real estate secured loans. This process has revealed a recent change in the federal Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMS). [my house] securing the loan noted above is now being included in a high risk SFHA zone. Please be aware that FEMA may revise the flood map for the area multiple times during the life of your loan.


Interesting that the Federal Emergency Management Agency didn't rate enough for its own parenthetical acronym. Notoriety?
As a result of this change, it will be necessary for you to purchase flood insurance to protect your dwelling, and for National City Mortgage to track the maintenance of this flood coverage for the life of the loan. As required by the 1994 Flood Act, we must receive verification of acceptable flood coverage within 45 days from the date of this letter. If you have an escrow account, we must escrow for your flood insurance. This is in accordance with the 1994 Flood Act.

I'm barely two paragraphs into this garbage and the weaselly passive-voice tone is infuriating. "it will be necessary"? Take some responsibility you sons of bitches.
You have the right to purchase flood insurance from the company of your choice.

I do!? HOLY SHIT! I didn't even know this fantastic right existed...I wonder what other delights I can find buried in the United States Code.

No, wait. Mockery won't do justice here. In this system, I don't actually have the right to buy flood insurance from whomever I want. The state has seen to it that only certain people are allowed to sell insurance.

I actually do have the moral right to choose to spend my money on insurance if I wish. That follows from my essential right to determine what happens with my property, and that right includes choosing not to buy flood insurance if I don't want it. The state is holding their statutory gun to my head again.

Don't think so?

The flood insurance must be maintained for the term of the loan. If you fail to purchase or renew flood insurance on the property, Federal law authorized and requires us to purchase the flood insurance at your expense.

Let's play this scenario.

I do nothing and continue to mind my own business, paying my mortgage account on time along with the extra $25 I toss in against the principle.

On January 18th, a National City Mortgage automated software program might run a weekly process to determine who has not sent in their paperwork. Perhaps they'll mail another letter with sterner language on it, telling me this is my last chance to pick insurance on my own.

This time, I write them back telling them I do not want flood insurance and therefore do not want to pay for it. I tell them I think the laws they referenced are illegitimate and my consent was never given to them. I tell NCM that I wish the state would not put them into this position as a proxy enforcer of tyranny and I will offer any help I can give them to oppose this. I close by clearly stating I will not pay for any flood insurance that I have not voluntarily picked for myself without outside pressure or threats.

Maybe a month later, I get paperwork from NCM explaining the terms of the flood insurance they purchased for me along with the additional cost it will add to my mortgage payment. Let's assume it costs $60 a month more.

In a letter addressed to NCM'sExecutive Vice President Phil Cunningham, Executive Vice President, Mortgage Services (and carbon-copied to their insurance questions address and Research Department), I reply that I do not want flood insurance, never asked for it, and therefore will not pay the additional amount into my escrow account. I call it coercion and unacceptable. In include copies of previous communications and I repeat my offer to help NCM oppose this in the name of individual liberty and free choice. I include a detailed breakdown of my month's payment and explicitly single out the flood insurance premium as something I refuse to pay. (I leave out property taxes for the purpose of keeping things simple, but integrity would require me to speak up about that as well)

Maybe this correspondence nets me a phone call (in which I repeat everything already written) or maybe a month later NCM just sends me a note saying my previous month's payment was insufficient and my account is therefore in danger of being late.

My response is similar to my CC'ed letter but is addressed to NCM's Chief Operating Officer, Robert Crowl along with any other names used to communicate with me. I continue to refuse to pay the amount and discuss how people would be furious if they were forced to buy a gym membership but "were cynically allowed to shop around for their gym of choice as long as it was approved by the government." I continue to pay my mortgage minus the flood insurance premium. I also refuse to pay the late fees they are probably assessing against me at this point.

By this time, I imagine I'd get someone from NCM patiently telling me I have to make the payment because it is part of my mortgage now. That the law requires it and it even makes sense for a lot of people. That, sure, maybe FEMA's flood plain map can't be counted on as gospel, but they're doing their best to protect people's property. Of course, the conversation doesn't change my mind and the agent gives up, telling me if I do not pay the extra money, they will classify me as chronically delinquent and may initiate legal proceedings against me.

So, we've gone around the bush for a few months. They simply don't care about my argument or are busy watching themselves implode or are utterly baffled at my refusals or are simply laughing their asses off at this young moron in Austin challenging The Way Things Are. Maybe they invoke the arbitration clause in our contract, which of course goes no where because I am convinced of the situation's injustice. Whatever happens, I don't bend and at some point they involve the courts.

If I remain honest to my values, my resistance doesn't stop at this point. I decide to show up to fight the proceedings and make the same case I have for months. The court, having long ago abandoned any pretense as an independent check on government power, yawns and agrees with National City Mortgage. They demand I either pay the fines, insurance premiums, and court fees...or give up my house.

Righteously outraged, I denounce NCM and the government as co-conspirators in aggression. I categorically reject the court's decision and walk out. Maybe the law calls for wage garnishment or some form of fine at this point. I refuse to pay.

Though it takes a while for the details to work themselves out, eventually NCM asks the state to physically intervene. What happens then?

The fact that this fictional drama unfolds over half a year has absolutely no bearing on the essentials at stake. Legislators, their regulatory flunkies, and their partners-in-arms in the lending industry are forcing me to buy something I do not want. Obviously this principle applies to all kinds of routine horrors happening right at this moment all over the country, some of which are objectively far worse than what I'm going through.

The Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended, requires that Federally regulated lending institutions shall not make, increase, extend, or renew any loan secured by improved real estate, or a mobile home located or to be located, in an area that has been identified by the Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, through the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP), unless the building or mobile home and any personal property securing such loan is covered for the term of the loan by flood insurance in an amount at least equal to the outstanding principle balance of the loan or the maximum limit of coverage made available under the Act with respect to the particular type of property, whichever is less.
This isn't a free country. This isn't a free market. This isn't unbridled capitalism. This isn't individual liberty for all.

This is a tiny symptom of a disease so colossal it can only be measured in generalities like "the number of lives affected." But this is so basic a component of today's society I'm the crazy one for point it out.

*sigh*

I acquiesce on property taxes, sales taxes, income taxes, jury duty, vehicle registrations and vehicle inspections, parking tickets, and all the other little government travesties that bump up against me on a daily basis. What's one more little slice of my life?

Isn't it great that's the question I now face a week before Christmas?

December 09, 2008

A Statewide Texas Smoking Ban Is Coming

This story on KUT this morning was infuriating.

The gawddamn health nazis are pushing for Dallas's ruling class to impose greater restrictions on private property owners. That's bad enough, but they're getting greedy. Apparently, if it passes it will convince them to get a bill to the Texas legislature to impose the same kind of "100% smoke-free ordinance" on all Texans. No exceptions for special ventilated rooms, no exceptions for any enclosed public space, no exceptions for employers.

KUT didn't air anyone with an objection to either plan. *grits teeth*

The typical "local smokers" interviewed were totally cool with the idea. They were fully on board the Ends Justify The Means Train. *cracks teeth*

The only hint of opposition to this shit these days comes from local businesses who're worried about their bottom line.

You know what, you short-sighted pack of morons? You've lost. You sold out the moment you accepted their cost-benefit analysis morality and conceded pragmatism is the way to go. Any dipshit can come up with a study showing your profits will be secure if the state forces you to forbid smoking on your premises. Not only do you lose the argument as they've defined it, you end up being the Cash-Hungry Bad Guy who cares only about money in the face of balding, humorous-against-the-odds cancer patients delicately describing their months left to live and oh those silly carefree days working in smoky bars when we didn't know any better.

End clip.

Fucking sickening.

Smoking bans are health tyranny.

November 21, 2008

Professor Alexander McPherson's "The sham of sex harassment training"

Just posted this in the comment section of the Hit & Run post on Professor McPherson:

Though it is important to note the relevance of Professor McPherson's status as a state employee and to remember the prerogative of a legitimate private employer to set the standards for his or her employees, I sincerely cheered upon reading this op-ed.

Mandatory, lowest common denominator training is annoying and presumptuous. There are some of us out there who know how to properly behave around others who aren't in our immediate social circles. Basic presumption of innocence for someone without a record or an allegation ought to count for something.

That these policies are often defended with arguments abhorrent to defenders of a free society is bad enough. The real burn is in the organization's (whether statist or private) refusal to certify that it did not currently suspect Professor McPherson of harassment. It's sad because it implies they do and it's sad because it shows how desperate organizations are to avoid these aggressively sensitive civil (and in some places, criminal) lawsuits. Some of those lawsuits have grounds, some of them don't. However, it is often enough just to bring the suit in order to stain reputations and attack market value.

Then again, he's publicly attacking a central tenant of modern politics. He clearly isn't concerned about how most people will think of him...


"The sham of sex harassment training" is the first piece of commentary published in a mainstream news outlet that had me openly cheering as I read it.

This guy is flipping the double intellectual bird at the heart of modern political mythology. He's probably unemployable in all of the worst firms now. I hope someone with some spare capital and a functional mind takes advantage of this opportunity and offers Professor McPherson a job or a university chair somewhere.

November 14, 2008

700 Billion Reasons to Vote Democratic?

This car was parked next time mine last night.

This was displayed in the rear window.

There are a number of ways to interpret this. The three I think that are most likely are:

  • This person is against the $700 billion bailout bill proposed by Bush's Republican administration and believes a coherent strategy to fight back is to support Democratic Party candidates.
  • This person is against Bush and his plans in general and believes a coherent strategy to fight back is to support Democratic Party candidates.
  • This person blames Bush for the situation that gave rise to the need for a bailout bill and believes a coherent strategy to fight back is to support Democratic Party candidates.
There are some distinctions here worth nothing, but I think there is no doubt this person thinks more Democrats in power are the solution.

Of course, there are just 212 small problems with that.

74 Yeas, 25 Nays
  1. Akaka (D-HI)
  2. Baucus (D-MT)
  3. Bayh (D-IN)
  4. Biden (D-DE)
  5. Bingaman (D-NM)
  6. Boxer (D-CA)
  7. Brown (D-OH)
  8. Byrd (D-WV)
  9. Cardin (D-MD)
  10. Carper (D-DE)
  11. Casey (D-PA)
  12. Clinton (D-NY)
  13. Conrad (D-ND)
  14. Dodd (D-CT)
  15. Durbin (D-IL)
  16. Feinstein (D-CA)
  17. Harkin (D-IA)
  18. Inouye (D-HI)
  19. Kerry (D-MA)
  20. Klobuchar (D-MN)
  1. Kohl (D-WI)
  2. Lautenberg (D-NJ)
  3. Leahy (D-VT)
  4. Levin (D-MI)
  5. Lieberman (ID-CT)
  6. Lincoln (D-AR)
  7. McCaskill (D-MO)
  8. Menendez (D-NJ)
  9. Mikulski (D-MD)
  10. Murray (D-WA)
  11. Nelson (D-NE)
  12. Obama (D-IL)
  13. Pryor (D-AR)
  14. Reed (D-RI)
  15. Reid (D-NV)
  16. Rockefeller (D-WV)
  17. Salazar (D-CO)
  18. Schumer (D-NY)
  19. Webb (D-VA)
  20. Whitehouse (D-RI)

I still consider Lieberman a Democrat, so he counts here. That makes 40 D's voting for the bailout. Only 10 Democrats (and Sanders) voted against. You'll also notice a few Presidential candidates and other Democratic heavy-hitters in that list. From the other side, 34 Republicans voted for the bailout and 15 voted against. The bill would have died in the Senate without either party's support, but it is clear that Republican Senators were a bit more likely to vote against it than Democratic Senators.

263 Yeas, 171 Nays
  1. Abercrombie
  2. Ackerman
  3. Allen
  4. Andrews
  5. Arcuri
  6. Baca
  7. Baird
  8. Baldwin
  9. Bean
  10. Berkley
  11. Berman
  12. Berry
  13. Bishop (GA)
  14. Bishop (NY)
  15. Boren
  16. Boswell
  17. Boucher
  18. Boyd (FL)
  19. Brady (PA)
  20. Braley (IA)
  21. Brown, Corrine
  22. Capps
  23. Capuano
  24. Cardoza
  25. Carnahan
  26. Carson
  27. Clarke
  28. Cleaver
  29. Clyburn
  30. Cohen
  31. Cooper
  32. Costa
  33. Cramer
  34. Crowley
  35. Cuellar
  36. Cummings
  37. Davis (AL)
  38. Davis (CA)
  39. Davis (IL)
  40. DeGette
  41. DeLauro
  42. Dicks
  43. Dingell
  44. Donnelly
  45. Doyle
  46. Edwards (MD)
  47. Edwards (TX)
  48. Ellison
  49. Ellsworth
  50. Emanuel
  51. Engel
  52. Eshoo
  53. Etheridge
  54. Farr
  55. Fattah
  56. Foster
  57. Frank (MA)
  1. Giffords
  2. Gonzalez
  3. Gordon
  4. Green, Al
  5. Gutierrez
  6. Hall (NY)
  7. Hare
  8. Harman
  9. Hastings (FL)
  10. Higgins
  11. Hinojosa
  12. Hirono
  13. Holt
  14. Honda
  15. Hooley
  16. Hoyer
  17. Israel
  18. Jackson (IL)
  19. Jackson-Lee (TX)
  20. Johnson, E. B.
  21. Kanjorski
  22. Kennedy
  23. Kildee
  24. Kilpatrick
  25. Kind
  26. Klein (FL)
  27. Langevin
  28. Larsen (WA)
  29. Larson (CT)
  30. Lee
  31. Levin
  32. Lewis (GA)
  33. Loebsack
  34. Lofgren, Zoe
  35. Lowey
  36. Mahoney (FL)
  37. Maloney (NY)
  38. Markey
  39. Marshall
  40. Matsui
  41. McCarthy (NY)
  42. McCollum (MN)
  43. McGovern
  44. McNerney
  45. McNulty
  46. Meek (FL)
  47. Meeks (NY)
  48. Melancon
  49. Miller (NC)
  50. Miller, George
  51. Mitchell
  52. Mollohan
  53. Moore (KS)
  54. Moore (WI)
  55. Moran (VA)
  56. Murphy (CT)
  57. Murphy, Patrick
  1. Murtha
  2. Nadler
  3. Neal (MA)
  4. Oberstar
  5. Obey
  6. Olver
  7. Ortiz
  8. Pallone
  9. Pascrell
  10. Pastor
  11. Pelosi
  12. Perlmutter
  13. Pomeroy
  14. Price (NC)
  15. Rahall
  16. Rangel
  17. Reyes
  18. Richardson
  19. Ross
  20. Ruppersberger
  21. Rush
  22. Ryan (OH)
  23. Sarbanes
  24. Schakowsky
  25. Schiff
  26. Schwartz
  27. Scott (GA)
  28. Sestak
  29. Sires
  30. Skelton
  31. Slaughter
  32. Smith (WA)
  33. Snyder
  34. Solis
  35. Space
  36. Speier
  37. Spratt
  38. Sutton
  39. Tanner
  40. Tauscher
  41. Thompson (CA)
  42. Tierney
  43. Towns
  44. Tsongas
  45. Van Hollen
  46. Velázquez
  47. Wasserman Schultz
  48. Waters
  49. Watson
  50. Watt
  51. Waxman
  52. Weiner
  53. Welch (VT)
  54. Wexler
  55. Wilson (OH)
  56. Woolsey
  57. Wu
  58. Yarmuth

My, that's a lot of House Democrats. Lookit how many Important People are in that list. The final tally was 172 "yes" Democrats and 63 "no" Democrats. Republicans voted 108 to 91 against it in the House. Again, the bill couldn't have passed without Republican support, but it's clear the Democrats voted more in favor of the bill than against it.

So, 212 Democrats voted for the $700 billion bailout bill. That constitutes the vast majority of Democrats or Democrat-type congresspeople.

I was actually wrong about the ways to interpret that person's sign. There is another option, one I think is the most likely.

  • He or she is just an ignorant gawddamn partisan idiot.
This is all the more annoying because this person is right to hate, oppose, or question the wisdom of the bailout.

Unfortunately, because he or she is an ignorant gawddamn partisan idiot who wants people to vote and vote Democratic, I have no doubt that this opposition arises from the application of the the principles behind the bill rather than the principles themselves. Taxation, redistributionism, protectionism, statism...if I had sought this person out and questioned him or her regarding these ideas, the answers would have been entirely mainstream.

I bet the dumbass voted for Obama/Biden, whose names are on the Senate bailout list above.

November 10, 2008

Gawddamn Interventionists Are Moving the Goalposts Again

"The market can't be trusted."

"Too much economic freedom results in unplanned chaos."

"Better outcomes demand government intervention."

"An unbridled economy means the unworthy are unjustly rewarded."

"It takes too long for your economic theories to punish poor performers."

And on and on. Statists trot out all kinds of pragmatic arguments against free markets. Self-interest is inefficient, environmentally harmful, and sends money to the wrong people.

Well, how much is your damn GM stock worth now? The individuals who make up the market have decided automakers are not on track. They are bloated and tied down with products people no longer want. Payrolls and benefits are getting cut, merger talks are flying around, and market capitalization is at historic lows. And not just recently; this has been a regular news feature for quite some time.

"The market has spoken" as some of my less-than-precise fellow travelers might say.

So what do They want?

TO SAVE THE AUTO INDUSTRY!

I know they don't appreciate the irony because everything is ironic in a system this profoundly dysfunctional. They just stopped paying attention.

Democrats bitch and moan about the harmful practices and products of an industry that can't make a dollar to save its life. For better or for worse, the Big Three have failed in their task to produce vehicles people want to buy. Their failure is manifest and complete. They took too long to shift production from trucks, SUVs, and standard sedans. They ignored the demographic bombs waiting in their union-privileged pension and health care plans. They misdiagnosed consumer demand and failed to forecast like the capitalists they pretended to be.

Therefore, they deserve to crumble so better management can take over and do something useful with their assets.

Right? End of story? The (nominally free) market works as described by so many tirelessly patient advocates such as myself?

Nope.

Gotta bail them out. Gotta tax us so they can survive. Gotta perpetuate organizations that clearly are not up to the task of responsible existence.

Is there any doubt that the furious contradictions will have any impact on these thieves and liars?

Sure there'll be "strong conditions" on the cash. Socialism will grow at a slightly faster pace, but when unions, companies, and state are all on board you can be sure everyone will get their own little outs as the situation demands them. Definitions too stringent to include these wasteful corporate beasts in the handout program? Redefine "viability"!

How's that vote for change goin'?

November 04, 2008

Don't Vote

Yeah, I know approximately A HISTORIC NUMBER OF AMERICANS have already DONE PATRIOTIC DUTIFUL THINGS and will certainly ignore me and the quoted below, but I don't care. Reading shit like this is irritating.

Or, in other words:
Voting is like choosing your next meal from the tank of a portable toilet behind the downtown bus station.

-Kent McManigal

As I traveled this morning to my place of work, in an attempt to lead a productive life and earn my living, I saw the endless parade of people wearing those popular "I Voted" stickers on their lapels. And this morning I finally realized why those adhesive badges are colored red. When you vote, you have the blood of coercion, violence, war, theft, and illegitimate rule on your hands. It is more than an endorsement of a particular candidate or party, it is an endorsement of a system that rules over us all with an iron fist. It is a plea to the school bully to not take all of your lunch money, but just to steal a certain percentage of it. And it bends the rules of morality to assume that when 49 people out of 100 say something is wrong - it is, and when 51 say it is right, it is.

-Rob Sieg

I know a lot about why they're going to do this, and I do not know how to illuminate it without their taking insult at all of it, no matter how supplicant I might be in the presentation.

At one point in a discussion about it, it was proposed that we should all "agree to disagree". That horrible old cop out.

I didn't ask what would happen if I disagreed with the United States Government, or the massed opinion of people who are going to vote tomorrow.


-Billy Beck


I suggest that we exercise this right not to participate. It is one of the few rights we have left. Nonparticipation sends a message that we no longer believe in the racket they have cooked up for us, and we want no part of it.

-Llewellyn H. Rockwell, Jr.


Why do people think an idea that would be ludicrous on the market makes sense in politics? Why do people continue to regard as saviors those whose record shows unfailing support for activities few of us practice on our own, such as plunder and war? If we want change for our betterment, we will turn to the realm in which we are sovereign and reject political solutions altogether.

-George F. Smith


From this day forward I will do my best to refrain from imposing my will on my fellow human beings. Instead, when I feel strongly about something I will seek to persuade them while also keeping my mind open to the persuasive arguments of others. To this end I commit to doing the hard work necessary to develop my own emotional intelligence to the point where I have achieved complete mastery of my emotions. If ever I should fail to live up to this high standard I will not beat myself up. Instead I will have the courage to admit it and to seek to correct the situation.

I will lead by example and be a force for positive change in the world by working to reduce conflict, alleviate suffering and increasing the joy of my fellow human beings.

In the great tradition of passive resistance pioneered by the likes of Gandhi and Martin Luther King I resolve to peacefully withdraw my support for the democratic system. I will not vote and I will not cooperate with any government except when forced to do so by the armed force of the state.


-Alex Ryan


I'll continue to vote occasionally against taxes or in local elections where a few votes can make a difference, but I will never vote to give someone the immense power that is illegitimately vested in the Presidency.

-Lance Adams


I don't vote because I see no reason to participate in the collective anointing of someone who will violate property rights and end up killing innocent people, when my vote doesn't even have the slightest chance of influencing the outcome.

-Bob Murphy


The electoral landscape has as many rotten boroughs as the mortgage or "real" estate one. If your vote is for one of the two approved parties (sometimes three in non-U.S. parliamentary democracies), it’s bundled and counted, and if not, it’s tallied in a cluster of votes which are given only nominal status. Usually this is performed as some kind of musical chairs routine, where your vote bundle gets something called a "seat" if your team has played the game correctly. If you want to dissent, your vote bundle is not given a seat, but your group can tell each other with grave faces that you’ve "done" something to "change" things. Let’s be clear about this. Most votes for change are bundled and thrown away. From this fact you might guess that voting is merely useless, but that isn’t the case. Your vote for alternative candidates is useless but not your vote for the system. Your vote is useless for change but powerful for stasis – it ratifies the system and sends a strong message that you think it’s okay to have a dynamic where any vote for change is tossed out. Don’t kid yourself. Your deed in the voting booth isn’t merely useless, it’s pernicious.

[...]

When people ask me what I have against democracy, I assume they mean other than its long history of bloody foreign adventures or other than the fact that its best forms are always complicit with totalitarian regimes, or other than the fact that it arises in slave states like 18th-century America or ancient Greece, or other than that it pretends to authenticate the self by sending it as a degraded proxy elsewhere to cede authority to people who are usually dumber than oneself and always less scrupulous, or that its rituals of affirmation and allegiance are too embarrassing to watch on TV even with the sound turned off, or that it’s too embarrassing to contemplate the image of one’s otherwise intelligent friends watching things called "debates" as if their irony somehow buffers them from the idiocy. So maybe they mean, other than the obvious. Do the Made in China stickers all over their apartments count as something other than the obvious? Do we need Hannah Arendt to tell us that democracy is merely a stage on the way to totalitarianism? Here’s what you get in a democracy: until December 31st of this year, the label "Made in Canada" can legally be affixed to apple juice grown in China by Chinese people using Chinese apples and reduced to concentrate in China, on the basis of its having water and a container added to it at the Canadian end [Clark Hoskin, Edible Toronto, Fall, 2008]. You can learn everything you need to know about democracy’s self-deceptions from that word "Made." Statist self-deception is constitutive, not incidental.


-David Ker Thomson


I don't vote, and don't expect I ever shall. Being even one-scintillionth responsible for placing the unbelievable and unspeakable powers of the current U.S. government in the hands of any of the people seeking it strikes me as irresponsible in the extreme. Besides, as everyone knows, those who vote have no right to complain about the outcome.

-Brian Doherty

October 30, 2008

On Emotional Attachment to Voting

I just voted… and don’t feel…. anything…
So wrote a good friend of mine in an e-mail to me yesterday.

She's not stupid. She's not incompetent. She wants people to just get along, be happy, and enjoy themselves. She's a decent person who is overwhelmed by the signals around her and was let down by an act canonized by almost everyone as the most sacred of citizen duties, an act whose prelude was so relentlessly hyped that it's no wonder she felt empty after entering a booth and checking a few boxes.

I sat on it for almost an hour, wondering what to write. This was my response:

*begin extremist soapbox rant*

You shouldn't feel anything after voting. Whomever you voted for does not know what you specifically want him or her to do and how to do it. A vote for a person cannot convey that information, only broad generalities. The act itself is really just a disingenuous form of demanding other people force others to do the government's bidding. Voters rarely take responsibility for their candidates' bad actions while shout from the rooftops every minor superficial improvement that occurs once the candidate is elected. Everyone complains about "apathy" among non-voters but it is only us who didn't lend our sanction who can rightfully complain about the rotten system on our backs.

Staying home literally has a greater impact on your life than voting. The resources consumed to operate the voting system and to get your vote into their hands dwarf the chance your vote will determine the outcome - even in a "swing state". You'll do more exponentially more good in the community by going shopping or volunteering to help others.

*end extremist soapbox rant*


She wrote back later thanking me, saying it actually made her feel a little better. We're going to talk about it in detail this weekend.

In my mind, I'm a broken record, saying the same things over and over again. The only differences are ones of emphasis and contextual tact. What options do I have when most of my arguments lead straight to state abolishment as a necessary goal? If I loathe government, that means I loathe representative democracy. Some people take that very personally. Sometimes I can maintain composure and try to keep the conversation civil.

Other times, I want to start quoting Spooner and just fucking have at it. Voting means many things, but what it doesn't mean is justice, respect, honor, or prosperity. Its connection to actual legislation is tenuous to say the least:

When a majority of eligible individuals (picked by a majority of eligible citizens who bothered to vote) in the House and a majority of eligible individuals (picked by a majority of eligible citizens who bothered to vote) in the Senate agree to pass a bill that first had to "leave committee" (each consisting of appointees and rife with political favoritism) to be "reconciled" (code for watered-down-to-general-acceptability) in order for one eligible individual (picked by a majority of eligible citizens who bothered to vote) to sign and execute, does that constitute the unanimity so often implied in political rhetoric? And that's assuming these Representatives even bothered to create legislation for which their constituents asked!

Gawd, I hate election season.

Other posts:
The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information
The Disingenuous Voting Fetish
A Solicitation to Those Who Say I Shouldn't Complain If I Don't Vote
Contradiction as Innovative Political Strategy
Democrats Are Not Pacifists
Somewhere, Somehow, You Will Always Be a Minority
Political Agendas, Mentioned and Not

October 20, 2008

An End Is In Sight

News8Austin: Early voting begins Monday

My fondest hope for the world after The Most Important Election EVAR©® is that the roaring nonsense coming from every direction dies down just a bit. That some of the bipartisan imbeciles and the partisan zombies back the hell off and spend more time producing value or enjoying their hobbies. That a few curious folks on the sidelines conclude, rightly, than it was all a farce of misidentification, grandstanding, and irrational expectations.

I certainly won't be voting. Not when the argument is about the best collective use our lives and our property.

October 15, 2008

Felix Salmon Needs Slaves

Or, "One of the Coming Bank Compulsion's Happy Morons."

The steam is building. I worried here that there really aren't many steps left between the cumbersome regulatory structure in place now where private ownership is at least nominally the case...and the kind of deeply intrusive state compulsion that represents outright usurpation.

Felix Salmon says:

...any loans banks extend today have a good chance of being marked down tomorrow. They have huge exposures already, and are in the process of deleveraging: the new capital will help them bring their capital ratios up if they don't go ahead and lend it out.

...so, many banks have a strong and completely understandable reason to tone down lending...
Lending Treasury's funds, on the other hand, is a risky thing to do heading into what might well be the worst recession of the post-war era. Wallace anticipates real consumer spending falling by 10%, and homeownership rates falling by 4 percentage points; those kind of changes could devastate companies' abilities to repay their loans.

...so, many banks have another strong and completely understandable reason to reduce their lending...
Remember too that even a generous tier-1 capital ratio of 10% implies 10x leverage: a bank which receives $25 billion of new capital can use it to make $250 billion of new loans. You don't need very many of those loans to go bad before you start eroding your capital base even further.

...so, fractional reserve banking once again reveals itself the fraudulent and risky farce it has always been, providing a third strong and completely understandable reason for banks to cut back on lending...
America's banks -- and the world's, for that matter -- have had de facto unlimited access to very cheap Fed liquidity for many months now. That hasn't induced them to lend. Will this latest recapitalization do the trick? I'm far from convinced. And what's more, the demand for loans is drying up fast: do you really feel like buying a bigger house right now, or taking out a car loan? Well, businesses are in the same boat. In a recession, their ROI falls, so they borrow less.

...so, banks are not responding to extremely generous incentives to lend, we as consumers are tightening our belts and wishing to reduce our debt burden, and businesses are likely to grow more wary of taking on additional debt as the economy slows...all completely understandable and reasonable.

*teeth gritting*

So what the does Mr. Salmon want to see? FULL FUCKING STEAM AHEAD!

With less demand for money, and no real desire on the part of the banks to lend it out, I think it'll take more than hand-waving statements from the Treasury secretary to get the credit markets moving again. I do hope that Paulson is looking one step ahead here, and coming up with ways to compel the banks to lend -- even if they don't particularly want to.

All emphasis in the original.

The moral vacuity Mr. Salmon displays here is remarkable all on its own, but I rant too much about degenerates and thugs as it is. No, this is Example #1 of heart-stopping non sequiturs. Mr. Salmon lays out economic reality and then flat-out whistles past it.

He hopes bankers will be forced to ruin their businesses and threaten their customers' property. Actually, threaten taxpayers' property, since we're stuck with the damned FDIC. He explains multiple reasons why economic actors are doing what they are doing and then, without addressing those reasons, simply calls for a doubling-down of the very same bet that has been poisoning the game from the beginning. "The market doesn't need to be screwed up. Here is why the credit market is screwed up. I wish the government would point guns at people so they continue screwing the market up."

Then there's the minor issue of his Olympian presumption to know - and coerce - what's best for an entire industry.

I know it's easy to demand people be ordered around at the threat of police violence (that's what the state does). Damn near everyone else is doing it. But c'mon, man.

Via Andrew Sullivan, who - surprise surprise! - doesn't have the intellect or guts to see what's going on.

October 13, 2008

Damn Your Civil Liberties

I'd love to hear an explanation of what "civil liberties" means that doesn't involve a screaming contradiction.

For example:

Speaking as liberal who does want government much more involved in regulating the economy, I can say that neither I nor anyone I know favors such government involvement for its own sake. We favor it because we think it will be best for the country.

That extra government involvement in the economy does NOT extend to, say, extra government power over civil liberties.


I was happy to see Redlands and Ryan Waxx slap this shit down with the respect it deserves, but it's one of those anti-concepts that pops up everywhere you look.

October 03, 2008

No Sympathy for Wall Street. None.

"Ugh. Someone get Wall Street an ice pack," says Katherine Mangu-Ward.

Fuck that.

They laid down with dogs long ago.

I'm not shedding one tear for their flea problems today.

All they had to do tell the state piss off, this is between us and our clients. Instead, they clamored for legalized privilege and bailouts. At least the rotten bastards of the past knew what they were doing and how hard they were doing it to everyone else. Today's morons can't think beyond a few fiscal quarters in a single chronological direction, groping at pragmatism at any chance they get.

You aren't free marketers. You aren't capitalists. You don't embody laissez-faire. Stop slandering those who can differentiate a principle from a talking point.

You're fakers and for the remaining handful of honest folk left, I say give up and get out while you can. Stop associating with these criminals. There's no reasoning with them. I know you can't just start your own competing companies without the state's permission, but there's no need to hang around people who actively ruin your reputation.

October 01, 2008

My Present Summary of the Situation

I posted the following comment in the Hit 'n Run discussion thread over at Reason regarding Michael Flynn's article on The Roots of the Crisis.

Drudge linked to this so that might explain some of the comments so far.

I think Mr. Flynn's analysis is largely correct, if perhaps not detailed in certain areas. More could be said about the inevitable malinvestment problems a fiat currency/Fed system creates, but he implies that in the article. Even if the collectivism of ACORN and the Community Reinvestment Act didn't significantly contribute to the approval of bad loans, it did provide a moral backing for people who defended such loan practices. That cannot be forgotten, for being shouted down as racist, bigoted, callous, exploitative, and so on is the principle method for advancing socialism at the expense of freedom.

A lot still needs to be said about the total failure of the ratings agencies to keep an eye on things. There is ample room for new competition in that market.

But the reality is that the state collaborated with pressure groups to put in place incentives that mislead the honest into making titanic mistakes and spurred the avaricious to ignore common sense.

September 30, 2008

Some People Are Making Sense

Not in every way, of course. But at least a few are falling on the right side of a couple high-order questions.

I'd like to see more discussion of where to assign credit for the defeat.

- Another Dissent on the Bill's Defeat, John Hood in National Review Online

But central banks and governments cannot transform unprofitable investments into profitable ones. They cannot force institutions to increase lending when they are so exposed. This is why calls for throwing more money at the problem are so totally misguided. Injections of liquidities started more than a year ago and have had no effect in preventing the situation from getting worse. Such measures can only delay the market correction and turn what should be a quick recession into a prolonged one.

[...]

The confusion of Chicago school economics on monetary issues is so profound as to lead its adherents today to support the largest government grab of private capital in world history. By adding their voices to those on the left, these confused free-marketeers are not helping to “save capitalism”, but contributing to its destruction.


- Bailout marks Karl Marx's comeback, Jeff White in the Financial Post


So what should the government do? Eliminate those policies that generated the current mess. This means, at a general level, abandoning the goal of home ownership independent of ability to pay. This means, in particular, getting rid of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, along with policies like the Community Reinvestment Act that pressure banks into subprime lending.

The right view of the financial mess is that an enormous fraction of subprime lending should never have occurred in the first place. Someone has to pay for that. That someone should not be, and does not need to be, the U.S. taxpayer.


- Bankruptcy, not bailout, is the right answer, Jeffrey A. Miron on CNN


If capitalism depends on designating a person of godlike abilities to manage demand and supply for all forms of money and credit -- currency, demand deposits, money-market funds, repurchase agreements, equities, mortgages, corporate debt -- we are as doomed as those wretched citizens who relied on central planning for their economic salvation.

Think of it: Nothing is more vital to capitalism than capital, the financial seed corn dedicated to next year's crop. Yet we, believers in free markets, allow the price of capital, i.e., the interest rate on loanable funds, to be fixed by a central committee in accordance with government objectives. We might as well resurrect Gosplan, the old Soviet State Planning Committee, and ask them to draw up the next five-year plan.


- Loose Money And the Roots Of the Crisis, Judy Shelton in the Wall Street Journal


September 23, 2008

Arrrgh!

So I make the stupid mistake of checking out the comments to Markos's post about CEO pay because he refreshingly says:

Let me say it: I don't give a shit about CEO pay. What CEOs make is between them and their shareholders. Limiting what they make, while perhaps making us feel better, doesn't change the fact that we're pissing away $700 billion to Wall Street, while Main Street remains starved of investment.

Yes, it's delightfully populist, but it's a trifle at best.


I doubt you'd be able to hold him to the principle enunciated in the second sentence, but it's there on view.

I glanced at the comment counter at the bottom of the post and saw it was over 550. The "leering at train wrecks" lobe of my brain kicked in and I took a peek.

One of the most destructive things Reagan did was to lower the top marginal rate of federal income tax to 28%. Prior to his taking office it had been 72%; It was at its highest (92%) during the Eisenhower administration. The last time it was this low (it was 25%) was in the 1920's, during the run-up to the great depression.

*barf*

That's grey skies turning to blue just abusing the shit out of logic and reason.

September 22, 2008

Sullivan's Diluting the Malkin Award

Andrew Sullivan created the Malkin Award for "shrill, hyperbolic, divisive and intemperate right-wing rhetoric." Certainly a worthy cause, but he undermines the value of that label when he nominates remarks like Lisa Schiffren's:

I always listen to Mark Levin while making Friday night dinner. Tonight he is giving the most serious, intelligent, cogent explanation of the current economic crisis I have heard or read anywhere. He is giving a precise political and legislative history going back several administrations, but concentrated in the Clinton Administration, where the major changes that led down this road were initiated. Funnily enough, he has explained just what it is community organizers do. Advocating, for instance, for affordable housing for the poor — the poor who traditionally rent, because they are bad loan risks. The day that reasoning by banks was junked as "racist," was the day this crisis became a possibility. I don't think he's ad-libbing — and I, for one would love to read the transcript at NRO in the next day or two.

I didn't hear Mr. Levin's show, nor have I ever heard it. However, if Ms. Schiffren is describing his comments accurately, this shouldn't be held as an example of the depths to which Republicans speak. Quite the opposite. This is essential truth that needs to be spread.

Ignore the connotations to Obama because this is far larger than whose ass warms the White House.

One of the issues at the heart of the current set of poor economic symptoms is the simple fact that people were encouraged to live beyond their means. Ideally, I'd just call this marketing and leave it at that because people who attempt this cannot do so forever. Debts need to be paid and paid with money. Those who can't pay their debts will see their financial reputation negatively affected and will be offered fewer and fewer opportunities to play with other peoples' wealth. The truly incorrigible face bankruptcy and poverty for being reckless, and rightfully so.

But that isn't how things are. No, now there are various public sentiments that interlock into a web of collectivistic protections that shame, insult, or outright ban perfectly legitimate actions people want to take in order to protect their property. Combine that with the inflationary bubble created by the Fed and its banking system partners-in-crime and the result is a system where commission-hungry brokers encouraged or helped people to lie on their mortgage forms to secure nonexistent money from institutional frauds who quickly spun around to sell those empty promises to financial giants who, blinded by their sense of entitlement and power, couldn't be bothered to perform basic due diligence on the assets in which they invested the trust of millions. Lies were pyramided upon lies that were repackaged as gold and sold all over the world as safe investments.

Identifying one of the central problems is hardly intemperate right-wing rhetoric. It is absolutely necessary if anyone is going to fucking learn anything from this mess!

September 19, 2008

Bill Whittle and the Emotional Appeal Argument

Actually, it's hard to find a coherent argument in The Undefended City.

Mr. Whittle (someone whose writing skills I once praised) uses the following language to describe John McCain and Sarah Palin:

And standing against all this hypnotic power — the power of the mythmakers in Hollywood, the power of the information peddlers in the media, the corrosive power of America-hating professors on every campus in America… against all that we find an old warrior — a paladin if ever there was one — an old, beat-up warhorse standing up in defense of his city one last time. And beside him: a wonder. A common person… just a regular mom who goes to work, does a difficult job with intelligence and energy and grace and every-day competence and then puts it away to go home and have dinner with the family.

Don't bother examining his article for rebuttals or refutations of the quite-serious case against the moral integrity of these two because it isn't there.

His entire point is to rile national defense and culture warrior types up.

Well, most of what I learned about Vietnam I learned from men like Oliver Stone. This self-loathing narcissist has repeatedly tried to inculcate in me a sense of despair and outrage at my own government, my own culture, my own people and ultimately myself. He tried to convince me — and he is a skillfull man — that my own government murdered my own President for political gain. I am told daily in those darkened temples that rogue CIA elements run a puppet government, that the real threat to the nation comes from the generals that defend it, or from the businessmen that provide the prosperity we take for granted.

I sit with others in darkened rooms, watching films like Redacted, Stop-Loss, and In the Valley of Elah, and see our brave young soldiers depicted as murderers, rapists, broken psychotics or ignorant dupes –visions foisted upon me by bitter and isolated millionaires such as Brian de Palma and Paul Haggis and all the rest.


It is tempting to reply that Mr. Whittle apparently thinks the United States Federal Government has always conducted its affairs with the highest degree of honor, competence, and effectiveness. However, I'm certain he's got examples ready at hand for how those other people were responsible for geez - duh - obvious state transgressions against the greater American good and it would devolve into a historicist pissing match.

No wonder they must be destroyed. Because — Sarah Palin especially — presents a mortal threat to these people who have determined over cocktails who the next President should be and who now clearly mean to grind into metal shards the transaxle of their credibility in order to get the result they must have. Truly, they are before our eyes destroying the machine they have built in order to get their victory. What the hell is so threatening to be worth that?
Is there a term for woefully ignorant of legitimate complaint? It would apply here in spades. It applies with a particular fierceness to Republicans bitching about Palin's treatment in the media.
Only this: the living proof that they are not needed. Not needed to govern, not needed to influence and guide, not needed to lecture us on our intellectual and moral failings which are visible only from the heights of Manhattan skyscrapers or the palaces up on Mulholland Drive. Not needed. We can do it — and do it better — without all of them.
He's hitting on something important here but because he's fucked up his first-person plural pronouns there's no way he understands the implications.
Ask the common people of all politics and persuasions aboard Flight 93 whether greatness and courage has deserted America. Through this magical crystal ball — the one we are using right now — we common people can speak to one another. And by reminding ourselves and those around us of who we are, where we came from, what we have achieved together and of the marvels we have yet to achieve, we may laugh in the face of despair and mock those people that think a man with an MBA from Harvard knows more about running a gas station than the man that actually runs the gas station.
An example is often used to illustrate a larger, more general principle. I challenge anyone to acknowledge the hidden principle in that last sentence and not come to the eventual conclusion that it rejects damn near everything the state does and has done since it was imposed on the people living here over two hundred years ago.
It is the small-town virtues of self-reliance, hard work, personal responsibility, and common-sense ingenuity — and not those of the preening cosmopolitans that gape at them in mixed contempt and bafflement — that have made us the inheritors of the most magnificent, noble, decent and free society ever to appear on this earth. This Western Civilization… this American City… has earned the right to greet each sunrise with a blast of silver trumpets that can bring down mountains.
Self-reliance...FAIL. That means the abolishment of all welfare, all subsidies, all unemployment assistance, all trade barriers, and the provision of all "public goods."

Hard work...FAIL. Compared to the work citizens must do in order to support them and their schemes, politicians' labor is an insult. We can toss out the laws and regulations standing in the way of entrepreneurs, capitalists, business owners, and innovators that blanket this country. It means ending the rotten thieving charade we call taxation.

Personal responsibility...FAIL. In addition to the logical conclusions a properly self-reliant society would experience, we can also chalk up the end of the war on drugs, all laws against consensual sexual acts, massive chunks of state and local law regulating our behavior, and so on.

Common-sense ingenuity...WHO KNOWS. At this point, I'm amazed there are still individuals out there who still bother to slog through the collectivist nonsense in order to produce.

Mr. Whittle thinks the two serial liars on the GOP ticket embody these values. Do you?

The Age of Egregious Misidentification

What makes capitalism different from socialism?

What differentiates free market economics from other theories of economics?

What does unregulated, laissez-faire, and hands off mean?

"The crisis on Wall Street is fundamentally a failure to do the things that temper, detect and punish corruption and greed. It was a failure to police the markets, to enforce rules, to heed and sound warnings and expose questionable products and practices.

The regulatory failure is rooted in a markets-are-good-government-is-bad ideology that has been ascendant as long as Mr. McCain has been in Washington and championed by his own party."
- The New York Times
"The only thing that is certain is that the era of the unbridled free-market economy in the US has passed -- at least for now."
- Der Spiegel
"Despite all the regulators in place, the current system overlooks many of the most important transactions. Half of our financial markets--controlling some $10 trillion in assets--are barely regulated at all. These entities include investment banks, hedge funds, and mortgage companies (which are not banks but made the bulk of subprime mortgages)."
- The New Republic
"When dyed-in-the-wool capitalist institutions like Lehman's go begging for state subsidies, it's an admission that pure capitalism has limitations that only regulation can handle."
- The Montreal Gazette
"While I am a free-market advocate, I am also for creating regulations that eliminate speculators who destroy the value of individual stocks and bonds."
- National Review
"This will come to be seen as the greatest regulatory failure in modern history."
- Financial Times
"The worst outcome of all this piecemeal, after-the-fact doctoring of a chaotic situation is that all this financial peril could have been prevented if government overseers had not allowed financial institutions to run amok."
- Houston Chronicle

Have their senses have failed or are their rational faculties faulty?

No one emotion is overwhelming another for me right now. My worry about my retirement account (average fund performance since this time last year: -15%) fades when I hear some asshole on TV begging for a politician to whip up A Plan To Save Us All. My exasperation at generations of backwards economic thought is overruled when I bitterly think of the billions of people getting the wrong impression of what results from an alleged free market.

That last is perhaps my greatest fear. What remaining sensible mainstream advice is getting utterly drowned out by screaming for bans, rules, imposed order, and increased state authority. Those "reforms" will be the equivalent of pushing the walls of a trench up higher with little regard for the unyielding nature of gravity.

Things will get worse.

September 10, 2008

The FDA Has Pasteurized Good Flow Juice

From the Austinist: What Happened to the Good Flow.

According to company co-founder Judy Crofut, Good Flow had been operating under the assumption that pasteurization—the process of heating up a liquid to kill off bacteria and molds—wasn't necessary for its products since they were handmade and delivered to neighborhood grocers in less than a day. The company had previously operated as a "juice bar," like Daily Juice, with the approval of the FDA via an exemption. That exemption was later retracted in 2006.

A much more mundane example of statism screwing things up in the name of protecting us from ourselves.

This is the kind of everyday intervention that hardly anyone considers in political debates. Government orders like these are probably imposed thousands of times a day. I have no doubt that some of the orders are legitimate - in the sense that they are issued against genuine crooks who lie to, steal from, and knowingly harm their customers. However, I also have no doubt that the vast majority of these orders are decreed on the basis of some technicality, some rule an apparatchik was tasked with fleshing out after the Sausage Factories excreted their latest shelf-bending monstrosity.

So it is basically illegal to produce unpasteurized juice. Fight it all you want within the regulatory framework and court system. As with any government rule, you will eventually run into the one thing they have that we don't: the authority to initiate violence against you and your property. The court decision is the paper threat of that aggression.

Now, an unique company that as far as I can tell has hurt and lied to no one and that produces something that people enjoy and desire has to shut down and divert scarce resources towards making Washington happy. This, on top of the time and money spent arguing with them through the system. Want to know why there seems this tendency towards big business? It's because they have an easier time dealing with shit like this than independent companies.

From News8Austin: FDA shuts down Good Flow Juice Co.

"There's a warning label -- you have the option to drink it or not -- that it's not pasteurized juice," Joshua Bingaman of Progress Coffee said.

Good Flow's owners said pasteurization breaks down vitamins and healthy bacteria.

Copyright ©2008TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


I've had it before and I liked what I tasted. It certainly puts anything by Minute Maid or Tropicana to shame, despite their advantage in price per volume.

The public health angle is the common argument and I reject it categorically.

People with like mdahmus are part of the problem. A plea for personal responsibility, consumer choice, product diversity, and individual freedom is met with snark and a turned-off mind gripped with an misplaced sense of morality.

Did Good Flow kill anyone with their juices? Did Good Flow give the impression on their packaging that they pasteurized their juice?

Even if the answers to those questions are Yes and Yes, it does not automatically mean they ought to be forced to stop production and it does not by any measure mean the state is the proper entity to react. Those with grievances are the victims and it is they who should be dealing with the company. Among countless other examples, I certainly don't want part of my wealth forced from me and into the process of pushing around Good Flow.

So, yeah. Fuck the FDA:
Zero Sympathy for Teresa Nielsen Hayden
Chiggers, FDA, and Market Intervention

September 08, 2008

Home Lending Absurdities

The AP via MyWay News: US government takes on big role in mortgage market

Uncle Sam has just become the 800 pound gorilla in the U.S. mortgage market.

Because, of course, the feds were merely just the 750 pound gorilla a few days ago.
But private analysts worried that it may not be enough to stabilize the slumping housing market given the glut of vacant homes for sale, rising foreclosures, rising unemployment and weak consumer confidence.

[...]

Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson said allowing the companies to fail would have extracted a far higher price on consumers by driving up the cost of home loans and all other types of borrowing because the failures would "create great turmoil in our financial markets here at home and around the globe."


The establishment is pathologically frightened of instability. They ought to be, since so much of it is normally their fault. However, they do not recognize their role in the problem because if they did, they wouldn't be demanding greater state control over the market.
In a statement, President Bush said, "Americans should be confident that the actions taken today will strengthen our ability to weather the housing correction and are critical to returning the economy to stronger sustained growth."

I can forgive Bush for speaking gibberish. It's basically his job and one of the few things he does well. But I can't forgive the people who call themselves professionals who offer their advice to him.

No matter how flawed their economics, they know what a "housing correction" properly means. It means the outright failure of financial institutions that lent money they never really owned to people who couldn't afford to pay it back. It means severe reductions in the market capitalization of firms who sought to use these shitty loans as investments. It means the associated industries of construction, architecture, real estate, and others watching in horror as new orders for homes plummet. It means some home buyers getting booted from property because they essentially lied on their lending forms and some home buyers kicked out because they simply didn't pay attention to the fine print.

In other words, the kind of "housing correction" we're talking about here is basically the same as any other market correction that needs to occur after a state-created boom: the punishment of the actors responsible for making bad decisions and predicting the future of their market. This is hardly the first such boom and at some point the parade of evidence ceases to be an instrument of learning and becomes a sick joke. In a just world, the executives who signed off on this garbage would lose their jobs and watch their reputations implode as fast as the home buyers watched their dreams whither under increasing monthly payments.

Paulson was careful not to blame Daniel Mudd, the outgoing CEO of Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac's departing CEO Richard Syron for the companies' current problems.
But the state is stepping in to "weather the storm" which really boils down to "protecting the culprits." Too many interconnected relationships to properly discard of these people as they deserve, you see. Besides, there's always the danger of questioning the wisdom of the state that got these people into power in the first place!
Analysts were split on how much the takeover could eventually cost taxpayers although they all agreed the up-front costs will be substantial, possibly hitting $100 billion as the Treasury is called upon to bolster the capital cushions at both institutions.

Copyright 2008 Associated Press. All right reserved.


So here we are. People who had nothing to do with others' inability to live up to their mortgage contracts, people who had nothing to do with financial companies' laughable business practices, people who had nothing to do with the third- and fourth-order decisions by investors to dump these "securities" once they realized how little they were worth...now every American taxpayer is stuck - once again - with the bill to clean up the messes made by others.

To illustrate the stark insanity of this situation, consider this:

Home buyers who were foreclosed off their property will be taxed to support the same policies that snared them and to protect the establishment that created the conditions for their homelessness.

Innocents will be victimized, the bewildered will be screwed, and most of the guilty sneak by under the radar.

Just another day in the United States.

August 08, 2008

Screwing with Bethany Lutheran Church's Right to Sell

Austin-American Statesman: Church's plans to sell land for apartments upsets neighbors

...Bethany Lutheran Church sought city approval for 272 apartments to be built on part of its Southwest Austin campus...some neighbors are protesting and threatening to sue to stop the project, saying that the church, which plans to sell the land to a private developer, should be required to use the normal zoning process..."We want to make sure that any development on this property complies with all water quality and land-use requirements."...annex more than 13,000 acres that year and apply its environmental regulations, including the SOS ordinance, to development on that land...church was required to upgrade its water quality pond to SOS standards..."You couldn't build anything on the land because by the time you did the re-irrigation and water quality retention pond, there was no building space left."...the land was never zoned in the first place...the City Council wasn't required to hold public hearings...city will not require the water quality controls on the site to meet SOS standards, but the church will have to enlarge...begin irrigating...harvest some runoff...new deal eliminated two retail or office sites...number of units that can be built on that land was reduced...the height of the buildings was reduced...neighbors still upset with the deal and how it was handled have formed a nonprofit called the Oak Parke Brodie Wild Preservation Group...any development on the church's site, which is in the Edwards Aquifer recharge zone, to adhere to SOS requirements..."The church couldn't sell their land."

Copyright 2008 The Austin American-Statesman. All rights reserved.


It is amazing to me that anyone can get anything done in this city. The above is a sample of the rigmarole voters, politicians, and city "planners" have thrown up in the face of people wanting to do conduct their business.

This kind of shit - the endemic, rampant, and almost universally ignored category of property rights violations known as "local law" - is vastly more responsible for economic sluggishness than the increasing cost of oil, sub-par graduates from the Public Education Machine, and other common targets.

August 07, 2008

Qin Gang, Professional Chinese Liar

This man, like every government spokesperson, is a professional liar. Here's what he said in reaction to Bush's Thailand speech about human rights (itself an act of gagging hypocritical proportions, but you already knew that):

The Chinese government puts people first, and is dedicated to maintaining and promoting its citizens' basic rights and freedom.

I hear the following from some people questioning my philosophy: how can "unalienable rights", how can "natural law" exist when they don't self-enforce? Gravity doesn't bail on us at the state's command and light can still be split into various wavelengths, but rights do nothing of the sort.

Rights are not self-reinforcing things. Rights violations as tiny as stealing a paperclip from an employer and as incomprehensible as unflinching genocide have occurred since the beginning of humanity. These acts, responsible for an Olympus Mons of victims, were not stopped by some meta-power that corrects deviations from the ethical standard.

The same goes for speaking the truth.

Chinese citizens have freedom of religion.

There is no cosmic force that erases falsehoods and distortions as they are uttered. Desperately wanting one to silence liars as they speak is one of those great "facial tic" moments I have each day. You hear someone say something not just outrageously retarded, but in gross violation of reality and all I can think during the first few moments is "ow..."

The desire, as illogical as it is, to see liars shut up is so powerful it hurts.

These are indisputable facts.
It hurts and infuriates even more when the liar claims the power of objective truth when the reality is so very different:

Human Rights Watch
Index of Economic Freedom - China
Amnesty International
Tibetian Center for Human Rights and Democracy
Reporters Without Borders Worldwide Press Freedom Index
Religious Freedom in China
Human Rights in China

And from me:
China's "outward signs of capitalism"
Unclear on the Concepts

China is a billion-person liberty train wreck and the only joy I get out of liars like Qin Gang is their reactionary annoyance when someone they cannot ignore publicly reminds them who they are.

August 05, 2008

Kathryn Jean Lopez's Idolatry

...I get enthused by the prospect of a Cheney in the White House for another four years.
Even if only a quarter of the stories, articles, interviews, books, anecdotes, and direct quotes were honest insights into who Dick Cheney really is, how could a human being write that?

Go ahead and discount all of the above. Cheney flat-out sucks as a politician. He has what can charitably be described as a terrible visage. The only support he rallies is from die-hard fanatics. If anyone outside his ideological bubble respect him, it's the respect one gives to an arch-nemesis for managing to survive so long (and so many health issues).

I just don't get it.

July 30, 2008

Gun Rights My Ass

The AP via the Houston Chronicle: After court ruling, towns rush to repeal gun bans

In 1981, this quiet northern Chicago suburb made history by becoming the first municipality in the nation to ban the possession of handguns.

Twenty-seven years later, Morton Grove has repealed its law, bowing to a U.S. Supreme Court decision in June that affirmed homeowners' right to keep guns for self-defense.


I don't normally say this, but what the hell: this is good news. I count it as an objective and substantive reduction in state power. Sure, the reason why the law was repealed is rotten - the Supremes' opinions do not cosmically determine Right and Wrong - but I'm glad the illegitimate authorities of one more block of land on this planet have backed down in one of their pursuits.
The village still bans the sale of guns.

Ohgawddamnit.

No matter what news I read, there is always something in it to trip my rage nerve.

"There hasn't been any pressure" to keep the ban, [Mayor Richard] Krier said, noting that the village's ordinance has been under scrutiny since the Supreme Court agreed to hear the Washington case. He also pointed out that the mostly residential village has never had a big problem with gun crime.

WHAT THE FUCKING FUCK, MAN?!

I cannot think of any more apt description to encapsulate the above except for primitive ignorance.

*grunt* Gun.
*grunt* AIIIIEEEE!!
*grunt* Huh?
*grunt* Gun dangerous!
*grunt* Danger?
*grunt* It kills!
*grunt* Kill bad.
*grunt* Push it away! No want here!
*grunt* Scaaaary gun.

Gun rights advocates hailed the Supreme Court's 5-4 decision affirming that individuals have a right to own guns and keep them in their homes for self-defense.

This was a bittersweet birthday present, one that keeps on giving.

Gun rights advocates are just as deluded as the morons in control of Morton Grove. The court did no such thing. If it did, every single federal, state, and local law in the United States that imposes any restrictions or controls on the production, distribution, sale, purchase, ownership, storage, and use of firearms would be unconstitutional and immediately abolished by anyone in a seat of power with a clear mind and shred of honesty.

But this did not happen. Oh, no, this did not happen at all.

"We have no plans to amend our ordinance at this time," said Jennifer Hoyle, spokeswoman for Chicago's law department, noting that the ordinance has survived three previous court challenges. "We're prepared to take this fight to the Supreme Court if necessary."

San Francisco Mayor Gavin Newsom said last month that his city would "vigorously fight the NRA" and defended the ban as good for public safety.

Even Washington, D.C., has remained defiant, quickly enacting gun regulations that advocates say are still among the strictest in the country.


Had the court actually ruled in favor of an individual right, this shit wouldn't be happening. For the vast majority of the nation, we must still get state permission to buy, own, and carry firearms. That isn't a right! That's a privilege! The 2nd Amendment was functionally invalidated decades ago. The court decision is a salve to the edge of a very open wound.
"Others want to spend taxpayer money on some Don Quixote-type quest," [Todd Vandermyde, an NRA lobbyist in Illinois] said, referring to Chicago, whose lawyers insist the city's ban will withstand any legal challenges.

You hypocritical ass. Like you'd be saying the same thing when, once the Supremes' membership changes, this "interpretation" of the 2nd is reversed and it's once again totally cool with the judiciary for governments to make it impossible to own guns or ban them outright. Oh no, you'd be right up there in front demanding Your Elected Representatives to direct their Attorneys General to defend their now-antiquated pro-gun stance with taxpayer money. Barrels of it.

Fuck you, Todd.

Paul Helmke, president of the Brady Campaign to Prevent Gun Violence, said he was disappointed to see communities' gun bans disappear because of financial concerns.

"The pressure that Morton Grove is feeling is because the NRA and the gun-lobby lawyers are pushing these issues, basically forcing them to make a decision on where to spend their money," Helmke said.

© 2008 The Associated Press
Copyright © 2008 The Houston Chronicle


And while I'm issuing condemnations, here's a double-fuck-you to Helmke. Not only is he a restrictionist tyrant, but he's reaching for anything - anything - he can use to substitute for an argument.

"Their money" indeed. Not one mention of private property anywhere. That idea was popularly rejected long before the 2nd.

July 17, 2008

When Contributions, Aren't

The AP: McCain gets Social Security but criticizes system

People are not required to take Social Security payments, according to B.J. Jarrett, a spokesman with the Social Security Administration.

"An individual does have the right to refuse his/her Social Security retirement benefit. However, Social Security is an entitlement program and an individual would essentially be forfeiting a benefit based upon contributions during his/her working lifetime," Jarrett said.

Copyright © 2008 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


In March, I received a letter from some prick named Michael J. Astrue. He claimed to be the Commissar Commissioner of Social Security and in charge of part of my retirement. Without batting a metaphorical eye, he provides the documentation to show how much my productive output has been leeched.

Since 1996, the feds have threatened law enforcement violence my employers and I unless we paid them some arbitrary percentage of my income. Not counting 2007, their coercion has netted them over $14,000.

Ideally, I'd get all that back, with interest. Not involuntary participation in some scheme that, while it's a "compact between generations," I have to be aware that "the law governing benefits may change."

Yeah.

I'll tell you right now, I'm willing to forget that small fortune was ever stolen from me via administrative proxy. Keep it. Probably reeks of bureaucrat.

But in exchange, I want you motherfuckers to leave me alone. I want nothing to do with your "program." You do not have my consent. Refrain from harassing my employers. I don't trust you. Cancel my account. You're fired on general principles.

And by the way, stop calling these microrobberies "contributions." It's insulting to those remaining Americans who can think clearly.

July 09, 2008

Social Security Is a Disgrace

But not for the outraged reasons here.

McCain isn't about to stop the systemic, unjust, coerced transfer of wealth from the young to the old. But it is nice to hear someone accidentally imply they're against it.

July 03, 2008

Copblocking

July 4 "No Refusal" weekend for DWI blood tests

1. Cops will set up roadblocks to check for DWI.
2. Cops will determine "probable cause" to order a breath sample.
3. If refused, the cops will get a warrant for the blood sample.
4. The government now has the right to take your blood by force, without permission.
5. If you resist, the cops will be justified in escalating the situation with further force.

This, of course, goes straight against the grain of "innocent until proven guilty." But that standard has been violated as a matter of routine policy for so long it takes blatant offenses against it to rouse any significant degree of public awareness.

For further insult, check out this:

"Wes, I have a search warrant program that is going great. Had one judge who was reluctant to participate. Just happened to be a justice of the peace. So I just told him great, we will just let the county judge be the person who participates in this important program to keep drunk drivers off the road and you can explain to the constituents at the next election why you don't have time to help. He came around. In any event, if an officer presents a warrant to a judge whether he wants it or not, what's he gonna do? It's his job. Make him do it even if he doesn't want to."

My emphasis.

Public pressure against a perfectly legitimate concern (drunken driving) is all the justification these people need to trample your rights.

June 25, 2008

Andrew Sullivan (Still) Needs Slaves

I've said it before, and I'll continue saying it until he gets off his obsession.

$4 a gallon is the best news this country has had in a very long time. Here's to $5. It's the only way Americans will ever learn.

-Andrew Sullivan


Here's to the slow strangling of economic life! To watching a quasi-socialist system of production reap the inevitable rewards of interventionism! Three cheers to individual misery!

The substance (such as it is) of Sullivan's comments amount to social engineering on a scale no less massive than the New Deal, accomplished through a method that appears market-oriented to the gullible and the ignorant.

Your collectivism is on display, dude.

June 05, 2008

No Reconciliation

The Guardian: 'My daughter deserved to die for falling in love'

For Abdel-Qader Ali there is only one regret: that he did not kill his daughter at birth. 'If I had realised then what she would become, I would have killed her the instant her mother delivered her,' he said with no trace of remorse.

Two weeks after The Observer revealed the shocking story of Rand Abdel-Qader, 17, murdered because of her infatuation with a British soldier in Basra, southern Iraq, her father is defiant. Sitting in the front garden of his well-kept home in the city's Al-Fursi district, he remains a free man, despite having stamped on, suffocated and then stabbed his student daughter to death.

Abdel-Qader, 46, a government employee, was initially arrested but released after two hours. Astonishingly, he said, police congratulated him on what he had done. 'They are men and know what honour is,' he said.


There are people on this planet that are beyond the reach of reason. Whether they have abandoned their minds to monotheistic faith or for the immediate gratification of short-term goals, some people have chosen lives that are fundamentally incompatible with the modern, tolerant, peaceful, and prosperous society so many here in the west have assumed everyone else wants.

I can't believe how I could have not seen this when I was a supporter of the invasion.

She died a virgin, according to her closest friend Zeinab. Indeed, her 'relationship' with Paul, which began when she worked as a volunteer helping displaced families and he was distributing water, appears to have consisted of snatched conversations over less than four months. But the young, impressionable Rand fell in love with him, confiding her feelings and daydreams to Zeinab, 19.

It was her first youthful infatuation and it would be her last. She died on 16 March after her father discovered she had been seen in public talking to Paul, considered to be the enemy, the invader and a Christian. Though her horrified mother, Leila Hussein, called Rand's two brothers, Hassan, 23, and Haydar, 21, to restrain Abdel-Qader as he choked her with his foot on her throat, they joined in. Her shrouded corpse was then tossed into a makeshift grave without ceremony as her uncles spat on it in disgust.

'Death was the least she deserved,' said Abdel-Qader. 'I don't regret it. I had the support of all my friends who are fathers, like me, and know what she did was unacceptable to any Muslim that honours his religion,' he said.


One of my more recent classes at St. Edwards was a required course on intercultural communication. I can be a pretty cynical person and it takes effort to maintain an open mind when I'm in situations when deep down I know the premises behind the situation are hopelessly silly. And this class had at its core two hopelessly silly premises that I should have stood up and challenged.
  1. There is no such thing as objective morality and concepts such as right and wrong behavior are more the result of cultural preferences than anything else.
  2. Tolerance for other cultures' differences will lead to greater harmony among our diverse humanity.

The second premise stands in stark contradiction to the first. The tolerance premise packs into it several presumptions, all of them ethical in nature.

It says people ought to be treated as individuals and regarded by their own actions. Otherwise, it would be OK to simply stereotype swaths of people.

It says people ought to be respected as human - a unique status from which we ought to derive special value when considering our actions. Otherwise, there'd be no prohibition against treating others as means for our ends.

It says people ought to use our rational faculties when evaluating someone's actions or life. Otherwise, lying about someone's nature or misrepresenting one's own would be acceptable.

Hopefully you can spot the problem. The first premise denies the existence of universal standards of human conduct while the second assumes them. This hair-tearing schizophrenia surfaced again and again in the class as the teacher tried her best to get the students to think outside the American framework. She'd warn us to avoid rushing to judgment against others on the basis of superficial knowledge within minutes of condemning current American culture...all within minutes of hinting that there really is no logical way to compare the value of one culture to another.

The folly of it all was heightened during our assignment to form into groups and select a foreign movie no one within the group had seen and answer several cultural questions about it.

'I don't have a daughter now, and I prefer to say that I never had one. That girl humiliated me in front of my family and friends. Speaking with a foreign solider, she lost what is the most precious thing for any woman. 'People from western countries might be shocked, but our girls are not like their daughters that can sleep with any man they want and sometimes even get pregnant without marrying. Our girls should respect their religion, their family and their bodies.

'I have only two boys from now on. That girl was a mistake in my life. I know God is blessing me for what I did,' he said, his voice swelling with pride. 'My sons are by my side, and they were men enough to help me finish the life of someone who just brought shame to ours.'

Abdel-Qader, a Shia, says he was released from the police station 'because everyone knows that honour killings sometimes are impossible not to commit'. Chillingly, he said: 'The officers were by my side during all the time I was there, congratulating me on what I had done.' It's a statement that, if true, provides an insight into how vast the gulf remains between cultures in Iraq and between the Basra police the British army that trains them.


With very few exceptions, the movies our class listed were stories about the suffering, exploitation, suppression, or otherwise terrible conditions experienced by foreigners. My group picked The Last King of Scotland, an excellent movie that nonetheless demonstrated in stark terms the danger of charismatic people coming to power in a nation largely populated by illiterate peasants.

I could see it in every group when it was their turn to discuss their answers to the rest of the class: how do we talk about how horrible some of the characters were without being judgmental?

I just wanted to scream.

Sources have indicated that Abdel-Qader, who works in the health department, has been asked to leave because of the bad publicity, yet he will continue to draw a salary.

And it has been alleged by one senior unnamed official in the Basra governorate that he has received financial support by a local politician to enable him to 'disappear' to Jordan for a few weeks, 'until the story has been forgotten' - the usual practice in the 30-plus cases of 'honour' killings that have been registered since January alone.

Such treatment seems common in Basra, where militias have partial control, especially in the districts on the outskirts where Abdel-Qader lives.

While government security forces and British troops have control over the centre, around the fringes militants can still be seen everywhere on the streets or at the checkpoints they have erected. And they have imposed strict laws of behaviour for all the local people, including what clothing should be worn and what religious practices should be observed. There are reports of men having their hands cut off for looting and women being killed for prostitution.

Homosexuality is punishable by death, a sentence Abdel-Qader approves of with a passion. 'I have alerted my two sons. They will have the same end [as Rand] if they become contaminated with any gay relationship. These crimes deserve death - death in the name of God,' he said.


At what time can someone point to a culture and declare it diseased, something just beyond redemption?

One of my guiding lights in any analysis of others is to try and separate the signal from the noise. Someone who lives inside the geographic boundaries of a dominant culture isn't necessarily someone who believes in and supports that culture. Some people are mentally incapable of honestly agreeing with something that abstract. Others, because they are unable to immediately leave, find themselves aping or mimicking that culture in order to not draw attention to oneself and maintain an existence for the time being. Still others may be an active cultural participant, but are secretly disturbed by what they see and host doubts about the culture within, who might not participate if it weren't for the bullying social pressure from others.

Despite their increasing degree of culpability, I'd never write off anyone from the above categories. While some may indeed be guilty of individual crimes, they aren't real believers. Forgiveness is possible.

He said his daughter's 'bad genes were passed on from her mother'. Rand's mother, 41, remains in hiding after divorcing her husband in the immediate aftermath of the killing, living in fear of retribution from his family. She also still bears the scars of the severe beating he inflicted on her, breaking her arm in the process, when she told him she was going. 'They cannot accept me leaving him. When I first left I went to a cousin's home, but every day they were delivering notes to my door saying I was a prostitute and deserved the same death as Rand,' she said.

'She was killed by animals. Every night when go to bed I remember the face of Rand calling for help while her father and brothers ended her life,' she said, tears streaming down her face.

She was nervous, clearly terrified of being found, and her eyes constantly turned towards the window as she spoke.


Leila Hussein, the mother, was murdered a few weeks later:
Two men ran from their homes to help. They rushed Leila to hospital and a passing taxi took the other two. But Leila died at 3.20pm, despite several operations to save her. As she lay in her own hospital bed receiving treatment, Mariam said that she heard someone saying that Leila had been shot in the head. But there were other mutterings that were clearly audible. 'I could hear people talking on the corridors and the only thing that they had to say was that Leila was wrong for defending her daughter's mistakes and that her death was God's punishment.'

[...]

Police said the incident was a sectarian attack and that there was nothing to link Leila's death to her family. 'Her ex-husband was not in Basra when it happened. We found out he was visiting relatives in Nassiriya with his two sons,' said Hassan Alaa, a senior officer at the local police station in Basra. 'We believe the target was the women activists, rather than Mrs Hussein, and that she was unlucky to be in that place at that time.'

It is plausible. Campaigners for women's' rights are not acceptable to many sections of Iraqi society...

Since February 2006, two other activists from the same women's organisation have been killed in the city. One of them was reportedly raped before being shot. The other, the only man working for the non-governmental organisation (NGO), and a father of five who was responsible for the organisation's finances, was shot five months ago.


However, some things are not forgivable.
The Observer visited Rand's father and two brothers at their Basra home, but they refused to talk beyond Hassan proclaiming his father's innocence. When asked if he would be visiting his mother's grave, he shrugged: 'Maybe in the future.'

Some people are not forgivable.
Mariam has moved out of her home. But within hours of speaking to The Observer a close friend went to her new address to deliver a message that had been left for her at her front door. It read: 'Death to betrayers of Islam who don't deserve God's forgiveness. Speaking less you will live more.' She believes it was sent by Leila's killers.

guardian.co.uk © Guardian News and Media Limited 2008


Some cultures aren't, either.

Via John Derbyshire.

May 16, 2008

Jim Manzi Is Wrong, Americans Love to Tell Others How to Live

[Updates Below]

Americans have a healthy aversion to telling other people how to live.
This is such total horseshit, I'm not sure where to begin.

Americans are utterly schizophrenic on this issue. Utterly.

On one hand, you'll hear us say things like "as long as I'm minding my own business," "it's their life and their choice," and "this is the land of the free."

On the other, you can grab any American newspaper and open the news section at random and find not just people telling others how to live, but advocating the use of police violence to enforce those orders. Go to any local news website and read the stories posted. It's absolutely sickening to see the flat drudgery of economic and social regulation taking its toll on individuals and their production of values. Smoking bans, socialized health care, and business licensing.

Oh, business licensing. Anyone who claims Americans are averse to telling others what to do ought to have this rubbed in their faces until they acknowledge reality. I posted that list of required Texas licenses, permits and registrations in 2005. It came to 437 entries. I just looked at the list again, and it's grown to 506 entries*

Excuse me while I gag on the hypocrisy and the lies.

I could waste days demonstrating the concrete examples of Americans demanding other Americans how to live their lives. The same can be said about Americans demanding foreigners how to live their lives. There are whole industries focused on how to market and develop various plans to coercively order the lives of others.

Manzi is wrong, and it in no small part stems from his assertion that "[u]ltimately, any view of morality must inevitably rely on axioms which are based on intuition, and not subject to rational debate."

That's the fucking problem, accepted by nonthinkers all over the world.

Manzi ends asking "[w]hy don’t we try letting people live how they want to live, and let others try to impose uniform national rules on a heterogeneous population of 300 million people?"

I agree. Unfortunately for statists, that means dumping the entire federal government into the shitter where it belongs. Even more unfortunately for the statists, it also applies to the "lesser" levels of government as well. Are the differences between myself and the homeschooled 28 year old in Lubbock any less different than the that homeschooler and some random person on the street in San Francisco? What about the thugs who live a few blocks down from me? What about the weird bastards I call my friends?

That last question of Manzi's, if answered honestly as he rhetorically wants, requires anarchism. But, then again, we're talking about schizophrenia here, so don't expect him to acknowledge the liberty principle's logical endpoint.

Hardly anyone else does.

UPDATED 6/18/2008 10:54am
It seems TexasOnline.com has changed their links. Go to get to the revamped Licenses, Permits, and Registrations page. They've made it far harder to count the total because the Excel spreadsheet doesn't have one line per discreet permit/license. However, this page says there are 506 in the "A-Z" category.

May 05, 2008

Gavin Carney Is Essentially Right on Selling Organs

The AP via Yahoo! News: Australian doctor proposes paying $47,000 for a kidney

An Australian doctor proposed Monday that the government pay up to $47,000 for kidney donations to overcome a chronic shortage.

I'll mention straight from the outset that this is not essentially right. The state should not be paying people to donate their organs because the state does not legitimately own the money it would be using to finance those payments. If there is a decent reason for the state's existence (and I'm not aware of one), it doesn't involve taxing people in order to pay others to give up their organs, a system of coercive redistribution no different from any other welfare scheme.
Kidney specialist Gavin Carney said allowing the sale of organs would save thousands of lives and billions of dollars in care for patients on transplant waiting lists.

This is indisputably true. People often forget the power of economic incentives.
He also said it would stop people from buying organs on the black market in developing countries, where they pursue risky, unregulated surgeries.

I'm about as big a fan of so-called black markets as anyone else on the planet, primarily because they almost always involve exchanges that have been unjustly outlawed. And even though those people seeking "unregulated" treatment are facing significant risks when doing so, it isn't as if that course of action was their first choice. I know if I faced a situation where, because the state has banned the open sale of donate-able organs, I was forced to wait hundreds (if not thousands) of days for my name to slowly rise up a list, I'd certainly consider going "black."
Carney's proposal was immediately criticized by transplant groups, who fear it would exploit poor people.

Here's a benchmark on the decline of rational thought for you: it is considered a moral outrage to be allowed to sell parts of your own body in order to enjoy the cash it generates and to help a sick person.
The idea was dismissed by Health Minister Nicola Roxon, who said Australians would not be allowed to market their organs. "But we do know that we need urgent action in this area of organ donation," Roxon told Australia Broadcasting Corp. radio.

Rather than paying people for organs, Roxon said her ministry would act on some of the recommendations of a federal task force that recently completed a review of the organ donation system. She did not specify its recommendations.

[...]

Transplant Australia, a national charity and organ support group, said the average wait for a kidney transplant is four years.

The group's chief executive Chris Thomas said his organization rejects paying for organs and instead is working with the government to change the donation system.

[...]

"In my opinion it is inappropriate for the Australian medical system to consider, and is counter to the Australian culture which promises an equitable approach in all things," [Kidney Health Australia] medical director Tim Mathew told The Associated Press. "The commercial trade in organs is not something we can support."


So what does the establishment say? Tweak the system, study the system, advertise the system. Just don't ditch the system. Keep those gears grinding! Equality for all! Everyone shall be held down to the same standard! And, boy, is profiting from medical problems just yucky.
Selling or buying organs is illegal in Australia, as in most countries, and carries a penalty of six months in jail and a fine of up to $4,130.

Meanwhile, people are fucking dying and the fundamental right to self-ownership continues to be trampled.
Carney said the suggestion that paid donation would exploit poor people was "a red herring," telling ABC radio that government regulation of organ commercialization would ensure high ethical standards and medical safeguards.

The rigors of an open and free market in organ sales would ensure the quality and value people seek. Would you see a doctor with a bad reputation? How about one who's been sued a bunch of times for malpractice? Thinking about the seedy-looking dude in the back of the phonebook? Those are choices only the individual is qualified to make.

But, as with anything else in life that involves human action, it would also be at a cost. Something as complex and challenging as an organ transplant probably will be quite expensive, especially as long as the state continues to regulate the shit out of the medical industry.

"I don't support (illegal trade)," Carney said. "But I also do not agree with the fact that we should let people just rot on dialysis until they have been on dialysis so long they are untransplantable."

A trade would only be properly illegal if it was done with property that wasn't legitimately owned by the parties in the transaction. Stolen organs and money from theft (such as taxation) would qualify for that label.
Last week, health officials in the Philippines announced that foreigners will be banned from receiving kidneys for transplant there in an attempt to crack down on a thriving black market in organs sold by poor people.

I bet those poor people looking to sell parts of their bodies sure feel better. Now, instead of planning on how to provide for their families with a sudden infusion of money, they can go back to begging on the streets! Hot damn, what a "choice"! Who'd pick exploitation when the alternative is grinding poverty?

April 30, 2008

Greg Mankiw Needs Slaves for His Gas Taxes

Via Reuters, Clinton-McCain gas tax holiday slammed as bad idea:

"Score one for Obama," wrote Greg Mankiw, a former chairman of President George W. Bush's Council of Economic Advisers. "In light of the side effects associated with driving ... gasoline taxes should be higher than they are, not lower."

Should the ellipsis concern you about missing context, read his Pigou Club Manifesto. Mankiw not only likes gas taxes, he wants to spike them an additional dollar to save the environment, reduce traffic, regulate the auto industry, dump more money into the Treasury, burden producers in foreign nations, maybe slightly kinda sorta ever-so-gently get the state more reliant on consumption taxes rather than income taxes, and end our interventionism overseas. He concludes by making it sound like we've got it easy, since even after a buck increase we'd still be paying less than the poor bastards in England. It's a fucking miracle just begging to be implemented as objective, unbiased, impersonal economic policy! Government at its finest!

Of course, he's a decent guy and notes that "higher gas taxes are unattractive."

Sure, paying an additional amount determined arbitrarily by politicians and value-free economists above and beyond the legitimate market price of a good I depend on could be called aesthetically unpleasant. I'd rather call it vicious stupidity.

This is the number one reason why I'm hesitant to get into economics as a profession and as a line of college study. It's all about figuring out which group of people to fuck over in order to - in theory - marginally improve the lives of 50.1+% of everyone else. It seems nearly the entire industry has signed on to coercive social engineering. If the demand for fuel is generally inelastic and doesn't respond significantly to price increases, then the only way to force consumers to consume less fuel is a BIG increase. It can't be too gradual otherwise we'll just absorb and adapt to it and hum along. No, to be effective it has to sting, it has to hurt.

How is that anything less than a completely gawddamn rotten thing to desire?

No, I don't support McCain's or Clinton's gas tax holiday idea. It doesn't go far enough. For one thing, Clinton wants to slap a windfall profits tax on oil companies to make up the "lost" revenue.

I don't want gasoline and diesel taxes eliminated because I want a temporary blip upwards in disposable income (a blip that Mankiw and other economists rightly question as unlikely). I want them abolished because they are taxes and therefore just another form of institutionalized theft. Just because the robbery happens at the business level doesn't mean it loses its essential character. Just because your heart bleeds for clean air, shorter commutes, and peace overseas doesn't make the theft right.

April 15, 2008

Rote Unpleasantries

I'm tired of a society of unthinking collectivist punks telling me to contribute or else.

I don't want to "pitch in" to an entity that has no legitimacy.

I don't want to "pay my share" into the hands of liars, thieves, morons, destroyers, and others whose job involves telling others how to do theirs.

I hate seeing wealth, productivity, and individual progress wrecked as a matter of routine policy.

I, like millions of other Americans, have sent in my income tax paperwork. It makes me ill to think I've been participating in national theft day for so long.

This, according to the People Whose Opinions Matter, is a "change election." I think it's time I started changing my life.

April 03, 2008

The Emptiness of Thaler and Sunstein's Libertarian Paternalism

Los Angeles Times: Designing better choices

The libertarian aspect of the approach lies in the straightforward insistence that, in general, people should be free to do what they like. They should be permitted to opt out of arrangements they dislike, and even make a mess of their lives if they want to. The paternalistic aspect acknowledges that it is legitimate for choice architects to try to influence people's behavior in order to make their lives longer, healthier and better.

My emphasis.

Awesome, so where do I mail my paperwork to opt out of the federal and Texas Constitutions and the whole cascading intrusive mess of laws they spawned?

I've got pot to grow, fully automatic rifles to fire, and just one lifespan to enjoy without taxation destroying chunks of it.

March 31, 2008

The Mandate of Single-Payer Health Care

Yes, I agree, mandates are at best questionable--both plans are flawed, and the only possible solution is single-payer.

-nyceve on Daily Kos

Such is what passes for "Recommended" commentary on that blog.

What does single-payer mean in terms of health care? Wikipedia's entry quotes the National Library of Medicine's Medical Subject Headings thesaurus as saying "An approach to health care financing with only one source of money for paying health care providers." The MeSH goes on to state that the single source of funding can be a government, an insurance company, or some other organization.

So what's the problem and how does it fit into nyceve's comment?

The problem is, in any sufficiently diverse population of individual humans possessing free will (i.e., in reality), it is impossible to have a single-payer health care system without resorting to mandates, a dressed-up term for legal requirement, itself a dressed-up term for mildly veiled threat of police violence. The threat can be aimed at two populations: the consumer of health care services and the provider of health care services.

This threat is necessary because there is no one single health care solution that fits all existing and future patients. Some people, like me, are relatively healthy and don't want to budget substantial portions of their income towards health care. Others may engage in risky behavior or have a family history of disease and might want to devote more of their wealth towards health care in order to be safe. Still others are sick right now and are willing to spend considerably more than others because, quite literally, their lives are on the line.

Furthermore, health care is not just about quantities of dollars and cents. It is also about quantities of time. How long do you want to wait for an allergy diagnosis? For a CAT scan? For a liver transplant? For an experimental drug therapy? These are not questions that have one answer. People have different needs at different times.

Then there are other aspects of health care that matter just as much as the above. How much do you value a clean hospital? Friendly staff? Decent food and ease of parking? Variety of services, allowing you to "one-stop-shop" at a single facility? This list is long indeed.

Combine those preferences and inclinations together along with the infinite other possibilities that sum up any single human's life at any given moment and tell me a system can be designed to meet every one of those needs all the time. I say it's impossible. Now, try and do it with an additional constraint: the funding for such a system must come from one source and be subject to political control, as any single-payer national health care program must.

Ain't. Gonna. Happen. It won't take long at all for holdouts to start popping up who disagree with the choices being made for them. These people don't have to be radical free market cranks like me; they will simply object to the limitations imposed on them by the system, both from the perspective of the consumer and the provider. These limitations are necessitated by the straight economics of the situation: once you remove the discipline of being responsible for one's own health care expenses, people will tend to consume health care resources at the highest rate they can since they'll see them as "free." Rationing will occur because everyone's needs cannot be met at all times; the only decision is who makes the rationing choices. State rationing under the socialism of single-payer health care guarantees consumers will feel the hands of Mandate on their backs.

If you don't think single-payer health care involves mandates, read what nyceve says about cancer treatment:

Mr. McFourMoreYears [McCain] is also a cancer survivor who, if elected, would seek to deny the American people the healthare that's kept him alive.

[...]

But the nonsense "plan" he is proposing if God forbid he were elected, allows insurers to continue to deny any of us with pre-exisiting conditions the healthcare which has kept him alive.


Note the last sentence. Quite clearly, in nyceve's ideal single-payer world, insurers would not be "allowed" to operate as they wanted.

That's a mandate, asshole.

But ignore screaming reality of all that if you wish. No matter how well that system is designed, no matter how it attempts to accommodate the millions of individual choices that occur each day, it will still suffer from a mandate that cannot be wished away. That is the mandate of taxation. Taxes will be required to fund this monster and taxes are nothing but mandates to pay the state.

Again, nyceve:

Mr. McSame [McCain] has government healthcare, his recurring melanoma is covered and treated thanks to the generosity of the taxpayers.

That isn't "generosity." That's payment made under duress. I certainly don't want to be forced to pay for McCain's health services just as much as I don't want to be forced to pay for Elizabeth Edwards'.

Single payer equals mandates and nyceve doesn't know what the fuck he or she is talking about.

March 06, 2008

The Constitution Isn't Necessary for Freedom of Speech

'Cop Killer' was a protest record man. It was a record of anger and some people didn't understand it, but alot of people really heard that fuckin record and they knew what I was singing about. That's what the record was for, ya know. I didn't need people to come in and really back me on the First Amendment. I needed people to come in and say 'Ice-T has grounds to make this record.' I have the right to make it because the cops are killing my people. So fuck the First Amendment, let's deal with the fact that I have the right to make it. I think that people who are backers of the First Amendment and anti-censorship have to realize that when you jump on the First Amendment, what you're doing is trying to use the system's tool, the Constitution, to defend you. We need to just get away from that and just say, 'Yo, I can make this record because I have grounds to make this record. I have human rights, so fuck the First Amendment, we have human rights to speak. I don't need your Constitution to give me that right.' As long as you use their laws, they'll twist that law against you. I think that sooner-or-later we've gotta realize that this Constitution is something that can be bended, folded, spindled and mutilated to serve their system. We have to turn it around and say, 'Yo, we don't need the Constitution.' I think that's the new way we should go about our speech instead of using them, because they'll always get us with that First Amendment. They'll twist it and say, 'well, it didn't mean this.' You don't need any law to let you say that. That's a much stronger grounds to speech.

-Ice-T on free speech

Though he doesn't mention it, private property and free exchange are the legitimate grounds upon which any individual has the right to make a record. This, despite it's in-your-face clarity on the issue, is fatally compromised because it is incorporated into the state and as such was instantly corrupted by the system.

February 19, 2008

For Kosovo's Secession and Independence

...or, Nationalism Is Fucking Scary and Stands in Direct Opposition to Individual Freedom.

Anyone watching the news about Serbia and Kosovo? Here's a sample of the crazy shit going on:

New York Times:
In a Divided Kosovo City, a Resounding Vow to Remain Part of Serbia

MITROVICA, Kosovo — A day after Kosovo’s ethnic Albanian leadership declared independence from Serbia, 7,000 Serbs took to the streets of this divided city, waving Serbian flags, chanting “Kosovo is Serbia!” and burning an American flag covered with the words “The Fourth Reich.”

A small clutch of radicals stood at the bridge leading to the Albanian side of the city shouting, “Kick, shout, kill the Albanians!” Old men and women wept, some expressing disbelief that Kosovo was no longer theirs. A NATO military helicopter hovered overhead. Armed police officers formed a human shield to keep the protesters from trying to cross to the other side of the bridge, where crowds of Albanians looked on defiantly.

[...]

Even as Kosovo’s ethnic Albanian leaders pledged to protect the rights of the Serbian minority, Serbs in Mitrovica said Monday that they would never join the “false state” and would remain part of Serbia. They said they had put their faith in Moscow, which vehemently rejects Kosovo’s independence.

“If the Albanians try to cross the bridge, we demand from the Serbian Army to use all available means to stop them,” Marko Jaksic, the Kosovo Serbs’ hard-line leader, told the protesters. “America is no longer the single world power. The Russians are coming. As long as there is Russia and Serbia, there will never be an independent Kosovo.”

So some of the locals are tyrannical nutjobs who want to literally possess the life and liberty of their neighbors.

The AP via the Sarasota Herald-Tribune:
Kosovo recognition irritates Russia and China

BRUSSELS, Belgium — The U.S. and the European Union's biggest powers quickly recognized Kosovo as an independent nation Monday, widening a split with Russia, China and some EU members strongly opposed to letting the territory break away from Serbia.

[...]

Despite clamoring of Serbs to retake Kosovo, Serbia's government has ruled out a military response.

But the dispute is likely to worsen already strained relations between the West and Russia, which is a traditional ally of Serbia and seeks to restore its influence in former Soviet bloc states. The Kremlin could become less likely to help in international efforts important to the U.S. and its allies, such as pressuring Iran to rein in its nuclear program.

Still, for Washington, the declaration of independence by Kosovo vindicated years of dogged effort to help a population achieve its dream of self-determination after years of ethnic conflict and repression by Serbia.

Speaking in Tanzania, President Bush said: "The Kosovars are now independent" -- and Washington formally recognized Kosovo as an independent country soon afterward. Germany, Britain and France also gave their backing, saying they planned to issue formal recognitions.

But Russia, Serbia's key ally, and emerging global power China remained adamantly opposed to Kosovo's independence, warning of the danger of inspiring separatist movements around the world, including in their own sprawling territories.


And, true to their nature as authoritarian shitholes, Russia and China see the threat to their own domestic empires when peaceful secession becomes an internationally acceptable activity.
"America and the European Union are stealing Kosovo from us, everyone must realize that," said Tomislav Nikolic, the head of Serbia's ultra-nationalist Radical Party.

This moron's approaching truly epic levels of saber-rattling hyperbolic bullshit. He's the perfect stooge for Putin and Jintao to exploit.

Here's to free association and the thumb in the eye it represents to governments worldwide.

February 11, 2008

The New Lone Star License Plate

It certainly looks nice, but it has a lot of "original design features" that could be "obscured" by most license plate frames, leading to arbitrary police harassment.

February 07, 2008

Petition to Abolish the Government of the USA

Thank you, Dr. Roderick T. Long.

To: All those currently exercising positions of responsibility in the Government of the United States of America, whether elected or appointed, and whether at the federal, state, or local level

Whereas the United States Government's claim to legitimacy is purportedly based on such principles as the consent of the governed, human equality, and the inalienable rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness; and

Whereas few if any of those over whom you claim authority have ever consented to such governance; and

Whereas governments, as claimants to such authority over others, are by their nature inconsistent with human equality; and

Whereas your laws, ordinances, decrees, and policies generally stand in violation, directly or indirectly, of the rights to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness;

We, the undersigned, hereby demand:

That you cease to claim to be acting in our name or as our agents; and

That you cease all attempts to exercise authority over your fellow human beings, on this continent or elsewhere; and

That you work to dismantle the institution or set of institutions known as the Government of the United States of America, in every branch and at every level, as speedily as possible; and

That you make no attempt to interfere with its replacement by voluntary associations of free and equal individuals.

Sincerely,

The Undersigned


I'm #277 on that list.

Via Two--Four.

January 30, 2008

John Edwards, SCOTUS Superman

Edwards for SCOTUS! (18+ / 0-)

As a Supreme Court justice, he could help the poor and disenfranchised for decades.


-MidlandTXLiberal, on hearing Edwards is quitting


Of course, he wouldn't do it by actually going out there and helping anyone. No, he'd sit in one place and tell other people to help his favorite constituency. He'd help impose state penalties on those who wouldn't sacrifice enough for the needy. He'd be a big cog in a massive machine, barking orders.

Judges in that court make over $200,000 a year. Non-leadership positions in the Senate get you more than $160,000. I googled around and read that Edwards reported over $25 million in assets and an income of $1.25 million recently.

Seems like he's got the means to start helping the poor, needy, homeless, destitute, wretched, hard-working, average Joe, corporate-oppressed unlucky Middle-Americans right now, eh? Surely if he and his family think the purpose is great enough, they can liquidate half or more of their wealth and jump right in.

Not that it matters to socialists. Their eyes are always on your assets.

January 25, 2008

Oh, How I Loathe the Clintons

Who can fix health care, who can fix our economy, who can create new jobs, who can reduce the price of gas at the pump?

Hillary can.


That's Bill pimping for his wife in a new South Carolina advertisement.

January 09, 2008

I Hate Election Season

[Updates below.]

And for a variety of reasons.

"Who cares about his principles? I care about his positions."
"I'm the right man for the job."
"I will secure America."
"She feels my pain."
"It is time for change."
"Healthcare is a right everyone should enjoy."
"He's the most electable candidate."
"Experience matters."

The most prominent reason, however, is the forest of paper, countless of keystrokes, and hundreds of thousands of people who stare at the polls, caucus results, and final voting tallies and see something more than the aggregate expressed preferences of a percentage of eligible people who want to appoint someone to run our lives.

Fucking nauseating.

UPDATED 1/11/2008 11:50am

That is the warm, earnest, human side of campaigning, politicians comforting people with detailed explanations of how they will solve their problems and flattering them with their presence.

*twitch*

Molly Ball at the Las Vegas Review-Journal is a credulous moron.

January 08, 2008

Anarcho-Capitalism and Utopia

As I've posted to an Animeboards thread in the Members Only section:

Says DraniX:
Utopian fantasies fuck up the entire world.

Correct. Fantasies, by their nature, are prone to doing that. If one is to adopt or create a philosophy of living, then it certainly helps to have your ideas grounded in reality.

To specify, communists thought that they too had a pretty solid idea of how to create a utopia, specifically of the socialist persuasion. And it seemed solid in theory, at least to them. But I'll bet you not one of them could cite a real-world example of its success.
You need to speak with more Commies. Once you separate the water-headed teenage wanna-be rebels from those who've actually done their homework and can tell Proudhon from Bakunin, they're likely to fall into two categories:
  1. There are many real-world examples of small gift economies (insert various local examples) as well as the prominent case of the anarchist communes in post-civil-war Spain before WWII
  2. You are correct, because those damn dirty capitalists and authoritarian socialists keep mucking things up!
But that isn't the real point, here.
Such is the case with libertarians. Prove me wrong.
Prepare to be bored.

Libertarians cover a broad spectrum of belief and while some generalized things can be said about them, the moment you get into specifics everything gets complicated. There are Christian libertarians, anarcho-capitalists, sick-of-the-corrupt-GOP conservatives, independents who waffle between the two big parties, conspiracy nuts, Democrats who'll vote Libertarian just to mess with the Republicans, hardcore Libertarian Party members, people who just want the police to let them get stoned, people who just want to own a full-auto AK-47, and serious political scholars who argue for strictly limited minarchism.

Ask that room of "libertarians" for real-world examples of libertarianism in action and I wouldn't be surprised if you received 10 different answers. You'd hear about the first hundred years of the American Republic, ancient Iceland, various Protestant sects, Somalia, the Vatican, Antarctica, Switzerland, the theoretical moral line between one legitimate property owner and another, the Better Business Bureau, the Internet, and on and on. Would any of them be correct?

That gawd-awful mashup of ideologies and preferences is one reason why I'm not comfortable with calling myself "libertarian" even though it's the one term that most easily conveys my basic thoughts to the average person. It's why I self-identify as an anarcho-capitalist or free market anarchist. At least those terms narrow down the discussion.

Do I have any real-world examples of historical free market anarchism? No.

There are like-minded folks who believe there was a period in Iceland's past where something relatively close to our ideal was reached. I haven't researched it and am open to thinking either way. Others like to argue that any action that is not taken under the direct influence or duress of the state is essentially voluntary and free-market; I disagree.

However, despite not having any examples to which I can point, I don't think that in any way undermines the desirability of my ideal. Rather, it just reinforces just how long governments (specifically, the philosophies of political aggression that give rise to them) have been attached to our necks.

The lack of evidence can also be explained in other ways. The very idea of functional stateless societies is relatively new to human thought. The idea of radical free market capitalism is even more recent. It shouldn't be surprising to see few if any records of intentionally anarchist communities, let alone anarchist communities that explicitly enact a pro-private property and pro-free trade charter. There is intense antagonism between the majority of anarchists today (who stem from communistic/socialistic roots) and the majority of radical laissez-faire libertarians (who stem from individualistic/egoistic roots). We're talking about fractions of a fraction of a splinter ideology arguing definitions until throats are weary and fingers are worn.

Toss in the simple fact that just about all dry ground on this planet (and all of the pleasant, arable land) is currently under control of some state somewhere and add to it the quite obvious hatred establishment politicians and nationalists feel towards secession movements and what do you get?

Nothing of any substantial value worth using as an example to support my politics. Boo-hoo.

What is important is understanding this: I don't argue for a utopia. Murray Rothbard, David Friedman, Walter Block, and others don't believe everyone is an angel and will magically stop raping, robbing, and assaulting others if the state is abolished in a defined geographic area. We are aware, far more so than most people, of human nature and the temptations in front of us to cut corners when faced with the irreducible reality that life is a choice. One can either be productive and self-sufficient, or one can be a parasite to varying degrees. The single biggest reason why things are fucked up today is because too many people choose parasitism over production and that parasitism exists primarily in the form of the state.

A private court system in a society that recognizes aggression (the initiation of physical force) as the principle crime is not going to be crime-free. It is not necessarily going to be graffiti-free, obnoxious-loser-free, abortion-free, sleaze-free, idiot-free, pollution-free, or hatred-free.

But it will be substantially more free than anything else out there. And that's what counts.


I gotta tell ya, the "you silly utopian!" rejoinder is one of the more dumb responses I get to this stuff.

January 03, 2008

The Founding Fathers and Anarchism

From my Anarcho-Capitalism MySpace group:

Beethoven’s 10th (Ⓐ$) wrote:

Something I wonder is, why weren't the founders of the U.S. Anarchists? They seemed to be pretty opposed to the concept of government, & you'd think that such intelligent & educated people would be able to see through the gaping paradoxes in Statism. So, why didn't they found an Anarchy, instead of a Republic?


Consider the opening sections of the Declaration of Independence:

When in the Course of human events it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature's God entitle them...

[...]

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, that whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.

Who knows what the founders would have thought about modern-day AnCap ideas...but given the words above and given that they took on one of the most powerful nations in the world, I bet they wouldn't be as reflexively against it as so many people are today.

November 30, 2007

Abortion and Collectivism

From my MySpace Anarcho-Capitalism group: Anti-Abortion: A Collectivist Position

Some Guy. What Guy? That Guy. Who? wrote:

Certainly the most common argument against abortion is that it's human life. It may not be conscious, but it's human life, which makes it valuable.

But species is a group distinction. An individual may be a member of one species or another, but the label of a certain species is a group distinction.


Currently, only members of Homo sapiens sapiens meet my qualifications for sentient, rights-bearing individuals. That very may well change over time if extra-terrestrial life is discovered. Until then, Wise Man (Wiki) is valuable because he or she is a member of Wise Man Group due to the requirements of belonging to that group.

Think of it this way. If an organization only allowed men to join and rigidly enforced that requirement, we'd know that all members were male. Similarly, if part of what defines membership in Homo sapiens sapiens is a rational faculty capable of not only knowing the difference between right and wrong but figuring out why knowing that difference is important in the first place (a Randian approach to species and rights), then we know that those life forms categorized as Homo sapiens sapiens are intrinsically valuable due to their rights-bearing nature.

The essentially collectivist approach to organizing individual things into like categories doesn't necessarily mean the approach is Collectivist in the political sense. You have an interesting argument, but I think it doesn't get much further than step one. Or perhaps I'm horribly misunderstanding you?

However, whether it be Hitler or MLK, Einstein or Paris Hilton, Mozart of Barry Manilow, etc. everybody's equally human. Nothing can make anyone "More" human than anyone else. & Even body parts qualify as "Human." Furthermore, you're no more human than a tumor.
Err, so are battlefield medics who amputate hemorrhaging limbs and cancer surgeons murderers? I think I've misread you here because it contradicts what you write later.

I'm not at all shy of asserting tumors and arms have no moral weight whatsoever.

The distinction of a given species bears no moral significance. & While it's true that certain species are more intelligent than others, one's biology is the cause of one's individual traits, but it's the effect that matters.
If actual, living Homo erectus or Homo neanderthalensis were discovered, then I think your point would be more valid. Currently, the only species that morally matters (and as a cat lover it pains me to say this) are existing human beings. It just happens to be a fact that all known human beings belong to the same species.

Maybe you should clarify what you mean by species. Humans and dogs are not examples of different species; they belong in significantly different classifications.

"Human" is to "Sapient" what "Automobile" is to "Transportation."
Correct. Humans are sapient and that doesn't exhaust the possibilities of other creature being sapient either. Of course, sapience is not the only measure of individual moral worth.
To say that a being which is nothing more than a cluster of cells is just as important as a fully conscious being with dreams & aspirations, just because they're both human, reveals this argument's Collectivist thinking. A fetus lacks what makes individuals valuable, such as consciousness, so Pro-Lifers appeal to something it has in common with another individual, rather than rely on any traits that it already possesses.
How do you respond to the issue of the crippled, the unconscious, and the comatose? They lack at various times some of the critical features that make humans distinct from other animals.
Furthermore, to attribute one's importance to one's species is extremely Anti-Individualistic since valuable traits such as intelligence are individual traits, not group ones.
Intelligence is absolutely important to determining moral worth...but it isn't the true fundamental as I see it. Other animals show signs of nontrivial intelligence. What sets humans apart is intelligence combined with rationality and self-awareness. Again, classification in order to enhance understanding doesn't imply political Collectivism to me. It can certainly lead to it, but that's an individual decision (read: error!) to make in the abuse of reason for illegitimate ends.
Espousing the "Sanctity of Human Life" detracts from what makes a individual valuable, & without the Species Card, a fetus loses its value since it quite simply has no value whatsoever.
Of course, my perspective in this is radically different from most people who tout Sanctity of Life arguments.
The other commonly used argument against abortion is that a fetus is a potential individual.
I'm with ya on this one. :)
As well, to help illustrate my point, a fully-developed human may have the potential to do many things in the future, but that's not what gives it value; what gives it value is its ability to think, feel, & act.
I will reiterate my question above: How do you respond to the issue of the crippled, the unconscious, and the comatose? They have the potential to become "full" again.
So, what's the point of this blog? The point is, you can't be a Classical Liberal if you're Anti-Abortion.
The point of my reply is to suggest this conclusion - at least the portions derived from the first half - shouldn't be welcomed so soon.

I'm not anti-abortion, mind you. Just playing a little Devil's Advocate and curious to know what further thoughts you (or anyone else) have.


I do think that abortion is one of the trickiest mazes for property rights advocates to navigate.

October 25, 2007

Larry J. Sabato Wants Constitutional, Legalized Slavery

No adult American alive on January 20, 1961, will ever forget the stirring words of President John F. Kennedy in his inaugural address: "Ask not what your country can do for you; ask what you can do for your country." The nation's young leader thus captured the spirit of a new generation. Today a hardened and cynical generation that has endured Vietnam, Watergate, 9/11, and other soul-depressing events since JFK's assassination still accepts the promise of personal initiative, but shared sacrifice has become a lesser-known concept for many. We have it within our power to change this, and to go back to the future. A new Constitution can fuel America's transformation into a society that once again fulfills Kennedy's vision.

The best means available would be a constitutional requirement that all able-bodied Americans devote at least two years of their lives to the service of their nation. The charge must be broad, and the civilian and military options must be many, to accommodate the varied talents of the population and the diverse dictates of conscience. But the principle must be immutable: Enjoying the benefits of living in a great democracy is not a God-given right. In exchange for the privileges of American citizenship, every individual has obligations to meet, promises to their fellow citizens and posterity to keep.

Universal National Service (UNS) would be a kind of Bill of Responsibilities, a useful complement to the Bill of Rights. A simple but powerful constitutional clause would decree that "all citizens of the United States, who are of sound mind and body, shall be required to give two years of service to their country, in a manner prescribed by law."


-Larry J Sabato


In principle this would be no different from the system already in place. It would just formalize it and make it explicit. To their credit, there was instant negative reaction in the Daily Kos comments section.

...a requirement that every able-bodied person between the ages of 18 and 26 give two years to Universal National Service (UNS)...
In practice, I'd look the bastard in the eye and ask, "Or what?"

October 19, 2007

"www.governmentisgood.com"

Well, in that case, I hope you get what you ask for.

Good and hard.

More later.

But not before I return with tons of pictures from the Maker Faire this weekend.

I do have priorities, ya know.

October 16, 2007

How Business Regulations Infringe Free Speech

By slowly scaring people away from asking "sensitive" questions that would otherwise be completely relevant in a variety of circumstances.

TechRepublic.com: Steer clear of these 10 illegal job interview questions

#1: Where were you born?

#2: What is your native language?

#3: Are you married?

#4: Do you have children?

#5: Do you plan to get pregnant?

#6: How old are you?

#7: Do you observe Yom Kippur?

#8: Do you have a disability or chronic illness?

#9: Are you in the National Guard?

#10: Do you smoke or use alcohol?


Whether these questions are actually outlawed is beside the point. The text points out the deeper issue underneath inquiries like these:
In general, you should not ask interviewees about their age, race, national origin, marital or parental status, or disabilities.

...you can’t discriminate on the basis of marital status...a general prohibition about discrimination over parental status...age discrimination is clearly illegal...[y]ou can’t discriminate on the basis of religion...[disability or chronic illness] is not supposed to be used as a factor in hiring...it’s illegal to discriminate against someone because he or she belongs to the National Guard or a reserve unit...you can’t discriminate on the basis of the use of a legal product when the employee is not on the premises and not on the job.


As a consequence of interfering with the businessperson's right to determine who they may and may not employ, we've now got whole realms of human action that are now off-limits for discussion. If you broach those topics (or even appear to consider them), you open yourself to state-sanctioned legal liability that can take years to resolve.

I've written before about the difference between good discrimination and bad discrimination. None of the above verboten subjects constitutes bad discrimination in principle.

#1: Where were you born? / #2: What is your native language?
Yes, it is entirely possible that bigots use questions like these to weed certain ethnicities and cultures out of the hiring pool. It's a fundamentally irrational and silly choice to make because background does not strictly determine ability, but that remains the legitimate choice of the employer.

However, it is very relevant to them what the potential employee's language proficiencies are and whether that person's culture is compatible with the organization.

#3: Are you married? / #4: Do you have children? / #5: Do you plan to get pregnant?
These are certainly personal questions, but whether they cross the line into "too much information" is not for anyone but the individuals on either side of the table to decide.

It is entirely relevant business information to know whether a person's family life will interfere with his or her productive life. Not all mothers-to-be or single fathers or whathaveyou allow domestic troubles to upset their work, but it can and does happen.

#6: How old are you?
Before going into anything else, isn't this likely to be expressed in the applicant's documentation either explicitly or implicitly? Some paperwork contain dates of birth and graduation dates. Asking this is more of a formality if anything.

It's relevance to business is small but still meaningful. The employer may think some jobs are suitable for certain age groups. Again, a blanket bias may be based in malice but it doesn't make business sense in the long run nor is is logically coherent to deny a job to a well-qualified 61-year-old and give it to a 55-year-old purely on the basis of six years' difference in age.

#7: Do you observe Yom Kippur?
Yes, a very personal question. People often prefer to keep their religious preferences to themselves. That's their prerogative, just as it's the prerogative of the employer to choose to ask.

Most mainstream religions don't require (or consistently enforce their requirement of) substantial time off or disruptive behavior during business hours. However, it is relevant to the employer whether the application belongs to one that does. For example, it might be troublesome for both parties - or outright dangerous - if a Muslim employee was faithful to the Ramadan diet restrictions and was employed in a labor-intensive capacity during that month.

#8: Do you have a disability or chronic illness?
This is absolutely relevant to employers. It is not at all wrong to think such employees may be less productive and more expensive to maintain on the payroll. A disability by it's very nature means the individual's natural abilities are hampered. Some disabilities impact job performance and some don't.

Given the quasi-socialist nature of the health care system and the market-distorting incentives the state creates fo employers to offer health coverage, it is quite relevant to know whether someone has a serious disease.

#9: Are you in the National Guard?
No, of course it's irrelevant/hurtful/invasive/bigoted/discriminatory to know whether someone decided to sign their name to a contract that could - at any moment - sweep them away for months at a time and put them in situations that might kill or severely maim them! Gee, why would that be helpful knowledge to your boss!?

#10: Do you smoke or use alcohol?
There are health puritans out there and they would have every damn right on this planet to post a sign in their lobby that says, "We don't hire drinkers and smokers." I wouldn't do business with them, but it's a right that is completely analogous to my right to deny anyone I deem from entering my house. My property, my rules.

Contrast this with the other approach that is so popular these days: outright government bans. Other than exceptions for politically-favored groups, these actions don't discriminate at all.

That is why I frame my discussions so often from the viewpoint of individual liberty. The banners and the anti-discriminators just cannot stand it when they see someone doing something of which they don't approve. They'll pay lip service to rational conversation, but only as long to organize loud protests and legal action.

Anyway, here's the crystallization of my point:
blackflagconditions:

This article is completely untrue, right from the title

Just to clarify for those that don't know a thing about HR...This is a completely misleading article. There are no illegal interviewing questions in the United States that are on this list. You can not get arrested for these questions, nor will your company get in trouble for just asking them. You can however, get in trouble for acting on the information you get from one of these questions if the information puts the person in a protected class. As a rule, it is safe to not ask these questions but by no means illegal.


ls1313:
Good point, but. . .

Good point about the title and the use of the term "illegal." However, although not technically correct, the title does grab one's attention. It also functions as a good way to really drive into people's heads the following: "Save your company a lot of potential aggravation by NOT letting ANY of these questions EVER escape your lips!!" As a word, "Illegal" does that fairly simply.


rpost:
Hit the nail on the head

Many times the (illegal) questions are more subtle. Don't ask how old you are, just when and where you graduated from high school. It not only gives the employer your age but also if you are "native." Having reached a "protected" age group and not being native, has made it almost imposible to get a job. The irony here is; I work for a non-profit whose benefits and wages are way sub par and they apprear to get away with it because they appear to intentionally hire older people.


Can you see it?

The tightening constriction of your freedom? These don't need to be illegal. Treating a politically favored class in an unapproved way is the real issue. That's where you get hammered in the press and the courts.

ssharkins:

Great article

Education is a great tool -- more more! My husband has been on a few interviews this past year and has been asked a few of those questions. He is nearing 60 and practically unemployable at this point -- but proving that a prospective employer discriminated on the basis of an illegal question is another matter. Knowing the questions are illegal is good. But, what do you do when it happens and although you know you're qualified, you don't get the job and you suspect it was the answer to that illegal question?


And this is precisely what I'm talking about. Here is a man whom his wife openly states as being "practically unemployable." We don't know the reason. Notice she confuses the issue by implying he's still qualified to work. Well, who ought to make that final decision? I say it's the business owner's right to decide who is really qualified for a job. He could suffer from growing dementia. He could have a terrible back. His eyesight might be rapidly failing. He could be firmly set in his ways. He could have any number of things that are wrong with him from the standpoint of someone who wants to hire a reliable, effective, and flexible employee.

But with the power of the state behind them, they can force employers to hire them or suck blood money from them in civil litigation. Why are these people tolerated in our society? Why can't we laugh assholes like these from our offices when they start complaining?

And yet all day I hear in and out that this is a freewheeling, everything-goes, capitalist society.

What rubbish.

October 04, 2007

How Abysmally Pathetic is the Wall Street Journal's John Harwood?

Allow me to show you.

Wall Street Journal: Republicans Grow Skeptical On Free Trade

The sign of broadening resistance to globalization came in a new Wall Street Journal-NBC News Poll that showed a fraying of Republican Party orthodoxy on the economy. While 60% of respondents said they want the next president and Congress to continue cutting taxes, 32% said it's time for some tax increases on the wealthiest Americans to reduce the budget deficit and pay for health care.

Six in 10 Republicans in the poll agreed with a statement that free trade has been bad for the U.S. and said they would agree with a Republican candidate who favored tougher regulations to limit foreign imports.

[...]

One fresh indication of the party's ideological crosswinds: Presidential candidate Ron Paul of Texas, who opposes the Iraq war and calls free-trade deals "a threat to our independence as a nation," announced yesterday that he raised $5 million in third-quarter donations. That nearly matches what one-time front-runner John McCain is expected to report.

Copyright © 2007 Dow Jones & Company, Inc. All Rights Reserved


Mr. Harwood is terriffically lazy, fantastically ignorant of Ron Paul's campaign, or biased against him or his message. Whatever the reason, this is seriously shitty journalism.

Ron Paul is against free trade?

Has Mr. Harwood bothered to look into why Paul opposes things like NAFTA? Has he even glanced at his website, his copious archives at LewRockwell.com, or the writing he's done for the Ludwig von Mises Institute?

There's hardly anything "free" about agreements like those. It's managed trade. It's government-regulated trade. For every cherry-picked market marginally opened by these agreements, ten others are hammered with laws, restrictions, quotas, requirements, and paperwork.

Free trade happens when individuals decide to trade with each other voluntarily, not when a thousand pages of government documents declare it.

Getting this so completely wrong is a new low. It's bad enough reading how support for economic freedom is slipping among Republicans.

Via Instapundit.

October 01, 2007

Buda May Move to Home Rule, But Would It Really Matter?

News8Austin: Buda wants to expand government to Home Rule

The city of Buda passed the 5,000 mark, and now residents can choose to change the way local government operates.

Texas law basically tells cities how to run themselves until they reach a certain population. Now that the magical number's been hit...
"It allows the citizens to really express how they would like their government, their local government to be defined and what the duties and responsibilities of their local government are," city administrator Robert Camareno said.

Copyright ©2007TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


It sure does allow a greater degree of local citizen expression. It also does absolutely nothing for those individual dissenters from the majortity.

September 19, 2007

Haggling Over Prices

ABC7Chicago.com: Cook County sales tax increase proposed

"Cook County is a destination place," said [Cook County Commissioner Joan Patricia] Murphy. "We have great conventions and conferences here. The sales tax is going up 2 ¾ percent. That's not a back-breaking increase."

It's hardly a herniated disk. Not really a greenstick fracture. Not quite paraplegia. You aren't totally screwed yet, so adding to the stress already there is entirely OK. Increments. Little here. Little there. See? You're still alive, just like we told you. It's just a bigger nibble.

Cuz, we've got all these services and things that need to be financed. Gotta provide those services.

In the meantime, give us your money and find a way to cope.

"If they support some other revenue increase, then, that could help fill the gap. But maybe we still would need a sales tax, but as stated maybe not two percent, maybe 2.5 percent. We need to make sure we keep the system going," said County Board President Todd Stroger.

Copyright ©2007 ABC Inc., WLS-TV Chicago.


The state-patented ratchet effect lives on.

September 17, 2007

"That's what makes us civilized"

What's disturbing is the philosophical idea that you (and not the State) have the right to confiscte property because you think it's right. Only the State, after due process of law, can take your property away from you. (The other example is if you don't pay a loan on a secured asset. Then the owner of the property can take it.) That's what makes us civilized. You don't have to worry about your neighbor's cousin Jeb coming down from the mountains to bash your car window out because you have a difference with your neighbor.

ChromeLight in the dpreview.com forums

Ah. So it's only cool if the Approved Gang does it, not if an Individual Gangster gives it a go. Right.

Two cheers for our "civil" civilization, wherein support for aggression against private property lives as long as that aggressor is part of the local violence monopoly cartel with the either half-hearted or half-brained support of a majority of those eligible voters who bothered to show up at the last election and whose aggression is cloaked in a set of rules arbitrarily hammered out over the years in pursuit of an uneasy compromise among raw expediency, the fads of the moment, and vaguely undefined concerns over "civil liberties!"

Clearly, what would have made this State Appropriation legitimate was the addition of some fancy paperwork littered with Latin legalese and some prick wearing a badge and a sidearm.

The case in question is detailed here. Karen Redfield, the principal of a California public elementary school, seized a press photographer's equipment after hearing concerns about a man videotaping children from across the street. She seized it even though Reneh Agha was off school property and he explained what he was doing when she confronted him.

But most importantly, it wasn't hers in the first place and it doesn't matter if an entire platoon of Sheriff's Deputies waving Court Orders around literally or figuratively stood behind her at the time of seizure. This was theft and she ought to be ashamed of herself.

September 05, 2007

I Envy John Edwards, Even Though He Needs Slaves

This blog has been tough on John Edwards. I've called him a flaming hypocrite (and a normal hypocrite), described him as essentially the same as Dick Cheney, and complained about his rhetorical collectivization. I don't like the guy.

But for a moment, I envied him.

The AP via Yahoo! News: Edwards backs mandatory preventive care

"The whole idea is a continuum of care, basically from birth to death," he said.

He clearly isn't worried about being attacked for supporting cradle-to-grave socialism. A dubious expression of political guts, to be sure. But how likely are we to hear a major party candidate say, "The whole idea of my plan is for the government to do nothing and let each American take care of themselves and those they love." No Republican has the balls to say that and Ron Paul's website is more concerned about attacking the fringes of health statism. The Libertarian Party platform is considerably better ("Current problems in such areas as energy, pollution, health care delivery, decaying cities, and poverty are not solved, but are primarily caused, by government. "), but they aren't going to get into power.
The former North Carolina senator said all presidential candidates talking about health care "ought to be asked one question: Does your plan cover every single American?"

"Because if it doesn't they should be made to explain what child, what woman, what man in America is not worthy of health care," he said. "Because in my view, everybody is worth health care."


There you have it: perhaps the most elegant plop of misdirective, ethically confused, bullshit emotional extortion I've heard in a while.

If you disagree, you're painted a heartless bastard who doesn't think anyone is worth health care for the next news cycle. Idiots would blossom like mushrooms in cow turds, accusing you of thinking Good Ole Average American ain't worth decent health care. How could you believe universal health coverage would be bad? Doesn't it make sense?

In the face of that, appeals to principle and ethics that come off as callously abstract are hopeless. He's got a history of this. I've said before:

He's fundamentally no different at all to anyone currently seeking or thinking of seeking the presidency. He's just a little more honest about his goals and his means: more power for the feds and more will to use it.

So yeah, I envy John Edwards a bit. It must feel nice to be so upfront about a direct application of your ethics.

The horrible ass still needs slaves, though.

August 10, 2007

Our Government is Incompetent

The Cincinnati Post: Helping enemies in Iraq

An investigation by the U.S. Government Accountability Office identified a new culprit who has been shipping into Iraq massive numbers of weapons that U.S. officials now fear are being used to kill American troops. It is our Pentagon.

The Defense Department has no clue about what happened to at least 190,000 guns - 110,000 AK47s and 80,000 pistols - that it gave Iraqi security forces in 2004 and 2005, according to a GAO report released Monday. And U.S. officials now concede that at least some of the missing weapons are now being used to kill American troops.

Copyright © 2007 The Enquirer. All rights reserved.


Martin Schram's got an overview of a truly outrageous situation.

From my angle, I see the following tangle:

  • statism to buy the weapons
  • statism to deploy the weapons
  • statism to initiate the war
  • statism to engage in the civil war
  • statism to equip The Side We Currently Favor
  • statism to kill the Americans there to help

Government intervention fucking things up from beginning to end.

July 30, 2007

Lord of the Flies and Anarchism

From a discussion in my Anarcho-Capitalism group on MySpace:

kriztofr (L-LA) wrote:

Also, the kids in the novel never worked toward an anarchist society in the first place. It started off democratic, then split into democratic and authoritarian factions, whith the latter eventually gaining all of the democrats. If anything, the book could be used as literature against government (ie Simon's death, etc).


Exactly. A peaceful, prosperous civilization cannot spring up amongst humans all on its own. To achieve that requires the individuals in the community to think and to have coherent values that hold peace and prosperity as goals. Clearly, looking around us today and even through history, that's hard enough as it is with adults. This was a group of 6 to 12 year-old kids (who, if I remember correctly, were being evacuated in the middle of a war) who were presumably raised in a post-WWII British culture drenched in statism and who already contained violent elements within. Hell, Lord of the Flies was written in the mid-1950's, probably the low-point of the last 100 years in regards to comprehensive anarchist thought. How the can anyone expect this cursed-from-the-beginning community to respect free exchange, individual rights, and other foundations of anarcho-capitalism?

These are high-order concepts. It is certainly possible to teach these to children as they grow up, but I seriously doubt that foundation was there except in the most general terms (the Golden Rule, for example) and without any serious justification. All I remember the most responsible of the children could do is to issue pleadings for peace and the necessity of "rules." Is it any surprise that those kids, unable to articulate the why of their vague need for stability, dwindled in number in the face of instant-pleasure savagery?

There's a good argument to be made that Mr. Golding intended the book to show humanity is predisposed to barbarism and cruelty. If so, then the book was rigged from the beginning and is utterly useless as a weapon against those calling for stateless societies.

July 19, 2007

Larry Kudlow, What Unbridled Free Market Capitalism?

What we are witnessing here, in virtually every corner of the globe, is the success and the spread of unbridled free market capitalism.
Dude, what the fuck are you talking about?

Notice he didn't just say "capitalism" or "free market economics." He said "unbridled free market capitalism" and that contains enough narrowing adjectives to show he was being quite specific. (it's a crying shame that one has to go to those rhetorical lengths in the first place)

So what goes through his mind when he says something like that? Here's what goes through mine, in no particular order:

  • the total end of drug prohibition
  • the abolishment of taxation, or at the very least, a system of taxation that imposes rates no higher than 1% and doesn't touch one's income
  • the complete disappearance of the public education and health systems
  • the abolishment of the Department of Agriculture, Department of Commerce, Department of Education, Department of Energy, Department of Health and Human Services, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Department of Labor, and Department of Transportation
  • and all this - and more - replicated at the state and local level

All that is just the beginning for the proper existence of a system that can be correctly described as an unbridled free market in capitalist private property.

Mr. Kudlow, unfortunately, keeps on writing.

It is a dynamic worldwide march toward lower tax rates, deregulation, and, as market strategist Don Luskin put it on last night’s show, the “interconnectedness” of global economies through free trade, the free flow of capital, and the robust free exchange of information.

Reality check: Is the United States Congress marching towards tax cuts, reductions in business regulation, and the easing of free trade barriers? Is anyone aware of any large-scale movement in Europe towards the respect of private property? How's China doing these days?

I've been over this before and I'll repeat what I've said elsewhere: Mr. Kudlow is either ignorant of what he's saying or he doesn't honestly mean it.

And what’s more, this global stock market boom signifies a major defeat for al Qaeda and all the terrorist jihadists who seek to destroy capitalism and our way of life. The spread of prosperity across the globe cannot tell a lie: The terrorists are on the wrong side, they are on the losing side, and their side will be defeated. Freedom and capitalism is moving full steam ahead. It will ultimately crush the evil, totalitarian jihadists.
Is he asserting the eventual triumph of laissez-faire ideology is inevitable? Even if he isn't, the only justification for saying such a thing is the plain fact that interventionist economics are inherently unstable and cannot compete with the free market in terms of productivity. However, history clearly shows that as long as the broad mass of people doesn't mind (or doesn't know any better), socialist policies can continue for some time without any threat of collapsing nations and cultures.

June 11, 2007

The Age of Consent

Since when can a 15 year-old consent to sex?

It's like a 15 year-old consenting to buy a house.


That's someone named AppyPappy on FreeRepublic, commenting on the news that a Georgia judge rejected a decade-long prison term handed down to a guy who was convicted of having consensual oral sex, when he was 17, with a 15-year-old girl.

I'm not at all worried about the difficulty of finding kids 15 years old (or younger) who would readily consent to engaging in sex acts. The quality of their knowledge leading to their decision is almost certainly going to be less than ideal and there is no question that social pressure to consent is a factor...but that does not in any way metaphysically wipe out the actual, in reality, ability of teens to make their own choices. In principle, any sufficiently intelligent human has the power to give their consent and voluntarily involve him- or herself in an economic exchange. Biologically, it is only within recent modern history that Westerners have generally begun to believe that people under the (arbitrarily determined) age of 18 are, practically speaking, unable to render proper moral judgment and require the guiding grip of the Law to be good.

And what a shoddy analogy to buying a home. If a kid can understand what constitutes a trade (for cash, psychological/physical rewards, goods, services, etc.) and also understand the difference between a straight transaction and one involving credit and debt, then I see absolutely no reason why that person would be incapable of being a primary participant in buying a house. Hell, most of the reasons why buying a house might be a complex pain in the ass is because the state is so thoroughly involved in generating that pain.

Genarlow Wilson may very well be a callous prick who treats others with the disrespect only an arrogant youth at a party can muster. But if the girl who gave him a blow job is honest when she says she wanted to do it, then there should have never been a prosecution in the first place.

April 16, 2007

Fuck Taxes, Flat or Progressive

[Updates below.]

...I had a thought: we could deal-once and for all-with the horrible complexities of the IRS tax system, expand the economy, generate even more revenues, if (you guessed it) we moved to a nice, simple, flat tax system-somewhere around 20 percent for the single tax rate. Blow out all the deductions, all the credits, and bid fond farewell to the labyrinth of complicated rules that no one (including the IRS) understands.

Trust me, good things will happen.

I know, I know, there's nothing perfect in life. But a nice Steve Forbes/Art Laffer flat tax system would be pretty darn close. It would sure make a great benchmark to measure and grade all the assorted half-baked tax proposals coming out of Washington.

A flat tax - think of it.

Larry Kudlow on National Review


Due to those very tax code complexities, the taxes I "owed" this year were over and above what I had withheld from my primary paycheck. That the $760 came from my parents lessens not one bit the anger and irritation I hold against this system. The specific complexity? I decided to make more money and did so in a manner that the IRS treated differently from my normal salary. This was after I tried to take advantage of the little breaks littering the tax code: interest and tuition deductions and so forth.

The end result was a "debt" of around $3,100. In an anarchist society, would I have spent my money on free market alternatives to government-provided services? Certainly and without a doubt. It's not as if that cash would be sitting somewhere unused. I can think of three major purchases right now that I'd put that towards. Beyond consumer goods, if I decided my life and property were in danger beyond my ability to protect them, I might have hired a protection agency to keep an eye on my things. If I decided someone was harming me or my property through their actions, I might have hired a firm to file a lawsuit against them. If I decided I was unable to personally examine the safety of a product I wanted to buy, I might have hired a company to test it for me. I never asked for any of these services and explicitly want many of them to cease to exist entirely: the war on drugs, state control over broadcasting, foreign occupations, the (mis)management of our finances, etc. All of the useful and legitimate things the state wants to do can be done - and done better - when people are let alone to use their property and make of their own minds.

Now, I'm in the 15% tax bracket. Mr. Kudlow, in the final analysis, wants to increase my federal income tax burden. He's embracing the Sicilian Mafia's philosophy of Pagare Tutti, Pagare Meno. Everyone pays, everyone pays less. Except, of course, those of us at or under the 20% mark.

Taxation is theft, Larry. Try thinking about that before how easy it should be for us to bow down before the state's demands on our lives.

UPDATED 7/19/2007 2:18pm
Larry Kudlow, What Unbridled Free Market Capitalism?, and earlier, Larry Kudlow Misses the Forest for the Clinton

March 28, 2007

Irrelevancies

The AP via Breitbart.com: Iran Says It Will Release Female Sailor

In Tehran, Iranian Foreign Ministry spokesman Mohammad Ali Hosseini said the Britons were being treated well.

"They are in completely good health. Rest assured that they have been treated with humanitarian and moral behavior," Hosseini told the AP.


They've been kidnapped and are being held prisoner, man. That precludes the ability of your government to treat them morally.

March 06, 2007

This Might Get Interesting

For Immediate Release - Monday, March 5, 2007

On Monday, March 12, the Secular Coalition for America, a national lobbying group representing Americans who do not hold a god-belief, will make history by announcing the name of the first open nontheist member of Congress.

Elected officials who do not hold a god-belief are a rarity and only a few nontheist politicians have been open about their beliefs. Perhaps the most well-known was Robert G. Ingersoll, called the Great Agnostic. He was a famous orator and gave the nomination speech at the 1884 Republican Presidential Convention for James G. Blaine. Influential Illinois Republicans wanted Ingersoll to run for Governor, but on the condition that he conceal his agnosticism. Ingersoll refused and he never held elected office.

As put forward in law by the U.S. Constitution, "no religious Test shall ever be required as a Qualification to any Office or public Trust under the United States." However, in practice politicians are compelled to expound on their religiosity forcing nontheists to keep quiet about their beliefs or opt out of pursuing public office.

With next Monday's historic announcement, the Secular Coalition for America (www.secular.org) hopes additional elected officials will self-identify as nontheists and establish that a god-belief is not a necessary prerequisite for public service.

For more information contact Lori Lipman Brown, director of the Secular Coalition for America, at http://www.secular.org/contact.html.


Some people are going to be mighty pissed off if they learn after an election that the person for whom they voted isn't a theist and decided to wait a few months after coming to office to not just publicly announce it, but announce it with the SCA.

Then again, something else seems afoot here:

Find an Atheist, Humanist, Freethinker Elected Official Contest

Jan. 17, 2007 update: Due to the large volume of entries received, contest results will be announced in mid to late February.

The Secular Coalition for America will award one thousand dollars ($1,000) to the person who identifies the highest level atheist, humanist, freethinker or other nontheist currently holding elected public office in the United States of America.


So this Congressman or Congresswoman might not be involved in this. If it's an outing then it might be even more interesting...particularly if there's an "R" after this person's name...

February 27, 2007

Gizmodo's Anti-RIAA Manifesto

[Updates below.]

Read it here. I left the following comment:

...not a single penny that the RIAA has received from their series of lawsuits has actually made it back to the artists that had their "copyrights infringed" in the first place.

This is something what would benefit greatly if there were hard data and personal accounts from musicians to cite.
You should be able to do what you want with an album once you've paid for it; like a CD or a record, you now own it for life.

While I sympathize with the ideas behind this (my damn Emotive CD from A Perfect Circle won't rip to MP3!!), you're making a very broad moral statement here about what people ought to do with their property. If an artist wishes to have their material locked down so they have some control over who can experience it and they do so through by clearly telling the potential consumer, "this media is restricted in such and such way," then I don't see an argument that overturns that artist's wishes. It is no different in principle from, say, asking visitors to your home to refrain from smoking while inside. It may not make (economic, cultural, etc.) sense for an artist to limit his or her audience, but that isn't for us to decide for them.

There are many things the RIAA does that amount to petty (and downright seriously invasive) bullying and they should be condemned for it. However, just as there are few excuses for someone to believe smoking has no negative impact on your health, musicians have little reason to believe that signing on to a RIAA-supporting label is going to result in both substantial creative and business freedom.

The "push" Gizmodo is seeking cannot happen without the strength of the musicians on our side. They also need to demonstrate their power. I think, therefore, that it's long overdue for the musicians themselves to come clean and tell us directly what they wish to be done with the music they produce. If they care about their fan base, they should make it clear if they support DRM and aggressive intellectual property rights protections. If they don't and they are unable to petition their labels to change their ways, then they need to bail out. Start a label of their own. Find one that is willing to be more flexible on what the customer can and cannot do with what they buy.

Because it is not the case that the act of giving money to someone in exchange for a physical object automatically and universally results in the complete transfer of property rights to the buyer. The seller, if they so choose, can attach conditions on the sale. Breaking those conditions is, quite literally, a breech of contract. I think if a musician really wants to attach DRM restrictions to their music, his or her wish should be tolerated. If that choice bothers you, feel free to persuade the musician otherwise. But hating it doesn't give anyone license to acquire what isn't theirs without the permission of the owner.


UPDATED 2/27/2007 4:48pm
Replying to a commenter...
@crash:
You can put all sorts of crap in a contract, but it won't legally hold up.

I'm aware of that. I am, however, of the opinion that what's right and what's legal don't necessarily intersect. In fact, they seem to intersect with increasing rarity these days.
Do you see any limits on the restrictions an artist/record label can implement? For instance, what if they only wanted to grant you, the sole purchaser, the rights to listen to the music? If they wrote on the cover that you had to turn off the music whenever a second person came within hearing distance, you'd follow it, right?

Other than requiring the buyer to commit a crime as a condition of purchase, in principle, "no" to the first question and "yes" to the second...assuming I was foolish enough to buy it. If I heard a band play live and fell in love with their music but found out later they asked the buyers of their CDs to never play them at less than 120dB or risk having their limited rights to the music revoked, I sure as hell wouldn't buy it.
I personally think telling someone what devices they can listen to your music on should be illegal.

I disagree. Requesting that the buyers of a CD adhere to certain conditions is absolutely no different in principle than, for example, agreeing to not violate the conditions of a discussion forum. In both cases, someone is offering the use of their property in exchange for the user following the owner's rules. The fact that we are not really buying the entire panoply of rights associated with a CD, unfortunately, isn't made clear enough on the CDs we buy. As the RIAA's actions crudely make clear, we are buying a limited right to enjoy the music.

Rather than fining and throwing people in jail, I'd be for record companies asking for extra money in exchange for a more expansive right to use the music...no different in principle, really, than the current situation where you are clearly asked to request permission from the copyright holder to have a public broadcast or when you use the music in conjunction with a money-making activity.

For example, Sony can't say you can only listen to their CD's on sony cd players

They could if they wished and I don't think it would be morally wrong if they tried.
...yet iTunes can force you to only listen to their songs on ipods.

I don't use iTunes for a number of reasons and its DRM is one of them.
Similiarly, I disagree with anyone telling me I can listen to it on my home pc, but not my work pc.

As would I. And if Warp Records sent out notice that from now on the only physical device their music could be played upon is a car stereo, I'd refuse to buy anything from them until they dropped that policy.
If they chose to do stupid things like this, wide-spread boycotts are in the consumers best interest.

I'm not suggesting a boycott is wrong. Feel free to express your preferences. My beef is with the "all music ought to be free from all restrictions" mentality.

All this reminds me I need to run out and buy the new Explosions in the Sky album, All of A Sudden I Miss Everyone.

February 23, 2007

General William Odom Gets the Quote of the Day

Hugh Hewitt: Retired General William Odom argues for immediate withdrawal in Iraq, regardless of what happens next:

Hugh Hewitt: And so the [Iraqi] purple finger elections of 2005, of no counterargument to you?

William Odom: Oh, look. Elections are easy to hold. I grew up in Tennessee, where Boss Ed Crump rigged the elections every year. We knew that. Mayor Daley, the Pendergast machine, boss Tweed? Come on, don't tell me about elections in the U.S. being honest.

HH: I didn't make that...I was saying what did that mean, the people, the millions that turned out?

WO: It meant that we held an election out there, and people came and voted.

HH: And what did that, do they aspire to order, General?

WO: Sure, they want order, but voting doesn't produce order.


My emphasis.

He said some other things that are worth reading for their straight honesty if for no other reason.

February 18, 2007

A License to Live; A Permit to Make a Living

This is what happens when the government is in control. These days, being convicted of anything worse than a basic traffic offense means the average person is fucked. The freedom to earn a living is seriously threatened with a criminal record, whether the crime was actual or not. Want to know one reason why so few people seem to rise to the level of experienced, educated professionals? Take a look at all the roadblocks thrown up in our way by the government (often at the request of established or politically favored competition). It's even worse for more everyday jobs (the "at least 80 Texas professions" tabulated by the Austin-American Statesman) under the regulatory thumb.

And who is the Statesman kidding? Did Eric Dexheimer and his editors really allow "Texas' libertarian image" to be published? I can understand some artistic license when in the process of describing something, but I don't think this qualifies.

February 17, 2007

Ideas Have Consequences

New York Times: Chávez Threatens to Jail Price Control Violators

Public spending grew last year by more than 50 percent and has more than doubled since the start of 2004, as Mr. Chávez has channeled oil revenues into social programs and projects like bridges, highways, trains, subways, museums and, in a departure for a country where baseball reigns supreme, soccer stadiums.

In an indicator of concern with Mr. Chávez's economic policies, which included nationalizing companies in the telephone and electricity industries, foreign direct investment was negative in the first nine months of 2006. The last year Venezuela had a net investment outflow was in 1986.

Shortages of basic foods have been sporadic since the government strengthened price controls in 2003 after a debilitating strike by oil workers. But in recent weeks, the scarcity of items like meat and chicken have led to a panicked reaction by federal authorities as they try to understand how such shortages could develop in a seemingly flourishing economy.


Commissars never learn. Apparently, neither do the people who choose to put them in power.
Entering a supermarket here is a bizarre experience. Shelves are fully stocked with Scotch whiskey, Argentine wines and imported cheeses like brie and Camembert, but basic staples like black beans and desirable cuts of beef like sirloin are often absent. Customers, even those in the government's own Mercal chain of subsidized grocery stores, are left with choices like pork neck bones, rabbit and unusual cuts of lamb.

With shoppers limited to just two large packages of sugar, a black market in sugar has developed among street vendors in parts of Caracas. “This country is going to turn into Cuba, or Chávez will have to give in,” said Cándida de Gómez, 54, a shopper at a private supermarket in Los Palos Grandes, a district in the capital.


These repeated experiments in socialism are a tragic result of people not thinking.
Fears that more private companies could be nationalized have put further pressure on the currency as rich Venezuelans try to take money out of the country. Concern over capital flight has made the government jittery, with vague threats issued to newspapers that publish unofficial currency rates (officially the bolívar is quoted at about 2,150 to the dollar).

Regardless of efforts to stop illicit currency trading, the weaker bolívar has made imported food, fertilizers and agricultural equipment more expensive. Venezuela, despite boasting some of South America's most fertile farmland, still imports more than half its food, largely from Argentina, Brazil, Colombia and the United States.

Supermarket owners expressed relief when the government this week cut value-added taxes on retail food sales and raised the prices on more than 100 staples in an effort to alleviate the shortages. The announcement included an average 32 percent increase in beef prices and a 45 percent increase in chicken prices.

Following Mr. Chávez's nationalization threat, supermarket owners were cautious in their public statements. "As long as we are complying with the regulations, I don't believe there will be any type of reprisal," said Luis Rodríguez, executive director of the National Supermarket Association.

But many were clearly torn, afraid that their stores could be seized if they complained, but at a loss as to how to continue operating. "If I don't sell at the regulated price they'll fine me, and if I don't sell meat I'll be out of business," said a butcher shop owner here.

Copyright 2007 The New York Times Company


Mr. Butcher Shop Owner, they don't care about you. They don't care about profit. They don't care about individuals. Their faith (and I choose that word with precision) is in The Collective and you, frankly, don't matter. Businesses like yours and the people involved in them constitute the energy that feeds their machine.

Venezuela is lost as long as people like these are allowed to exercise their illegitimate authority. Get rid of them.

February 11, 2007

There Is No Such Thing as a Free Lunch

No matter how nice you look, how many people you intend to help, or how emotional your campaign speech.

February 07, 2007

"Hostility toward markets is therefore materially equivalent to hostility towards human interests"

Hugh Thompson has an article in The Crimson White worth reading: The left is hemorrhaging: an informational defense of capitalism.

Larry Kudlow Misses the Forest for the Clinton

[Updates below.]

National Review's The Corner: Moving Sharply Left

Hillary, Obama, and Edwards are all running as lefties - anti-growth, anti-business, anti-war, and anti-capitalism.

This past Friday, Mrs. Clinton announced her profound aversion to oil company profits and cited ExxonMobil as enemy number one. (Thanks to a link from Matt Drudge, almost 200,000 YouTube visitors heard Hillary's anti-capitalist tirade. In case you missed it, it boils down to nothing more than confiscating private property.)

That ought to send a chilling message to investors everywhere.


It certainly should. The relevant transcript from that video, as I heard it:
The other day the oil companies reported the highest profits in the history of the world.

I want to take those profits, and I want to put them into a strategic energy fund that will begin to fund alternative, smart energy; alternatives and technologies that will begin to actually move us towards the direction of [energy] independence.


Yes, Hillary Clinton is in favor of confiscating private property. We've known this explicitly for a while, now and far longer if you have your head on straight when it comes to observing the actions of politicians. Where Mr. Kudlow swings and misses is in his lack of condemnation towards, oh, I don't know...everyone else in mainstream politics.

It is not an exaggeration at all to say every single American politician in office is in favor of "confiscating private property" and justifying it at least partially under terms such as "the common good." Taxing people to pay for the military, environmental concerns, welfare, industry regulation, and everything else the state does occurs daily and is endorsed by even the most ardent limited-government Republicans and Libertarians running for office.

Mr. Kudlow is either ignorant of what he's saying or he doesn't honestly mean it.

UPDATED 7/19/2007 2:23pm
More on Mr. Kudlow: Fuck Taxes, Flat or Progressive and Larry Kudlow, What Unbridled Free Market Capitalism?

January 24, 2007

Who is Denying Whose Rights?

Insight Magazine: Hillary's team has questions about Obama's Muslim background

Although Indonesia is regarded as a moderate Muslim state, the U.S. intelligence community has determined that today most of these schools are financed by the Saudi Arabian government and they teach a Wahhabi doctrine that denies the rights of non-Muslims.

Copyright � 2006 News World Communications


This is hilarious.

Since when did the United States federal government give a damn about the rights of non-Muslims? At what point did the United States federal government seriously and honestly commit itself to intellectually combating "doctrine[s] that den[y] the rights of non-Muslims"? Have I been observing the wrong organization?

What rights are we talking about here? Let's keep things simple and focus on a well-known...and at least superficially plausible...formulation of the essentials:

Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness

That document is something most Americans ought to at least be able to use as a common conceptual starting point. I must admit ignoring the why in order to hop straight to the what is probably the single biggest mistake most Americans (and other people) make and substituting a rigorous analysis with just something of which a majority has heard is thin soup indeed, but this is an informal post on a blog written on the fly and I've got to begin somewhere.

I know the concern mentioned above is bogus. I know the feds don't actually care about the rights of non-Muslims because there is evidence to the contrary.

Abundant evidence. In fact, so much of it exists, often the primary problem with discussing the evidence is how to convey its magnitude without the audience questioning your grasp of reality. I turned 20 in 2000 and the feds should have solid data on that year (bullshitted or not), so let's use that year's data. Nice round date. Recent.

In 2000 (PDFs):


Rather than dollar figures, how about:
  • the number of prohibitionist raids by agencies like the ATF
  • the number of coerced labor negotiations between companies and the people who work for them
  • the number of independent broadcasters shut down by the FCC
  • the number of legally unemployable people as a result of the minimum wage

The possibilities are almost endless and can be as vague as the ratio of government employees to the overall population all the way down to the number of middle-class home seized during the winter in the Northeast as a result of tax foreclosures. Think of the artists harassed for producing material that didn't fit in with prevailing cultural sensitivities. The percentage of Americans who have their phones tapped by federal agents. The vast, accelerating labyrinth of the Federal Register.

The incalculable man-years spent chasing regulatory compliance, navigating a rigged legal system, and putting up false pretenses just to sneak by with a fraction of what is morally yours.

This is a surface unscratched. The rights violations for which the federal government is responsible constitutes a rap sheet no career criminal and no mafia could ever touch. And oh, how it's done right up in our faces.

Citizen's Guide to the Federal Budget: Fiscal Year 2000: The Federal budget is a plan for how the Government spends your money.

Non-Muslims have borne the brunt of the feds' tender attention in this country's history. People professing Judeo-Christian belief have primarily been the victims, though this is only a coincidence. They aren't targeted because of their beliefs. They're just the bulk of the citizenry, the natural targets of any state.

Forget about partisan distractions. I wouldn't be surprised to learn the Obama Madrassa story is fabricated. I mean, we're talking about groups of professional liars competing to affect a presidential election, people who uniformly embrace pragmatic ethics and "greater good" collectivism. The real story is unnoticed and wholly taken for granted.

The United States government is not concerned with anyone's rights. Though it will often act in order to give that impression, this is an organization that claims to prevent rights violations (murder, assault, theft)...by engaging in them. And it doesn't matter what religion you practice, what ethnic group you're a part of, what sexual deviancy of the month you engage in, or your socio-economic class.

January 22, 2007

The Left's Strange Bedfellows

The Observer: Don't you know your left from your right? Part II

On 15 February 2003 , about a million liberal-minded people marched through London to oppose the overthrow of a fascist regime. It was the biggest protest in British history, but it was dwarfed by the march to oppose the overthrow of a fascist regime in Mussolini's old capital of Rome, where about three million Italians joined what the Guinness Book of Records said was the largest anti-war rally ever. In Madrid, about 650,000 marched to oppose the overthrow of a fascist regime in the biggest demonstration in Spain since the death of General Franco in 1975. In Berlin, the call to oppose the overthrow of a fascist regime brought demonstrators from 300 German towns and cities, some of them old enough to remember when Adolf Hitler ruled from the Reich Chancellery. In Greece, where the previous generation had overthrown a military junta, the police had to fire tear gas at leftists who were so angry at the prospect of a fascist regime being overthrown that they armed themselves with petrol bombs.

The French protests against the overthrow of a fascist regime went off without trouble. Between 100,000 and 200,000 French demonstrators stayed peaceful as they rallied in the Place de la Bastille, where in 1789 Parisian revolutionaries had stormed the dungeons of Louis XVI in the name of the universal rights of man.

In Ireland, Sinn Fein was in charge of the protests and produced the most remarkable spectacle of a remarkable day: a peace movement led by the IRA. Only in the newly liberated countries of the Soviet bloc were the demonstrations small and anti-war sentiment muted.

The protests against the overthrow of a fascist regime weren't just a European phenomenon. From Calgary to Buenos Aires, the left of the Americas marched. In Cape Town and Durban, politicians from the African National Congress, who had once appealed for international solidarity against South Africa's apartheid regime, led the opposition to the overthrow of a fascist regime. On a memorable day, American scientists at the McMurdo Station in Antarctica produced another entry for the record books. Historians will tell how the continent's first political demonstration was a protest against the overthrow of a fascist regime.

[...]

No one knows how many people demonstrated. The BBC estimated between six and 10 million, and anti-war activists tripled that, but no one doubted that these were history's largest co-ordinated demonstrations and that millions, maybe tens of millions, had marched to keep a fascist regime in power.

Guardian Unlimited � Guardian News and Media Limited 2007


The issue of Iraq has accerated the pace of mankind's basic intellectual unhinging, an unhinging that absolutely didn't need any further encouragement.

December 08, 2006

Antonin Scalia, Stephen Breyer, Ethics, and Judges

Slate: Justice Grover Versus Justice Oscar

Breyer says that if the only thing that matters is historical truths from the time of the Constitution, "we should have nine historians on the court." Scalia says, "It's not my burden to prove originalism is perfect. It's just my burden to prove it's better than anything else." He adds that a court of nine historians sounds better than a court of nine ethicists.

Ethics is, broadly speaking, the study of how to delineate the rightness and wrongness of human conduct. It's practical purpose is to help us decide how to act towards others. Consequently, there are different theories of ethics. For example, some ethicists say humans ought to act strictly in a manner that increases the happiness of the most people while others say we should act for ourselves first.

One of the reasons why people choose government over non-government is in order to have a standardized set of rules imposed on a defined geographic region and everyone living within it. These people tend to believe that without the imposition of such standardized rules, society would eventually crumble into a destructive, vicious animal-like existence. As a result, these people want codified into law the restrictions on human conduct they view as incompatible with their moral code.

Despite many conservative lamentations to the contrary, I don't think there is some outbreak of nihilism sweeping the country. Rather, I think most people don't spend much time considering their fundamental values and organizing them coherently. They are "concrete-bound" in the sense they prefer to do most of their thinking at the level of visible reality, seeking goals and process that "just work." Of course, laypeople aren't the ones that write newspaper articles on government policy, convene symposiums on metaphysics, or appear on TV to debate politics. The ones who do almost uniformly embrace some recognized formal theory of ethics. The degree of this embrace varies, of course, as well as the degree of their understanding of it.

Regardless, if you press anyone hard enough on a stance they've taken, they are probably going to espouse some kind of moral justification. The moment someone brings up "right" and "wrong," "good" and "bad," or "good" and "evil" you can bet they have ventured into moral territory and think their opposition is not only factually incorrect, but against the proper way to live.

When a law is passed against some human act, the above plays out. A law that prohibits smoking on private property in Austin wouldn't have gotten anywhere unless enough people agreed with the arguments put forth in support of it. One of those arguments was that it is "wrong" for the employees of a business to be exposed to tobacco smoke from that business' customers. Another is that it's "wrong" for patrons of a business to be exposed to other customers' tobacco smoke.

There are moral arguments to be found in every instance of government action. Moreover, the founding documents of any nation are littered with ethical declarations. The Constitution of the United States, while perhaps not as forthright and honest as the Declaration of Independence, does have at its base a set of moral principles that can be roughly organized into an ethical theory.

What is the purpose of a judge? Judging. Judging what? Judging the merits of a legal case. Judging on what grounds? Superficially, cases are judged on their merits with respect to codified law, but that law is fundamentally tied to the moral arguments that gave rise to the law. In America, there is even a meta-ethical explanation for the existence of judges. It provides a check on the power of the executive and legislative bodies in the government, on the reasoning that no one body should possess overwhelming power. Why is that important? Because the theory of government that gave rise to America says political power should be dispersed amongst many rather than concentrated in a few.

If you cannot see the ethical theory implied by this, I'll put it another way: the power to use the violence of the state against individuals ought to have specific constraints on it because violence can be used inappropriately. Violence, a way interacting with other humans, should only be used under certain circumstances and by certain people. The peaceful coexistence of humans is the preferred manner of living.

You should see now why I think Scalia's statement (assuming Dahlia Lithwick paraphrased it accurately) is silly at best and flatly outrageous at most. A court of historians isn't going to spend much time considering right and wrong. It won't give credence to any principle. On the contrary, it will spend the majority of its effort delving into the establishment of what happened in the past. That is indeed a crucial aspect of any judge's job because they must deal with the past before they can deal with the present and future.

However, a historian's focus is backward. The primary focus of a legal matter is the here and now. It must grapple with the dual questions of: now that we've established the facts, what is the proper course of action? and what should be done to the people involved in the case? These are ethical questions and forgive me if I'm being impertinent here, but doesn't it make sense for a person with a solid background of ethical theory belong in such a seat more than someone who's primary purpose is a researcher and presenter of facts about the past?

Granted, there are complexities about the American legal system (e.g., criminal vs. civil cases, "original intent" vs. current interpretation, etc.) that I'm not addressing. I'm not a lawyer by any means nor have I any intention of becoming one! I'm not an expert on the system's machinery and will defer to others on such a topic. My concern is with the nature of government and the legal system that is inherently a part of it. In my mind, I'm thinking of an ideal legal system and thinking of that in the course of discussing what judges do. Obviously, judges today may have more or less power to actually judge and apply their judgments than what I'm talking about. Still, I think the preference for historians over ethicists is troubling.

Perhaps Scalia was being wry here. Maybe he was obliquely referring to the generally horrid state of ethics in the country and really meant to say that at least a historian could be trusted to do the right thing when compared to the average moral philosopher. In that sense, I can sympathize. Not only do I think American ethics is in disarray, but I also think most parts that are relatively thorough are terribly wrong.

I haven't watched the full video yet, but the sections I have seen might add more context. I could not find a complete transcript online.

December 05, 2006

I Hate Government Handouts

The AP via News8Austin: Farmers told federal drought relief not likely this year

After a devastating year losing crops and cattle to drought or wildfires, farmers and ranchers probably won't see federal relief anytime soon.

U.S. Sen. Kay Bailey Hutchison said obtaining federal drought assistance this year would be an "uphill fight'' but promised to keep working for it.


Texas farmers had a terrible year, perhaps the worst ever. But that does not somehow entitle them to lay a claim on the rest of the country to prop them up.

Farm relief spending is pork barrel spending.

How Quick, How Easy the Impulse Is

Josh Manchester at TCS Daily: Go Native

Have the president sign an executive order temporarily federalizing the Arabic departments of every US university that has them. The professors will keep the same pay, but it'll be on Uncle Sam's tab and all of their students for the next two years will be military personnel.

Because, well, fuck freedom, right?

November 28, 2006

Entranced by Magic

Scotsman.com: Tails you win: scampi's 13,000-mile trip is success on a plate

FRESH langoustines caught in Scotland are to be frozen, shipped round the world, partially thawed, disrobed by nimble-fingered Thais, then shipped back here to a factory, covered in breadcrumbs, deep-fried and served up in our pubs as scampi.

[...]

Why are people always insisting capitalism has gone mad? It's always been mad, that's what makes it so damn fascinating - that and the high living standards it generates.

I mean, who is in charge of bread production in Scotland? Who says how much wheat must be planted, or how much flour produced? Who tells bakers how many loaves to bake and where to send them? No one. Yet every morning we can walk into a shop and buy a loaf with which to make our scampi sandwiches. How can such an important thing be left to chance? It is insane. But it works.

�2006 Scotsman.com


Chance? Does Paul Stokes think bakers just randomly guess how and how much to produce every day? Does he think their deliveries are made without planning or forethought? That's quite a bit of an insult he's got there, intentional or not.

So why does it make economic sense to cart seafood from one end of the planet to be prepared and then back over to another to be consumed mere miles away from where it was harvested? One very pertinent reason would be the labor costs of Scottish workers compared to the labor costs of Taiwanese workers. The real shocker is that the difference between the two is so large to make it worth all the additional expense of transportation and dealing with government import/export regulations.

What Does Dan Lips Know About a Free Market in Education?

Thankful for Freedom's Greatest Teacher, Milton Friedman

Unfortunately, no state has yet embraced Friedman's idea of universal school choice. And so we have not seen what could be possible in a true marketplace of education.

When you think about "a true marketplace of education," what comes to mind? Here's what I think:
  • individuals seeking education for themselves (or for their dependants) at all levels, pre-K through doctorate degrees with all the subtleties and certifications in between
  • individuals seeking to teach at all levels, pre-K through doctorate degrees with all the subtleties and certifications in between
  • they will therefore seek each other (or the organizations to which they belong) in order to exchange something one party has (typically money) for something the other party has (knowledge)
  • institutions (schools, teach-the-teacher colleges, financiers, advertisers, raters/credentialers/reviewers, etc.) will develop over time to make this process more efficient

What characterizes the above? The free trade of private property for goods and services with the absence of aggression compelling individuals to make choices they otherwise wouldn't have made. People acting on their values to improve their lives without others trying to get in the way and dictate those values and those lives. And, quite clearly, the complete lack of government involvement.

That's a necessary consequence of a true educational marketplace, where people are free to screw up, flourish, make bad choices, and make terrible choices without coercing others into paying for them.

Now, here's Friedman's vision:

Governments could require a minimum level of education which they could finance by giving parents vouchers redeemable for a specified maximum sum per child per year if spent on "approved" educational services. Parents would then be free to spend this sum and any additional sum on purchasing educational services from an "approved" institution of their own choice. The educational services could be rendered by private enterprises operated for profit, or by non-profit institutions of various kinds.

[...]

Let the subsidy be made available to parents regardless where they send their children - provided only that it be to schools that satisfy specified minimum standards and a wide variety of schools will spring up to meet the demand. Parents could express their views about schools directly, by withdrawing their children from one school and sending them to another, to a much greater extent than is now possible.


The state will impose taxes in order to fund education subsidy vouchers. The state will establish and set educational standards that teachers and schools must meet before they can accept those tax money vouchers. The state will decide where that tax money voucher can be spent. Government control over education will continue, albeit with more room for parents to choose where to send their children.

This is from "freedom's greatest teacher"? Dan Lips is an education analyst over at the Heritage Foundation and I think he needs to relearn what freedom and private markets are.

Ground Ceded is Ground Used Against You

Chicago Sun-Times: Minimum wage increase is economic justice

[C]ritics primarily raise two objections to minimum-wage laws. First, they claim such legislation unduly increases business costs, hurting profitability. Well, of course, but child labor laws are expensive and demonstrably contrary to unregulated labor practices. Sweatshop prohibitions are costly, too, and imagine the profit gain if we gutted workplace safety and environmental protection laws. Bottom line, we've historically passed legislation establishing minimal standards of economic justice, and business still manages to produce record profits.

When I read something like that last sentence, I picture human scar tissue and I wonder what goes through someone's mind when they essentially say, "Hey, they've gotten used to the chains! What's the problem with adding more?"
If the private sector, which is as profitable as it's ever been, isn't allowing workers to share in the wealth they help create, then government establishing or increasing a minimum wage isn't really interfering with private markets, as much as making them operate as intended.

� Copyright 2006 Sun-Times News Group


Uh-huh.

So when the cops come to arrest me after I've ignored the IRS mailings and refused to present myself at hearings or in court because I've paid a worker for the value we've agreed his labor is worth, that ain't interfering in a private market transaction. That's just...something else.

November 17, 2006

Live Up to Your Contracts, II

TheDenverChannel.com: HOA Rule Forbids Couple To Smoke In Their Own Home

A judge has upheld a homeowners association's order barring a couple from smoking in the town house they own.

Colleen and Rodger Sauve, both smokers, filed a lawsuit in March after their condominium association amended its bylaws last December to prohibit smoking.


Owning a home is one thing. Owning both the home and the land upon which it rests is another.
"We argued that the HOA was not being reasonable in restricting smoking in our own unit, nowhere on the premises, not in the parking lot or on our patio," Colleen Sauve said.

If, as part of the agreement to buy your house, you consent to follow the homeowner's association rules, then you've tied the knot. It remains your duty to keep up with pending or proposed rules in the HOA and vote for or against them depending on your views. If the rule is important enough, then organizing support or opposition is also an option. You lose the vote, you've got to comply with the rule, endure it and fight back later to weaken or abolish it, or move out.
The Heritage Hills #1 Condominium Owners Association was responding to complaints from the Sauves' neighbors who said cigarette smoke was seeping into their units, representing a nuisance to others in the building.

[...]

The Sauves said they have tried to seal their unit. One tenant spent thousands of dollars trying to minimize the odor.


I have a very good friend who lives with me. His bedroom door is right next to the intake for the A/C and heater. As part of the unwritten agreement between us, the only place in the house where tobacco can be smoked is in his bedroom. Within a week of living together, I discovered that the smoky air in his room was being pushed under his door and directly into the intake vent in the hallway.

I'm not going to kick him out or ask him to stop smoking. I do intend to build a shroud for the vent so it pulls air away from his door. Plugging the gap under his door won't be the trick for a variety of reasons.

At least these people tried informal methods first before going to the HOA to restrict it outright.

In a Nov. 7 ruling, Jefferson County District Judge Lily Oeffler ruled the association can keep the couple from smoking in their own home.

Oeffler stated "smoke and/or smoke smell" is not contained to one area and that smoke smell "constitutes a nuisance." She noted that under condo declarations, nuisances are not allowed.


Aside from obvious (it's a government-monopolized legal system) problems with this situation, generally speaking I don't find this to be a bad ruling. The judge looked at the legal contract, applied it to the situation, and issued a judgment. Granted, I haven't read the ruling, but if this is the core argument then I think it's sound.
The couple now has to light up on the street in front of their condominium building.

"I think it's ridiculous. If there's another blizzard, I'm going to be having to stand out on the street, smoking a cigarette," said Colleen Suave.


It isn't ridiculous if you factor in the levels of property ownership at play here. If you don't own the land and are in fact a tenant upon it, then you don't get to make all the rules. This is one argument against living in a community with these kinds of arrangements*. I know I wouldn't want to live where my neighbors can vote on what color my house can be, in what shape I keep my lawn, or whether I allow smoking inside. With democratic processes, you never know when some intolerant ass (or concerned parent or well-meaning leader) will rise up and try to restrict something. Vigilance is necessary to protect your interests.

*And one reason I am against political voting.

The Suaves said they would like to appeal the judge's ruling but are unsure if they have the money to continue fighting. They said what goes on behind their closed doors shouldn't be other people's business.

"I don't understand. If I was here and I was doing a lawful act in my home when they got here, why can they say, 'OK, now you have to change,'" said Colleen Suave. "We're not arguing the right to smoke as much as we're arguing the right to privacy in our home."


First of all, the issue is about property rights, not privacy rights. Privacy rights are derived from property rights and the proper focus is on the latter, not the former.

Secondly, as I wrote regarding homeowner association contracts a while back, if you want the most control over your lives and your property, don't sign a contract with an entity that imposes rules on you that are formed by collective decision.

Other homeowners believe, as with loud music, that the rights of a community trump the rights of individual residents.

"Community rights" do not trump individual rights and exist only as an abstraction useful for analysis.
The HOA is also concerned that tenants will sue those homeowners for exposure to second-hand smoke and this could be a liability issue.

Ugh. Tricky territory here. While I'd support specific lawsuits that accused specific people of causing specific harm (which is the standard I'd apply to any civil suit), it bugs me to think there are people who'd sue the entire association for the actions of individual people.
The couple said that they would like to unload their condo and get out of the HOA entirely, but they are not sure if the real estate market is right.

Copyright 2006 by TheDenverChannel.com. The Associated Press contributed to this report. All rights reserved


If it matters that much to them (and I have many smoking friends who'd probably agree), then that's the course of action to take.

November 16, 2006

Attention, Residents of Belmont, California!

[Updates below.]

You've got a pack of rotten commies in the City Council. My advice is to dump these fools before they apply their principles in earnest.

The Belmont City Council voted unanimously last night to pursue a strict law that will prohibit smoking anywhere in the city except for single-family detached residences. Smoking on the street, in a park and even in one's car will become illegal and police would have the option of handing out tickets if they catch someone.

[...]

"We have a tremendous opportunity here. We need to pass as stringent a law as we can, I would like to make it illegal," said Councilman Dave Warden. "What if every city did this, image how many lives would be saved? If we can do one little thing here at this level it will matter."

[...]

"You can't walk down the street with a beer, but you can have a cigarette," Warden said. "You shouldn't be allowed to do that. I just think it shouldn't be allowed anywhere except in someone's house. If you want to do that, that's fine."


You cannot rationally deal with people like this. They've rejected private property and are quite happy fiddling with the knobs of state control over our lives, in our name, for our own good. They aren't afraid to embrace nanny statism; rather, it's their explicit goal. Voting won't stop them because voting is a popularity contest that doesn't say anything to the validity of a person's philosophy, and one statist is easily switched out for another. Why vote out this prick Warden when his replacement rejects only his application of the collectivist impulse? Sure, someone might run against him in the future on a "smoker's rights" platform, but will that glimmers of hope in that platform translate elsewhere and stand for abolishing the rest of the local ordinances that affect us so much? You don't get elected by calling for the end to upwards of 95% of the code over which that elected body presides.

This garbage in San Mateo County isn't surprising. The pressure has been strong and steady for years, all over the world. I won't be surprised when some government body tries to take this straight to the core and ban all smoking and possession of tobacco paraphernalia in its "jurisdiction" whether in your home or outside it. I won't be surprised to see smart people fight it in court and lose. Why should they win? The other side is at least being patiently consistent in tightening the ratchet down. And they aren't slandered as radicals or extremists in the press like someone with half my conviction would be.

I expect to live long enough to see a violent, general revolt over something like this. I don't want to see things get to that point, but I can't imagine things going peacefully forever.

UPDATED 11/17/2006 11:55am
A related case, but with a twist.

November 13, 2006

New Interest to Increase the Federal Minimum Wage

With all the recent talk about Democrats wanting to increase the minimum wage, I'm getting an uptick in search hits for the pros and cons of a minimum wage. I wrote that paper for a class in college more than two years ago, right around the time I began to take anarchism seriously. As a result of those factors, my conclusion, while still fundamentally correct, lacks that umph of my more recent writing, unencumbered by the desire to present a radical idea within a conservative setting and have it accepted enough for reasonable discussion.

As I wrote then:

...empirical studies may appear to lend weight to the claim that these laws don't cause unemployment, but they aren't comprehensive enough to fully gauge the extent of the negative economic effects of such mandates. It cannot be escaped that the government causes unnecessary economic negative side effects by outlawing wages below a certain level. More importantly, it also cannot be escaped that the actions of government interference in a business's hiring practices is fundamentally at odds with the things that make the United States such a unique and important place to live: our individual liberties. These laws act as an initiation of force against an entity that has not caused harm and does not deserve the punishment. Jobs are taken and left voluntarily and it is the responsibility of the participants in that agreement to decide if the terms meet their needs.

I fail to see why every job must compensate the employee such that the employee's financial needs can be met. It seems like a mandate with little to anchor it in reality. It is easy to give in to the emotional arguments proposing any variation on the minimum wage, but if we are to value sustained economic progress and freedom, I think the minimum wage should be avoided and abolished.


For those coming late to the destruction derby, here's a quick re-cap.

San Francsico Chronicle: "Other issues where Bush and Democrats could find common ground: raising the minimum wage..."

The Sunday Times: "[Democrats] will use their power to push through a rise in the minimum wage, from its current level of $5.15 (�2.70) per hour, set in 1997, to $7.25. My guess is that the president will not uncap his veto pen to kill a move so popular that several states have already raised the minimum wage."

Seattle Post-Intelligencer: "[Nancy Pelosi] said she plans to use the first 100 hours of floor debate to push through the key elements of the Democrats' election-year agenda, most of which have some Republican support. The agenda includes measures to raise the minimum wage to $7.25 and hour from $5.15..."

BusinessWeek: "The day after the election debacle, President Bush said he thinks he can find common ground with Democrats on raising the minimum wage. But the President wants to couple any wage hike with a series of tax incentives aimed at small businesses...[s]ince the President won't want the first disagreement of 2007 to be a veto of a minimum wage increase, he'll probably swallow his pride and go along."

The Whitehouse's public comments have not so far suggested otherwise.

November 10th:

Q: You talk about common ground that could be reached. Could you just go over the top issues? Is minimum wage on the top of the list?

[...]

MR. SNOW: Well, the President has talked about education and energy. The issue of minimum wage makes sense if you've got some way to make sure that it does not injure small businesses, which are the primary engine of economic growth in the United States. And the President had that position before the election, and he maintains the position now.


November 8th:
Q: Mr. President, I'd like to ask you, Nancy Pelosi has been quite clear about her agenda for the first 100 hours. She mentions things like raising minimum wage, cutting interest rates on student loans, broadening stem cell research, and rolling back tax cuts. Which of those can you support, sir?

THE PRESIDENT: I knew you'd probably try to get me to start negotiating with myself. I haven't even visited with Congresswoman Pelosi yet. She's coming to the Oval Office later this week; I'm going to sit down and talk with her. I believe on a lot of issues we can find common ground. And there's a significant difference between common ground and abandoning principle. She's not going to abandon her principles and I'm not going to abandon mine. But I do believe we have an opportunity to find some common ground to move forward on.

In that very same interview you quoted, one of these three characters asked me about minimum wage. I said, there's an area where I believe we can make some -- find common ground. And as we do, I'll be, of course, making sure that our small businesses are -- there's compensation for the small businesses in the bill.


And, just for historical comparison, August 17th:
Q: And just lastly, I assume they'll be talking about some of the legislation on the Hill. Does the President support an increase in the minimum wage?

MR. SNOW: The formulation we have used is he supports an increase in the minimum wage that won't come at the expense of jobs.


Clearly, Bush is not opposed to the minimum wage in principle.

I am and my opposition does not rely on whether some impossible to calculate figure of "net employment" goes up or down after a government imposes a limit on how much an employer can pay an employee. My opposition to a law against you paying me less than %x.xx is rooted in the clear notion that no third party has any rightful say in how any person's labor is compensated by the person they've peacefully picked as their employer. Paying a stranger in bananas for clearing brush; exchanging 40 hours of envelope-stuffing for 800 miles of shuttling around town in my car; a paycheck of $250 a month to a single parent for showing up at the office three times a week to replenish coffee supplies...if the individuals involved in these transactions scanned their options and decided upon them without violence (or the threat of it) compelling their choices, then so be it. Some people may think one party is getting a better deal than another and that evaluation is indeed each individual's to make.

But your unique values and the weight with which you rank them are not necessarily shared by others. Only someone in a state of catatonic apathy - someone who has made the choice to make no more choices - has a value scale that doesn't change. For the rest of us who want to live and thrive, we have to discriminate among millions of potentials each day. We may screw up in our calculations, we may be ignorant of additional options, and we may look back and rue our misplaced priorities and the specific context in which we lived...but that is living.

To intrude upon this most basic of human characteristics is to demonstrate a desire to not only force others to live lives they haven't chosen, but to try and think for them as well. At the root, advocates of a minimum wage (including those who want to increase and expand it) are people who seek to impose their value structure on others against their will and forcefully usurp independent thought. For who would call for a national (or statewide or citywide) wage floor without putting some teeth into the project? The whip is quite visible even if it has the peeling sticker of "Regulation" on it.

A real cruelty here is that properly speaking, you cannot simply force someone to think, to deliberate, to consider. Even though these laws stand, they never quite accomplish what their authors set out to do. While some certainly make it clear they want to quash the troublesome holdout and subsitute his or her mind with the collective thought of We The People, most sell the plan on its supposed benefits. When they don't materialize, what do they suggest be done? More of the same! You cannot satisfy those who want to dominate and control, particularly when they're blinded by the magnanimity they claim for themselves.

That's why I'm against every law imposing minimum wages. It is an instance of the much larger intellectual battle between individualism and collectivism. There is no "pro and con" about it. You are either for people making up their own minds and taking responsibility for their actions or are you are not. If you are, then minimum wage laws are an abomination. If you are not, then they are just another coercive political policy to herd society towards your goals.

November 08, 2006

We, The People, OWN YOUR ASS

The Boston Globe: Law allowing wine in state food stores is rejected

Massachusetts voters overwhelmingly decided more was not better, rejecting a supermarket-inspired ballot question that would have allowed more food stores to sell wine.

[...]

Richard Glantz of Lexington voted against Question 1, but not for public safety reasons. He said he voted no because he knows the owners of the package stores in his town but doesn't know the owner of the Stop & Shop, which is Royal Ahold NV of the Netherlands.

"Why should I allow Stop & Shop to compete with them?" he said. asked. "The whole thing to me smacked of the Wal-Martization of the business."

� Copyright 2006 Globe Newspaper Company


In a just society, people like this would be the subject of relentless social boycotts and non-cooperation. They'd be publicly shamed for their presumption of your legitimate agency and denounced for the danger they pose to the peaceful.

Fucking pretentious, petty authoritarians.

Via Billy Beck.

Donald Rumsfeld - Liar to the Very End?

Reuters: Democrats' win alone won't drive Rumsfeld out (Wed Nov 8, 2006 10:50am ET)

Senior and former officials close to Rumsfeld say he will not be driven out by Democrats throwing their weight around in Congress. He has repeatedly said he would not quit, and defense officials say criticism makes Rumsfeld dig in his heels.

"He's not resigning," said one of those officials. "He's best when he's criticized."


The AP via CNN: GOP officials: Rumsfeld stepping down (1:12 p.m. EST, November 8, 2006)
Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld, architect of an unpopular war in Iraq, intends to resign after six stormy years at the Pentagon, Republican officials said Wednesday.

Officials said Robert Gates, former head of the CIA, would replace Rumsfeld.

The development occurred one day after congressional elections that cost Republicans control of the House of Representatives, and possibly the Senate as well.


I will miss the 1000 Fighting Styles of Rumsfeld.

November 06, 2006

Sic Semper Tyrannis; Saddam Gets the Death Penalty

Good. Hang that human waste.

Saddam was caught more than two years ago and while I would have preferred his death be at the literal hands of the Iraqis he "led" for decades, stringing him up and dropping his ass is the least of what he deserves.

I support the death penalty in the abstract and if anyone alive on this planet deserves to be killed for his or her crimes, Saddam Hussein Abd al-Majidida al-Tikriti belongs in that list. He's part of that rare group of government officials and other ruiners whose actions reserve a spot before the first bend in that long capital punishment line. But though it might feel good to see a government in Iraq formally taking down the head of a previous government in Iraq, real justice would have been far less antiseptic.

October 13, 2006

The Short List of What's Wrong with America

-- War on Drugs
-- Taxes
-- welfare state
-- border control as labor protectionism
-- seat belt laws
-- smoking bans
-- Democrats
-- Republicans
-- gun control
-- government schools
-- airport security
-- EPA
-- OSHA
-- Americans with Disabilities Act
-- endangered species act
-- anti-trust laws
-- corporate welfare
-- surveillance cameras
-- red-light cameras
-- political correctness
-- 10 commandments in courtrooms
-- Westboro Baptist
-- race pimps
-- anti-discrimination laws
-- civil lawsuits as institutionalized extortion
-- university education as collectivist propoganda
-- Cindy Sheehan
-- George Soros
-- tolerance of Muslim extremists
-- labor unions
-- eminent domain
-- ACLU
-- no-knock SWAT raids
-- decency laws
-- anti-gambling laws
-- mainstream media
-- anti-prostitution laws
-- drivers licenses
-- two-party system
-- IRS
-- McCain-Feingold act
-- John McCain
-- gun-free school zones
-- FEMA
-- The UN
-- subsidies to foreign countries
-- undermining the 1st amendment
-- abandonment of the 2nd amendment
-- abandonment of the 4th amendment
-- abandonmnet of the 9th amendment
-- abandonment of the 10th amendment and the doctrine of nondelegation
-- undermining of the 5th amendment
-- the 16th amendment
-- Weeks v United States (the exclusionary rule)
-- activist judges
-- the National Parks system
-- trade tariffs
-- the Federal Reserve system
-- National Firearms Act / US v Miller
-- the Communications Decency Act
-- the Digital Millenium Copyright Act
-- Paris Hilton
-- Michael Moore
-- speed bumps
-- zoning laws
-- the US Department of Education
-- the US Department of Labor
-- the US Department of Interior
-- the Clintons
-- sin taxes / blue laws
-- Social Security
-- FDA
-- FCC
-- seoverign immunity
-- George Washington's putting down the Whiskey Rebellion
-- roadside checkpoints
-- estate taxes
-- the Duke rape case
-- immigration quotas
-- the US Deaprtment of Health and Human Services
-- the US Department of Energy
-- the US Department of Homeland Security
-- anti big-box store ordinances
-- requirements for businesses to provide employee health insurance
-- anti Wal-Mart movement
-- alcohol regulation
-- militarization of police
-- Waco
-- Ruby Ridge
-- abandonment of jury nullification
-- regulations on things like toilets
-- legislative pork
-- the Clean Water Act
-- DEA
-- PETA and the ELF
-- Kelo v New London
-- the Bureau of Land Management
-- free speech zones
-- the fate of Carl Drega
-- school shootings
-- gangs
-- paparazzi
-- celebrity worship
-- CAFE regulations
-- the defacto ban on new building refinery capacity and nuclear plants
-- homeowners associations

and, for those advocating "love it or leave it", google for "american jobs creation act + expatriation or irs + expatriation


-Kyle Bennett, commenting at Uncommon Sense


It's a good start.

October 11, 2006

No, no, NO!

There are times when I wonder if the immediate payoff of attempting to learn things about reality, humans, and their interaction is revulsion rather than celebration.

The latest example: a story about a kid who did the right thing. Wonderful instance of someone recognizing the situation, formulating a reaction, and following through on it. The result is a safe family and a dead criminal.

And what do I read just a few comments downward?

One Shot... One Kill.
by David Quin

One Shot... One Kill. Military in his future?

That or law enforcement
by mikefisk

Either way, pretty good crackshot.


Yes. That's right. Let's take a situation where the subject is the innocent protecting himself and that which he values against an invader...and completely reverse it! Rather, let's take that innocent and turn him into the invader so that other innocents can deal with him, as a criminal.

Whether or not a specific police officer stops or prevents a legitimate crime, I have no doubt that the vast majority of his or her time is spent harassing and assaulting people whom have done nothing that rated that harassment and assault.

And as for military service, well, we all know their salaries don't just de-evaporate from nothingness, right?

Grrr...

Related thoughs: Manufacturing Ethical Cripples, by Billy Beck.

October 06, 2006

Vulture Alert

Shorter Fran Visco:

You either hate or don't give a damn about women with breast cancer (indeed, just women in general) if you don't support additional the tax-thievery necessary to expand the government's R&D into the disease. I will now whine about how I followed the playbook and discovered that the playbook doesn't automatically net me a win.

Shorter Eve Ensler:
The Vapid Monologues: The Politics of My Plate of Mental Spaghetti.

September 22, 2006

The Law Protects Your Privacy!

I wrote Why is the Census Bureau Taking GPS Coordinates of Americans' Front Doors? and Fuck the Census Bureau and Their 2006 Census Test (among others) without much comment regarding the practical problems of such a massive centralization of American demographic data.

Well, here's one: Census Bureau Loses Hundreds of Laptops

The Census Bureau collects the most personal information about Americans, from how much money they earn and where they spend it to how they live and die. It's all confidential - as long as no one steals it.

Lost or stolen from the Census Bureau since 2003 are 217 laptop computers, 46 portable data storage devices and 15 handheld devices used by survey takers.

Although the number of people affected isn't known, the Commerce Department reports that passwords, encryptions and other safeguards were in place. Nothing so far indicates a misuse of any information.


Let's just say that the degree of my trust in the state to physically secure their hardware is about as much as my trust in the state to digitally secure their software.
"The department takes very seriously these high instances of missing laptops, as well as potential breaches of personal identity data," Commerce Secretary Carlos M. Gutierrez said Thursday in response to an internal review of Commerce Department computers.

"All of the equipment that was lost or stolen contained protections to prevent a breach of personal information," he said in a statement. "The amount of missing computers is high, but fortunately, the vulnerability for data misuse is low."


Once a secured device is in the hands of a determined cracker, all bets are off. Every IT department knows the average office worker has little concept of security. People will do all sorts of dangerous things to make their passwords easily memorable. If the software allows it, they'll use their
  • user ID
  • name
  • birthday
  • address
  • social security number
  • names of family members and pets
  • and other easily harvestable user-specific code

as their password. Often, they'll use that exact password for several (if not all) systems that require one. Sometimes they'll write it down on a post-it note and stick it to the monitor or save it in a text file. A dedicated hacker will try social engineering and talk this information out of users and their co-workers.
Commerce found that since 2001 the department's 15 operating units had lost track of 1,137 laptop computers. Most, 672, belonged to the Census Bureau. Of those, 246 contained personal information.

Thousands of Census field representatives - many of them temporary, hourly employees - use laptop computers to compile survey data. The department said half of the laptops containing personal information were stolen, often from employees' vehicles, and 113 were not returned.

[...]

Among government departments recently reporting data thefts and security breaches, the Veterans Affairs Department suffered the biggest loss with the theft in May of a laptop and external drive containing information for 26.5 million veterans and active-duty troops. Burglars stole the equipment from the home of a Veterans Affairs employee, but the computer was recovered and showed no signs of having been accessed for the personal data.

Other departments reporting the loss of computers with personal information include the departments of Agriculture, Defense, Education, Energy, Health and Human Services, and Transportation. The Federal Trade Commission also has lost laptops with sensitive data.

Second only to the Census Bureau in missing laptops at the Commerce Department was the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. It reported 325 missing computers, three of them containing personal data.

Among those stolen was one used by a NOAA law enforcement agent and containing some case file information. In July, a laptop containing Social Security numbers and other information on 146 employees and contractors was reported stolen after a fire in a NOAA facility in Seattle, the department said.

Gutierrez said the department was taking steps to protect against further missing laptops or potential breaches of personal identity data. Among them were inventory reforms, including creating a database for all departmental property, and "raising employee accountability standards."

Copyright 2006 Associated Press. All right reserved.


The law can't protect against the general stupidity, forgetfulness, and malice of government agents. Just one more reason to want The Law to have as little power and reach as possible.

P.S.
What about private companies amassing giant databases of customer information? If that information is collected voluntarily and without the threat of violence against holdouts then the people who've given their information understand there is the possibility of their information leaking out. This is one reason why, if given the option, refuse to store bank/credit card/address info in online shopping cart systems and flat-out will not use an online billing system with anything less than 128-bit encryption for transactions.

September 14, 2006

Was Kimveer Gill's "rapid-fire" rifle a Beretta Cx4 Storm?

The AP via My Way News: Montreal Gunman Liked 'Columbine' Game

In postings on a Web site called VampireFreaks.com, blogs in Gill's name show more than 50 photos depicting the young man in various poses holding a rifle and donning a long black trench coat and combat boots.

[...]

Witnesses said Gill started shooting outside the college, then entered the second-floor cafeteria and opened fire without uttering a word. At times, he hid behind vending machines before emerging to take aim - at one point at a teenager who tried to photograph him with his cell phone.

Police dismissed suggestions that terrorism played a role in the lunch-hour attack.

The gunman opened fire haphazardly at no target in particular, until he saw the police and took aim at them, Delorme said.

Police hid behind a wall as they exchanged fire with the gunman, whose back was against a vending machine, said student Andrea Barone, who was in the cafeteria. He said the officers proceeded cautiously because many students were trapped around the assailant, who yelled "Get back! Get back!" every time an officer tried to move closer.

Eventually, Barone said, the gunman went down in a hail of gunfire.

[...]

Police said the attacker had a rapid-fire rifle and two other weapons. They did not provide details.

Copyright 2006 Associated Press. All right reserved.


The My Way News has a photo of Gill holding a gun. It immediately struck me as familiar because I was browsing through a firearm buying guide last night. I think it's the Beretta Cx4 Storm.


Their stocks appear to be molded the same. This CBC article identifies it as a weapon he held in his pictures.

If this is the primary weapon he allegedly used in the shooting, then he was firing a semi-automatic carbine in 9mm, .40 S&W, or .45 ACP with magazine capacities going respectively from 15 to 8 rounds. It is a "rapid-fire" rifle in the sense that it shoots a round as fast as you can pull the trigger until the magazine is empty. It also uses the standard Beretta 92 magazine, so perhaps those other two weapons mentioned in the AP report were Beretta 9mm pistols.

The Gun Week reviewers were able to put 16 rounds from the Cx4 into a 1.25" circle with a mounted aftermarket sight at 50 yards, so it is certainly accurate. Using the factory sights, they fired "4-5-inch 10-round groups" at the same distance. They describe the recoil as more like a .22 long rifle rather than a 9mm. The reviewers also said they were able to empty the 9mm magazine in less than 3 seconds.

From the perspective of a layman taking fire from it, this would be a fearsome weapon. Hopefully, the Canadian people and Canadian government won't rush to ban or restrict firearms ownership as a result of this incident. The actions of a psychopath don't justifiy it. Morally, it doesn't follow. Pragmatically, "gun control only disarms the victims."

The Cx4 certainly isn't an "assault weapon" or an "automatic weapon", as the typically ignorant media are beginning to portray it as or, at least, allow it to be portrayed as. That Toronto Star article, paraphrasing another newspaper, says

He had, La Presse reports, parked his car close to the college, opened the trunk and removed: a 9-mm semi-automatic rifle, a .45 pistol and a bag containing a 12-calibre gun that can shoot four bullets per shot.

That's much more helpful, but the article's subtitle remains inaccurate.

August 25, 2006

Did America Deserve September 11?

[Updates below.]

More accurately, did the actual victims of 9/11 deserve what happened to them? Well, that depends on your theory of justice. Here's mine.

I believe that it is within your right to personally respond to crimes committed against you when that response is directed at those who are responsible for the crime. If I catch a thief running off with my car stereo, I'm going to respond to his act right there by at the very least taking my property back. If I find the person who killed my parents and have evidence that proves such, I'm likely to seek blood. I'm not someone who thinks such things should be the sole province of a government legal system.

Therefore, I also believe others have the same right to seek justice for themselves.

So, why did the hijackers do what they did? There seems to be a few general lines of justification for their actions, variously mixed with each other:

  1. raw expression of proto-Maxist anger against a perceived imperialist America, the global economic hegemon
  2. raw expression of racialist/nationalist/sectarian anger at the low global stature of their race/nationality/religion, which they blame the US for denigrating/insulting/belitting
  3. a desire to strike back against an infidel country that deployed military forces on uber-holy Saudi Arabian soil
  4. a desire to strike back at a country they perceive as irrevocably tied to Israel and Jews
  5. a symbolic attack on the people who are responsible for the sanctions and, by extension, a great deal of the economic depredation in Iraq after the Gulf War

1. It is true economic interests in the US have pushed for and generally gotten unfair privileges in the realm of international trade at the expense of foreign businesses. International trade is not done in a truly free market; as a result, there are perverse incentives and politically-motivated exceptions that distort the economic system.

I think it is safe to assume some of the people who died on 9/11 worked for a few of those companies or the governments that enacted and defended the barriers to free trade. However, it would take a truly extreme example of oppression via economic means to justify killing those responsible (in the worst cases I can think of at the top of my head, the "white collar" criminal is almost always getting a third party to do the dirty things, attempting to space him- or herself from the raw immorality of the criminal act)...it would take something like intentionally buying up all the local resources, preventing new or outside resources from falling into their hands, and thereby nutritionally, financially, socially starving people to death.

Such business people are as evil as any third-world despot...but only those business people responsible. Delineating responsibility in multinational corporations and regulatory agencies with constantly changing workforces in one of the most mobile societies on the planet isn't a duty to be brushed away lightly by those intending to inflict physical harm on the guilty, yet that's what the hijackers did. The odds are very, very much stacked against the chance every targeted person (dozens of airline employees, hundreds of airline passengers, tens of thousands of New Yorkers, the people living around Washington, D.C., etc.) was guilty of such monstrosity. If the hijackers were responding to alleged economic oppression, all they did was collectivize guilt over general populations and murder (not avenge for) far, far more than they could possibly prove to be the criminals they wanted to kill.

2. Mass killing in the name of reputation? Nope, not nearly good enough, even if you could solve the tricky question of who is responsible for saying mean things about you, let alone slanderous, libelous lies. That's the kind of monumental insecurity a psychopath entertains. Demeaning someone or the group to which they belong (or in which the think they belong) is flimsy ground indeed to justify slaughter on a historic scale. Such a morality would have us engaged in warfare every time someone got pissed off.

3. I am similarly not at all sympathetic towards the asserted justification that it is blasphemous to station non-Muslim troops on or near Mecca. Allowing my general distaste for religion to show for a second, such a silly justification could theoretically apply to anything. Any nut can come up with a religion, its assorted religious symbols, and its locations of significance, crippling society by evicting people at will from their rightful homes and creating zones of authoritarianism.

However, to the extent those would-be evictionist zealots are the rightful owner of the property upon which someone is standing, I do think they would be justified in asking that someone to leave. Peacefully, at first...but violently if necessary. Just as you have the right to demand an unwelcome intruder to leave and the related right to expel him forcefully if he or she refuses, some crazy imam who owns a mosque in Medina has the right to do the same to whomever he (and it's usually a man) wants. Even if it's motivated by bigotry.

Still, the obligation persists in identifying those specific people who are trespassing and see them off your property. Killing civilians thousands of miles away (even excluding the military and political agents behind the soldiers' deployment), utterly fails to discriminate between the guilty and the innocent.

4. Guilt by semitic association? Vicious and absurd. I have no doubt that Jewish and Israeli criminals exist. Those individuals have victims who deserve justice. Creating additional victims adds to and does not subtract from the injustice. See above paragraphs for the rest.

5. This is essentially the first case scaled to deliberate international policy. And again, while it is conceivable there are victims for criminals to atone for, separating them from the rest of us is something I think is required in order to ultimately justify the response.

So did America deserve 9/11? No, because "America" wasn't responsible for any of the alleged crimes. Certain people may have been, however, and whatever grievances the hijackers and their associates had ought to have been addressed to those and only those people.

There is the argument that as taxpayers, voters, and people who haven't attempted to revolt and overthrow the current allegedly evil system we are therefore responsible to some degree for these criminals. Without the billions of dollars the state gets in revenue, it could not afford the military expenditures to send troops overseas, let along to reside at length in other lands. Without the positive consent of the vast majority of the population, a democratic government and the prevailing economic system would not be allowed to function.

Taxes do not necessarily count as consent to government action, however. Taxes are not truly voluntary because taxes are either taken at the point of a gun or the threat of it. I'm of the mind that being the victim of aggression at least partially absolves you of some of the moral judgement that declares you an accessory to far-away societal collapse (I'd say it almost entirely absolves you) caused by they money basically stolen from you. It only makes sense to judge someone based on those actions they've chosen for themselves. Of those rare cases where I'd agree this analysis applies is to the situation of the individuals who clearly want their tax money to go towards imposing economic sanctions on entire societies and who knowingly help elect politicians who claim such crime - and worse - as their official policy.

Unfortunately, the number of Americans who belong in that club is nontrivial. I'd say easily more than 10% of the population would qualify if you asked them a few questions and were able to verify their answers. But this does not justify lashing out at what is essentially a random sample of people, let alone attempting to kill as many of them as possible.

I concede it is possible the people responsible for 9/11 could have had legitimate intention to kill some people to punish them for vile things those people did, but the vileness of those Americans' (and, honestly, people from other countries) acts is their stench and their problem, not the rest of the building, block, Borough, or 'burg. The people responsible for 9/11 are soaked in naked malignance and deserve no sympathy or support.

UPDATED 9/11/2006 2:36pm
Rethinking September 11, 2001

August 24, 2006

Debt and Voluntary Servitude

From Somasoul regarding The Borrower Is the Slave to the Lender?:

Man, I almost always agree with you but this week I think you're off the mark. And not just because I'm a Christian but because, like in all things, we should be wary of trusting forces larger than ourselves.

You have to admit: wariness of trusting forces larger than ourselves is a little ironic coming from a Christian. :)

However, I do think you are right to be skeptical by default of entrenched power structures, whether they are entities of the state or the free market.

I'm an anarchist and I don't just barge in with an attitude like other Anarcho-Capitalists who trust business' whole-heartedly without question. I think we need to not march to their beat, at least not so quickly.

Thankfully, I'm not an apologist for businesses and don't trust them blindly. From my studies, it's clear to me business motives and interests are far too frequently at odds with libertarianism.
First, I think you missed the boat in your assumption on the quote altogether.

The borrower is totally a servant to the lender. Because in most agreements the borrower agrees to work for the lender in exchange for money up front. The lender lends $100 but gets $150 in return. This might be a profit, yes, but it's profit based off someone else's labor, not your own. Therefore, whether right or wrong (I haven't delved into assesing such moral quandrys yet), the borrower is totally a servant to the lender until the debt is paid.


The agreement between lender and borrower is for the lender to repay what was borrowed plus an additional amount to which the two parties consent. The only way for the borrower to fulfill his or her end of the agreement is to give the lender money that legitimately belongs to the borrower (assuming a society that frowns upon stealing from others to pay for your own debts). How does a person legitimately come to possess money?
  1. a gift from someone else's legitimate wealth
  2. exchanging a service they provide or a good they produce for someone else's money

The generous owner of existing wealth who gives cash gifts with no strings attached had to have created his wealth at some point; even it if was inherited, someone had to create it. Which means that, ultimately, someone had to work for it and labor in production. Which means there is no way to pay any debt (whether burdened by an interest rate and miscellaneous fees or not) without someone laboring to create the money wealth used to pay back the amount borrowed.

Money must come from somewhere. Funds used for loan repayment, wages, cash gifts, and in exchange for goods and services rest upon the productive labor of others. Do all these activities create a master-servant relationship?

A few years ago I reached an agreement with a company to buy a bed. Seven and a half years later I paid off the balance of just under $2,000..........all for a bed that cost under $600 to begin with. I think, in the end, that I paid over $6,000 for that mattress. Now, if that ain't being someone else's "servant" or "slave"...............

I don't know your specific financial situation and would rather not delve too much into personal matters. However, surely you knew going into the deal that if you stretched the payment schedule out long enough, the total cost of upholding your end of the deal could exceed the floor price of the mattress. You helped lengthen and strengthen your debt.

Wells Fargo sent me an unsolicited loan check in 2000. It was a full-fledged offer for two grand with all the details and fine print in the envelope. Endorsing the check and cashing it means I consent to the terms and contract with the bank for the loan. It had an original term of something like seven years, the interest rate and total cost of fees were not burdensome, and it just so happened I really wanted to build a new computer. I agreed to the loan and began making monthly payments of a few dozen bucks. By the middle of 2005, I had whittled my principle down to less than $400. During a period of unexpectedly high earnings, I decided to get it over with and pay off the loan in one final check, many months early. I mistakenly forgot to deduct the interest I would have paid on the principle and a week later, Wells Fargo sent me a refund check.

It works both ways, dude. If I had done nothing but made minimum payments, I probably would have paid more than 18% in total interest. However, I made sure to stick in twenty or forty extra dollars with each payment and it made a difference after a few years.

Remember, slavery can be entered into willingly.

Sure, anyone can sign a contract that says from that point until their death they are at the total disposal of the other party. I, however, don't think such contracts are valid or legitimately enforceable. You cannot alienate your will from your body in such a way to hand over title to it. The purpose of such contracts is to supplant your will with the master's and that isn't possible.
Many people sold themselves or their children into slavery. Therefore, slavery does not necessarily require "force", though it often does. Your assumptions on this passage lead me to believe that you think slavery is only entered into unwillingly and I challenge you that any man can enter slavery upon his own will. Free exchange it may be but free exchange does not trump serfdom.

Can we agree that a contract that sells your children into slavery is immoral and void?

I don't dispute that there are examples of people choosing to enter into slavery. However, under what conditions were those choices made? I submit to you that if the consequences of slavery were known to the slave-to-be, very few would take the "offer" unless they were coerced some way, such as with threats or demonstrations of violence or destruction. Clearly such "contracts" are invalid. Even more important is the inner contradiction within the very concept of a slave contract.

Murray Rothbard, in The Ethics of Liberty:

...the right to contract is strictly derivable from the right of private property, and therefore that the only enforceable contracts (i.e., those backed by the sanction of legal coercion) should be those where the failure of one party to abide by the contract implies the theft of property from the other party. In short, a contract should only be enforceable when the failure to fulfill it is an implicit theft of property. But this can only be true if we hold that validly enforceable contracts only exist where title to property has already been transferred, and therefore where the failure to abide by the contract means that the other party's property is retained by the delinquent party, without the consent of the former (implicit theft). Hence, this proper libertarian theory of enforceable contracts has been termed the "title-transfer" theory of contracts.

[...]

...the only valid transfer of title of ownership in the free society is the case where the property is, in fact and in the nature of man, alienable by man. All physical property owned by a person is alienable, i.e., in natural fact it can be given or transferred to the ownership and control of another party. I can give away or sell to another person my shoes, my house, my car, my money, etc. But there are certain vital things which, in natural fact and in the nature of man, are inalienable, i.e., they cannot in fact be alienated, even voluntarily. Specifically, a person cannot alienate his will, more particularly his control over his own mind and body. Each man has control over his own mind and body. Each man has control over his own will and person, and he is, if you wish, "stuck" with that inherent and inalienable ownership. Since his will and control over his own person are inalienable, then so also are his rights to control that person and will. That is the ground for the famous position of the Declaration of Independence that man's natural rights are inalienable; that is, they cannot be surrendered, even if the person wishes to do so.

[...]

Hence, the unenforceability, in libertarian theory, of voluntary slave contracts. Suppose that Smith makes the following agreement with the Jones Corporation: Smith, for the rest of his life, will obey all orders, under whatever conditions, that the Jones Corporation wishes to lay down. Now, in libertarian theory there is nothing to prevent Smith from making this agreement, and from serving the Jones Corporation and from obeying the latter's orders indefinitely. The problem comes when, at some later date, Smith changes his mind and decides to leave. Shall he be held to his former voluntary promise? Our contention - and one that is fortunately upheld under present law - is that Smith's promise was not a valid (i.e., not an enforceable) contract. There is no transfer of title in Smith's agreement, because Smith's control over his own body and will are inalienable. Since that control cannot be alienated, the agreement was not a valid contract, and therefore should not be enforceable. Smith's agreement was a mere promise, which it might be held he is morally obligated to keep, but which should not be legally obligatory.


Emphasis in the original.

A slave contract is a contract to transfer ownership of your will to someone else. I do not believe such a contract is valid because such a transfer cannot occur. Now, I am aware of Walter Block's criticism of this position in A Libertarian Theory of Inalienability (PDF), but haven't analyzed it yet. He thinks that as long as it is voluntarily sold, any free market private property exchange is valid.

Remember too the context of the passage and the time period. A poor family might enter into an agreement for a field or farm. One drought, flood, infestation and everything you own, perhaps even your children, were carted off by the lender when those passages were written.

While you do have a point in mentioning the additional vulnerability faced by the vast majority of people living in antiquity, I'm not moved by it.

It would be trivial to find examples from the beginning of human history all the way to this very moment where people bury themselves in debt to the point where they are in danger of losing all their valuable assets to creditors and collection agencies. I believe today is different in only two respects. First, the state steps in to a far greater extent to provide the welfare safety net to the debtor before, during, and after the debtor's financial collapse in an effort to stave off complete destitution. Second, the general degree of wealth today allows for both a relatively rich standard of living for a significantly lower cost and greater private charity to come to the assistance of the needy.

Remember too that laws regarding interest rates were not in place. People could impose all sorts of fanatical demands on families that did not pay. And the classism that existed when those passages were written were so rampant, the "courts" so injust, that the poor were literally at the mercy of the rich.

Again, I won't deny that unscrupulous lenders existed and royally screwed innocent borrowers. But, as an anarchist, you know state laws don't necessarily result in just or effective outcomes. Making it illegal for lenders to ask for high interest rates (arbitrarily-defined, of course) may stop some mini-tyrants and fraudsters from ruining lives, but it also limits the ability of legitimate lenders to deal with risky borrowers through market exchange. A transient with a P.O. box, a sparse job history, and little capital to put up as collateral is going to raise honest concerns in the mind of the lender and that lender is entirely within his or her right to increase the cost of lending to that person relative to the rate someone with a steady job and plenty fungible assets.

You mention the other thing: there simply wasn't a good justice system back then. Without the checks of a robust litigative process and with the privilege granted to the elites, it isn't surprising to see the poor under the thumb of powerful economic interests. However, that is not a slap against lending in principle, that's a slap against the times and the prevailing political economy. I have little doubt that the economic regulations we face today have precursors in the past that did the same thing they do today: drive people into the arms of authorized/favored bankers and lenders.

Remember that I have not even suggested that interest rates are somehow morally abhorent, yet. All I've suggested, and the conclusion I've given, is that borrowers are "servants", which they are and will continue to be.

I will concede that the essence of a lending contract is for the borrower to perform at least one act in accordance with the lender's wishes, typically the repayment of the loan plus interest and fees. This is fundamentally no different from any other type of economic exchange. Hiring someone involves mutual promises from the employer and the employee. Buying a good involves similar arrangements.

Really, a loan is the conditional sale of present money in exchange for more than that amount in the future. I once again ask you if the spectrum of peaceful exchange that also resembles (if not outright stands in for) creates a master-servant relationship with the dark shades you've drawn in your remarks. Clearly, the authors of the Bible wish to portray lenders as a class, lending as an institution, and interest as an economic tool in a strongly negative light. I disagree on each count because it is the action of individuals that matter and the abuse of their property and reason does not condemn others who engage in their market.

I suppose a good deal of my disagreement with the borrower is servant to the lender is the choice of "servant" to describe borrowers. If a bank required I perform specific activities at certain times or otherwise attempted to micro-manage even a part of my day, I'd consider that worthy of the word. Asking me to pay them $150 next month in exchange for $100 now hardly seems to qualify. I must labor in some manner to pay the full debt, sure, but I've chosen to endure that because I value present money more than future money.

That's the contract, it's in nearly every contract:

"I'll give you $200,000. In exchange you give me a portion of your labor unequal to the cost of doing business."


Why is it crucial to price the service at the cost of doing business? It wouldn't make economic sense to ignore or reject the parties' time preference. Someone convinced the world is about to end will probably be willing to take on a loan with a crushing interest rate. I've already mentioned the constantly varying degrees of risk lenders are willing to endure.

Who is to determine the cost of doing business? From the sense I gather from your comments below, I doubt you (and many others) would trust the lender to be this arbiter. On the other hand, I have a hard time believing the lender will trust the borrower. If neither party in the loan agreement is to judge, by what right does the third party judge and what happens when the parties disagree with that third person's judgment and move on ahead with the contract?

In nearly every business contract the buyer has the upper hand because the seller wants to sell but the buyer doesn't need to buy. In situations with lending it's a bit different because the buyer wants a house, not a loan. That gives the loan officer the upper hand, one of the few situations where the buyer is at a disadvatage.

This also isn't a very moving argument. If the problem is the existence of an "upper hand" when a buyer and a seller meet to exchange, then do you have any criticism for these other business contracts you mention? According to your theory, it seems in those cases the seller is the one being harmed, screwed, or whatever. It seems that you prefer buyers to have an advantage over sellers. If so, what is your justification for that? I'm not advocating one side possessing an advantage over another, but I'm curious to know why you apparently do.
Borrowing money leaves you in a predicament that isn't easy to escape from.

No, not per se. People can blindly enter into loan contracts that seem designed to bankrupt the borrower, but if that happened all the time, people would stop borrowing because the consequences suck so much.

Keep in mind, of course, than I'm speaking of the hypothetical ideal: a free market in banking, finance, loans, etc. The competition would be exposed to the unrestricted forces of supply and demand and the individuals in the loan market would benefit accordingly. Obviously, what we see in front of us today and generally throughout history are not examples of free markets but collectivized restricted markets where state intervention has distorted things to funnel business down privileged paths.

The Bible warns against it. In fact, Jews were not allowed to charge interest to other Jews. It was seen as "evil". Muslims follow the same code.

I'm an atheist so these concerns don't really bother me. But, in support of what you're saying, my parents warned me to be extra diligent when thinking of and signing a loan due to the fact that you can get into serious trouble if not prudent.
I'm not oppossed to interest or lenders but I'm wary.

I'm glad you say this because up until now you could forgive me for thinking you thought otherwise.
The contract is never in my favor.

If you truly thought the loan would be more of an expensive burden than a useful financial bump, then why would you enter into the agreement? Weighing the cost to repay the loan against the utility of the principle to be spent immediately is the whole enchilada, the responsibility of the individual trying to decide his or her course of action.

Two, your argument that loans are never in your favor just isn't convincing.

In nearly every business contract the buyer has the upper hand because the seller wants to sell but the buyer doesn't need to buy. In situations with lending it's a bit different because the buyer wants a house, not a loan. That gives the loan officer the upper hand, one of the few situations where the buyer is at a disadvatage.

We don't eat our money. Money has little practical, direct use. We have cash because we can trade it for the things we want. So when you are hired, your goal really isn't to earn money. Your goal is to earn money in order to buy goods and services, such as a house.

Does your theory apply to the employer-employee relationship? Just as with many loans, the person giving you the money (the boss and the lender) is not giving you the ultimate good or service you want; rather, what is given is a means to acquire that good or service. The boss and the lender don't really care if you spend it on a boat, a pistol, a wedding ring, a fancy dinner, or a computer. Both people are giving the money to you on a conditional basis; the boss gives on condition of you doing your work per his or her instructions and the lender on condition of you paying the agreed amount back through the agreed schedule.

I don't see how these middlemen are inherently disadvantageous to borrowers and buyers.

When assessing risk vs. reward in these things I can see I'm clearly at a distinct disadvantage. Sometimes it pays off. I bought a house a couple months ago and I thank my lender for allowing me to do so. But I don't charge TVs or Rings or Clothes.........I'm wary to ring up debt. I think it absurd to commit my own labor to buy something for more than it's worth.

I wish most people would have half your apprehension for racking up debt. Individuals who aren't going to start their own business and who do a great deal more saving than your average person are not as likely to need loans as other people.

One last thing. Your labor isn't permanently fixed at a certain value. It changes over time regarding your circumstances. My hourly asking price has gone up since I left high school, yet I'm not at all opposed to helping a friend or family member for five bucks an hour one weekend. Many people have professional jobs and do volunteer work. After an eight hour shift at work, I often place an escalating price on my leisure time.

Most people prefer present things over future things so it takes more of a unit to equal the value placed on a given amount of that unit. From this perspective, you aren't really getting less for your labor than you'd otherwise. Perhaps it's small consolation, but there it is.

All offered in the spirit of clear and friendly dialogue, Sir.

August 23, 2006

American Heritage Trumps American Ideology

The AP via News8Austin: Willie Nelson joins campaign against horse slaughter

Texas singer and songwriter Willie Nelson is raising his voice in defense of a symbol of the West - wild horses.

Should all symbols of the West be protected by force of law? How about a ban on desecrating the American flag, Willie? I see you like to wrap your head in Old Glory...
Nelson has joined an effort to ban the slaughter of horses in the U.S. for consumption of their meat abroad. Two of the nation's three horse slaughter plants are in Texas and one is in Illinois.

The House is scheduled to vote Sept. 7 on HR 503 aimed at ending horse slaughter. Although it's illegal to sell horsemeat for human consumption within the United States, the companies sell millions of pounds a year abroad.


According to this article, the two Texas companies doing the slaughtering, Dallas Crown Packing and Beltex Corp., employed approximately 150 people in 2002. What do you think will happen to those people and their companies if a portion of their business is prohibited by law? What do you think will happen to the second-tier businesses that rely on these workers and these companies for revenue? Jobs, wealth, and lives will be destroyed because that's what prohibition does.

There's no reason to believe the demand for horse meat will go away, so resources that would not normally go towards its production will likely go towards meeting that demand. In other words, not only will domestic wealth and jobs be eliminated, but capital and labor that could have been used for other activities will instead be utilized for the production of horse meat. This is what libertarian economists mean when they mention "market distortion": the normalized system is upset when state intervention occurs.

Nelson told The Associated Press Tuesday, "If you've ever been around horses a lot, especially wild horses, you know they're part of the American heritage. I don't think its right that we kill them and eat them.'"

Copyright 2006 Associated Press, All rights reserved.


Even if I accepted this line of argument - and I totally don't - I think it's ironic he's arguing American heritage deserves protectionist measures to preserve it. I'd say there isn't anything more American than the ideals in the Declaration of Independence and they matter far more than romantic attachments to equestrians.

I don't presume to tell Willie what he ought to eat. Keep that in mind the next time you hear him talk about freedom.

August 22, 2006

Don't Judge the Imperial Executive!

National Review editorial: Surveilling Injustice:

Once upon a time, the courts of the United States acted in the interests of the United States. They knew that international affairs, the conduct of war, and the protection of Americans from foreign threats stood far beyond the judicial ken. As Supreme Court justice Robert Jackson wrote in 1948, sensitive matters of foreign policy and national security involve "decisions of a kind for which the Judiciary has neither aptitude, facilities nor responsibility and which has long been held to belong in the domain of political power not subject to judicial intrusion or inquiry."

Enter Anna Diggs Taylor, chief judge of the federal district court in Detroit. She has just purported to find unconstitutional the Bush administration's Terrorist Surveillance Program (TSP) - an early-warning system crucial to protecting the nation from attack. In so doing, she has become the latest jurist to illustrate how far we have strayed from Justice Jackson's wisdom.


See also: The Unitary Executive

August 20, 2006

War Is the Answer, but Only to a Specific Question

The fundamental disconnect with reality that so many Regressive-Democrats have is the concept that "war is not the answer." In fact, that is sometimes true; but in the vast majority of cases, it is the answer. E.g., why do you, as an American have freedom of speech? War. Why do we have elections to determine those in authority? War. Etc. Pacifism is ridiculous on its face as are inanities like an eye for an eye makes both sides blind. No, at some point one side surrenders qua surrenders and a resolution exists just as by any other means of diplomacy.

-"The Objective Historian" commenting on Kevin Drum's blog

I'm a picky eater and a great deal of my pickiness comes from wanting all the parts of my meal too work with each other. Diced onions tucked away in excellent meatloaf (Mom, I'm watching you!), mayonnaise snuck in under the bun of a superior buffalo cheeseburger (all you damn "authentic" burger joints!), and weird shit like green peppers mixed in with a salad (nearly every fancy restaurant)...these are instances where an otherwise perfectly serviceable dish suffers from the inclusion of elements that are so awful they distract my attention to them rather than on the good parts.

The above comment is an example of this happening in the realm of political analysis.

I'm not a pacifist. There are clear-cut cases where it is not only justified but proper to employ violence as a means to a goal, self-defense being the most important and most common of those. War, in the sense of organized individuals fighting to physically defeat other organized individuals, is therefore not something I oppose in principle. It is possible for a war to be waged for both good reasons and with proper means. It just doesn't happen very often and I'd lay most of the blame for that at the feet of the institution that engages in it most frequently: the state.

"The Objective Historian" has a nugget of truth in there and it is worth recognizing it as such. Consistent pacifism is suicide because thugs who don't share your values will destroy you. However, that morsel's flavor is overwhelmed by other ingredients.

The individual right to freedom of speech exists whether thousands of G.I.s are killed in combat or not. The fact that Americans have fought English, Spanish, Italians, Germans, Japanese, Koreans, Vietnamese, and other assorted people over the last century does not change this. Rights are not contingent upon the outcome of battles. Rights are not privileges granted by others (they are, in fact, the total opposite) and I have no doubt The Objective Historian would implicitly confirm this if I asked him or her to state whether Americans would still have the right to freedom of speech if we were on the losing side of WWII. I'd also ask him or her if the citizen-prisoners of Warsaw Pact nations had the same rights as everyone else during the Communist rule of their governments.

No, rights are not created by war. They are defended and upheld by war, and not even in most historic cases. Even when the rights of some are unshackled by a standard state war (say, the citizens of Europe occupied by the Axis powers), the states conducting the war to liberate those people inevitably engage in action back home that cannot be anything but a open slap at individual rights. Examples such as increased taxation, war economy planning boards, price controls, and restrictions on the press are not hard to find.

There is the argument that our ability to enjoy and flex our rights is contingent upon a peaceful society. If that were the extent of the argument, I wouldn't have an objection. However, those making it take a giant leap from there to the next step: state war and only state war can ultimately secure that peace. There is no justification for this aside from pointing to the historical record; a record, I must remind you, that has been and still is largely written by the victors.

War is the answer to only one specific question: Have such-and-such people aggressed against me and others to the point where myself and those others should respond to the aggressors' bloodshed with combat of our own, to right the wrongs they have committed? I don't think there are other applications that can conform to objective standards of justice. Just wars are fought to end oppression. We can fight wars to free ourselves from oppressors (the British monarchy, the multi-dimensional American demon) and we can fight wars to free others from oppression...but we cannot, in the course of fighting oppression, engage in it ourselves. Unfortunately, it needs to be stressed that mere violence doesn't qualify as oppression; violence must be used against the innocent before it counts as that.

We do not need a state to secure peace. Credible deterrents do not have to wear government uniforms. Effective warriors are not the exclusive realm of the coercive collectivism of the Sovereign. There is nothing in principle that prohibits free markets in defense services from working.

The Objective Historian's criticism isn't aimed at this, of course. He or she is claiming the Democratic Party is gripped by pacifism. This is clearly not true.

July 23, 2006

"Why hoard all this freedom for ourselves?"

Jay Jardine scratches the surface.

July 20, 2006

Politics as Parasitism; Exploring the Austin City Budget

The London Fog catches the mask as it slips.

Here in Austin, which of the following city departments do you think reported revenue figures that exceeded or met their expenses in 2003-2004?

  • Emergency Medical Services
  • Fire Department
  • Health and Human Services
  • Library
  • Municipal Court
  • Neighborhood, Planning, and Zoning
  • Parks and Recreation
  • Police Department
  • Watershed Protection and Development Review

By the way, there is nothing essentially inherent in of any of the above services that necessitates them to run a deficit. All of them can be run profitably provided aggression isn't utilized for their operation.

So. Let's see (PDF). From that data, I've created this table:

Continue reading "Politics as Parasitism; Exploring the Austin City Budget" »

Old-Fashioned Thinking

The first thing that came to my mind was "how about shooting the damn thing if it's getting in the way all the time?"

A federal judge halted a $320 million irrigation project Thursday for fear it could disturb the habitat of a woodpecker that may or may not be extinct.

The dispute involves the ivory-billed woodpecker. The last confirmed sighting of the bird in North America was in 1944, and scientists had thought the species was extinct until 2004, when a kayaker claimed to have spotted one in the area. But scientists have been unable to confirm the sighting.

Still, U.S. District Judge William R. Wilson said that for purposes of the lawsuit brought by environmental groups, he had to assume the woodpecker exists in the area. And he ruled that federal agencies may have violated the Endangered Species Act by not studying the risks fully.

2006 The Associated Press


Then I realized it was a different animal causing all the problems.

Who Owns My Savings Account?

This is not a rhetorical question. Who amongst the following three entities has ultimate ownership rights over the content of my savings account and the account itself?

  1. Me
  2. Wells Fargo
  3. The United States Government

Next question: who ought to have that ownership right?

I received the following letter on my birthday from Wells Fargo:

06/26/2006

CHARLES HUETER
[address]

RE: [savings account #]

Dear Valued Customer(s):

During the statement period ending in June, you exceeded the Federal Reserve Board Regulation D transaction limits on the above-referenced account. Regulation D limits the number of certain types of transactions you can make from your savings account each statement cycle. This limitation pertains to the following transactions:

  • Checks
  • Telephone transfers
  • Online banking transfers (including Bill Pay)
  • Debit card transfers
  • Overdraft protection transfers
  • Pre-authorized transfers from your account (including automatic and wire transfers)

You are limited to a maximum of six (6) of these transactions per calendar month or statement cycle depending on how your statement is prepared. Only three (3) of these transactions can be done by check, check card, or similar order for withdrawal. Please note the three (3) per month check limitation is based on when the checks are posted to the account and not when they are written. There are no limits on deposits, withdrawals or transfers to another account of yours at Wells Fargo made at any Wells Fargo ATM or banking location.

Regulation D requires that all financial institutions monitor savings accounts for the transactions listed above and contact customers when these limits are exceeded during any statement period. A fee may be assessed for each transaction in excess of these limits. If you exceed the limits during any three (3) separate statement cycles during a 12-month period, your savings account may be changed to a checking account that does not earn interest or incur any monthly service fee. We are bringing this to your attention to avoid having to change your account type in the future.

If you have any questions, please visit your local Wells Fargo banking store or call us 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at:

  • For Personal Business Accounts: 1-800-TO WELLS (1-800-869-3557)
  • For Business Accounts: 1-800-CALL-WELLS (1-800-225-5935)

We appreciate your business and thank you for banking with Wells Fargo.

Sincerely,

Special Operations
Wells Fargo Services, a Division of Wells Fargo Bank, NA

L-RegD1.v1
3-3760748


According to David Lazarus in the San Francisco Chronicle, the fee structure is imposed by the banks and not the feds.

July 11, 2006

Arlington ISD Bans Grills and Ear Gauging

The AP via News8Austin: School district bans mouth 'grills,' other items

The Arlington school district has expanded its dress codes to include bans on mouth jewelry known as "grills'' and the earlobe-stretching practice known as gauging.

The district's executive director of student services said that the fads have become distracters or a safety hazard for those around them.

[...]

School officials say they hope to teach students that life would require them to follow specific regulations in specific settings.

Copyright 2006 Associated Press, All rights reserved.


A prosperous, civilized life does indeed require the respect of rules. The respect of legitimate rules written by legitimate authorities.

I assert government school district officials are the source of neither. Their rules are aimed at a legally captive audience, are enforced with and upon misbegotten property, and are justified by assuming the agency of their captives to act in their name for safety.

That last part alone ought to expose the sham for what it is. If part of the purpose of these rules is to innoculate individual respect for others, what does it say to the students when they are told they cannot be trusted to respect themselves?
NBC5i.com: School District Bans Mouth Jewelry, Other Items

"We want to instill in them a sense of modesty and a sense of community," said school board trustee Gloria Pena. "We're preparing them for the work force, and in the work force there are rules."

Copyright 2006 by The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


This is hilarious. The irony runs thick here.

June 22, 2006

European Wine Socialism

The Times (UK): Europe's wine label and vines overhaul to combat New World

The European Commission wants to rip up vines and its traditional labelling rules to protect the Continent's wine industry from surging New World imports.

[...]

The Commissioner said that she was not considering cutting the 800 million--a-year wine sector budget - just using the money "more intelligently".

Copyright 2006 Times Newspapers Ltd.


MarketWatch: E.U. launches reforms to revive wine industry
Under the Commission proposal, the European Union's executive arm wants to reduce production of low-quality wines by paying winemakers a total of EUR2.4 billion [$3,022,000,000] over the next six years to take 988,000 acres of vineyards out of production.

Farmers who accept the deal will get as much as EUR180,000 [$226,600] in compensation for as long as 15 years.

Copyright 2006 MarketWatch, Inc. All rights reserved.


BBC: EU seeks to tackle wine crisis
Without "root and branch" reform, unwanted wine would account for 15% of total annual production by 2011, the European Commission said.

Efforts by individual governments to curb output and to make wine more attractive to foreign buyers have proved largely unsuccessful.

About 300 million litres of French and Italian wine is being turned into ethanol or surgical spirit this year, at a cost of 500m euros [$629,550,000] to taxpayers.

Brussels has said this policy of "crisis distillation" - which may also be extended to Spain and Portugal - should end by 2011 and is pushing for a fundamental restructuring of the industry.

MMVI


International Herald Tribune: EU tackles divisive issue: What to do about wine
For vintners like [Serge Azas, a winemaker in the Languedoc region of southern France], who co-manages a vineyard in the town of Montagnac, these proposals risk destroying the livelihood of many winemakers. Some colleagues of his in the region, he said, will have to get rid of as much as half of their harvest this year.

"Wine is not a product like others, it does not lend itself to the mass market," he added. "If we leave it to the market, some great wines from small farms will not survive."

Copyright 2006 the International Herald Tribune All rights reserved


Bloomberg:
[Agricultural Commissioner Mariann Fischer Boel's] proposals to overhaul the industry, published today, won't solve the problems, the French and Italian producers' federations CNAOC and FEDERDOC said in a joint statement.

"To maintain European competitiveness, a lot more than a social plan'' to destroy vines is needed, said Christian Paly, president of CNAOC. The EU must work harder to promote its products and the two groups "regret the incoherence and lack of dynamism'' in the proposals.

EU vine growers are also insisting that a ban on imports of grape "must,'' the unfiltered crushed fruit, for wine making should be retained. The commission says the prohibition is illegal under World Trade Organization rules and must go.

"We're completely against that,'' said Eva Corral, head of wine at European farm lobby COPA-Cogeca in Brussels. "We're asking for more promotion measures and more programs to help modernize the industry.''

2006 Bloomberg L.P. All rights reserved.


They'll never learn.

There are moves to reduce some of the restrictions on labeling and production methods, but if they really want to stop wasting all that time, effort, and money dealing with surplus wine...stop fucking subsidizing those damn farmers and let them FAIL and GO OUT OF BUSINESS if they cannot support themselves!

June 13, 2006

Congress Drinks the COLA for Which You and I are Forced to Pay

The AP via the Washington Post: House lawmakers accept $3,300 pay hike

Despite record low approval ratings, House lawmakers Tuesday embraced a $3,300 pay raise that will increase their salaries to $168,500.

The 2 percent cost-of-living raise would be the seventh straight for members of the House and Senate.

Lawmakers easily squelched a bid by Rep. Jim Matheson, D-Utah, to get a direct vote to block the COLA, which is automatically awarded unless lawmakers vote to block it.

2006 The Associated Press


Roll call vote 261 is here.

Another article by Andrew Taylor of the AP. He's got himself a bit of a franchise on the subject of the obscene state of government spending.

Related to the topic of politicians voting themselves pay raises that are derived from the wealth stolen from those who've actually earned it:

June 10, 2006

The Unitary Executive

[Updates below.]

Bush, Denmark's Rasmussen Confer on Iraq at Camp David:

Bush said Rasmussen brought up the issue of detainees at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, and that he had assured Rasmussen the United States would like to close that facility. "We're now in the process of working with countries to repatriate people," the president said. "But there are some that, if put out on the streets, would create grave harm to American citizens and other citizens of the world. And, therefore, I believe they ought to be tried in courts here in the United States."

Bush said the United States will proceed with trials "once the Supreme Court makes its decision as to ... the proper venue for these trials."


Every person who counts themselves as a fan of the people and ideas that gave birth to this nation ought to be horrified upon reading this. Here's the full context:

Remarks by President Bush and Prime Minister Rasmussen of Denmark in Joint Press Availability

The Prime Minister and I share values, and he spent time making sure that I understood his strong belief that when we fight the war on terror and we help new democracies, that we've got to uphold the values that we believe in, and he brought up the Guantanamo issue. And I appreciate the fact that the Prime Minister is concerned about the decisions that I made on -- toward Guantanamo. I assured him that we would like to end the Guantanamo. We'd like it to be empty. And we're now in the process of working with countries to repatriate people.

But there are some that, if put out on the streets, would create grave harm to American citizens and other citizens of the world. And, therefore, I believe they ought to be tried in courts here in the United States. We will file such court claims once the Supreme Court makes its decision as to whether or not -- as to the proper venue for these trials. And we're waiting on our Supreme Court to act.

Copyright 2006 PR Newswire. All rights reserved.


The italicised portion was spoken as a factual statement. There was no attempt to qualify his meaning. He did not hedge his words. Bush is not a great public speaker and his extemporaneous abilities leave much to be desired.

However, this was clear. He stated, with the full authority of a President of the United States, that there are people imprisoned at Guantanamo who will attempt to maim, kill, and wreck if free. This a judgement and he is executing the sentence. The bolded section isn't a way to get around this. If anything, its a flat-out fabrication if it means Bush has always thought everyone at Gitmo deserved a standard, open American trial.

Some people have voiced concern that Bush has attempted to ursup the power of the legislative branch by way of his signing statements:

The American Bar Association Board of Governors voted unanimously Saturday to launch an inquiry into President Bush's frequent use of signing statements to bypass new laws because of his interpretation of presidential and executive powers under the US Constitution. The President has used such statements some 750 times since taking office in 2001. In January this year, he controversially reserved the right to bypass a ban on torture when he signed the 2006 defense spending bill, prompting even top Republican leaders to criticize him.

The ABA has assembled a bipartisan task force of legal professionals and scholars, including former federal judges and Justice Department officials, to research whether Bush, who has appended more signing statements to bills than any other US president, has exceeded his constitutional authority and circumvented the system of checks and balances with the signing statements. The committee is expected to report its findings to the ABA's House of Delegates, which will decide whether to adopt the recommendations, in August.

JURIST


For a further angle, here is Dahlia Lithwick:
[U.S. Solicitor General Paul Clement]'s arguments [in Hamdan v. Rumsfeld] are frequently drawn from the well of "because the president says so," or "because the president is the president," or "because it's wartime." They start to sound like Alberto Gonzales' testimony before Congress or the president's signing statements: legal analysis by assertion and justification by double standard. This war is like every other war except to the extent that it differs from those other wars. We follow the laws of war except to the extent that they do not apply to us. These prisoners have all the rights to which they are entitled by law, except to the extent that we have changed the law to limit their rights.

In other words, there is almost no question for which the government cannot find a circular answer.

[...]

[Clement] cites the executive's longstanding authority to try enemies by military tribunal. When Justice John Paul Stevens asks for the source of the laws that such tribunals would enforce, Clement replies that the source is the "laws of war." When Stevens asks whether conspiracy is encompassed within the laws of war, Clement says that the president views conspiracy as within the laws of war.

Neat trick, no?

2006 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC


That represents an effort to accrue power away from the legislative and towards the presidential.

The italicized quote above is fundamentally the same thing. The primary difference is it's an effort to accrue power from the judiciary.

Ultimately, this is what a "unitary executive" means in practice: the concentration of state power within the hands of one person. It is an explicit rejection in principle of those famous "checks and balances" set up to restrain the feared power of someone who might, for example, believe he or she had the right - as a direct consequence of the authority inherently vested in their position as president - to detain anyone indefinitely as long as he or she decided that person was a sufficient threat to national security.

Readers. I am entirely serious when I say this constitutes, at the very least, a nontrivial step towards a government of dictatorship. This is not in any way a specific swipe at Bush, either. He is not the only one to assert or imply an argument of this kind nor is he alone in such engaging in such activities that prove the sitting president believed he had the authority to make law. He is merely the latest.

The American state has centralized, increased, and expanded its control over issues of commerce and communication (all reducible to issues of who owns you and the things you possess) over time. It could not have been done without executive branch assistance. Asserting the president can interpret, enforce, and judge the law as he or she may see fit, under the circumstances of his or her choosing, is a recent but simply not surprising development.

Once you accept that there is a legitimate justification for using aggression, the political pressure will grow to encircle more human activity beyond even very limited and clear scenarios.

UPDATED 8/22/2006 10:53am
Don't Judge the Imperial Executive!

June 07, 2006

The Myth of the Libertarian Democrat

[Updates below.]

The Libertarian Dem

Traditional "libertarianism" holds that government is evil and thus must be minimized. Any and all government intrusion is bad.

That's because libertarianism is generally concerned with one thing: reducing the prevalence of aggression (the initiation of physical force or the immediate threat of it) in society. That's the prime political principle and all else flows from it. It isn't a simple-minded hatred of government. It's an integrated, clear-minded hatred of what government does.

And that is in turn based upon an understanding of reality and the human condition, an understanding that says individuals have the capability and the right to think and act for themselves.

It isn't about just flipping the bird at Uncle Sam.

A Libertarian Dem believes that true liberty requires freedom of movement -- we need roads and public transportation to give people freedom to travel wherever they might want.

What is "libertarian" about public transportation? Individual liberty is threatened and infringed when taxes are imposed to pay for public roads. Individual liberty is threatened and infringed when arbitrary political forces impose limits on what we can do on "our" roads. Furthermore, what is "libertarian" about a statement praising freedom of movement that omits the crucial exception of trespassing on private property?
A Libertarian Dem believes that we should have the freedom to enjoy the outdoor without getting poisoned; that corporate polluters infringe on our rights and should be checked.

What is "libertarian" about telling people how to run their businesses? Individual liberty is threatened and infringed when the state assumes the authority to regulate productive activity. I know it is incredibly difficult for statists to understand this, but there is a coherent and reasonable body of theory and research that supports the existence of private tort claims courts to resolve local problems amongst organizations and the individuals living next to them or affected by the activity in which those organizations engage.
A Libertarian Dem believes that people should have the freedom to make a living without being unduly exploited by employers.

I repeat the above, here. I have zero confidence that Markos Zniga's concept of "exploitation" is remotely sympathetic with one that functions with individual liberty and human reason at it's core. Furthermore, what is "libertarian" about assuming individuals cannot decide on their own what is best for themselves when it comes to workplace treatment?
A Libertarian Dem understands that no one enjoys true liberty if they constantly fear for their lives, so strong crime and poverty prevention programs can create a safe environment for the pursuit of happiness.

What is "libertarian" about stealing from one person and giving to another (taxation), which is how so many of these programs are funded? What is "libertarian" about assuming individuals cannot create security without the aid of coercive collectivism?
A Libertarian Dem gets that no one is truly free if they fear for their health, so social net programs are important to allow individuals to continue to live happily into their old age. Same with health care.

What is "libertarian" about stealing from one person and giving to another (taxation), which is how nearly all of these programs are funded? What is "libertarian" about raising people to believe they don't have to be responsible for their own health and financial security?

Kos tried to pull this bullshit before and it was just as weak and lame then as it is now. His pitch has been tweaked but the essentials haven't changed.

The key here isn't universal liberty from government intrusion, but policies that maximize individual freedom, and who can protect those individual freedoms best from those who would infringe.

His emphasis.

This is such a fantastic contradiction I don't know where to begin. How about here:

If [Mike Thompson] wants to leave the good ol' US of A, he can agitate all he wants. There should be a place where racist, xenophobic, bigoted, crazies can congregate and create a 13th century utopia, where such things as Democracy, freedom of speech, freedom of religion and freedom to live one's life absent government interference need not apply.

-Markos Moulitsas Zniga


My italics.

Why do people listen to this guy?

UPDATED 10/2/2006 2:21pm
Contradiction as Innovative Political Strategy

May 25, 2006

Typical Anti-Capitalist Distortion, Part II

[Updates below.]

In a post I wrote almost two years ago, I commented on a letter to the editor written by a Jesse Harasta. He was replying to another letter to the editor written by Robert A. Strevell (who was in turn responding to an op/ed column in the Binghamton Press & Sun-Bulletin). Check that post out for the details.

Last week, Mr. Harasta sent me an e-mail because he wasn't happy with what I'd written. We talked for a few days and decided he would create a formal reply to my remarks (posted on his Upstate Anarchist blog) and we'd continue the conversation from there.

I'd first like to apologize for the harshness of my tone in the initial post. I had little to go on other than the general remarks of a stranger whose political philosophy was not made clear. Mr. Harasta engaged in several common attacks made by authoritarian leftists against "capitalism" and I assumed he was just another American Democrat looking to chain businesses - and by extension - individuals to the state to right the wrongs he saw.

Imagine my surprise when he said he posts at a blog with "anarchist" in its name! I'm here to reply to his reply and will do so with the greater understanding of his position.

Like many out there, I occasionally put my own name into an Internet search engine, just to see what pops up. The other day, while trolling through the Google listings "Jesse Harasta" I saw a link to a blog discussing a letter I wrote to the editor of the Press and Sun Bulletin (out of Binghamton, NY) in response to an earlier letter entitled "Capitalism Makes Lives Better." In my letter (which the paper edited, shortened and named "Capitalism isn't All Good"), I said that the earlier letter had been nave in its assumption that unregulated the story of Capitalism was "a loving, blissful stroll through history."
The words that Mr. Strevell wrote that appear to apply to this were: "In the last hundred years it has been demonstrated, beyond any doubt, that capitalist countries, particularly those where government interference in the free enterprise system is least, have provided the highest standards of living in history for their people. "

One point must be made at the outset, one that is routinely neglected by the majority of defenders of a free market. The United States and "western" nations (obviously I include countries like Japan in this) in general are not examples of free market capitalist societies. They have varying degrees of respect for individual rights stemming from self-ownership and private property. They censor, tax, regulate, and coerce the peaceful on a regular basis. Though by historical standards countries such as the USA, Great Britain, Canada, Germany and so forth are more capitalist than the average government on this globe, I will vigorously and repeatedly affirm that you cannot have a truthfully free market society within the confines of a state.

Any defenses I have of current examples of capitalist-leaning nations must be understood in this light. Any agreement I have with Mr. Strevell contains that asterisk. Mr. Strevell is correct in the respect that societies that let individuals create and trade in markets tend to have better living conditions than those societies that attempt to control individuals and direct their actions. Does Mr. Harasta have a factual objection to this? I'd caution him against mentioning disgraces such as slavery and the mass murder of native Americans because each of those stand in stark bloody contrast to the free market capitalist ideals of peace, voluntary trade, and respect for the individual. Early American history is replete with examples that show dramatic departure from those ideals.

Like Drizzten, I believe in the inalienable liberties of human beings and believe that the state is one of the greatest sources of oppression in the world today. Daily, I am horrified and disgusted by the concentration of power in the hands of fewer and fewer individuals. These days, we are bombarded by news reports of warrant-less wire tapping, secret prisons, systemized torture and limitless detentions; the nave (primarily Democrats in this case) seem to believe that this is merely the product of the current Bush Administration, but in fact the power of the government and especially the power of federal executive and bureaucracy have been growing continuously for decades. Democrat and Republican, all of the administrations and Congresses wage wars (the ultimate abuse of centralized power), increase secrecy and gather power to themselves. In my mind, the destruction of New Orleans was a powerful symbol of the misplaced trust that Americans have put upon uncaring, centralized bureaucracies and the disastrous effects that it can have (for more discussion on this, check out this essay on my blog).

Had I known this, my initial comments would have been significantly different, if I bothered to make them at all. Again, my apologies, Sir.
However, the government is not the only source of centralized power in the world today and, especially in places where the central government is weak such as the Third World, corporations and private enterprise have become just as oppressive and even more unaccountable.

This is also not necessarily something that should make me rise in outraged opposition. Just as I reject the notion that there are "capitalist governments," I also reject the notion so many American right-wingers (and a fewer number of American libertarians) have that blindly trusts every business that comes under attack for their actions. It is possible to violate an individual's rights and operate under the aegis of corporate power. It is possible to be a businessman or businesswoman and treat someone beneath human dignity. It is possible to be so consumed with the growth of your personal or your company's wealth that you value it higher than being decent to those around you.

However, the seeds of my disagreement are sown at this point and will only grow larger.

What difference does it make to the young Chinese girl laboring incredible hours if she works for the central Communist government or if she is in one of the "free market zones" and works for a Western company?

I wrote two posts recently (China's "outward signs of capitalism" and Unclear on the Concepts) that ought to demonstrate what I think about China's current socio-political system. Short take: it ain't capitalist and it ain't a free market.

But what indeed are the differences between working long hours for the state and working long hours for a private company that operates within the confines of statism? Well, if Mr. Harasta's sincere objection at the heart of his question lies with long hours and tough labor conditions, he isn't asking the right question. The differences between statist employment and private employment most noticeable to the laborer are going to be in the realms of hiring & firing, compensation, promotion, and the nature of work performed. Of course, if all you want is a paycheck and you aren't concerned about the ethics of where your hourly wage comes from, then you aren't likely to care about the differences in economics between state and private entities.

The Common Working Person is of course not going to see any real difference between working for the state and working for a corporation because the Common Working Person has such a weak grasp of political philosophy. I would not base opposition to any system on the broad population's feelings when they are so ignorant or disinterested in the mechanisms of economics and politics.

By its nature, Capitalism is an economic system that works to concentrate wealth in the hands of the ruthless.
I don't disagree that activity in free markets can and does create wealth disparities. I am not an economic egalitarian. I don't think there is some point at which morality is ruptured when one person earns more than another or when one group of people earn more than another group. Assuming that wealth is earned and it is earned through the voluntary trade of legitimately-held private property, then I have no fundamental objection to, for example, 10% of the population possessing 50% of the total wealth in that population. Individuals have unique capacities, unique motivations, and unique hierarchies of value and I don't think it is unnatural for certain uniquely successful combinations of those three characteristics to be found in a few people rather than a majority. I do not think being ruthless must be one of those successful qualities.

But what is "ruthless" in this context? I take it to mean deliberate actions that are made without pity or compassion towards those affected. Yes, I prefer it when people are courteous and respectful. I like to see people try and mitigate the negative consequences their behavior might impose on others. However, being free means being free to be an inconsiderate ass. More importantly, though, is what you suggest be done about this reality of human life. Your options are fundamentally limited to one of two modes of action: allowing people to voluntarily change their behavior or forcibly changing their behavior for them.

The line I draw in the ethical sands of human behavior consists of a primary question: was physical force (or the threat of it) used against a person who had not used it first? Libertarians call this the nonaggression principle. When people gripe about capitalism, what I actually see isn't their gripe with some abstract social theory but the desire to, ultimately, either use force to prevent an individual from acting or to use force to compel an individual to act. The government's job is to be that forceful presence molding human behavior.

Mr. Harasta mentions he is an anarchist and he should therefore understand the problems with this approach and reject the use of aggression in human affairs. Most anarchists equate the state with organized crime and I don't disagree. An individual who threatens to hurt or kill you if you don't hand over your wallet is performing the same duty as any system of tax collection does. But if it's wrong (and also counter-productive) to use coercion to change human action, what do you do in response to behavior that doesn't sink to the level of aggression and merely constitutes being inconsiderate? A person who cuts me off in traffic isn't guilty of violating my rights and I wouldn't stalk him to his destination to kick his ass, telling him afterwards to give me more room next time or he dies.

Since wealth is a stand-in for power in our society (with wealth you have the power to do things you normally wouldn't be able to), this is as much a concentration of societal influence as a Presidential mandate.
I agree that with wealth comes power. However, I'm not against power (or even unequal distribution of power) unless it is used to violate individual rights. In such a case, the problem lies with the person who used that power, not the power itself.

On the other hand, a Presidential mandate or declaration or executive order involves, in almost every instance, the initiation of violence against some peaceful person.

And in our modern era of business-government cooperation, the line between economic and political power has been blurred into non-existence.
I very much agree. Telecommunications companies have long assumed the role (or been coerced into it) of law enforcement accomplices, for example. The individuals who lead those companies therefore have significant power over people's lives that they would otherwise not have in a genuine free market. But again, I must assert that the problem is not with profit-seeking individuals per se but with those who want to run our lives.
So what are we to do about it? Unfortunately, there is no simple answer as we have learned that so-called populist revolutions are too often rooted in the rhetoric of government and centralized leader-worship and serve to replicate the oppression they sought to remove.
This I can nod my head to in unison.
Our path instead is a much rockier, foggier one: to shape a society of equals (in every sense of the word: economic, social and political) out of the society of inequality.
To this, I can only say how can equality of outcomes and opportunities in a diverse population be accomplished without resorting to violence? If you think I'm not paying my workforce enough and I continue to politely reject your requests, then what? If the people who work in my business demonstrate their contentment with their compensation structure by remaining at the company or by not speaking up and announcing their grievances, then what?

This is a problem I have with socialists and communist anarchists. They cannot seem to understand that the vast multi-dimensional network of human interaction and interdependence will at some point result in conflict over ends and means...and on some matters there are people who will not back down because their values demand it. The choices are persuasion, tolerance, or force. Only the first two are compatible with a free society.

To do this, we should focus upon the local, on building our communities and creating organs of truly democratic expression.
The creation of new cooperative organizations is not something to which I am opposed (I'm active in the Black Star Co-op, for example). But let's assume you are a living wage activist...what are you going to do after repeated demonstrations fail against existing businesses that don't pay a living wage? What happens when the individual rejects the demands of the community and goes about his or her business as before, when that business does not consist of violating anyone's rights?
Will a perfectly equal society ever be achieved? I doubt it, but I believe that we will find that as we move closer, each step that we take will loosen the grip that authoritarianism has upon our minds and hearts and improve our lives and communities.
I am not a utopian and even on my best days, I'm actually rather pessimistic about the future for freedom. I see an ocean of incoherent demands, incompatible policies, conflicting values, and thuggish desires all around me spanning every direction of the political scale. Without a wholesale change in the underlying philosophy of a great deal of the world population (including most self-described anarchists), I see neither the state nor the fraudulent arguments made to support it going away.

Jesse, thanks for taking the time to correct me on my impression of you. However, unless you can resolve the conflict between individual freedom and collective equality, we'll have to remain at odds.

UPDATED 6/2/2006 10:03am
Jesse has posted a reply to this post, but unfortunately, like him, I'm too engaged with other business to keep this ball rolling. I'll probably have a new post ready to go after next Tuesday.

May 11, 2006

Individual Freedom and Oklahoma Tattoos

Oklahoma Statutes, Title 21, Chapter 30 - Miscellaneous Offenses Against the Person, Section 841, Tattooing Prohibited - Definition - Exemption

It shall be unlawful for any person to tattoo or offer to tattoo any person. As used in this section, to "tattoo" means to insert pigment under the surface of the skin of a human being, by pricking with a needle or otherwise, so as to produce a permanent indelible mark or figure visible on the skin. Medical micropigmentation, performed pursuant to the provisions of the Oklahoma Medical Micropigmentation Regulation Act, shall not be construed to be tattooing.

Provided, however, that the provisions of this section shall not apply to any act of a licensed practitioner of the healing arts performed in the course of his practice.


I admit there are greater problems to worry oneself with these days. Whether or not the government imposed on the people of Oklahoma allows tattooing is a need not terribly pressing, certainly something I'd rank beneath privatizing education in importance.

But what is right and what is wrong are still worth identifying. Not only is this law wrong, it doesn't make sense. How is it an "offense against a person" if one person offers to ink a tattoo? How is it an "offense against a person" if that person actually tattoos someone? If it is unjustifiable to permanently mark someone's skin with ink, why make an exception for medical micropigmentation? The statute doesn't make any reference to coercion or the artist performing against the will of the subject. It doesn't mention fraud or theft of services.

Nope. It's just unlawful and if you are caught disobeying the state's command...
Section 842, Penalty

Any person violating the provisions of Section 841 of this title shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction shall be punished by imprisonment in the county jail not to exceed ninety (90) days or payment of a fine of not more than Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) or by both such fine and imprisonment.

...your ass gets smacked. This is cultural regulation, designed to push out and harass undesirable elements of society...undesirable, of course, according to the ruling class's definition.

There is no justification for this. The state does not own you, your skin, your tattoo gun, your ink, or your facilities. Voters don't have any grounds to tell you what to do with your dermis. The governor has no right to order the police to stop a voluntary exchange. Politicians, by attempting to control what you do for a living, validate their status as tyrants.

Those who object to tattoos on religious or personal aesthetic grounds are free to do so. They are also free to peacefully persuade others to agree with them. Using aggression - which is what government is - to keep others in line with your beliefs is an acknowledgement that you've given up on intelligence and reason to advance your ideas.

The AP via Wired: Oklahoma tattoo artists ready to make mark

Tattooing has been banned in Oklahoma for more than four decades, but artists like [Brandon Mull] have applied their body art in commercial shops that defied state law and operated without health rules to protect their customers and themselves from diseases such as hepatitis and HIV.

A respectable, reputable tattoo parlor that operates "without health rules"? You mean, they don't voluntarily use gloves, sterilized medical equipment, and don't clean the skin to be tattooed?

Tattoo parlors that completely disregarded basic hygiene and safety precautions such as the above would probably exist in a free market in skin modification. Some tattoo artists might object to the added cost of the precautions and some might object to the time it takes to conduct them. Some people who want to be tattooed might simply not give a damn about the dangers of bloodborne pathogens.

But I know better and the tattoo artists I respect know better; I suspect most people would want their tattoos inked in an environment where they are not likely to contract disease. I also suspect tattoo businesses generally want to avoid angry, litigious customers and public word that they present a danger to their customers.

Arkansas Democrat-Gazette: Oklahoma last state to legalize tattooing; law effective Nov. 1

[Oklahoma Governor Brad Henry] said in a statement issued Wednesday that he passed the law to ensure public health and to regulate tattoo artists who now largely operate unchecked in the state.

"Public health experts say that tattooing must be regulated if we are to help guard against health hazards that might arise from shoddy practices," Henry said.

It is those "shoddy" practices that caused the Oklahoma Department of Health to support legalized tattooing in February 2005.

[...]

The new law requires all tattoo businesses to be licensed by the state Department of Health, which will determine rules and standards for tattooing before November.


Don't be deceived by claims that tattooing has been legalized. If you operate a parlor and do not abide by the demands of the Oklahoma government, you'll face the same police violence you'd face if you were doing so before this new law goes into effect. The "public health experts" have made their demands and who'd want to be in opposition to them!
According to state health officials, Oklahoma has seen a 78 percent rise in hepatitis-C infections since 2000, and 34 percent of those diagnosed have a tattoo.

Lindley said public opinion really began shifting in favor of legalization in 2004 after Le Flore County saw a spike in hepatitis-B cases, and four people in Atoka County in southeastern Oklahoma were diagnosed with a rare skin infection because of receiving unsafe tattoos.

Copyright 2001-2006 Arkansas Democrat-Gazette, Inc. All rights reserved.


Even if they could demonstrate an unassailable cause-and-effect relationship between unregulated tattoo shops and increased disease rates, it still wouldn't give anyone the right to tell those shops and those customers how to conduct their business. If they get infected and they can prove the shop's employees were responsible, customers would have grounds to sue.

Assume the worst: a tattoo business operates and manages to infect most of its customers with some nasty disease. Alright, so it's established that the people running that place are incompetent amateurs. And that therefore implies all tattoo business ought to be subjected to state control? How does that follow?

Back to the Wired article:

"It had to happen eventually," said Jason King, who is building a tattoo parlor next to his Oklahoma City body piercing shop. "It's not an issue of right and wrong. It's an issue of health and safety."

Sorry, Sir, but it most certainly is an issue of right and wrong. Is it right to send cops after someone who agrees to ink the skin of another person in exchange for money? How is it wrong to merely offer to perform that service? No. Peaceful voluntary exchange is not immoral.
King and other professionals have been working with the state Department of Health for the past year to develop a set of health, safety and sanitation guidelines that tattoo artists must comply with before they are licensed.

There is a part of me that understands this. Professional tattoo artists not only just want to do their work, but also want to have a voice in how their industry's regulations are formed.

There is another part of me, however, that is screaming collaborators! It's the same torn feeling I have when I research TABC rules and regulations for the Black Star Co-op. Here I am, trying to get a brewpub off the ground and in today's context that means jumping through hundreds of asinine government hoops. My disgust for the agency grows every time I crack the code book open. My reluctant acceptance of the regs is a flat contradiction in the face of my philosophy, but the only other options are to give up or face the police.

The guidelines will require an apprenticeship program in which budding artists must work with licensed professionals before they are eligible for their own licenses, King said.

The new law would prohibit anyone under 18 and anyone under the influence of drugs or alcohol from getting a tattoo.


And, just like nearly every other regulation on economic activity, the whiff of protectionism hits my nose. The licensing process is often claimed to be a screening method to keep out the unscrupulous, but what it ultimately amounts to is a barrier to the entry of competition, a barrier that all potential new businesses must cross.

Like I said, the legal status of tattooing in Oklahoma is small fries compared to some other subjects. But that is a hierarchy of different degrees, not kinds. The same ideas people use to ban and then regulate tattoos are the same ideas people use to justify government control of firearms, communications networks, how your children are educated, how your house is built, vehicles, when you can drink alcohol, where a business can operate, and - of course! - the amount of money you are allowed to keep from a paycheck.

May 01, 2006

I Won't Cry for You, Bolivia

[Updates below.]

I shall perform a translation of a news article into, uh, more honest language.

The AP and USA Today:

LA PAZ, Bolivia (AP) - President Evo Morales nationalized Bolivia's natural gas industry Monday, ordering foreign energy companies to send their supplies to a state company for sales and industrialization.

In the mind of Magnifisyncopathological:
LA PAZ, Bolivia (AP) - Evo Morales, who claims the agency of every Bolivian citizen to act in their name and as their representative, used the power of the Bolivian state to rob the natural gas industry of their property Monday, ordering foreign energy companies to send their supplies to a state company for sales and industrialization.

AP and USA Today:
Speaking at the San Alberto gas and oil field in the south of the country, Morales said companies that reject the decree will have to leave Bolivia within six months.

Magnifisyncopathological:
Speaking at the San Alberto gas and oil field in the south of the country, Morales issued a deadline and threatened police violence against those companies that reject the decree.

AP and USA Today:
"The time has come, the awaited day, a historic day in which Bolivia retakes absolute control of our natural resources," Morales said from the facility, which is operated by Petrobras in association with Repsol.

After the president spoke, a soldier unfurled a Bolivian flag from atop the installation.


Magnifisyncopathological:
"The time has come, the awaited day, a historic day in which me and my ruling clique possesses absolute control of other people's property," Morales said from the facility, which is operated by Petrobras in association with Repsol.

After the president spoke, the collective robbery's enabling idea was hammered home as a soldier unfurled a Bolivian flag from atop the installation.


AP and USA Today:
Morales also said the state would retake control of Bolivian hydrocarbons companies that were privatized in the 1990s, with the state taking over shares in the hands of foreign companies and of semipublic Bolivian entities.

He said all the companies must turn their production over to the state's Yacimientos Petroliferos Fiscales Bolivianos, which was privatized in 1996 and 1997.


Magnifisyncopathological:
Morales also said his ruling clique would retake control of Bolivian hydrocarbons companies that were privatized in the 1990s, with his ruling clique stealing the shares in the hands of foreign companies and of semipublic Bolivian entities.

He said all the companies must aid in the creation of a government monopoly and turn their production over to the state's Yacimientos Petroliferos Fiscales Bolivianos, which was privatized in 1996 and 1997.


There was a time in the early 1990's where followers of the news stopped hearing about plans for the "nationalization" or the "socialization" of whole industries. Capitalism's murky defeat of communism had put a hold on that destructive impulse...or at least its open expression.

I now know better than to believe markets were not simply outlawed during that time. The prior process was superseded by creeping regulation. It became compartmentalized, specialized according to lobbying pressures from citizens and organized interests.

Still, it's a little numbing to hear about it these days in the form quoted above. The people living in that country are going to undergo an experiment in economics where they are the variables the government will attempt to control in order to assure a positive outcome. This experiment has failed in the past and it will fail in the future.

UPDATED 7:45pm
As if to be utterly clear on what's going on here...Bolivia Military Told to Occupy Gas Fields

President Evo Morales ordered soldiers to immediately occupy Bolivia's natural gas fields Monday and threatened to evict foreign companies unless they sign new contracts within six months giving Bolivia majority control over the entire chain of production.

Bright as fucking day.
Morales has repeatedly said the country's natural resources have been "looted" by foreign companies and must be nationalized so that Bolivians could benefit from the profits that were being sent overseas.

But he has also said that nationalization will not mean a complete state takeover, because Bolivia lacks the ability to tap all its natural gas on its own.


Parasites cannot survive without a host. If I were in charge of an energy company involved in this, I'd pull up everything and leave.

April 20, 2006

Private Border Fences

This is something the Minutemen should have started from the very beginning, rather than aiding the state in ruining the lives of people who cross an arbitrary political line in order to work for a living.

Minuteman border watch leader Chris Simcox has a message for President Bush: Build new security fencing along the border with Mexico or private citizens will.

[...]

"We have had landowners approach," Simcox said in an interview. "We've been working on this idea for a while. We're going to show the federal government how easy it is to build these security fences, how inexpensively they can be built when built by private people and free enterprise."

Simcox said a half-dozen landowners along the Arizona-Mexico border have said they will allow fencing to be placed on their borderlands, and others in California, Texas and New Mexico have agreed to do so as well.

"Certainly, as with everything else, we're only able to cover a small portion of the border," Simcox said. "The state and federal government have bought up most of the land around the border. I suspect that's why we'll never get control of the border."

2006 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


To the extent the land this fencing is built upon is owned by the person building the fence or is owned by someone who wants the fence built, I think this is a legitimate response to border insecurity.

However, if the fence is built without the consent of the land's legitimate owner, then I think it constitutes an invasion at least as bad as a Mexican trespassing on your land without your permission. And no, I don't consider land possessed by the state to be owned legitimately.

April 17, 2006

Is There a Free Market in Corporate Executives?

Seattle Times: Pay and rewards: CEOs out of kilter

The strong point of capitalism is the market. Put out an inferior product and the market will punish you. Work diligently and smartly, and most times you will have plenty of work at good pay.

The market works best when the product is easy to judge, when status, position, power and human feeling don't interfere too much, and when decisions come in small doses. None of these things applies when hiring an executive officer.

[...]

Choosing and compensating a CEO is a difficult task, and far too often in America it is not done well.

Copyright 2006 The Seattle Times Company


I wonder what the Frank Blethen thinks about this.

April 13, 2006

A Binding Constitution

[Updates below.]

I am all for constitutions which bind future generations and agree with Chesterton's view of tradition as "democracy of the dead."

-Jonah Goldberg

Such a wondrous coincidence that I finished reading Lysander Spooner's No Treason No. IV: The Constitution of No Authority. While I reacted roughly the same as I would have if I hadn't read Spooner's argument, I can say my revulsion at Mr. Goldberg's remarks is deeper.
The Constitution has no inherent authority or obligation. It has no authority or obligation at all, unless as a contract between man and man. And it does not so much as even purport to be a contract between persons now existing. It purports, at most, to be only a contract between persons living eighty years ago*. And it can be supposed to have been a contract then only between persons who had already come to years of discretion, so as to be competent to make reasonable and obligatory contracts. Furthermore, we know, historically, that only a small portion even of the people then existing were consulted on the subject, or asked, or permitted to express either their consent or dissent in any formal manner. Those persons, if any, who did give their consent formally, are all dead now. Most of them have been dead forty, fifty, sixty, or seventy years. And the constitution, so far as it was their contract, died with them. They had no natural power or right to make it obligatory upon their children. It is not only plainly impossible, in the nature of things, that they could bind their posterity, but they did not even attempt to bind them. That is to say, the instrument does not purport to be an agreement between any body but “the people” then existing; nor does it, either expressly or impliedly, assert any right, power, or disposition, on their part, to bind anybody but themselves.
Emphasis in the original. I highly suggest reading the whole thing.

*Spooner wrote this in 1870.

UPDATED 4/17/2006 1:30pm
Richard Nikoley dug around and looked into that revolting "democracy of the dead" quote by Chesterton.

April 12, 2006

Canada's Census Tyrants

2006 is a census year in Canada. Every five years the government here spends vast amounts of your money to gather personal information which will be used against you in upcoming purges.
See the London Fog for the details.

April 10, 2006

Carole Keeton Strayhorn is an Idiot

The AP via the Austin-American Statesman: Strayhorn says partisanship must end

Independent Texas gubernatorial candidate Carole Keeton Strayhorn told media executives at an annual conference Saturday that political partisanship in Texas must end, immigration laws should be enforced and educating the state's children should be the priority.

"I shall die a Texas independent," said Strayhorn, the Republican state comptroller, who is trying to get on the November ballot as an independent. "I think that this governor has so politically fractured this state that the only way to get something done is to set aside the partisan politics."


She's an idiot saying the same idiotic things every other idiot politician says.

April 04, 2006

Tom DeLay Resigns, Finally

...and not a moment too soon. Listen to this guy's shit:

Since I first asked for your votes for Congress back in 1984, America has moved closer to, not further from, the "shining city on a hill" that he so magnificently described.

[...]

And we've done it all on the enduring strength of our principles and our ideas.

[...]

It has also been an honor to work closely with one of Texas' favorite sons, a president with great moral integrity and leadership, George W. Bush. His Administration has done much to restore the type of principled leadership that President Reagan demonstrated and that first drew me to seek service in our Nation's capitol.

[...]

With that plan in mind, I also intend to relocate to my Virginia property and reside closer to Washington, so that I can dedicate the necessary time and energy to making a successful transition from the public to private sectors for myself and family.

[...]

I have no regrets today, and no doubts.

I am proud of the past. I am at peace with the present.


Get the fuck out of Texas you worm. You belong in D.C. I might have expressed some sympathy for you when you were indicted on campaign finance violations, but you are still a liar and an idiot and don't even think your fraudulent flowery bullshit erases your total disgrace.

March 28, 2006

A Failing of V for Vendetta

Setting a crude police state and its corrupt brutal officials as V's enemies is also the too easy route taken by Moore. It's the dictatorship of decent people, doing their best, that frightens me more.

-guy herbert

Indeed. What I have said previously about V for Vendetta (What's Missing from the V for Vendetta Movie and Reviewing the V for Vendetta Movie, cont'd) doesn't explain the flaws I see with the comic book. Mr. Herbert points out a serious one.

By setting up a strawman, it is much easier for "everyday folks" to sympathize and support V's actions. Few people today would desire to see the continuation of such a totalitarian dictatorship as Britain faces in Alan Moore's work. No doubt there are and will be individuals and whole cultures where the systematic assault, arrest, experimentation upon, and wholesale murder of others based on their ethic background, chosen religion, and sexual orientation is excused and encouraged. Those people, however, reside by definition outside the bounds of rational discourse. They aren't the target audience for a work like this.

A far harder target would be the standard social democratic European government or the marginally capitalistic representative Western democracy. I actually thought the movie was better at demonstrating the horrors the above incarnations of the state perpetuate in the name of The Greater Good. Though the comic explained the fundamentals better and became increasingly explicit towards the end, the movie skipped most of that and used details of today's system amplified only a bit to show how creepy and dangerous it is when governments assume the responsibility of the individual to regulate the individual's behavior.

March 27, 2006

The Truth About Good Cops

Andrew Sullivan says:

In this, his life is like that of so many other good cops whose work is unsung and without whom, we'd live in hell. It's worth stopping every now and again and saying thanks.

He's referring to D.C. police Sgt. Gerard W. Burke Jr. who, while off duty, died of natural causes just after reporting a later-confirmed stolen car.

What is the difference between a good cop and a bad cop? I'd bet that most people would say the former doesn't use the position for personal gain, doesn't abuse or torment citizens for fun, doesn't take bribes, and applies the law objectively and fairly.

Therein lies the problem. From the Washington Post article:

Several weeks ago, residents in Parkview complained about youths racing motorbikes in alleys behind Warder Street and Park Road NW, community leaders said.

Burke couldn't chase the kids because it would have been dangerous. So he kept watch, learned their identities and confronted them. He told the youths that driving the vehicles without permits or licenses was illegal. He apparently scared them into putting the bikes away.

2006 The Washington Post Company


The truth about cops is they have to apply the full panoply of law to everyone. From the generally legitimate prohibitions against murder, assault, and theft down to the foul restrictions on smoking in "public" buildings, running a business, and tax enforcement, the fundamental duty of police officers to protect the innocent from predators is increasingly swamped with the duty to shut down unapproved markets and socially unacceptable activity. Theoretically, the police aren't supposed to pick and choose which laws to enforce. However, you are as well aware as I am of people who praise some police as "good" specifically for letting them off the hook of some non-crime.

A bad cop might be bought off by a single mother desperately trying to avoid going to jail over possessing a baggie of weed. A good cop will either arrest her or demand she dispose of it and give her a warning. A warning of what? Of arrest.

The truth about good cops is that they are law enforcement officers without distractions.

March 21, 2006

Reviewing the V for Vendetta Movie, cont'd

[Updates below.]

Yesterday, I mentioned what I thought was missing from the film adaptation of V for Vendetta. I completed "Volume 2: This Vicious Cabaret" last night to see what else I could find that represented an important break from the original material.

I have to admit I was somewhat surprised at that point. I don't remember the second volume passing so quickly and it appears I mistakenly switched some of the content of Volume 3 into Volume 2 in my mind and I incorrectly thought some of what happened in Volume 2 was in Volume 1. The Alan Moore's plot structure is clearer to me now. It also helped reading Madelyn Boudreaux's V for Vendetta annotations. Well done, Ma'am!

Spoilers below.

Continue reading "Reviewing the V for Vendetta Movie, cont'd" »

March 20, 2006

What's Missing from the V for Vendetta Movie

[Updates below.]

I saw V for Vendetta last Saturday night at the Alamo Drafthouse South Lamar. I can't place exactly when I first heard about the graphic novel and the movie from which it was based, but it would have been sometime in the middle of last year. I bought the former in September and enjoyed it greatly. Alan Moore and David Lloyd did an excellent job.

I've been cautious in reading advance reviews of the movie adaptation and other than the previous mention of Molly Saves the Day's note of the problematic novelization, I haven't really looked into the structure and substance of the film.

I reread "Volume 1: Europe After The Reign" last night. I'll work through the other two volumes this week to refresh my memory.

So what's missing from V for Vendetta that is in the graphic novel? Is any of it important to the theme of the original work?

Yes. Spoilers below.

Continue reading "What's Missing from the V for Vendetta Movie" »

March 17, 2006

Molly's Blog

Molly Saves the Day is an interesting read. I found her blog after reading about her infamous post on an abortion manual for the women of South Dakota. My expectations and assumptions of her philosophy were pleasantly voided several times.

From her "abortion manual" post:

I understand that [women of South Dakota are] probably really angry right now. Maybe you're reading a blog expressing that anger -- the anger that your state thinks it knows better than you what to do with your body.

[...]

There is no reason you should be beholden to doctors -- especially in a state where doctors have been refusing to perform them, forcing the state's only abortion clinic to fly doctors in from elsewhere.

[...]

For under $2000, any person with the inclination to learn could create a fully functioning abortion setup allowing for both vacuum aspiration and dilation/curettage abortions. If you are careful and diligent, and have a good grasp of a woman's anatomy you will not put anyone's health or life in danger, even if you have not seen one of these procedures performed.

[...]

DISCLAIMER: I am posting this as information only. Whether anyone chooses to act upon this information is their own concern. I believe in the free exchange of information and ideas. I believe this information has been kept from women for too long, and there is no reason they should not know about a procedure being performed on their own body, and no reason women should be kept in the dark about how to perform it -- especially if someone they know is having their health jeopardized by this law.


Citizens, take off your thinking caps.
Science is not a criminal enterprise. Science and knowledge should not have to be taken underground, or only demonstrated by people with the money and determination to acquire federal licenses. If this government insists on continuing to treat scientists and teachers like terrorists, the free exchange of ideas and information will be at risk in every field.

When thinking is outlawed, only outlaws will think. Make yourself more knowledgable -- and dangerous -- today. Get yourself a brand new chemistry set and start to experiment.


Always a contrarian: a problem and a solution
It's my opinion that the Constitution does not have what would pass as a contemporary right to privacy. Perhaps the closest that it actually does come is in the most dead and buried amendment of all: the third, which prohibits soldiers from being quartered in the houses of civilians. There's no textual evidence that there is a right to privacy. In fact, the only way to delineate one out of the existing document is to use original intent interpretation -- which is a dangerous thing to do, as the Framers did not necessarily intend other things we take for granted today.

Essentially, we may be falling into the same trap that caused some of the Framers to oppose giving us a Bill of Rights in the first place: some, most notably Jefferson, believed that outlining the rights we do have might mean that people would interpret them as the only rights we had.

[...]

...I think people need to stop and think about what the right to privacy guarantees as it's been generally interpreted. It guarantees that you can talk to your doctor and receive treatment without the government interfering. If you didn't have that right, trust me, you'd want it. 98 percent of women use birth control in their reproductive lifetimes (and I'd wager a significant number of the remaining ones are sterile or non-sexually active). Your right to privacy doesn't just mean the right not to have the government interfere with your abortion, it means the right to talk to your doctor about having HIV without the government deciding this makes you ineligible to marry, or the right to take Viagra while unmarried.

[...]

...it's so important that the right of a patient to decide, in conjunction with a qualified medical professional, their own course of medical treatment without Uncle Sam (or a state governor) complaining...


Brief note (real post will come later):
If you say you are pro-choice, but that the women of South Dakota and Mississippi or anywhere being stripped of abortion rights should really just take a bus to another state to get an abortion, you're really saying one thing and one thing alone:

You're okay with whatever reproductive rights the government feels like giving women on a particular day. But rights don't work like that, or at least, that's not how they should work or how they were supposed to work. The government doesn't GIVE you rights, it only enumerates the rights you already have and works to protect them. The right to control your own body and your own medical decisions is perhaps the most basic human right of all, and if you believe it's okay for the government to take it away when they feel like it, you don't really support human rights.

If you're okay with whatever the government feels like giving women, you are not pro-choice, you are not pro-reproductive rights, you are pro-government. Pro-"state's rights" means anti-human rights -- and it always has.


And finally, V For Vendetta and the dangers of reading novelizations
I have been a fan of Alan Moore's graphic novel "V For Vendetta" for many years, and have been eagerly awaiting the movie for about half a decade now. So when I saw the novelization of the movie in the local bookstore, I had to pick it up, to make sure all my favorite parts were intact.

Only one -- out of about ten -- was in any form that preserved the meaning of the original.

If the movie is anything like the novelization, I will not be going to see it. Yes, it keeps some of the most basic anti-authoritarian views, but most of it is crap.

[...]

Evey's story is supposed to be one of a naive but intelligent young woman changing from an ordinary citizen to a terrorist. That's a powerful arc! But in the novelization, she starts as an activist against the government. Her only issue with V is that he is violent. But the story of a non-violent activist becoming a violent one is nowhere near as amazing -- or as relevant -- a story as that of an ordinary citizen reacting violently to violent times.

[...]

All references to The Land of Do As You Please have been cut.

[...]

V's speech to the statue in praises of anarchy? Gone. V's speech as God to all of humanity, warning them that their time is up? You guessed it. Gone. Replaced by V making a speech that is approximately "Your fascist government is bad, mmmmmkay?"

Basically, an eloquent, amazing statement on what could turn ordinary humans into terrorists has been changed into Random Speculative Fiction Action Movie


Though her writing more often than not has clear acceptance of the state and all that implies, she does have elements to her that show promise.

Ma'am, you have my sympathies for the shitstorm kicked up by Drudge and Newhouse News.

Pay special attention to those expressing total horror at non-licensed people performing medical procedures.

March 11, 2006

Abajo Fidel!

The Associated Press: Anti-Castro Sign at Ballgame Causes Stir

While Cuba played the Netherlands in the World Baseball Classic, a spectator in the stands raised a sign saying: "Down with Fidel," sparking an international incident that escalated Friday with the velocity of a major league fastball.

The image of the man holding the sign behind home plate was beamed live Thursday night to millions of TV viewers _ including those in Cuba. The top Cuban official at the game at Hiram Bithorn Stadium in San Juan rushed to confront the man.

Puerto Rican police quickly intervened and took the Cuban official _ Angel Iglesias, vice president of Cuba's National Institute of Sports _ to a nearby police station where they lectured him about free speech.

"We explained to him that here the constitutional right to free expression exists and that it is not a crime," police Col. Adalberto Mercado was quoted as saying in El Nuevo Dia, a San Juan daily.

The brouhaha gathered steam Friday when Cuba's Communist Party newspaper, Granma, called the sign-waving "a cowardly incident." Cuba's Revolutionary Sports Movement exhorted Cubans to demonstrate in Havana late Friday, saying U.S. and Puerto Rican authorities were involved in "the cynical counterrevolutionary provocations."


The man behind this, according to TheRealCuba.com, is "Enrique":
"I arrived at the park 3 hours before game time ... I had the opportunity to go down the right field side to watch closely the Cuban players warming up....They were throwing , some were running and others in the right field batting cage...This was about 1 hour before game time...... Some players were passing by me very closely and I had the opportunity to open one side of the sign that reads BASEBALL PLAYERS YES , TYRANTS NO.... One of them gave me a sarcastic laugh and then thumps up ... Other players did not show any emotion but at least six of them read the sign.....
A few moments later , Tony Castro (Castro's son) walked by and I told him Tony , Tony , he looked around and saw directly my open sign Baseball Players YES Tyrants No , he looked down and kept walking and I shouted Eso es para tu papa (That is for your dad)...... I know he heard that.
In the meantime I was just standing there and here comes my first encounter with the authorities....A white man walks to me and ask me what the signs said. I saw his badge clearly showing the words LAW ENFORCEMENT at that point I felt safe and secure because I realized it was not a Cuban G2 Agent ... I said to him Buenas noches first of all I am a professional, what can I do for you sir , why would you like to see my sign....he said to me he could take it away from me but that he preferred if I showed it to him which I did gladly... I said sir Here it is and if you think it is inappropriate you can take it .. He said to me , You are all right , you can keep it....Victory # 1. Law enforcement in English ( probably Homeland Security)"

It's sad that something as trivial (relatively speaking) as this is such a big deal, but the fact that is a big deal to the authoritarian collectivists in charge on that island brings a smile to my face.

Good one, dude. Good one.

March 08, 2006

Democratic Vultures

I cannot adequately explain the quiet horror I experienced when reading UNIVERSAL HEALTHCARE AND THE BLOGOSPHERE over at Kevin Drum's blog at The Washington Monthly.

... if there's anything the Democratic Party ought to be united on, it's the principle of loudly and enthusiastically endorsing universal healthcare as a goal.

That's Mr. Drum, a man whom I once called a despicable fucking asshole, a label I won't be withdrawing in light of his health care demands.

A few selected bits from his comment section:

The beautiful thing about making the Dems the party of "universal healthcare" is that it functions just like the GOPO making themselves the party of "national security" -- it puts your opponent on the permanent defensive, because how can they possibly be against such an obviously worthy goal?

Hey, Nils: do you know how fantastically vile it is to desire a massive program of nationwide coercion in order to make the other Party look bad?
The only way to get universal care that isn't a big bureaucratic mess is to get rid of the insurance industry.

MonkeyBoy goes nuclear and blithely ignores the collateral economic damage his/its policy would inflict, going far beyond the admittedly widespread rot in the industry as it currently operates.
...we need to agree on the basics - a simple, single-payer system that covers everyone. No compromises.

*laugh* Does abi really think most lefties and the (diminishing but existent) rugged individualist righties will support - as it will eventually be framed - "taxing the middle class to pay for the rich's health care"? No, there will be exceptions and means-tests. Count on it.
Any reasonable health care debate has to start with the question - how much does it cost to provide health care for the average citizen? Truth about the real cost will guide us out of the current conundrum.

John Hansen commits another foul: compressing a nation of more than 290 million individuals with diverse medical needs into an average to be calculated. Assuming you can even get a somewhat-kinda-accurate figure (which I'd assert is flatly impossible with such a large population), it still doesn't mean it's a useful figure. What I want and what I need to live as a health care consumer are different at different stages of my life and at each of those stages I remain unique compared to others in the same stages. It's hopeless to try and figure the "reasonable" yearly health care expenditure for Mr. and Ms. American Citizen. Life is too unpredictable.
The Dems should EMBRACE rationing, and just admit that it will happen.

Here's how: Each American, at birth, get 1000 hours of physician time, 30 days in the ER and drugs up to a given limit. Once you run out, you buy a policy to cover more. If you play sports for instance, you will buy a temporary policy to cover more.

At the end of your life, if you have had good health, you have a lot in the bank, and can prolong your life. If you have run out, you pay out of pocket, or take an assisted suicide pill.

A little cold I know, but it addresses the issue: it does not avoid rationing, but does make you think carefully about medical care.


dataguy takes the logical next step: medical authoritarianism.
[gays in the military is] a profoundly irrational issue upon which to stake control of the Congress, but no one has ever plausibly accused the American electorate of rational conduct.

So why the fuck bother with democratic politics, marquer? If THE PEOPLE make irrational polling choices and make them often enough to elicit that comment, then why are you wasting your time on them?
The easiest way to get universal health care is to write a bill that provides universal health care for children under 16.

Who can argue that children, who have no choice about whether their parents have health care and cannot get a job themselves, should not have health care?

Then, once this is passed, children will grow up under universal health care and will wonder why the system that works for them is being taken away. Parents will wonder why what's good for the kids isn't good enough for them.


J's idea is just as awful as the argument Nils made above. Talk about cynical and manipulative.
"Then say you are suddenly diagnosed with diabetes. What happens to your insurance premium? Right. It goes up. A lot."

Wrong. The insurance companies would be pretty heavily regulated--and even in car insurance, accidents don't necessarily increase your insurance.

And you wouldn't be able to be uninsured.


I see Cal ain't afraid to flex his authoritarian muscles, either. Or rather, the authoritarian muscles and guns of cops.
This is the key point, while I’m no lover of the insurance industry, it wouldn’t be fair (I can’t believe I just used that word) to allow individuals to skate by without insurance waiting until they eventually needed it. To deal with this, I would REQUIRE EVERYONE to have insurance. If you own a car, you are required by law to have insurance. It’s the same thing. For those who can’t provide proof of health insurance at tax time, there would be a tax penalty that exceeds the normal cost of health insurance premiums.

[...]

I realize that by REQUIREING people to purchase insurance it’s basically that same thing as TAXING but there is (I believe) a huge symbolic difference to people if we require them to purchase insurance from the private sector versus government providing health insurance.


rmp just doesn't...no, fuck it. I can't read any more.

March 06, 2006

Republican Socialists

"Social conservatives and school voucher proponents want to paint the state Board of Education a bolder shade of red, competing for seats in Districts 5 and 10 in the March 7 primary."

The Austin-American Statesman article goes on to paraphrase some of the rightwing candidates' positions, all of which revolve around tweaking this or that educational provision or requirement, none of which challenge the central premises of public education:

  1. only the state can adequately teach large numbers of children and young adults
  2. everyone ought to sacrifice some arbitrary percentage of their wealth to pay for that education (because they "owe" the children) and if they don't pay up, they ought to be fined and jailed
  3. people who are elected or who are appointed by elected officials have the authority and the right to decide what those children and young adults ought to learn

February 27, 2006

Reparations for Slavery in Capitalist Society

Via an ongoing discussion in the Anarchist Collective MySpace group.

No Doves Fly Here Wrote:

Although he changed his point of few many times, he was still a racist at one point.

Once a racist, always a racist.


This is nonsense. Racism is an intellectual disease, rooted in individual perception of others. You can "learn" racism and you can "unlearn" it, just as people change politics and religions. This isn't to say all traces of racist thought are always eliminated from the mind of a recovering racist and this isn't to say every attempt to reconsider racist beliefs will be successful.

But just writing people off for a belief that can be directly, easily challenged with widely available facts is laziness.

You cannot simply wake up from your prejudiceness and see people in a new light.

Perhaps not instantly and completely, but gradual change is possible.
Flint Wrote:

It's not just an intellectual disease and a matter of individual perception and prejudice. It was a systematic state policy codified into law, with slavery, forced relocations, genocide, blood qantums, Jim Crow and segregation. It was a matter of state policy done for several economic, political and social reasons. With such a massive statist intervention into society, it's not suprising that the effect of such policies continue to reverbrate through society even a generation after formal segregation has ended.


Correct, the intellectual disease blossomed into a frightening cultural monster. However, the massive social movement of racism was and is still rooted in individuals choosing to think others are inferior to them on account of their race.
For instance, as a free-market anarchist... I would think you would acknowledge that an awfully lot of capital was accumulated through the enslavement of blacks, and that capital was never effectively redistributed. While many of the slave ownes died off, many of the banks and corporations that benefitted from the slave trade continue on and some of the current capital was based on that past unjust accumulation.

I didn't acknowledge it because I was focusing on No Doves Fly Here's comment.

I'll make a bold assumption: of the institutions that existed prior to 1950 and continue on today, many if not most (particularly in the South) engaged in objectively racist activity at some point...because the individuals in those institutions were racists, because the individuals in those institutions were afraid of reprisals by members in their community who were racists, or because the individuals in those institutions could profit from racist decisions. I do acknowledge the immoral manner in which so much of America's economic activity has a foundation of slavery.

What to do about it, however, is a thorny question.

Obviously, an advocate of free markets isn't going to have much ground to object strenuously to a voluntary transaction of capital from financial institutions founded before 1865 to verifiable descendents of slaves. It is possible (not easy, but possible) to determine of at least some of the value of the wealth stolen, apply a standard inflation function, and then contact the slaves' descendents and let them know if they want to accept it, they have money that belongs to them. If an anarcho-capitalist/free market anarchist mentions that the wealth under Citibank's control today isn't the wealth stolen from or made immorally off of slaves, I'd reply that if it is wrong to run a business off theft and if the just way to rectify that theft is to return exactly what is owed to the victim, then the same ought to apply to commercial institutions. Taking the plunder and then building upon it doesn't negate the duty to (at least) return the amount stolen to the designated heirs of the victim, even if the actual persons involved at the time are no longer alive.

Suppose Cousin Billy stole a watch from Aunt Sally and gave it to me as a gift. Knowing it was stolen or not, I gladly accept it and, years later, pawn it to create a certificate of deposit account at a bank. Billy and Sally die. Sally's will appoints her husband John as owner of her estate. He discovers that Billy stole it and gave it to me. It would therefore be his right to demand the value of the watch back, because it was never mine to begin with, which means the easiest way to rectify the situation would be to liquidate the watch's retail value out of my CD and transfer the funds to John. In addition, if I knew it was stolen, he'd be right to demand additional compensation for the evil nature of my act.

If the financial institutions refused a request from legitimate heirs for compensation, would they have grounds to take their request to court? I don't see why not, but they'd have to be ready to accept a mediated or arbitrated resolution as an option.

I can see that process as being in line with libertarian rights theory and a clear concept of justice. Would such a policy destroy the United States as it currently stands? It would kick off a massive churning of capital leaving few people untouched. I'd take that, however, over other statist proposals such as a special tax on all whites or state-funded freebies for several generations of African-Americans.

February 23, 2006

"Which of these areas do you think is the most important job for the federal government?"

  1. Defense
  2. Foreign Affairs
  3. Social Programs
  4. Other
Defense221 (56%)
Foreign Affairs45 (11%)
Social Programs89 (23%)
Other39 (10%)

That is the current poll on the News8Austin homepage.

I voted "defense" because if there is to be a government, then the only capability I'd be even remotely comfortable with would be national defense and I don't have the time to detail why even that is a hard sell for me. I could have cast a vote for "other" intended to mean, "the most important job for the federal government is to disappear/get out of our lives/quit en mass"...but I am well-aware that a vote carries no such detailed information, so why bother?

January 27, 2006

USPS Ownz J00!

I have just learned that using the plastic US postal service bins for recycling (as many of us do, including me!) is a violation of the law. KS has just informed me that they are running short of the bins in the mail room and they would like to have them back. So if you are using the plastic bins for anything other than mail, please return them today to the mailroom. We don't want to be bailing anyone out of jail for misuse of federal government property!
An e-mail from my boss's boss, a few days before we moved to the new building.

January 19, 2006

Mission Creep in Anti-Prostitution Law

The AP via News8Austin: Houston proposal would outlaw renting rooms for prostitution

The Houston City Council is considering a proposal that would make it illegal for motels to rent rooms knowing they would be used for prostitution.

Houston police say the ordinance would help them stop motels from becoming prostitution hide-outs -- especially the motels that cater to such customers.

Council members were receptive to the proposal at a meeting yesterday, but some questioned how police planned to enforce the law.


These punks want to impose a fine of up to $2,000 on motel employees.

January 11, 2006

Duncan Black on State Property

...I just can't stand the fact that our media which can't seem to understand that people who support groups which try to reduce women an minorities on campus, who rule in favor of warrantless searches of 10 year old girls, who will likely declare the uterus state property...

-Atrios

Allow me the courtesy of doubting the sincerity of Mr. Black's disinclination to make other people state property.

Really doubting.

January 09, 2006

The Great Tax Wars: Lincoln to Wilson - The Fierce Battles over Money and Power That Transformed the Nation

This is a book about six decades of battles over wealth, power and fairness that led to one of the most important progressive achievements in the making of modern America - the establishment of the income tax.

At its core, the story of the origins of the income tax revolves around the rise of the great American fortunes. Picture, if you will, one of the few places that this history can be experienced: the great citadels of wealth of the Gilded Age - the gothic and the beaux arts mansions...the wooded estates, gardens, mirrored ballrooms, libraries and vaulting corridors...fortresses against the great social upheaval that accompanied the accumulation of the vast wealth behind them - the protests, the strikes and demands for justice by farmers, workers and the poor...

The tension between these two forces is at the core of this book's narrative.

[...]

The purpose in this book is to write not so much a history of taxes as a history of how we think about taxes and the way that Americans, from the beginning, sought to strive toward different standards of equity and justice for society and its individual citizens.


-Steven R. Weisman, The Great Tax Wars, pages 1-3


This promises to simultaneously be a very interesting and very angering read.

I'm in the middle of At Dawn We Slept but I only read that during lunchtime on weekdays. I need something active at home to which to turn in case the time is ripe.

December 05, 2005

Take This Punk Out

Ideally, Saddam "I am not afraid of execution" Hussein would have been put to death by those Iraqis he harmed during his rule. Barring that, it would have been ideal if he had slowly bled a moaning painful death in public after the shrapnel of a 500-lb bomb gutted him during the opening stages of either of the Gulf Wars. Barring even that, the ideal would have been death from an ignominious sucking chest wound from the rifle of a Coalition infantryman in a trash-strewn back alley such that his dog-mauled body wouldn't be found for days.

Instead, we get this fucking stupid legal sideshow where the buffoon is afforded respect he simply does not deserve and the world is treated to the absurdity of a trial where no matter what the outcome, nearly everyone would agree the guy is a monster beneath contempt, entitled to no less than imprisonment for the rest of his life.

The man was at the top of a dictatorship. End of debate.

December 01, 2005

A Classic Laissez-faire Neoliberal Approach to Prostitution

If we take a classic laissez-faire neoliberal approach to prostitution and say that there are no services which it is inappropriate to exchange for money, and that therefore performing sex for money is no different from typing or canning fish for money -- hey, it's just supply and demand, rational actors completing a transaction like any other in a free market -- then how do we at the same time maintain that the secretary should not be required to fellate the boss? After all, if there is nothing shaming or demeaning about performing sexual acts on persons for whom one has no intimate affection, no basis of trust or love, then why should this not be in her job description right along with shorthand and typing?

But instinctively we know that using the lever of money-power to coerce sexual service is a qualitatively different type of transaction from paying for 8 hours of someone's time to translate documents or wash cars.


-DeAnander, commenting at European Tribune


At what point did DeAnander screw up in this analysis? Here's how I see it.

A "classic laissez-faire neoliberal approach" to prostitution says that, as a result of self-ownership and individual liberty, men and women ought to be free to offer sexual services for money if they so choose. This economic exchange would be no fundamentally different from offering their time and ability to type or can fish in exchange for payment. Labor for money. Such an approach would therefore find little fundamental fault with hiring someone to not only perform office duties but bedroom duties as well.


"You've got mail."


But the condemnation of such a practice by those of us who think people ought to be free to voluntarily exchange their labor for wages probably isn't based on whether someone should be free to perform sex acts for and on a boss. It's more likely based on the practical problems such relationships are prone to generate.

There are two ways to argue against something: you think it is morally wrong or it isn't effective. While it would be moral for a woman to offer spanking or blowjobs to her boss along with note-taking, scheduling, and other office tasks...in the context of an office environment with other co-workers that stuff just tends to screw things up.

Males might grow jealous of the boss and females might become jealous of the secretary if those people already had crushes on the respective individuals. Other bosses at the same or higher administrative levels might consider the Sex Act Boss a public relations or efficiency liability. Other secretaries might angrily wonder if the Sex Act Secretary is getting better compensation "under the table" even though they do the same level of clerical labor. Then there are all other the problems most of us are aware of when you are intimate with a co-worker.

But to what is DeAnander referring with "using the lever of money-power to coerce sexual service is a qualitatively different type of transaction from paying for 8 hours of someone's time to translate documents or wash cars"? He (or she), goes on to say:

Permitting extreme physical intimacy from an untrusted and unloved Other or stranger, on their terms, according to their demand, requires a renunciation of fundamental human boundaries, the acceptance of a profound violation of personal space and bodily/emotional integrity.

First, we can dispense with any notion that merely offering bucks for services is "coercion"...it isn't. There are countless hypothetical situations I can cite all day in support of this. Extending the example to sexual services doesn't change the fundamental nature of the action, because when one is aware of terms in an agreement that involve "extreme physical intimacy" and decides to move forward in acceptance with those terms, it is no different than when one decides to accept the fact that getting a loan implies the hardship of paying it back. You've weighed those values and picked. Hopefully, you've left yourself an "out" in the contract/agreement in case you grow tired of the terms.

Furthermore, unless we're talking about the vast wasteland of government-imposed or -regulated contracts, voluntary arrangements are made with the consent of all parties...so it would be flatly wrong to say categorically that all sexual-labor relationships are done for the benefit of the boss, "on their terms, according to their demand." If the employee wasn't getting something above and beyond standard compensation for office work, why do it unless he or she just enjoys the sex?

Not that I deny that there are bastards out there who do literally and figuratively screw their employees. Threatening to punish an employee for not going down on you is coercive and does constitute "a renunciation of fundamental human boundaries." I wouldn't say it arises to the level of a moral crime until the employer threatens the use of physical force, but it is slimy and objectionable if the employee was not made aware of these additional duties prior to hiring or prior to taking the position. It is even conceivable that this could rise all the way to outright fraud if a bait-and-switch were used to snare employees. In that case, it does constitute a moral crime.

However, if the employee doesn't want the added "duties" and the threat is delivered, the response to that is "why don't you go fuck yourself, Sir?" and to proceed onwards with life. Which is to simply say, a secretary shouldn't be "required" to fellate the boss unless the secretary agreed to do so as part of a mutual, good faith agreement made without coercion. Whether that is an appropriate relationship conducive to good business operations is an entirely different matter.

November 30, 2005

Sharp Objects Not So Dangerous, Says TSA

The AP via ABCNews: Sharp Objects May Be Allowed on Planes

Airport security screeners are reportedly going to let passengers bring sharp objects on board airplanes again. Today's Washington Post says the Transportation Security Administration plans to announce security changes Friday.

Sources quoted by the paper say the new rules will allow things like scissors in carry-on bags. The reasoning is that such items are no longer regarded as the greatest threat to airline security. Homeland Security Department officials are said to be more concerned about preventing suicide bomb attacks at airports. Officials want screeners to focus more on finding things that can explode rather than things that are sharp.

Copyright 2005 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


Jesus fucking Christ.

Washington Post: TSA Would Allow Sharp Objects on Airliners

In a series of briefings this week, TSA Director Edmund S. "Kip" Hawley told aviation industry leaders that he plans to announce changes at airport security checkpoints that would allow scissors less than four inches long and tools, such as screwdrivers, less than seven inches long, according to people familiar with the TSA's plans.

Sometimes I worry about how younger people can seriously parody an organization that has crossed in and out of The Onion territory so often. How do you calibrate your satire meter in this environment?
Faced with a tighter budget and morale problems among its workforce, the TSA says its new policy changes are aimed at making the best use of limited resources.

The type of social system that both theoretically and actually makes the best use of limited resources is utterly at odds with the type of social system on which the Transportation Security Administration is based. People would rather glaze over and evade this point because they think the ends outweigh the means.
The TSA's internal studies show that carry-on-item screeners spend half of their screening time searching for cigarette lighters, a recently banned item, and that they open 1 out of every 4 bags to remove a pair of scissors, according to sources briefed by the agency.

It's been several years since I've taken a flight in this country so my first hand experience is outdated. However, given what I've heard from friends, family, and acquaintances, there are serious wait time and moron issues these days due to security.
Officials believe that other security measures now in place, such as hardened cockpit doors, would prevent a terrorist from commandeering an aircraft with box cutters or scissors.

As long as the pilot crew has the guts to stand up to someone holding a blade to the throat of a flight attendant, demanding access or the FA gets ventilated. If the captain can withstand that tremendous pressure, then the doors do their job.
However, many flight attendants do not believe sharp objects should be allowed on board. They argue that even though such items would not enable another Sept. 11, 2001-style hijacking, the items could be used as weapons against passengers or flight-crew members. "TSA needs to take a moment to reflect on why they were created in the first place -- after the world had seen how ordinary household items could create such devastation," said Corey Caldwell, spokeswoman for the Association of Flight Attendants, which has more than 46,000 members. "When weapons are allowed back on board an aircraft, the pilots will be able to land the plane safety but the aisles will be running with blood."

CLASSIC interest group fear mongering right here! It has it all:
  1. tiny kernel of truth
  2. wild exaggeration of the danger
  3. sloppy characterization of the threat
  4. fantastic visual description of the danger
  5. legitimate interest pushed at the expense of other people's freedom

It is, needless to say, simply out of the question to consider arming flight attendants or training them to punch, kick, and otherwise beat the everlovin' shit out of any asshole to presents a threat to the FAs, passengers, or aircraft. If I thought the threat of terrorism or violent passengers was great enough, I'd pay extra for a ticket on a plane with gawddamn professionals on it.
Charles Slepian, an aviation security consultant based in New York, said the TSA's proposed changes fail to take into account the safety of passengers and cabin crew. "Whenever you are serving alcohol, you have a double duty to those who are present to protect them from someone who goes off the deep end," Slepian said. "If we allow people to carry things that are really deadly weapons on board airplanes, we're inviting trouble."

Stop. Just, stop.

Jesusfuckingchrist.

Give me a house key, unsharpened pencil, or AA battery and I have a tool to permanently blind you. Give me a stereo cord from an iPod or a shoelace and I have a tool to strangle someone. Give me a CD and if I break it into shards I have a tool to slash open throats. Give me a paperclip and I have a tool to deliver biological, chemical, or radiological weapons by penetrating a person's skin. Give me an object and I have a tool with which to do what I desire.

Of course you see what I'm getting at. There are countless objects that have a structure that can multiply a human's striking, lacerating, and choking power. Sharp objects are indeed "really deadly weapons"...in the hands of a person who intends to use them that way. So are blunt objects and things that can be used as a garrote. With the standard of "it could be used as a weapon!," they've nannied their way right down to absurdity.

An absurdity which would also include banning people with martial arts skills and training from boarding a plane. I mean, let's face it: the mentality that bans weapons is a mentality that says people are not responsible for their actions. It's a mentality that sees inanimate objects as active threats, divorced from the reality that they cannot be used as "really deadly weapons" until a human chooses to use them as weapons. It is a fact that "throwing stars (a martial-arts weapon), ice picks and knives" can be, have been, and sometimes are designed to be offensive weapons. That does not negate the fact that the state has no right to regulate who possesses them. But that particular Rubicon was crossed hundreds of years ago.

So anyway; obviously then, people with latent skills that have increased their killing and maiming potential should be banned from aircraft. If we cannot be trusted to control a pair of motherfucking scissors, how can a Jeet Kune Do or Krav Maga artist be trusted to keep those skills in check? Why, it might be like a Sentient 'Flood' of Guns, arising to life on their own to injure the innocent!

Personally, I'm far more wary of someone who has effectively practiced violent take-downs, pressure points, and such. (kinda like a lot of law enforcement...) But that doesn't mean I blame or target the skill or the weapon. The individual is always responsible.

Other changes are aimed at improving morale among the agency's 43,000 employees, whose number has been cut from 55,000 three years ago. Screener turnover has reached 23 percent and many employees who were recruited to the agency in the hopes of jump-starting a federal government career have not had a raise in three years.

2005 The Washington Post Company


Yup, that's right: the honey pot has attracted flies and has bred maggots. These are your security guards and if you piss them off, I'll send my sympathies to your detention room.

November 29, 2005

Pet Responsibility

The AP via ABCNews: Charges Against Texas Dog Owner Unlikely

Milam County Sheriff Charlie West said Monday that he and District Attorney Kerry Spears were unable to conclude that owner Jose Hernandez committed a felony. But West said a misdemeanor citation was possible against Hernandez, who kept the pit bull-Rottweiler mixed-breed dogs in a pen.

[...]

"There are no laws that apply," West told the Austin American-Statesman. "We are still looking, but it is going to be hard to make anybody responsible for it."

Copyright 2005 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


Hmm.

News8Austin: Authorities' hands are tied in dog mauling case

The dogs present a unique problem for investigators attempting to pursue criminal charges against their owner. Milam County is a rural area, and there are no laws on the books that cover what happened to Stiles.

"What I'm incensed about is that somebody needs to be responsible for what happened to this woman," Milam County Sheriff Charlie West said.

[...]

What happened to Stiles in her own front yard has drawn attention to a small community that didn't want it -- putting pressure on authorities to act. County lawmakers say they can't even pass new laws that may stem from the incident.

"Under state law, the commissioners hands are tied. I don't think they have the authority to pass any ordinances or laws," West said.

Copyright ©2005TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


I'm sensing a pattern...

The Bryan - College Station Eagle: Dogs that mauled woman euthanized

In order for a dog's owner to be held liable, the burden of proof is placed on the complainant to establish that the dog was vicious or had a natural tendency to be dangerous, and that the owner had knowledge the dog might behave that way, according to the law. In many recent cases where people were killed by dogs in Texas, the deaths have been ruled accidental, and no charges were filed.

West said building a criminal case against the dog's owner, Jose Hernandez, who was not at home when his dogs escaped a fenced enclosure, would be difficult. He said no previous reports exist to indicate the dogs - which authorities believe to be at least part pit bull and part rottweiler - were vicious, and there are no laws in Milam County that require dogs to be on a leash.

"We are running into a problem," West said. "We don't have laws in the state or in the county for this. What law did they violate? It's frustrating. I'm not wanting to, per se, hang the dogs' owner, but it's appalling that something like this can happen and no one can be held responsible."


Well, we can certainly be glad Mr. West isn't calling for the lynching of Mr. Hernandez. Three cheers for small victories, I suppose. Knowing "your" sheriff is desperately out to pin the blame and responsibility of what your dogs do to others doesn't quite extend to the death penalty is some consolation.

I think it's somewhat sick to look for The Law to provide guiding moral light, for by doing so it renders otherwise capable and intelligent human beings into cavemen when they realize The Law hasn't yet been extended to [insert human activity here]. The reflexive search for laws, statutes, and ordinances and the subsequent reflexive frustrating sigh when it is discovered that our "representatives" have not yet opined from on high about how to live some specific aspect of our lives sickens me as well. Both add to the cultural inertia that leads to the almost inevitable ratcheting effect of crimping down upon the freedom of others who have done no wrong.

"Our society has become an insane society," [State Rep. Al Edwards, D-Houston] said. "What is it going to take for leadership to say, 'We've got to do something about dogs.' If our society doesn't say that enough is enough, I don't know what we'll do. It's just outrageously sick in my opinion."

© 2000 - 2005 The Bryan - College Station Eagle


Sorry, Mr. Edwards, but "we've got to do something" is fundamentally the wrong way to approach the problem.

November 23, 2005

President Bush, That Sneaky Libertarian!

It seems the dark assertions of Dubya's extreme libertarianism may just be coming to fruition.

November 09, 2005

Center for Individual Freedom on the McCain Amendment

The following arrived in my inbox a few days ago. All formatting below and all [emphasis added] is in the original.

From: "Townhall.com" townhallmessage@townhall.com
To: Drizzten
Subject: Senators Vote 90-9 to Aid Terrorists
Date: Thu, 03 Nov 2005 05:59:00 -0400

Center for Individual Freedom


This set off warning bells instantly. Why would a group named like this be sending messages out from Townhall.com? Conceptually, the former has little to do with the latter.

Dear Friend:

Wouldn't you go absolutely ballistic if you read the following headlines?

"SENATORS VOTE 90-9 TO AID TERRORISTS"
or

"U.S. SENATE SUPPORTS RIGHT OF TERRORISTS TO BOMB U.S. TARGETS"
or

"SENATORS SAY U.S. TROOPS ARE 'BARBARIC' AND 'INHUMANE'"

Yet these headlines describe what the U.S. Senate did just days ago!
Yes, folks, the following is an Establishment Conservative reaction to the McCain Amendment that Andrew Sullivan and others have been pushing.

Actually, I think "reaction" doesn't quite describe the hyperbolic verbal explosion the CFIF puts on display here.

The GOP-controlled Senate added an amendment to the $440-billion military spending bill that would extend to spies, terrorists, and Islamic jihadists the same rights U.S. citizens enjoy under the Constitution.

I don't think the Constitution gives us any rights, but since that's the delusion employed by so many these days, I'll play along with it for this argument.
In other words, our military interrogators can no longer question suspected suicide bombers and murderers of women and children without the ACLU looking over their shoulder -- ready to haul some poor enlisted man into court just because he yelled at a terrorist or hurt a terrorist's feelings.

I'm a "bright line" kinda guy when it comes to what constitutes torture. That line is not crossed when interrogators make fun of, insult, or belittle a person's culture, religion, sexual orientation, family, philosophy, and so on.
If the Senate had done such a despicable thing during World War II, the American people would have stormed the Capitol, tarred and feathered all who voted for such treachery, and ridden them out of town on a rail.

The Right dearly loves WWII, doesn't it? It seems like the penultimate moment in American government and society. They invariably claim to know what The Greatest Generation would have done in these times.
This evil, suicidal bill - if implemented - would expose Americans to the greatest danger in the history of our nation: The planting of explosives on our subways. Suicide bombers killing American women and children. Airline hijackings. Assassinations.

Do you realize that not a single terrorist attack has occurred on American soil since 9/11 - despite the dark, dire predictions of the political know-it-alls.

You know why? Because our worldwide intelligence operation has discovered and exposed plot after plot to kill Americans, both abroad and at home.

You may be alive today because some interrogator wasn't too fastidious about how he got his information from some proud, smirking jihadist.


Gotta love the post hoc, ergo propter hoc! Who needs evidence! We established the Department of Homeland Security after 9/11 and nothing has hit us since, so obviously if Israel established a DHS of their own, the terrorists would leave them alone, too!

See how easy this is? It is damn useful during times of government secrecy when What Is Done In Our Name must be hushed up, buried, covered, concealed, and kept from us until decades after the fact, long after the picks of the winning voters' choices and the winning voters' choices themselves have left power and reside on ample government retirement checks.

The e-mail's general tone is almost as if those who crafted it began to wonder if they were no longer preaching to the choir. After losing 90-9 on the Senate vote, they may not be far from the truth.

Use the hyperlink below to send your 20 urgent Blast Fax messages to President Bush and EACH of the Members of the Senate Conference Committee. Tell them to have the political courage to put the lives of innocent Americans above the interests of third world terrorists, thugs and dictators and kill this McCain amendment in committee.

And at the same time, send this urgent Blast Fax message to President Bush. Since he has already promised to VETO this legislation, DEMAND that he do so if Congress fails to act in the interests of the American people.

http://www.cfiflistmanager.org/terrorth.ht ml

AOL Members Use This Hyperlink

If the above hyperlink does not function, please copy and paste it into the address bar of your browser.


This blast fax message appears several more times in the e-mail.

The McCain Amendment -- SA 1977 -- Says The Following...


"No individual in the custody or under the physical control of the United States Government, regardless of nationality or physical location, shall be subject to cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment or punishment." [emphasis added]

No cruel or inhuman treatment... that sounds reasonable... or does it?

But the phrase "degrading treatment" - which could have been invented by Amnesty International -- is so vague and full of holes you could drive a Hummer through it.

Solitary confinement, harsh language, ridicule, mild threats, good-cop-bad-cop -- the Senate wants to outlaw all of these standard questioning techniques and restrict interrogators to the etiquette of a ladies' lawn party.

These terrorists are butchering women and children all over the globe -- as well as launching sneak attacks on our troops - and we're supposed to walk on egg shells when we try to find out which Americans they intend to kill next?

Exactly what are our troops suppose to do when questioning these terrorist thugs in an attempt to save American lives?

"Pretty please Mr. terrorist... I beg you...could you please tell us the details of your NEXT attack on innocent Americans?"

That's about the size of it folks. After all, we will now have to be extra careful not to do ANYTHING THAT WOULD DEGRADE OR INSULT THESE KILLERS!


Notice this unwavering assumption throughout this e-mail that everyone detained by the United States Government is a threat to national security? In only one place is there any acknowledgement that some of these people in custody are suspected of being bad guys. The assumption is crucial to the argument.

Anyone who takes this stance is also taking another: federal agents (DoD, CIA, FBI, NSA, and others) aren't making mistakes when they arrest and detain someone for questioning. The individuals nabbed don't deserve respect and the benefit of the doubt because the State says they don't. Trust in government.

Yeah, I'm not surprised right wingers are saying that, either.

The U.S. Senate hasn't gotten the message: We're at war with fanatics who hate Americans.

Expecting the United States Senate to recognize reality is a waste of fucking time, people.
These jihadists are willing to die for their faith, and we aren't even willing to be ill-mannered to protect our freedom.

Strawman and a foul collective generalization. The authors of this message are certainly willing to break a few eggs. At least a few hundred thousand Americans are as well. Nine members of the Senate seem to agree with you. This anger is really making the authors sloppy, but, again, it's a political tract of outrage, so accuracy isn't something I expected.
blast fax message

At the bottom of each of these messages is ...when these 20 legislators receive thousands of faxes from concerned Americans -- they will take notice!

A blizzard of form letters is what special interest issue advocacy boils down to these days.

Here Are Some Terrorist Attacks That American Intelligence Units Have Discovered And Thwarted.


In mid-2002, U.S. agents uncovered a plot to hit targets on the East Coast. The plotters intended to use hijacked airplanes. By the way, one of the plotters of this caper was also involved in planning 9/11.

In May of 2002, the U.S. busted a plot to bomb U.S. apartment buildings. Jose Padilla, one of the plotters, even pushed for exploding a "dirty bomb" inside the U.S. A dirty bomb is filled with conventional explosives and radioactive materials.


In addition to these plots to attack us on our home soil, the U.S. helped to uncover and thwart a number of major plots throughout the world. For example:
A 2003 plot to attack London's Heathrow Airport, using hijacked airliners.

At least two plots in 2004 to blow up targets in Britain - strategies designed specifically to kill civilians.

At least two plots to attack ships in the Arabian Gulf and the Straits of Hormuz.


No one knows how many hundreds, if not thousands, of lives have been saved by the interrogation methods used by U.S. intelligence units, military and otherwise.

The assumption that every one of these instances is true is a hard one to swallow, but I'll say it right now: doing evil in the name of good is wrong and the goal of protecting us from terrorism does not justify all acts made towards that goal. The CFIF isn't advocating that exact position, but deferring to the executive branch as they do might as well be the same thing.
Do you want them to stop what they're doing and take lessons on prison manners from a bunch of POLITICIANS?
blast fax message

Clicking on that link gets you the following:
TO: President George W. Bush

The Hon. Ted Stevens, The Hon. Thad Cochran, The Hon. Pete Domenici, The Hon. Christopher Bond, The Hon. Mitch McConnell, The Hon. Richard Shelby, The Hon. Judd Gregg, The Hon. Kay Bailey-Hutchison, The Hon. Conrad Burns, The Hon. Patrick Leahy, The Hon. Robert Byrd, The Hon. Tom Harkin, The Hon. Byron Dorgan, The Hon. Dick Durbin, The Hon. Harry Reid, The Hon. Dianne Feinstein, The Hon. Barbara Mikulski, The Hon. Arlen Specter, The Hon. Daniel Inouye.

FROM: YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS WILL BE PRINTED HERE

RE: The McCain Amendment: SA 1977

I am appalled and ashamed that Republican Senators recently approved an amendment designed to restrict our intelligence gathering, intimidate those in charge of prisoner interrogations and place all Americans at risk from our enemies.

Terrorists are not covered under the Geneva Convention and terrorist detainees are not entitled to constitutional protections from "degrading treatment." I am appalled that Republican Senators actually placed some "phantom rights" of terrorists above the safety and interests of the American people.

I demand that you show the political courage to put the lives of innocent Americans above the interests of third world terrorists, thugs and dictators and kill this McCain amendment in committee and, should you fail to act in the interests of this great country, I demand that President Bush veto this legislation as he has promised.

Despite a few instances of individual misbehavior - mild by comparison with what our enemies, past and present, have done to their prisoners - our intelligence community has been enormously successful in preventing another terrorist attack on U.S. soil.

Passing pompous, high-sounding legislation won't prevent an occasional violation of regulations by the mean-spirited or incompetent. Meanwhile, this bill, if enacted into law, will compromise our intelligence network and inhibit our interrogators. Can you guarantee that you haven't paved the way for some greater catastrophe?

Sincerely

Your Signature Will Be Recreated Here


Sounds like "a bunch of POLITICIANS" who have "done such a despicable thing" who have "AIDED TERRORISTS" and think "U.S. TROOPS ARE 'BARBARIC' AND 'INHUMANE'" are the very kind of people you want your petitioners to bow down before and beg for their support. Hat in hand, go to these people and - angrily, mind you - ask that they change their minds.

The chains of servitude are transparent indeed. The rest of the e-mail is reprinted below.

Continue reading "Center for Individual Freedom on the McCain Amendment" »

November 08, 2005

Private Defense

Jay Jardine notes: "Avoiding pirate attacks can be quite profitable."

November 04, 2005

"There was a crooked party..."

The London Fog digs up a delightful Canadian folk rhyme.

November 03, 2005

Hung Jury!

onelittlebrother had a Halloween experience paid for by taxpayers.

November 01, 2005

FedRegWatch

The newest column is up at Strike the Root.

As I mentioned previously, I'll soon be building a subsite that contains all my Federal Register Watch work along with full-text copies of the Register publications in question. I'll probably get the outline complete by this weekend.

October 26, 2005

Terrorist Organizations of the Past vs. Terrorist Organizations of Today

In the Middle East, in the period between 1968 and 1990, terrorism was used by secular transnational organizations from various regions such as the Palestinian Liberation Front, Black June of Palestine, the Red Brigades in Italy, the Basque Fatherland in Spain, First of October Anti-Fascist Resistance Group in Spain, Peoples Struggles and People's Resistance Groups in Iran, the Irish Republican Army in Belfast, the Tupamaros of Paraguay and Argentina, and the Shining Path movement in Peru. These secular and socialist movements, with a few exceptions, almost disappeared in the 1990s.

-Understanding Terrorism: Threats in an Uncertain World, 2004, page 69

Why?

This is a question that I rarely see asked and answered during the thousands of hours/pages of talking-head/written journalism expended over the last four years. When I grew up in the 1980's, "terrorist" meant one of two things: either you were a European radical trying to scare the authorities into giving up imprisoned fellow travelers or you were trying to scare people out of Israel. The former have nearly gone silent. Why? The quoted passage is from an essay titled "Terrorism, 'True Believers,' and the Attack on Globalization" and was written by Sheldon Smith. He hits on something and attempts to explain it on the next page, but doesn't really satisfy.

You'd think that the near-total inactivity (or growing ineptitude or inability to find support) of a spectrum of violent organizations over a relatively clearly-defined timeline would generate more interest. After 9/11, we plagued ourselves with counter-terrorism questions.

The only reason I can think of that intellectuals and academics didn't tear open this subject is because they think what the world faced then is not the same as what the world faces now. If the two operate on vastly different premises, the solution for one isn't likely to be the solution for the other. For example:

  • Secular vs. religious
  • Keen on gaining popular support vs. apocalyptic indifference towards persuasion
  • Politically ideological vs. emotionally results-oriented

At least, that's my crude outline.

If anyone has any resources on this idea, please send them this way.

October 25, 2005

A Texas Soldier Makes History

News8Austin: Texas soldier was 2,000th war casualty

SAN ANTONIO -- A soldier who listed his official home as Killeen died over the weekend at Brooke Army Medical Center, becoming the 2,000th service member to die in the Iraq war.

Staff Sgt. George T. Alexander Jr. died Saturday from injuries he suffered five days earlier. The Defense Department says that an improvised bomb detonated near his Bradley Fighting Vehicle in Samarra.

Alexander, 34, was assigned to the 3rd Brigade, 3rd Infantry Division at Fort Benning, Ga.

Officials at Fort Hood say Alexander was born in Virginia and was last stationed at Fort Hood in 1996.

The Pentagon also reported the death of Sgt. Jacob D. Dones of Dimmitt, southwest of Amarillo in the Texas Panhandle.

Copyright 2005TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


I withhold comment out of respect for the dead.

October 21, 2005

The Senate's Rejection of the Coburn Amendments...

...proves to me that the American system of Constitutional government is utterly fucking doomed.

Imagine this:

A natural catastrophe of unprecedented proportions strikes a large metropolitan area of the United States. More than a thousand are dead; hundreds of thousands are homeless; millions are directly affected; billions of dollars are estimated in damage. A junior Senator has offered amendments to a recent spending bill that would redirect hundreds of millions of dollars from five "earmarks" to go towards rebuilding devastated infastructure.

What do you think the Senate reaction is? Bipartisan support or a razor-thin bitter fight to the end?

How about bipartisan opposition?

I've been fairly convinced of this for some time, but reading the reactions of conservatives to the 86-13 and 82-15 "no" votes are just hilarious in their myopia, ignorance, and wasted hope. If I have time later today, I'll compile a list of the hysteria.

October 20, 2005

FedRegWatch

The second of two backlogged columns is up at Strike the Root.

October 17, 2005

FedRegWatch

One of two backlogged columns is up at Strike the Root.

October 14, 2005

"The ancient precept that the state must prove wrongdoing is waning."

I just heard about this today and have been tracking down the news to confirm if it's actually true.

The Scotsman, Wednesday October 12, 2005: Summary justice needed to fight crime says Blair

TONY Blair yesterday threatened to impose "summary justice" on people accused of offences including terrorism, organised crime and neighbourhood yobbery.

Claiming that the criminal justice system was "passing through a watershed," the Prime Minister suggested a radical and far-reaching shift in legal practice, hinting that many traditional legal protections could be swept away.

Mr Blair identified terrorism, brutal, violent, organised crime and antisocial behaviour as "new types of crime" that require new rules.

2005 Scotsman.com


The Times (UK), Wednesday October 12, 2005: Blair baits judges over slow justice
TONY BLAIR was heading for another clash with the judiciary last night after he said that the courts were too slow and cumbersome to protect the public from drug dealers and yobs.

Signalling a big expansion of what he called summary justice through on-the-spot fines and anti-social behaviour orders (Asbos), he said: “You cannot do it by the rules of the game that we have at the moment. You just can’t.”

Using words that will infuriate the legal profession, he said: “Half of them end up getting off at the end of it . . . It’s too complicated, too laborious. The police end up completely hidebound by a whole series of restrictions and difficulties. It doesn’t work."

Copyright 2005 Times Newspapers Ltd.


The Sun quotes him at length: 'Law change to curb yobs'
"If people want us to tackle the new types of crime today you can’t do it by the rules of the game we have at the moment.

"There is international crime, very brutal violent organised crime, anti-social behaviour.

"In every respect these types of crime are different from when I was growing up.

"People can write articles about going through this process. But it’s too complicated and too laborious.

"The police end up being hidebound by a whole series of restrictions. It’s too complicated. We have to put the duty to protect the law-abiding citizen at the centre of the system.

"If you are a police officer patrolling the streets and someone throws a brick through a window or abuses an old lady on the way to the shops . . . If you have to take that person all the way through a long court process, you are not going to do it.

"By the time you have filled out all the forms, done the statements, got them to court, three hearings, they have defence lawyers, all the rest of it, forget it.

"You may say ‘yes, we should do that if we are going to charge someone with an offence’. But if that’s what you do, you don’t get the job done.

"The reason I introduced fixed penalties was I said ‘we have had enough of that’. With serious crime, it takes two or three years. Heaven knows the millions they spend putting it together. We then have trials going on forever and half of them get off in the end. It’s ridiculous.

"If you want to change it you can change it but not by pretending the same system can be applied with a little bit of effort, because it doesn’t work."

2005 News Group Newspapers Ltd.


Apparently Blair made those statements a couple of days ago. I bet Mary Riddell feels dismally vindicated:

The Guardian, Sunday October 2, 2005: The R word in the gutter

The debate, though, has moved on from the cliche of yobs in hoodies. At issue is the rule of law itself. Last week, the Prime Minister promised new powers for the police, who may soon be able to issue on-the-spot Asbos and fixed penalties of 80 for disorderly behaviour, while cancelling late-night licences for rowdy pubs and clubs without reference to the courts.

Unpopular targets (anyone for crack houses?) obscure the risks of summary justice. The ancient precept that the state must prove wrongdoing is waning. In future, the onus will shift towards the suspect being guilty unless he or she can establish innocence. Turning justice on its head is meant, according to the Prime Minister, to help the frightened elderly. Which is where Walter Wolfgang so inconveniently butted in.

People do odd things in scared societies.


Like let the state decide what's best for them.

This news is making my reading of V is for Vendetta depressingly relevant.

October 12, 2005

Arguing Anarchy

From the Knowledge And Wisdom MySpace group, an example of neither:

J.R. Wrote:

New Orleans following the hurricane is an example of failed socialist policies and the reason why the word anarchy has become a synonym of chaos. Without any leadership we saw what happens with people who are used to getting a free handout from the government.


If anything, what you are criticizing is not anarchy per se but one particular means towards a stateless society: the abrupt removal of the state's presence and authority in isolated locations surrounded by the prior society in an emergency situation. Just as you shouldn't expect Iraqis to suddenly understand and embrace a constitutional republic after nearly 100 years of monarchy and dictatorship (and thousands of years of tribal patchworks), you shouldn't expect the poor and sick (those who were most likely to remain behind after the evacuation) to respect a concept like property rights when their cultural environment disdains that respect and an emergency situation is quickly pressed upon them.
What would happen when two people had a disagreement?

Uh...work it out???

Generally speaking, people want to avoid pain and suffering. They want to live in peace with others and prosper. Given that, when conflict arises, the first impulse is to settle it privately among the parties involved. Simple discussion leading all the way to mediated arbitration can solve most disagreements.

But there are exceptional people who either are looking for a fight or refuse to back down from their demands. What then and what of the element intending to do wrong?

What would happen when Joe Schmoe down the street decides that while my neighbor is at work he is going to break in and rape his wife? How about when my neighbor finds out and decides to blow Joe Schmoe's head off with his shotgun?

The anarchy I advocate is that of a free market, individual rights society where aggression against people and their legitimate property is the only crime. Murder, rape, assault, theft, and vandalism would all be defined as instances and degrees of aggression. Mr. Schmoe would be a violent criminal and liable to face the reaction of your neighbor, his wife, or the people with which they contract to protect them and theirs.

In such a scenario, I have absolutely no say in whether the 12-gauge separation of Mr. Schmoe's head from reality is a fitting punishment - and neither do you - because it wasn't your body or your life that was tampered with. Physically interfering would be aggression and subject to response.

But what of wrongful retaliation? Simple: if I kick Mr. Schmoe's ass because I think he raped my wife and he can prove me wrong, then I am the aggressor and he'd have every right to retaliate against me.

All this is assuming neither of us have protection/insurance/arbitration agencies hired for us to meet negotiator-to-negotiator rather than us face-to-face. This opens up a large can of worms, but it can be simply said that solving disputes and settling injustice this way is more likely to be preferred and would probably be cheaper in the long run than fisticuffs. Again, most people (even in today's hashed-up culture) prefer to avoid conflict and act to keep their values. Wars, battles, and fighting is costly and companies would not want to waste their capital on pointless belligerence when a solution can be worked out over a table or telephone.

In essence, your question is no different than asking, "What if a bunch of people wanted cheeseburgers for lunch?" The existence of a demand will be met by a supply if the supply and the demand are allowed to meet. Substitute any service or good with "cheeseburger" and it remains the same. The key conceit to government advocates is that they think it cannot apply to "security" or "justice" when in fact there is little secure or just about the state.

I suppose when I too was a kid I thought ideas of no government were pretty cool, then I grew up and realized the consequences that such a wish would produce.

How about the "consequences" of a system of legal coercion that threatens you with police violence if you don't hand over X% of your income/sales/property value; that as a matter of boring routine ruins the lives of millions who dare to ingest substances for their pleasure and medicinal value; that assumes the right to dictate who can sell what, for how much, and where; that looks you in the eye and says you aren't smart enough to live your own life so just let the Officials take over this one aspect of it...and then another...and then another; a system that demonstrates the lie of We The People each time it acts against the objection of a citizen.

I'm not a cost-benefit analysis guy, but if you want to argue that way, I'll be more than happy to take that route.

October 11, 2005

Will They Ever Learn?

"We will get a leader who will help us to go to school and who will give our parents work," said 19-year old student Willie Moore, who voted at a church in Monrovia.

-Reuters

"We need a president who can provide for our needs. Look around, we have no electrical current, no clean drinking water, no health clinics," said 42-year-old civil servant Joseph Parhmilnee.

-Associated Press

This particular geographic area is called "Liberia." I doubt they'll see the irony.

October 07, 2005

FedRegWatch

The new column has been posted at Strike the Root.

September 29, 2005

Bill Bennett and His Caller See Walking Revenue Batteries

[Updates below.]

From Steve Gilliard who got it from Media Matters:

From the September 28 broadcast of Salem Radio Network's Bill Bennett's Morning in America:
CALLER: I noticed the national media, you know, they talk a lot about the loss of revenue, or the inability of the government to fund Social Security, and I was curious, and I've read articles in recent months here, that the abortions that have happened since Roe v. Wade, the lost revenue from the people who have been aborted in the last 30-something years, could fund Social Security as we know it today. And the media just doesn't -- never touches this at all.

BENNETT: Assuming they're all productive citizens?

CALLER: Assuming that they are. Even if only a portion of them were, it would be an enormous amount of revenue.

BENNETT: Maybe, maybe, but we don't know what the costs would be, too. I think as -- abortion disproportionately occur among single women? No.

CALLER: I don't know the exact statistics, but quite a bit are, yeah.

BENNETT: All right, well, I mean, I just don't know. I would not argue for the pro-life position based on this, because you don't know. I mean, it cuts both -- you know, one of the arguments in this book Freakonomics that they make is that the declining crime rate, you know, they deal with this hypothesis, that one of the reasons crime is down is that abortion is up. Well --

CALLER: Well, I don't think that statistic is accurate.

BENNETT: Well, I don't think it is either, I don't think it is either, because first of all, there is just too much that you don't know. But I do know that it's true that if you wanted to reduce crime, you could -- if that were your sole purpose, you could abort every black baby in this country, and your crime rate would go down. That would be an impossible, ridiculous, and morally reprehensible thing to do, but your crime rate would go down. So these far-out, these far-reaching, extensive extrapolations are, I think, tricky.


Have you seen The Matrix? One of the pivotal scenes is the following:
Morpheus: What is the Matrix? Control. The Matrix is a computer-generated dream world built to keep us under control in order to change a human being into this.

[holds up a Duracell battery]

Neo: No, I don't believe it. It's not possible.

Morpheus: I didn't say it would be easy, Neo. I just said it would be the truth.


Here is the reality of this caller's idea:


Another IRS account number.


That caller sees humans as revenue machines for the federal government to use in order to fund Social Security and wants to - unbelievably - use that as an argument to end abortion. Stop abortion so more paychecks are there to cut down by X% so the retired can benefit from your labor without asking permission first.

Note that Mr. Bennett doesn't object to this on moral grounds and either doesn't recognize this as an argument to tie more Americans to the federal income tax in order to suck wealth from them or doesn't want to mention it on-air. He doesn't want to use this in the pro-life argument because the unknowns are too great for him at the moment. Poor guy doesn't have accurate information to calculate the destruction of value! His concern is that there might be "costs" the caller is forgetting.

Apparently, they've both forgotten the GOP/conservative/neopatriot mantra that "Freedom Isn't Free!"

Mr. Gilliard, Mr. Seifter (who I believe is the "A.S." that posted the Media Matters report), or Armando don't mention this because they've pissed at the race angle. I do think what they're angry at is one of those "ugly truths" that people aren't supposed to say in public. A case could be made that by choosing that as his counter-example, you might have some insight into what Mr. Bennett thinks of black people, but such a connection by itself would be tenuous at best without supporting information.

I certainly think the concept implied by the caller is far worse than any latent racism on Mr. Bennett's part.

UPDATED 10:51pm
By the way, tonight's episode of the Daily Show had the key race remarks from Mr. Bennett as it's Moment of Zen. However, what was played was just this part:

I do know that it's true that if you wanted to reduce crime, you could -- if that were your sole purpose, you could abort every black baby in this country, and your crime rate would go down.

No mention of Mr. Bennett's qualifiers that such a thing would be "an impossible, ridiculous, and morally reprehensible thing to do." That's a rather misleading way to quote someone, especially after having a partisan Democrat (Chuck Schumer) as the main guest, a "report" on former FEMA director Mike Brown, and several mentions of the Tom DeLay indictment. Even with Jon Stewart's usual attempt to lend some weight to counter-argument, that's a mouthful of lefty topped off with a quote from a well-known Christian conservative who appears to be endorsing the genocide of black fetuses to control the crime rate.

Kinda shameful, Jon.

UPDATED 9/30/2005 12:39pm
Lest I forget, I've already mentioned how William J. Bennett needs slaves.

September 28, 2005

DeLay Indicted for Campaign Finance Conspiracy...And?

[Updates below.]

Reuters via ABCNews: Indicted DeLay leaves House leadership post

The second-ranking Republican in the House of Representatives, Majority Leader Tom DeLay, was indicted on Wednesday on a felony campaign-finance charge and temporarily stepped down from his post.

The powerful Republican, nicknamed "The Hammer" for his reputation as a tough party enforcer, could face up to two years in prison if convicted on the charge handed up by the Travis County grand jury in the Texas state capital, Austin.

DeLay was indicted on a single conspiracy charge tied to illegal fund-raising activities by Texans for a Republican Majority, or TRMPAC, a political action committee he created, the Travis County District Attorney's office said.

The indictment accuses DeLay and two alleged co-conspirators, John Colyandro and Jim Ellis, of engaging in a scheme to launder $190,000 in corporate donations through the Republican National Committee for distribution to Republican candidates for the Texas Legislature.

Texas law generally prohibits corporate money from being used for campaign activities.

Delay denied any wrongdoing.

Copyright 2005 Reuters News Service. All rights reserved.


There are all kinds of hoops Texans must jump through to play nice with Texas election law. What kinds of things does CHAPTER 253. RESTRICTIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS AND EXPENDITURES prohibit or regulate?
  • 253.001, CONTRIBUTION OR EXPENDITURE IN ANOTHER'S NAME
  • 253.002, UNLAWFUL DIRECT CAMPAIGN EXPENDITURE
  • 253.003, UNLAWFULLY MAKING OR ACCEPTING CONTRIBUTION
  • 253.004, UNLAWFULLY MAKING EXPENDITURE
  • 253.005, EXPENDITURE FROM UNLAWFUL CONTRIBUTION
  • 253.031, CONTRIBUTION AND EXPENDITURE WITHOUT CAMPAIGN TREASURER PROHIBITED
  • 253.032, LIMITATION ON CONTRIBUTION BY OUT-OF-STATE COMMITTEE
  • 253.033, CASH CONTRIBUTIONS EXCEEDING $100 PROHIBITED
  • 253.034, RESTRICTIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS DURING AND FOLLOWING REGULAR LEGISLATIVE SESSION
  • 253.0341, RESTRICTIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS TO LEGISLATIVE CAUCUSES DURING AND FOLLOWING REGULAR LEGISLATIVE SESSION
  • 253.035, RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL USE OF CONTRIBUTIONS
  • 253.0351, LOANS FROM PERSONAL FUNDS
  • 253.036, OFFICEHOLDER CONTRIBUTIONS USED IN CONNECTION WITH CAMPAIGN
  • 253.037, RESTRICTIONS ON CONTRIBUTION OR EXPENDITURE BY GENERAL-PURPOSE COMMITTEE
  • 253.038, PAYMENTS MADE TO PURCHASE REAL PROPERTY PROHIBITED
  • 253.039, CONTRIBUTIONS IN CERTAIN PUBLIC BUILDINGS PROHIBITED
  • 253.040, SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
  • 253.041, RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN PAYMENTS
  • 253.042, RESTRICTIONS ON REIMBURSEMENT OF PERSONAL FUNDS AND PAYMENTS ON CERTAIN LOANS
  • 253.043, POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS USED IN CONNECTION WITH APPOINTIVE OFFICE
  • 253.061, DIRECT EXPENDITURE OF $100 OR LESS
  • 253.062, DIRECT EXPENDITURE EXCEEDING $100
  • 253.063, TRAVEL EXPENSE

Here come the more relevant sections...
  • 253.091, CORPORATIONS COVERED
  • 253.092, TREATMENT OF INCORPORATED POLITICAL COMMITTEE
    If a political committee the only principal purpose of which is accepting political contributions and making political expenditures incorporates for liability purposes only, the committee is not considered to be a corporation for purposes of this
    subchapter.
  • 253.093, CERTAIN ASSOCIATIONS COVERED
  • 253.094, CONTRIBUTIONS AND EXPENDITURES PROHIBITED
    (a) A corporation or labor organization may not make a political contribution or political expenditure that is not authorized by this subchapter.
    (b) A corporation or labor organization may not make a political contribution or political expenditure in connection with a recall election, including the circulation and submission of a petition to call an election.
    (c) A person who violates this section commits an offense. An offense under this section is a felony of the third degree.

Let one thing be perfectly clear: I think Tom DeLay is a liar or an idiot and should resign in disgrace and for reasons unrelated to this indictment. I have not followed this story but I've known since the beginning of the attempts to nail him.

Regarding the indictment, though, I have to say this. I view any economic exchange among willing participants as fundamentally legitimate. The purposes of that exchange may strike some as thoroughly rotten and may just be intended to accomplish rotten things. I won't deny that corruption exists because it does and it is widespread. However, I firmly think the kind of corruption under discussion exists because government exists. There would be little point in influencing the state of Texas or the United States Federal Government if their agents did not have the power to tamper with, intervene in, and coerce individual lives and property at the pleasure of those agents. If they didn't have the power, their power wouldn't be sought.

If I want to give cash to someone, not one person has any rightful say in that gift except myself and my recipient. If I want to provide services to someone, no one else but us have any claim to the property involved. I expect libertarians will be happy to see DeLay out of power and perhaps out of office. You can count me in with that crowd. But despite my desire to see Mr. DeLay stripped of his state authority and kicked out into the real world, I don't think indicting and convicting him of helping others contribute money to politicians is a crime, let alone an act that deserves "six months to two years in a state jail and a fine of up to $10,000."

I don't think one wrong can outweigh or correct the (I'm guessing) thousands of other wrongs he's perpetuated from my standpoint of free association, private property, and individual rights. Given the votes he's made in the past on legislative matters affecting millions of Americans, there are certainly cases to be made from a natural rights anarchist viewpoint that could easily surpass a $10,000 fine...but that ten grand wouldn't be going to the victims of the laws for which he voted. The indictment wasn't made in the name of those whom he has hurt with his policy decisions. Any jail time he serves won't be in their name. The "federal pound-me-in-the-ass prison" he might experience will constitute additional punishment he doesn't deserve for this conspiracy. Neither the fine nor the jail time will be negotiated by the parties who actually have a grievance with him. This is a crime against the state!, one of those amorphous slippery concepts that eventually boil down to nothing.

So color me unimpressed at the newfound threat against a man who doesn't deserve to be in political power (and neither should anyone else) for "conspiring" (freely associating) to get other commissars elected (to positions of power that shouldn't exist) through the free donation of money (something that was once a safe activity in this nation) from corporations that want to bend the laws in their favor to provide benefits at the expense of others and to protect them from competition (an everyday occurrence).

UPDATED 4/4/2006 12:50pm
Tom DeLay Resigns, Finally

September 26, 2005

An Intellectually and Morally Serious Antiwar Movement

As I said before, if there were an authentic grassroots anti-war movement, then the rallies wouldn't be dominated by fringers. Reading the comments is interesting, because a lot of people are saying the kind of stuff about A.N.S.W.E.R. that I've been saying for years. That sounds like good news, to me. I support the war, but I'm not afraid of an intellectually and morally serious antiwar movement. We just haven't had one of those.

-Glenn Reynolds

Is this perhaps that's because your neck has a permanent crick in it from staring to your left for the last three years, Instapundit? Because, as far as I can remember, the only right/libertarian antiwar argument you've paid serious attention to has come from Jim Henley only to summarily dismiss it because you "think he's wrong." Or: turning your head aside because veering the other way wastes time on those who don't "actually [affect] the debate."

My, how fucking "intellectually and morally serious" that is. The Professor Against Principled Argument once again proves how little his "libertarian" leanings matter.

There are a number of reasonable arguments to be made (and that were made) for this particular war, under this particular set of circumstances, for some certain particular reasons. I once bought in to most of them. Why did I change my mind, despite their persuasiveness?

The recognition of a fundamental idea: being the aggressor is wrong. Figure the vast implications of that for a moment. I did and I was shocked to realize I didn't really support private ownership of property. If I did, how could I advocate any taxation? How could I advocate allowing the state to have a monopoly in those classic, "only the state can do it" markets like defense and justice? How could I advocate the destruction of the lives and property of a foreign people because their leader was a bastard?

Some people think sticking to a morality is evidence of simple-mindedness. Yet they don't understand how tough it can be to take a stance and refuse to budge when people claim the lives and well-being of potentially millions are at stake. It burns me that people who claim to be working with reality fail so often to see the very real nature of the beast they pick as the best entity to do their work.

The end of tyrannies is a good thing in itself. Saddam and his enablers violated rights on a frightful scale. Those who support Hamas and Islamic Jihad in their mass-murderous goals are scum. The Republic of Iraq had no right to exist.

But the means to ends matter and I am anti-war because state war consists of immoral means to, in this instance, occasional good ends. Note that the "end" in question is limited to the end of the Iraqi government. It does not encompass the aftermath, which has been a cockup from the beginning because the immediate goal from that point on was to impose...another government.

September 23, 2005

FedRegWatch

Zee column iz up at Strike the Root.

September 22, 2005

The Exercise of Political Power

I present to you Nick Danger:

Here I am going to spout heresy. I am going to argue that the fiscal policies being followed by President George W. Bush represent a breakthrough in conservative — yes, conservative — thinking. They represent good policy; and even better strategy.

I will suggest that President Bush understands money better than any President we have ever had. He understands it better than most economists. He understands it better than our illustrious pundits. President Bush understands money the way a financier understands money. He sees it as a force or a power that one squirts at the world to make the world change. He sees it as a weapon.


Emphasis in the original. There's a lot more to read.

Later on, he writes this:

We are going to have to exercise power to make this happen. Exercising power means spending money.

A tyrant with "Conservative Values" stamped on his forehead remains a tyrant.

His post is one of the most malevolent stump speeches for coercive social engineering I've seen in a while.

September 14, 2005

Tom DeLay Should Resign in Total Disgrace

[Updates below.]

I once asked if Tom DeLay was a liar or an idiot. I apologize to my readers for presenting a false dilemma. He isn't either-or; he's both.

How else to explain this from the Washington Times? DeLay declares 'victory' in war on budget fat

House Majority Leader Tom DeLay said yesterday that Republicans have done so well in cutting spending that he declared an "ongoing victory," and said there is simply no fat left to cut in the federal budget.

Republican House Majority Leader Tom DeLay is a fucking buffoon if he thinks he can convince anyone of this.
Mr. DeLay was defending Republicans' choice to borrow money and add to this year's expected $331 billion deficit to pay for Hurricane Katrina relief. Some Republicans have said Congress should make cuts in other areas, but Mr. DeLay said that doesn't seem possible.

"My answer to those that want to offset the spending is sure, bring me the offsets, I'll be glad to do it. But nobody has been able to come up with any yet," the Texas Republican told reporters at his weekly briefing.

Asked if that meant the government was running at peak efficiency, Mr. DeLay said, "Yes, after 11 years of Republican majority we've pared it down pretty good."


Acute delusion in the halls of Congress! I never would have expected it.

That "nobody" from this corrupt, largess-loving bastardized collection of looters can find a budget to cut doesn't surprise me. That's probably because they don't count people like Ron Paul as people. No matter, Mr. DeLay is almost instantly contradicted by other Republicans:

Republican leaders have been under pressure from conservative members and outside watchdog groups to find ways to pay for the Katrina relief. Some Republicans wanted to offer an amendment, including cuts, to pay for hurricane spending but were denied the chance under procedural rules.

"This is hardly a well-oiled machine," said Rep. Jeff Flake, Arizona Republican. "There's a lot of fat to trim. ... I wonder if we've been serving in the same Congress."


You guys don't even walk in the same reality...
American Conservative Union Chairman David A. Keene said federal spending already was "spiraling out of control" before Katrina, and conservatives are "increasingly losing faith in the president and the Republican leadership in Congress."

"Excluding military and homeland security, American taxpayers have witnessed the largest spending increase under any preceding president and Congress since the Great Depression," he said.

Mr. Keene said annual nonmilitary and non-homeland security spending increased $303 billion between fiscal year 2001 and 2005; the acknowledged federal debt increased more than $2 trillion since fiscal year 2000; and the 2003 Medicare prescription drug bill is estimated to increase the government's unfunded obligations by $16 trillion.


The greatest part of non-military spending comes from so-called "entitlements" like Social Security, Medicaid, and Medicare. If anyone tells you those welfare programs are running efficiently, slap them in the face for me for a fundamental violation of honesty.
Tom Schatz, president of Citizens Against Government Waste (CAGW), said if Mr. DeLay wants to know where to cut, "there are plenty of places to reduce."

His group soon will release a list of $2 trillion in suggested spending cuts over the next five years, and he said Congress also could cut the estimated $20 billion to $25 billion in pet projects that make their way into must-pass spending bills each year.

CAGW and the Heritage Foundation also suggest rescinding the 6,000-plus earmarked projects in the recently passed highway bill.


Even if your ideal isn't the end of government robbery and just the re-establishment of a limited government, there is no shortage of departments, programs, and budgets to slash.
But Mr. DeLay said those projects are "important infrastructure" and eliminating them could undermine the economy as Congress tries to offer hurricane relief.

"It is right to borrow to pay for it," he said. "But it is not right to attack the very economy that will pay for it."

copyright 2005 News World Communications, Inc.


Toss this asshole out on the street. He's lost contact with the real world.

As Mediageek says in the comments of the Hit & Run post I found this:

* WAR IS PEACE
* FREEDOM IS SLAVERY
* IGNORANCE IS STRENGTH

And introducing:

* FAT IS THIN


UPDATED 9/15/2005 1:36pm
As I expected, Thomas DeLay is full of shit.

The Heritage Foundation: A "Victory" Over Wasteful Spending? Hardly
Cato Institute: Budget Disaster Looming

UPDATED 9:45pm
'm on the Townhall e-mail list and received this today:

TO: Townhall Readers
FROM: Townhall.com Editors
RE: Irresponsible Spending

Yesterday House Majority Leader Tom DeLay declared an "ongoing victory" over wasteful government spending. According to DeLay, there is no fat left to cut out of the federal budget.

But with Congress facing new estimates topping $200 billion for Katrina emergency spending and everyday federal spending exceeding $22,000 per household, DeLay’s declared victory is no such thing.

While some fiscal conservatives in Congress have offered solutions to the spending crisis, DeLay and others have been non-responsive. Representative Jeb Hensarling (R-TX) proposed an amendment to the $51.8 billion storm spending bill that would have required modest domestic spending cuts to help pay for the emergency, only to be rebuffed by House Leadership.

Hensarling is not alone. There are others in Congress who are determined not to add to the mountain of debt already facing our children and grandchildren, but they need your help.

Americans elected Republican majorities in the House and the Senate and elected a Republican President. Republicans were not elected to expand the size of the federal government; they were elected to cut wasteful spending and to be good stewards of citizens' tax dollars.

Recent polling indicates that Americans believe about half of their tax dollars are wasted.

Tell Tom DeLay to work with conservatives in the House and Senate to find responsible ways to alleviate the suffering and begin to rebuild. Countless Americans have dug deep in the wake of Katrina to make sacrifices for the victims in the Gulf Coast. Congress, should "tighten its belt" and follow their example.

Majority Leader Tom Delay:
242 CHOB
Washington, D.C. 20515-4322
Phone: (202) 225-5951
Fax: (202) 225-5241
http://tomdelay.house.gov

UPDATED 9/28/2005 4:41pm So Tom DeLay has been indicted for conspiracy.

Yawn.

UPDATED 4/4/2006 12:50pm
Tom DeLay Resigns, Finally

September 13, 2005

FedRegWatch

The new column is up at Strike the Root.

In the near future, I'll build an archive of these columns for my website. Along with the columns themselves, it will include the full text of the Notice or Rule in each column item so those government hyperlinks can't rot on me.

September 08, 2005

FedRegWatch

The new column is up at Strike the Root. It's all about Hurricane Katrina.

September 07, 2005

A Quote Rich with Implications

A person cannot learn to drive a car if someone else takes the wheel. He cannot learn to become a racer if someone else takes over on all the curves.

-Michael Rozeff

The state is an organization intentionally designed to take over aspects of your life. Do you like the direction the state is aiming your "car"?

If you let someone else steer, you'll think you can close your eyes. How many "closed eyes" do you see on a daily basis?

September 02, 2005

Defending Private Property in NOLA

Just as in last year's hurricane, the private production of defense continues in New Orleans.



September 01, 2005

The Necessity of an Ethical Foundation for Your Politics

After I wrote Stephen Brown's Broken Window and posted it on a bulletin on MySpace, onelittlebrother sent me the following:

Right on, Drizz, but it'll only get worse. Just wait til the cries of 'gouging' surface.

I replied:
My ears have been bleeding from those cries since Monday, dude.

I'm not sure if I want to post a bulletin about that subject yet. The raw, abstract economics makes sense to me, of course, but the moral resistence to accepting "gouging" is intense. This is one of those cases where people simply don't give a shit about economics: they see it as a matter of right and wrong.

From that perspective, the only coherent theory of morality that I think a free market person has is based on or similar to the Objectivist ethics of egoism and self-interest. Unfortunately, it is opposition to that very kind of code that drives the "gouging" rhetoric.


I mean every word of that.

At this moment in time, if I were to argue in front of my friends and family that it is OK for a business to increase the prices for its products and services as it sees fit, uncompromising support for my position would rise to zero. This is one of those avenues where altruism has made massive headway because its advocates have latched onto the rhetoric of emergency over so many years. Emergencies, they declare, are events where one can abandon a principle in favor of pragmatic solutions to immediate problems. People must survive and life must be preserved first. Their ethics says concern for others should be primary and doubly so for times of crisis.

The contradictions in this position are profound, but routinely ignored. Yet despite them, it remains the dominant philosophy and carries immense inertia. Simply asserting the economic or utilitarian benefit of letting people determine what happens with their property won't cut opposition that is fundamentally rooted in thinking it is cruel and wrong to deny the demands of the desperately needy. Calculations of marginal benefit and efficiency aren't going to sway the guy who thinks the businessman serves the community first and foremost. Arguing for or against a specific outcome must ultimately rest upon some coherent theory of morality and justice.

August 30, 2005

Pat Buchanan's Implicit Argument for Anarchy

WorldNetDaily: A national emergency

Where is Bush? All wrapped up in the issue of whether women in Najaf will have the same rights in divorce and custody cases as women in Nebraska. His legislative agenda for the fall includes a blanket amnesty for illegals, so they can be exploited by businesses who want to hold wages down as they dump the social costs for their employees - health care, schools, courts, cops, prisons - onto taxpayers.

Now, it is obvious given the rest of the piece that Mr. Buchanan is not advocating a stateless society. He clearly wants government to exist and he clearly sees at least one problem (illegal immigration) that all governments ought to address. But read that section above carefully. Disguised within is an argument for a society that respects property rights and no government can respect property rights with the consistent absoluteness they deserve*.

...businesses who want to hold wages down as they dump the social costs for their employees - health care, schools, courts, cops, prisons - onto taxpayers...

Mr. Buchanan calls out a surprisingly broad array of government services in that last sentence and does so with a small degree of derision. I think it is clear he doesn't want the "social costs" of educating Americans, providing them health services, and a full system of justice to be placed upon the shoulders of the American taxpayer. His ire is directed at enterprises hiring illegal immigrants, but if his argument is taken seriously, it implies a few things.

Continue reading "Pat Buchanan's Implicit Argument for Anarchy" »

New FedRegWatch Up

Check out Strike the Root for more.

Emotional Extortion and Mandatory Evacuations

[Updates below.]

In response to Eric Berger's question Will Crescent City's residents evacuate the next time?, I wrote the following:

The evacuation certainly should not have been mandatory. Threatening individuals with the law cannot be anything but an additional and unnecessary burden during a time when those individuals need to most carefully weight that which they value. Tell them the facts and explain what you know. They will make up their own minds and be responsible for their (in)actions.

Let's also be clear that the rains haven't stopped and the winds haven't receded. Super-saturated grounds will lead to flooded and rushing creeks and streams that feed into larger rivers. Those kinds of secondary effects haven't even begun.

However, I was taken in by the catastrophe hype...greatly due to the near-unanimous reporting, hypothesizing, and speculating by every "official" and "authority" who had a wide-eyed interviewer in front of them. Unless the locals get better info than the rest of us nationally, I probably would have bailed out early Saturday. Predictions of future paths simply take too long to wait out when facing something so powerful.


Matt Bramanti then replied:
Charles, the libertarian in me agrees with you.

However, we've seen time and time again that people refuse to be responsible for their (in)actions. How many times have we seen cops and rescue crews put their lives at risk rescuing some knucklehead who insisted on staying in a flooding house? The guy could've walked out the door when there was a foot of water, but he ended up on his roof as the waters crept up, waiting for a dangerous and costly helicopter rescue.

Just think of the backlash if officials declined to rescue those folks, saying "hey, we told them how bad it was going to be; they're on their own."


And that elicited the following from me:
How many times have we seen cops and rescue crews put their lives at risk rescuing some knucklehead who insisted on staying in a flooding house? The guy could've walked out the door when there was a foot of water, but he ended up on his roof as the waters crept up, waiting for a dangerous and costly helicopter rescue.

Mr. Bramanti, we see that all too often. I'd have it ended tomorrow if possible. I applaud those courageous folks who venture out there to help the stranded, the infirm, and the stupid.

But the stragglers made their choices and when the consequences of those choices scare reality back into them with a rainy 140MPH blast of wind, they try to make others physically and fiscally responsible for the consequences of those choices, squealing loudly for someone to help. Your argument amounts to emotional extortion and it is outrageous it gets ignored every time a disaster hits.

Regarding a backlash: so what? I think it's abhorrent that somewhere along the line Americans have just assumed government officials are the folks who should do their thinking for them.

You admit it right out in the open: they've rejected responsibility. So by what stretch of logic does it fall to another, let alone to be financed by wealth forced out of the hands of others?

Mr. Berger, if someone brought up that hypothetical argument when discussing a evacuation from a future hurricane, I'd point them to the fundamental dangers of remaining in NOLA when flooding is a real possibility. Reprinting a few of the "whew, the real nasty part missed us!" news articles should be reminder enough. But, again, if you can't convince them to leave after they've evaluated the situation, I say leave them to themselves and wish them safety.

Continue reading "Emotional Extortion and Mandatory Evacuations" »

August 22, 2005

The Utah Rave Raid

[Updates below.]

Just found out about this from The Apostate on MySpace.

For more information, see Drug Policy Alliance, Daily Kos, The Daily Herald, Salt Lake Tribune, KUTV.com, and KSL.com. The Utah County Sheriff's Department has a statement up here.

UTRave.org has plenty of discussion on the Spanish Fork Canyon SWAT raid.

Original post of Knick Evol Intent is quoted below, the basis of which seems to form the ravers' version of events. Read the news reports above and compare them to the accounts below from The Apostate:

Last night, I was booked to play an event about an hour outside of Salt Lake City, Utah. The hype behind this show was huge, they presold 700 tickets and they expected up to 3,000 people total. The promoters did an amazing job with the show.. they even made slipmats with the flyers on them to promote in local shops.

So, we got to the show around 11:15 or so and it was really cool. It was all outdoors, in a valley surrounded by huge mountains. They had an amazing light show flashing on to a mountain behind the site, the sound was booming, the crowd was about 1500 people thick and everything just seemed too good to be true really. Well...

At about 11:30 or so, I was standing behind the stage talking with someone when I noticed a helicopter pulling over one of the mountain tops. I jokingly said "Oh look, here comes big brother" to the person I was with. I wasn't far off.

The helicopter dipped lower and lower and started shining its lights on the crowd. I was kind of in awe and just sat and watched this thing circle us for a minute. As I looked back towards the crowd I saw a guy dressed in camoflauge walking by, toting an assault rifle. At this point, everyone was fully aware of what was going on . A few "troops" rushed the stage and cut the sound off and started yelling that everyone "get the fuck out of here or go to jail". This is where it got really sticky.

No one resisted. That's for sure. They had police dogs raiding the crowd of people and I saw a dog signal out a guy who obviously had some drugs on him. The soldiers attacked the guy (4 of them on 1), and kicked him a few times in the ribs and had their knees in his back and sides. As they were cuffing him, there was about 1000 kids trying to leave in the backdrop, peacefully. Next thing I know, A can of fucking TEAR GAS is launched into the crowd. People are running and screaming at this point. Girls are crying, guys are cussing... bad scene.

Now, this is all I saw with my own eyes, but I heard plenty of other accounts of the night. Now this isnt gossip I heard from some candy raver, these are instances cited straight out of the promoters mouth..

- One of the promoters friends (a very small female) was attacked by one of the police dogs. As she struggled to get away from it, the police tackled her. 3 grown men proceeded to KICK HER IN THE STOMACH.

- The police confiscated 3 video tapes in total. People were trying to document what was happening out there. The police saw one guy filming and ran after him, tackled him and his camera fell, and luckily.. his friend grabbed it and ran and got away. priceless footage. That's not all though. Out of 1,500 people, there's sure to be more footage.

- The police were rounding up the staff of the party and the main promoter went up to them with the permit for the show and said "here, I have the permit." The police then said, "no you don't" and ripped the permit out of his hand. Then, they put an assault rifle to his forehead and said "get the fuck out of here right now."

Now.. let's get the facts straight here.

This event was 100% legal. They had every permit the city told them they needed. They had a 2 MILLION DOLLAR insurance policy for the event. They had liscenced security guards at the gates confiscating any alcohol or drugs found upon entry (yes, they searched every car on the way in). Oh, I suppose I should mention that they arrested all the security guards for possession.

Oh another interesting fact.. the police did not have a warrant. The owner of the land already has a lawsuit against the city for something similar. A few months ago, she rented her land for a party and the police raided that as well. And catch this, the police forced her to LEAVE HER OWN PERSONAL PROPERTY. That's right. They didnt arrest her, but made her leave her own property!!!

Don't get it twisted, this is all going down in probably THE most conservative state in the USA. And this is scary.. a gross violation of our civil liberties. The police wanted this party shut down, so they made it happen. Even though everything about this event was legal. The promoters spent over $ 20,000 on this show and did everything they had to to make it legit, only to have it taken away from them by a group of radical neo-con's with an agenda.

This was one of the scariest things I have ever witnessed in person. I can't even begin to describe how surreal it was. Helicopters, assault rifles, tear gas, camoflauge-wearing soldiers.... why? Was that really necessary?

This needs to be big news across the USofA. At least in our music scene (edm as a whole)... this could happen to any of us at any time. When we're losing the right to gather peacefully, we're also letting the police set a standard of what we can get away with. And I think that's BULLSHIT!

The system fucked up last night... They broke up a party that was 100% legal and they physically hurt a lot of people there at the same time. The promoters already have 6 lawsuits ready to file with their lawyers and the ACLU is already involved.

I'm sure some pictures (and hopefully some video) will surface soon. I'll make sure to post them up here on 404, so you can see the Police State of America at work.


p.s. - there are more stories of police brutality that i'll post up later. gotta hit the airport soon. can't wait to get the fuck out of this shit hole state.


An embedded video of the event is here. To download a higher-quality Quicktime movie of that footage, go here or here. A Windows Media format of the video without sound is here.

The other accounts posted on MySpace:

Continue reading "The Utah Rave Raid" »

The Associated Press Slips One Through on Stem Cell Research

The AP via the Washington Post: Researchers Fuse Skin and Stem Cells

The Harvard researchers used laboratory grown human embryonic stem cells - such as the ones that President Bush has already approved for use by federally funded researchers - to essentially convert a skin cell into an embryonic stem cell itself.

If a number of hurdles can be overcome in subsequent research, the new technique "may circumvent some of the logistical and societal concerns" that have hampered much of the research in this country, Chad A. Cowan, Kevin Eggan and colleagues from the Harvard Stem Cell Institute report in the Science article.

Those social concerns are reflected in the Senate's looming debate over a House-passed bill to force taxpayers to fund stem cell research that would destroy human embryos, legislation President Bush has promised to veto.


It is very rare to see a news article accurately describe what happens when a government funding measure is passed.

Most of the time, you hear passive references to the coercion employed to get government agents the money they demand for their activities. Often it'll be described simply as "federally funded" or "state funded," leaving the readers to fill in the gaps themselves.

As an example, see this WaPo article: Skin Cells Converted to Stem Cells. I'll translate the relevant passages to make them more honest and accurate:

Continue reading "The Associated Press Slips One Through on Stem Cell Research" »

August 18, 2005

Israeli Settlers and Legitimate Land Ownership

Surely, you've heard about the forced evacuation of Israeli settlements in the Gaza Strip. Got an opinion?

Walter Block, in "Libertarianism vs Objectivism; A Response to Peter Schwartz" (pg 16-17):

How does the libertarian deal with stolen property? Obviously, it must be returned. It is that simple. But, suppose the theft took place a long time ago. Suppose that your great grandfather took a ring from my greatgrandfather. Through the succession of inheritance, you got the ring. You are, of course, not guilty of a crime. You didn’t steal anything. But, you are still the holder of stolen property. Justice surely consists of making you disgorge the ring and give it back to me, since I would have inherited it. Is there a statute of limitations? No. There is no statute of limitations on justice. Justice is the highest goal in the legal realm. When a law, such as a statute of limitations conflicts with one of our basic axioms, it must be jettisoned. So, if the theft took place three hundred years ago, and I can prove that you have my ring, it should be handed over from you to me.

[...]

While this aspect of libertarian theory sounds very radical, in practice it is less so. This is because the claimant always needs proof. Possession is nine tenths of the law, and to overcome the presumption that property is now in the hands of its rightful owners requires that an evidentiary burden be overcome. The further back in history was the initial act of aggression (not only because written evidence is less likely to be available), the less likely it is that there can be proof of it. So, certain thefts will have to escape the libertarian passion for justice, because time places a veil over these past events. But, the ideal is clear: If there is stolen property and it can be proved that it was stolen, it should be returned.


I can't muster disagreement with Mr. Block's words. If they are correct, then who rightly owns the land these settlements are located upon? I'm ignoring the collectivist justifications for the forced pullout given by Ariel Sharon: it's a "cost to society" because the State of Israel is forcing Israelis to pay for the defense of these communities. End that socialization (along with the others) and the "costs to society" end with them.

My take: If the settlers are the legitimate owners of the property they occupied, what the government is doing is flatly criminal. If the settlers' ownership is not legit, does that give the State of Israel the right to act as it has? I don't think so. The legitimate owners of the property in question ought to be the ones with the demand for the settlers' departure and the right to forcibly remove them from the land if they resist. I am pathetically ignorant of land ownership history in the area so I don't have an answer for anyone who asks me who really is the proper owner of the land in question. That's an empirical matter that factual investigation can solve.

August 17, 2005

Glenn Reynolds on Principles

People who want every discussion of current events to go back to first principles are tiresome and I find discussion with them is seldom profitable.
Perhaps this is the case because the Instapundit has nothing to contribute to a discussion of first principles?

See my past posts for more: Instapundit's Fear of the Reality of Tennessee Public Education, Glenn Reynolds Comes Clean, Glenn Reynolds is NOT a Libertarian, and my other posts linked within them.

August 13, 2005

Discussion on Troy Kell and the Death Penalty

For unknown reasons, the comment section in my post about Troy Kell was drastically truncated. I'm looking into the problem. The Google cache of the thread is here. I will try and get the rest of the comments posted here later today.

In the meantime, please continue the discussion here.

August 05, 2005

Lee Harris is Irrational

Allow Don Watkins to explain.

August 02, 2005

Political Opportunism

It is shit like this that makes Drizz want to choke a bitch.

To: National Desk, Education and Political reporter

Contact: Josh Earnest of the Democratic National Committee Staff, 202-863-8148

WASHINGTON, Aug. 1 /U.S. Newswire/ -- The following is a fact sheet released today by the Democratic National Committee:

The White House this weekend announced that President Bush received good news during his annual physical. Doctors pronounced the President to be in "superior" physical condition, which media reports attributed to his rigorous, six day a week exercise routine. While President Bush has made physical fitness a personal priority, his cuts to education funding have forced schools to roll back physical education classes and his Administration's efforts to undermine Title IX sports programs have threatened thousands of women's college sports programs.

"President Bush's has dropped the ball when it comes to fully funding physical education in public schools and women's athletic programs at the college level," said Democratic National Committee spokesman Josh Earnest. "His personal habits indicate that physical fitness is not just fun and games for him. Don't our kids deserve the same opportunities to be physically fit? President Bush should stop running from his responsibility and make sure that all American children have access to physical fitness programs."


In my opinion, there is no rational way to respond to this preening, crass, begging-for-mass-robbery bullshit.

It's the jerk of a knee without a mind attached. It is reactionary in the purest, most vile sense.

July 29, 2005

Does This Make Me a Mutualist?

Other than the scattered support for workers to wreck the private property of capitalists should more non-violent union measures fail ("direct action," which he says wouldn't be necessary after the market-intervening state is gone) and other than his stance that "the state's enforcement of land titles not founded in occupancy and use" ought to be abandoned (if so, would private enforcement of such land titles be allowable?), I think I agree with Kevin Carson's take on things.

I see nothing fundamentally wrong with employee-owned and -operated businesses/co-ops/banks/etc. because individuals should not be locked into one way of production against their will. It may not make economic sense from the perspective of someone wanting to maximize profits, but allowing that value to dominate over all other values when making economic decisions isn't something I'd endorse as universally sane.

I've never held the same level of enmity towards unions as a concept as some in the libertarian and so many of the republican political spectrums. Even at my most ideologically confused moment or in the heat of my most strident political diatribe, I never came close to the hostility of a George Reisman even though he does make what I think are valid points against the claim that unions are, like, mankind's only hope against, like, That Dude With The Wage Whip In The Suit Upstairs an' stuff.

Anyway, it looks like I may have to add Studies in Mutualist Political Economy to my congested reading list.

July 28, 2005

Rewarding the Ugly and Punishing the Attractive

The Times: Sorry, girls. The hunks are banned

Drinks companies have been ordered to hire paunchy, balding men for advertisements to meet new rules forbidding any link between women’s drinking and sex. Watchdogs have issued a list of undesirable male characteristics that advertisers must abide by in order to comply with tougher rules designed to separate alcohol from sexual success.

Lambrini, the popular sparkling drink, is the first to suffer. Its manufacturers have complained after watchdogs rejected its latest campaign because it depicted women flirting with a man who was deemed too attractive.

The offending poster featured three women “hooking” a slim, young man in a parody of a fairground game scene. Harmless fun to lead its summer campaign, Lambrini argued.

But the Committee of Advertising Practice declared: “We would advise that the man in the picture should be unattractive — overweight, middle-aged, balding etc.”

The ruling continued: “We consider that the advert is in danger of implying that the drink may bring sexual/social success, because the man in question looks quite attractive and desirable to the girls. If the man was clearly unattractive, we think that this implication would be removed.”

The ruling comes after ministers’ warnings to the drinks industry to take measures to tackle binge-drinking or face legislation.

The new CAP code instructs that “links must not be made between alcohol and seduction, sexual activity or sexual success”. Romance and flirtation are not forbidden but adverts must not be aimed at the under-18s or use celebrities in a “sexy” or “cool” manner.

Copyright 2005 Times Newspapers Ltd.


I am at a loss for words. The way Great Britain is headed, there's little chance I'll ever want to live there.

Via Sploid.

July 18, 2005

When Subjects Mimic Their Masters

Slate: To Catch a Thief

With more than $30 billion annually lost to "shrink," as retail theft is called, America is in the midst of an epidemic. While the overall level of shrink has remained steady for the last 15 years, shoplifting itself is on the rise. Shoplifting occurs about 550,000 times a day, which adds up to $25 million a day in losses. That figure represents just a fraction of the problem, since current estimates suggest that the average shoplifter is caught only one out of 49 attempts.

I stole a few things when I was younger: a pack of GPC cigarettes, money from my parents' wallets, that sort of thing. I regret every instance of it, but I never approached the degree my friends did (or claimed they did). At the time, I was only concerned about getting caught, not whether what I did was right or wrong. If someone came to me and asked me what I would have thought if someone stole my CD collection, I doubt I would have made the connection.
To loss-prevention professionals, garden variety shoplifting now seems banal, a constant in American life. Asked about it, they tend to revert to fatalism and cite the 80-10-10 rule: 10 percent of the people will never steal from you; 10 percent always will, and 80 percent will if given the chance.

2005 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC


This strikes me as deeply depressing. Widespread theft is taken for granted; it is practically acceptable in the teenage years among their peers. The people who probably know more about this problem think more than a supermajority of the country has little concern for the property rights of others. That eighty percent, technically accurate or not, really bugs me. People will act immorally if they think they can get away with it.

Especially when they witness the stories and allegations of their "representatives" in the government and their bosses at work do the same thing, writ large.

July 13, 2005

A License to Live, a Permit to Make a Living

[Updates Below]

Whilst browsing around to kill the end of the workday, I found this: Licenses, Permits and Registrations A-Z.

The array of industries, services, jobs, and activities covered is stunning. The whole list is copied in the extended entry below.

Where would a reformist market anarchist start to abolish these areas from state control? There are more than 400 permits, licenses, and other regulatory control devices.

Continue reading "A License to Live, a Permit to Make a Living" »

July 11, 2005

One Way to Fight Terrorism

The only way to fight the terrorists is to rob them of their assets. Their primary asset right now is the indefensible actions of our governments.

-Manic, at Bloggerheads

There is more than one way to fight terrorism and its practioners, but robbing them of their moral cause and the higher reasons why they fight is one that hardly gets the attention it deserves.

Part of the problem is the presence of so much irrationality permeating terrorist philosophy. Often enough, the "argument" they are so violently making doesn't make sense. Their followers (the relatively peaceful base of direct physical support that advocates terrorist end goals) may not even be receptive of reasoned opposition. How can you convince and change the minds of terrorists and their enablers when they might not be open to it? If you are perceived to be the Great Satan, part of the corpus of prime evil, an infidel (or worse, an atheist!), who by merely existing is a target...why listen to you?

On the other foot, the broader network of support or sympathy is more likely to be swayed by argument. Allow my inner optimist a few minutes to talk here. They might observe the actions of government: the military invasions, the rights-restrictions, the double standards and lying, the willful blind eye turned towards vicious regimes in order to secure their support, the creeping grasp of prisoner torture and abuse, the mounting body count of civilian deaths in the line of fire, the stationing of "infidel" troops on property held to be sacred, etc. These people, seeing the harm caused by agents of the US and its allied nations, can conclude that the rebels/insurgents/terrorists have a legitimate point even if their chosen method to make that point reality is the deliberate murder of civilians and destruction of property not involved in the grievances in question. They see a complaint that has basis in reality.

If you can demonstrate that the enemy of the terrorists is not guilty of the abuses they allege, you've taken the first step towards victory by alienating them from the greater support they need to succeed. Again, terrorist goals and ideology is frequently batshit insane and against people that believe such garbage one cannot successfully argue. These are the worshippers of violence and our safety can only be secured with violence against them in return. However, these people have always been the problem. Even if Israel was pushed into the ocean, every American withdrew into the US, and we quite literally left the Arab world and other Muslims alone, there is no doubt in my mind terrorism would still occur.

But on a significantly smaller scale.

There are other assets terrorists have, but if you assume they are trying to sway populations into accepting their demands or changing political policy (some rational goal), you can fight terrorism indirectly by merely watching them rhetorically swing at empty air, reduced to just another deluded group of ranting nutjobs whom civilized people accept as the background static of any human reality. If they are using as ammunition the criminal actions of governments (and the scope of that category can be quite large indeed), then denying them that resource ought to be a priority.

Feel free to dismiss this as the uninformed blather of a twentysomething American with hardly any terrorism experience or knowledge. But this is an unmanned front against terrorism and it's long past the time to take it seriously. Military deployments cannot solve all or even most of the terrorist-related problems on this plant because a nontrivial percent of terrorist-related problems are caused by war.

July 06, 2005

Journalist Privilege and Forced Testimony

Slate: Vote for Woodward!

There's an obvious-but-wacky answer to the dilemma of the "journalists' privilege" against testifying in court. What's the dilemma? a) It's helpful for a free society if there's someone people can leak to without fear that the information will come out in court. But b) why give that immunity from testimony to those people who happen to be hired by corporate media (and then claim, condescendingly, to be acting on behalf of the rest of us)? Judith Miller doesn't deserve greater First Amendment rights than a blogger like Tom Maguire just because she got hired by the Sulzbergers. But if you gave everyone who could start a blog--that is to say, everyone--immunity from having to testify then virtually nobody would have to testify.

And that's a bad thing?

What is his "semi-facetious proposal" to remedy this problem?

The second solution is to do what we normally do in a democracy when we have to ration special powers to a few citizens--elect them. If we need ten or twenty reporters in Washington who get special immunity from testifying in order to facilitate the "public's right to know," then let the public choose them by secret ballot. Suppose we gave these Reporters General 5-year renewable terms. They'd have to produce in order to get reelected, and if they got big stories wrong (as Miller did) their chances would dim.

I don't mean this proposal facetiously--only semi-facetiously. If we want a broad journalists' privilege, I don't see another way to get it without arbitrarily granting some citizens more rights than others.


There's the answer to the "dilemma," Mr. Kaus: there is no dilemma because it is wrong to force people to testify.

Murray Rothbard, The Ethics of Liberty, Chapter 12 - Self-Defense:

It should be clear that no man, in an attempt to exercise his right of self-defense, may coerce anyone else into defending him. For that would mean that the defender himself would be a criminal invader of the rights of others. Thus, if A is aggressing against B, B may not use force to compel C to join in defending him, for then B would be just as much a criminal aggressor against C. This immediately rules out conscription for defense, for conscription enslaves a man and forces him to fight on someone else’s behalf. It also rules out such a deeply-embedded part of our legal system as compulsory witnesses. No man should have the right to force anyone else to speak on any subject. The familiar prohibition against coerced self-incrimination is all very well, but it should be extended to preserving the right not to incriminate anyone else, or indeed to say nothing at all. The freedom to speak is meaningless without the corollary freedom to keep silent.

If no force may be used against a noncriminal, then the current system of compulsory jury duty must also be abolished. Just as conscription is a form of slavery, so too is compulsory jury duty. Precisely because being a juror is so important a service, the service must not be filled by resentful serfs. And how can any society call itself "libertarian" that rests on a foundation of jury slavery? In the current system, the courts enslave jurors because they pay a daily wage so far below the market price that the inevitable shortage of jury labor has to be supplied by coercion. The problem is very much the same as the military draft, where the army pays far below the market wage for privates, cannot obtain the number of men they want at that wage, and then turns to conscription to supply the gap. Let the courts pay the market wage for jurors, and sufficient supply will be forthcoming.

If there can be no compulsion against jurors or witnesses, then a libertarian legal order will have to eliminate the entire concept of the subpoena power. Witnesses, of course, may be requested to appear.


Screw the entire concept of 1st Amendment journalist privilege. No one should be forced to talk about what they know. I consider it a form of torture. Jailing someone for not talking to a jury is an illegitimate application of force against someone who has not committed a crime.

Judith Miller of the New York Times and Matthew Cooper of Time should be set free and no one should be incarcerated for refusing to talk to a court or prosecutor.

Alan Korwin is Wrong

Via Of Arms and the Law (via Instapundit), I read this: Can O'Connor Shoot At The New Sandra Day O'Connor Courthouse Range in Phoenix?

A ten-year review of national gun laws reveals that public access to federal shooting ranges has been preserved. A little-known law states that any rifle range built at least partially by federal money may be used by the military and the public. This covers, for example, the Sandra Day O'Connor courthouse range in Phoenix.

An interesting find. Doubt I'll use it, though.
Other features of the Civilian Marksmanship Program (CMP) were abandoned, such as free .22 and .30 caliber ammunition for the public and youth groups. The rewrite of these laws are included in the completely updated 5th edition of "Gun Laws of America," to be released this month. Details are posted at gunlaws.com.

The feds handed out "free" ammo? Or was it ammo purchased with tax money and then given out? There is an important difference.
Enacted in 1956 at the height of Cold War tensions under president Eisenhower, and repealed in 1996 from gun-control pressure under president Clinton, CMP was designed to ensure the public was proficient with firearms, for national safety. This affected every knuckle-dragging, pistol-packing pocket-rocket bubba in America. All of the nation's estimated 80 million gun owners benefit from the range-access law.

I do not because I have never chosen a federal military facility to practice my firearm skills. My father was in the Army for 30 years and I'm sure at some point he took me to a military range to shoot. Of course, that was when I was younger and the dependent of an active duty officer. Today, I wouldn't ask to enter, for example, Camp Mabry to get some range time if they had the facilities. This is because, if possible without substantially altering the way I live, I prefer to use private property for my needs.
"If more people knew about this law and went to the ranges, the increase in training would have a beneficial effect on gun safety," said Alan Korwin, the author of Gun Laws of America.

This is probably true. More practice in a safe environment with competent fellows around will generally translate into safer gun ownership for more people. Knowledge and experience can save lives.
"The basement shooting range in the new Sandra Day O'Connor federal court house in downtown Phoenix would be a welcome addition to the limited facilities this large city has."

If the firearms facilities in your (Mr. Korwin lives in Phoenix) city are limited, then why not start your own? Why not ask around town to see if anyone needs help creating an additional gun range? Do you really want to rely on the government to provide such an important service? Certainly it should be clear that this law can be revoked, thereby throwing it's exploiters into disarray when the resource they've been using is pulled from them.
Korwin believes a lack of adequate places to practice marksmanship may infringe upon the right to keep and bear arms. "The Second Amendment protects the right of people to practice with the guns they bear," he says, a point recognized by this law, known as 10 USC 4309. "Otherwise, it's like free speech with no talking aloud."

No, it is not and there are several reasons why.

From a Constitutional perspective, no "right" to gun ranges is protected or even mentioned. The 2nd says Americans can own and use firearms. It does not say how, where, why, or when...just that the government cannot infringe upon that right to own and use because the government is the primary violator of man's rights.

Infringement requires a positive action. One must actively work against my free exercise of the right in question, to curtail it, to restrict it, to prohibit it, before it can be classified as a legitimate infringement. The lack of places to shoot does not qualify because it the absence of something. If the state outlawed gun ranges, it would primarily be an infringement of the property rights of actual gun range owners. But the state isn't outlawing gun ranges (specifically, it might be, but I don't want to look into it right now) and individual people are not using force against existing ranges to shut them down (ditto).

By wrapping this in rights-language, Mr. Korwin is implying something that is left unmentioned. When rights are violated, the use of force to restitute/reimburse/punish the violator becomes justified. Well, who exactly in Mr. Korwin's mind is violating gun owner's rights here? What should be done with them? Should the state build a gun range for every 1,000 people in an area...using taxpayer money?

No, a scarcity of gun ranges does not mean a person's rights have been violated. It means there either isn't enough interest in the local market to support another venue (it's been tried and it failed) or there aren't any motivated individuals to test the waters to see if another venue can earn enough money to stay afloat (it just hasn't been tried).

I'll tell you what would be a rights-violation: getting the state to steal wealth from citizens in the form of taxes in order to provide a service that any functioning mind understands can and is provided by private people with private property.

June 15, 2005

Repealing the 22nd Amendment and Presidential Term Limits

Just ran across this.

H. J. RES. 24

HJ 24 IH

109th CONGRESS

1st Session

H. J. RES. 24

Proposing an amendment to the Constitution of the United States to repeal the 22nd amendment to the Constitution.

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

February 17, 2005

Mr. HOYER (for himself, Mr. BERMAN, Mr. SENSENBRENNER, Mr. SABO, and Mr. PALLONE) introduced the following joint resolution; which was referred to the Committee on the Judiciary

JOINT RESOLUTION

Proposing an amendment to the Constitution of the United States to repeal the 22nd amendment to the Constitution.
Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled (two-thirds of each House concurring therein), That the following article is proposed as an amendment to the Constitution of the United States, which shall be valid to all intents and purposes as part of the Constitution when ratified by the legislatures of three-fourths of the several States within seven years after the date of its submission for ratification:
`Article --
`The twenty-second article of amendment to the Constitution of the United States is repealed.'.
The last action taken was on April 4th when it was sent to the Subcommittee on the Constitution in the House.

Way back when I had no idea what I was talking about, I often thought term limits were a Good Thing, useful for keeping those evil career politicians out of power. Nowadays, I realize all it takes is one term to do irreparable damage.

Several of the resolution's sponsors are Democrats, so they can't be doing this out of love for President Bush. I wonder why? In his remarks introducing the measure, Hoyer said:

Mr. Speaker, I am introducing today a joint resolution to repeal outright the 22nd Amendment to the Constitution. The 22nd Amendment requires that no person who has served two terms or has served two years of another President's term be permitted to serve another term of office.

The time has come to repeal the 22nd Amendment to the Constitution, and not because of partisan politics. While I am not a

[Page: E303] GPO's PDF

supporter of the current President, I feel there are good public policy reasons for a repeal of this amendment. Under the Constitution as altered by the 22nd Amendment, this must be President George W. Bush's last term even if the American people should want him to continue in office. This is an undemocratic result.

Under the resolution I offer today, President Bush would not be eligible to run for a third term. However, the American people would have restored to themselves and future generations an essential democratic privilege to elect who they choose in the future.

A limitation on the terms that a President could serve was not fully discussed by the Founding Fathers. However, Alexander Hamilton, in Federalist Paper 72, recognized that one important benefit of not having term limits on the President would be:

We do not have to rely on rigid constitutional standards to hold our Presidents accountable. Sufficient power resides in the Congress and the Judiciary to protect our country from tyranny. As the noted attorney and counsel to Presidents, Clark Clifford, said:

I believe we denigrate ourselves as an enlightened people, and our political process as a whole, in imposing on ourselves still further disability to retain tested and trusted leadership. The Congress and the Judiciary are now and will remain free to utilize their own countervailing constitutional power to forestall any executive overreaching.

June 14, 2005

Why I Read Mickey Kaus

He bashes the Los Angeles Times with such glee:

Make-up call: On Friday the L.A. Times ran a huge front-page (A-1) photo of an empty freeway--it had been closed for an hour after a shooting incident. Was the paper clumsily trying to make up for its embarrassing and emblematic failure to give any prominence to a far more dramatic and disruptive, nationally-covered freeway chase and four-hour closure two days before? You make the 'make-up call' call! ... P.S.: The photo's caption roped in the earlier incident, noting, "It was the second freeway closure this week. ..." This is classic LAT behavior. Don't report the news when it happens. Any newspaper can do that! But only magisterial, monopoly newspaper can ignore the news when it happens and then provide readers with an analysis of what the trend in the ignored news means a few days or weeks later! Coming soon: A Sunday thumbsucker on "Freeway Closures: What They Say About Southern California's Identity."

*chuckle*

He may be a liberal nostalgic for the WPA, but he's got teeth in his commentary and he bites some worthy targets.

June 13, 2005

Oh, Canada

Over at The London Fog, things get worse.

The Political Makes the Personal Uncomfortable

You won't find me in Hillary Rodham Clinton's camp of supporters. You won't find me in Bill Clinton's camp of supporters. I would have supported the impeachment of President Clinton for entirely different reasons than if he got a blowjob on the job from his wife or from someone else. Good intentions or not, they and the people like them want to use the people in this country as a means to their ends.

However, this is ugly. Ed Klein better have evidence to support the parts of his book that say Clinton raped his wife and by doing that, got her pregnant with the child that eventually became their daughter, Chelsea. This kind of dirt hits me as particularly dirty because Drudge has been hyping The Truth About Hillary: What She Knew, When She Knew It, and How Far She'll Go to Become President and we know his role in Clinton's presidency.

There are reasons I couldn't be a politician, but the public dissection of lives counts as a big one. Hopefully, the allegation is not true. For Chelsea's sake, because that would be excruciating to know and doubly so because everyone else does as well.

Ugh. Politics is filthy.

June 10, 2005

Japanese Prison Labor

The AP via The Japan Times: Ministry touts perks of growing prison system workforce

Need workers? Japan's penal system has the answer: prison labor.

The Justice Ministry began advertising its captive labor supply on its Web site this year in hopes of getting more company work orders as the prison population rises.

The advertisement, started in March, praises the benefits of labor in prison, outlines the types of products available and provides links and phone numbers for companies to call.

"Making prisoners have a regular work life helps them maintain their mental and physical health, nurture a labor spirit, and promote a disciplined lifestyle," the Web page says.


I first heard about this from Alex Jones and had to check it out for myself to be sure.
Eight-hour workdays are part of nearly all prisoners' sentences in Japan, and the country's largest prisons can have dozens of factories making shoes, wooden toys and other goods. But job orders are declining because of the weak economy and outsourcing of production abroad.

Between 1998 and 2004, orders dropped 40 percent to 7.2 billion yen. But the number of inmates sentenced to prison time plus labor has surged 50 percent over the same period, to 61,000 in 2004.

Shotaro Watanabe, an official at the ministry's Corrections Bureau, said prison factories were also having trouble because the inmate population is aging and workers are not as productive as they used to be.

(C) All rights reserved


I suppose this is a terminal expression of how a government might feel about those who break its laws. No matter what you've done, if you're imprisoned in some nations, you're liable to have Arbeit Macht Frei or some other dangerous nonsense looming over your heads as you serve your time.

Even if you subscribe to the idea put forth by some libertarians that supervised/forced labor under a system of private law(s) is not necessarily a bad thing, the labor mentioned above is not done under mutually arbitrated terms to provide restitution to the victims the incarcerated may or may not have harmed. Without that crucial feature, it is merely a form of economic slavery.

June 09, 2005

A Few Cheers and an Answer for Scott Woolley

Forbes: How To Duck Cell Phone Taxes

Cell phones have not been proven to cause cancer, so why exactly are they taxed like they do?

Steve Largent, head of the main cell phone lobbying group, recently complained to Congress that the average 16.8% in combined federal, state and local taxes his customers pay has traditionally been levied on products like cigarettes. Americans pay an average of just 6.9% for typical non-carcinogenic goods and services.

Exorbitant cell phone taxes may seem like one of life's annoyances you just can't do anything about. In fact, as I recently discovered, you can.

So far, cities and towns have gotten away with treating the country's 182 million cell phone subscribers as easy marks. Cell phones taxes increased nine times faster than taxes on other goods and services between January 2003 and April 2004, according to one industry study. In a particularly egregious case, Baltimore just hit its residents with a new $3.50 per month tax.

But ever-higher cell phone taxes are likely to have another effect: More people will go to the effort of dodging them.

That's what I did. A year after moving to Los Angeles from New York, I was reading my Verizon Wireless bill and noticed I was still paying New York taxes. New York, as it happens, has the highest state and local taxes in the country: 16.2% (if you add federal charges, it's 22.2%). I estimated I was giving my former city and state about $75 per year they didn't deserve.


Damn straight.

He's got some info that could be useful. I'll let you read it to find out. He does have a few questions, though.

I also felt a bit guilty. I had established that is was practical to dodge high cell phone taxes. But was it legal? And was it ethical?

2005 Forbes.com Inc. All Rights Reserved


First answer: No. He establishes this himself later on in the article by looking up the Mobile Telecommunications Sourcing Act.

Second answer: Yes. Anyone who says you have a moral duty to pay taxes is an apologist for government theft. You don't have an obligation to pay taxes any more than you have an obligation to pay a burglar to leave your home theater system alone when he arrives to take the jewelry. It is your money and you are right to want to keep that scarce resource under your control and in your hands as you see fit.

Link via Sploid.

June 07, 2005

At What Cost, O Libertarian?

When questioned about the cost of a seriously libertarian President in power that actually gets serious libertarian proposals enacted:

I'd say at the cost of dozens of thousands of parasitic government jobs and laws that directly infringe upon our liberty; at the cost of an epochal earthquake in the Establishment and how it does business; at the cost of many, many individuals who have relied on the stolen wealth of others to live; at the cost of state institutions that have systematically ruined generations of Americans and incentivized laziness, mediocrity, and dependence; at the cost of untold thousands of innocent foreign lives and countless billions of dollars in war; etc. These are "costs" only to those who have fed off the system.

Dallas Law Enforcement Insanity

Dallas Observer: Rent a Cop...Or else

The message from Dallas City Hall is that it can't really fight crime. The message is that you need to do it yourself. Or else. And, man, does that message ever come across.

I won't quote any more because you really have to read it for yourself.

From my "extremist" political perspective, this is not surprising at all, a logical consequence of imposing a government in order to secure social order and a logical consequence of using the state to fix the problems the state itself creates by it's existence. Normal human motives are utterly corrupted and are inadvertently turned against us, leading to absurdities like a city government suing you because you didn't try hard enough to stop crime on your property and then subtly suggesting you hire off-duty cops to reduce your crime liability.

So give it a read and reconsider the point of a monopolized, centralized police force under the control of politicians, a class of human no sane moral would trust to baby sit their children, let alone a city of millions.

Link via Billy Beck.

June 06, 2005

Clarence Thomas on the Medical Marijuana Ruling

From his seperate dissent (PDF):

Respondents Diane Monson and Angel Raich use marijuana that has never been bought or sold, that has never crossed state lines, and that has had no demonstrable effect on the national market for marijuana. If Congress can regulate this under the Commerce Clause, then it can regulate virtually anything - and the Federal Government is no longer one of limited and enumerated powers.

Where the fuck have you been for the last hundred or so years?

June 02, 2005

When Privatization is not Privatization

The AP via CNN: Pennsylvania school privatization effort collapses

Pennsylvania's first major experiment in school privatization is coming to an ugly end in this poverty-stricken city of abandoned buildings, vacant lots and closed-down shipyards on the outskirts of Philadelphia.

Edison Schools, a for-profit company hired four years ago to run eight of the city's nine schools, is pulling out in June, partly because it has not gotten paid about $4 million in fees.

[...]

Edison at the mercy of local officials when it came to control over the district's finances and getting the information it needed to do its job.

[...]

Edison also found itself in a perpetual three-way power struggle with the board and the central administration. The contract did not allow Edison to hire or fire teachers. The company also did not control the district's finances and had limited ability to shift resources to places that needed them. It was not involved in generating the faulty information that hid the system's budget deficit.

Edison's Tucker said the company struggled just to get accurate information from the district on student enrollment.

Copyright 2005 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.

May 27, 2005

Integrating British and American ID Systems

The Independent: US wants to be able to access Britons' ID cards

The United States wants Britain's proposed identity cards to have the same microchip and technology as the ones used on American documents.

The aim of getting the same microchip is to ensure compatability in screening terrorist suspects. But it will also mean that information contained in the British cards can be accessed across the Atlantic.


Achtung! Geben Sie mir Ihre Papiere! - The REAL ID Act.

This is distressing. I should have been prepared for this, because the digital route means it's easier for states to track the citizens living inside and now outside their borders. It's a good example of the serious problems with "making government work more efficiently."

Michael Chertoff, the newly appointed US Secretary for Homeland Security, has already had talks with the Home Secretary, Charles Clarke, and the Transport Secretary, Alistair Darling, to discuss the matter.

Mr Chertoff said yesterday that it was vital to seek compatibility, holding up the example of the "video war" of 25 years ago, when VHS and Betamax were in fierce competition to win the status of industry standard for video recording systems.

"I certainly hope we have the same chip... It would be very bad if we all invested huge amounts of money in biometric systems and they didn't work with each other. Hopefully, we are not going to do VHS and Betamax with our chips. I was one of the ones who bought Betamax, and that's now in the garbage," he said.

2005 Independent News & Media (UK) Ltd.


Hey, so that means I can ditch your fucking cattle cards if I want to, right?!?

Now this is an inapt metaphor, comparing the competition of VHS vs. Betamax with "competing" government ID card systems. One of those is characterized by free individuals making choices in regards to their values voluntarily. The other is characterized by the government forcing millions of people to do what it wants in order to control what you do.

Drudge was absolutely right when he linked to this article with the words "WORLD ID CARD?..." I don't know the technical details or the history, but this is a step in that direction.

Reuters Alertnet: Get used to biometric tests, U.S. tells travellers

Chertoff was speaking to reporters after meeting British officials during a four-day visit to Europe to discuss transatlantic security cooperation.

On Monday he visited the Netherlands, which will pilot a scheme later this year to allow passengers flying between New York's JFK airport and Amsterdam's Schiphol airport to pass through border controls using a biometric card.

If they can produce the card, travellers will not be subjected to further questioning or screening.


I call bullshit on this right now. Because humans are not perfect and because government amplifies those flaws, it will probably take less than a year to renege on this promise. Some database will screw up; some government employee will fail to be diligent; some traveler will enter incorrect data; some computer will crash; someone will lie on their information forms; the end result will be someone who "isn't allowed" will get past the International Biometric Identity Screen. It will happen again. After a number of these incidents (or perhaps even before, just "to be safe"), that one quick swipe of the cattle card will turn into a, "could you step over here, Sir? We just need to check something." I make few predictions, but I'll put my word on this one. The system will fail or the system won't be good enough for every situation, and the end result will bring the whole enterprise back down the point where we are now: multiple ID checks, questioning, searching through belongings, electromagnetic scanning, etc.

It feels stupid to complain about it, but I would have not expected a Republican-majority American government to do this shit. One of the very few things I can appreciate the Bush Administration for (and even this is in a cynical light), is the people within it have done more to crumble my respect, support, and justification for government than any one else.

May 20, 2005

On Allowing People to Practice Medicine

The work Radley Balko has done to expose governments' war on "legal" drugs is outstanding and I wish him success in changing minds and influencing policy. Just look at the shit he is up against:

Prosecutor Barbara Burns argued that Deonarine's once-respected family medicine practice evolved into a pill mill that dispensed potent narcotics on demand, regardless of whether a patient provided medical records or showed a plausible need.

If there was a free market in health care in this country, none of the above would be illegal. None of the above are violations on anyone's rights. Quite the contrary: they are examples of legitimate uses of those rights.

In another time, the idea that an American would need government permission to maintain his health or to provide such help for a fee would have been laughed at as nonsense. How someone sought and provided medical advice was just another thing private individuals did through voluntary exchange. Now, jumping through hundreds of regulatory hoops that get tighter and more numerous with every legislative session and court decision, spending years in expensive schools, passing license and certification tests, and constantly living with the threat of state-sanctioned power to be brought to bear against actual people is considered the norm. It is accepted, because some people assume most everyone else is too stupid, greedy, or scared to make their own decisions for their everyone else's benefit.

The prosecution blamed Deonarine for the overdose death of college student Michael Labzda, who visited Deonarine complaining of back pain and a broken toe. The doctor prescribed the painkiller OxyContin without medical tests or other diagnostic procedures. Labzda overdosed after bingeing on drugs and alcohol, including snorting OxyContin, in February 2001.

Copyright 2005, Sun-Sentinel Co. & South Florida Interactive, Inc.


Quite clearly, the death of Mr. Labzda is his fault and his fault alone. Dr. Deonarine did not kill the student. The corruption of causality required to take this flying leap in prosecution is large indeed.

Mr. Balko has been fighting this insanity and I applaud him for it. However, he has made a glaring error.

Note that the jury said most of the debate was over whether the guy was "a good doctor," or practiced medicine "in good faith." Certainly either of those should be taken into consideration when deciding if the guy should be allowed to practice medicine. But do we want to live in a society where a jury's determination of whether you're a good or bad doctor could ultimately put you in prison for the rest of your life?

I think this clearly demonstrates that Mr. Balko does not mind that some entity should have the power to strip a man of his (for lack of a better term) legal ability to make a living in the industry of his choice.

Never mind that such licensing laws are direct and straightforward attacks on one's self-ownership and property rights, commonly used at the behest of unions and established businesses to protect their interests to squash competition. Never mind that by having a process (backed by the threat of aggressive force) that "allows" people to practice medicine will inevitably drive up the costs of such services for everyone. Never mind that such licenses are revocable, thereby hinting at the real power held by the state that issues them: to control how, when, why, and where that licensed activity takes place, to place a firm state hand on the shoulder of the physician to direct his activities towards ends that the state determines are "in the public's interest."

He's worried about a jury putting someone in jail for life for being a "bad doctor" when that's just plinking around the periphery of the proper target.

Perhaps Mr. Balko simply wasn't thinking seriously - without an eye towards considering his implications - when he wrote that; I'm open to the possibility. I know I've let slip dumbass things in the past. However, the words reveal an all-too-common idea held among just about everyone these days.

May 19, 2005

John Derbyshire, Anarchist?

I'm going to continue voting down any and all local spending proposals every chance I get. You'll cut school buses? I have a car. You'll cut police? I have guns.

The only way to kill municipal socialism is to starve it to death.


Careful, dude. Those arguments take one far past the typical conservative position on government services.

May 18, 2005

If Con is the Opposite of Pro, What the Hell is Plogress?

Plogress, keeping track of the wealth- and freedom-thieving jackals who purport to run our affairs from Washington, D.C.

Via Radley Balko.

May 17, 2005

"There was no dispute over the need for a new highway program"

The AP via the Guardian: Senate Ready to Defy Bush on Highway Bill

The happy dance upon the once-promising corpse of the ideas that lead to the creation of the United States continues.

Quickie '24' Blog Items with an Emphasis on Richard Heller

[Updates below.]

Jim Henley covers the basics for me. Just a few notes and on to other things.

I can't concur enough with Mr. Henley's observation: "will CTU ever secure a location they decide to raid?" If there is a single competent administrator in the entire agency, they'd fire every bastard running and operating in these "perimeter units" who have consistently demonstrated their utter inability to keep the good buys safe and the bad guys contained.

I think it would be a fun and challenging exercise for a libertarian-minded person to examine this season to ascertain as accurately as possible the amount of government resources deployed and how they were whipped back and forth from crisis location to crisis location. It simply astonishes me this calmness CTU HQ exhibits when it throws teams around the nation. I grant artistic license only so far, especially when hard numbers are offered up so often by the program itself.

I'd also like to take the time to point out I have libertarian tendencies, know the show fairly well, and have far too much time on my hands. Cash-bearing suitors are welcome!

I was waiting for Jack Bauer to tell Audrey that, beyond just "sitting down to talk" about what happened over the last few hours, he'd swear to leave the business for good, to swear he'd never get involved in shit like this again. My 24 watching buddy, after I mentioned this, then reminded me that Bauer's made that promise before - look where it's gotten him! I really hated how he asserted the things he does are required of those who do this job and how he is therefore somehow justified in doing them, as if he can't turn away and leave it behind. If I was Audry, I'd call him on this cop-out and dump the bastard post haste.

Relating this to Mr. Henley's idea of a "new, American kind of martyrdom" that the creative team wants us to feel for government agents, I see that Michelle and Tony decided to get back together and leave It All behind once this crisis is over. Even before the preview for the final episode, I predicted Tony would get stuck in some situation that threatens his life. I'm eagerly awaiting Jack's deepest condolences to Michelle after he wastes the love of her life in order to do his job. Poor Tony; he's had a pretty shitty day and it looks like it'll get worse.

Conclusion: Jack Bauer doesn't just take on America's enemies, he also breaks up relationships with ease!

It was entertaining to watch the cabinet meeting scene among President Logan, ex-President Palmer, and the Speaker of the House. It resolves to:

"I'm in charge!"
"No, I'm in charge!"
"No, The People are in charge!"

The formalities of government power, unable to ignore the trappings and supposed entitlements of office. In another life I would have laughed.

The creative team missed a potential moment of Supreme Grand Irony. In their version of events, Richard Heller didn't tell of his homosexual encounter a week prior because he thought it had nothing to do with the terrorism of that day. They tip the show slightly against him due to his previous statement (under duress) that affirmed this: he had nothing to tell because it had nothing to do with what CTU and his Secretary of Defense father wanted to know. Thus, in the words of his dad, he "made a profound mistake" by not emptying his guts of every possible thing that might help CTU find and fight the terrorists. The self-selected superhumans were demanding super-human effort from everyone.

It would have been more satisfying on a lesson-teaching level to have Richard simply never make the connection between a seemingly innocent anonymous encounter and a vast terrorist conspiracy. By (truthfully?) denying he had absolutely no knowledge of either the phone call to Marwan or any terrorists, Richard's physical state would have quickly eroded in the bloody utilitarian grip of Jack Bauer's desire for results. Thus, Richard would have been either killed or brutally harmed to extract information that he thought he didn't know on the assumption he did know, maliciously when in fact he did know, benignly.

On a related note, none of the above Richard drama would have been necessary of CTU had taken the basic fucking step of examining his phone records hours ago and asking HIM if anything seemed out of the ordinary. Instead, they hopped straight to the "sensory-deprivation" torture technique (if you don't think that's torture, then at least humor me on the de facto kidnapping to bring him to CTU HQ).

I can't really discern if there is some deeper political meaning to Richard's self-outing. Anyone who attempts to use it as a metaphor or example to denounce gays in general is quite simply a raging fool. This also applies to the other cultural indictment against him: he "got high" with that couple in addition to risky sexual acts.

But what was the problem that we were supposed to resolve? Richard knew something but he wasn't going to tell because he thought it wasn't relevant...but also because by doing so he'd have to admit to behaviors society frowns upon. That last motivation cripples him. Is that an indictment of him or those opposing values? I'm inclined to side with the latter because the former implies he has the positive duty to empty the contents of his memory on demand.

Season-ender in less than one week!


Previous entries: 24 and Torture, Fox's '24': A Libertarian Nightmare, The Jack Bauer Power Hour, Inner Outrage; The Enslavement of Behrooz Araz, The Total Erosion of the Fourth Wall, The '24' Embrace of Contemporary Politics, Humanity Revealed in FOX's 24, and The Latest Hour of '24'

UPDATED 3/13/2006 9:45am
My Take on FOX's '24' Ethics

May 13, 2005

Snake Oil Salesman McDermott Complains About...Snake Oil Salesmen

Rep. McDermott on the Common Good:

McDERMOTT: But you are absolutely right and, you see, I mean, by the way if there's anything that's lost, that we've lost in the last for awhile, it's being the sense of the common good. You are honest enough to tell me that that's exactly how you thought. You are thinking about yourself. I've got a job, I've got health care, I've got, you know, I'm doing OK, so it's not a problem. Well Reagan started us down the road, not that he was the first, but he was the one that articulated best when he said: "are you better off this year than you were last year or four years ago?" The question should be are we better off than we were four years ago and the fact is that as a country and as a people and as a middle-class, we are not. Our salaries aren't going up, are ability to buy a house, you realize if we have any kind of financial problem in this country and we suddenly have to deal with rising interest rates, all those young people out there who have a house with an adjustable mortgage on it, you could have this thing jump 3%. I'm fixed rate, I'm not going to change but if you are young person and you have to take an arm to get into the house, you are in real danger, and jumping interest rates plus $2.50 gasoline, health care problems, job problems - and that's why I think the biggest thing that's missing in the democratic party is that we have lost the idea of the common good. That's what Franklin Delano Roosevelt was going with social security, he's saying look, this is the worst that's ever been in this country but we would get together and we will find the way to help our old people in this country get back on their feet and we've driven down the poverty among senior from 50% to 10% and it's not all gone, is not perfect, is not the best system in the world, but it's going in the right direction and herein come the President who says "we have to get rid off that, we want to put you on in the ownership society" What he means is that we want to put you out on your own and that's splitting again that ideas of the common good we put social security together, he wants to put us back on our own dealing with the stock market and from my point of view, my 401K tells me that I ain't smart enough to get rich investing, so, maybe somebody else, but I don't want to take the chance, I want to know that if everything goes to pieces, I'll always have my Social Security.

Armando: I have to tell you my first reaction ... you talk about the theme of the common good, it is very powerful, I think you really hit on something there congressman. It is powerful, you've got me thinking and I am not in my dotage but I am also not a Spring chicken either, so ...

McDERMOTT: The more you live, the more you become wary of the guy selling snake oil...


Emphasis mine.

Good gawd. Where do I start? Should I even try?

I turn 25 years old this year and I think my Snake Oil Salesman Radar is better than McDermott's 68-plus year old unit.

May 12, 2005

Achtung! Geben Sie mir Ihre Papiere! - The REAL ID Act

[Updates below.]

Are you ready for a national American ID card in three years?

Wait - you don't know what the hell I'm talking about? I just found out yesterday.

FAQ: How Real ID will affect you

What does that mean for me?
Starting three years from now, if you live or work in the United States, you'll need a federally approved ID card to travel on an airplane, open a bank account, collect Social Security payments, or take advantage of nearly any government service. Practically speaking, your driver's license likely will have to be reissued to meet federal standards.

The Real ID Act hands the Department of Homeland Security the power to set these standards and determine whether state drivers' licenses and other ID cards pass muster. Only ID cards approved by Homeland Security can be accepted "for any official purpose" by the feds.


It has long been the case that it's damn near impossible to get serious financial work done as an individual without some form of government ID. This makes it far worse. Travel is an even more basic human act...I certainly don't intend to visit friends 200 miles away on foot or buddies in Florida by bicycle.

It can be argued we've had something like a national ID card ever since the beginning of the Social Security system, but that can't compare to this new beast.

What's going to be stored on this ID card?
At a minimum: name, birth date, sex, ID number, a digital photograph, address, and a "common machine-readable technology" that Homeland Security will decide on. The card must also sport "physical security features designed to prevent tampering, counterfeiting, or duplication of the document for fraudulent purposes."

Homeland Security is permitted to add additional requirements--such as a fingerprint or retinal scan--on top of those. We won't know for a while what these additional requirements will be.


Combine that with this
You said the ID card will be electronically readable. What does that mean?
The Real ID Act says federally accepted ID cards must be "machine readable," and lets Homeland Security determine the details. That could end up being a magnetic strip, enhanced bar code, or radio frequency identification (RFID) chips.

In the past, Homeland Security has indicated it likes the concept of RFID chips.


...and you have a dramatic opportunity for identity theft.

There are worse possibilities: someone could develop a combined RFID reader and READ ID decoder. (You know it'll take about one week for a hacker to break the eletronics wide open and a cracker to decrypt whatever security is used to encode the data. It'll hit Slashdot the next day.) Someone could casually hang out in a bar and download all that critical data from women in the bar and then have a significant advantage if they want to rape one of them. Ditto for burglaries and murder.

You can read the text here. Dig Section 102:

SEC. 102. WAIVER OF LAWS NECESSARY FOR IMPROVEMENT OF BARRIERS AT BORDERS.

Section 102(c) of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (8 U.S.C. 1103 note) is amended to read as follows:

  1. `(c) Waiver-

    1. `(1) IN GENERAL- Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary of Homeland Security shall have the authority to waive, and shall waive, all laws such Secretary, in such Secretary's sole discretion, determines necessary to ensure expeditious construction of the barriers and roads under this section.
    2. `(2) NO JUDICIAL REVIEW- Notwithstanding any other provision of law (statutory or nonstatutory), no court, administrative agency, or other entity shall have jurisdiction--
      1. `(A) to hear any cause or claim arising from any action undertaken, or any decision made, by the Secretary of Homeland Security pursuant to paragraph (1); or
      2. `(B) to order compensatory, declaratory, injunctive, equitable, or any other relief for damage alleged to arise from any such action or decision.'.
Let that sink in for a bit. Laws don't matter to the feds much, do they? Not that they follow their own...

Keep in mind that the Supreme Court ruled (PDF) last year that it is fine if states have laws that require you to show ID when requested by a cop.

Here is Bush's teeth-grittingly vanilla endorsement (PDF). Fucking wanker.

Ron Paul: Mr. Speaker, I rise in strong opposition:

Supporters claim it is not a national ID because it is voluntary. However, any state that opts out will automatically make non-persons out of its citizens. The citizens of that state will be unable to have any dealings with the federal government because their ID will not be accepted. They will not be able to fly or to take a train. In essence, in the eyes of the federal government they will cease to exist. It is absurd to call this voluntary.

[...]

This bill establishes a massive, centrally-coordinated database of highly personal information about American citizens: at a minimum their name, date of birth, place of residence, Social Security number, and physical and possibly other characteristics. What is even more disturbing is that, by mandating that states participate in the "Drivers License Agreement," this bill creates a massive database of sensitive information on American citizens that will be shared with Canada and Mexico!

[...]

There are no limits on what happens to the database of sensitive information on Americans once it leaves the United States for Canada and Mexico - or perhaps other countries. Who is to stop a corrupt foreign government official from selling or giving this information to human traffickers or even terrorists? Will this uncertainty make us feel safer?


Why didn't we find out?

No Real Debate for Real ID

Hundreds of civil liberties groups, immigrant support groups and government associations oppose the Real ID Act, a piece of legislation that critics say would produce a de facto national ID card, cost states millions of dollars and punish undocumented immigrants.

Yet despite widespread opposition to the bill, it passed through the House last week and is expected to easily pass through the Senate on Tuesday.

The legislation is raising questions not only about privacy and costs but about the ways in which critical legislation gets passed in Congress.

That's because lawmakers slipped the bill into a larger piece of legislation -- an $82 billion spending bill -- that authorizes funds for the Iraq war and tsunami relief, among other things, and is considered a must-pass piece of legislation.


The bill passed the Senate, 100-0. It passed the House 261 - 161. I'd like to note that Lloyd Doggett voted against, Lamar Smith voted for, Michael McCaul voted for, and John Carter didn't vote. Obviously, both Senator John Cornyn and Senator Kay Baily Hutchinson voted for the bill.

Terrorism and fears of illegal immigrants are being used to turn this country upside down and rip what made it so different to pieces.

UPDATED 5/27/2005 9:32am
Integrating British and American ID Systems

Real ID Rebellion
UnRealID

May 10, 2005

The Latest Hour of '24'

[Updates below.]

***SPOILERS THROUGHOUT***

So we are now in the final stretch of the fourth season. With two hours to go, we only have so many directions the plot can take. Not that this negatively impacts the series, because I think from the perspective of the drama the producers want to inspire in the hearts of the audience, tonight's episode was one of the best. All the complaints I have about things such as the Atlas-like battery power in Jack Bauer's cell phone are great fun to point and laugh at. However, I really become engaged in Big Stories like this season purports to depict. It really doesn't get much bigger than

  • the serious threat of direct military confrontation between China and the United States
  • the imminent launch of a U.S. (!!!) nuclear warhead from American soil intended to attack American soil by a Muslim/Arabic terrorist cell
  • the decision to end, in person, literally vital medical attention the husband of your lover in order to save the life of another because that person may know something about that nuclear attack
  • the potential treason of the Secretary of Defense's son, who may have helped the terrorists
  • the attempted murder of the sitting President

And so on. I think what makes 24 so enjoyable, despite all my problems with the actions of the characters within it, is the mixture of conflicts the audience is supposed to categorize in one of two natures: personal and social. The personal problems are scattered liberally throughout this year's show: husband and wife; adulterous lovers; divorcees; boyfriends and girlfriends; co-workers; fathers and sons, mothers and daughters, and all the various combinations; employee and employer; colleagues and functionaries; complete strangers. These are the personal, the individual relationships that we are all aware of and that serve to provide no small amount of the support we use to get by each day.

Even if the crude medium of TV could be refined with the best acting and the best direction and the best production, it would still amount to an approximate take on how two people think and feel. We are left to fill in the gaps of awareness with our own experiences, relating fiction to reality and history. I'm aware these conflicts are present in most shows to some degree, but I think they've served almost as an effective counterweight to the other kind of conflict: the social.

It is here that I think tends to get the most attention, if simply due to the confluence of events away from the TV. These are between terrorist group/ideology and opposing government/ideology; local/national government entity to local/national government entity. It is a fact that most people today, when asked to value the life of one stranger against the lives of many strangers, are more likely to pick the welfare of the collective over the single when all options are exhausted (sometimes sooner than that). This choice permeates us in the news and has an almost undefeatable grasp around the neck of politics.

It is nice to see the Trees get some attention, specifically because it means the Forest isn't getting the customary limelight.

Or maybe I'm just trying to salvage a show on artistic grounds when on moral grounds it hurts so much to watch.

In any case, the show continues to display what the inner workings of the federal government during a possible nightmare scenario. I've noticed a few things about this. One, meetings are not where most important decisions are made. Rather, they are the set-up to a future situation where it comes down to one person's choices. Even though some effort was made to show that CTU holds regular meetings several times an hour, the bulk of the work is done by technicians and field operatives. The upper echelon or executives, to the extent it even knows what's going on, set the broad outline of what they want done. Thus, executive power is cast far from the position of those who are elected to wield it and into the hands of people who are hired.

I would assume that most people, when presented with this, would say, "So what? When snap decisions are to be made, shouldn't those decisions be made closer to the people involved instead of further?" I'd agree with them. I'd also ask them what kind of deliberate intellectual blindness allows them to say that and still defend the existence of government that takes barely countable lives and vast wealth (our very time) into it's hands thousands of times a day to redistribute as anything but just as important.

The other thing is something that happens just as frequently (in fact, with the same exact frequency) as the above. These things called "laws" that the government makes and enforces don't seem to mean a damn thing in times of emergency. The regulations governing inter-agency cooperation and coordination fall by the wayside even faster. Prohibitions against murder, assault, theft, extortion, and the act of credibly threatening to do them are violated. What was already a very precarious situation regarding individual rights becomes palpably worse.

This ties in with the first because one of the justifications in having a government is that it protects us from ourselves and external threats. What is to stop a government from preying on the citizens (anyone, really) living inside the geographic reach of that state? The separation of powers? But we've seen how the most immediate threat to the liberty and welfare of citizens - the people in the executive branch - begin to shrug off the institutional yokes placed on their backs. So far, 24 has only tangentially dealt with the judicial branch and has almost left the legislative branch unmentioned. It is the case today, though, that the judicial will tend to yield or give the benefit of the doubt to the executive branch when "national security" is concerned. It is a simple task to find examples of the judiciary ceding the moral ground to power to accomplish executive tasks that have nothing to do with national security, regardless. To top things off, one needs to only look at the historical Congress to know that often enough it is the body of state that wishes to trample on individual rights to a greater extent than the other two.

Audrey Rains had a very powerful moment this episode. It has been hardly half an hour since she watched her husband die on an operating table - not because the surgeons were incompetent or because his medical condition was impossible to improve, but because Jack held his service pistol to the head of the lead surgeon and demanded he stop working on Paul and instead save the life of Lee Jong. Audry vehemently protested but was restrained by CTU agents and taken outside the OR. Paul flat lines and dies even though Jack and Curtis attempt to revive him. Audry is distraught.

Chinese Consul Koo Yin is killed during Jack's escape with Jong. The Deputy Consul, Su Ming, demands access to CTU and CTU agents to see if they had anything to do with the assault. A cover-up story is quickly concocted after Ming demands to see Jack's hourly activity sheet: he and Audry were working together on data processing for more than an hour during the raid. Before Ming questions Audry, Jack stops by to tell her she has to say what needs to be said in order to keep Ming out of CTU's business. Up to that point, she wasn't aware of the Consul's death and Jack tells her this to emphasize how important it is for her to lie.

She stares at him for a second, clearly shocked by this. Jack tries to make his standard case for acting in a way that he would normally consider wrong, but Audry silences him with a simple (I paraphrase), "And what has that done for you? Where has it gotten us?" The impact on Jack's face is visible and he replies that she, her father the Secretary of Defense, and others are still alive. Jack is called away before anything else could be said, but I think Audry had the upper hand in that exchange. Though she was pointing out the consequences of his actions and their utility, the implication when tied with what he had done in the OR was one of concern for objective, individual morality. He couldn't answer that question on those grounds.

A final comment. Tonight I became aware of something 24 has showcased since the beginning. The principle characters in this show are confronted with choices that can and do determine the well-being of human lives. Those choices are almost binary in every case and the two options are framed in the same two ways. One option is to do whatever is necessary to accomplish the mission and the other is to respect either some unspoken moral code or the rules set up by state and social institutions. The former is categorized as the necessary thing to do because anything less will result in death and misery. The latter is categorized as a needlessly strict process. However, both are imbued with moral righteousness by their proponents and the choices are always cast such that they are the only ones that can be made; that when a problem confronts someone, there are two fundamental choices to pick from. They are either to ultimately have the individual or the group primarily in mind.

Previous entries: 24 and Torture, Fox's '24': A Libertarian Nightmare, The Jack Bauer Power Hour, Inner Outrage; The Enslavement of Behrooz Araz, The Total Erosion of the Fourth Wall, The '24' Embrace of Contemporary Politics, and Humanity Revealed in FOX's 24

UPDATED 5/17/2005 2:05pm
Quickie '24' Blog Items with an Emphasis on Richard Heller

UPDATED 3/13/2006 9:45am
My Take on FOX's '24' Ethics

May 06, 2005

Consistencies in Government Revenue

If a private company overcharged the people who pay for its services some $90 million, we'd call it "fraud" or "theft." We'd also demand our money back. We sure as hell wouldn't sit around and wait for the company's executives to decide whether to give it back, or to come up with new "services" it feels we need, and keep the money to pay for them.

-Radley Balko

He's pissed that the Washington Post called a budget surplus a "windfall". The newspaper provides this gem:
"What about the deferred maintenance on human beings, on our children, on our families?"' asked council member Vincent C. Gray (D-Ward 7).
The Honorable Council Member, either through conscious awareness or not, confirms my view that government officials think they own the humans and property under their "jurisdiction" and given their treatment of those things as property, want to make sure what they own is maintained properly. It is a vicious mindset that only could be voiced publicly without fear of instant condemnnation when the individuals that constitute the public are so generally hopeless when it comes to what government means and does.

On a related note, see the recent crowing by the federal government of the United States: Snow says U.S. on track to halve budget deficit

"Government revenues are rising, and rising very sharply," [Treasury Secretary John Snow] said, noting receipts grew to $45 billion in April, more than 20 percent higher than the same month in 2004.

"A rising economy with more revenue for the federal government is helpful. We also have to watch spending," Snow told a radio interview.

Reuters 2005. All Rights Reserved.


*sigh*

A Dandy Notion

I was wiping myself this evening after an especially satisfying bowel movement when I was manhandled outside. Not very private, those voting booths, are they?

-a commenter at Harry Hutton's blog

Via jomama.

May 03, 2005

The Idiots in Charge

The Washington Post: U.S. Called Unprepared For Nuclear Terrorism
When asked during the campaign debates to name the gravest danger facing the United States, President Bush and challenger Sen. John F. Kerry (D-Mass.) gave the same answer: a nuclear device in the hands of terrorists.

But more than 3 1/2 years after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, the U.S. government has failed to adequately prepare first responders and the public for a nuclear strike, according to emergency preparedness and nuclear experts and federal reports.

[...]

Take, for example, a Ready.gov graphic showing that someone a city block from a nuclear blast could save his or her life by walking around the corner. The text reads, "Consider if you can get out of the area." Nuclear specialists say that advice is unhelpful because such a blast can destroy everything within a radius of as much as three-quarters of a mile.

[...]

In late 2003, months after the debut of Homeland Security's Ready.gov Web site, Rand Corp. released a detailed study advising individuals on responding to various attack scenarios -- but with starkly different recommendations.

Ready.gov gave almost no information on which to base a hide-or-flee decision, beyond advice such as to "Quickly assess the situation" after a nuclear blast. In general, it advised going inside, underground if possible, and fleeing by car rather than on foot.

Rand, which in the 1950s was an architect of U.S. nuclear doctrine, said going indoors "would provide little protection in a nuclear attack." It said Ready.gov's suggestion that people in the blast zone head underground after a blast is "misleading" because few people would have time to take that step.

Ready.gov made no mention of the critical factor of wind. But Rand advised that if wind is carrying smoke and the mushroom cloud toward people, they should immediately head perpendicular to it, on foot, for at least a few miles, to get out of the plume's path. Driving would be futile because of impassable roads, Rand said.

"Guidance from Ready.gov fails to indicate the time urgency involved," said Lynn E. Davis, a former undersecretary of state for arms control who was the Rand study's lead author. "We must act in a matter of minutes to survive."

2005 The Washington Post Company


The response by the "authorities"?

"A lot of good work's been done, and a lot of federal resources are poised to respond...Can more work be done? Absolutely"...some of the criticisms of Ready.gov are valid, and that they might change its wording in some places..."We decided [advice to flee crosswind] was not necessarily the best guidance for the American people"...[the] strategy is not for people themselves to decide what to do, but for them to listen for officials' advice over radio or television...

Nuclear terrorism is too dangerous a threat to leave our defense in the hands of the government.

Public schools have utterly failed to teach the very basics of nuclear physics, so most Americans are utterly ignorant of the unique problems and dangers a detonated nuclear device presents. The result are teeth-grittingly obvious suggestions from Ready.gov that the cynics online have roundly lampooned and satirized.

I was somewhat surprised that the WaPo article didn't mention 24 and the current season's upfront plot about stolen nuclear weapons and an imminent attack.

For the Separation of School and State

This wouldn't be such a freakin' problem if the State of Kansas hadn't monopolized the primary education market, thrown up all the typical legal requirements for children to attend school, and imposed taxes that force Kansas residents into the picture, whether they have children or not.

Get the government out of the education business and let parents pick their own schools that meet their own values.

May 02, 2005

Humanity Revealed in FOX's 24

[Updates below.]

My opinions regarding the season so far are summed up in The '24' Embrace of Contemporary Politics. I think the show has been entertainingly good so far, despite a number of reservations. Tonight's episode, however, might have been the best so far.

We weren't pummeled to distraction with five different competing story lines. Instead of updates on what Marwan was doing, we were focused on a narrower scope: the absolute determination to find and stop the threat of a nuclear attack on American soil. It was time for the final showdown between Jack, Audrey, and Paul. And yes, China is involved.

The process and outcome of that showdown was something to behold. There are an infinite number of ways to express the fundamentals of what happened, but the method chosen worked very well.

***SPOILERS***

Continue reading "Humanity Revealed in FOX's 24" »

Libertarians and Toll Roads

[Updates below.]

Red-State.com: December 30, 2004

But the biggest challenge to the proposed toll road is philosophical. It seems that libertarians -- and there are a lot of them in Texas -- like toll roads in the abstract but aren't all that thrilled when they're the ones having to pay the tolls. A plan to establish toll roads around the state capital, Austin, has generated a grass-roots revolt against area politicians who are supporting the plan. One self-described libertarian has used his blog to reveal his inner conflicts over the Austin toll-road plan. Even the local branch of the Libertarian Party has come out in opposition to toll roads.

Libertarianism is fundamentally about allowing an individual to do whatever he or she wants. Although libertarians often express a preference for smaller government and lower taxes, if smaller government ends up restricting their sense of personal freedom -- including by shifting transportation costs to individuals rather than paying for those costs collectively --, libertarians are quick to throw out the window the concepts of small government and low taxes. Of course, libertarians in Texas don't see their opposition to toll roads in this way. They prefer to talk about "double taxation" (that is, having to pay a gasoline tax for road maintenance -- albeit of other roads -- in addition to paying tolls on the toll roads) and to profess anger over the use of eminent domain to build these new roads.


I would be the "self-described libertarian" Michael Meckler linked in his post. Quoting myself from what he linked to:
These aren't do-or-die prices at all, ones I'd be willing to pay for a service I deeply appreciate.

Let's be clear that I don't want the government (federal or state) in the business of road construction or planning. I view it as a titanic effort that is best left to private businesses and groups to handle, from beginning to end. I'd prefer that all roads come with direct costs to the consumers who use them and I'd certainly rather not have the government taking private property in right of way proceedings if the landowners don't want to sell...whether they receive "fair market value" or not.

[...]

Ideally, road construction and maintenance should be the purview of private entities operating to provide a service at a profit...just like any other business. Our transportation system shouldn't be left at the whim of democracy and government corruption. It should be in the hands of the people who would know what's most needed and where: private capitalist enterprise.

The problem isn't the toll. The problem is who administers it.


I wrote that back in April of 2004, around the time I began to adopt an explicitly anarchist viewpoint.

Mr. Meckler's commentary, even though it's several months old, deserves a response. I cannot and will not speak for all libertarians, but I can speak for what I think.

I do have no fundamental objection to paying a toll for a road that I use. I paid for the sandwich I ate for lunch today. I paid for the axe yesterday that I plan on using to chop down a tree in my backyard. In the future, I plan on paying the cover charge to get into the bars and clubs I like. While there are welcome and occasional cases of property owners allowing others to use the owners' property for free, I recognize that there are costs associated with every action and it would be silly and wasteful to demand or expect everyone to allow free access all the time. From this perspective, I'd bet nearly all libertarians would respect a person's request that in order to use his road, you must pay him.

Mr. Meckler implies that libertarians are hypocrites because they like the concept of tolls but object to the user fees when faced with the prospect of actually paying them. Hopefully he can understand the difference between liking some means or goal in theory but not liking how it applies to a given situation. Texans and Austinites have been and already are taxed to pay for the roads "we" have now and will be stuck with in the near future. As any honest libertarian will tell you, there are many problems with taxation as a means to raise revenue. A truly principled libertarian will tell you taxation is absolutely not to be tolerated and should be abolished. Furthermore, anyone seriously claiming the label of libertarian is going to cast a skeptical eye towards any government-business partnership, especially when that government grants exclusive use and operating ownership in order to collect revenue.

The second paragraph is the most noxious. It is an outright joke to make it sound that this toll plan represents "smaller government." There are chaotic hedonists in any large enough group of people and this would include the Libertarian Party as well as the small-l libertarians who remain unaffiliated and independent. It is a testament to the incoherence of the LP, it's officials, and Mr. Meckler's ignorance that he can say libertarianism is "fundamentally about allowing an individual to do whatever he or she wants" when it clearly is not. Individual freedom is paramount to libertarians, however that can only be accomplished through the side constraints of respect for and defense of property rights. In other words, there are legitimate limits to what someone can morally do and they start and stop with the concept of property.

By starting with this strawman, Mr. Meckler can then dismiss real objections as hypocritical whinings. Is it not tantamount to double taxation when we are taxed once and then required to pay again by the new "owners" of the roadway? Is the practice of eminent domain anything but the abhorrent, common practice of stealing land from people and paying them what the state thinks is a fair price?

Speaking as a radical libertarian who does not support the state, I would have no problem paying the legitimate owner of a road for the use of that road. Unfortunately for most of us, the operator of most roads is not the legitimate owner of those roads. The state used force and coercion to take the land for those roads; the money to pay for their construction and maintenance; and the enforcement of traffic laws. It is illegitimate ownership through and through that is used to curry favor for the well-connected and leave the unconnected to deal with a typically anti-market result: potholed, deteriorating roads that weren't designed to meet the actual demands of the customers who use them.

Try again, Michael Meckler.

UPDATED 7/10/2006 11:18am
Ben Wear's Wily Hunt for Truth and the TxTag

April 28, 2005

He's a Succinct One

We don't need the government to knock this crap down; we just need it to stop propping it up.

-Kevin Carson

April 27, 2005

What is to be Done?

Kevin Wrote:

Ive read many columns about what steps we can take to fight the State but I dont see how these individual actions will lead to the collapse of the State. What good have we done if we dont vote, refuse to pay taxes or develop our own counter economy? If we fail to vote weve allowed the voters to install rulers over us, if we refuse to pay taxes well be sent to jail and if our counter economy grows substantial enough the State will stop us. Education is a major key, but I feel direct coordinated action will be required. Even if 30 years in the future there are a substantial number of libertarian anarchist the State will still resist any reduction in its power.


As powerful and important as an individual is, one person's choice to peacefully leave the arms of the state isn't going to dissolve or abolish it. It is quite unlikely one person's choice to be violent in his exit or disagreement will lead to the end of the government. This is due in no small part, I think, to the underlying assumption that we ought to abolish the state in the context of today's society.

I refuse to vote for any political candidate because it is one of the simplest ways to avoid sanctioning the system that harms us. Voting against an issue that infringes individual liberty is justifiable, I think. Putting a person in power is another matter, even if the person promised to not just refuse all further encroachments of the state, but also do everything politically to withdraw the state from our lives...up to and including the abolishment of his or her office. How likely is that? Not even Badnarik, a mostly principled man, was willing to take it that far.

I've heard and am sympathetic towards the idea of a large tax revolt: something like 50,000 people standing in Washington, D.C. and every state capitol and openly stating their intention to never pay a tax again. However, what would come of this?

  1. An honest dialogue erupts all over the country about the nature, purpose, and necessity of government. Talking heads, after they quickly exhaust their boilerplate bullshit about "brutish, nasty, and short" lives, would find themselves needing to study up on the theories and ideology of a truly voluntary society. Water coolers across America witness a resurgence of interest in political philosophy. Eventually, enough voters are convinced by the ethical and consequential arguments in favor of anarchy and embark on a decade-long project to dismantle the state. Sales at Laissez Faire Books drive it into Microsoft-levels of profitability, the Ludwig von Mises Institute doubles in size every 18 months, and the Molinari Institute and Lysander Spooner are mentioned by Wolf Blitzer in prime time.
  2. The various levels of government keep tabs on everyone they can within the tax revolt movement, attempting to arrest some on charges related to PATRIOT Act laws regarding incitement to domestic terrorism, tax-dodging, refusal to get a permit to demonstrate, refusal to obey FEC regulations regarding political action committee financial disclosure, etc. In the media, the hysteria from the early 1900's about "bomb-throwing anarchists" is quickly revived and hyped in front pages around the world. Anarchist "spokesmen" are contacted and have their remarks edited such that they come off sounding like they are relativistic hedonists who want total freedom for all and for any reason, as well as the collectivization of all property. After a week or two, the public forgets the entire issue after a few dismissive references to "freedom not being free" and "taxes are the price we pay for civilization." Anarchists and anarchist theory is ridiculed, denigrated, and re-consigned to the realm of the Wacked, Insane, and Utopian. Statists across the globe self-reflect in smugness, and then return to their business of plundering property owners.
  3. A mix of the two above that results in what you'd expect from a political compromise: nothing effective, pushing the issue from people's minds because they think the problem has been dealt with.

Armed insurrection, while possibly justified against certain state agents for their aggression against you, isn't going to work because the "North" today has a military that will allow secession even less politely than in the 1860's.

Personally, I think that once a government has taken hold long enough for all living generations to have taken it for granted, anarchist reform of the system is nearly pointless. I think it is better to educate those who seem receptive to the theory, resist as much as you can without endangering your most important values, and keep the hope alive for an area of substance to either be discovered or disaggregated from other states for anarchists to migrate.

I admit I am pessimistic. The abandonment of the ideas that are necessary for the permanent reversal of our current trajectory has passed the point of no return as far as I'm concerned. People - most people - simply refuse to think and where we are is a consequence of that.

April 22, 2005

Quotes from the Edge

I think this has been addressed throughout the history of anarchist theory, it is not a hatred of individuals who are rich, rather a disdain for the conditions which impoverish and oppress the masses that one must work against. A wealthy individual is not necessarily the enemy, rather it is the system which allows people to amass such wealth. If you "kill the rich" without fundamentally changing society, they will be replaced. This is not to say that certain rich and powerful people will not resist anarchy and fight to maintain the existing class structure, this will of course have to be dealt with as situations arise. I think it is idiotic to think that one can just pick a tax bracket and start shooting, this discounts human individuality and devalues human life.

-"the secret life of teenage girls" in this thread on MySpace

I'll let the reader decide the "edge" of what I'm talking about here.

April 21, 2005

Fuck You, Carlos Santana

Via Samizdata, I hear of this:

Did you catch Carlos Santana's grand entrance at the Oscars?

Well, the famed guitarist couldn't contain himself. He stopped for the photographers, smiled deliriously and swung his jacket open. TA-DA! There it was: Carlos' elegantly embroidered Che Guevara T-shirt. Carlos' face as the flashbulbs popped said it all. "I'm so COOL!" he beamed. "I'm so HIP! I'm so CHEEKY! So SHARP! So TUNED IN!"

Tune in to this, Carlos: In the mid 1960s Fidel and your charming T-shirt icon set up concentration camps in Cuba for, among many others, "anti-social elements" and "delinquents." Besides Bohemian (Haight-Ashbury, Greenwich Village types) and homosexuals, these camps were crammed with "roqueros," who qualified in Che and Fidel's eyes as useless "delinquents."

A "roquero" was a hapless youth who tried to listen to Yankee-Imperialist rock music in Cuba. Comprende, Carlos? Do you see where I'm going with this, Carlos?

Yes, Mr. Santana, here you were grinning widely and OH-SO-hiply! while proudly displaying the symbol of a regime that MADE IT A CRIMINAL OFFENSE TO LISTEN TO CARLOS SANTANA MUSIC! You IMBECILE!!


Humberto Fontova doesn't go any easier on the guitarist from there.

I can grant a certain level of ignorance any individual may have about any other individual. There is no shortage of information I know utterly zero about in regards to my friends. This applies to stars like Carlos Santana and the "well-known" as well. I don't know why he wore that shirt.

However, I'd only excuse someone from wearing a Che shirt if that person wore the shirt ironically with the intention of sparking a negative discussion of his ideology (as one of my friends has done) or if that person did not know what philosophy Che wanted to impose upon the people around him. It's possible Mr. Santana is grossly ignorant of what Che stood for, but I consider that unlikely. Che was for Communism - big 'C' and all - the violent Soviet kind.

Hopefully, Carlos Santana was reminded of that by someone around him who was not able to tolerate the aggrandizment of tyrants.

April 18, 2005

Be Still My Heart!

New York Times Magazine: The Unregulated Offensive

But as Thomas's presence on the court suggests, it is perhaps just as likely that the next justice -- or chief justice -- will be sympathetic to the less well-known but increasingly active conservative judicial movement that [University of Chicago law professor Richard A. Epstein] represents. It is sometimes known as the Constitution in Exile movement, after a phrase introduced in 1995 by Douglas Ginsburg, a judge on the United States Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit. (Ginsburg is probably best known as the Supreme Court nominee, put forward by Ronald Reagan, who withdrew after confessing to having smoked marijuana.) By ''Constitution in Exile,'' Ginsburg meant to identify legal doctrines that established firm limitations on state and federal power before the New Deal. Unlike many originalists, most adherents of the Constitution in Exile movement are not especially concerned about states' rights or judicial deference to legislatures; instead, they encourage judges to strike down laws on behalf of rights that don't appear explicitly in the Constitution. In addition to the scholars who articulate the movement's ideals and the judges who sympathize with them, the Constitution in Exile is defended by a litigation arm, consisting of dozens of self-styled ''freedom-based'' public-interest law firms that bring cases in state and federal courts, including the Supreme Court.

Critics of the movement note, with some anxiety, that it has no shortage of targets. Cass Sunstein, a law professor at the University of Chicago (and a longtime colleague of Epstein's), will soon publish a book on the Constitution in Exile movement called ''Fundamentally Wrong.'' As Sunstein, who describes himself as a moderate, recently explained to me, success, as the movement defines it, would mean that ''many decisions of the Federal Communications Commission, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and possibly the National Labor Relations Board would be unconstitutional. It would mean that the Social Security Act would not only be under political but also constitutional stress. Many of the Constitution in Exile people think there can't be independent regulatory commissions, so the Security and Exchange Commission and maybe even the Federal Reserve would be in trouble. Some applications of the Endangered Species Act and Clean Water Act would be struck down as beyond Congress's commerce power.'' In what Sunstein described as the ''extreme nightmare scenario,'' the right of individuals to freedom of contract would be so vigorously interpreted that minimum-wage and maximum-hour laws would also be jeopardized.


I'm getting all fluttery!
Michael Greve, an active defender of the Constitution in Exile at Washington's conservative American Enterprise Institute, argues that to achieve its goals, the movement ultimately needs not just one or two but four more Supreme Court justices sympathetic to its cause, as well as a larger transformation in the overall political and legal culture. ''I think what is really needed here is a fundamental intellectual assault on the entire New Deal edifice,'' he says. ''We want to withdraw judicial support for the entire modern welfare state. I'd retire and play golf if I could get there.''

Hot damn!
One of Greve's goals at the American Enterprise Institute is to convince more mainstream conservatives that traditional federalism -- which is skeptical of federal, but not state, power -- is only half right. In his view, states can threaten economic liberty just as significantly as the federal government.

thumpa-thumpa-thumpa
Although Greve's liberal critics have argued that resurrecting strict constitutional limits on federal and state powers would essentially mean a return to the unregulated climate of the Gilded Age, Greve emphasized that he doesn't have the Gilded Age in mind. The ''modern, vibrant, mobile'' and global economy of the 21st century, he argued, is competitive enough to regulate itself in most areas. Though he envisions a role for government in protecting against egregious forms of coercion, force and fraud, all other abuses would be regulated by private agreements among citizens. ''I don't think much would be lost if we overturned federal wetlands regulations or if we repealed the Endangered Species Act, just by way of illustration,'' he said.

Too bad the necessary coercion for government to even exist isn't in his list of targets.
[Clint Bolick], whose sunny idealism is hard to resist, still gets indignant when he recalls how [Institute for Justice head Chip Mellor] came to part ways with [Mountain States Legal Foundation]. It began when the foundation filed a free-speech lawsuit opposing an exclusive cable-TV franchise granted by the city of Denver to a local businessman who happened to be a friend of Joseph Coors. When Coors resigned from the board to protest the direction that Mountain States seemed to moving in, it set in motion a process that led, a year later, to Mellor being fired. ''Chip and I discovered that there is a world of difference between an organization that is pro-business and an organization that is pro-free enterprise,'' Bolick told me recently. ''We learned that some of the influential backers of the movement were more pro-business than pro-free enterprise.''

Man, if that ain't some hard truth.

Anyway, give the article a read, if just for the historical perspective of the "work with the Beast" movement to reform government.

Via Orin Kerr at the Volokh Conspiracy.

Banning Investment in Rogue Nations

Austin-American Statesman: Divesting state of its Sudan ties in question

Texas lawmaker wants public investments pulled out of companies with links to troubled African nation.

In 1997, former Sen. Bill Ratliff, a Republican from small-town East Texas, slipped an amendment into the state appropriations bill to force public pension funds in Texas to rid their portfolios of any company that published music that "describes, glamorizes or advocates" activities such as drug use and criminal violence.

The measure was quickly dubbed the "Snoop Dogg rider."

This session, the target is much more distant: the war-ravaged country of Sudan.

But these types of socially motivated investment regulations have a long record of questionable effectiveness and legality.

Michael Williams, a Republican railroad commissioner from the oil patch, and state Rep. Lon Burnam, a Democrat who represents inner-city Fort Worth, are focusing on Sudan because of that country's long civil war and its more recent support for "ethnic cleansing" in the Darfur region. The House Pensions and Investments Committee has approved Burnam's House Bill 815, which would prohibit state pension and investment funds from investing in companies that do business in Sudan.

It's hard to argue against such a ban, and so far no one has dared to try.

The 21-year-old civil war in Sudan, now in a cease-fire, has claimed more than 2 million lives. In Darfur, in western Sudan, government-sponsored militias have slaughtered citizens in their assault on rebel tribes. The region has suffered 180,000 deaths, and more than 2 million people have been displaced from their homes over the past two years.


For someone from a free market anti-state background, stories like this provide some conflict.

My first instinct is to simply shake my head at legislators who want to end suffering in a country or send a message of their displeasure with that country's leadership. It's another of those attempts to use government to force compliance with the personal beliefs of the politician. Before the opponent even gets into the merits of such proposals, he must first come out against them. Before you can say "Gotcha!," the opponent is labeled a supporter of the Other Side; a person to whom suffering does not matter; a "do-nothing" who would rather see people live in pain and die than help.

My second instinct is a reflection of my old Republican past: why give money to these vicious murdering bastards over there? Surely, as someone who, at the very least, possesses a vibrant skepticism of the state, I must oppose positively aiding the least pleasant of the lot. I can't be for the assistance of openly brutal regimes.

My third reaction is to consider what is being discussed here. Is this not a law intended to hinder free trade? Ought I to oppose it on those grounds?

Then things begin to sort themselves out.

Sudan demands "a coordinated response" of disinvestment, Williams said. That tactic will help persuade Sudan's rulers to stop killing their own people and to sever ties with Islamic terrorists, he said.

Perhaps, but this assumes the rulers in Sudan are rational people who place high value in the investment and business activities Texas companies provide.

A cynic like myself might also mention that believing this implies a deeper problems. Why would this investment mean so much to the rulers of Sudan? Are they unequivocally in disinterested favor of economic growth? Or do they look to the foreign wealth as a means to their own ends?

Burnam cites the Center for Security Policy's claim that the two biggest Texas pension funds - for teachers and state employees - hold stock in 61 companies that do business in Sudan.

But certifying that claim borders on the impossible.

The center won't disclose the names of the companies. It buys the information from an investment advisory firm, Conflict Securities Advisory Group of Washington, which says its investing screens are proprietary information that must be purchased.

Colin Leyden, a spokesman for Burnam, said any questions about the merits of the center's list are irrelevant to the larger point: that selling the stock of companies doing business in Sudan will force them, and others, to consider human rights as part of their business strategy.

Copyright 2001-2005 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.


Classic, just classic. They want to shoot something, but when someone points out that the target cannot be seen clearly and moves fast, they want to shoot anyway because it sends a message to the target.

These aren't private businesses under discussion here. These are the pension and investment funds that government uses. Ideally, they wouldn't even exist because they wouldn't be financed with tax money. These are hardly players in a free market.

However, ought the "owner" of such funds be the one to direct their activities? Certainly, provided that ownership is legitimate. In the case of what the state nominally possesses, that isn't necessarily so.

So, do I oppose the proposed law?

Sec. 2264.002. PROHIBITION ON INVESTMENT IN SUDAN. State funds may not be invested in equities or obligations of a private
corporation or other private business entity doing business in the
Democratic Republic of Sudan.

I oppose restraints on free, voluntary trade as a matter of principle. I therefore oppose government as a matter of principle. This law would act as a restraint of trade against businesses in Sudan. However, it is a government entity that would be restrained. Therefore, an activity and a power of government would be weakened. Unfortunately, I have no doubt that investment in the private sector in Sudan is at least partly necessary for the people living there to enjoy a greater standard of living.

Gawddamn states screw everything up, don't they?

I support the law because, to the extent the investors aren't investing with money given to them voluntarily, they are using property that isn't theirs and any reduction in the scope and activities of government is something I support. In essence, I support the state when it strangles itself. I invite comments on this stance.

April 13, 2005

Kill the Death Tax

The AP via the Guardian: House GOP Pushes to Terminate Estate Taxes

House Republicans on Wednesday pushed to make permanent a one-year reprieve on estate taxes, a change that Democrats said would reward the wealthiest families and increase the federal deficit by tens of billions of dollars annually.

The end of any tax is a good thing.

And it is not a "reward" to stop stealing from someone. It is the very first step in the road to bringing justice to a criminal situation.

Democrats fought back with an alternative that quickly would increase the size of estates that are exempt from tax, but would leave the tax in place for the wealthiest estates. Democrats tried to make the case that the GOP's repeal was a gift to the rich.

"They believe the wealthy should be exempt from paying taxes and the poor should fend for themselves,'' said Rep. James McGovern, D-Mass.

Guardian Unlimited Guardian Newspapers Limited 2005


So much irony, so little time.

April 07, 2005

On the Right to Self-Ownership

On the Diplomatic Debators Against The Derelict...DDAD group forum on MySpace I posted this last night:

Steven Wrote:
Use must realize the concept of ownership has many different connotations in different cultures.
Assuming we are attempting to find the truth of a situation, this is not relevant. Either someone within the various cultures that have exited has come up with the correct theory of ownership or someone has not.
Steven Wrote:
...what I'm pointing out is that there is NO universal concept of ownership.

...Unless you want to change your claim and now say your ownership rights are now defined by something beyond socitety, you have to concede that you do NOT have absolute rights of ownership.

I disagree.

Do you own yourself? Do you own your will and your mind? Does your body belong to someone else?

Given the nature of rights, saying "yes' means that every other human must also own themselves. Saying "no" means that every other human is a slave to someone else.

However, the latter is a contradiction. One of the key characteristics that differentiates a "right" from everything else is universality. This extends to all lifeforms suject to the the scope of ethics, at all times, with no exceptions. If humans were literal and metaphysical slaves to someone else, that someone else would have to be sentient in order to control that human. It would have to possess a rational faculty in order to formulate a plan of action and it would have to possess a physical presence in order to enact that plan. Therefore, that entity would require the quality of self-ownership. But if ethics applies to entities that have the will and capability to choose among diverse options (thereby performing a good or a bad act in comparison to the other choices available), then the slavemaster must also be subject to the "no" above. There can logically be no slavemaster because to own something is to control it and you need to own yourself before you can control anything else.

In short, I think it is impossible to postulate that humans do not have a fundamental right to self-ownership of their mind and their body. I leave gawd and property external to one's body out of this for the moment in order to keep my position simple.

Saying "yes" to the question of individual self-ownership (and meaning it), implies solutions to many of the problems listed in this thread.


Rights theory is something I want to study further, but I came up with this on my own last night. If any readers know a formal name for the above or know someone who developed the idea before me, I'd be happy to learn about it.

March 29, 2005

For the Privatization of Freedom

[For the Privatization of FreedomUpdates below.]

The question for Americans is - will we allow our freedom to be privatized?

-Karen Bauer, Leslie Weise, and Alexander Young, quoted in DailyKos

The context of the quote is another example of government doin' its crazy thing again: tax-funded political events to promote government projects that exclude some people because the event's operators don't like their bumper stickers. Cry "misuse of power and funds" and let slip the outrage.

I have little fear Republicans want to privatize freedom. That'd mean the instant abolishment of government, among other things. The GOP and its conservative base need the state too much for their own uses to get rid of it. They want freedom socialized, just not as much as the Democrats.

UPDATED 4/19/2005 10:16am
The Democratic Party: The Party of Personal Liberty?, Daily Kos Wants It All, Fiscal Responsibility?, Meteor Blades Needs Economics, The Hypocrisy of Daily Kos, Kos Continues to Amaze, Economic Ignorance, Sacred Cows and Kossack Hypocrisy, and Kos Strikes Again

March 23, 2005

La-Z-Blog-O-Rama

Excerpts from posts that have interesting things to say or point out. Yep, I'm simultaneously busy and lazy. Yet, the blog must go on.

Via the Mises.org Blog:

  1. How taxpayer money is used
    A woman was fined for holding an apple while performing a maneuver in a car. Aside from the absurdity of this, it cost the government far more to prosecute her than what they obtained from the fine...
  2. D'Amico/Block Working Paper
    A Legal and Economic Analysis of Graffiti, by Daniel J. D'Amico and Walter Block (George Mason University and Loyola University New Orleans)

Via Reason's Hit & Run:
  1. Esoteric Fringe Group or Esoteric Joke?
    The strangest news to emerge from the school massacre in Minnesota is that Jeffrey Weise, the shooter, was allegedly affiliated with the Libertarian National Socialist Green Party.
  2. It Is Forbidden for You to Interfere in Human History
    Don Boudreaux reads a libertarian message into a deleted scene from Superman now available on the DVD. According to Marlon "Jor-El" Brando...

Via Samizdata:
  1. Your passport does not tell you who you are
    For many Americans who see the state as being the central and most important institution there is, the axis around which civil society orbits, the whole idea of 'dual nationality' is deeply disturbing.
  2. Families, freedom and unchosen obligations
    A few weeks ago parts of the libertarian intellectual scene marked what would have been Ayn Rand's 100th birthday. Among a number of articles reflecting on her life and novels was this surprisingly conservative article by Reason magazine regular Cathy Young.

Via Catallarchy:
  1. Money For Nothin And Your Picks For Free
    Like most Americans, I am currently breaking the law by participating in an NCAA tournament betting pool with friends and co-workers.
  2. Economics In Short Lessons: If Youre Paying, Ill Have Top Sirloin
    Don Boudreaux today linked to an old but excellent WSJ article by Russell Roberts. The article is a simple, classic example of how splitting the bill is a disastrous way to pay for things...

Via The London Fog:
  1. Hey! Isn't that jumping the queue?
    London is raising private funds in an attempt to deal with the doctor shortage...
  2. Line up for your rations
    With all due respect to Patrick, I ask by what right and sanction are our elected representatives endowed with the ability to garnish our wages and spend our earnings on things not of our own choosing.

Via Two--Four:
  1. Look At How It's Drivin' Em Nuts
    You know... some days, you can't even take a piss in your own front yard before some goddamned fool comes along with a gang behind him to tell you what to do.
  2. Nikoley Points Out Stossel
    Rich Nikoley runs down the action after John Stossel recently stripped "art" naked and threw it out in the alley where it currently belongs.

Via The Agitator: shit, just keep reading. Radley Balko has been on a roll documenting the continuing, forced insertion of others into our lives.

Be back later.

March 18, 2005

The Long, Growing Arm of the Federal Government

I have disagreements with Andrew Sullivan, but I do agree with him here:

CONSERVATISM COME UNDONE: So it is now the federal government's role to micro-manage baseball and to prevent a single Florida woman who is trapped in a living hell from dying with dignity. We're getting to the point when conservatism has become a political philosophy that believes that government - at the most distant level - has the right to intervene in almost anything to achieve the right solution. Today's conservatism is becoming yesterday's liberalism.

Additional rhetoric from the Orlando Sentinal: Politicians rush to write laws to run your life
The problem is that legislators cannot pass a law that basically says: "Feed Terri Schiavo."

They tried that in 2003, and the courts tossed it out as blatantly unconstitutional.

To pass a bill that has any chance of being applied in Terri's case, the politicians have to come up with one that applies to all of us.

And so legislators are working on measures that could force family members to maintain a relative in a vegetative state if they could not produce some kind of directive from that relative stating wishes to the contrary. Another proposal has vague wording about an "interested party" being allowed to intervene.

This is a frightening intrusion into the most personal and gut-wrenching decisions a family can make.

[...]

Terri Schiavo is the Trojan horse religious conservatives are using to pass laws that would open the door wider for such intervention.

Copyright 2005, Orlando Sentinel


Related thoughts from the Chicago Tribune: The steroids hearing should be out at first
It was said of one member of Congress that the most dangerous place in Washington was between him and a television camera. The same is true, though, of many of his colleagues, past and present. So anyone who values life and limb would not want to block the cameras' view of the House Government Reform Committee when it convenes a hearing today on Major League Baseball's steroid problem.

We're at war in Iraq, at war in Afghanistan, threatened by Al Qaeda, mired in budget deficits, faced with gargantuan liabilities in Social Security and Medicare, struggling to sustain the fighting capacity of our military forces--and what does this committee think warrants its urgent attention? Whether a handful of overpaid entertainers are taking forbidden pills to improve their performance.

The hearing rests on two well-worn premises that ought to offend the conservative sensibilities of Republicans, who control this committee and Congress. The first is that absolutely everything is a federal responsibility. The second is that the private sector needs incessant guidance from government.

Copyright 2005, Chicago Tribune


My emphasis.

Have a wonderful weekend...hopefully free from the meddling bastards in Washington, D.C.

Repeal the Americans With Disabilities Act

Seattle Post-Intelligencer: Disabled-access lawsuits plague businesses

Gary Walker was horrified when legal documents arrived at his small restaurant notifying him that he was being sued for violating the Americans with Disabilities Act, the federal law that requires wheelchair ramps and other features for the disabled.

[...]

Around the country, business owners, judges and politicians are complaining that employers are being hit with a spray of "drive-by" ADA lawsuits that they say are little more than shakedown attempts by lawyers hoping for a quick cash settlement.

Those who are covered under the ADA say the lawsuits are necessary to get business owners to make their buildings more accessible. Among other things, the 1990 federal law requires ramps, parking stalls and signs, and dictates the height of countertops, the placement of toilet grab bars and the width of doors.


This is quite clearly the micromanagement of private property by the state in the name of special interests who enjoy significant emotional support by the general public. The latter, however, does not justify the former. If the Republicans in Congress and President Bush had half of the vile capitalist backbone they are accused so often to have, this is a law they'd be targeting for repeal.
James Lawson of Stillwater, Okla., who has multiple sclerosis and uses a wheelchair, said such lawsuits are needed. He said he has filed 26 of them after talking to business owners and complaining to the Justice Department without results.

"Even though I'm in a wheelchair full time I still want to be independent and enjoy life to the best of my ability," he said. Lawson said he found his lawyer through an advocacy group for the disabled, and insisted: "I am in no way being used as a pawn by the law firm. I in no way profit from this. I'm an honorable person."

1996-2005 Seattle Post-Intelligencer


Bullshit.

An honorable person does not bring violence against people who do not agree with him or don't want to do what he wants. An honorable person would understand that one does not have a right to enter a business facility without difficulty. An honorable person does not use a third party to scare others into following his demands.

Mr. Lawson, you are not an honorable person by way of your demand that other individuals sacrifice to ease the problems created by your disabilities.

The Sins of Socialization

Los Angeles Daily News: Roads are poorer after pouring rain

"The reality is, historically since 1910 we've never seen the right level of funding," said Nazario Sauceda, assistant director of the city's Bureau of Street Services. "We're paying for the sins of our parents."

Copyright 2005 Los Angeles Daily News


If he only knew the fantastic irony of saying this...

March 17, 2005

Max Sawicky Needs Slaves

The Wall Street Journal has a new Econoblog post up, titled Federal Tax Code Draws Criticism From Citizens, Experts, Economists. The participants were Max Sawicky and
Tyler Cowen. I won't post what was written, but I will copy the comment I left behind on the forum discussion board:

A few observations:

  1. Mr. Sawicky says "the less I am compelled to work, the better I like it" and at the same time endorses not only the widespread compulsion already in place, but advocates even greater levels of compulsion for the future. Since the state threatens to throw me in jail if I don't pay taxes, I am coerced into handing them over. Therefore, in order to maintain the standard of living I want, I am essentially compelled to work more/harder/elsewhere to overcome the difference lost in taxes.
  2. It is anyone's guess why he'd lie and say "there are no individuals, there is only society." This may have been written in jest, but the facts are right there in front of him. He exists independently of me and I exist independently of him. He acknowledges this explicitly just six words later when he talks about individual initiative.
  3. While your starting position in life is not something you have power over, the moment you reach the age of reason and maturity, your life is your reponsibility. What I legitimately accumulate on my own after that point is either what I've earned and I find it deeply insulting Mr. Sawicky repeatedly dissmisses choices as "endowments" and "pure luck" outside our abilities to grasp. Is all of life luck?
  4. Under a voluntary system, both parties benefit from the exchange. If they did not, the party who believed he was getting screwed would not do business. That some parties are unwilling or ignorant of the details of their exchange does not by any means necessitate the intervention of the state and the consequent reduction in freedom for others. The morality of market outcomes is easy to identify: choices made in it are not forced, compelled, coerced, or mandated against the will of the chooser.
  5. Mr. Cowen would have an easier time if he confronted Mr. Sawicky on his egalitarian insistence that everyone ought to be covered by not primary services (defense) but secondary (insurance). Being a slave to another person for their needs is something I thought we agreed in principle to stop doing once we abolished it with the 13th Amendment. Charles Hueter Austin, TX
An additional boot on the face of humanity is the title of his own blog's post making note of the debate: SOCIAL INSURANCE OR BARBARISM.

I view the two as irrevocably linked. The latter is required to provide the former. Despite Mr. Sawicky's attempt to grin away his choice of words under the guise of it merely being an "unfair and unbalanced summary," it still reveals much about his preferences: a system is barbaric if it doesn't force some to provide for others.

Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as a punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted, shall exist within the United States, or any place subject to their jurisdiction.

March 14, 2005

The Living Wage Entitlement

If the wages paid to a person who works full time are insufficient to meet the ordinary expenses of living, American capitalism has failed us. I would rather think that any working person could earn not only enough to pay rent and feed a small family, but also enough to buy a home, meet medical needs and afford college educations.

-Tony Weller in the Salt Lake Tribune letters section

I'm going to take Mr. Weller at his word and assume he honestly means "any working person" is as clear a concept as it sounds.

My house has a front yard, two strips of land that lead to the rear of the house, and a backyard that need yard work. The total yard in question when lumped into a square would measure less than seventy feet on a side. Given my experience with lawn maintenance, I'd expect my lawn to need some level of attention once a week. Some weeks would need more work than others given varying levels of rainfall, sunlight, and other factors. Given the small size of the lawn, costs for lawn care consumables (fuel, blades, etc.) would be very modest.

Aside from the effort required to get the lawn up to standards from its current state, the amount of labor to maintain it would be minor. My roommate was able to obliterate widespread overgrowth (some areas up to thigh height) with a weed-eater in less than 30 minutes. Once the rocks, branches, and leaves are clear, the optimal cutting paths would be easy to determine and follow.

So, in recognition of this, I decide the monetary value I place on having a nice yard and not doing the work to keep it that way is $25 a week. I am willing to pay up to $25 to someone to keep my lawn trimmed and clipped. I figure the exertion to do so is not significant and the work is easy. I don't mind doing it but I have better things to do with my time. However, anything more than $25 represents a cost barrier I'm not willing to cross in normal circumstances.

My neighbor has offered to mow my yard regularly for a fee. If he accepts to be paid $25 a week for the use of his labor and tools and he worked on the yard enough such that I decided he worked enough to earn him his weekly pay, he'd generate an income of $1,300 a year from me. Since I'm a nice guy who hates the government, I wouldn't "report" him to the IRS or any other parasitic agency that'll threaten him with fines and jail time for not handing over their cut of his work. He therefore earns, in a free market capitalist economy, $1,300 in addition to whatever else he does.

The man has no family living with him, but if he did, it becomes immediately clear that the salary I pay him is a tiny part of what he'd need to earn in order to provide a safe, healthy life in a modern American city. Federal poverty guidelines for 2003 state that a family of three lives in poverty when their combined income is at or below $15,260. I make just under $30,000 a year and I cope with cash shortages regularly. A family of three attempting to live on half that seems almost impossible.

I don't know what else my neighbor does to earn an income, nor do I ask him. He accepts the work at the price I proposed and doesn't ask for his wage to be increased.

According to people like Mr. Weller, I ought to pay my neighbor more. A lot more. In fact, I'd have to increase my labor costs many times over. I'll use $25,000 a year as a baseline, for I'm familiar with surviving in Austin at that level of income. I'd therefore have to pay my neighbor just over $480 a week to cut my lawn.

There is no way in hell I'd pay anyone $480 a week to cut my lawn. At that price, we've long gone past lawn service. At that price, I wouldn't be able to afford to pay my home loan or my bills. At that price, I wouldn't hire him to do the job. I have a suspicion a great many people would think the same way.

This would result in two things. He and I could just ignore it and continue on with our business relationship. We're both happy with the arrangement and see no reason to change it. The other option is more sinister: one of us could be forced to change our ways.

He could come to me with a gun in his hand, demanding I give him the higher pay. Most people would rightly judge him to be a menacing extortionist who is clearly in the wrong. On the other hand, I might be forced to pay him the higher amount. Unfortunately, since the gun at my back isn't his, most people don't see the same immorality in this situation. In fact, they see a wrong righted, the deserving getting their deserved, a token of economic justice. In the eyes of the living wage camp, they see a righteous act.

Rather than go broke paying for that lawn care service, I decide to do it myself. The value I place on such a service is far below $480 a week. In the mind of the employee, even though he may enjoy the hell out of that coerced deal, he'd know I'd be getting royally screwed. It's the same boast anyone makes when they explain that they think they're paid more than their labor's worth. Those with functioning minds can see some of the consequences of such a policy. For example, "handyman" jobs would vanish or go underground.

Objections that that kind of work wouldn't be subject to the policy are referred to the simple declaration quoted at the top of this page. Introducing exemptions to this fatally weakens the assumption that labor should result in a living, whether it be for a McDonald's or for General Motors.

I oppose both the living wage and the minimum wage. They are attempts to force a higher valuation beyond the willingness of market participants to exchange. The folks who think everyone who works should be able to afford anything beyond what that labor is worth to the employer support the coerced transfer of wealth from one person to another when under other circumstances such a transfer would be denounced as a crime.

I view the quoted statement as a clear example of a free-floating assertion with no coherent basis. Readers are welcome to persuade me otherwise.

March 11, 2005

I'm Not Signing That Letter

[Updates below.]

Which one? This one:

March 11, 2005

The Honorable Scott E. Thomas
Chairman
Federal Election Commission
999 E Street, NW
Washington, DC 20463

Re: Upcoming FEC Notice of Proposed Rulemaking governing political activity on the internet

Dear Chairman Thomas,

We are concerned about the potential impact that Judge Colleen Kollar-Kotellys decision in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia in Shays v. FEC, 337 F. Supp. 2d 28 (D.D.C. 2004) and the FECs upcoming rulemaking process may have on political communication on the Internet.

One area of great concern is the potential regulation of bloggers and other online journalists who distribute political news and commentary exclusively over the web. While paid political advertising on the Internet should remain subject to FEC rules and regulations, curtailing blogs and other online publications will dampen the impact of new voices in the political process and will do a disservice to the millions of voters who rely on the web for original, insightful political commentary.

Under the current rules, any news story, commentary, or editorial distributed through the facilities of any broadcasting station, newspaper, magazine, or other periodical publication, is exempt from reporting and coordination requirements. It is not clear, however, that the FECs media exemption provides sufficient protection for those of us in the online journalism community.

As bipartisan members of the online journalism, blogging, and advertising community, we ask that you grant blogs and online publications the same consideration and protection as broadcast media, newspapers, or periodicals by clearly including them under the Federal Election Commissions media exemption rule.

In order to ensure that there are sufficient measures taken, we also request that the FEC promulgate a rule exempting unpaid political activity on the Internet from regulation, thereby guaranteeing every Americans right to speak freely and participate in our democratic process.

Finally, we ask that you clarify the rules and definitions related to coordinated activity to protect bloggers and journalists from running afoul of Commission rules regarding the republication of campaign materials.

The Internet is a fundamental tool in the American political process. Just this week, we learned that 75 million Americans used the Internet to gather news, read commentary, discuss issues, register to vote, and generally join in the democratic process during the last election cycle. We believe the Internet is the primary driving force behind increased participation among traditionally under-represented groups of voters, and we applaud the Federal Election Committee for crafting rules that have allowed the Internet to flourish as a political communications medium.

Like the town hall meeting, online political activism is a vital part of American civic life. We encourage the FEC to provide bloggers, online journalists, and everyday cyber-citizens with the same freedoms that individuals and traditional journalists are free to exercise elsewhere. The Bipartisan Campaign Finance Reform Act of 2002 was intended to prevent unlimited soft money contributions and regulate electioneering advertising, not to stifle free speech or grassroots activities on the Internet that serve the common good.

Respectfully,


The bolded sections explain why. The items below ought to make that clear.
  1. Calling someone "Honorable" may be the Beltway-approved, polite way of doing it, but I refuse to. Any man who presumes to rule over my activities when I have not harmed him is overstepping his bounds. As such, that man deserves no honor.
  2. I don't want the FEC to regulate advertising of any kind, on any medium, for any reason.
  3. Treating one group of speakers differently from another is merely a form of selectful authoritarianism. What the hell makes "broadcast media, newspapers, or periodicals" unique in this matter? They are businesses of speaking individuals, and thus no fundamentally different from the rest of us "non-media" folk.
  4. You, I, we already have the Right to speak freely and participate in politics. Asking a government agency to "guarantee" that the government won't violate that Right is absurd. You guarantee your own rights through their use and by responding to their violation.
  5. Just flush the rules away. Clarification just entrenches you to the process and sanctions the blood it draws.
  6. I applaud no entity that uses government power to make people toe the line drawn in the sand by the political winds.
  7. Asking a government agency to "provide...freedoms" is as naive as it is laughable.
  8. Who's money is it that's given to political campaigns? If it isn't yours, you don't have a fucking say in how it's used. So this one is out, too.
  9. What I do here primarily serves my good. While I may use this blog as a means of changing minds, I do it for my own reasons to satisfy myself. I don't serve a common good.
  10. Finally, the entire concept of asking, requesting, pleading, or begging for the understanding, leniency, blessing, or mercy of a bureaucrat before he set in motion processes that are designed to negate my independence and reason makes me nauseous. To Hell with that.

UPDATED 5:00pm
Billy Beck: "I will simply break their law."

I expected nothing less.

March 10, 2005

Giuliana Sgrena and a Real Rain of Bullets

Regarding the controversy surrounding the Giuliana Sgrena shooting, I figured I'd add some context of my own, courtesy of my father's central Texas law enforcement connections and a shooting in Schertz:

Herald-Zeitung: Officers find weapons, bunker in search

Officers who searched the home of a suspect in the attempted killing of a Schertz police officer found weapons, military equipment and a secret bunker Tuesday.

The search came a day after a Brooke Army Medical Center spokesman said Michael Patrick Kennedy, 48, had been released after being treated for three gunshot wounds suffered in a shootout Thursday night with Schertz patrol officer Richard Kunz.

[...]

Kunz pulled Kennedy over near the northbound rest area south of New Braunfels at 11:38 p.m. Thursday and was confronted with a weapon as he approached the vehicle.

The officer, faced with a fusillade of more than 30 shots from an AK-47 assault rifle and a 9mm automatic pistol, emptied his Glock service weapon in response. He was uninjured.

2005 The Herald-Zeitung. All rights reserved.


Here's a photo of the car in question.


This picture shows a wider frontal view. This picture shows a closeup of the winshield. And this picture highlights the direction of the bullets when they entered.

Compare this to the photos of the alleged car in the Sgrena shooting, where it was alleged that hundreds of rounds were fired at her.

The AK-47 typically fires a 7.62mm (.30 caliber) bullet. The round I assume the US forces shot at Ms. Sgrena is the 5.56mm (.223 caliber) NATO. Both are fired at high velocity (significantly faster than semiautomatic handgun cartridges) but the energy transferred to the target is different because the two bullets don't weigh the same. The lighter-grain 5.56 round will likely travel faster while the heavier 7.62 will go slower. I don't know what the two rounds (and the varieties among them are vast, mind you) will do in regards to visible damage, but I'd expect roughly similar results.

Personally, I've no horse in the political aspect of this issue. I got the pictures in my inbox (and there are more - these just happened to be the most illustrative) and decided to offer my three cents.

March 09, 2005

A Conceptual Analysis of Public Goods - The Case of Nationalized Defense

This is the final paper I submitted for my Public Finance class. I'll post the other two, shorter articles later. Please keep in mind two things:

  • I wrote this the day it was due, so there are problems regarding theoretical flow and completeness. This could have been written better.
  • I'm dancing around the real issue here, which is whether to impose a government at all. Since this is a public finance class, the entire enterprise starts off in mid-air from my perspective.

I presented this after the other three students gave their oral overviews. Theirs were all on "hard finance" topics such as Social Security privatization, the workings of the budget the President proposed this year, and the idea of a national sales tax replacing the federal income tax. As you'll see, my paper took a deeper approach. After I was done speaking, the class was eerily silent and it took a minute or two for the questions to formulate in their minds. Interestingly, none of them rejected my conclusion outright, though, as I expected, one of them did raise the issue of "local mafias" running around and "what about the law? who'd create and enforce it?"

My professor expressed sincere interest in my work and despite the rather deep extent of his statism, looked forward to reading it.

In that sense: Mission Accomplished.

The other collegiate material I've written: The Theoretical Impact of School Consolidation on the Role of Superintendents, The Pros and Cons of a Minimum Wage, For the Privatization of Education, and the rough draft of the latter, The Pros and Cons of Education Privatization.

Full text below.

Continue reading "A Conceptual Analysis of Public Goods - The Case of Nationalized Defense" »

March 01, 2005

Rothbard on the Medium of Exchange

It has generally been found, on the free market, that the best commodities for use as a money have been the precious metals, gold and silver.

- Murray Rothbard, The Ethics of Liberty, page 37, 1998 edition

I must admit upfront that my knowledge of monetary history is very weak and I can't contradict what he says here. However, can it really be said that a "free market" has existed in any substantial form for any substantial length of time, especially considering the historical context? The gold standard is long gone from regular use; he can only be referring to events prior to, say for simplicity, 1900. Were there free markets during those imperialistic, feudal, colonialistic times and did the de facto establishment of gold, silver, etc. as the medium of exchange during these times therefore represent a "free market vetting" so to speak of the medium? I find this particularly interesting given his defintion of a free market on page 40:
The free market is a society of voluntary and consequently mutually beneficial exchanges of ownership titles between specialized producers.
Emphasis in original.

Certainly the mercantilist era can't qualify as an example of this concept of free market, correct?

An inquiring mind wants to know. Reading suggestions (I'm aware of - but have not read - Rothbard's Man, Economy, State and What Has Government Done to Our Money?), historical evidence, pure conjecture, and theories are welcome.

February 22, 2005

When Bosses Attack

[Updates Below.]

Last night's episode of 24 for the hours of 4:00pm and 5:00pm went about as well as the others on average. I expected those other five reactors to go critical and meltdown during this hour, but I suppose that's for another cliffhanger ending later.

I was curious to see what would happen with Sarah Gavin (Lana Parrilla) now that it had been established at CTU that it was Marianne Taylor (Aisha Tyler) who was the spy. I didn't expect any grand oratory on the justification of torturing someone suspected of knowing useful information and we didn't get any. The standard crutch of "the greater good" continues to support the horror.

I wasn't particularly surprised to see Gavin accept Erin Driscoll's (Alberta Watson) offer to go back to work for CTU due to the intense need for experienced and qualified help. When Gavin demanded her arrest record expunged and raise of two pay grades and Driscoll promptly accepted, I wondered to myself if that would be enough for me.

Going beyond the immediate question of whether I'd work for such an organization in the first place, I imagine I'd be wholly unable to work with anyone who supervised the repeated stun-gunning of my neck. There'd be no trust in that relationship from my release onward. It is apparent Gavin suffered no immediate serious injury. We can't quantify the extra income the pay raise results in and I can't remember what crime she committed that she wants expunged, but would that be enough to cover the rights violation?

Since Gavin proposed it, in her case she's been satisfied. I hesitate to call this an example of private law enforcement and dispute arbitration because there are a number of fundamental differences with this scenario and the ones proposed in the former. However, I can't fault her for wanting immediate compensation.

Previous entries on FOX's 24: The Jack Bauer Power Hour, Fox's 24: A Libertarian Nightmare and 24 and Torture.

UPDATED 3/28/2005
Inner Outrage; The Enslavement of Behrooz Araz

UPDATED 4/18/2005 11:04pm
The Total Erosion of the Fourth Wall and The 24 Embrace of Contemporary Politics

UPDATED 5/2/2005 10:58pm
Humanity Revealed in FOX's 24

UPDATED 5/17/2005 2:07pm
Quickie '24' Blog Items with an Emphasis on Richard Heller

UPDATED 3/13/2006 9:47am
My Take on FOX's '24' Ethics

February 18, 2005

Fuck Yeah

Via QandO, I hear of something that warms my heart this cold and dreary Friday afternoon.

The Times Online: Kyoto protest beaten back by inflamed petrol traders

When 35 Greenpeace protesters stormed the International Petroleum Exchange (IPE) yesterday they had planned the operation in great detail.

What they were not prepared for was the post-prandial aggression of oil traders who kicked and punched them back on to the pavement.

"We bit off more than we could chew. They were just Cockney barrow boy spivs. Total thugs," one protester said, rubbing his bruised skull. "I've never seen anyone less amenable to listening to our point of view."

Another said: "I took on a Texan Swat team at Esso last year and they were angels compared with this lot." Behind him, on the balcony of the pub opposite the IPE, a bleary-eyed trader, pint in hand, yelled: "Sod off, Swampy."


Oh, sweet rush of justice. Assuming you did in fact invade private property against the will of the owner, you bastards got every little bit of what you deserve. In fact, considering your history, you probably didn't get enough.
Greenpeace had hoped to paralyse oil trading at the exchange in the City near Tower Bridge on the day that the Kyoto Protocol came into force. "The Kyoto Protocol has modest aims to improve the climate and we need huge aims," a spokesman said.

You may have ideas about improving the climate and some of them may even be positive, but what you attempted to do is the equivalent of a teenager wrecking a neighbor's car because the neighbor won't let him use a tree in his backyard for a tree house. Worse, you apparently don't have any concern for the potential damage caused by "paralyzing oil trading." You're obviously very aware of the widespread use of petroleum around the world; it's used for a reason, boys.

This episode demonstrates clearly that there are elements within Greenpeace who quite strenuously oppose free, voluntary trade. Though by no means is every oil and gas company innocent of rights violations...

"They grabbed us and started kicking and punching. Then when we were on the floor they tried to push huge filing cabinets on top of us to crush us." When a trader left the building shortly before 2pm, using a security swipe card, a protester dropped some coins on the floor and, as he bent down to pick them up, put his boot in the door to keep it open.

Two minutes later, three Greenpeace vans pulled up and another 30 protesters leapt out and were let in by the others.

They made their way to the trading floor, blowing whistles and sounding fog horns, encountering little resistance from security guards. Rape alarms were tied to helium balloons to float to the ceiling and create noise out of reach. The IPE conducts "open outcry" trading where deals are shouted across the pit. By making so much noise, the protesters hoped to paralyse trading.


I've got to admit some respect for the level of planning. However, both the means and the ends were repugnant. I'm certain if Big Oil were to mount a tactical strike against Greenpeace HQ, they'd be beyond furious. And the public outcry would be intense.
But they were set upon by traders, most of whom were under the age of 25. "They were kicking and punching men and women indiscriminately," a photographer said. "It was really ugly, but Greenpeace did not fight back."

Mr Beresford said: "They followed the guys into the lobby and kept kicking and punching them there. They literally kicked them on to the pavement."

Last night Greenpeace said two protesters were in hospital, one with a suspected broken jaw, the other with concussion.

Copyright 2005 Times Newspapers Ltd.


Unfortunately, since these guys have such thick heads, they won't likely realize what happened to them is what they want happened to free economic actors all over the planet if those actors don't comply with the demands they get the state to impose.

As Chez in the comments section at QandO says, "They call themsevles protestors and "storm" a private building... then wonder why people aren't "ameanable to listening to their point of view". But they're from Greenpeace and their intentions are good! How could anyone not want to hear their point of view?"

I'm grinning all over.

February 16, 2005

Answering Stephen Bainbridge on Social Security

Greenspan on Social Security: Plus Questions for my Fellow Conservatives

  1. Would we achieve significant actuarial improvements in the health of the Social Security system by (a) changing the method by which the benefits is calculated from being based on wages to one based on prices (see Tyler Cowen's post for details) and (b) increasing the retirement age? Social security was designed for an era in which most folks would live to receive benefits for months rather than years. Why not deal with that problem directly? (Glenn Reynolds has a solution that goes somewhat in the other direction.)
  2. If we can achieve significant savings and ensure the health of the system with the changes mentioned in # 1, is there a non-ideological reason for introducing private accounts? Even proponents of private accounts concede that the transition costs will require trillions of dollars of government borrowing. Do we conservatives really want revenge on FDR and the New Deal at that price? Personally, speaking as a small government fiscal conservative kind of guy, I'd give up personal accounts if any money thereby saved was spent on deficit reduction or, better yet, an income tax rate cut.
  3. Why aren't conservatives talking about other entitlement programs, such as Medicare, which reportedly is scheduled to go broke long before Social Security does?

I'm not a conservative, but I'll offer my opinion anyway.
  1. Of course, rationing the benefit through means-testing, raising the retirement age, etc. will slow the outlays of the program. But that doesn't address the real problem: the existence of the program in the first place.
  2. Can there ever be a non-ideological reason for any political position? Even utilitarians proceed to their conclusions through a philosophy, one that which is fundamentally predisposed against doing something that might ultimately have a net negative effect on a population's happiness. In other words, an ideological reason. Those trillions of dollars of borrowing wouldn't have to happen if the program was drawn down and abolished over time, what I think is a better way of ending the problem. Professor Bainbridge may prefer to give up personal accounts in favor of other things, but neither he nor anyone else ought to have any say over what's done with my money. *I* prefer to own it entirely and dispose of it as I wish. Part of that would include long-term savings and investment for the future.
  3. Perhaps they want to tackle one problem at a time. They may think reforming Social Security and Medicare and Medicaid is something too politically risky at this time. Conservatives may not give a damn about that portion of the budget. Or perhaps they aren't quite so "cold-hearted" as to "kick granny out in the street to die of hunger and disease." Who knows? All three programs are egregious breaches of individual rights and the functioning of free markets, two things in which at one time conservatives invested more than a few percentage points of lip service.

I find the entire mainstream debate around Social(ist) (in)Security to be a waste. If it were up to me, I'd "fix it" by getting rid of it completely and at once, returning in the most just fashion possible what's in the system to those who paid into it recently.

Your retirement is your responsibility and no matter how much you may need it, you don't have a legitimate claim on a portion of my income.

American Robo-Soldiers and the Costs of War

The New York Times: A New Model Army Soldier Rolls Closer to the Battlefield

The American military is working on a new generation of soldiers, far different from the army it has.

"They don't get hungry," said Gordon Johnson of the Joint Forces Command at the Pentagon. "They're not afraid. They don't forget their orders. They don't care if the guy next to them has just been shot. Will they do a better job than humans? Yes."

The robot soldier is coming.


What happens when you upgrade your tools, when they are better and easier to use? You tend to use them more because you get more out of them. It makes sense if the usage results in more efficient and pleasurable outcomes for the user.

So what is the greatest drawback of a flesh and bone military?

American military deaths. The very first thing most people worry about in wartime are the casualties: men and women killed in action, wounded in action, and taken prisoner.

It is already the case now that unmanned aerial drones are quite active in Iraq and Afghanistan, doing the jobs that riskier manned missions would otherwise have to do. I'm willing to bet good money that some missions wouldn't have been attempted if unmanned drones were not available...in no small part because no American military commander - from the captain on the ground to the Secretary of Defense - wants to have casualties and POWs hung around his or her neck.

If the political cost of going to war or engaging in warlike activities drops, I predict the willingness of those who make those military decisions will increase. If you can face the press and Congress and say, "The frontline forces we expect to use will mostly consist of robots and therefore we predict casualties to be minimal at worst," the greatest restriction on warfare is eased.

Granted, those political restrictions are not limited to just cases of KIA, WIA, MIA, and POW. There are also considerations of the war's cost.

Robots are a crucial part of the Army's effort to rebuild itself as a 21st-century fighting force, and a $127 billion project called Future Combat Systems is the biggest military contract in American history.

The military plans to invest tens of billions of dollars in automated armed forces. The costs of that transformation will help drive the Defense Department's budget up almost 20 percent, from a requested $419.3 billion for next year to $502.3 billion in 2010, excluding the costs of war. The annual costs of buying new weapons is scheduled to rise 52 percent, from $78 billion to $118.6 billion.


Technology ain't cheap, even when it's financed with stolen cash. At some point, the Department of Defense's growth will chafe so many domestic statists' asses that they'll rein in it and allocate it elsewhere. I'd expect other programs to get pushed aside within DoD to make room for these projects.

As the article's author, Tim Weiner, makes clear, even with all this spending, the US won't be in a position to deploy robo-soldiers for decades.

The robot soldier has been a dream at the Pentagon for 30 years. And some involved in the work say it may take at least 30 more years to realize in full. Well before then, they say, the military will have to answer tough questions if it intends to trust robots with the responsibility of distinguishing friend from foe, combatant from bystander.

Even the strongest advocates of automatons say war will always be a human endeavor, with death and disaster. And supporters like Robert Finkelstein, president of Robotic Technology in Potomac, Md., are telling the Pentagon it could take until 2035 to develop a robot that looks, thinks and fights like a soldier. The Pentagon's "goal is there," he said, "but the path is not totally clear."


That isn't any consolation to me, however.
The Pentagon intends for robots to haul munitions, gather intelligence, search buildings or blow them up.

All these are in the works, but not yet in battle. Already, however, several hundred robots are digging up roadside bombs in Iraq, scouring caves in Afghanistan and serving as armed sentries at weapons depots.

By April, an armed version of the bomb-disposal robot will be in Baghdad, capable of firing 1,000 rounds a minute. Though controlled by a soldier with a laptop, the robot will be the first thinking machine of its kind to take up a front-line infantry position, ready to kill enemies.

"The real world is not Hollywood," said Rodney A. Brooks, director of the Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence Laboratory at M.I.T. and a co-founder of the iRobot Corporation. "Right now we have the first few robots that are actually useful to the military."

Despite the obstacles, Congress ordered in 2000 that a third of the ground vehicles and a third of deep-strike aircraft in the military must become robotic within a decade.


I was not aware of this. Predator drones firing missiles and soon ground machines armed with automatic weapons.

Like I said, it's being driven by a cost-benefit analysis.

Pentagon officials and military contractors say the ultimate ideal of unmanned warfare is combat without casualties. Failing that, their goal is to give as many difficult, dull or dangerous missions as possible to the robots, conserving American minds and protecting American bodies in battle.

"Anyone who's a decision maker doesn't want American lives at risk," Mr. Brooks said.


Bingo. Politicians routinely cite military deaths as their greatest concern. No American can survive politically these days without a near-daily paean to "support the troops" and wish regularly for their safety. Take that away and the next concern becomes wealth. Mr. Brooks continues:
"It's the same question as, Should soldiers be given body armor? It's a moral issue. And cost comes in."

Money, in fact, may matter more than morals. The Pentagon today owes its soldiers $653 billion in future retirement benefits that it cannot presently pay. Robots, unlike old soldiers, do not fade away. The median lifetime cost of a soldier is about $4 million today and growing, according to a Pentagon study. Robot soldiers could cost a tenth of that or less.


Just like GM or American Airlines, the "tail" of the entity is becoming a threat to the rest of it. Despite the federal government's ability and desire to suck wealth from individuals, it cannot just do so at greater and greater levels indefinitely. Efficiency must be introduced at some points.
"It's more than just a dream now," Mr. Johnson said. "Today we have an infantry soldier" as the prototype of a military robot, he added. "We give him a set of instructions: if you find the enemy, this is what you do. We give the infantry soldier enough information to recognize the enemy when he's fired upon. He is autonomous, but he has to operate under certain controls. It's supervised autonomy. By 2015, we think we can do many infantry missions.

"The American military will have these kinds of robots. It's not a question of if, it's a question of when."

Copyright 2005 The New York Times Company


As an individualist anarchist, I am sympathetic to efforts intended to reduce the costs of government and expand our spheres of freedom. However, this should not be done in order to expand the government's sphere of action, for that would run against the purpose of the latter.

War should never be cheap.

February 11, 2005

Lew Rockwell is Wrong on Juan Cole

[Updates below.]

From the LewRockwell blog:

Historian Juan Cole of the University of Michigan has an indispensable blog on Iraq and related issues. A genuine scholar and therefore no shill for the state, he is frequently attacked by bloodthirsty conservatives. See his terrific response today to Jonah Goldberg.

My emphasis.

Is this a joke? Is Mr. Rockwell serious? He says that because someone is a "genuine scholar" that person therefore is not a "shill for the state." Put aside the logic of that for a moment.

The bulk of Professor Cole's output for the last month or so has consisted of observations on the problems of Iraqi democracy and elections - not because democracy itself causes problems, but problems with merely the legitimacy and validity of the elections! No criticism at the concept, theory, or actual outcomes of democractic nations. How does that square with Mr. Rockwell's opinion on democracy?

My Early Vote Against Everyone

The bottom line is that there is no good system for managing a government that is out of control and no system of government that successfully restrains the state.

Democracy? Whether the idea was always a mistake, it takes a really stupid leap of faith to believe that it is anything but a failure right now. The worst part of democracy is that it grants the state the luxury of believing that we approve of the system as it is.


Take Not Insults From Campaigns
We already know political campaigns amount to serial fibathons. We know that there is no way to hold these guys to their promises. We know that once they get in charge of our lives and money, we will have less freedom after they are finished with us than before. We are trapped. We also know that democracy offers no way out of this trap...

Power and Vulnerability
Some people rule out the possibility of abusive power in a democracy, which means rule by the people. But Bertrand de Jouvenel describes the reality: "The history of the democratic doctrine furnishes a striking example of an intellectual system blown about by the social wind. Conceived as the foundation of liberty, it paves the way for tyranny. Born for the purpose of standing as a bulwark against power, it ends by providing Power with the finest soil it has ever had in which to spread itself over the social field."

Lew Rockwell ought to be casting negative words in Professor Cole's direction over Iraqi democracy, not praising him.

Perhaps Mr. Rockwell meant something else, as he talks about in Shills, Paid and Unpaid:

What's interesting here is not these precise cases [of Armstrong Williams and Maggie Gallagher taking federal money to promote Bush policies]. Governments have always known that they don't have to budget too generously when it comes to buying intellectuals. Most can be had rather cheaply.

[...]

Which raises a question more profound than why Gallagher and Williams did what they did: what excuse do the rest of the Republican intellectuals have for their behavior? Day after day, they crank out the most absurd articles and treatises in defense of the indefensible so long as it is being pushed by the Bush administration. They wallow in their hatred of what they consider leftism even as they work to build a state with the size and power that hardly any leftist in the country would call for or even welcome.

[...]

The cult of personality was fully revealed after Bush's inaugural address, which the conservatives are struggling to immortalize, as if history is made by the largest possible number of craven fulminations on blogs and websites.


But the motivations for being a statist shill are not relevant in Mr. Rockwell's logic above. As we'll see later, when I have the time to write it up, Professor Cole is no hands-off classical liberal who views the state and its activities with suspicion, regardless of who's in power. A taste:

  1. The Speech Bush Should have Given
    I'm going to make it so there won't be a lot of new jobs created, and I'm going to use the excuse of the Federal red ink to cut way back on government services that you depend on. For the super-rich, or as I call them, "my base," this Iraq war thing is truly inspired. We use it to put up the deficit to the point where the Democrats and the more bleeding heart Republicans in Congress can't dare create any new programs to help the middle classes. We all know that the super-rich--about 3 million people in our country of 295 million-- would have to pay for those programs, since they own 45 percent of the privately held wealth. I'm damn sure going to make sure they aren't inconvenienced that way for a good long time to come.
    [...from a post he made that expresses what he thought Bush should have said in 2002 about going to war in Iraq. Plenty of evidence in there for supporting welfare statism and taxation.]

Continue reading "Lew Rockwell is Wrong on Juan Cole" »

February 10, 2005

A Nuclear North Korea

Not really new news...

The AP via ABCNews: N. Korea Announces It Has Nuclear Weapons

North Korea's "nuclear weapons will remain (a) nuclear deterrent for self-defense under any circumstances," the [North Korean Foreign Ministry] said. It said Washington's alleged attempt to topple the North's regime "compels us to take a measure to bolster its nuclear weapons arsenal in order to protect the ideology, system, freedom and democracy chosen by its people."

[...]

For months, North Korea has lashed out at what it calls U.S. attempts to demolish the regime of leader Kim Jong Il and meddle in the human rights situation in the North.

Copyright 2005 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


I wonder what it's like to work at that place. Fundamentally, it's no different from working at any other government agency in the world, but the degree of deception is so much greater. Though it is entirely possible the person who actually wrote/typed that down believes in grossly warped concepts of "freedom," "chosen," and "human rights," I can't simply assume he or she is willfully ignorant of the reality on the ground, where those three have largely been left to the whim of the commies in power.

I shall toast the day the government of North Korea falls and the individuals within it are reintroduced to humanity. I expect that day to come in my lifetime, the second falling of a "Berlin Wall." The survivors will walk into the daylight, blinking and wondrous. The autobiographies, personal anecdotes, and insider's histories will pour out years later, adding further weight to the heavy record of empirical failure generated by communism, socialism, central planning, and government-forced social engineering.

I predict that even after this occurs, the vast majority of the world won't absorb the most crucial lesson from the event. They'll cluck their teeth about "tyranny" and "dictatorships" and condemn the obvious examples of human rights abuse while the only slightly less obvious examples lay strewn about them. They'll say they're against any government treating the citizens within it's borders like cattle, like tools to be used to some end...and then go right ahead and advocate that very same ideology be used in their own society.

Previous posts on North Korea, not all of which I'm in agreement with: North Korea Whips It Out, North Korea, Cut Off The Aid!, North Korea Formally Welcomed to the Political Realm, and When the Levy Breaks...

February 08, 2005

Kevin Drum is a Despicable Fucking Asshole

[Updates below.]

Radley Balko nails it:

Drum says this is a case of "pragmatism defeating libertarianism."

Y'know, I've been told that there was a time when liberals gave a damn about individual rights. I guess that time has passed.

There are all kinds of problems with the NY Times article, but let's assume for a moment that it's accurate. It's too bad that people like Drum will defend to the death what you're permitted to do behind your bedroom door (and rightly so), but they can't bring themselves to apply the same principles to permit a business owner to do what he pleases within the walls of his own establishment. Worse, they can't see the connection between the two.

It wasn't too long ago that Drum was bitching and moaning about an eminent domain case in which the state was snatching private property from some poor people to give to retail outlets in order to generate more tax revenue.

Well, here's a clue, Kevin: Either the state respects rights of property owners, or it doesn't.


Though it wouldn't take much on my part to dig up posts of Mr. Balko's in the past that cast unfavorable light on this support of rights-absolutism, he is on the right track here, especially near the end:
It's infuriating, really. An entrepeneur invests the resources, sweat, risk, and hours to start a business, then people like Drum come along -- people who didn't risk a damn thing -- and demand laws that force that entrepeneur serve them on their terms.

My take on smoking bans:
It's a gross violation of private property, self-ownership, and the freedom to associate. It says that within the city limits, you don't actually own your property because the Austin City Council can simply vote to say what can and cannot happen on your grounds. It says people cannot be trusted to make decisions on their own and the government must step in to fix things. It says all this and it gives a big Fuck You to the principle of personal responsibility.

UPDATED 5/9/2005 9:03am
The Additional Tyranny - The New Austin Smoking Ban Passes

UPDATED 8/30/2005 1:48pm
Deadline for the Austin Smoking Ordinance

Diary of a Wacko

Sydney Morning Herald: Capitalism takes a haircut

A market by definition involves choices. Soon there will be no choices, or few: one owner of razors, one owner of shaving foam, one newspaper publisher, one toilet tissue maker and one cable television operator.

The global monopoly is upon us, and the golden age of the competitive market is a fading memory. The anti-trust rules have been found wanting.

Karl Marx appears to have triumphed, but in a way rather different than the great buffoon expected. Instead of the state owning the means of production, the lone mega-corporation will. In tandem, the dictatorship of the proletariat will become a reality: everything we see and do will be governed by the ghastly tastes, whims and fetishes of the masses, before whose rapacious demands the mega-corp will duly roll over and deliver.

[...]

The rise of the monopoly spells the end of the daytrading profession. There wont be anything worth investing in any more - only vast deals between huge corporations available to a few hedge funds and unpleasantly rich individuals. All the IPOs will be stitched up, and then swallowed up.

With this grim thought in mind, I decided to take a break from investing. I went fishing. I didn't catch anything, but it took my mind off the coming days of global control by three giant, profoundly ugly corporations. Somewhat irrationally, I suddenly wished they would all be fragmented, smashed apart, into little pieces big enough for that guppie to eat.

[...]

How does one survive in a society in which everything one does is pre-ordained and pre-planned by a huge corporation?

[...]

Over a coffee at Starbucks, and a burger at McDonald's, I decided that one must choose: the mega-corp, or anarchy.

I veered towards anarchy. I yearned for the destruction of trade barriers, and western markets opened to the teeming producers of the Third World.

Only then would we day traders find some proper investment opportunities in the millions of little companies that produce things more cheaply and efficiently than the lumbering dinosaurs of the mature industrial countries. In Kenyan coffee and Ghanaian tomatoes. In Mozambique sugar and Filipino bananas.

Of course, I fully acknowledge that removing trade barriers worldwide would usher in a period of widespread anarchy, in which millions of western workers hitherto propped up by tax subsidies would lose their jobs.

[...]

We day traders must stick together and campaign for more choice! More competition! More free markets!

Copyright 2005. The Sydney Morning Herald.


I'm not certain who wrote this (the area where there'd be a byline says "Non-workers of the world unite, behind James Bone."), but a clearer case of emotional contamination of one's thought processes I cannot dig up at the moment. Whoever it is is dead right on busting trade barriers and dead wrong on the inevitability of free market monopolization. When you have free entry into the market, not even the biggest and most dominant industry player will remain on top forever.

After 10 Years, No Handgun Bloodbath in Texas

El Paso Times: Concealed gun law turns 10

As the Texas Legislature gears up for the biennial legislative push, the issue of concealed weapons has become just another routine program in need of tweaking.

"When it passed, there was a big hue and cry about blood in the streets," concealed handgun permit holder Harold Shirley said of Texas' decade-old experience with letting residents carry hidden firearms. "Obviously, that hasn't happened."

Shirley is a retired sergeant major who settled in El Paso for the climate, recreational opportunities and low crime rate. And he is one of about 2,500 El Pasoans who have earned concealed handgun licenses since September 1995. Statewide, more than 225,000 Texans have concealed handgun licenses, according to the Texas Department of Public Safety, which issues the licenses.

That is more than 225,000 too many for Northeast El Pasoan Jessie Gonzalez.


PAUSE!

What do you think Jessie Gonzalez will base her objections upon?

  1. The collective ownership society ought to flex in regards to the defense of the individual?
  2. The impracticality of deontological notions towards self-ownership?
  3. The potential negative externalities of firearms in the hands of non-law enforcement actors?
  4. They make society more dangerous?

*drumroll*

Concealed handguns "are no good," she said. "You might be around children, and that's very dangerous."

She said that although concealed weapons aren't allowed in certain places and their carriers are licensed, she would still feel safer if they weren't around.

"People shouldn't be in a restaurant with a gun, period," she said. "I work in a hospital, and they don't let anybody in with a gun at all, so, yes, that's safer."

Copyright 2005 El Paso Times, a Gannett Co., Inc. newspaper.


I have no idea whether Charles K. Wilson, the author of this article, deliberately distorted Miss Gonzalez's remarks of left them to stand on their own precarious legs. What is presented here is just awful. I wish I didn't have reason to view this as indicative of wider attitudes, even in Texas.

Via Disaster Center (data from 1994-2000) and Texas Crime Reports (2001-2003), here are some relevant statistics on Texas crime rates since the concealed handgun law went into effect:

Continue reading "After 10 Years, No Handgun Bloodbath in Texas" »

The Jack Bauer Power Hour

Updates below.]

Last night, 24 completed the 2:00pm-3:00pm timeframe. I enjoyed the episode, especially the reintroduction of Tony Almeida (Carlos Bernard). However, of all the basic plot holes and questions I have with this hour (a comprehensive goofs and nitpicks guide is online), there is something I'd like to note that immediately bothered me.

I cannot remember exactly, but the show said there were something like 100-105 nuclear reactors in the United States. The Department of Energy has this to say:

As of August 3, 2004, there are 104 commercial nuclear generating units that are fully licensed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) to operate in the United States. Of these 104 reactors, 69 are categorized as pressurized water reactors (PWRs) totaling 65,100 net megawatts (electric) and 35 units are boiling water reactors (BWR) totaling 32,300 net megawatts (electric).

That comes to 97,400 megawatts. DOE also says nuclear plants contributed 19.9 percent of year-to-date total net generation of from January 2004 through October 2004.

Now, during the last episode, Secretary of Defense James Heller (William Devane), informed the President that all but six of the nuclear reactors in America were no longer under the threat of terrorist control by the override device. How was this done? Edgar Stiles (Louis Lombardi) was able to hack into the reactor's control systems and shut them down. So, in a matter of minutes, CTU cut off nearly 20% of the nation's energy supply, right in the middle of the workday.

Not a single character as far as I can remember spoke up to mention this or to warn of the vast consequences of such a massive disruption in the power grid. To illustrate the impact in individual states:

  • Alabama relies on 2 nuclear plants (5 reactors) for 23-24% of it's power
  • Arizona relies on 1 nuclear plant (3 reactors) for 31-34% of it's power
  • Arkansas relies on 1 nuke plant (2 reactors) for 31% of it's power
  • California relies on 2 nuclear plants (4 reactors) for 19% of it's power
  • Connecticut relies on 1 nuclear plant (2 reactors) for 53-48% of it's power
  • Florida relies on 3 nuclear plants (5 reactors) for 15-17% of it's power
  • Georgia relies on 2 nuclear plants (4 reactors) for 27-25% of it's power
  • Illinois relies on 6 nuclear plants (11 reactors) for 49-48% of it's power ("if Illinois suddenly became an independent country, its nuclear capacity would rank 8th in the World")
  • Iowa relies on 1 nuclear plant (1 reactor) for 10-11% of it's power
  • Kansas relies on 1 nuclear plant (1 reactor) for 19% of it's power
  • Louisiana relies on 2 nuclear plants (2 reactors) for 18-20% of it's power
  • Maryland relies on 1 nuclear plant (2 reactors) for 26% of it's power
  • Massachusetts relies on 1 nuclear plant (1 reactor) for 10-14% of it's power
  • Michigan relies on 3 nuclear plants (4 reactors) for 25-26% of it's power
  • Minnesota relies on 2 nuclear plants (3 reactors) for 24-26% of it's power
  • Mississippi relies on 1 nuclear plant (1 reactor) for 24-19% of it's power
  • Missouri relies on 1 nuclear plant (1 reactor) for 11-10% of it's power
  • Nebraska relies on 2 nuclear plants (2 reactors) for26-32% of it's power
  • New Hampshire relies on 1 nuclear plant (1 reactor) for 53-58% of it's power
  • New Jersey relies on 3 nuclear plants (4 reactors) for 53-50% of it's power
  • New York relies on 4 nuclear plants (6 reactors) for 30-28% of it's power (" In the electricity blackout of August 14, 2003, all 6 of New York’s reactors were shut down.")
  • North Carolina relies on 3 nuclear plants (5 reactors) for 32-31% of it's power
  • Ohio relies on 2 nuclear plants (2 reactors) for 6-7% of it's power
  • Pennsylvania relies on 5 nuclear plants (9 reactors) for 36-37% of it's power
  • South Carolina relies on 4 nuclear plants (7 reactors) for 53-55% of it's power
  • Tennessee relies on 2 nuclear plants (3 reactors) for 26-29% of it's power
  • Texas relies on 2 nuclear plants (4 reactors) for 9% of it's power
  • Vermont relies on 1 nuclear plant (1 reactor) for 73-74% of it's power
  • Virginia relies on 2 nuclear plants (2 reactors) for 33-37% of it's power
  • Washington State relies on 1 nuclear plant (1 reactor) for 8-9% of it's power
  • Wisconsin relies on 2 nuclear plants (3 reactors) for 20-21% of it's power

Assuming the producers of 24 want to make the show acceptably realistic, they want us to believe out of that list, only 6 are still operational. I cannot remember how they were distributed around the US, but the spread looked to be fairly wide and random all over the country.

We're talking massive disruptions here, folks. Hopefully, the show won't gloss over this in future episodes. Of course, according to the hints dropped at the end of 3pm, it looks like at least one reactor melts down, so I don't know how that'll compete with the news that almost a fifth of the nation's energy capacity (and in some cases far more for individual states) has been removed from the grid.

Just a note from a reality-obsessed viewer. :)

Previous posts on 24: 24 and Torture and Fox's 24: A Libertarian Nightmare

UPDATE 2/22/2005 11:25am
When Bosses Attack

UPDATED 3/28/2005 10:42pm
Inner Outrage; The Enslavement of Behrooz Araz

UPDATED 4/18/2005 11:01pm
The Total Erosion of the Fourth Wall and The 24 Embrace of Contemporary Politics

UPDATED 5/2/2005 10:58pm
Humanity Revealed in FOX's 24

UPDATED 5/17/2005 2:07pm
Quickie '24' Blog Items with an Emphasis on Richard Heller

UPDATED 3/13/2006 9:47am
My Take on FOX's '24' Ethics

February 02, 2005

Happy 100th Birthday, Ayn Rand

[Updates below.]

The Web is alive with Ayn Rand tributes.

I own The Fountainhead, Atlas Shrugged, Objectivism: The Philosophy of Ayn Rand (I read them in that order, still haven't finished OPAR), and have just ordered Capitalism: The Unknown Ideal and Introduction to Objectivist Epistemology from Amazon.com (the prices were too good to pass up). Though I am far from a thorough understanding of Objectivism and the concepts and axioms it works from, I hope to expand upon what I do understand over the next year.

I consider her contributions to the philosophies of freedom and reason to be critically important and worthy of serious study. Her writing offered to me, for the first time, a moral and objective defense of free-market capitalism, the system I had found myself gravitating towards but found unable to uphold in anything but consequentialist and utilitarian terms. Those terms are useful in debate, but I felt the distinct lack of an ethical dimension to my defenses.

Her work led me to the other nether regions of libertarianism and thus to the Austrian School and anarcho-capitalism. I still find the arguments in Roy Child's The Epistemological Basis of Anarchism: An Open Letter to Objectivists and Libertarians and Objectivism and the State: An Open Letter to Ayn Rand to be very strong objections to the state from a background of Objectivist ethics. I am by no means a "Randian" or a Leonard Peikoff-blessed ARIan or any of the other perjoratives tossed around about some of the Objectivists out there and I do agree that there are at least some areas in her philosophy that either I'm not ready yet to accept or are at the very least confusing or contradictory, but I think that on the whole, she's more right than wrong.

I'll end with a great quote Objectivism Online posted:

In the name of the best within you, do not sacrifice this world to those who are its worst. In the name of the values that keep you alive, do not let your vision of man be distorted by the ugly, the cowardly, the mindless in those who have never achieved his title. Do not lose your knowledge that man's proper estate is an upright posture, an intransigent mind and a step that travels unlimited roads. Do not let your fire go out, spark by irreplaceable spark, in the hopeless swamps of the approximate, the not-quite, the not-yet, the not-at-all. Do not let the hero in your soul perish, in lonely frustration for the life you deserved, but have never been able to reach. Check your road and the nature of your battle. The world you desired can be won, it exists, it is real, it is possible, it's yours.

You were a remarkable human.

UPDATED 11:02pm
Here are a few more I came across:

  • The Rand Centennial, Posted by Jonathan Wilde at Catallarchy
  • Publius at Gods of the Copybook Headings and the Reason Hit & Run blog (links via Jay Jardine)
  • Jacqueline Mackie Paisley Passey
  • The Ting Blog has personal observations
  • Disaffiliates has a color photo I've never seen of Miss Rand before
  • Girls on the Gridiron: "I pick [Atlas Shrugged] up every time I forget why I work."
  • Amardeep Singh is not a fan and seems to take a very typical "mainstream" approach to the state
  • Jason Kuznicki : "Incredibly, egoism taught me how to make friends. Egoism."
  • Bud Parr can't understand why The Fountainhead and Atlas Shrugged still sell more than 100,000 copies per year
  • The Urban Grind says AS was the one book that "had the most profound effect" on her life
  • ObjectivismOnline has Happy 100th to America's Greatest Moral Philosopher, by David Veksler
  • ...the trailing edge: "...Objectivism as a whole never seemed to have much to do with real life."
  • Richard Bluestein has more photos
  • Byron Henderson: "I gave Ayn Rand the best years of my life. I grew up and away from her, but I will never forget the time we spent together."
  • Stephen Bainbridge: "As for Objectivism and Objectivists, they have always struck me as being the worst of the many brands of libertarian kooks."
  • Bureaucrash comments
  • News from Anarchistan:
    Rand lit the lamp of freedom amidst a modern dark-age of totalitarianism, facist and communist dictatorships, and the prevailing belief in collectivism. The one who lit a lamp rather than just curse the darkness.

  • Fontana Labs at Unfogged: "I find her interesting only because I find the cultlike adoration utterly baffling."
  • The Musings of Justine: "I wonder what the atheistic Ayn thought when she met God face-to-face..."
  • RadicalWacko: "Tonight I drink a toast to a remarkable woman with a remarkable mind who can truly hold claim to being part of the “motor of the world"."
  • A = A (+/- c8h10n4o2): "Ayn Rand gave us an ideal for which to strive."
  • Josh Poulson relates his story
  • David Innes:
    To that extent (only) I can appreciate her as an early pioneer of the 60's era "If it feels good do it" mentality. If my only two choices today were assembly-line-age conformity or Randian egoism I'd go with Rand every time. But that's like saying if I had a choice between the Guy Lombardo's Orchestra and the New Christie Minsterals I'd buy a tambourine. Rand isn't the only choice anymore and almost every other choice is objectively better in the sense that they offer more ways to interact without fundamentally compromising one's integrity.

  • New Anarchist Man: "Overall, the contribution of Rand to the libertarian movement was not very much."
  • George Mason at the Sixth Column:
    Superficial people condemn almost every real and imagined aspect of this woman and her work, whether they have read anything she wrote or not. Some very fortunate persons have read, absorbed, studied, digested, and applied the principles she presented so clearly, and their lives have changed greatly, for the better. Some have tried to take on the principles she wrote about by short-cutting the learning process, and they crashed, sourly joining her detractors.

  • Division of Labour:
    I spent my senior year in college completely enthralled with Rand, and then like so many others I mostly got over it. Still, I reread her books every few years which is more than I can say for any other writer. Because of Rand, I refuse to cede the moral highground to leftists who peddle an ideology of self-sacrificial service to others.

  • TIQTOQ:
    By the time I got to "Atlas Shrugged", I was tired of reading about her army of tall, cold, brilliant and miserably driven capitalists. Hell, even Rand was addicted to "Charlie's Angels"! But, props must be given.

  • The Idyllist:
    "...I'd like to take a moment to doff my cap at the old girl, who would have been 100 today, for showing me that it was possible to write page-turning fiction, which also tackled big--Big--themes."

  • Gil Milbauer:
    So, my paper was basically a description of a Jeffersonian minimal state, with laissez-faire capitalism. I don't even remember very much of what I wrote (but I'm sure it was good). What I do remember is the professor's comment. When I got my paper back, I could see that he had written in large, angry, red letters:

    YOU'VE OBVIOUSLY READ A LOT OF AYN RAND!!

    I also remember my immediate thought: Who is He???

Timothy Noah, The Tragedy of the Commons, and Awareness Bracelets

Slate: The Wristband Gap, Part 2

Perhaps you're familiar with "the tragedy of the commons," a social dilemma outlined by the late biologist Garrett Hardin in a famous 1968 essay of the same name. The dilemma is that when individuals pursue personal gain, the net result for society as a whole may be impoverishment. (Pollution is the most familiar example.) Such thinking has fallen out of fashion amid President Bush's talk of an "ownership society," but its logic is unassailable:
Picture a pasture open to all. It is to be expected that each herdsman will try to keep as many cattle as possible on the commons. As a rational being, each herdsman seeks to maximize his gain. Explicitly or implicitly, more or less consciously, he asks, "What is the utility to me of adding one more animal to my herd?" This utility has one negative and one positive component.

1) The positive component is a function of the increment of one animal. Since the herdsman receives all the proceeds from the sale of the additional animal, the positive utility is nearly +1.

2) The negative component is a function of the additional overgrazing created by one more animal. Since, however, the effects of overgrazing are shared by all the herdsmen, the negative utility for any particular decision-making herdsman is only a fraction of -1.

Adding together the component partial utilities, the rational herdsman concludes that the only sensible course for him to pursue is to add another animal to his herd. And another; and another


At that point, Timothy Noah proceeds to complain that "awareness bracelets" have choked the market with too many causes and colors.

But re-read the first part again: The dilemma is that when individuals pursue personal gain, the net result for society as a whole may be impoverishment. This is manifestly incorrect, as formulated.

It ought to say: The dilemma is that when individuals pursue personal gain in a system where some property is owned collectively, the net result for society as a whole may be impoverishment. Some quotations will illustrate what I mean.

Tibor R. Machan:

Back in 1968, drawing on materials from ancient and modern thinking about the topic, Hardin observed that commonly owned and freely accessible resources tend to become depleted when or if the population exploiting the resources is large enough.

For example, a common grazing area is made available for use to numerous ranchers will be overgrazed and its replenishment neglected. A tragedy occurs because people pursue their goals with the means available to them but the results are disastrous for all concerned. Communal resources are available to everyone, so everyone has an economic incentive to use them; but no one has an equal incentive to husband the resources. And that is just what goes on at the beaches that are of such deep concern to environmentally concerned citizens, including news reporters and bureaucrats.

One would think, however, that this concern would impel them all to pay closer attention to what exactly is going wrong here. They would discover that the main problem is the lack of private ownership. Plainly put, if the beaches were owned privately, they would be clean or at least cleaner than they are.


Robert J. Smith
Why was the American buffalo nearly exterminated but not the Hereford, the Angus, or the Jersey cow? Why are salmon and trout habitually overfished in the nation's lakes, rivers, and streams, often to the point of endangering the species, while the same species thrive in fish farms and privately owned lakes and ponds? Why do cattle and sheep ranchers overgraze the public lands but maintain lush pastures on their own property? Why are rare birds and mammals taken from the wild in a manner that often harms them and depletes the population, but carefully raised and nurtured in aviaries, game ranches, and hunting preserves? Which would be picked at the optimum ripeness, blackberries along a roadside or blackberries in a farmer's garden? In all of these cases, it is clear that the problem of overexploitation or overharvesting is a result of the resource's being under public rather than private ownership. The difference in their management is a direct result of two totally different forms of property rights and ownership: public, communal, or common property vs. private property. Wherever we have public ownership we find overuse, waste, and extinction; but private ownership results in sustained-yield use and preservation.

Mr. Smith goes on to say:
The overuse of common property resources and the preservation of private property resources are both examples of rational behavior by resource users. It is not a case of irrational vs. rational behavior. In both cases we are witnessing rational behavior, for resource users are acting in the only manner available to them to obtain any economic or psychological value from the resource.

In essence, the economic costs of using the resource are either fully or almost entirely borne by the rightful property owner and therefore the rational owner - the very same one in Hardin's example - seeking to improve his or her economic situation, will not mindlessly deplete what he or she owns because it goes against the long-term interest of allowing or helping that resource to replenish itself.

Unfortunately, Mr. Noah has effectively cemented in the minds of more people the regular error made when talking about these things. They assume the overall economic pie is static and one person's growth is another person's diminishment. This is only the case when the resources in question do not have delineated property rights regulating them, when the resources are "owned by the public" or some such nonsense.

As Mr. Hardin says in the rest of the quote that Mr. Noah didn't copy:

Therein is the tragedy. Each man is locked into a system that compels him to increase his herd without limit-in a world that is limited. Ruin is the destination toward which all men rush, each pursuing his own best interest in a society that believes in the freedom of the commons. Freedom in a commons brings ruin to all.

Mr. Smith summarizes: Nowhere does Hardin state that the tragedy of the commons is the result of free enterprise, the profit system, or the existence of private property.

The solution, then, is to abolish the commons and establish private property rights in them.

Of course, how does this apply to the problem in Mr. Noah's article? The "commons" in question is literally everywhere: outside buildings, inside buildings, on streets...wait a minute. This is a question of the property ownership extended over one's line of sight, what he refers to as the "visible spectrum."

It would be, in my opinion, silly but perfectly reasonable for the owner of a building, street, sidewalk, parking lot, or household to have posted the meanings of each color and style of bracelet in accordance with the "cause" associated. I assume most people using such structures who have already purchased "awareness" would take issue with someone attempting to change the meaning of their bracelet. Again, I think declaring that red bracelets worn within the confines of specific property lines mean toenail fungus when the majority of red bracelets sold are for (or against, I guess) heart disease is a foolish waste of time but one that wouldn't be at fundamental odds with a private property system.

Notice I said "style of bracelet." Visually differentiating one bracelet from another doesn't have to be limited to solid colors. Stripes, checkerboards, and polka-dots are all possible patterns that greatly (exponentially? geometrically?) increase the available visual differences. Hell, if the manufacturer wanted to, it could change the width of some bands and make some glossy rather than matte, metal rather than plastic, wood rather than glass. The possibilities are not as limited as Mr. Noah suggests.

However, there is a practical limit to what human eyes can distinguish at distances greater than a few feet...or are even willing to distinguish. In that regard, Mr. Noah is correct:

At this late hour, it's impossible to look at somebody's awareness bracelet and learn precisely what that person is trying to raise awareness about, because there are simply too many possibilities. Purple, for instance, now signifies support for Alzheimer patients, abused animals, battered women, epileptics, children in foster care, or people with irritable bowel syndrome, among other things. Teal invokes the fight against ovarian cancer, except when it invokes the fight against myasthenia gravis, drug addiction, or sexual assault. Gray can raise awareness about brain cancer, diabetes, disabled children, emphysema, lung cancer, multiple sclerosis, mental illness, or a couple of diseases I've never heard of; or it can raise awareness about asthma or allergies. ("Please join me in the fight to cure hay fever.")

With so much to be aware of, awareness bracelets have reverted to signifying nothing more than color itself.

2005 Washingtonpost.Newsweek Interactive Co. LLC

Personally, I don't need to witness someone wearing a yellow bracelet to know people are suffering from cancer and a world-renowned cyclist is leading a fight against the disease. I don't need to see a green bracelet (or a camouflage magnetic ribbon attached to a car) to know the United States is fighting a war in other nations. My "awareness" of these issues is acute. Perhaps others' is not. I do find it trite to reduce the complexities of a cause down to an accessory for one's wrist, but I've never been much for fashion statements or cause-stumping anyway.

February 01, 2005

Joan Vennochi Needs Slaves

Boston Globe: Gillette deal a distortion of 'success'

IT OUGHT to be a crime -- the people v. Procter & Gamble; the people v. Gillette.

Procter & Gamble, which is headquartered in Cincinnati, reached an agreement to acquire the Boston-based Gillette Company in a stock transaction valued at about $56 billion.


Ms. Vennochi thinks two companies she does not own ought to do what she wants them to do. If they don't, the people who actually run those companies should be thrown in jail.

Yes, she needs slaves.

After spending a moment to remind the reader of the large compensation packages the executives of the two companies are likely to receive, she goes on:

Even more outrageous than such eye-popping payouts is the overall resignation which greets deals like this. That's capitalism, everyone shrugs. Suggest that this is capitalism perverted and you are labeled a socialist -- a bigger sin than overt, conscienceless greed, which chief executives like Kilts get to define as "success."

How would this be "perverted capitalism"? The essence of capitalism is self-interested profit-taking behavior in a system of tradable private property. The merger of Procter & Gamble and Gillette is just the latest example of such a trade, albeit one far more complicated and valuable than me giving a convenience store clerk $25 for a tank of diesel.

And, well, shit: If you don't think people should engage in free trade, then you are a socialist. Perhaps not of the Marxist/Leninist variety and perhaps collectivist might be a better term, but certainly a beast of an all-too-common pedigree.

The companies are already mapping out their plan to "integrate," which really means consolidate and shrink the workforce, the definition of "success."

I disagree about the "definition of success" as it is too personal and subjective a matter to just assume. However, it certainly is a good thing a person has as little a right to a job than I have a right to Ms. Vennochi's car. Otherwise, these mergers might pose a problem.
This deal is not a success for Massachusetts, which is losing another major employer to an out-of-state corporation.

If you want more employers - major or minor - to conduct business in Massachusetts, how about removing the obstacles to free trade and property rights that stand in the way of their desire to do business there? How about not frightening them with talk of throwing them in jail for not following your orders?
It is not a success for employees, generally; 6,000 workers, or 4 percent of the workforce, will lose their jobs as a result of this deal. Arguably, in the long run, the deal isn't a success for the free market either, just for the inner circle that runs corporate America and willingly sells out every asset they control for their own financial gain.

"The only way to preserve a free market is to have a regulated free market," says Massachusetts Secretary of State William F. Galvin. Unfettered, he says, "the free market will ultimately devour itself. The question becomes, 'how fast can we sell out everything?' "


"We had to destroy the village in order to save it."
"We must inflict harm on someone if there is the chance that person might be able to prevent harm to others."

We ought to aggress against you in order to stop aggression.

Anyone else see the vacuous stupidity in that man's words?

Everyone is talking about Franklin Delano Roosevelt and the need to protect his Social Security legacy, says Galvin; what about the antitrust legacy of Theodore Roosevelt, who waged war against the corporate barons of the early 20th century?

Roosevelt promoted continuous regulation of giant corporations and, as president, he pushed such legislation through Congress. He wanted to balance the interests of workers and business people. When did Teddy Roosevelt-type balance become unAmerican? If Procter & Gamble and Gillette need to join forces to stand up to Wal-Mart pricecutting, isn't that proof it is time to rein in Wal-Mart?


Tyranny has always been un-American. The extent to which that has been respected has varied over the years. This columnist wants to increase it.
Today, regulators close their eyes to that reality, preferring to convince themselves that the combinations of big companies benefit consumers and shareholders and that is all that matters. Antitrust review currently boils down to a preordained economic analysis. Basically, all merger partners have to demonstrate now is that their marriage will reduce costs and produce efficiencies. That argument always wins and it is why everyone shrugs about the inevitable.

That's because the reality trumps the delusion.
Yet if no one puts on the brakes, you don't have to be a business school graduate to see how this ends up. When corporate America is done devouring itself, it will be forced to look beyond American borders for merger partners. Then, the job loss and loss of decision-making clout will shift not only out of one state, but out of the United States.

Clearly, not even business school graduates can beat Ms. Vennochi's economic ignorance.
It's time to start redefining "success" as it applies to a business deal. It's time to look beyond the shareholders and the executives who reward themselves to a larger universe of stakeholders -- all the people affected in some way by a company's actions. That universe includes vendors, employees and their families, and the community at large. There is a middle ground between extreme socialism and extreme capitalism, and it is not that difficult to find.

Well, fuck. If that is to be the standard, you've crossed the line from simplistic collectivist loon to dangerous socialist moron. Does she even consider the vast difficulty and incalculable costs of such a standard? Does she even care what it would do to our standard of living, a standard far more important than the one she dreams up?

Besides, we've been mired in the muck of the middle-ground for quite some time. I say we leave the mud for the bureaucrats to play in.

Suppose the Procter & Gamble acquisition of Gillette was described like this to an average holder of Gillette stock: as a result of this merger, your 401(k) will increase in value by $300; but your cousin will lose his job.

Think of it like that and it is a crime.

Copyright 2005 Globe Newspaper Company.


Another "full employment" jackass who thinks everyone has a right to their job, meaning employers should be held hostage to the desires of the state.

Oh yes, Joan Vennochi needs slaves.

Student Respect for the First Amendment is Dropping?

The nation continues its downward spiral into titanic stupidity.

The AP via MSNBC: First Amendment no big deal, students say

The way many high school students see it, government censorship of newspapers may not be a bad thing, and flag burning is hardly protected free speech.

It turns out the First Amendment is a second-rate issue to many of those nearing their own adult independence, according to a study of high school attitudes released Monday.

...when told of the exact text of the First Amendment, more than one in three high school students said it goes too far in the rights it guarantees. Only half of the students said newspapers should be allowed to publish freely without government approval of stories.

"These results are not only disturbing; they are dangerous," said Hodding Carter III, president of the John S. and James L. Knight Foundation, which sponsored the $1 million study. "Ignorance about the basics of this free society is a danger to our nations future."

The students are even more restrictive in their views than their elders, the study says.

When asked whether people should be allowed to express unpopular views, 97 percent of teachers and 99 percent of school principals said yes. Only 83 percent of students did.


THESE PEOPLE ARE ENCOURAGED AND EXPECTED TO FUCKING VOTE.
The results reflected indifference, with almost three in four students saying they took the First Amendment for granted or didn't know how they felt about it. It was also clear that many students do not understand what is protected by the bedrock of the Bill of Rights.

Three in four students said flag burning is illegal. It's not. About half the students said the government can restrict any indecent material on the Internet. It can't.


Actually, the federal government has shown little respect for the restrictions written in the Constitution for quite some time, so I hold little regard in what it "legally" can and cannot do. It makes and enforces the laws at the general behest of a majority of the voting population, so the real outcome is anything goes. And as a direct counterpoint to what the Associated Press reporter(s) say, the feds have censored the Net and they will continue to do so.
The survey, conducted by researchers at the University of Connecticut, is billed as the largest of its kind. More than 100,000 students, nearly 8,000 teachers and more than 500 administrators at 544 public and private high schools took part in early 2004.

The actual report (PDF) from the official website has this to say:
The majority (58 percent) of students surveyed have taken classes in high schools that dealt with the First Amendment. A slightly higher percentage of public school students (59 percent) than private school students (54 percent) have taken classes that dealt with the First Amendment.page 21

It doesn't say whether kids going to private schools valued the 1st Amendment higher than those in public, something I'd really be keen on knowing.
The study suggests that students embrace First Amendment freedoms if they are taught about them and given a chance to practice them, but schools dont make the matter a priority.

Students who take part in school media activities, such as a student newspapers or TV production, are much more likely to support expression of unpopular views, for example.

About nine in 10 principals said it is important for all students to learn some journalism skills, but most administrators say a lack of money limits their media offerings.

More than one in five schools offer no student media opportunities; of the high schools that do not offer student newspapers, 40 percent have eliminated them in the last five years.


I call bullshit. You don't need to enroll in a class that teaches how to run or operate a newspaper, television station, or radio transmitter to understand the importance of the freedoms of speech, assembly, and religion. All you need is to gather all the kids in one grade together in the cafeteria or auditorium and let them hang out for 10 minutes.

Let them relax and chat with their friends. Then, send in police to block off the exits. Explain to the crowd that anyone caught saying any of such and such will be forcibly silenced by the police. Explain that anyone caught being friends with or helping those unlawful Freespeakers will be forcibly removed from their presence and seated elsewhere. Give the crowd a minute to think about this, and then begin the crackdown.

Simple exercises like that ought to drill into their obtuse and airy minds the vast importance of the freedoms in the First Amendment. Afterwards, once the outrage has died down, explain to them that the reason why what the school did was wrong was because you, the police, and the other school officials were participants in a gross violation of the children's right to self-ownership.

If they don't "get it" at that point, they're hopeless. And dangerous.

I said it once and I'll say it again: The 1st Amendment does not go too far!

January 30, 2005

Priorities

Gil Milbauer:

Those who generally oppose restrictions on economic liberty (like me) tend to think that there's a looming crisis for Social Security and the sooner it is reformed the better; but the Global Warming issue is probably not a real crisis that warrants drastic changes, and we can deal with any potential problems better later. Those who tend to support economic restrictions take exactly the opposite positions.

Perhaps this is because those who worry more about global warming simply think economic freedom is a vulgar, materialistic, and ultimately pointless value to hold.

January 27, 2005

Brian J. Noggle Thinks It's Funny

FULL DISCLOSURE

I took Pell Grant money from the Federal Government as part of my college financing package.

You, gentle reader, should then assume that all words on this blog and all independent thoughts and ideas I have are duly vetted and approved by the administration of President George H.W. Bush, by whose largesse I could afford a private university.


That's Brian J. Noggle.

Hey, he rightfully exposes the jackassery of the notion that when you receive money from someone you must parrot that person's beliefs.

But the real crime is left unsaid. Property obtained by through aggression is not legitimately possessed. That Pell Grant absolutely qualifies as stolen goods...not as something the first President Bush rightly owned and magnanimously gave away.

January 26, 2005

Andrew Sullivan Gets It Wrong Again

[Updates below.]

GREEN NEOCONS

I've never understood why conservatives in principle oppose tougher fuel standards or conservation measures. Conserving energy is conservative, no? And increasing energy independence is a useful foreign policy tool, no? Where's the catch?

Where's the catch?

The catch is neither YOU nor THE GOVERNMENT own car manufacturers or their suppliers, so neither YOU nor THE GOVERNMENT have a right to tell them how to build their products. For the very same reason conservatives (are supposed to) oppose having the state tell you what you can't write on your blog and how you write what you can, conservatives (are supposed to) oppose the government imposing economic controls on businesses to achieve social goals. The label of "conservative" has nothing to do with the conservation of economic goods, unless you consider mid-twentieth century social tradition, Christian religion, and "decency" economic goods.

Previous posts on the Daily Disher: Talking About Whom?, The Jubilation of Catching Saddam is Fraying Minds, Andrew Sullivan's Confused, Poor Andrew Sullivan, What the Hell, Sullivan's Hand in Your Pocket.

UPDATED 9/28/2005 9:53am
Andrew Sullivan Needs Slaves

Maggie Gallagher on the Take?

According to Drudge, Howard Kurtz is writing in the Washington Post that Maggie Gallagher was on the payroll of the Department of Health and Human Services for $21,500. And what was she doing? She was defending marriage.

She was also attacking gay marriage. I wrote about her twice: You'd Think the World Is About to End and Maggie's Calmer, But No Less Silly. In the first, I quoted her saying this:

Winning the gay-marriage debate may be hard, but to those of us who witnessed the fall of Communism, despair is inexcusable and irresponsible. Losing this battle means losing the idea that children need mothers and fathers. It means losing the marriage debate. It means losing limited government. It means losing American civilization. It means losing, period.

More info on this new development at Instapundit, who thinks this isn't going to be as bad as the Armstrong Williams situation.

As the Professor notes, she has replied here:

I just got off the phone with Howard Kurtz of The Washington Post. He called me with a very good question: "You had a contract with HHS to do some work on marriage issues in 2002. Should you have disclosed that?"

[...]

In 2001, the Department of Health and Human Services approached me to do some work on marriage issues for the government, including a presentation of the social science evidence on the benefits of marriage for HHS regional managers, to draft an essay for Wade Horn, assistant secretary of HHS, on how government can strengthen marriage, and to prepare drafts of community brochures: "The Top Ten Reasons Marriage Matters," stuff like that.

The contract reads: "ACF (Administration for Children and Families, part of HHS) is pursuing research to create knowledge about the dynamics of marriage among low-income populations, and potential strategies states might pursue to strengthen marriage. ACF needs additional expertise to accomplish this work.

"Statement of work: The contractor shall consult with and assist ACF in ongoing work related to strengthening marriage, and provide assistance advice on development of new research activities in this area. The contractor shall perform a variety of activities including (but not limited to) providing information on the programs to strengthen marriage, advising on the dissemination of materials, and participating in meetings and workshops."

The contract did not authorize a general consulting fee. Instead it authorized payment for actual work performed, to be submitted and approved via separate invoice.

By my records, I was paid $21,500 from HHS in 2002.


You know what...the disclosure thing isn't what annoys me. The motivation that someone has to write about something isn't high on my list of concerns when reading a news article or an opinion piece. What concerns me are the validity of the facts and arguments within the writing.

So I also see this things as "tempest in a teapot" situations, because the larger issue for me is, Why the hell is the United States Government engaging in social engineering to change Americans into what it thinks will be better citizens? This shit isn't the purview of anything close to what a proper limited government conservative or Constitutionalist administration or Republican movement ought to have the state doing, let alone what even the most justifiable minimal state might engage in.

The real problem isn't private citizens getting paid to promote government policies. The real problem is the existence of the government itself and the fact that it has the tax money to waste on things like "strengthening marriage."

January 25, 2005

Let's Play 'Count the Fallacies'!

In the People's Weekly World, Shane Brinton says "capitalism spreads HIV."

In The Washington Times, Lawrence Kudlow says that under a second Bush term in office, "Freedom is transforming."

The Age opinionates that "capitalist ideology reigns unrestrained and unchallenged" in Australia.

In Arizona State University's The State Press, Solomon Rotstein gets bitchy about someone going to Costco.com and buying a Picasso.

January 21, 2005

A Welcome Note of Dissent at National Review

Peter Robinson: A Conservative President?

Aw, gee. Hes our guy, I like him, and his performance since 9/11 has proven brave, steadfast, and completely admirable. But this speech? It was well-written - in places actually beautiful - and well-delivered. (I dissent from Jonah Goldberg and others who fault Bush for his delivery on the ground that theyre forgetting to multiply his score by the degree of difficulty. Just try standing outdoors, in freezing weather, using a sound system that echoes, and then delivering a speech to an audience that consists of more or less the entire planet. Denny Hastert couldnt even administer the oath of office to the vice president without misspeaking. Bush delivered his entire text without a flaw.) But the speech was in almost no way that of a conservative. To the contrary. It amounted to a thoroughgoing exaltation of the state.

Bush has just announced that we must remake the entire third world in order to feel safe in our own homes, and he has done so without sounding a single note of reluctance or hesitation. This overturns the nations fundamental stance toward foreign policy since its inception.

[...]

On domestic policy, a "broader definition of liberty?" Citing as useful precedents the Homestead Act, the Social Security Act, and the G. I. Bill? Compare what Bush said today with the inaugural address of Lyndon Baines Johnson and the first inaugural address of Ronald Reagan and you'll find that Bush sounds much, much more like LBJ. He as much as announced that from now on the GOP will be a party of big government.


Too true.

In the text of Bush's speech, there are 16 references to "liberty," 34 references to "free" or "freedom," 6 references to "tyranny." Here's Bush in his own words:

...no one is fit to be a master, and no one deserves to be a slave.

Oh how easily the fundamental, widespread, and immediately superficial counter-examples to this statement from his own administration could be demonstrated. His speech is ripe for heavy anarcho-capitalist fisking.

January 18, 2005

When the Levy Breaks...

First signs of protest in world's top secret state
The first known visual evidence of dissent within the world's most secretive state emerged yesterday when video footage taken in a North Korean factory showed a portrait of the dictator, Kim Jong-il, defaced with graffiti demanding freedom and democracy.

The 35-minute video clip, said to have been taken in November, was posted on the website of an opposition group based in South Korea. It shows a poster of Kim scrawled over with the words: "Down with Kim Jong-il. Let's all rise to drive out the dictatorial regime.''

Copyright of Telegraph Group Limited 2005.


Link via Instapundit.

January 14, 2005

If Only President Dwight Eisenhower Meant It

50th anniversary of the federal government's initial policy statement on the use of private enterprise

"The Government shall not start or carry on any activity to provide a commercial product or service if the product or service can be procured more economically from a commercial source."

January 12, 2005

Datapoints for the End Times

Here is further anecdotal weight to Billy Beck's thesis from a variety of blogs. These were arbitrarily limited to the most recent three posts from each website that had something to do with the slow suffocation of individual freedom and reason.

The Agitatorians: ban on outdoor public smoking, building codes for doghouses, and preemptive drug searches

UK's Samizdatistas: threats of Islamic theocrat thuggery, the imposition of national British ID cards, and political thought control

Reasonoids: Bush blowing his attempt at Social Security reform, No Child Left Behind creates perverse incentives, and more stupid warning labels

Das Misesians: legislative and judicial insanity, horrorible tales from the Federal Trade Commission, and defending the broken window fallacy.

Noodles!: forced obesity in the Middle East, gross misunderstandings of Ayn Rand, and tons of people turn out to vote on your freedom

The Rockwellians: the need for control, North Korea's fashion police, and the neoconservative and liberal love of Teddy Roosevelt

And then the Magnifisyncopathologican: Human Jackals in Benevolent Clothing, Neal Boortz goes wrong on Social Security, and No Texan's Life, Liberty, and Property are Safe...

January 11, 2005

Fox's 24: A Libertarian Nightmare

[Updates below.]

Last night, the third and fourth episodes of 24 aired on FOX. What will be discussed contains spoilers for the series up to this point, so anyone not interested in learning them should refrain from reading further.

Continue reading "Fox's 24: A Libertarian Nightmare" »

January 06, 2005

Not Surprising

The Washington Times: U.S. drops on economic index

The United States has dropped for the first time from the top 10 nations in an annual "index of economic freedom" issued jointly by the Heritage Foundation and the Wall Street Journal.

In the new rankings, released yesterday, Hong Kong remained in first place, where it has been for years in spite of the handing over of the former British colony to Chinese rule in 1997. Singapore, Luxembourg and Estonia the latter, a former Soviet republic held the next three spots.

The United States' score in the Heritage Foundation index was unchanged from last year, when it ranked 8th, but it slipped to 12th place because of reforms in Chile, Australia and Iceland, all of which moved up.

[...]

The report defines economic freedom as an absence of government "coercion or constraint" on citizens' ability to "work, produce, consume and invest in ways they feel are most productive," the authors say.

Copyright 2005 News World Communications, Inc.


Practically speaking, any President who makes it her or her primary goal to move the US back to the top of lists like these and keep it there is someone that would, at the very least, be a enormous improvement over everyone else we've suffered under.

January 03, 2005

The Indian Ocean Earthquake/Tsunami and Belomorkanal

The New York Times: Relief Effort Gains as Aid Is Reaching More Survivors

It was only the beginning of a relief campaign that has drawn pledges of $2 billion from 40 countries and will go on for months, if not years, and the suffering was still widespread. But after a week of horrific reports - with estimates of as many as 150,000 dead, 500,000 seriously injured, millions of homeless and hungry and tens of thousands missing - there was a sense of progress and even rays of hope.

Copyright 2005 The New York Times Company


I have two close friends out in the Philippines at the moment and only just heard back from them today. They are safe, but we were concerned about them for a while. Thankfully, they aren't a member of those grim figures above. I watched those numbers increase by leaps and bounds over the last few days and no words of mine could capture the scope and the depth of this tragic event.

However, I would like to point out something that I'm sure most people don't know.

From Wikipedia: White Sea-Baltic Canal

White Sea-Baltic Sea Canal (Russian: Belomorsko-Baltiyskiy Kanal (BBK)), opened on August 2, 1933 is a ship canal that joins the White Sea and the Baltic Sea near St. Petersburg. Its original name was Belomorsko-Baltiyskiy Kanal imeni Stalina, "White Sea-Baltic Sea Canal in the Name of Stalin" and it is known under the abbreviation Belomorkanal. During the construction up to 100,000 Gulag prisoners had died.

Yesterday, The History Channel aired Stalin: Man of Steel at 1pm. Within that program, someone stated the final death toll on the laborers for this canal was 150,000. Obviously, accurate numbers are hard to come by for, "projects," like these. Furthermore, I'll quote from The Economy of the OGPU, NKVD and MVD of the USSR, 1930-1953 by Oleg Khlevnyuk:
The development of the OGPU economy was strongly influenced by the decision to build the White Sea-Baltic Canal (see chapter by Morukov). Construction of this transportation system, which started in the second half of 1930, was completed in the record time of two years. At certain times more than 100,000 prisoners were being used in the construction. It was the first time the camp economy demonstrated its "advantages" in practice: rapid deployment of large worker contingents at a needed site and the capacity to exploit prisoners in any conditions, regardless of casualties. Methods of organizing the Gulag's major economic projects were refined in the course of White Sea-Baltic Canal construction, and OGPU leadership personnel gained experience. After the White Sea-Baltic Canal project, the OGPU began to establish other major economic divisions. On November 11, 1931, the Politburo adopted a decision to form a special trust, which was later named Dalstroi (Far Northern Construction), "to speed up the development of gold mining in the upper reaches of the Kolyma"[4].

More than one hundred thousand humans were arrested and forced into slave labor. They were then forced to build a mammoth public works project that Stalin chose with no small emphasis on how it would make him and his style of Communism appear on the world stage. Those people were literally worked and tortured to death while exposed to some of the most inhospitable weather and working conditions on the planet.

And that was considered such a success that it helped lead to the hated and feared Kolyma gold mining system, so hated and feared that it reinforced with bleak finality the saying, "Kolyma means death."

Now, I am not attempting to belittle, denigrate, or dismiss the magnitude of the disaster along the coastlines of the Indian Ocean. Far from it. I think the event deserves all the attention it has received.

What I do think deserves attention is the fact that what happened last week was not the result of human design. Without a doubt, had those people and nations affected enjoyed a higher standard of living and lower rates of poverty, the number of casualties and the difficulty in recovering from them would be less severe. But this is one of those rare situations where "tragedy" is apt and appropriate.

On the other hand, what happened in the Soviet Union was deliberate and merely a small part of a larger system. While people will remember the Asian tsunami disaster for years, during that time the few remaining survivors and relatives of a man-made murder machine will quietly pass away with the horror of their experiences to themselves. Their primary connection to history, the canal that killed their friends and family? A brand of fucking cigarettes.

Keep that in mind as you read the superlatives, calls for aid, and likely hyperbole employed in the news relating to the Indian Ocean earthquake-tsunami disaster.

December 21, 2004

Nationwide News Media Bias

AP via News8Austin: Report: Poor cannot afford most rentals in the U.S.

WASHINGTON -- Small apartments are out of reach for most minimum-wage earners. That's according an annual report from the National Low Income Housing Coalition.

The group finds the typical worker needs to make more than $15 an hour to afford the average rent and utilities on a two-bedroom apartment.

More than a quarter of the population makes less than $10 an hour.

The low-income advocacy group report cites government numbers showing that hourly wage increases over the past year have failed to keep up with increases in rent and utilities.

The group also said government spending on Section Eight vouchers hasn't kept up with demand. That program helps 2 million poor Americans pay rent.

Copyright 2004 Associated Press, All rights reserved.


That's the whole report available on News8Austin's website. It's about as condensed a news blurb as you can get. And it is missing something, and that something is a glaring omission.

A dissenting opinion.

So I went looking for a larger report and found this.

AP via The Seattle Times: Report cites scarcity of low-income housing

Again, zero dissenting opinion from people who oppose having the government "pour money into programs that help poor people pay rent, and must preserve and build more affordable-housing units," as the coalition's executive director, Sheila Crowley, demands. All we get are stats and a whole lot of unspoken tongue-clucking about the obviously low minimum wages and disgustingly high housing costs across the nation. There is but a single direction to go for the uninformed and ignorant readers of this larger article to take: the assumption that of course the state should continue meddling in our affairs and taking our money to redistribute to others. Those who disagree simply hate the poor, have no opinion of the wealthless classes, and have no useful solutions to their problems.

This kind of press release journalism, dear readers, is what I refer to as bias in the media. It is the art of the left out, the unsaid, and the uncovered. It reports a single thing and neglects the greater context. I don't believe any media outlet (including this blog) has an obligation to report all the sides to every story nor even guarantee everything written is completely true and factually correct. I do seriously question how stories are written, edited, and chosen to be published. There's where biases manifest themselves. You can see mine in the topics I choose to cover.

I felt compelled to check on other new media outlets to see if they followed this pattern. I tried to limit my search to those online newspapers and magazines that didn't just post the whole AP text without changes. The results? Every link below lacks a dissenting opinion, a different take on the causes and fixes for the housing problem, or someone sounding a note of caution to throw more taxpayer money at the issue.

  • Poor in U.S. struggle to afford rent, group says, Green Bay Press Gazette
  • Rental Study Released, The Appeal-Democrat
  • Rental costs in Connecticut among highest in the country, Newsday
  • SJ ranks No. 7 for expensive rents, San Jose Mercury News
  • Least Affordable Rents in Nation Found in State, Los Angeles Times
  • 'Housing wage' tells a story, Seattle Post Intelligencer
  • Mass. wages render affordable housing unaffordable, Boston Globe
  • Fatter Homes Pricing Out Poor, Forbes
  • 7th least affordable, Honolulu Star-Bulletin
  • Housing out of reach for many, Portsmouth Herald News
  • Mininum wage pays for 1-bedroom apartment in only 4 US counties, Minneapolis Star Tribune
  • Nevada tenth nationally in rent for two-bedroom apartment, KRNV
  • Minimum Wage Makes It Difficult to Rent, The Ledger
  • Report: Rent out of reach to workers, Arizona Daily Sun
  • National survey says rent too high, Colorado Springs Gazette
  • Working poor are struggling to pay rent, Deseret Morning News
  • Report: Glaring disparity exists between rent, minimum wage, Cleveland Plain Dealer
  • Need a 2-bedroom apartment? You must earn $15.37 an hour, Fort Lauderdale Sun Sentinel
  • Gwinnett out of reach for minimum-wage workers, Gwinnett Daily Post

    Out of every link I clicked that wasn’t a sheep-like repost of the AP template was just one that offered an opposing opinion from a local representative:

  • $5.15 an hour won't pay the rent, Chambersburg Public Opinion

    Illustrative? I think so. This is by no means a comprehensive search or an exhaustive study. But it does demonstrate the severe difficulties in getting anti-statist, limited government, or even just status quo cautionary opinions in the news to combate this slow ratchet-like crushing of liberty and private property.

  • December 16, 2004

    Thomas Boswell is a Parasite

    Washington Post: Cropped Out of the Picture

    Late Tuesday night, in the 11th hour of a marathon D.C. Council meeting, chairman Linda W. Cropp blew to smithereens the deal that MLB thought it had in place with Washington to build a ballpark on the Anacostia waterfront. With that single blow, which leaves baseball no alternatives, the return of major league baseball to the nation's capital is now dead.

    The bits of charred ash and shattered fragments that you see falling from the sky are the remnants of the destruction that Cropp wrought. With one amendment to a stadium-funding bill, she demolished the most basic pillar on which the District's agreement with baseball was built. By a 10-3 vote, the council demanded that at least half of the cost of any new stadium be built with private financing, which does not exist, rather than public funding, as stipulated in D.C.'s deal with baseball.

    A stadium in search of hypothetical funding, funding that may never be found, is not a stadium at all. It is just a convenient political lie. The entire purpose of baseball's long search for a new home for the Expos was so the sport could sell the team. Who is going to buy a team to play in a stadium that isn't funded and may never be? Nobody. Nobody on earth.

    2004 The Washington Post Company


    Here's what this fuck Thomas Boswell is saying.

    He wants millions of people (this being D.C., you know federal dollars will eventually be involved) to be forced to contribute to building, maintaining, and supporting a sports franchise. He thinks it's beyond reproach that such a business should be kept afloat by anything other than the voluntary economic transactions done by its customers. He thinks the reality of the situation - that not enough people will invest in the deal to keep it viable - is something that can be overcome by raw, outright coercion in the form of taxes.

    Fuck him. If it's so damn important to have a national-level sports team in your city, pay for it out of your own gawddamn pocket.

    Via Jim Henley.

    December 08, 2004

    Neal Boortz Swings and Misses on Social Security


    "The time will come, though, when these people who today are preoccupied with the grossly unimportant will suddenly realize that they've been robbed blind."

    Neal Boortz correctly identifies the important issue in the Mandated Government Retirement Fraud:
    You do know, don't you, that there is absolutely no legal guarantee that you will receive one single penny of the money that is taken from you. No guarantee at all. The congress can vote tomorrow to end the system and keep every dollar that has been paid in Social Security taxes. There would be nothing you could do about it. Nothing except, that is, to vote against the jerk who stole your money.

    [...]

    This is absurd, folks. We're supposed to be living in free country that recognizes property rights. You own you, not the government. You work for you, not for some stranger. In a free country your government should not seize your money by force and put it into a phony "retirement" fund that earns you a sub-par rate of return and to which you have no legal right beyond what politicians are willing to grant. When you die the money you earned during life shouldn't be seized by government to be transferred to another individual you don't know while your family scrambles about looking for a way to keep their home and pay for your funeral, but that's exactly what the AARP is fighting for.


    Good stuff and entirely accurate. But what does he propose to replace this nationwide fraud?
    Chile used to have a Social Security system that was a virtual copy of ours. Chile, however, didn't have an AARP. What Chile did have was politicians who realized that their system was doomed to collapse, and who did something about it. Chile privatized every individual's retirement benefits.

    [...]

    Today in Chile workers pay 10% of their pretax earnings into their own retirement plans. They can elect to pay an additional 10% in pretax earnings if they wish. The companies who manage these funds are prohibited by law from engaging in any other type of business. The sole business purpose of these companies is to take these privately owned retirement accounts and grow them.


    Stop. Just...stop.

    What the fuck is this obsession with people who want the government to force us to save money? Mr. Boortz is on record barely five paragraphs above with a firm statement in support of property rights and self-ownership. The corollaries to these statements are available to those with functioning mental faculties. Unfortunately, the collapse begins and he jumps right into upholding what he just said he opposes. The Fuck-Me-This-Is-Crazy moment arrives at the end:

    If they die before the retirement age the money goes to their families. If Chileans live to retirement age they have three options:
    1. Purchase a family annuity from a life insurance company.
    2. Leave their funds in a personal account and make monthly withdrawals adjusted to match their life expectancy.
    3. Any combination of 1 and 2.

    The government steps in to guarantee a "minimum pension" for people who have worked at least 20 years and who's benefits don't meet the minimum monthly amount required by the Chilean law.

    So...rather than a system that allows us to own our money and do with it as we please...Mr. Boortz wants instead to have a system that forces us to save, limits our options with that money, and subsidizes (through theft) a certain chunk of this "privatized" pension market.

    Here's another way of putting this: the man said he likes cheeseburgers and he doesn't like the cheese or the burger.

    If you read this Mr. Boortz, I hope you come to your senses and realize the gross error you've made. This kind of disjointed and contradictory commentary is what friends of liberty don't need in the fight against the government and its idolaters.

    Link and image via Billy Beck.

    December 03, 2004

    A Solution for High Property Taxes

    Christian Science Monitor: Property taxes rising nationwide:

    From Madison, Wis., to Bucks County, Pa., the local tax assessor is dipping deeper into homeowners' pockets as real estate prices rise and states share less of their tax revenue with local governments.

    With people starting to receive their 2005 tax bills, the levies are squeezing the middle class and senior citizens - leaving them less to spend on everything from restaurants to roof repair. There is also concern the taxes could particularly hurt the home-buying chances of the young or civil servants such as firefighters. States such as New Jersey now have grass-roots efforts - verging on revolts - for reform.


    Here's my solution for the problem:

    End the public school system. Abolish government-run schools. Privatize public education. Whatever form or label this takes, get the state out of the education business.

    Why pick on public education? Because that's where the money is:

    "There is a property tax crisis," says Myron Orfield, a property tax expert at the University of Minnesota in Minneapolis. "It's especially bad in states like New Jersey, Ohio, Connecticut, and Illinois, which are property-tax dependent."

    Part of the problem lies in demographics and the rapid growth of exurban communities. Young couples who can't afford suburban homes have moved to "edge" communities further from the cities. Those are filled with children, and to educate them the communities have to jack up property taxes to build new schools and hire teachers.


    Revenues for public elementary and secondary schools, by source and state or jurisdiction: 2000-01:
    • Of Connecticut's education revenue of more than $6.4 billion, $2.5 billion (39.5%) came from the state and $3.5 billion (54.6%) came from local governments. Mean Uncle Sam tossed in $276 million (4.2%).
    • Of Illinois's education revenue of more than $18.2 billion, $6.1 billion (33.6%) came from the state and $10.3 billion (56.6%) came from local governments. Mean Uncle Sam tossed in $1.4 billion (7.8%).
    • Of New Jersey's education revenue of more than $15.9 billion, $6.6 billion (41.8%) came from the state and $8.3 billion (52.3%) came from local governments. Mean Uncle Sam tossed in $628 million (3.9%).
    • Of Ohio's education revenue of more than $16.6 billion, $7.1 billion (43.2%) came from the state and $7.8 billion (47.1%) came from local governments. Mean Uncle Sam tossed in $1 billion (6.1%).

    According to the feds, American taxpayers handed over more than $500 billion for public schools in the 2003-04 school year on the federal, state, and local levels. That is up from more than $372 billion in 1999-2000. In 1999, state and local governments spent 35% of their funding on public education.

    I want that cut that out entirely, completely, and without exception, as quickly as possible. Those taxpayers handed that money over under the explicit threat of violence against them if they did not. An explicitly immoral way to "invest in our future," if you ask me. I think the solution is obvious: pay for education on your own.

    Taxpayers nationwide would thank you, assuming they aren't so tied to this ugly system of forced wealth redistribution that they feel they need YOUR money to educate THEIR kids.

    Madison, Wis., is an example of how some of these changes are affecting both the town and some of its residents. Assessments climbed 9 to 10 percent for several years in a row as housing prices have risen, reflecting the city's buoyant economy. This is happening once more, so even though the city is actually reducing the mill rate (the multiple of property value used to determine residential taxes) from 8 mills to 7.8, property taxes are going up 5.5 percent.

    The city's rising property taxes are squeezing retirees Diane and Donald Brockman, who have lived in the same house for over 40 years. Now, the retirees estimate it takes them two full months of their fixed income to pay their property taxes.

    "We don't go out to eat, we don't go to theaters, we don't travel a lot," says Mrs. Brockman, who worked as a operating-room nurse for 40 years. "You have to give up your pleasures that you have worked all your life to do," she says, suggesting that it might be appropriate for the community to give some kind of tax credit to them for all the years they have faithfully paid their taxes.

    Mayor Dave Cieslewicz, an unabashed liberal, is sympathetic to their plight. "We've moved away from progressive forms of taxation to more regressive," he says. "This is of great concern to me that the tax structure is less fair."


    Oh fuck you, Cieslewicz. I'll tell you what isn't fair. Picture this.

    A single man living on his own. He has no children. His job earns him enough to pay his bills and have some left over for savings and entertainment. He lives in an apartment and wants to buy a house. His broker says he can afford to pay the principle and interest on the loan as well as the finance charges, but explains the taxes to factor in are going to be upwards of $2,000 a year. At the margin of the single man's income, that makes homeownership impossible. As the Brockman's illustrate, since we are under the threat of force to pay our taxes, we tend to cut our spending in the enjoyable areas of our lives.

    This hypothetical scenario isn't limited to just singles, but I mention it specifically because this man does not have children in public schools and therefore gets no benefit from those taxes. Suppose this man were to decide that his child, should he have one, will be educated either at home or in private schools. In that case (one increasingly common), the tens of thousands of dollars ostensibly taxed from him to pay for educational expenses will never go to the educational expenses of his kid. He, in essence, is paying for multiple educations when he should be paying for one.

    THAT isn't "fair."

    In many states, the tax bite is finally causing taxpayers to bite back. For example, in New Jersey, a grass-roots group, Citizens for Property Tax Reform, says it has 500,000 participants after 15 months of existence. The group's mission is to force a property tax reform "convention."

    "For 30 years the New Jersey legislatures tried but they couldn't come up with a ... solution, so we thought we should take the process out of Trenton," says Cy Thannikary, a retiree and revolt founder. "We want fundamental reform of the way to fund schools and municipal services."

    Copyright 2004 The Christian Science Monitor. All rights reserved.


    The only legitimate and honest way to fundamentally reform the way those services are financed is to abolish them and let free markets form. Everything else is just moving one pile of lies and bullshit from one superficial issue to another.

    December 02, 2004

    The Theoretical Impact of School Consolidation on the Role of Superintendents

    [Updates below.]

    This is the final draft of the paper I'm submitting for my Introduction to Public Administration class at St. Edward's University. Long time readers will note the distinct lack of any advocacy against public-funded education; that wasn't the purpose of the essay. As much as I'd like to rail against the system, to get the grades I want I have to conform to the professor's expectations to a certain degree.

    With that in mind, have at it.

    Charles Hueter
    Professor Parsells
    Introduction to Public Administration
    1 December, 2004


    THE THEORETICAL IMPACT OF SCHOOL CONSOLIDATION ON THE ROLE OF SCHOOL SUPERINTENDENTS

    In the 1937-38 school year there were an estimated 119,000 public school districts. That number has steadily decreased, leveling off around 14,500 for the 2001-02 year. During the same period, the total number of public schools dropped from over 229,000 to 94,000. Even more dramatic, during the same period, the number of single-teacher elementary schools has deflated from over 121,000 to a barely measurable 400 (United States).

    Several studies have examined the pressures which drove this massive institutional change (Berry; Killeen and Sipple; Louisiana Department of Education). This paper's purpose is to discuss the nature and consequences of school consolidation and then look into the impact this change has brought upon the administrators of public schools and theorize how it might affect their duties and responsibilities. Since the school district superintendent is the primary public administrator for a given district, I will focus on the impact this widespread consolidation has imposed on that job.

    The Functions of the Superintendent

    Though the details vary state-by-state, a superintendent functions much like many other public administrators and entertains many of the same duties and roles. As the figurehead of the local school organization, the superintendent must act in many capabilities to perform effectively. The superintendent must be able to lead his or her subordinates and guide them along to accomplish educational goals. This places a premium on the superintendent's ability to liaison and negotiate amongst the employees in the education system. In addition, education professionals, school board members, the media, parents, and teachers unions all have a stake in the outcome of a school district's educational output. The political expertise and personal networking required to navigate these waters is important to cultivate in order to have a smoothly running and productive organization (Meier and O'Toole).

    Therefore, the superintendent's skills as a disseminator of information are highly valuable. To function as such, he or she performs as a lightning rod for the public, drawing away the emotions and disturbances that can distract secondary and tertiary administrators from the primary job of overseeing the district's education system. The superintendent is responsible for disclosing information during emergencies and acting as the central voice for local education concerns. Everything from the publication of test score data to stumping for school bond issues demands the superintendent to be an effective custodian of school and district information.

    Of course, these two vectors of interpersonal relations and information management coalesce into the critical juncture of decision making. Action must eventually be taken in order to accomplish anything. As the principle manager of human and financial resources, the school superintendent must juggle a number of roles. The superintendent has a range of freedom to set and negotiate education policy, yet the school district has limited resources and must answer to the public and the larger government if they are misused or wasted. Continuing on in the same direction as before and enshrining the status quo will not survive the reality of societal and cultural change; entrepreneurial skills and the ability to adapt to challenges are worth possessing. Some degree of disorder is unavoidable and unexpected situations will always develop, so the able superintendent ought to adjust policies and priorities in order to maximize outcomes.

    The Framework of School Consolidation

    The consolidation of public education resources generally occurs along two broad levels: a district merging with another district and a school merging with another school. Both levels of consolidation can be accomplished through annexation, reorganization, dissolution, or co-oping (Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 2-3). Co-oping is the most flexible method; it presents opportunities to pool resources so, for example, participation in sports can increase, bulk pricing deals for office supplies can be made, and specialized teachers can be utilized across a wider area (Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 3). Dissolution is the process where "an existing school district ceases its active functions in its present organizational form and [its territory] is attached to one or more adjoining existing operational districts" (Decker, qtd. in Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 3). This might be the first picture that materializes in the minds of people when they think of school consolidation: the assimilation of a district (usually the smaller organization) by another district (usually the larger organization). Reorganization, on the other hand, is the process that results in "the formation of a new school district by [...] the unification of two or more existing operational districts into one larger district" or the "separation of territory from one or more operating districts to create one or more new operating districts" (Decker, cited in Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 3). Since annexation implies the acquisition of land not already owned by the government and given that the United States has remained mostly unchanged in terms of land area, annexation has fallen by the wayside and is no longer used (Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 2).

    In the first decades of the twentieth century, there was one champion of school consolidation who stood out. During the 1920's, Ellwood P. Cubberly advocated three central arguments: small schools suffered from a percentage of too many bureaucrats to teachers, consolidated schools offered higher quality facilities at costs lower than smaller schools , and larger schools offered the opportunity for teachers to concentrate in certain instructional areas (Berry 3). Cubberly's position amounted to the idea that "consolidated schools [...] provided economies of scale in administration, instruction, and facilities" (Berry 3). The merger of schools and school districts also occurs due to demographic and political trends such as old, antiquated buildings and floundering student enrollment, financial and legislative mandate pressure from state and federal governments, and inflation (Killeen and Sipple 4; Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 3, 11). Newer research shows that "increased bureaucracy "tends to significantly increase attendance rates and significantly reduce dropout rates" (Smith and Larimer 734). An analysis of West Virginian high schools found "a modest negative impact of rurality on school performance," whereas rurality was used "as a proxy for district size" (Hicks and Ruskalkina 31).

    Those opposed to relentless public education consolidation fought against a rising tide until the mid-70's when the consolidation movement slowed down and more research was conducted into the educational outcomes of larger schools and school districts (Berry 6). For example, Kieran Killeen and John Sipple found that "economy of scale arguments fail rural school districts in terms of transportation policy" (19). John Bohte, while examining Texas public school data, discovered both increased campus and district bureaucracy had a "negative impact on student performance" on the Texas Assessment of Academic Skills test (95). Without these new studies to support their opposition and given the intense pressure from so many sides to acquiesce, some say the "small-school advocates were usually dismissed as ignorant, cranky laypeople unaware of their own best interests" (Hampel 15). The results of this renewed interest in empirical data and a shift towards measuring the outcomes other than standardized tests have both vindicated some of what the consolidators had to say and raised important questions at the same time (Smith and Larimer).

    Today, several growing consensuses are becoming apparent. One states that while there are economies of scale to be had on a simple spending-per-student basis, when you look at the cost per graduate, the costs are actually less (Mitchell). Many say increased student alienation, violence, drug use, weapons violations, and other social ills are a result of large schools (Cushman 37-38; Galletti 16-17; Mitchell). A common argument against mergers resurfaced in a study the demonstrated the increased numbers of children that had to utilize school transportation arrive at school and the higher transportation costs incurred by the education system to deliver them (Killeen and Sipple). Liability issues surrounding abandoned schools arose in North Dakota (Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 14). In line with contemporary educational trends, one study discovered that "increasing class size has a negative effect on the return to education" (Berry 12). And empirical blows have been thrown against the concept that bigger schools equate to more comprehensive curricula (Mitchell).

    The Impact on the Superintendent

    The importance of this issue as related to the administration of public education is expressed well by Christopher Berry:

    "Indeed, the mix of school and district size is central to issues of authority and governance in education. The number and size of schools within a district directly influence the extent to which central authorities, such as superintendents and school boards, can be directly involved in the operations of their schools. In other words, school board members may face a conflict of interest between good education policy and the maintenance of their own authority over schools. [...] A shift toward smaller schools would require central authorities either to spend more time and money on oversight or to become less directly involved in the operation of individual schools. Thus, any consideration of moving towards smaller schools is intertwined with the decentralization of authority within school districts" (19).

    For administrators considering a reversal of consolidation, there are also problems to consider. For example, corruption exploded throughout the New York City public school system, resulting in a culture of "patronage [that had] completely eclipsed education" as the primary goal (Segal 142).

    So what does all this mean to the public administrators in charge of government school districts who face consolidation? I believe that while the various roles a superintendent plays remain the same, they are impacted in different ways.

    First, no small amount of weight can be placed on the importance of effective communication to the parents of students who would be affected by consolidation (Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson). In small communities, the school is perceived to be a critical part of the social infrastructure (Hampel 18); some residents can be expected to worry about the "end of their community's viability" (Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 44). A superintendent that assuages fears of community implosion and settles concerns about the unknown is making a very good long-term investment. The subject of property tax changes, something never too far from a homeowner's mind, must be addressed as well. Though I was unable to uncover significant research into the impact the loss of a school or school facilities has on the overall picture of a community's retail economy, residents will worry about it (Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 17). However, unless the geographic areas that will be consolidated are for the most part culturally homogenous, the diversity of opinion, traditions, and institutions will increase within the new school district. A superintendent unaware of the diversified makeup of his or her enlarged realm of responsibility might not be prepared to handle cultural clashes as they arise, undermining the stability of the entire project.

    A related concern is the communication amongst employees, professional staff, and the superintendent. Like any organization going through a consolidation and reformation, the workers within will probably be concerned about the future of their jobs. On the other hand, given the "high observed correlation between school size and teacher salaries," the superintendent does possess some bargaining chips to use with teacher's unions (Berry 19).

    I'd propose thinking ahead and generating at least a policy framework before going public with consolidation plans as another suggestion. A perfect example would be the changes in school transportation. Given the great worry parents feel about increased bussing distances, the prudent superintendent should already have transition strategies developed that address how the educational foci of the school district will change within some communities (Sell, Leistritz, and Thompson 26). Given the significance principals have in the process of implementing policy, including them in your deliberations is critical (Hope and Pigford). However, just charging ahead without the input of the public can break with the primary importance of communication to the superintendent's constituents.

    Some studies indicate that, rather than a magic administrative bullet, school consolidation can create new organizational problems as a result of the new "economies of scope" enlarged districts would wield. For example, since it has been found that "poverty dampens student achievement most in larger schools" (Louisiana Department of Education 9) and there are an increasing number of non-educational tasks demanded of schools (Smith and Larimer 731), a paradox occurs: larger school districts spend a greater and increasing percentage of money on those tasks and less on teachers and primary learning materials (Louisiana Department of Education 13). Functions like fighting higher levels of criminal activity, higher dropout rates, and faculty and student emotional isolation are likely to soak up funding normally allocated for direct educational purposes. Superintendents should be aware of these issues before they arrive as nasty surprises at a PTA meeting or from a reporter's question. Administrators should keep in mind - with a healthy does of good humor, I might add - the finding that "teachers, as street-level bureaucrats, generally add more to the education process than administrators" (Bohte 95).

    In summary, I believe the roles most important to an administrator who faces district or school consolidation are the interpersonal and informational. Kenneth J. Meier and Laurence J. O'Toole concluded that "network management can contribute to program performance" and it is hard to find fault with the logic behind it (697). The school district superintendent's primary goal of overseeing a local system of education depends on this.

    Works cited

    Berry, Christopher. "School Size and Returns to Education: Evidence from the Consolidation Movement, 1930-1970." Education Next 4.4 (2004) 28 Nov. 2004 http://www.educationnext.org/unabridged/20044/56.pdf

    Bohte, John. "School Bureaucracy and Student Performance at the Local Level." Public Administration Review. 61.1 (2001): 92-99.

    Cushman, Kathleen. "Shrink Big Schools for Better Learning." The Education Digest. 65.6 (2000): 36-39.

    Hope, Warren C. and Aretha B. Pigford. "The Principal's Role in Educational Policy Implementation." Contemporary Education. 72.1 (2001): 44-47.

    Galletti, Susan. "School Size Counts." The Education Digest. 64.9 (1999): 15-17.

    Hampel, Robert L. "The Long Road to Small Schools." The Education Digest. 67.8 (2002): 15-20.

    Hicks, Michael J. and Viktoriya Rusalkina. "School Consolidation and Educational Performance: An Economic Analysis of West Virginia High Schools." Center for Business and Economic Research. (2004) 30 Nov. 2004 http://www.marshall.edu/cber/research/SchoolConsolidation.pdf

    Killeen, Kieran and John Sipple. "School Consolidation and Transportation Policy: An Empirical and Institutional Analysis." The Rural School and Community Trust. (2000) 28 Nov. 2004 http://www.ruraledu.org/docs/killeen_sipple.pdf

    Meier, Kenneth J. and Laurence J. O'Toole. "Public Management and Educational Performance: The Impact of Managerial Networking." Public Administration Review. 63.6 (2003): 689-699.

    Mitchell, Stacy. "Jack and the Giant School." Institute for Local Self-Reliance. 2000. 29 Nov. 2004 http://www.newrules.org/journal/nrsum00schools.htm

    Segal, Lydia. "The Pitfalls of Political Decentralization and Proposals for Reform: The Case of New York City Public Schools." Public Administration Review. 57.2 (1997): 141-149.

    Sell, Randall S., F. Larry Leistritz, and JoAnn M. Thompson. "Socio-economic Impacts of School Consolidation on Host and Vacated Communities." Department of Agricultural Economics. Agricultural Economic Report No. 347. (1996).

    Smith, Kevin B. and Christopher Larimer. "A Mixed Relationship: Bureaucracy and School Performance." Public Administration Review. 64.6 (2004): 728-736.

    State of Louisiana. Louisiana Department of Education. "Small School Districts and Economies of Scale." (2003) 28 Nov. 2004 http://www.louisianaschools.net/lde/uploads/3475.pdf

    United States. Department of Labor. National Center for Education Statistics. Digest of Education Statistics, 2003. July 2003. 28 Nov. 2004 http://nces.ed.gov/programs/digest/d03/tables/dt085.asp


    UPDATED 3/9/2005 8:47am
    I've written another final paper for the same professor in a different class: A Conceptual Analysis of Public Goods - The Case of Nationalized Defense

    November 17, 2004

    Let the Fuckers Hang

    The Associated Press: Senate OKs $800B Debt Limit Hike

    Republican senators did not join in the debate, underscoring how politically uncomfortable the measure is for them. That discomfort was highlighted when they refused to bring the bill to a vote before the elections.

    Administration officials urged lawmakers to act quickly. The government reached its $7.38 trillion borrowing cap last month, and since then the Treasury Department has paid federal bills by taking cash from a civil service retirement account, which it plans to repay.

    "We are nearing the end of our rope, and it is critical that Congress act," said Treasury spokesman Rob Nichols.

    Copyright 2004 Associated Press. All right reserved.

    Michael J. Hurd's Collective Fallacy

    Capitalism Magazine: America the Insufficiently Angry

    Mind you, it's not that people are trying to say that North Korea, Iran and Iraq are not evil; it's the very idea of calling anyone evil which bothers them. Critics of the "axis of evil" concept advanced by President Bush hide behind the charge of "simplistic," saying it's simplistic to call any nation all good or all bad - even one like Iran, some of whose leaders have already openly declared nuclear war against us as soon as they can acquire the means. If ever there were to be a case of all bad, it would seem to be a nation like Iran.

    Copyright 2004-1997 Capitalism Magazine. All rights reserved.


    I see this as a clear-cut case of the fallacy of composition. A nation is a concept, a mental organization. The people living within the geographic boundaries of a nation are all individuals with their own specific motivations, goals, philosophies, actions, and statements. Rather than calling an entire nation evil, it is more accurate to describe individuals and their actions as evil. Even assuming Dr. Hurd and President Bush exempt the undeveloped minds of children and the retarded from his sweeping generalization, they carelessly lump together the Iranian dissidents with the Iranian theocrats.

    Weldon Angelos got Screwed

    The Associated Press via ABCNews: Judge Gives Drug, Weapons Convict 55 Years

    A judge who condemned federal sentencing laws as "unjust, cruel and irrational" said he had little choice Tuesday but to sentence a first-time drug offender caught with a handgun to 55 years and one day in prison.

    No, the judge could have done the right thing and just refused to impose the sentence.
    U.S. District Judge Paul Cassell gave record producer Weldon Angelos the minimum 55 years for carrying the gun and one day for dealing marijuana and money laundering while in possession of the weapon.

    There's little point in me describing how dumb I view this. Did Mr. Angelos hurt anyone? Steal from anyone? If not, he did nothing wrong.
    Cassell said Angelos, 25, will serve more time than rapists, murderers or airline hijackers and won't be eligible for release until he's 70.

    It has long since been the case that mere ownership of property is now a titanic crime. All that's left now is what the state determines is bad property and what is permissible property...riddled with caveats, of course.
    Before trial Angelos was offered a plea bargain with a 16-year sentence, but he strongly denied carrying a gun outside his home during alleged drug transactions. That testimony came from an informant "of some disreputable background," Mooney said.

    A jury exonerated Angelos of two other gun charges but convicted him of twice wearing a gun in an ankle holster and once carrying it in a briefcase.


    He decides to responsbibly carry the firearm in a manner that keeps it concealed and handy in order to provide a measure of protection and self defense...and the government slaps him in the face.
    Prosecutor Robert Lunt said Angelos has been suspected of drug trafficking and money laundering for years and got what he deserved.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Mr. Lunt, you have no idea what you deserve.

    November 15, 2004

    Sherry Todd's Cockfight with Mental Capacity

    The Associated Press via The Washington Post: High Court Turns Down Cockfighting Appeal

    Under the Oklahoma law, participants in cockfights and raising birds for fighting could face up to 10 years in jail and $25,000 fines. Spectators can be charged with misdemeanors.

    Sherry Todd, an assistant attorney general in Oklahoma, told justices: "The right to conduct cockfights is not a fundamental right. In fact, the federal government and 48 states have enacted some form of law prohibiting cockfighting."

    2004 The Associated Press


    Miss Todd, you are correct. Cockfighting is not a fundamental right...it is a derivative of another, much more important right.

    The right to use your property as you see fit provided you do not initiate force or fraud against a non-aggressor. It was this recognition that set the United States apart from all other nations, even though only in degree. It is the degradation of this recognition that is killing our freedom, even though it happens inch by inch.

    This law negates the right of chicken owners to do what they want with their property. It negates the right of land owners to use their property to host cockfights. It negates the right of people with money to exchange that money in a system of betting to wage their wealth on which rooster will win the fight. It negates the right of people to voluntarily observe the fights provided they are there with the consent of the landowner. This law, no matter how frivolous the stakes may seem to you, is a direct attack on the peaceful use of private property.

    The very people who are supposed to be protecting our rights are the ones punching holes in them.

    November 11, 2004

    Franz J. T. Lee is a Flailing Moron

    From South African Apartheid to North American Fascism

    When I was studying in Germany, most of my professors, Theodor W. Adorno, Max Horkheimer, Herbert Marcuse and Ernst Bloch, told us how they had fled from Nazi Europe, yet I did not exactly grasp the real fear that faced all these "enemies" of the Third Reich. I did not understand the "war of ideas" against them.

    When I read the diatribal speeches of Hitler, Goering and Goebbels, and saw documentaries of the yelling, brain-washed masses, of the stacked-up piles of the Jewish victims in Dachau and Auschwitz, their gold teeth extracted, then, I remembered the transatlantic slave trade, the quartering of African slaves, the atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the millions of starved exploited Russians, in Siberia, in Workuta, in the "gulags". Then I understood what is capitalism.

    Yes, as long as capitalism, colonialism, imperialism and corporatism are alive, it can again happen anywhere, anytime.

    Now, please, do not label me as a "Marxist", "communist" or "terrorist"!


    This smear of misunderstanding would be tedious parody if it weren't written in earnest.

    November 09, 2004

    Li Zheng Bing's Sob Story

    Houston Chronicle: China's social safety net in tatters

    Kneeling in shame on a sidewalk, he appeared as infinitesimal as any man could: a rail-thin, shirtless beggar with no arms.

    Around him, Shanghai glittered. Businessmen and tourists strode past. Some flipped coins or small bills into his tattered satchel.

    I can feel the dichotomy being set up...

    Li Zheng Bing was alone on the city's most impressive street. The grand columned bank buildings of the colonial Bund district stood behind him. The futuristic skyline of the Pudong commercial center loomed before him, across the harbor.

    Here's the pitch...
    Who cares for a man with no arms in China, a country where the wealthy live in splendor, and the poor, even those with healthy, undamaged bodies, often struggle to survive?

    China has lost its social safety net. With so many immense problems to solve, stemming from overpopulation and its decades-long effort to replace communism with capitalism, it is easy for a man like Li to be ignored.


    *crack*

    "And it's outta here!"

    Once, when this was a closed communist country without mobility, there was a system in place in most communities to acknowledge the underprivileged. But there are no more of the typical work units or communes. People can move from the city in search of work. Hospitals charge money. Disability pensions are pitiful or non-existent.

    *blink*

    The sheer greedy capitalist greed of the greed-driven egoist tyranny is on display for all to witness! Can you not see it? People have to pay for health care! People shouldn't have to go anywhere for a job - it should come to them! These...these, abominations must end!

    *blink*

    Michael A. Lev of the Chicago Tribune wrote this and I cannot take anything he says seriously from this point on.

    So Li Zheng Bing must beg.

    "This is my job," he said. "It's the only thing I can do."

    He said he is 25 and lives alone in a tiny rented room that he enters by grasping the doorknob in his mouth. He buys rice dishes at small restaurants and plants his face in his plate when other people are not looking. He uses his feet as hands to dress and clean himself.

    [...]

    He said he was born in a poor county in far southern Guizhou province. At age 4, he touched a high-voltage wire that rendered his arms dangling and dead. He received no medical care, and his arms eventually shriveled and disappeared.


    I admire anyone who can get as far as this man has without killing himself or simply giving up. Living like this is barely within my ability to understand and I am certain it would be a miserable existence.
    He does not want to be a beggar, he insisted. If the government could provide him with a place to live and enough to eat he would stop. "But I don't think that's going to happen," he said.

    This is the knee-jerk reaction to stories like this. Yet no one apparently cares about the consequences of this line of action. The government doesn't just produce housing or wages for free. That wealth must come from somewhere. That somewhere is the wallet of the citizenry. Yet, square that with this
    He wears clean tan pants with an elastic belt that he washes himself. He slips his satchel around his neck and moves around the city to avoid becoming a spectacle.

    "If I stay in one place I would sometimes see the same people, and I wouldn't want them to feel they have to keep giving me money. I'd feel guilty about that," he said.


    Sir, you feel guilty about presenting an image of desperate need to people passing by, guilt-tripping them into giving more handouts? Do you feel as guilty about wishing the government of China would force those very same strangers to hand over that money?

    Not once in this entire article did Mr. Lev attempt to prove that China's "shift toward capitalism" is leaving behind the needy (nor would he be able to do so effectively, as far as I'm concerned). To me, the purpose of this piece is to guilt-trip us into rethinking our vile capitalist ways. To hold up a sorry bastard and say "Look at this retch! His pain is your fault! Only your sacrifice can save him!"

    I oppose welfare assistance for the ultra-needy and emergency disaster assistance for the same reason: there is no rationale whatsoever that justifies the theft of my property and the coercion of my will when I have committed no injustice.

    November 08, 2004

    STOP It

    All over the Web, I hear and see something that needs to stop: open invitations for libertarians and democrats to join political forces in the future. I explained why I thought this idea was pointless in The Democratic Party: The Party of Personal Liberty?

    Economic liberty (ostensibly proposed by the GOP) and social liberty (ostensibly proposed by the Democrats) are merely offshoots of the same concept: individual liberty. Neither party supports individual liberty without contradiction. Conservatives wish to preserve tradition and a kind of social morality, often at the expense of liberty. Liberals wish to improve socio-economic conditions for the lower rungs of society and for the overlooked/disadvantaged/etc., regularly at the expense of personal liberty.

    For the Democratic Party to be more palatable to libertarians, it would have to actually embrace capitalism as the correct economic system. This is the crucial "canary in the coal mine" for individual liberty; you can't have one without the other.

    October 25, 2004

    Mandatory Census Surveys?

    [Updates below.]

    Via Claire Wolfe's blog, I catch wind of another government-imposed compulsory program: American Community Survey

    The American Community Survey is a nationwide survey designed to provide communities a fresh look at how they are changing. It will replace the decennial long form in future censuses and is a critical element in the Census Bureau's reengineered 2010 census.

    The decennial census has two parts: 1) the short form, which counts the population; and 2) the long form, which obtains demographic, housing, social, and economic information from a 1-in-6 sample of households. Information from the long form is used for the administration of federal programs and the distribution of billions of federal dollars.

    Since this is done only once every 10 years, long-form information becomes out of date. Planners and other data users are reluctant to rely on it for decisions that are expensive and affect the quality of life of thousands of people. The American Community Survey is a way to provide the data communities need every year instead of once in ten years.

    The American Community Survey is conducted under the authority of Title 13, United States Code, Sections 141 and 193, and response is mandatory. According to Section 221, persons who do not respond shall be fined not more than $100. Title 18 U.S.C. Section 3571 and Section 3559, in effect amends Title 13 U.S.C. Section 221 by changing the fine for anyone over 18 years old who refuses or willfully neglects to complete the questionnaire or answer questions posed by census takers from a fine of not more than $100 to not more than $5,000.


    I know of one government information packet that's getting torched once I find it in my mailbox.

    UPDATED 9/1/2005 7:00pm
    Why is the Census Bureau Taking GPS Coordinates of Americans' Front Doors?

    UPDATED 3/29/2006 12:05am
    Fuck the Census Bureau and Their 2006 Census Test

    UPDATED 9/22/2006 10:02am
    The Law Protects Your Privacy!

    October 13, 2004

    Stop the Cuban Embargo

    Reason's Hit & Run: OFAC You

    Smoke a cigar containing Cuban tobacco in Mexico, go to American jail.

    That's the new rule handed down by the odiously-but-accurately named Office of Foreign Assets Control, the freedom-abroad-limiting wing of the Treasury Department. The clarification [PDF], issued Sept. 30, explains that the previous $100 limit on Americans' importation of Cuban merchandise (I should say, licensed Americans' importation, since buying a Cuban tortilla is illegal without Treasury Dept. permission), has now been reduced to $0. And don't think you're free from Uncle Sam if a buddy gives you a Cohiba in Cancun, or even if you're not an American citizen.

    This prohibition extends to such products acquired in Cuba, irrespective of whether a traveler is licensed by OFAC to engage in Cuba travel related transactions, and to such products acquired in third countries by any U.S. traveler, including purchases at duty free shops. Importation of these Cuban goods is prohibited whether the goods are purchased directly by the importer or given to the importer as a gift. [...]

    The question is often asked whether United States citizens or permanent resident aliens of the United States may legally purchase Cuban origin goods, including tobacco and alcohol products, in a third country for personal use outside the United States. The answer is no. [...] [T]he prohibition extends to cigars manufactured in Cuba and sold in a third country and to cigars manufactured in a third country from tobacco grown in Cuba.


    And what, you ask, are the penalties of not doing what the government wants?

    Criminal penalties go as high as $1,000,000 in fines for corporations. Individuals can get slapped with up to $250,000 and up to 10 years in prison. They can also impose civil penalties of up to $65,000 per violation.

    Castro is a socialist tyrant and I want the Cuban government to fall. But not through an economic embargo that punishes peaceful people who enage in trade.

    The Bush Administration continues to show it's ignorance of economics and a disdain for individual rights.

    October 10, 2004

    Damn it, President Bush

    I wouldn't pick a judge who said that the Pledge of Allegiance couldn't be said in a school because it had the words "under God" in it. I think that's an example of a judge allowing personal opinion to enter into the decision-making process as opposed to a strict interpretation of the Constitution.

    Another example would be the Dred Scott case, which is where judges, years ago, said that the Constitution allowed slavery because of personal property rights.

    -President George W. Bush, in the second debate

    My emphasis.

    You know, it's hard enough being a libertarian, a small government conservative, or a minarchist these days just waiting to hear the phrase "private property rights" in the media by major political figures. The term has slowly been abandoned by the mainstream and I often feel its principle utilizers are people who write letters to the editor of their newspaper and a few right-leaning political pundits. It's such an important foundation to everything we believe in and it gets ignored regularly and rejected consistently.

    So it's really fucking annoying when the President mentions it during a live televised debate in a very negative context, thus instantly undoing the hard work of limited government and libertarian activists nationwide in the minds of a certain number of viewers and people who read up on the debate later. A mental association between slavery and private property rights has now replaced some or all latent positive connections with private property rights and a number of issues.

    Thanks, Mr. President. Thanks a lot.

    September 29, 2004

    The Pros and Cons of a Minimum Wage

    [Updates below.]

    Here is the rough draft of the paper I'm turning in today to my St. Edwards Introduction to Critical Inquiry class. The final draft will be due next Wednesday and will conclude the class.

    Charles Hueter
    Rene Eakins
    A-NCCI 3330: Position Paper Rough Draft
    September 26, 2004


    SHOULD WE HAVE A MINIMUM WAGE?

    In the midst of the Great Depression, the United States federal government passed the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). During its almost 70 year existence, the federal minimum wage has been amended several times to both expand the coverage of the law to more workers and to increase the wage floor itself. Many of the fifty states have enacted their own minimum wage laws, some of them set even higher than the federal level. Today, we see little substantive debate over the merits of these laws; rather, the focus is on the degree of their application. Given the impact these laws have on our society, I believe a return to the original debate is essential: should we impose a minimum wage on employers?


    History


    The 1938 enactment of the FLSA wasn't the first time a government in the United States passed a law mandating a minimum wage. In 1912, Massachusetts became the first state to enact a minimum wage. One year later, the following states created their own laws: California, Colorado, Minnesota, Nebraska, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and Wisconsin (State of Wisconsin 2).

    Congress hasn't left the minimum wage alone since its enactment. Since the 1938 law, the FLSA has been amended almost every year to expand coverage of the wage floor and to increase the wage itself, with a significant change in 1978 eliminating the separate wage tracks established for farm workers (US Department of Labor A).

    Currently, seven states have no minimum wage of their own. Two have rates lower than the federal level. Twelve states and the District of Columbia have rates higher than the federal wage, which is at $5.15 per hour (U.S. Department of Labor B). Both Republican President George W. Bush and the Democratic nominee for President, Senator John Kerry, endorse an expansion of the federal minimum wage, though they have differences regarding the amount (Farhi A2).


    For a Minimum Wage


    The arguments for a minimum wage have remained remarkably consistent over the years. Like most arguments, they can be broken down into two general parts: the ethical and the practical. I shall present the ethical case first. However, it should be noted that there are three distinct varieties of legal wage floors that people advocate these days. They are a simple low minimum wage that impacts the business world as little as possible while still providing some low-end boost to bottom-rung wages; a "living wage" that "should, with full-time work, lift [lowest wage workers] out of poverty" (Bernstein); and an even higher "good-life" wage that provides the opportunity to live independently of outside assistance and even indulge in things like vacations and higher education (Cordero 210). Regardless of these differences, they still retain several fundamental arguments at their core and can thus be addressed all together.

    I found that proponents for any minimum wage believe the raw value of one's labor to a business shouldn't be the primary factor in determining that worker's wage (Bhargava). They consider a wage to be something not only owed to someone on the basis of their labor's value, but also in light of their need. This belief isn't new. In the late nineteenth century Karl Marx famously proclaimed in his Critique of the Gotha Program, "From each according to his ability, to each according to his needs!" This philosophic undercurrent can be seen in nearly every argument for a minimum wage.

    The driving force behind this line of thought is an altruistic utilitarianism. Humans should care for one another and take into consideration those affected by their actions. In addition, we should work for the benefit of all or at least as many as we can. Therefore, enacting legislation that requires wages go no lower than a certain level is a moral act; opposing such legislation is immoral (Cordero 212-213). It helps those who need it the most: the young, the unskilled, the elderly, and the disabled (Lieberman). They are the people most likely to have labor of lower value than average and would therefore need the extra money more.

    Complimenting and extending this moral duty to help the needy is a consequentialist element. In the labor pool there are people who are new to the market, young, and unskilled. In order for their jobs to have significant consequence for them, those jobs need to pay an amount that matters to them. Employees earning low wages are likely to apply for and receive welfare benefits, thereby increasing the costs society must pay in order to keep them afloat (Halter 707). Therefore, we should consider a high minimum wage as an important part of a comprehensive government assistance package (Edelman 95). If this doesn't happen, the working poor will be further imperiled.

    The standard free market economic complaint that minimum wages cause unemployment has come under significant attack in the last decade (Card and Krueger). Therefore, the much-trumpeted negative outcomes of a modest minimum wage are, at best, nonexistent or, at worst, minimal.


    Against a Minimum Wage


    The basic practical argument against minimum wages is that they don't accomplish what they set out to do and actually create more problems than they set out to solve: "...minimum-wage laws cause unemployment, a lifelong depressing effect on the earnings of many of those forced into unemployment, and harm in particular the least-skilled, most-disadvantaged members of society" (Reisman 660). There is also evidence that the very people targeted with these laws aren’t likely to benefit from them (Kersey). Since there is a given amount of labor willing to do work at a certain wage and there is a given amount of work employers are willing to hire people to do at a certain wage, involuntarily forcing the low end of those wages up will disemploy some workers (Partridge and Partridge 361). Those workers are typically the ones most employed at low wages: teenagers, African Americans, etc. (Horowitz 3-5). Though it has been mentioned the standard capitalist argument against a minimum wage has come under empirical attack lately, it must be said there is no consensus on the matter (Neumark and Wascher; Partridge and Partridge; Kennan).

    There is also other practical criticism. Minimum wage laws interfere with the law of comparative advantage and monopolize the affected labor markets in favor of the higher-skilled laborers whose labor is worth the higher wage (Reisman 355-356; 382-384). Some argue that the effect that the minimum wage is merely a huge, hidden tax paid by a small minority (low-wage employers) with the proceeds going towards another small minority (low-wage employees) without any transparency or accountability (Landsburg). Interestingly, Tom Lehman was able to find evidence some businesses support a minimum wage because they might "force their larger rivals to pay higher wages" thereby compelling the government to act for their advantage and effectively burden their larger competitors.

    Additionally, some employers may choose other methods than simple layoffs to offset the added costs of a more expensive workforce (Brown, Gilroy, and Kohen 489-490). They theoretically include hiring fewer employees in the future; not replacing all employees who resign, retire, or are fired; not making capital expenditures to improve their business; raising prices on the goods and services they offer; and decreasing the number of hours worked per employee. Furthermore, to the extent that these minimum wages aren't "relevant to the market" (Rothbard 133), any actual disemployment will be small enough to be simply swallowed up and absorbed by the business, thereby taking a hit to their profitability.

    The moral argument against a minimum wage is based on the ideas of self-ownership and freedom, grounded in the ethical concrete of self-interest. Wage floors violate "the right of employers to freely negotiate compensation with employees" (McQuillan). The freedom for the actors in a transaction to arrive at a mutually beneficial employment deal is something that should be preserved and not infringed. More bluntly, "In truth, there is only one way to regard a minimum wage law: it is compulsory unemployment, period" (Rothbard 133, emphasis in original).

    The freedom to operate your own business is also impacted. Who actually owns a business when crucial decisions such as how much employees are to be paid are made by those who don't run the company? Given that "the low-wage labor force is, by definition, a labor force lacking some combination of education, training, job experience, and social skills" (Horowitz 7), it is only fair to pay an employee what his or her labor is worth.


    Conclusion


    One of the most interesting things I discovered while researching this topic was the historical nature of the argument. This goes back many decades and involves age-old theories about the nature of human action. The recent empirical research that seems to prove a minimum wage increase doesn't cause unemployment shook deeply the foundations of labor economics, but I favor the explanations of the side opposing wage floors. I certainly don't consider advocating them an "attack on poor people" (Halter 706); I hold no ill will towards them.

    Some empirical studies may appear to lend weight to the claim that these laws don't cause unemployment, but they aren't comprehensive enough to fully gauge the extent of the negative economic effects of such mandates. It cannot be escaped that the government causes unnecessary economic negative side effects by outlawing wages below a certain level. More importantly, it also cannot be escaped that the actions of government interference in a business's hiring practices is fundamentally at odds with the things that make the United States such a unique and important place to live: our individual liberties. These laws act as an initiation of force against an entity that has not caused harm and does not deserve the punishment. Jobs are taken and left voluntarily and it is the responsibility of the participants in that agreement to decide if the terms meet their needs.

    I fail to see why every job must compensate the employee such that the employee's financial needs can be met. It seems like a mandate with little to anchor it in reality. It is easy to give in to the emotional arguments proposing any variation on the minimum wage, but if we are to value sustained economic progress and freedom, I think the minimum wage should be avoided and abolished.


    WORKS CITED


    Bernstein, Jared. The Living Wage Movement: Pointing the Way Toward the High Road. 17 July 2000. Economic Policy Institute http://www.epinet.org/content.cfm/webfeatures_viewpoints_lw_movement

    Bhargava, Deepak. "How Much Is Enough?" The American Prospect Sep. 2004. 27 Sep. 2004 http://www.prospect.org/web/page.ww? section=root&name=ViewPrint&articleId=8348

    Brown, Charles, Curtis Gilroy, and Andrew Kohen. "The Effect of the Minimum Wage on Employment and Unemployment." Journal of Economic Literature 20 (1982): 487-528.

    Card, David and Alan B. Krueger. Myth and Measurement: The New Economics of the Minimum Wage. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1997

    Cordero, Ronald A. "Morality and the Minimum Wage." Journal of Social Philosophy. 31.2 (2000). 207-222.

    Edelman, Peter B. "The Welfare Debate: Getting Past the Bumper Stickers." Harvard Journal of Law & Public Policy 27.1 2003. 93-100.

    Farhi, Paul. "Kerry Backs $7-an-Hour Minimum Wage." Washington Post 19 June 2004: A02

    Halter, Anthony P. "Chipping Away at General Assistance: A Matter of Economics or an Attack on Poor People?" Social Work 39.6 (1994). 705-709.

    Horowitz, Carl F. "Keeping the Poor Poor: The Dark Side of the Living Wage." The Cato Institute Policy Analysis No. 493. 21 Oct. 2003. 28 Sep. 2004 http://www.cato.org/pubs/pas/pa-493es.html

    Kersey, Paul. "The Economic Effects of the Minimum Wage." Capitalism Magazine 15 May 2004. 27 Sep. 2004. http://www.capmag.com/article.asp?id=3675

    Kennan, John. "The Elusive Effects of the Minimum Wage." Journal of Economic Literature. 33 (1995): 1949-1965.

    Landsburg, Steven E. "The Sin of Wages: The real reason to oppose the minimum wage." Slate 9 Jul. 2004. 22 Sep. 2004 http://slate.msn.com//id/2103486/

    Lehman, Tom. "The Wages of Sinful Economic Arguments." Ludwig von Mises Institute 5 Aug. 2004. 27 Sep. 2004 http://www.mises.org/fullstory.aspx?control=1577

    Lieberman, Trudy. "Hungry in America. The Nation July 2003. 27 Sep. 2004 http://www.thenation.com/doc.mhtml?i=20030818&c=1&s=lieberman

    Marx, Karl. Critique of the Gotha Program. New York: International Publishers, 1971.

    McQuillan, Lawrence J. "Minimum of Understanding." NationalReview.com 27 May 2003. 27 Sep. 2004 http://www.nationalreview.com/nrof_comment/comment-mcquillan052703.asp

    Neumark, David, and William Wascher. "Minimum Wages and Employment: A Case Study of the Fast-Food Industry in New Jersey and Pennsylvania: Comment." The American Economic Review. 90.5 (2000): 1362-1396.

    Partridge, Mark. D and Jamie S. Partridge. "Are Teen Unemployment Rates Influenced by State Minimum Wage Laws?" Growth & Change 29.4 (1998). 359-382.

    Reisman, George. Capitalism: A complete and integrated understanding of the nature and value of human economic life. Ottawa, IL: Jameson Books, 1998.

    Rothbard, Murray N. "Outlawing Jobs: The Minimum Wage, Once More." Making Economic Sense. Auburn, AL: Ludwig von Mises Institute, 1995. 132-135.

    United States A. Department of Labor. History of Changes to the Minimum Wage Law. 22 Sep. 2004 http://www.dol.gov/esa/minwage/coverage.htm

    United States B. Department of Labor. Minimum Wage Laws in the States. 22 Sep. 2004 http://www.dol.gov/esa/minwage/america.htm

    State of Wisconsin. Department of Workforce Development. Historical Resume of Minimum Wage Regulations in Wisconsin. 1 Apr. 2003. 27 Sep. 2004. http://www.dwd.state.wi.us/dwd/publications/236e_28a.htm


    Questions, comments, and criticism are welcome.

    UPDATED 3/9/2005 8:52am
    I've written another final paper for the same professor in a different class: A Conceptual Analysis of Public Goods - The Case of Nationalized Defense

    UPDATED 11/13/2006 2:34am
    There is new interest to increase the federal minimum wage. I've taken the opportunity to revise and extend my moral case against it.

    September 27, 2004

    Gun-Banning D.C. Idiots in the News

    Associated Press via the Washington Post: District Residents Rally Against Repeal of Gun Ban

    The D.C. Personal Protection Act would rescind existing prohibitions covering handguns and semiautomatic and automatic weapons. It would allow citizens to keep weapons in their homes and places of business. Versions of the measure pending in both the House and Senate would prohibit locally elected officials from passing future gun control legislation.

    Obviously, this is a ploy by deranged gun-nut killers who want to see the bodies of innocent children piled high in the streets! Obviously, this is part of a concerted effort by fundamentalist militants absolutely determined to put a .357 Magnum in the hands of every person so they can darkly roam the streets at will, unloading pounds of lead into the perpetrator of the first slight against their warped and disturbed minds! Obviously, the people who want changes in the law like this want DEATH - and not just DEATH, but DEATH FOR ALL.
    "Irresponsible extremists in Congress are trying to make the nation's capital a free fire zone," said Del. Eleanor Holmes Norton (D-D.C.)

    Fuck you and your straw man, Eleanor Holmes Norton.
    "The bill will restore the rights of law-abiding citizens to protect themselves and to defend their families against murderous predators," said a spokeswoman for Sen. Orrin Hatch, R-Utah. "It is time to tell the citizens of the District of Columbia that the Second Amendment of the Constitution applies to them."

    If the 2nd meant anything, the need for counter-active laws like the DCPPA wouldn't exist. Furthermore, if the people who wrote and who support this law gave a damn about what the 2nd means, they would rescind all the guns laws within their power to abolish. But, no. They don't operate on principle.
    However, not everyone agrees. Jocelyn N. Williams of the Washington, D.C., Central Labor Council representing 150,000 union members in the region, said a repeal of the gun ban is not in the interests of residents, commuters or visitors.

    "Twenty children and youth have been lost to gun violence this year, and more have been wounded," said Lori M. Kaplan, executive director of the Latin American Youth Center in the Columbia Heights section of the city.


    Hey, Miss Kaplan! Seperate the "gun" from the "violence" and perhaps you have a point. Because guns cannot act; only humans do. Guns are not the problem. It's the aggressive freedom-denying thugs (like yourself) who are.
    While the city's homicide rate has declined by 55 percent over the past decade, killings among young people have escalated in recent months. "Easier access to deadly weapons is not the answer to lowering the rate of violent juvenile death," said Kaplan.

    Prior restraint against peaceful gun-owners doesn't answer the fucking question, either!
    "So many young children in this city are losing their lives for nothing," said Marita Michael, the mother of Devin Fowlkes, 16, who died Oct. 30 after he was shot outside of Anacostia High School. Fowlkes was not the intended target of the 15-year-old found responsible for his death.

    2004 The Associated Press


    If your "nothing" is supposed to mean an individual's freedom to own property, then you've lost any sympathy with me.

    September 23, 2004

    Canada's Memorial for Draft Dodgers

    [Updates below.]

    Associated Press via News8Austin: Plan for draft dodger memorial in Canada angers U.S.

    There are plans for a bronze monument and a festival in Canada to honor U.S. draft dodgers -- and many Americans aren't glad to hear it.

    The project is called "Our Way Home.''

    Its director says it was done to honor what he calls "the courageous legacy of Vietnam War resisters.'' He says it also pays tribute to Canadians who helped those Americans resettle in Canada when they fled the draft.

    Copyright 2004 Associated Press, All rights reserved.


    The byline says Nelson, British Columbia and I can't find any other news sources besides the AP talking about this. The Neslon Daily News website hasn't even been built yet and the Kootenay Weekly Express doesn't publish online. However, MSNBC has something from the AP to add: U.S. draft dodgers to be honored in Nelson, B.C.
    The celebration, dubbed "Our Way Home,'' is set for July 8th and 9th, 2006. Festival director Isaac Romano says the purpose is to recognize the "legacy of Vietnam War resisters and the Canadians who helped them resettle in this country.''

    Dennis Klein, a sculptor and teacher at Kootenay School of the Arts, and artist Naomi Lewis have been chosen to make a bronze memorial depicting Canadians embracing the hands of American resisters. Mayor Dave Elliott says Nelson is just the place for such a monument. The town of about ten thousand has a lively arts scene and lies at the west end of Kootenay Lake about 410 miles east of Vancouver and 150 miles north of Spokane.

    2004 MSNBC.com


    All that matters to me is that the military draft is slavery and anyone who resists the state's attempt to enslave them in military service is fine with me. If the government were to ever demand I enter the armed forces, I'd refuse.

    UPDATE 10/2/2004 12:54pm
    Looks like things have changed.

    CBC: B.C. city rejects draft-dodger monument

    Municipal politicians in Nelson, B.C., have decided that a controversial monument to American draft dodgers will not go up in their city.

    At a special meeting on Wednesday, city council decided there would be no public money or public land for a monument unless it had broad public support in the community.


    There shouldn't be "public" money for anything in the first place, but nevermind that.
    A statement released by the city says the planned monument to war resisters doesn't meet that criteria. It also says such a monument would be a "misuse of public funds."

    *scoff*

    I wasn't aware the people wanted to erect a memorial to those who resisted government-imposed slavery by applying for taxpayer-stolen money. I doubt they find the sick irony in this that I do.

    A private Nelson-based group called Our Way Home announced plans three weeks ago to build the monument somewhere in the city.

    Why can't they do it with private money? What the fuck is wrong with artists these days? Why are they always pleading for our money to pay for their projects?
    The planned statue depicts a Canadian reaching out to help two U.S. draft dodgers. It was to be unveiled during a July 2006 two-day festival in honour of U.S. conscientious objectors.

    Copyright CBC 2004


    As it stands now, it looks like they'll build the memorial in a city more receptive to it.

    September 16, 2004

    Texas's School Finance System Ruled Unconstitutional

    News8Austin: School finance is unconstitutional

    A judge ruled the Texas school finance system is unconstitutional.

    "[The] school finance system fails to provide an adequate and suitable education as required by Article 7, Section 1 of the Texas Constitution," State District Judge John Dietz said.

    The decision came after six weeks of testimony in a lawsuit brought by school districts that object to the share-the-wealth finance method. Texas Attorney General Greg Abbott maintained the funding system is constitutional.

    But Dietz disagreed and sided with the more than 300 districts that sued.

    Copyright 2004TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


    Houston Chronicle: Judge overturns 'Robin Hood'
    In a landmark decision that could result in sweeping changes to Texas' tax structure, Dietz ruled that the school funding law violates the Texas Constitution's requirements that the state provide sufficient and equitable funding for public schools.

    The judge gave lawmakers until October 2005 to come up with a new system. If they fail to come up with a plan, he said he would halt state funding.

    The existing school finance law is the result of a previous court battle over funding equity between property-rich and property-poor districts. It relies heavily on local property taxes and has been dubbed "Robin Hood" because it requires 13 percent of the state's 1,037 districts to share a portion of their revenue with less-wealthy districts.

    The latest lawsuit was filed by both rich and poor districts, who criticized the state for allowing its share of education funding to drop to a historic low of 38 percent as rising local property values and higher school tax rates made up the difference.

    Copyright 2004 Houston Chronicle Austin Bureau


    From KVUE.com, the text of Judge Dietz's ruling and comments:
    Ruling from Judge John Dietz:

    Rulings

    1. The Court declares that for plaintiff districts and others, the costs of meeting the constitutional mandate of adequacy and/or the statutory regime of accreditation, accountability, and assessment exceeds the maximum amount of revenues that are available under the State’s current funding formulae. Therefore, the State’s school finance system fails to provide an adequate suitable education as required by Article VII, section 1 of the Texas Constitution.

    2. The Court declares that for some of plaintiff districts and others are forced to tax at the $1.50 statutory cap on the M&O tax rates to provide a general diffusion of knowledge and/or a statutory accreditation, accountability, and assessment regime. These districts have lost all meaningful discretion in setting the tax rate for their districts, thereby violating Article VIII, section 1 (e) of the Texas Constitution.

    3. The Court declares that the State’s school finance system is neither financially efficient nor efficient in the sense of providing for the mandated adequate education nor the statutory regime of accreditation, accountability, and assessment.

    I will enter an injunction that state funding of public schools cease unless the legislature conforms the school finance system to meet these constitutional standards. The effective date of the injunction will be one year from the date I enter the order, which will be approximately October 1, 2004.

    Remarks from Judge John Dietz:

    I have kept this yellow sticky on my computer monitor and it is a quote from Edgewood IV, it says: The people of Texas have themselves set the standards for their schools. The court's responsibility is to decide whether that standard has been satisfied, not to judge the wisdom of the policy choices of the Legislature, or to impose a different policy of our choosing. To the best of my ability, I have tried to follow the Supreme Court's admonition of judicial restraint.

    Texas has experienced phenomenal growth of population over the past decade and a half. We are now the second most populous state in the country.

    This growth has shown itself in our schools. Texas now has 4.4 million public school children and we are adding approximately 80,000 students a year to our system.

    There is, in our current system, unquestionably, a significant gap of more than ten points in educational achievement between economically disadvantaged students and non-economically disadvantaged students. This is really remarkable when you consider that over half of our public education students in Texas are economically disadvantage. In other words, half of our students in Texas are significantly behind in achievement compared to the other half.

    The state demographer, Steve Murdock, whose 500-page report is in evidence, has projected what happens to our Texas population if this educational achievement gap continues on into the future. If the education gap persists on into the year 2040, Texas average household income falls from about $54,000 presently to $47,000. If the gap persists to 2040, the number of adult Texans without a high school diploma will rise from 18% presently to 30%. Additionally, the population in prison, on welfare, and needing assistance will likewise rise significantly. In other words, Texas in 2040 will have a population that is larger, poorer, less educated, and more needy than today.

    Who in Texas would choose this as our future? The answer is no one. Not a single Texan, from Brownsville to Dalhart or El Paso to Beaumont, would pick that as a future for Texas. Well, what can we do to keep this dismal future from becoming a reality?

    The key to changing our future is to close the gap in academic achievement between the haves and the have-nots. The state demographer projects that if we could close the gap in educational achievement just half way by 2020, then Texans would be wealthier than today in real dollars spend more money for our economy pay more taxes for our government.

    If the education gap were completely closed, then Texas would be wealthier and would spend less in real dollars on prisons and the needy than it does today. The solution seems obvious; Texas needs to close the education gap. But the rub is that it costs money to close the educational achievement gap. It doesn't come free. So, are Texans willing to pay the price, to make the sacrifice to close the education gap, to secure their future and their children's future?

    Our willingness to make the sacrifice depends upon our vision and our leadership. Throughout our history as a state, our leaders have understood the importance of education.

    Chief among the complaints of Texans, in 1836, declaring their independence from the government of Mexico, was that the government of Mexico with its boundless resources had failed to establish any public system of public education. It's there in the Texas Declaration of Independence. In our very first constitution, our founders gave the legislature a mandate to establish a system of public education, a provision that was repeated by our leaders in the 1876 Constitution.

    Are we, at this present day, to turn our back on our 168 years of heritage of Texas public education and say that we aren't prepared for the sacrifice? Are we to say that to close the gap is too hard, too much money, and that we simply give up?

    Are we prepared for a future in Texas that is dismally poor, needy, and ignorant? I think not.

    Again I repeat it is the people of Texas who must set the standards, make the sacrifice, and give direction to their leaders. And the time to speak is now. These problems only get more difficult the longer we wait.

    The lesson is this, education costs money, but ignorance costs more money.

    Money invested in education benefits first the children of Texas, or in other words, our future. It also benefits our entire economy because educated people make more money, spend more money, and pay more taxes.

    I have abundant optimism that the people of Texas are willing to pay the price and make the sacrifices necessary for the education of our children. As Texans, we can and must do better for our future, our children. It's the right thing to do.


    I view this court spectacle as mostly useless. As long as the public education system remains public, the fundamental problems of socialized education will not be addressed and eradicated. The only moral and effective way to go is to treat education just like any other free market service.

    September 09, 2004

    Tame This

    New Statesman: How to tame capitalism

    Joseph Schumpeter called it "creative destruction". Karl Marx was referring to something similar with his oft-quoted phrase "all that is solid melts into air". Observers of capitalism have long marvelled at both the energy and the turbulence that markets and profit-seekers unleash in society. But can we have one without the other?

    Where Schumpeter and Marx thought that innovation and social turbulence were two sides of the same coin, new Labour believes that the disruptive effects of free enterprise can be subtly designed out. The Third Way is all about channelling the powers of the market towards social harmony: the yin without the yang, the creative without the destruction.


    Capitalism's actors seek to further improve their lives through the pursuit of self-interest. Thus, those actors seek to change their lives and their surroundings. Furthermore, capitalism is fundamentally dynamic because life is fundamentally unpredictable. Attempting to legislate around this is pointless.
    Next year we will see one of the definitive policy outcomes of this philosophy: the community interest company (CIC). The government describes the CIC as "an entirely new form [of company] designed to meet the needs of people seeking to pursue enterprise in the public interest, dedicating their profits to the public good". The legislation should be passed early next year, and the first CICs will be established next summer.

    The invention of CICs is designed to address the legal problems that confront many social enterprises. If they are established as charities, social enterprises are financially constrained, with limited opportunities for growth, entrepreneurship or access to capital. If incorporated as private companies, they risk losing public trust - not because a private enterprise is intrinsically untrustworthy, but because outsiders do not view profit-seeking companies as fundamentally altruistic. At present, many social enterprises must choose between a charitable public image and an entrepreneurial organisational status. They want both.


    This is silly. Of course profit-seeking companies aren't fundamentally altruistic. Find me a human who is, and you'll find me someone willing to give up everything - and I mean everything - he or she owns to benefit other people. Fundamental altruism is the negation of the self.

    Greatly due to the ghastly ignorance of the public in matters economic, they view private business with jaded eyes. Why waste time creating an entity that gets instant respect because it can be labeled with happy-fun collectivist labels?

    The CIC legislation will resolve the problem in two ways. First, in order to take advantage of the risk-taking features of a company, CICs will be able to expand through selling shares, although dividend payments will be capped at a certain rate. At the same time, an "asset lock" will be enforced on the CIC, so that donors and investors can rest assured that their money will be legally tied to the enterprise's original social goals.

    *laugh*

    Yep, the government will protect ya!

    Second, all CICs will be subject to a community interest test, carried out by an appointed regulator. This touches on something fundamental to the identity of any enterprise: the question of whose interests managers serve. Where conventional private companies expect managers to act in the interests of shareholders wherever possible (and they develop incentives such as stock options to support this), a CIC should be run in the interests of "the community". To ensure that this is the case, the regulator will have to be convinced of the community interest at the outset. Thereafter, managers will have to produce an annual "community interest report" outlining how the CIC is acting in accordance with its status.

    This seems hopelessly doomed. It attempts to harness the financial power of private business by gutting the very reason that power exists - the pursuit of selfish interests by all actors in the business.
    The government is keen to assure everybody that the regulator will do very little actual regulating. As the bill puts it, he or she will intervene "only to the extent necessary to maintain confidence in CICs" - the equivalent of the "greenwashing" that is carried out by corporate social responsibility consultants in the private sector. The community interest test will seek only to ensure that a "reasonable person" would consider the CIC to have benefits to the community.

    And a fist-sized snowball, once pushed down a snowy mountain, won't eventually become a monstrous consumer of all in its path. Of course they'll only have "reasonable people" running the show: why pick any other kinds? People just don't learn.
    Will any of this convince the public? Anyone who was sceptical about the existence of a "third way" between socialism and neoliberalism may find it even harder to accept an organisation that is both "for profit" and "not for profit".

    That's because it doesn't make sense!

    Near the end, William Davies expresses concern and doubt that the law will actually have much effect because "community interest" isn't defined and that the law "underestimates how intrinsically disruptive successful entrepreneurship is." I say bring on the disruption caused by new ideas, new products, new people, new businesses, new markets, and new trends. Our lives as healthy and intelligent people depend on that disruption, but more importantly, the freedom that allows that disruption to occur.

    Good and Bad Gun News

    First, the bad.

    Associated Press via ABCNews: Rifle Makers Settle in D.C. Sniper Case

    The manufacturer and dealer of the rifle used in the Washington, D.C.-area sniper shootings agreed Wednesday to pay $2.5 million in a settlement with victims and victims' families.

    The settlement with Bushmaster marks the first time a gun manufacturer has agreed to pay damages to settle claims of negligent distribution of weapons, said Jon Lowy, a lawyer with the Brady Center to Prevent Gun Violence. He helped argue the case. He said the settlement with Bull's Eye Shooter Supply is the largest against a gun dealer.

    "These settlements send a loud and clear message that the gun industry cannot turn a blind eye to how criminals get their guns," Lowy said.

    Bushmaster Firearms of Windham, Maine, agreed to pay $550,000 to eight plaintiffs. Bull's Eye Shooter Supply of Tacoma, where the snipers' Bushmaster rifle came from, agreed to pay $2 million.

    Kelly Corr, the attorney representing Bushmaster, said the company made "no admission of liability whatsoever."

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Of course not, because neither the gun manufacturer nor the gun dealer are responsible for who does what with the items they sell! Only individuals act and they are responsible for their actions. I'd have thrown the entire case out. The article states that the dealer demonstrated negligent behavior in not keeping track of stolen or lost inventory. So what? That still doesn't make them responsible. It makes them dumb, dangerous, and poor businessmen.

    The good news is actually mixed, but it's still better than hearing something other than GOP: Congress Won't Vote on Weapons Ban. From the Associated Press via Yahoo! News (link will rot):

    Congress will not vote on an assault weapons ban due to expire Monday, Republican leaders said Wednesday, rejecting a last-ditch effort by supporters to renew it.

    That's the good part of the mixed news. The bad part, however, is
    "I think the will of the American people is consistent with letting it expire, so it will expire," Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist, R-Tenn., told reporters.

    [...]

    Some Democrats and several police leaders said President Bush should try to persuade Congress to renew the ban. Bush has said he would sign such a bill if Congress passed it.

    "If the president asked me, it'd still be no ... because we don't have the votes to pass an assault weapons ban and it will expire Monday and that's that," House Majority Leader Tom DeLay, R-Texas, told reporters later.

    DeLay said the ban was "a feel-good piece of legislation" that does nothing to keep weapons out of the hands of criminals.

    However, House Speaker J. Dennis Hastert, R-Ill., said he would consider allowing the House to vote on legislation only if the Senate acted first.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    You get that?

    • Senator Frist thinks your right to property and self-defense should be determined by "the will of the American people."
    • President Bush approves of a law banning guns almost entirely on the basis of what they look like.
    • Representative DeLay thinks the government just might have reason to abrogate private property rights in the name of keeping crime low.
    • Representative Hastert's comments remain in the procedural-political realm.
    And conservatives want these people in power to protect the 2nd Amendment? The limited government movement is truly dead in the mainstream GOP, even on an issue as central to the identity of the party as gun rights.

    September 08, 2004

    Eminent Domain and Capitalism

    di-ve.com: Golf course a sign of extreme capitalism - Front Against the Golf Course

    "If taking the agricultural land away from the farmers and giving it to just one company is not a sign of extreme capitalism, what is extreme capitalism?" the secretary of the Progressive Farmers' Union Joseph Farrugia asked.

    Mr. Farrugia is incorrect. Capitalism - let alone "extreme capitalism" - has nothing to do with this. It has everything to do with respecting private ownership and protecting that property. He's greatly mistaken if he thinks a company pushing a government entity to seize someone else's land is a hallmark of capitalism. It's the opposite: it is socialism and collectivism that abhor many if not all forms of personal ownership.

    If he existed in a framework of an extremely capitalist society, he wouldn't be able to petition the various government bodies he's attempting because they wouldn't be there in the first place. This is because, as I see it, extreme capitalism is merely another term for anarcho-capitalism: the absence of the state and all it's confiscatory functions.

    Assuming some state power really is forcing those farmers to give up their land for a golf course company, what's happening deserves the condemnation of all true capitalists and free-marketers. It does not matter if it's a Wal-Mart or a average families getting abused by a system supposedly set up to protect them, property seizure is wrong.

    September 02, 2004

    Government is not Your Friend

    "The mind reels at such a blatant abuse of power (and at the sheer chutzpah of using national security as an excuse to censor a quotation about using national security as an excuse to stifle dissent)."

    Via the Lew Rockwell blog.

    Ted Evans, Not an Idiot

    Sydney Morning Herald: More corporate collapses likely: Evans

    Large corporations would continue to collapse due to their willful disregard for business values, Westpac director Ted Evans has warned.

    In a speech Mr Evans gave to the Griffith University Business School, he warned that major collapses like Enron and HIH are bound to keep happening in the corporate world.

    [...]

    Mr Evans said companies were going under not because of simple incompetence but because they chose to ignore the ethical rules that bind a healthy, capitalist system.

    As a result, this was steadily eroding the foundations of modern capitalism.

    "... The policy response (to corporate collapse) in so many countries, most notably the United States, has been to enact highly prescriptive corporations law that of itself will greatly weaken the competitive forces that are critical to the efficient operation of a modern economy," he said.

    "I believe that the solution to this type of problem can only lie in a return to corporate behaviour that has a basis in ethical values; behaviour that renders prescriptive law redundant."

    2004 Australian Associated Press Pty Limited


    I wasn't able to find the actual text of his remarks so I can't examine what he said in detail. But if he really means that last part about not legislating business morality, then he's got a lot more going for him than most business commentators.

    September 01, 2004

    For the Privatization of Education

    [Updates below.]

    My previous post, The Pros and Cons of Education Privatization, contained the 800-plus word rough draft of a 500-word essay due today in my Introduction to Critical Inquiry class at St. Edward's. I've since refined it and hacked it down to 599 words. Thanks to everyone who suggested changes and revisions.

    The purpose of this essay was to present my side of a belief and then an opposing side. It was not intended to be a purely persuasive paper. Since I was forbidden to conduct academic citation and research my belief and since the word limit was so tight, I was unable to seriously address the objections I discussed in the latter half of the essay. Though I'd normally not let them go with such a quick dismissal, I had to in order to get a good grade.

    Everything for college, I suppose.

    Charles Hueter
    Rene Eakins
    A-NCCI 3330: Belief Paper Essay
    August 31, 2004

    FOR THE PRIVATIZATION OF EDUCATION

    Until recently, I uncritically borrowed the common opinion that governments should shoulder at least some of our educational burden. However, upon deeper reflection, I now believe only individuals are responsible for their education and the public school system should be replaced entirely with a privatized and fully independent education system. Parents and students should pay their way through school either by spending their own money or charitable donations given to them.

    Why do I believe this? A group is a social abstraction created for purposes of mental organization. However, only individuals can act. Responsibility is a function of causation and therefore only individuals can be responsible for actions. Asserting any collective is responsible for our education perverts the doctrine of responsibility.

    An education is the result of a service. This service comes in the forms of home schooling or an organized effort on behalf of hundreds of strangers in exchange for compensation. As such, it's no different than delivering pizza, selling cars, or offering Internet access. The last century has shown us free markets outperform restricted or socialized markets in most - if not all - respects. Glancing at the news reveals many instances of parents vehemently disagreeing with the form and substance of their children's public education - often for very good reason. You don't have a right to any service or its results and parents should have the freedom to choose where and how their children are educated.

    There is a moral case against state-funded education. Suppose I don't want to pay for Billy's teaching. I calculate the portion of my taxes that go towards it and withhold that wealth. By refusing to pay, I'd be charged with something I don't recognize as a crime. Unable to get the charges dismissed, I'd be fined, possibly jailed, and could have my wages and assets seized. Declining to pay for Billy's education results in physical violence against my person and my property. I declare that is no different than an armed robber's aggression.

    This is an unpopular and controversial viewpoint. Many would object that a true laissez-faire system of education would result in a great portion of children going without an education due to an inability to pay, thereby dooming them to poverty. Most people unable to afford an education reside in the lower strata of society and they need as much help as possible. Education is a right and should not be abridged on the basis of one's class.

    In a system unrestrained by government, educators would only have to follow the guidelines set by their employers, guidelines as loose as the school's owner wishes. It's feasible "corners will be cut" and kids will get a quick and cheap education designed to maximize profit at the expense of quality. Also possible is student exposure to false or invalid information and reasoning that may mar their ability to successfully integrate future data. The lack of enforced standards would hurt the nation as a whole.

    In addition, opponents of a fully capitalist education system claim that a school system could go bankrupt and close its doors, leaving its students without classrooms and teachers. Business failure could happen and it wouldn't be right to leave students hanging.

    Even though the arguments of those who disagree with me have merit, they are based on a faulty understanding of how free markets function. Product and service quality increase within a free system because consumers are king. More importantly, such a system would be based on the principle that aggressing against someone is morally invalid. Forcing citizens to pay for your education is wrong.

    This is what I'm turning in, so feel free to comment on the substance of what I've written rather than the style.

    UPDATED 3/9/2005 8:47am
    I've written another final paper for my Public Finance class: A Conceptual Analysis of Public Goods - The Case of Nationalized Defense

    August 31, 2004

    The Pros and Cons of Education Privatization

    This is the rough draft for my first writing assignment in my Introduction to Critical Inquiry class at St. Edward's University. I touched upon my initial feelings regarding this class in my previous post. This essay's guidelines are to have a roughly 500-word limit (this draft has about 860) and to present the central reasons why you strongly believe something as well as the central reasons of those who would disagree. The topic of this essay is my belief that education should be a private matter among individuals and the state has no place in those matters.

    Charles Hueter
    Rene Eakins
    A-NCCI 3330: Belief Paper Essay
    August 31, 2004

    A Strong Belief of Mine

    Of the many issues on which I possess an opinion, the situation regarding how to fund a child's education is one that gives rise to an uniquely high level of emotion. Until recently, I passively borrowed the common opinion that state and federal governments should shoulder this financial burden. However, upon deeper reflection and the consistent application of my principles, I am now of the opinion that only individuals are responsible for their education and therefore, the public school system should be replaced entirely with a privatized and fully independent system of education.

    There are several good reasons for this belief and though one justification has already been stated, it needs further elaboration. Only individuals can act. A group is a social abstraction created for purposes of mental organization. Responsibility is a function of causation and therefore only individuals can be responsible for actions, for they are the only entities capable of performing them. Asserting the state or any group is responsible for our education perverts the doctrine of responsibility.

    It must be understood that an education is, at a fundamental level, the result of a service. This service can come in the form of home schooling or an organized effort on behalf of hundreds of strangers in exchange for something. As such, it is no different than delivering pizza, selling cars, or offering Internet access. If the experience of the last century has shown us anything, it is that a free market will outperform a restricted or unfree market in most - if not all - respects. Additionally, one has but to glance at the news to see instances of parents vehemently disagreeing with the form and substance of the education their children receive at the hands of the public school system - often for very good reason.

    The combination of these two reasons results in a moral reason to oppose state-funded education: to say the government should pay for school is to actually say citizens should be forced to pay for the educations of others. For how could government pay for the billions necessary without taxation? Suppose I do not wish to pay for Billy's education and suppose I calculate the portion of my yearly taxes that go towards that education. If I were to simply withhold that portion of my taxes and refuse to pay it (and assuming the criminal justice system were to function effectively), I would be charged with something I would not recognize as a crime. Supposing I was unable to get out of the punishment in court, I would be fined, possibly jailed, and may have my wages and assets seized. The result of refusing to pay for Billy's education is physical violence against my person and my property. I declare that act is no different than an armed robber's.

    To discuss this point of view amongst the public is to take a very controversial and unpopular stand. Common objections to my belief would take several forms. First of all, many would state that a true laissez-faire system of education would result in a great portion of children going without an education due to an inability to pay the costs associated with schooling. Obviously, the greatest percentage of people unable to afford an education would be among the lower rungs of the economic ladder and they would both benefit the most from a solid educational background and need it the most in order to acquire wealth. Education is a right that should not be abridged on the basis of one's class.

    Another objection would be concerning the nature of the education obtained from a system unrestrained by government. In such a system, educators would only have to follow the guidelines set forth by their employers and those guidelines would be as loose as the school's owner wishes them to be. Therefore, it is possible "corners will be cut" and kids will get a quick and cheap education designed to maximize profit at the expense of quality. It is also possible students would be exposed to false or invalid information and reasoning that may mar their ability to successfully integrate future data. The lack of enforced standards would hurt the nation as a whole.

    In addition to these criticisms, opponents of a fully capitalist education system claim that due to any number of mismanagement issues, a school system could go bankrupt and close its doors, leaving dozens if not thousands of students without classrooms and teachers. Even though a campus would be as free to be insured and bonded as any other enterprise, economic failure is still a potential issue. It wouldn't be right to leave students in the lurch like that.

    Even though the arguments of those who disagree with me have merit, they are based on a fundamental misunderstanding of the functions individuals within a free market perform. Just as product and service quality increases within a free system, so too would education. More importantly, such a system would be based on the universally recognized principle that forcing you to do what I want against your wishes is morally invalid and wrong.

    I welcome criticism in the comments. This paper is due tomorrow, so unless you get in your few cents now, it isn't likely your suggestions will make the cut. Style and form criticism is preferred over content, but if you feel the need to speak out on that as well, go ahead.

    I'll post the final draft tomorrow.

    UPDATE(9/1/2004 4:40pm)
    The final draft is up.

    August 27, 2004

    Terrorist Efficiency

    Associated Press via ABCNews: U.N.: Most Terror Attacks Cost Under $50G

    The Al-Qaida terror network spent less than $50,000 on each of its major attacks except the Sept. 11 suicide hijackings and one of its hallmarks is using readily available items like cell phones and knives as weapons, a U.N. report says.

    [...]

    For example, the report said the March attacks in the Spanish capital, Madrid, in which nearly 10 simultaneous bombs exploded on four commuter trains, used mining explosives and cell phones as detonators and cost about $10,000 to carry out. The blasts killed 191 people, Spain's worst terror attack.

    Only the sophisticated attacks in the United States on Sept. 11, 2001, using four hijacked aircraft "required significant funding of over six figures," the report said. Nearly 3,000 people died in the attacks, the vast majority in the collapse of the twin towers of New York's World Trade Center.

    [...]

    The twin nightclub bombings in Bali, Indonesia, in October 2002 killed 202 people and cost less than $50,000. So did the twin truck bombings of the U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania in August 1998, which killed 231 people, including 12 Americans, the report said. And the November 2003 attacks in Istanbul, Turkey four suicide truck bombings that killed 62 people cost less than $40,000.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Why such efficiency? What is so special about the al Qaeda structure that permits this?

    My first impressions are the obvious ones:

    • They are acutely aware of their limited resources and their limited ability to earn revenue.
    • Therefore, they choose to make the best use of them to accomplish their goals.
    • Killing some people and causing localized damage isn't difficult in today's world when you are actually seeking to cause collateral damage.
    • Therefore, they don't have to invest as heavily as government militaries do to get what they want done.

    Having spent just under half my life living on Army bases, I've had my experience with the military logistical system. My father worked on REFORGER and helped run a few hospitals. I doubt the Department of Defense could ship a squad of regular infantry across the border to Canada before burning through $50,000. Militaries are attachments to governments and governments raise money through taxes. Hardly an efficient business-customer relationship.

    Bush's Principles?

    Reuters via ABCNews: Bush Admits Iraq 'Miscalculations' in Times Interview

    In an interview published on Friday in USA Today, Bush said that Americans will re-elect him to a second term even if they disagree with his decision to invade Iraq.

    Bush said voters "know who I am and I believe they're comfortable with the fact that they know I'm not going to shift principles or shift positions based upon polls and focus groups."

    Copyright 2004 Reuters News Service. All rights reserved.


    You can't shift principles when there aren't any with which to begin, buddy.

    A principle is a path of action and thought you refuse to deviate from and consider deeply important. Name me an issue where President Bush has taken an utterly firm and uncompromising stand that can be reconciled with reality that doesn't conflict with other things he has said and done. I promise to leave the comments open.

    Besides, given the nature of politics and the negotiating process it demands, no politician can remain true to noncontradictory principles for very long.

    August 26, 2004

    Stuff the State Department and Its Passports

    [Updates below.]

    Instapundit:

    YOUR TAX DOLLARS AT WORK -- and working well. I sent my passport off for renewal on Thursday, and got it back today. Nice work!

    UPDATE: More praise for the State Department here. And reader Steve Schonebaum reports a similar experience: "Speaking of passports, mine came within 2 weeks of submitting the forms. Impressive. (I didn't just get a renewal - mine had expired.)"

    It's always nice when people get this stuff right.


    Professor Reynolds may be enthused that our taxes are doing something useful, but I'm not. Why do I have to chip in for a service:
    • that is rightly the responsibility of the person(s) using that service to pay through their own means;
    • that constitutes a significant restriction on my freedoms of travel and association;
    • and that I consider should be provided through the market in the first place?

    It isn't "nice" when the rest of the country is forced to pay for those people to get it right. It also isn't "nice" when our freedoms are restricted when we have done nothing wrong.

    The Department of State says:

    A passport is an internationally recognized travel document that verifies the identity and nationality of the bearer. A valid U.S. passport is required to enter and leave most foreign countries. Only the U.S. Department of State has the authority to grant, issue or verify United States passports.

    I view this as a property issue. The government of any country, both through its actions and statements, asserts it owns all property within that country. Whether it's labeled "private" or "personal" or "public" or "military" doesn't matter. Since it enforces its laws upon all land, levies taxes upon various goods and services people possess and provide, and tells us who can and can't even set foot in the nation, it is implicitly claiming primary property rights within its borders. It's a massive claim of collective property ownership.

    I consider that belief wrong and immoral. Individuals and contracted parties should rightly own their land and have full say in who enters and exits it.


    UPDATE 1/20/2005 12:25pm
    Glenn Reynolds is NOT a Libertarian

    UPDATED 3/10/2005 8:06am
    I've closed the comments because for some reason comment spammers have targeted this entry multiple times over the last few days. If you want to leave a comment, you may e-mail me and I'll add it to the body of this post.

    August 12, 2004

    Iorworth Hoare Deserves His Lottery Winnings

    [Updates below.]

    Associated Press via CNN: Outrage over rapist's lottery win

    British Home Secretary David Blunkett said Thursday he plans to bar convicted felons from benefiting from financial windfalls while behind bars after a jailed rapist won 7 million ($12.6 million) on the national lottery.

    Blunkett said that proposed legislation before parliament would force offenders who won the lottery or other wealthy criminals to contribute to a compensation fund for victims of crime.


    What is justice? Dictionary.com defines it as:
    1. The quality of being just; fairness.
      1. The principle of moral rightness; equity.
      2. Conformity to moral rightness in action or attitude; righteousness.

      1. The upholding of what is just, especially fair treatment and due reward in accordance with honor, standards, or law.
      2. Law. The administration and procedure of law.

    2. Conformity to truth, fact, or sound reason: The overcharged customer was angry, and with justice.

    People conceive of justice as being roughly "getting what you deserve" and "being given what you are owed."
    His comments follow public outrage in Britain over the lottery win of convicted rapist Iorworth Hoare, who was on day release from his low-security prison when he bought the winning ticket on Saturday.

    "There's no justice in a convicted rapist winning the lottery while his victims still suffer from what he did to them," Blunkett wrote in The Sun newspaper.

    "We can't stop a prisoner or their family from buying a ticket, but we can look closely at making sure they don't benefit from a single penny while in prison," he added.


    I disagree with the outrage and with Mr. Blunkett. The purpose of the criminal justice system is to mete out punishment to offenders and reform them to never do crime again. I don't necessarily agree with that, but that isn't important at this time.

    What these people are saying is the justice system isn't doing it's job. It isn't punishing criminals enough. The sentence handed down doesn't meet their standards of justice. Therefore, criminals need to be punished for the rest of their lives. Thus, we have things like sex offender registration lists.

    Mr. Hoare earned that lottery money the very same way every other legitimate lottery winner earned that money: through the voluntary purchase of a ticket with the hope it may win. That act alone doesn't entitle anyone else to his wealth.

    Hoare was jailed between 1973 and 1987 for a series of sex attacks on women. He was returned to prison in 1989 for attempting to rape a 60-year-old woman in a park.

    Assuming his convictions are valid, I'm not standing up for his crimes and his actions. He's an ugly violator of rights and his victims deserve restitution. But does his prison sentence serve that purpose?
    Prison officials said Hoare has been moved to a closed prison following his lottery win for his safety.

    Neil Sugarman, a lawyer specializing in personal injury and compensation claims, said some of Hoare's victims may be able to claim a share of his newfound wealth.

    "The biggest difficulty any claimant will face is the limitation periods, and generally speaking ... you are looking at three years," Sugarman said.

    "But someone assaulted before that period may be able to say they didn't take any action at the time because the offender had no money."

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    In that sense, I can agree that if he was unable to pay his victims for the damage he caused, he owes them a debt. Of course, all this assumes the money from the lottery and the lottery itself isn't tied to the state.

    Guardian: Rapist serving life term wins lottery 7m

    A prisoner serving life for attempted rape has won 7m in the national lottery.

    Iorworth Hoare, 52, was jailed for life at Leeds crown court in 1989. He was on temporary release from a Middlesbrough bail hostel when his numbers came up in last Saturday's Lotto Extra draw.

    Hoare, formerly of Seacroft Gate, Leeds, was convicted of attempting to rape a 60-year-old woman in a park in the city, after a series of crimes that included one rape, two attempted rapes and three indecent assaults.

    According to the Sun, Hoare began a series of sex attacks while he was still in his 20s and was sentenced to a total of 18 years between 1973 and 1987.

    Home Office guidelines allow prisoners in open conditions - such as day release or community projects - to take part in the lottery and claim any prize they may win.

    Guardian Unlimited Guardian Newspapers Limited 2004


    If I'm getting this correctly, the only reason there is uproar is because he's an egregious offender and few if any prisoners have won the lottery while in jail. Those are flimsy grounds for such condemnation.

    The man has already lost his freedom to the prison system. People should not be so flippant about dismissing such a change. I have a friend who works in the Travis County State Jail and the stories he tells are frightening. Getting jailed for a month would be unreal. Being locked up for the rest of your years (and Mr. Hoare has just under half his life ahead of him) is something I can't conceive of.

    It isn't justice to continue punishing criminals after they've been handed their "justice." As Roy Childs said in The Epistemological Basis of Anarchism:

    A man, by an act of aggression, causes a value-loss in his victim (i.e., he causes him to lose some state of being which he saw as beneficial to himself, some rank on his value hierarchy). By his act of aggression, then, the aggressor creates a debt which he owes and must pay to his victim. "Justice demands that the aggressor who causes the loss, damage, or destruction of an innocent man's values pay for his aggression by repaying the victim for his loss, plus all reasonable expenses directly occasioned by the aggression (such as apprehending the aggressor. Furthermore, the aggressor owes a specific amount which can be objectively determined, and he owes no more than that amount (if this were not true, there could be no justice). To make him pay more than he owes (as punishment - 'to teach him a lesson') is an act of injustice. An aggressor owes no more than the debt he has created by his irrational actions." (From Morris and Linda Tannehill's Liberty via the Market, p. 7. Emphases in original.)

    This is, basically, the principle of objective justice in retaliation. The purpose of retaliation is to repay the victim for the loss suffered. Now, there is an immense difficulty in applying this principle to certain contexts - granted. But the problem exists in every other realm as well, and is an epistemological difficulty (i.e., "How do we know?"). The standard by which one judges what is owed is an objective one; that is, it is determined by the nature of reality. The standard is, simply, the contextual hierarchy of values of the victim when the aggression took place - for all losses are value losses, and there is no way to "measure" values outside the context and hierarchy in which they exist. As all acts of aggression are against individual people, it is only individual men who are harmed and suffer loss. Those who were not harmed by the act of aggression can have no concern in retaliating, with two exceptions: (1) if the aggressor shows by a pattern of behavior that he is a real threat to those others not yet involved, they are justified in stopping him, and (2) since the victim possesses the right of self-defense and retaliation, he can delegate his authority to judge and act (his "right" to self-defense and retaliation, in a sense) to representatives or agents, who may then properly act on his behalf. At any time, of course, other people may impose any other sanctions against the criminal they wish, since they must judge with whom to deal. There is of course an immense problem here when we are considering the problem of the destruction of an irreplaceable value, such as a human life. But this is outside the scope of this paper, and it does not in any sense negate the validity of the general principle in question.


    Emphasis in the original.

    Iorworth Hoare's property is his. If people actually wanted justice, they'd free him on the condition he gave his winnings to his victims.

    UPDATED 9/30/2005 12:35pm
    BBC: Lotto rapist case to be reviewed

    The case of a millionaire rapist living in the community under a publicly funded scheme will be reviewed by Home Secretary Charles Clarke.

    The Sun newspaper said the government has spent 10,000 a month to protect the identity of Iorworth Hoare, 52, since his release in March.

    Mr Clarke said he would study the case and the "broader issues" raised.

    Hoare, from Leeds but said by the Sun to be living in Sunderland, won 7m on Lotto Extra while on temporary release.


    How about the "broader issue" of forcing anyone to pay for the protection of criminals? Mr. Hoare's case is merely an egregious example of what happens every day, folks. The fact that he's a lottery winner and can afford to pay for these kinds of costs doesn't make it fundamentally different than a rapist without such winnings.

    August 09, 2004

    Everything That's Wrong With John Kerry

    Via Redstate.org, Tacitus transcribes an NPR interview and publishes this bit by Senator Kerry:

    If I get other countries involved in the training of troops, and we're training them more rapidly, the Iraqis themselves can take over a great deal more of their own security. But you need stability to be able to do that. How do you achieve the stability? You need to have more people involved in the process. We have not seen this Administration do the statesmanship, do the diplomacy necessary, and America is paying a very high price both in terms of the lives of our young, and the money that's coming out of the taxpayer's pockets. I will do a better job of building those alliances and getting our troops home. And I will do a much better job of reducing the burden on the National Guard and Reserves and their families who are paying a very high price for the President's rush.

    My emphasis.

    This general tendency of the belief that diversity of opinion and background within groups, coalition-building, and expanded democratic action are the solutions to our problems is something I've never quite understood. Why the repeated emphasis on coalitions, groupthink, and consensus is so high up on the lists of statists is something I'll never really understand.

    For the record, I have strong doubts that any collection of individuals can coerce Iraq into a better nation and end the war. Expanding the actors in the field to include nations currently hostile or unhappy with us won't solve the various problems within the country. Especially when you consider the problems of multilateralizing the pacification of Iraq and disagreement in regards to negotiation.

    August 02, 2004

    Eliminate the IRS...and Replace It with Nothing!

    Via Drudge, I learn of something that sounds good, but loses it's luster after further reading.

    The Speaker of the House will push for replacing the nation's current tax system with a national sales tax or a value added tax, Hill sources tell DRUDGE.

    "People ask me if I'm really calling for the elimination of the IRS, and I say I think that's a great thing to do for future generations of Americans," Speaker of the House Dennis Hastert explains in his new book, to be released on Wednesday.


    I'm no fan of the IRS, but taxation is theft, whether it's in the form of an income tax, tariffs, or "fees".

    Quoth Speaker Hastert in his book

    "If you own property, stock, or, say, one hundred acres of farmland and tax time is approaching, you don't want to make a mistake, so you’re almost obliged to go to a certified public accountant, tax preparer, or tax attorney to help you file a correct return. That costs a lot of money. Now multiply the amount you have to pay by the total number of people who are in the same boat. You can't. No one can because precise numbers don't exist. But we can stipulate that we're talking about a huge amount. Now consider that a flat tax, national sales tax, or VAT would not only eliminate the need to do this, it could also eliminate the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) itself and make the process of paying taxes much easier."

    "By adopting a VAT, sales tax, or some other alternative, we could begin to change productivity. If you can do that, you can change gross national product and start growing the economy. You could double the economy over the next fifteen years. All of a sudden, the problem of what future generations owe in Social Security and Medicare won’t be so daunting anymore. The answer is to grow the economy, and the key to doing that is making sure we have a tax system that attracts capital and builds incentives to keep it here instead of forcing it out to other nations."


    A few points.
    • We shouldn't use a system of coerced money to mold the economy (and by extension, individual people) into doing what we want them to do.
    • We shouldn't even have the dual injustices of Social Security and socialized medicine hanging over our necks, Mr. Hastert. Abolish them.
    • Until he thinks it's wrong to spend other people's money, he's hardly different from the other hordes of parasites in government.

    July 21, 2004

    Ending the Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker Youth Program

    Andrew D is upset over at the Burnt Orange Report: Feds Cut Off Funds for Migrant Workers' Kids

    This is a program which is successful at keeping poor kids in school so they can pull themselves out of staggering poverty. It provides necessary services to people who couldn't otherwise afford it. It serves only to help people who are among the poorest yet also most important workers in our society. And they want to get rid of it.

    "They" are the Bush Administration and Republicans in general. "It" is the Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker Youth Program. It's purpose:
    Youth Program was designed to meet the needs of at-risk and out-of-school farmworker youth through the provision of comprehensive services that will enhance basic education, occupational and life skills. Today the program includes youths ranging from 14 to 21 year-old farmworkers and children of Migrant and Seasonal Farmworker parents, as defined in Section 167 of The Workforce Investment Act. As of 2003, there are 12 organizations who have received grants ranging from $200,000 to $2 million, for a total of $10 million.

    The activities and services include self and interpersonal skills development, community service projects, basic skills, drop-out prevention, study skills training and tutoring, and work readiness or occupational skills, as needed. Additional services include individual employment plans, community service projects, on-the-job training, entrepreneurial training and adult mentoring, just to name a few.

    In addition, support services are provided to ensure that youth are able to participate in activities. These include transportation, medical assistance, daycare for their children, clothing and nutritional needs.


    It has a list of success stories for the curious reader.

    Andrew obviously believes government exists to help those in need and any reduction in government that negatively impacts the ability of the state to help those in need is wrong. I obviously disagree.

    I just want to know why he thinks the needy are entitled to these services and why people should have to pay taxes to support them.

    July 20, 2004

    What the Hell

    [Updates below.]

    I'd much rather see Hillary at the top of the Democratic ticket. She's better on the war, and seems to have much more backbone in general. No Carter, she.

    -Glenn Reynolds

    Beyond the obvious reasons to hate terrorists, their methods, and their philosophy is what they do to influence our ability to think clearly. Instapundit's desire to see the war on terrorism executed well has driven him to endorse Hillary fucking Clinton as the Democrat for President.

    Good gawd.

    UPDATE(7/23/2004 4:36pm)
    *sigh*

    He's at it again.

    UPDATE(7/27/2004 1:15pm)
    Now Anthony Gregory gets into it:

    I saw Carter speaking on PBS last night. I certainly didn't agree with all that he said (such as the necessity of invading Afghanistan) but he does seem a much less reprehensible and dishonest a man than most presidents I remember.

    Why do so many neolibertarians have this visceral contempt for Carter? I doubt it has to do with policy. Or character. Is it because he believes, at least in some sense, in peace? Why do they bash him so?

    Whatever it is, I think he should be the Democratic nominee. If he represented the Dems, at least there would be some choice on some issues.


    And this is from the Lew Rockwell blog!

    Christ.

    UPDATE(7/28/2004 9:52am)
    Now, it's Andrew Sullivan:

    Domestically, Obama's appeal is even stronger. He framed his belief in government with a defense of self-reliance and conservative values. It's a Clintonite formula, delivered with Blairite sincerity.

    [...]

    Conservative values, Democratic compassion. In the constant churn and dialectic of American politics, this is a new fusion - and the Dems have found a young, racially diverse, eloquent voice. Can you think of any current Republican with that kind of fresh appeal and smart politics? Only Arnold comes close. The Republicans would love to have someone of Obama's caliber - but they have failed to attract them. That is their tragedy, and it is only deepened in a party that gave rise to Trent Lott and Tom DeLAy. Obama is the Democrats' hope. Heck, he is the hope for all of us.


    My emphasis.

    Here are some of the positions Barack Obama has taken that Mr. Sullivan apparently thinks we need:

    • Continued support for public education in the form of more spending, further government regulation of student loans, and bigger pre-school and Head Start programs.
    • Increased government intervention in the energy industry (not surprising, given Mr. Sullivan's advocacy of a higher gas tax).
    • Health care as a right for everyone.
    • Closing tax loopholes, subsidizing "Made in America" businesses, etc.

    Why do people get so caught up in the message these politicians convey when what they want to do is what matters more?

    UPDATE 1/20/2005 12:25pm
    Glenn Reynolds is NOT a Libertarian

    July 15, 2004

    Olley Maruma Needs Slaves

    The Herald via AllAfrica: Corporate World Must Be Strictly Supervised

    Some readers who read my article on socialism and the nationalisation of land have referred to me as a "Marxist fossil", the intention being to dismiss my views as old and "fossilised."

    My kinder foes praised me for my "solid facts" and "cogent logic", before noting superciliously: "Great idea, but it will never work in practice."

    So am I a "Marxist fossil"?

    No, sorry, comrades, I am not. I am merely not ashamed to admit that I am a socialist and have been one since I read books at university by writers like Hegel, Karl Marx, Albert Camus (ironically - The Rebel), Steve Biko and many others. Just as some people become born-again Christians, I became a socialist. After all, was Jesus Christ not the first true socialist?


    From my perspective, this is akin to saying, I am merely not ashamed to admit that I am an advocate of institutionalized theft and the deliberate application of force against those people who show individuality and initiative.

    Jesus wasn't the first socialist, but he certainly was one of the more famous.

    I may be a socialist, but that does not mean I am opposed to wealth creation and rewarding hard work and entrepreneurial endeavour. Far from it. I am not only a property owner (the first requirement for being a capitalist), but I am also an investor both in the economy in general and on the stock exchange in particular.

    Some of my friends have told me being a socialist is inconsistent with investing on the speculative stock exchange. I beg to differ. One can be rich and still be a socialist. It is all about your state of mind and your attitude to humanity.


    So Ayn Rand could have been a socialist as long as she had some special "state of mind" and a particular "attitude" towards humanity? What about Ludwig von Mises? This is just bullshit and it will be revealed in the very next things Mr. Maruma says.
    I am very suspicious of and am sometimes repelled by the system of capitalism. That is because it is a system fed and driven by individualism, egotism, excess and greed.

    Thus, my beef is not about ideology. It is about human experience, our inalienable right to live a dignified life, showing respect for the Creator's creatures.

    My beef is about integrity in corporate governance; it is about transparency, good governance; and, most of all, it is about social justice.


    So here's his state of mind:
    • screw the individual, it's the collective that matters
    • screw your inner desires and wants, you must sacrifice yourself to others
    • screw what you have, I say you've already got too much
    • screw what you think you want, everyone else thinks you have enough

    That's some pretty profound attitude there.

    How can you have justice and a dignified life when you reject individualism? What kind of respect can you show for humans when you apparently hate the thing that motivates them: self-interest?

    However, corporations do not use personal or family money to expand and grow. They use other people's money. Which is where I have my beef with them.

    *pause*

    A socialist is complaining about someone using other people's money.

    This is probably the worst hypocrisy I've read so far this year.

    This guy wants slaves for his beloved statist machine to devour. Stay away from him.

    July 08, 2004

    Oregon's Pot Legalization Two-Step

    FOXNews: Oregon Ponders New Pot Law

    An Oregon ballot measure expected to qualify this week would make it legal for medical marijuana users to possess one pound of pot, create state dispensaries and allow nurse practitioners and naturopaths to prescribe it.

    If passed, a patient could possess six pounds of marijuana legally - spread out, it would be enough to fill two grocery carts. The medical marijuana law on the books there now limits legal possession to three ounces.

    Copyright 2004 FOX News Network, LLC. All rights reserved.


    Via Hit & Run.

    The Oregon Leviathan's info page is here. The OMMA 2 (Oregon Medical Marijuana Act) initiative itself can be found here.

    Media Awareness Project: OREGON TO VOTE ON EASING MEDICAL MARIJUANA USE

    Initiative supporters turned in 28,500 signatures on Friday. The ballot measure drew 95,690 signatures submitted in May, but after some were thrown out, supporters canvassed again to ensure they reached the required threshold of 75,630 valid voter signatures.

    About 9,000 Oregonians have medical cards allowing them to grow and use marijuana for medical purposes. Currently, a patient has to grow his own marijuana or have a caregiver grow it.

    "Most of these ill people cannot grow their own under the current restrictions," which regulates the number of plants and sets other conditions. The initiative would clarify the caregivers' role by letting them grow pot for as many as 10 medical users.


    It's a nice initiative, but it still represents begging for what's ours. Pot should be fully legalized and then we should be fully left alone to do what we want with it.

    Dancing around the issue with medical weed as the central focus isn't the proper course to take. Property rights, individual freedom, and tolerance should take precedence.

    John Blundell Quotes

    Via Tony Woodlief, I discover this Scotsman article by John Blundell. It's a good read, though it contains nothing spectacularly new to anyone who follows libertarianish thought. He writes well and has a few choice quotes worth repeating:

    Now corporate virtue is measured in the dread word "compliance". Obedience, not experimentation, has become the great civic business virtue.

    [...]

    Who wants to know how a company is trading? We pretend the primary interest is "the public interest", which is a diplomatic way of describing the regulators. The real interest is that of the owners - the shareholders. They seek plain and truthful interpretations of what are surprisingly subjective matters.

    [...]

    One measure of the sheer inhuman complexity is the recent lawyer's request that juries of ordinary mortals should no longer sit on fraud cases - only those with forensic auditing skills should be called. It is easy to see the argument, but why is everything so tied up that 12 ordinary citizens can no longer understand the narrative of a case?


    Obedience, not experimentation, has become the great civic business virtue.

    That's a good one to remember. Hell, it shouldn't be limited to business: it is expected of everyone now. Obey your betters, people from all sides of the political spectrum demand. Don't push the envelope. Don't upset the apple cart.

    Mr. Blundell is responsible for Blundell's Law, which states "all new regulations achieve the opposite of their intended effect." He wrote this piece because a Professor David Myddleton has published "Unshackling Accountants," an essay about the destructive effects of accounting regulation and an essay that proposes competition in regulatory levels. A quick search turned up this note that offer a PDF version of the essay. It's 208 pages long, so I can't get into it now.

    I will say a competitive market in accounting regulations would be a waste of time. Who controls the regulations and implements them? The government and it's employees. Are they going to voluntarily reduce their influence over the economy and thereby threaten their jobs and positions of power? Are their supposed masters - The People - going to demand actual, objective reductions in government involvement in the economy?

    Yeah, I'm real optimistic about that.

    The moral issue of controlling other people's lives and livelihoods may even be completely left out of the discussion and if so, that would be a real disappointment. Coming at this issue from a practical standpoint opens you up to "Well if regulation worked, then what's the problem? We just need to get it to work" responses from the collectivists. That's why principles are more important than pragmatism.

    June 30, 2004

    Blow Out, the Freedom to Fire, & the California Labor Code's Opinion

    Watching Blow Out was not part of my plans for last evening, but since I screwed up and didn't set my VCR to record yesterday's West Wing episodes, I needed something to observe while burning MP3 CDs and cooking dinner. I've known of the show ever since Bravo started advertising it, but it didn't seem interesting enough for my time.

    Anyway, the episode last night focused primarily on Jonathan Antin firing Brandon Martinez. Mr. Antin is the owner of the appropriately named Jonathan Salon in Beverly Hills, California and was not willing to put up with Mr. Martinez's antics any longer. So, in Episode 3 Jonathan dismissed Brandon on the spot, handed over his list of clients, and that was that.

    I was somewhat taken aback by this. I had assumed that by now such freedom to fire had either been stamped out in California or was greatly restricted. Obviously, I also don't know the details of Brandon's contract to work, so that's a huge thing to consider. So I searched through the Beverly Hills Municipal Code, but didn't find relevant laws related to hiring and firing. I found a lot of other nasty statist shit, but that's something for another time.

    I tried to access this site which allegedly has a searchable list of legislative activities, laws, and the California constitution, but the damn thing isn't consistently online. Searching for California Labor Code gets me a UC Berkeley website, and more than half of that points back to the government server mentioned above. Searching within that server for "fire" results in 19 different sections of the Labor Code, nearly all of them dealing with firefighters and none of them dealing with an employer firing an employee. So for now, I'll just sit contented that in at least one area of the law California businesses aren't grossly hamstrung.

    I did, however, find this useless bit of opinion-mongering at the end of Contracts Against Public Policy, Section 923:

    923. In the interpretation and application of this chapter, the public policy of this State is declared as follows:

    Negotiation of terms and conditions of labor should result from voluntary agreement between employer and employees. Governmental authority has permitted and encouraged employers to organize in the corporate and other forms of capital control. In dealing with such employers, the individual unorganized worker is helpless to exercise actual liberty of contract and to protect his freedom of labor, and thereby to obtain acceptable terms and conditions of employment. Therefore it is necessary that the individual workman have full freedom of association, self-organization, and designation of representatives of his own choosing, to negotiate the terms and conditions of his employment, and that he shall be free from the interference, restraint, or coercion of employers of labor, or their agents, in the designation of such representatives or in self-organization or in other concerted activities for the purpose of collective bargaining or other mutual aid or protection.


    This passage has some good parts and one bad part. The good parts deal with the importance of an employee having the freedom to associate, organize, and assign representatives in labor discussions. I've no problem with that. The bad part is what I've bolded above.

    I don't know who authored this legislation, but that sentence stinks. It stinks because it sends the wrong impression and is wholly unnecessary (much like the Code itself). I can exercise liberty of contract on my own. I can protect my freedom to work for whom on my own. I can obtain acceptable terms and conditions of employment on my own. Do accomplish all this takes the simple decision to work or not to work; to sign or not sign a contract. If I don't like the terms of employment offered by a business, I can quite simply take my labor elsewhere and find someone else who has a more agreeable offer.

    No, it's not likely that I can walk into an employment interview and bring my own contract and have the business agree to it. It's also not that likely that I'll be able to get some terms changed on their offer through negotiation. The majority of jobs won't be offered in negotiable terms unless there are special extenuating circumstances, such as disability. If I were hired and got my conditions of employment changed so that I could wear sandals any time I wanted, merely because I feel more comfortable doing so, it would likely upset a number of my coworkers. People prefer to be treated as equals and having small quirks get legalized into contract by some would create tension in some workplaces. Perhaps that tension isn't justified, but it would exist.

    Not any less important is the business's desire to have a smoothly functioning workplace. This means most businesses will have a standard of behavior, dress, and work ethic to which they want their employees to adhere.

    So while it may seem unfair that companies basically get to set the terms of most employment, there are valid reasons they should be allowed to do so. More importantly, of course, is the fact that no employee "owns" the job the employee works and the property being used by that employee is owned by the business. The business gets to dictate the terms because it owns its property.

    The employee owns his or her labor and therefore has absolute veto power over how it's used. Describing them as "helpless" is completely wrong.

    June 25, 2004

    A Badnarik Campaign Ad and Position Analysis

    [Updates below.]




    hit "refresh" or "reload" to view the ad again


    President George W. Bush: "I'm George Bush and you can trust ME to run your life."

    Senator John F. Kerry: "I'm John Kerry and you can trust ME to run your life."

    Independent Candidate Ralph Nader: "I'm Ralph Nader and you can trust ME to run your life."

    Libertarian Party Presidential Nominee Michael Badnarik: "I'm Michael Badnarik and I trust YOU to run your own life."


    You can download the HTML code and the Flash file for the ad here.

    It is quite obvious Mr. Badnarik is correct on the first three counts. The few feeble attempts President Bush has made towards real, objective reductions in the reach and power of government are more than outweighed by the status quo supporting, shift-revenue-from-here-to-there, anti-personal freedom stances he's taken over the years. Senator Kerry is roughly the same; his few stances that oppose Bush's social tyranny are more than outweighed by his support for even more economic tyranny. Thus, the infuriating false dichotomy of social liberty verses economic liberty continues.

    Ralph Nader has one thing going for him: his belief that the Democratic and Republican parties represent two sides of the same coin and that they pander, subsidize, prioritize, and treat their government-hungry donors and sponsors over the interests of other Americans. There are exceptions, of course, but the two parties differ on fundamental political philosophy very little. On the other hand, Mr. Nader is also part of that same coin. Nader would be utterly disastrous to personal freedom, wanting to do more damage than either President Bush or Senator Kerry. His collectivism towers over Bush's and Kerry's.

    So what about Mr. Badnarik? I took a peek at his stand on some issues last time, but does his rhetoric match his advertisement? I realize this is a high bar to set, asking a would-be politician to follow through on his or her word and checking to see if the reality of the person's positions matches the reality of what is said to support them. But I'm quirky like that.

    I must note that am disappointed to see several pages of his website have been taken down:


    His website says more position papers are coming soon, so hopefully they'll recreate what he's written in the past and present it to the public.

    On health care and drug costs, he says

    I would end excess regulation of pharmaceuticals, health care providers, and insurance companies. Physicians will be held liable for malpractice, but not for problems beyond their control.

    [...]

    Tax credits can then be extended to any person or organization funding Health Savings Accounts for themselves or others. With such tax incentives to aid in charitable gifting, Medicare or Medicaid recipients can transition into their choice of private health insurance, allowing rapid privatization of these programs.

    [on drug prices]

    Why have drug prices risen so steeply in the past several decades?

    The answer is excessive FDA regulation. In 1962, Congress passed the Kefauver-Harris Amendments, in the wake of the European thalidomide tragedy. This sweeping legislation meant that pharmaceutical firms had to go through more elaborate animal and human studies. New regulations made manufacturing more costly. Advertising had to undergo an approval process by the FDA.

    We could slash pharmaceutical prices overnight by ending these regulations.


    The question becomes, what is "excess regulation"? Myself, I'd think that would be everything beyond prosecuting fraud and theft. Anything beyond that would constitute a violation of individual property rights.

    His tax credits idea is certainly interesting, but wouldn't it just be better to slash income taxes in general? Adding complexity to the tax code is something we should be avoiding. I'm not much more enthusiastic for the idea if he advocates eliminating 90% of all federal tax loopholes, exemptions, and special cases. If that's the case, then why not stop dicking around and just hack the tax rates down for all brackets by the same amount that eliminating those complexities would create?

    Still, it's a far better approach than what we hear from the other guys.

    See final note below.

    On gun control, he says

    Repealing unconstitutional gun control laws will be one of my first priorities as President of the United States.

    I've known him to say something to the effect that all or nearly all gun laws in this country ("20,000+") are unconstitutional and should be repealed.

    Obviously, I'm in favor of this. But why equivocate with "unconstitutional"? He says he stands for individual rights, so therefore he should support no gun control laws. Perhaps I'm just misreading him.

    See final note below.

    On minority discrimination, he says

    Throughout our nation, entrepreneurial African-American hair braiders have been similarly threatened. Would-be van operators and taxicab owners face prosecution unless they pay thousands, sometimes hundreds of thousands of dollars, for a permit. In some areas, newcomers are routinely denied permits no matter how much they are willing to pay. Minorities, the poor, and the disadvantaged have a difficult time jumping these costly hurdles.

    [...]

    Barriers to self-employment discriminate against minorities because few can afford the time and money necessary to tackle the red tape. Even minorities who would never start their own business get more respect from employers when they have the option to choose differently.

    Minorities don't need preferential treatment to get ahead - they are just as intelligent, hard-working, and ambitious as other Americans.

    [...]

    If you elect me as your president, I promise to end the economic discrimination that government regulations and licensing laws have imposed upon minorities.


    Excellent, but see final note below.

    On gay marriage, he says

    Establishment politicians can't solve this real world problem because they aren't asking the tough question: "Should lovers jointly decide what their marriage will be or should government dictate the terms of their most intimate union?"

    Today, of course, government decides if a couple is even permitted to marry through a licensing process. In other times and places, marriage licenses were denied to interracial or other politically incorrect couples, just as it can be denied to gay couples today.

    [...]

    Like every partnership, marriage should fit the individuals it unites, rather than be a "one-size-fits all" proposition defined by those outside the relationship. Each marriage should be what the partners want it to be - ;no more, no less. Ideally, the terms of marriage should be defined ahead of time with procedures to modify them as necessary.

    Just as anyone can engage in a business relationship, any individuals should be able to enter into a marriage. Government's role in a business partnership is to simply enforce, not dictate, its terms. Government's role in marriage should be the same.


    Excellent, but see final note below.

    On unemployment, he says

    The answer is too much regulation and too much government spending.

    [...]

    We know how jobs are destroyed: too much regulation and too much government spending. We know how to reverse the process; we've done it before. If you elect me as your president, I promise to downsize government instead of your job!


    Excellent, but see final note below.

    On the war on drugs, he says

    The federal government has no constitutional authority to interfere with state drug policies.

    [...]

    On a fundamental level, Libertarians believe that it is the unalienable and constitutional right of individuals to medicate themselves and choose for themselves what to put into their bodies, as long as they live up to the consequences of their actions. The federal government has no proper say in the matter, and state governments violate the rights of the people in their own attempts to enforce morality. The decision to ingest, smoke or consume any drug should be up to the individual, under the advice of his or her physician, when appropriate. Locking people up for trying to relieve their pain is cruel and unusual punishment for an act that hurts no one.

    The Drug War has led to some of the worst violations of the constitutional liberties of Americans, as well as to the worst wave of violent crime in American history since Alcohol Prohibition. It has been used to rationalize unlawful searches and seizures, corruption of the court system, no-knock raids, racial profiling, and "civil asset forfeiture" - a policy whereby government officials can confiscate private property without even charging anyone with a crime. The War on Drugs, more than anything else, has served as a means of destroying the Bill of Rights. It has also led to excessive taxes and spending, costing more than 40 billion dollars a year to arrest, prosecute and imprison non-violent drug offenders.


    Excellent, but see final note below.

    On the war in Iraq, he says

    As your president, one of my first tasks will be to begin the orderly process of bringing our troops home as quickly as can safely be accomplished.

    [...]

    People in the Middle East, do not hate us for our freedom. They do not hate us for our lifestyle. They hate us because we have spent many years attempting to force them to emulate our lifestyle.

    The U.S. government has meddled in the affairs of the Middle East far too long, always with horrendous results.

    [...]

    It is a contradiction to forcibly institute a democracy where the majority wants nothing to do with it.

    Here at home, war leads to a decline in civil liberties, higher taxes, and wartime economic measures that blur the line between business and state, and allow politically favored corporations to profit at the expense of taxpayers.

    [...]

    In short, a libertarian foreign policy is one of national defense, and not international offense. It would protect our country, not police the world.


    This is good, but from the reading of his statement in the ad, he says he trusts us to run our own lives. He appears to make an exception for national defense, something I disagree with, as do others. The "market", if you will, for defense services is no fundamentally different than the market for any other service and should I wish to contract my desire for defense services out, I view it as immoral and wrong to use force to prevent me from doing so - the essence of a federal monopoly on national defense. So I view this as a contradiction that remains to be explained, especially given this exchange in the The Libertarian Enterprise interview mentioned above:
    TLE: You have a well-deserved reputation for your knowledge of the Constitution, especially the Bill of Rights. At the same time, you're a libertarian of good repute and long standing. In your opinion—the opinion of a potential President of the United States—what comes first, the Zero Aggression Principle or the Constitution?

    BADNARIK: The Zero Agression [sic] Principle, of course! That principle is summarized by the Declaration of Independence which states that ALL men are created equal, asserting that their rights to life, liberty, and "property" are unalienable. The purpose of the Constitution is simply to outline a form of government that will put the Zero Agression [sic] Principle into practice.


    Emphasis in original. That's a very strong position to take and one whose implications are far-reaching. Hopefully, he'll keep that in mind.

    Also in the interview are some other tidbits worth mentioning.

    I am opposed to ANY individual taxes until we eliminate all of the unconstitutional agencies, and I suspect we wouldn't need a tax after that.

    [...]

    The only type of rights that exist are INDIVIDUAL rights. There is no such thing as "community rights" because communities do not exist in the literal sense. They are abstract concepts. Only the individuals within a community have rights.

    [...]

    In order for the United States to survive economically, we need to reestablish a non-inflationary currency based on some commodity, not necessarily gold and silver, though I admit a preference to precious metals. Eliminating the unconstitutional Federal Reserve is a logical and necessary first step.


    A Final Note

    In his policy paper on the drug war, Mr. Badnarik says this

    Libertarians would hope and expect most states to come around and severely reform their policies to make them more humane and less at odds with the Constitution and the American way of life.

    One of the great problems facing liberty-minded people in the United States is that, for all the denunciations of the federal government and it's abuses of power, it's only part of the problem. The laws most people generate friction against are the result of state legislation. Fifty states, each with their own sets of laws, rules, regulations, requirements, mandates, and other euphemisms equals an ungawdly tangled mess of legalized limitations to undo and abolish. The President alone can't do this. Only a dedicated nationwide movement of people committed to principle can. Hell, even just the combination of one state and the federal government's acc

    Given that he teaches a class on the Constitution (part 1 in MP3 form here), he should know that the President doesn't have much, if any, control over the legislation produced by the states. Additionally, any impact he'd have as President would be greatly, greatly, tempered by Congress and the collectivists within. He might be able to put together a grand package of genuine limited government proposals, but are the House and Senate going to pass them?

    Anyway, given what we know of his positions now, I'd say that his rhetoric almost matches the reality of his positions. He was booked for the O'Reilly Factor a few days ago, but that got cancelled. He does, however, have a lot of media appearances coming up and has a scheduling section on his blog. Keep an eye out.

    UPDATE(7/9/2004 10:03am)
    Looks like Badnarik and his team weren't the first to come up with the ad idea. I found this PDF newsletter from the September 2000 edition of Liberty News, published by the Boulder County Libertarian Party. On page 9, there is a letter from Chuck Wright, LP candidate for Colorado's 17th State Senate District. It opens:

    Reform Party candidate Pat Buchanan: "I'm Pat Buchanan and you can trust me to run your life."

    Republican Party candidate George W. Bush: "I'm George Bush and you can trust me to run your life."

    Green Party candidate Ralph Nader: "I'm Ralph Nader and you can trust me to run your life."

    Democratic Party candidate Al Gore: "I'm Al Gore and you can trust me to run your life."

    Libertarian Party candidate Harry Browne: "I'm Harry Browne and I trust you to run your own life."

    That's why I'm a Libertarian. I prefer to run my own life rather than having some politician run it for me. If you prefer to run your own life rather than having politicians run your life for you, vote Libertarian.


    There's more, but that's the relevant part, emphasis in the original.

    Mr. Badnarik has some new position papers up.

    On the crime prevention and punishment, he says

    Crime rates go down when offenders must compensate their victims and responsible citizens are permitted to carry concealed weapons. Privatizing police gives them incentive to emphasize prevention and focus on violent, rather than victimless, crimes.

    [...]

    Only one industrialized nation has succeeded in consistently lowering its crime rates since World War II. Japan emphasizes restitution to the victim, rather than punishment of the criminal. Once caught, offenders must formally apologize to their victims and enter into a compensation agreement in order to get leniency from the court. They learn the extent of the damage they do and the cost of rectifying it.

    Such restitution is the most effective rehabilitation known. Further crime is discouraged when young perpetrators must compensate their victims. If offenders had to pay the cost of their apprehension and trial as well, this justice system might even become self-supporting.


    Wow, a candidate for President that advocates the privatization of police! That's news to me and an amazing step towards reconciliation between his words and his plan. This is one of those issues that the public never thinks about because it's taken for granted that the police MUST be government employees. This doesn't solve the problem of who pays for jails because he doesn't explicitly say the courts and jail system should be in private hands.

    On free trade as opposed to state capitalism, he says

    Although free trade is a blessing, managed bureaucratic trade is not. It is a dangerous misconception to think of the World Trade Organization, the International Monetary Fund, and other international quasi- governmental structures as free trade organizations. They rely on thousands of pages of confusing regulations and corrupt agreements between multinational corporations and oppressive governments. True free trade - the kind that fosters peace - does not depend on such organizations and rules, but is actually hindered by them. Managed trade - the kind that fosters resentment and poverty - is all that these organizations have so far delivered.

    The managed trade that we see today, where politically connected corporations and favored nations get special deals, is anything but free; it is no more and no less than mercantilism, the same economic system that Adam Smith railed against in The Wealth of Nations, when he saw the inefficiency and aggression of imperial governments endowing special privileges to state-sponsored cartels and forbidding those without power to exchange with each other in peace.

    Libertarians want to see free trade between individuals, where people become less dependent upon their governments and the WTO and IMF, where instead they become connected in peaceful commerce, where the power and influence of governments and bureaucratic trade agreements diminish to make way for a world in which there are relationships between people, rather than alliances and arm-twisting between states.

    [...]

    Libertarians understand that government is force. It is coercion and violence. It is not an answer to the world's problems or a way to bring about international friendship. We look forward to a time when state power declines, corporations and special interest groups no longer have an unfair advantage, and individuals are allowed to live and cooperate harmoniously and in peace. Free trade is a necessary component in ushering in a peaceful tomorrow.


    Right on the money.

    UPDATE(1:42pm)
    From his blog:

    The best thing that could happen to our federal government would be if every American stopped paying income taxes. This would force the government to reduce spending to the limits established by the constitution, and prove that a government limited to its constitutional functions doesn’t need an income tax.

    But most Americans have families who depend on them—and can’t afford to take the risks involved in standing up to the IRS.

    My situation was different. I do not have a family that depends on me. I was putting no one at risk but myself. So I decided to take that risk and follow through on my beliefs by not filing.

    But since I received the Libertarian Party’s nomination for President of the United States, that situation has changed. Now there are millions of people depending on me. Because of that, and only because of that, I have taken the legal steps required to determine whether the IRS thinks that I owe them or if they owe me. I do not have that answer yet.

    My party has always demanded an end to the income tax. As your president, this will be one of my first goals.

    Yours in Liberty,

    Michael Badnarik


    Didn't know he didn't file for income taxes.

    UPDATE 9/22/2004 1:03pm
    Slashdot has posted a Q&A with Badnarik:

    Last monday, you were given the chance to Ask Questions of the Libertarian Party's US Presidential nominee, Michael Badnarik. Today we present to you 15 of the most highly rated comments, and the answers from the man himself. Thanks to Mr. Badnarik for taking the time to talk to us.

    I won't quote the whole interview here, so go check it out if you're interested.

    UPDATE 9/24/2004 5:22pm
    The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information

    UPDATE 10/10/2004 2:43pm
    Michael Badnarik has been arrested while protesting his exclusion from the presidential debates.

    June 24, 2004

    Dr. Newdow isn't Giving Up

    [Updates below.]

    Via Will Baude, I learn that Michael Newdow has been keeping busy since the Supreme Court decision against him. He's written two articles, one for Slate and one for the Op-Ed page of the New York Times. Both are good reading.

    Slate: Family Feud - Family courts don't solve conflict, they create it

    Why do so many people who were once extraordinarily happy together end up in such deep conflict? The answer may be that the custody laws - not the people - are to blame.

    2004 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.


    New York Times: Pledging Allegiance to My Daughter
    Last week the Supreme Court ruled in effect that once parents are involved in family court proceedings, their federal rights are at risk. This decision sets a dangerous precedent that violates the rights of citizens to have the federal judiciary address their claims.

    The case, which I brought, presented the court with an important question: is a classroom recital of the Pledge of Allegiance unconstitutional? The pledge - with its claim that ours is "one nation, under God" - is recited daily in the public school attended by my daughter. Because I am an atheist, she is, in essence, told every school morning that her father's religious views are wrong.

    This is an injury to me personally, which should give me "standing": the right to have the court adjudicate my claim. Nonetheless, the merits of the case were never addressed. Instead, the court ruled that since I do not have legal custody of my daughter, I do not have the right to pursue the matter in the federal courts.

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times Company


    I wrote about Elk Grove Unified School District v. Newdow a while back.

    UPDATED 9/14/2005 3:13pm
    Michael Newdow is at it again!
    U.S. District Judge Lawrence Karlton rules school pledge is unconstitutional

    June 23, 2004

    Private Space Travel is Born

    The Post and Courier: Capitalism soaring to new heights:

    Free enterprise is an awesome force for upward mobility. That reality of economics -- and physics? -- was reconfirmed Monday when Michael W. Melvill piloted the first privately funded vehicle to carry a human being into space.

    [...]

    The Federal Aviation Administration even honored Mr. Melvill with its first commercial astronaut wings. And Buzz Aldrin, the second man to walk on the moon, welcomed Mr. Melvill to his highly exclusive "club."

    In another sense, Mr. Melvill is now a club of one. Everyone else who has reached space did so on a government-funded craft.

    [...]

    The big picture is that we don't necessarily need a boost from the taxpayers to fly in space. And as history proves, government funding isn't the only way to bankroll amazing advances in transportation -- and exploration.

    Copyright 2004, The Post and Courier, All Rights Reserved.


    Assuming the state doesn't regulate this nascent market to death or stagnation, I look forward to the day when I can afford to snag a ride.

    More comment around the blogosphere can be found here.

    June 22, 2004

    Oleg Tinkov's Potential

    I'll always celebrate an entrepreneur who makes good pilsners and lagers! Especially one who doesn't bow easily to the prevailing winds of current practice.

    New York Times: A Mix of Beer, Free Speech and Home-Grown Hip

    Oleg Tinkov sees himself as something more than Russia's "beer oligarch," as he has been called here.

    [...]

    His provocative opinions show up even in the company's stated mission: "Propagate liberal values and respect freedom of choice." While other wealthy Russian businessmen have toed the Kremlin line since the arrest and jailing of one of their own, the oil billionaire Mikhail B. Khodorkovsky, Mr. Tinkov is having fun with the fortune he made, mixing free speech and free enterprise.

    "Oil and freedom, maybe they don't go well together," Mr. Tinkov said with a chuckle in an interview earlier this year, alluding to Mr. Khodorkovsky, whose trial on tax charges is scheduled to begin on Wednesday. "Beer and freedom do go together."

    [...]

    A recent Tinkoff beer commercial made the most of this freedom. It begins with two leggy young Russian beauties gliding up to a lingerie shop. Amid a flash of panties, the two women alight from a canary yellow Mercedes, link arms and float smiling into the dressing room. A pat on the rump here, a bump there, and they lean in and kiss. An Italian aria swells, and a Tinkoff beer pops its bottle cap.

    The ad scandalized Russian audiences.

    "It's a fantasy, it's a peep show," Mr. Tinkov explained without apology. "Men like that. We're going after a look like Polanski's 'Bitter Moon' or 'Lolita,' but in 30 seconds.'' Then Mr. Tinkov grows serious. "No, really, people who are scandalized by this are stupid and narrow-minded."

    And by the way, he said, the two women "go home to their husbands, everything is fine."

    An earlier ad, featuring a smiling young man stretched out on a yacht between two naked women, one black and one white, under the slogan "freedom of choice" - was deemed so offensive it was ultimately banned.

    [...]

    Despite a decade of transition to capitalism, he said, successful Russian businesses are still at odds with Russia's retro-statist government. The arrest of Mr. Khodorkovsky, the former chief executive of Yukos and Russia's richest man, was "a bad sign,'' Mr. Tinkov said.

    Even so, he said, capitalism in some form is in Russia to stay, though mixed with heavy doses of red tape and cynicism.

    "Politicians don't want to lose power," Mr. Tinkov said. "They have to buy votes, they need money, and business has to pay. That's capitalism. Unfortunately, no one has figured out a better system. But capitalism is still better than communism. That was horrible."

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times Company


    Even though the news bums me day in and day out, reading about people like Mr. Tinkov is all that it takes to keep me on the side of optimism. He may have a wrong concept of capitalism in his mind, but he seems like he's one or two books or in-depth conversations away from getting it right.

    June 18, 2004

    Whom to Vote For?

    [Updates below.]

    Good buddy Hiig has a problem:

    I absolutely can not condone Bush getting into office again. According to an article linked from FARK.com, Rumsfeld is evil. Just evil. Not bad, or mean, but a genuine evil human being. He has NO problem whatsoever of denying the most basic of rights to anyone he has a problem with, and I will do everything in my capacity to prevent him from having any further positions of power.

    My dilemma is as follows though. I realize the candidate I was going to vote for has no chance in hell of being elected. None. But I was going to take the moral high ground, so to speak, and say "I voted for the person I would be proud to have as the president." However, this would be taking a vote away from the one person that has any chance whatsoever of defeating Bush/Cheney/Rumsfeld in the election.

    Dare I vote for John Kerry? I am almost entirely opposed to every view he has on any issue of social or economic importance. He's all in favor of everything I am against. But I sincerely believe that there is no candidate on the ballot worse than Bush.


    He then asks for my input, which is as follows.

    As an individual, your vote for or against someone will be washed out in the greater masses. Your vote has a marginal value so small that the value it does have is mostly symbolic. The only time your vote contains real value is when it is a deciding factor in an election...and that case is exceedingly rare. So I wouldn't worry at all about "taking a vote away" from Kerry to vote for Badnarik.

    That's actually a bad way of putting it. Kerry doesn't own your vote; no politician does. None of them start off with it by default, so when you vote for someone, the other candidates' vote tallies don't necessarily drop one. That'd mean your one vote actually counts positively towards one person and negatively against all others.

    I think it's a waste of time to weigh Bush and Kerry and choose between one of them. Neither are people we want in the White House and Badnarik is someone who only mostly gets it in terms of private property and freedom. He's better than the other two by landslides, though.

    This isn't a jib at you, but I simply cannot understand why libertarians who vote don't vote for the libertarian candidate and instead get all contorted over which lesser evil to pick from the two main parties. Bush isn't getting my vote and Kerry isn't getting my vote because both of them are a choice towards greater economic and social centralization and consolidation. Both want to increase the power of the federal government, just in different degrees and directions. At the barest of minimums, if I am to vote for anyone, the person has to advocate an objective, substantial, and absolute reduction in federal power and reach and must be open and honest about it. Someone willing to implement meaningful limited government as a starting point.

    That cuts down the field of candidates to single digits. And since I favor principle over pragmatism, the fact that - barring some amazing turnaround in the majority of American voters' minds - none of them are going to win in November doesn't bother me. In all probability, I won't decide the outcome of this or any other large-scale election and neither will you.

    So, if you are going to vote, vote for the person who best represents you and your values. Since we can't vote for specific parts of a person's political platform, any vote for one or two ideal aspects of some candidate ends up being a vote for the things you don't like about that candidate. So pick the person who overwhelmingly represents good rather than overwhelmingly represents evil.

    Badnarik belongs in the former. Kerry and Bush belong in the latter.

    UPDATE 9/24/2004 5:23pm
    The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information

    June 17, 2004

    Jim Munroe Needs Slaves

    ...'cuz no one wants to buy the art he and his friends make.

    In defence of free money

    That's what arts grants are, right? Free money. You know this guy who used his grant as a down payment on an SUV. Heard of this other woman who used hers to make grapefruits talk to each other and someone else who made lesbian porn with public money. Taxpayer money! Your money and my money!

    All of this makes for a great bitch session at the bar after a hard week taking the boss' shit and doing real work while the artists get up at noon for an hour's scribbling in a notebook. Or making a potato sculpture. Or whatever it is they do between their afternoon absinthe binges and picking up their grant cheques.


    I can think of better reasons why people shouldn't be taxed to provide for others...
    It's fun to lampoon artists, even though I am one myself. And given the kind of unpleasant and undignified things people have to do to pay the rent, it's understandable that those of us who get to do what we are passionate about take a certain amount of flak. Especially when even the artists I've talked to are a little vague on why grants are important.

    Because arts grants aren't just a good thing. They aren't a form of charity for the fey and sensitive and suffering souls. A touchy-feely impression that they're nice is not going to stand up to the winds of change. There needs to be a well-rounded analysis of their social value.


    A grant is essentially a monetary gift given to someone in order to fund that person's activities in some area. The idea of a grant doesn't ruffle my feathers. The idea of a public-funded grant does. The "social value" of a private grant is, of course, a subjective thing between the grantee and the granter. If the grant helps a legitimate enterprise that becomes successful, the value to the rest of us is positive.

    However, stealing from others, regardless of the uses that wealth is put towards, is a negative social value and one that is spread across the society. We can argue whether some public-funded art makes up for the theft that is taxation, but that line of argument is moot in any moral analysis. If:

    1. I liked the artist's prior work;
    2. I wanted to see more produced;
    3. and I had the extra money to pay for it,

    then I might consider commissioning him or her to do a piece or two. Perhaps this artist is a friend and I want to see a wider distribution of his or her work. There are a number of reasons why I might donate money to unknown or local artists.

    And they are all based on the premise that I own my wealth and property and no one else has the right to appropriate it for themselves or for others. Anyone claiming otherwise wants you to be their slave.

    On my trips to the dystopia to the south, I hang out with my American counterparts in the indie-press community. They're struggling, and they'll always be struggling. Even if they develop an audience of thousands of people they'll still have to supplement their incomes by teaching or doing something else. No access to grants makes their lives harder: pretty much all of them have full-time jobs, and the idea that I don't is as amazing to them as our healthcare system. (Since 9/11, I've also had five or six people confess that they've checked out the Canadian immigration website.) When I explain that the two grants I've received over the last eight years gave me the opportunity to work on projects that didn't have to make money, they're confused.

    I explain it this way: arts grants fund the R&D wing of our cultural operations. Just like research and development in the scientific community, this allows for new methodologies and new strategies to be investigated without having to turn a profit. But in science, experimentation is a valued part of the process. When an artist is called "experimental," it's often derogatory. There's this idea that if it's not understandable to a mass audience or a layperson, it's fraudulent.


    Mr. Munroe 's attempt to fight against immutable economic laws of human nature is admirable, but dangerous and stupid. To be successful, you have to have products and services that enough people want to buy in order to offset your expenses. By their very definition, these indie artists work outside the hated "industrial corporate media complex" making it hard to achieve success. If they want to be truly independent, they should make a living for themselves and take responsibility for their actions and mistakes. If they want to produce art but don't want to (or can't) make a living at it, they need to find another job to pay for their desires.

    It's a shame that the conventional wisdom assumes fringe artists and independents make crap or worse. A lot of the music I love would be dissed by the arbiters of culture.

    But I don't demand that people in Indiana and California and Dallas pay for Blue Noise Band's roadie gear or for Austin's Techno Spraypaint Guy and his costs for working on 6th Street.

    Mr. Munroe's comparison to private industry R&D is misleading. That effort goes towards something with the potential of making money and it's funded through mutual exchange. Federal, state, and local grants are funded through coercion and the money is distributed through a political process. That process is political whether the money is handed out directly from the mayor, from a firm the government sets up, from a council of uninterested advisors, or from an elected board. The nature of the money's acquirement and the nature of the state are fundamentally opposed to the way the research arms of GlaxoSmithKline, Sony, and Ford work.

    But mass culture doesn't spring from a vacuum. The arts and the sciences are both communal activities -- everyone's building on and reacting to the stuff around them. So that neat camerawork in a blockbuster summer movie was inspired by some more obscure film the director saw, which in turn was inspired by an underground photo exhibit, which in turn was inspired by something else... but only the person at the end of the chain of inspiration gets paid -- the guy at the head of the line is the only one who isn't invisible.

    Here's a particularly ugly example of the application of the principle of externalities. Do I owe someone money because a long time ago, they did something that inspired someone who did something that inspired someone who did something that inspired me? Even worse, do I owe someone money because what they do today may influence someone to do something in the future that I may enjoy or derive a benefit from?
    Grants address this blind spot of pure market capitalism. As much as economists like to present it as a force of nature, capitalism is a construct we made, a robot that can't tell the difference between things that we feel are priceless and things that are valueless unless we step in. Clean air, for instance, has less inherent market value than a can of Coke. Grants are a little like speculation. By supporting projects and propagating ideas that are currently too far ahead of the curve to make money, we're investing in an artistic legacy that we all benefit from.

    This isn't a "blind spot" in real capitalism. In pure market capitalism, individuals are free to pursue what they wish provided they don't aggress against anyone along the way. Individuals would be more free than they are now to spend their money and associate with others as they see fit. Charity doesn't meet it's end in free market capitalism: it very likely would increase as our wealth would be greater than it is now, allowing us to consider donating to causes and people we support.

    Personalizing capitalism is a fool's errand. It's a description of a process. It itself does nothing. Only the people working behind it matter because it is they who set prices and attach value to items. Mr. Munroe's claim that clean air has less value on the market than a can of Coke is silly because the marginal value of air is less than the marginal value of a Coke...given today's context. If clean air became less abundant, then it's value would rise.

    Anyway, it's not "investment" when I don't have the choice of investing or not.

    There are some problems with the grants system -- people can get dependent on public money and make passionless art for a committee rather than for an audience. But hell, people get hooked on private money, too, and make derivative art trying to please an imagined demographic. Pitting the grant-funded artist against the market-funded entertainer usually ignores the fact that the people who do R&D and the people who find applications for it are both working towards our cultural enrichment. Whether it's a corporation or a council paying for it has an effect on both the artist and the art, naturally, but at least a diversity of sources in Canada means that the artist needn't feel beholden to just one of them. Private sources are varied, but all of them have to toe the bottom line -- I'm happy that when I get sick of hustling for private cash there's the option of navigating the public bureaucracy for funds, boring as this is.

    Giving people more freedom in this respect makes for better art. And, yeah, some of it will be self-indulgent crap. But I'd rather feed a few frauds if it means not starving our geniuses.

    1991-2004 eye


    So since this guy hates having to adhere to economic reality, since he feels artists should be unhindered in their pursuit for their work, and since he doesn't mind deliberately, openly wasting tax money on frauds...he wants the freedom to take away some of your money.

    Jim Munroe needs slaves. To those Canadians reading this, beware.

    June 03, 2004

    June 6th - International Capitalism Day

    The First Sunday in June each year is INTERNATIONAL CAPITALISM DAY. The World Celebrates Capitalism's Benefit to Mankind. Events Will Take Place from Brussels to New York City.

    Fourth Annual Worldwide Celebrate Capitalism Day, Sunday, June 6, 2004

    New York City, NY (PRWEB) June 3, 2004 -- This Sunday, June 6, 2004 at noon, the fourth annual Celebrate Capitalism walk will begin at the steps of Federal Hall to promote and celebrate the benefit to mankind that comes from the freedom inherent in capitalism. The walk will be just one of the Celebrate Capitalism events taking place in more than 150 cities and 46 countries on this day. From Belgium to Brazil, individuals will express their enthusiasm for capitalism through walks, music, speakers and more.

    They are individuals as excited about capitalism as the event's founder Prodos, an Australian internet radio host who wants the day to be for "people of every walk of life and from every corner of the globe." "It's a day," he says, "to thank the Producers and Creators -human kind's great benefactors and to praise their achievements, independence of thought and their courage in following their dreams in order to uphold the only political system which makes all this possible. Capitalism."

    A system founded upon freedom and creativity. And it's the life-affirming ideal of Celebrate Capitalism that through this system, the quality of life for all people is made better. As Prodos says, "the rich get richer, the poor get richer." It's an ideal passed down to us by pro-capitalist thinkers like Ayn Rand, Adam Smith and Thomas Jefferson. And it's highlighted in The Bernstein Declaration, Celebrate Capitalism's official position statement, written by New York-based philosopher and novelist Dr. Andrew Bernstein, now translated into more than 20 languages making it the most widely translated pro-capitalism literature ever and is available at www.CelebrateCapitalism.ORG/bernsteindeclaration. It reads, "It is no accident that man's freest periods have seen his greatest achievements. From the Golden Age of Athens to the Italian Renaissance to the technological and industrial breakthroughs of the United States, the freedom of man's mind has led to magnificent advances in philosophy."

    Whether it's been the gathering of 40 people in Poland or Perth, Australia's union of two for the cause of capitalism, those involved in Celebrate Capitalism in previous years have seen the value of the marriage of belief and action. New Yorkers will see it again during their walk which starts at the Federal Hall steps, overlooking the NY stock Exchange and the JP Morgan building. It will commence after a brief speech on how these two institutions helped other institutions in America, before winding through capitalism's monument, the financial district of NYC and arriving at Old U.S. Customs House, (1 Bowling Green, across the street from the Bowling Green train station) where speakers will share of the happiness and prosperity that comes from the freedom of capitalism.

    robert-at-begley.com
    www.newyork.celebratecapitalism.org
    Robert Begley / 917.655.2053


    The Bernstein Declaration opens with:
    Capitalism is the only system based on the recognition that each individual owns his life. Capitalism is the only social system in which individuals are free to pursue their rational self-interest, to own property and to profit from their actions. It entrenches individual rights, limited Constitutional government, and political/intellectual/economic freedom.

    Celebrate Capitalism calls attention to Aristotle, Adam Smith, John Locke, Frederic Bastiat, Thomas Jefferson, Ayn Rand, and Ludwig von Mises as the "'official' thinkers for this campaign." It mentions the following cities and countries getting involved:
    • Amherst, Annapolis, Arlington (Virginia), Atlanta, Austin, Binghamton, Birmingham, Boston, Breckenridge (Colorado), Bristol (Rhode Island), Burlington, Carson City, Chicago, Cincinnati, Cleveland (Ohio), College Station, Columbia, Columbus (Ohio), Dallas, Dayton, Detroit, El Paso, Gainesville, Honolulu, Houston, Indianapolis, Iowa City, Kalispell (Montana), Las Vegas, Los Angeles, Louisville, Medford (Oregon), Miami, Montgomery, New York City, New Haven (Connecticut), Oklahoma City, Orlando, Portland (Oregan), Raleigh, Reno, Sacramento, St Louis, Salisbury (Maryland), Salt Lake City, San Jose (California), Saratoga Springs, Seattle, Spokane, Syracuse, Tucson, Washington, Westminster (MD)
    • Austria, Georgia, Romania, Ecuador, Australia, Netherlands, Estonia, Venezuela, Belgium, Sweden, Denmark, Botswana, Portugal, Brazil, Canada, Poland, Suriname, Hong Kong, Lithuania, Slovak Republic, Spain, Kenya, Mexico, United Kingdom, Nigeria, France, Pakistan, Norway, Czech Republic, Germany, New Zealand, Turkey, Finland, India, Albania, Barbados, South Africa, Bangladesh, Italy, Greece, Argentina, Korea, Yugoslavia, Costa Rica, Hungary, Russia

    Bureaucrash also has a small page for it.

    Wish I had known about this earlier. The Travis County Libertarian Party's calendar for June doesn't mention this nor does their e-mail newsletter.

    June 02, 2004

    The Stupidity of Egalitarianism

    [Updates below.]

    The worm continues to turn.

    Guardian: 'Ladies Night' Discount Axed in N.J. Bars

    The state's top civil rights official has ruled that taverns cannot offer discounts to women on "ladies nights,'' agreeing with a man who claimed such gender-based promotions discriminated against men.

    David R. Gillespie said it was not fair for women to get into the Coastline nightclub for free and receive discounted drinks while men paid a $5 cover charge and full price for drinks.

    In his ruling Tuesday, J. Frank Vespa-Papaleo, director of the state Division on Civil Rights, rejected arguments by the nightclub that ladies nights were a legitimate promotion. Commercial interests do not override the "important social policy objective of eradicating discrimination,'' he ruled.

    The ruling specifically addressed the weekly ladies nights at the Coastline in Cherry Hill, but it carries the force of a court decision and applies statewide. Vespa-Papaleo said state officials would write formal rules after a public hearing.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved
    Guardian Unlimited Guardian Newspapers Limited 2004


    Mr. Gillespie drives another nail in the coffin of individual freedom and property rights in the name of making things "fair" for everyone. Judge Vespa-Papaleo doesn't kill the stench of the corpse by dressing it up in warm fuzzy language. Neither of them understands the difference between "bad discrimination" and "good" or "normal discrimination."

    Bad Discrimination is characterized by people acting violently towards other people on the grounds that those other people are somehow lesser than themselves. Groups like the KKK, various radical Islamists, and such are Bad Discriminators. Now, their crime isn't that they discriminate against women, homosexuals, Jews, or Blacks but that they act aggressively towards them. Their reasons are irrational and that's what makes their motives so hard for the rest of us to understand. Their actions are rightly condemned for they are based on nonsensical logic and immoral action.

    Good Discrimination is characterized by people deciding among many non-violent options of action. That sounds unduly broad, but it must be. For if humans are to prosper and progress to greater levels of living, we must choose the best alternative among many, throughout our lives. I have to decide if I want to hang out with friends or continue reading Capitalism: A Treatise on Economics by George Reisman. I discriminate between one activity that might provide a few hours of entertainment and one activity that might further expand my set of knowledge. The option I pick will be the one that I consider to have the greater value. Furthermore, if I choose to leave time for friends, I have to decide which friends to visit with. I must discriminate among the group of friends based in Austin, the group in New Braunfels, or the groups elsewhere. Humans aren't capable of doing everything they want at once and our resources are scarce. Hence, we discriminate.

    The same goes for businesses. Bars and clubs, like every other enterprise, live and die by the revenue they earn and any profits made. Given the nature of their customer base, most bar owners and club owners want to attract beautiful women to their establishments. The market has repeatedly demonstrated having those female crowds around generates greater revenue through increased alcohol sales and cover charges that men willingly pay in order to mingle with the extra women. There's the multiplier effect where increased foot traffic itself is a reason to stop by the night spot. If this weren't the case, bars wouldn't have these nights so often and wouldn't advertise them. If the specials didn't pay off, they wouldn't be offered.

    These incentives deliberately discriminate against men because the incentives make economic sense. They aren't done in order to hurt men or insult them or make them feel inferior. Ask any male in a club during one of these promotions and he'll tell you the price is worth it; if it weren't so, he would be off somewhere else that had a cost-to-benefit calculus that he preferred.

    "Ladies' Nights" are not Bad Discrimination. They do discriminate, but not in the commonly oVersused negative connotation that's been thrown about us for decades. Not all discrimination is bad; we must discriminate every day in order to survive and live.

    UPDATE(7/22/2004 1:22pm)
    News8Austin: Firefighter sues ESD 11

    Last week, the former fire chief of the Southeast Travis County Fire District, Stephen Beran was charged with theft.

    Now, his mother, former firefighter Ann Beran, has filed an age discrimination suit against the department.

    She was fired for being too old, she said, but her complaint is separate from her son's.

    Copyright 2004TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


    The other facet to discrimination is property. Being the owner of something, other people can only use it provided I give them permission. Using my property is a privilege for others, not a right. This includes any businesss I own. Working for me is something I decide and I have the right to dump your ass when I please and for whatever reasons I please.

    There are any number of good pragmatic reasons to fire someone who's old. But none of them trump my right to actively discriminate towards those who I want to work with and against those I don't.

    May 31, 2004

    Congradulations to Michael Badnarik!

    [Updates below.]

    News8Austin: Austinite picked as Libertarian Party presidential nominee

    Michael Badnarik said "there's no reason'' he can't take President Bush's place in the White House.

    The Texan bases his optimism on winning the Libertarian Party's presidential nomination Sunday in Atlanta.

    Badnarik is a 49-year-old computer programmer from Austin who also teaches a course in constitutional law.

    He defeated former Hollywood movie producer Aaron Russo on the convention's third ballot, after former radio talk show host Gary Nolan, who was eliminated on the second ballot, endorsed Badnarik.

    Copyright 2004 Associated Press, All rights reserved.


    Ledger-Enquirer: Austin computer programer wins Libertarian presidential nod
    "If I can win the nomination, there's no reason I can't win this election," Badnarik told a cheering convention that drew more than 800 delegates.

    Badnarik, whose name is pronounced "bad-NAHR-ick," quickly challenged President George W. Bush and presumed Democratic presidential candidate John Kerry to work to ensure he is included in the presidential debates.

    "If they believe in the Constitution, if they believe in freedom of speech, and if they truly believe that the Libertarian Party is not a threat, then having me on the dais with them behind a podium to present our message shouldn't be a problem," he said.

    Copyright 2004 Associated Press, All rights reserved.


    Austin-American Statesman:
    Austinite is party's pick for president (link will rot)
    On Sunday, Badnarik was nominated as the Libertarian Party's presidential candidate for 2004 at a convention in Atlanta that featured something the two major-party conventions will lack: suspense.

    [...]

    In a phone interview with the Austin American-Statesman, Badnarik, 49, said he was in "stunned disbelief" after the vote.

    His next move sounds like a page from the major parties' playbook: strategize, raise money and campaign.

    "I finally got a microphone to the people who needed to hear my message," he said after his win.

    Trailing Russo and Nolan when the convention began Friday, Badnarik attributed his win to undecided delegates who said they chose him because of his performance in Saturday's debates at the convention.

    Following the first debate on Saturday, Badnarik trailed Russo by two votes -- 258 to 256 -- after the first ballot. On a third ballot Sunday, Badnarik won 423-344.

    Copyright 2001-2004 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.

    Richard Campagna got the vice presidential slot.

    I've met Mr. Badnarik before and he seemed like a decent man. Hardly more than a handshake and a hello between us, of course, but I noticed no glaring personality defects. As for his politics, he's pretty pleasing:

    1. Principled and firm on gun rights
    2. Principled and firm on education
    3. Principled and firm on the drug war, although I'm not certain when he says "decriminalization" he means for all drugs.
    4. He'd abolish the IRS and the income tax without replacing it with a flat tax.
    5. He'd abolish the Federal Reserve Bank and bring the US back to a "non-inflatable currency." In other words, a gold or silver standard. He teaches a class on the Constitution and only accepts Liberty Dollars/silver for payment.
    6. He's against the PATRIOT Act, the war in Iraq, affirmative action, and tentatively against abortion. He's a bit ambiguous on the death penalty.

    For the most part, his approach appears good. According to that interview, he'd do the following things on Day One of his Presidency:
    a) Declare that all four national emergencies are immediately terminated, as well as the presumption of Emergency War Powers. Senate Report 93-549 has found that the "national emergencies" announced by FDR in 1933 because of the Great Depression, by Truman because of the Korean War, and two initiated by Nixon because of the Vietnam War, are still in effect today. (Skeptical readers can search the internet for this report and read it for themselves.)

    b) Declare that all 20,000+ gun control laws in the United States are unconstitutional and unenforceable. I would also issue a valid executive order to the BATF and other pseudo police agencies informing them that any agent who confiscates a weapon of any kind, from someone who is not currently engaged in a murder or robbery, will not only be terminated from their position, but they will also be prosecuted for violating the unalienable rights of the citizens they have sworn to protect.

    c) Issue another valid executive order to my subordinates executives working for the IRS. That order would instruct them to come to work, make a pot of coffee, and begin working on their resumes' pending a federal grand jury investigation as to the legitimacy of the Sixteenth Amendment and the Internal Revenue Code. High ranking officials from that department would be closely monitored as flight risks, pending indictments for fraud in the event that evidence proves that they knew that no statute exists that requires Americans to fill out a 1040 form and relinquish a significant percentage of their hard earned money to an unconstitutional government that refuses to operate within a budget.

    d) Declare the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 to be unconstitutional, and prohibit that organization from printing even one more dollar of fiat currency. I would immediate appoint Bernard Von Nothaus, Monetary Architect for the Liberty Dollar, to be my Secretary of the Treasury, placing the stability of our economy in his capable hands.

    e) I would announce a special one-week session of Congress where all 535 members would be required to sit through a special version of my Constitution class. Once I was convinced that every member of Congress understood my interpretation of their very limited powers, I would insist that they restate their oath of office while being videotaped. Those videos could then be used as future evidence should they ever vote to violate the rights of Americans again.

    f) I would take a short break for lunch.


    Pretty sweeping, eh? No, he isn't an anarcho-capitalist and there are a few nit-picks I have with his particular emphasis on a few things over others, but he'd be a vast, vast improvement over Bush and Kerry. Despite the whining over a few legitimate quirks, I'd pick him over any other presidential candidate I'm aware of.

    UPDATE(6/18/2004 5:02pm)
    Whom to Vote For?

    UPDATE 10/10/2004 2:43pm
    Michael Badnarik has been arrested while protesting his exclusion from the presidential debates.

    May 20, 2004

    Problems with Adult Protective Services

    Report: Texas Elderly Care Must Improve

    Poor training, understaffing and organizational problems afflict Texas' elderly care program, which is under scrutiny for failing to remove clients from putrid, garbage-filled homes, according to a report released Wednesday.

    The preliminary review, which examined 200 El Paso cases and Adult Protective Services policies statewide, found that a third of the case investigations were insufficient and that workers often failed to respond to severe cases by increasing contact with clients. In 71 percent of the cases where mental illness was identified or strongly suspected, workers did not attempt to determine mental capacity and proceeded as if the clients were competent.

    And although the El Paso cases were the focus of the preliminary review by the Texas Health and Human Services Commission, it said the problems likely extend throughout the system.


    The preliminary report is here for those who want the details. The Adult Protective Services (APS) program of the Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) is the program under review. APS is "...responsible for investigating abuse, neglect and exploitation of adults who are elderly or have disabilities." Expanded:
    To protect older adults and persons with disabilities from abuse, neglect and exploitation by investigating and providing or arranging for services as necessary to alleviate or prevent further maltreatment.

    Unsurprisingly, it has failed it's task. The El Paso-based study of 1,200 cases involving 200 clients is the first in a three-part series, but the information within is damning. Some findings from the report:

    • In 35 percent [of cases], the investigation did not fully address all allegations of abuse, neglect or exploitation.
    • In 32 percent [of cases], the caseworker did not obtain and document enough evidence to reach a conclusion.
    • In 41 percent [of cases], appropriate action to prevent further abuse, neglect or exploitation of the client was not taken.
    • In 35 percent [of cases], where there was a threat or a risk to the client's health or safety in the client's environment, the service plan did not address the threat.
    • In 44 percent of the 41 percent [of cases] where mental illness was identified, no steps were taken to address any special needs related to the mental illness.

    I said I wasn't surprised with the results. This is because I know APS is a government program. Why does that matter? Because neither it, the DFPS, nor the Texas Health and Human Services Commission (HHSC) operate in order to be profitable or operate in the private realm where revenue and expenses determine whether you continue to exist or not.

    Continuing from the Associated Press article:

    "Preliminary findings confirm that serious deficiencies exist in virtually all aspects of the program," the review said. "These findings suggest that problems with the APS program may be fundamental and systemic."

    The report says the El Paso office needs more staff, and repeats a previous recommendation that caseworkers be provided with handheld computers that can be used to instantly communicate with supervisors, including sending them photos of unacceptable living conditions.

    "This preliminary review marks the first step in a process that I expect will remedy the serious problems that have plagued this program," Gov. Rick Perry, who ordered the review last month, said in a statement.


    This is merely the rearrangement of the deck chairs on the Titanic. You can't solve these problems by reforming the program, the people working inside it, or the agencies controlling it. The report is correct in saying the problems are "basic system-wide deficiencies" but it doesn't acknowledge the source of those deficiencies: the fact that the state runs the damn thing. Without the fiscal discipline of having to attract customers, making enough money to cover costs, and competing with rival private programs on even grounds, taxpayer money will continue to be wasted and the people who should be benefiting will continue to get bad service.

    With additional non-surprise, I learn that APS was the result of federal law:

    The Adult Protective Services (APS) Program began in Texas in the mid-1970's with the passage of Title XX of the Social Security Act, which required that states receiving Title XX funds assure that the states' human services systems would protect children, elder adults and adults with disabilities from abuse, neglect and exploitation. During the 72nd Legislature, the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services (DFPS) was created, at which time the APS program was transferred under DFPS.

    Never underestimate the folly of imposing rules and regulations from afar. On the other hand, the program's philosophy isn't all that bad:
    Case resolution is client-focused, individualized, and based on a social work model of problem solving as opposed to a prosecutorial or law-enforcement approach.
    • The vulnerable adult is the primary client.
    • The client is presumed to be mentally competent.
    • The client participates in defining the problem(s) and deciding the most appropriate course of action.
    • The client exercises freedom of choice and the right to refuse services.
    • Service alternatives are the least restrictive possible.
    • In legal interventions, the client has a right to an attorney ad litum.

    I'll always side with the options that restrict individual freedom the least, so this isn't so bad. Of course, the $30 million program budget doesn't come from people seeking help. It comes from coercing tax money from Texans. As a side note, I didn't know there was a $470 million-plus "Foster Care/Adoption Subsidy" in the Texas budget. *sigh*

    The report continues to document other problems on the administrative side, problems familiar to anyone working in an organization, but problems that are less intense and solved faster and more efficiently when the organization isn't an organ of the state. Rampant bureaucracy can thrive when market forces are deliberately weakened.

    From the AP:

    In El Paso and around the state, elderly people have been left to live in homes without water or electricity and filled with animal and human excrement. Some of them moved out of the homes and were living in their cars through sweltering summers and freezing winters.

    Adult Protective Services' policies have allowed caseworkers to walk away when an elderly person refuses services or successfully completes a five-question test to determine competency. The agency also has closed cases stating that filthy living conditions were "lifestyle choices."

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    One more quote from the preliminary report and an indicator of worse things to come:
    • Policy favors an individual's ability to refuse services and does not provide appropriate or adequate guidance for intervention to prevent abuse, neglect, or exploitation. APS literature states: "APS philosophy, in most cases, is heavily weighted to client's liberty over safety. The fifth APS casework principle?asserts that freedom to choose is more important than safety." "An important principle of APS casework is that adults who have the capacity to make informed life decisions have the right to refuse protective services, even if they are in a state of abuse, neglect, or exploitation."
    • Emphasis on self-determination results in fewer court intervention requests to judges.

    Since the general trend in government is towards more tyranny, more control, and more centralization, it would be a cuddly-safe bet to say the calls for more government intervention are needed will outweigh the calls for less.

    May 14, 2004

    Speaking of Canada...

    I just get done with someone wanting Americans to act like Canadians, and then I browse over to Cal Ulmann's Where HipHop and Libertarianism Meet and discover that Canada hates metal.

    May 12, 2004

    Pay for Your Own Health

    Do you have an obligation to pay for others' health care? That post set off a small storm of comments and I have no doubt this one will be any more digestible to a certain segment of society.

    Let's do the right thing: Insure Texas' children (link will rot)

    Texas Children's Hospital is proudly celebrating a milestone this year: 50 years of providing exceptional health care to millions of children from Houston and all over the world. And although we have accomplished much over the past 50 years, we're deeply worried about the millions of children in this country who are uninsured.

    First, let me say that I support the Texas Children's Hospital mission: high quality pediatric medical care. I see nothing wrong with starting a company, even if it's a non-profit, to help sick kids get healthy. There is also nothing inherently wrong, in my opinion, in being concerned with low levels of insured children...other than the assumption underlying this concern is that most (if not all) kids should be insured. Such a choice isn't ours to make for others. My healthcare situation is necessarily unique when compared to my neighbors', so I have different costs and benefits to weigh when making health consumption decisions. Similarly, if I have children, I'll be making their choices for them in light of their particular circumstances.

    If my employer doesn't cover employee children, then if I value health insurance enough for my kids, I'll find a way to pay for it. When simple outpatient procedures cost thousands of dollars and the likelihood of my finances being able to afford such sudden economic shocks still far down the hypothetical road, having my children insured makes a lot of sense. Other people are willing to take their chances or ask their friends and family to pitch in, loosely connected in a support network. There are more than a few good reasons why some of the many children don't have health coverage.

    Every day we see the health ramifications for children who have no insurance coverage. In Texas, more than 1 million children are without insurance and, thanks to funding cutbacks and tighter eligibility requirements in the Children's Health Insurance Program (CHIP), this number will only get worse. These children need help from all of us -- legislators, business leaders, health care professionals and parents -- to ensure they have a chance at long, healthy lives.

    This hints strongly at some "right" that children have of taxpayers to support their healthcare needs, a stance I disagree with.
    This week is "Cover The Uninsured Week." It is our fervent hope that by drawing attention to this growing problem, we will all come together to find and implement affordable and practical solutions.

    377,051 kids are currently covered by CHIP and I advocate that they have their coverage terminated. That is the only "affordable" and "practical" solution. The government (i.e., the taxpayers) should not be funding what is rightly the responsibility of parents to take care of. If parents cannot take care of this, that does not require the state to step in and do it for them.

    Health care should be treated as the commodity it rightly is.

    Children who come to Texas Children's receive the best care we can provide, regardless of their ability to pay.

    The problem of our current medical system, summed up in one sentence. Hospitals, out of the yearning for as many people to be healthy and strong, are trying to subvert the laws of economics in order to continue doing business.
    Thanks to the generosity of individual and corporate donors, as well as donations from our employees, we provided more than $15 million in charity care for more than 22,000 inpatient and outpatient visits in fiscal year 2003. But we know it barely puts a dent in the overall need, which is why Texas Children's is an aggressive advocate for access and coverage.

    That generosity should be held high and saluted. If I had the excess funds, I'd donate to worthy charities as well. Fortunately, enough people make enough money to be able to donate effectively. Unfortunately, more than a fifth is taken from me in income taxes, thereby increasing the importance of each remaining dollar towards my personal needs.

    It is even more unfortunate, however, when people advocate expanding coverage in the form of government programs. They know where the money for these programs comes from: you and me. They know it isn't exactly handed over willingly. It is the opposite of charity; it's taken from you under threat of imprisonment and fines; physical violence in all but name. We should not be encouraging this at all.

    Uninsured children go without preventive care, which means minor ailments become major, last longer and are more expensive to treat. Parents who can't afford a doctor use hospital emergency rooms, which can cost up to 10 times that of visiting a primary care physician. Sick children miss more school, falling behind their peers, and their parents miss work to care for them, depriving employers of productivity.

    I have no beef with this argument, because it's true. I have a beef with what it's intended to relieve: individual responsibility for the costs of raising children.
    The problem of uninsured children and adults is not unique to Texas. It is a national crisis. Nearly 44 million Americans do not have health insurance -- including 8.5 million children under the age of 19 -- and the numbers are climbing.

    Ronald Bailey takes this whimsical stat-tossing on directly in Reason Magazine:
    First, how much of a crisis is it, really? Politicians typically claim that 41 million Americans do not have health insurance. Please note that lack of health insurance does not mean lack of health care. However, a new Congressional Budget Office study has found that the number of Americans who are uninsured at some point during the course of each year is 59 million. But before someone screeches that the "crisis" is 50 percent worse than we thought, the study also notes that the number of Americans uninsured over the course of the entire year is actually much lower, between 21 million and 31 million, depending on which of two surveys one accepts.

    Who are the people uninsured for a year or more? It turns out that 60.5 percent are under the age of 35, and 80.2 percent are under 45. Furthermore, 86.1 percent of those uninsured for a year consider their health to be "good" to "excellent," and they are not wrong. Consider the risk of death faced by those under 35. In 2000 there were 134,419,000 Americans in this age bracket. Of the 2,404,598 Americans who died that year, 112,005 were under 35, or about 4.6 percent. Using death as a crude measure for serious health risk (can't get more serious than death), the under-35 uninsureds were risking one chance in 1,200 of dying from whatever causes in 2000. And while 60.5 percent seems like a high number, keep in mind that the rate of the uninsured among the population as a whole remained small - only 7.3 percent of those under 19 were uninsured for the whole year; the 19-24 bracket was at 14.4 percent; and the 25-34 group came in at 12.3 percent.

    So the vast majority of those who died under age 35 died with health insurance. But it may be specious to emphasize such correlations anyway. After all, we don't blame the 1,801,459 deaths of people over age 65 in 2000 on the fact that they are the beneficiaries of the federal government's Medicare program.


    Though it would be tempting...

    At what point does this stop being a crisis? When 40 million Americans have health insurance? 20 million? 1 million? Half a percent? At the very least, I'd like to hear that the tipping point would be. Otherwise, we'd be heading into yet another "War On [insert here]" without end and without limit.

    Many Americans who have private health insurance through their jobs are at risk of becoming uninsured. Rising costs are placing coverage out of reach for millions of working Americans and beyond the means of business owners who would like to provide their employees with affordable insurance.

    The reality is that more than one in four uninsured adults has severe problems paying medical bills, whether their own or their child's, forcing them to skip meals, cancel utilities and even forfeit their homes. In fact, medical bills are cited as a reason for half of all personal bankruptcy filings.


    So the solution is to make more people pay for the bills of others? To reduce our individual wealth further? Increase the weight of the socialized costs of providing services to people? This is injust.
    Through strong leadership and the will to take action on the local, state and national level, there are ways to ensure that children and adults have access to affordable health care:

    * Use the more than $469 million in state dollars that the Texas comptroller says are available now to restore the cuts to CHIP and shore up the shortfall in the Medicaid program.

    * Of any additional taxes on tobacco, earmark a portion for insurance coverage.

    * Move forward on applying for a Health Insurance Flexibility and Accountability waiver.

    * Provide tax credits or other rewards to people who adhere to a healthy lifestyle and seek preventive care.

    * Inspire insurers to take a more innovative approach to developing affordable coverage products.


    Strong leadership: a euphemism for using the force of government in ways that doesn't quite resemble tyranny on the surface.

    If we want to ensure as many people as possible "have access to affordable health care," how about stepping back and taking an axe to the government-imposed burdens of doing health care-related business? That'd drop costs without a doubt. How about cutting taxes - really cutting taxes - so more workers will have more money to spend at their discretion?

    City and county governments must continue to look for ways to consolidate health care programs, eliminate duplicate services and add more federally qualified health centers. Chambers of commerce and elected officials must find ways to stimulate job growth and assist employers with providing coverage through employee plans.

    L.E. Simmons is chairman of the board and Mark A. Wallace is president and chief executive officer of Texas Children's Hospital in Houston. Copyright 2001-2004 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.


    And further distort an already distorted market for health coverage?

    No thank you. I say let people make their own choices, pay their own way, and let charity pick up the rest.

    The Anti-Business ICC

    American Daily: ICC To Target Capitalism As A Crime?

    Well, the ICC is at it again! The International Criminal Court seems to be monthly changing its direction and expanding its scope. Now they have basically announced that they feel they should be able to prosecute any business man who has had the misfortune to have done business with any "Criminal" the ICC has targeted whether that business man knows he had such dealings or not.

    [...]

    What is it that is so scary about this new ICC direction? According to reports Luis Moreno-Ocampo has announced that bankers, capitalists and businessmen can be legitimate targets of the ICC. He is said to have warned the international business community that they can be held accountable by the ICC for directly OR indirectly assisting a government who might be accused of violating international law. He is further quoted as having "encouraged" international corporations to cooperate with the ICC to avoid such prosecution.

    This is a shocking concept. What could it do to capital investment if international businessmen might have to fear being whisked from their offices and placed before this "court" for prosecution, even if they had no idea that the business they were involved in may have gone toward some sort of international crime against humanity? Wouldn't one expect businessmen to fear that the unstable governments they are dealing with might run afoul of the barely understood and ill defined rationale of this international court which would cause the poor businessman to be brought up on charges right along with them as well? Wouldn't you imagine that such businessmen might scale back the very kinds of investment that would help third world nations advance into the 21st century?

    Copyright 2003 Warner Todd Huston


    One more reason to fear the International Criminal Court.

    May 11, 2004

    First, They Came for Your Gasoline

    Now, they're coming for your diesel.

    EPA Issuing Tough New Diesel Rules

    The Bush administration announced tough new rules yesterday to curb harmful emissions from off-road diesel-powered vehicles, pleasing environmentalists after brokering a compromise with industry on deadlines.

    Off-road diesel-powered vehicles, such as bulldozers, tractors and irrigation equipment, are among the largest sources of pollutants that scientists have linked to premature deaths, lung cancer, asthma and other serious respiratory illnesses. The regulations, which Environmental Protection Agency director Mike Leavitt will sign today, would reduce the emissions of nitrogen oxide and other pollutants from diesel engines by more than 90 percent over the next eight years.

    "This is a big deal," Leavitt said, standing outside the White House after he briefed President Bush on the matter. "Nearly everyone will remember when we took the lead out of gasoline. We are now going to take sulfur out of diesel. The black puff of smoke will be a thing of the past."


    Want to know why off-road diesels are the source of the most pollutants? Because the government outlawed highway-polluting diesel technology years ago and left off-road vehicles alone. Once the political process focused on other things and the level of pollution from that class of engine dropped and the level of pollution by the off-road engines either increased or remained the same, the relative levels changed to show off-road diesel engines responsible for more and more pollution. After a certain point, the environmental lobby got bitchy again.

    Thus we march forward into further socialization of private industry. It's the same route taken for just about every problem these days. Incrementally, we lose more and more freedom.

    Although the administration usually comes under criticism from environmentalists, yesterday's announcement brought plaudits from members of the green community, who said the rules would protect public health by preventing deaths, heart attacks and asthma-related emergencies.

    "It's remarkable that these strong rules come from the same administration that has otherwise turned back the clock on 30 years of environmental progress," said Emily Figdor, a clean-air advocate for the U.S. Public Interest Research Group. "It's great to see science win out over the special interests for a change."


    Here's a quick hint for you, Ms. Figdor: you are a "special interest." You advocate for the government to injure an industry and it's consumers in order to protect the environment.
    In recent years, scientists and environmentalists have focused on the dangers associated with high sulfur levels in non-road diesel fuel, which produce microscopic particles that invade the lungs and can cause cancer, asthma and other respiratory illnesses. EPA officials predict that within 30 years, the new regulations will prevent more than 12,000 premature deaths and will save billions of dollars in hospital and medical costs.

    I'm waiting for the day to arrive when someone outlaws everything that causes premature deaths and imposes billions of dollars in hospital and medical costs. It will eventually; it's just taking small steps over a period of decades rather than a single large one in a matter of minutes.
    The new rules require oil refiners to reduce the sulfur in non-road diesel fuel by 99 percent from its current level of 3,400 parts per million to 500 parts per million in 2007 and to 15 parts per million in 2010. It allows a slightly longer timeline for locomotive and marine engines, reducing sulfur to 15 parts per million in 2012. Figdor and other environmentalists criticized this delay, saying it was the one area in which the administration bowed to industry's wishes.

    "With an opportunity to score a slam-dunk, at the last minute the Bush administration committed an unnecessary foul," said Frank O'Donnell, executive director of the Clean Air Trust. "It caved in behind closed doors to political pressure from oil companies and delayed cleanup for fuel used in marine and train engines."


    You help impose a massive refinery regulation that is guaranteed to make doing business harder, Mr. O'Donnell, and you have the fucking gall to bitch about waiting two more years for trains and boats to get regulated? There is no pleasing you people.
    Leavitt said the health benefits resulting from the regulations are worth $80 billion a year, "nearly 40 times the cost" of compliance.

    Well. I see that these sorts of things are easy to decide on. It's almost as if these guys were running a business and they made a cost-benefit analysis.

    It's almost as if they owned these refineries...

    Diesel industry representatives voiced guarded praise for the policy shift. The National Association of Manufacturers praised the EPA for engaging in "a collaborative process with interested parties."

    "While the rule has some problems, including stringent locomotive and marine fuel limits, blended fuel transportation and storage obstacles, and problematic compliance dates, the overall rule is a testament to how collaboration among affected parties can lead to a better way of achieving air quality reductions," said Jeffrey Marks, NAM's director of air quality.

    Allen Schaeffer, executive director of the Diesel Technology Forum, an industry advocacy group, said that despite challenges ahead in meeting the new requirements, "there is no question about industry's commitment to meet these aggressive standards."

    2004 The Washington Post Company


    The lack of industry backbone in fighting this shit is almost as distressing. They should be opposing this full-stop.

    Thin-Skinned Protectionists

    This is just shameful.

    Cato Institute and Fox News Columnist Use Web to Attack Grassroots Organization

    A policy analyst at the Cato Institute and columnist for Fox News, Radley Balko, is using the web to throw down the gauntlet against a startup grassroots organization that is fighting for the American working class.

    First of all, there is no evidence to support the assertion that Cato had a hand in Radley's post. None is produced in this entire press release. In fact, the title of the release contradicts the quoted section below.

    The perverse mentality of the protectionists in that thread took it upon itself to declare all further comment from the capitalists at Catallarchy to be merely echoes of Cato Institute talking points.

    So by extension, we can now dispense with the formality and just call those protectionists what they really are: socialists, right?

    This is silly. Just because two groups of people have roughly similar political views and one group links to the other doesn't mean they are actually linked in coordinating activity. At least Wilde is taking this easily.

    MESA, AZ,(PRWEB) May 11, 2004 -- A policy analyst at the Cato Institute and columnist for Fox News, Radley Balko, is using the web to throw down the gauntlet against a startup grassroots organization that is fighting for the American working class.

    Radley dealt with this as best as I could.
    A self-proclaimed "liberal libertarian" who works as a policy analyst for the Cato Institute, one of the nation's most powerful corporate lobbyist forces, called the authors of the American Joblog (www.AmericanJoblog.com) "Buchananite protectionists" and stated unequivocally, "This is what we're up against, folks."

    Does Cato lobby for corporations? Is that it's purpose? No. It advocates free and freer markets. Sometimes that advocacy coincides with business interests. Sometimes it doesn't.
    Rob Sanchez, author of the Job Destruction Newsletter from ZaZona.com, and one of the authors on the American Joblog, stated, "It's funny that he called us 'Buchananite protectionists'. I take that as a compliment. But," he continued, "We also have Naderite protectionists and everything in between, and most stand somewhere in the middle."

    As if being a moderate is a virtue.
    The American Joblog (www.AmericanJoblog.com) is a new web community from Rescue American Jobs (www.RescueAmericanJobs.org), and the blogs are authored primarily by outsourced American workers who have turned to activism within a myriad of organizations to bring awareness to the current jobs crisis in America.

    What, there isn't enough attention already on the Job Issue?
    Cato's analyst, Balko, threw the gauntlet down after an author on the American Joblog criticized an article written by Balko on Fox News. In the article, Balko suggested that Americans should buy more products from third-world sweatshops. Pete Johnson, an American Joblog blogger, criticized the Balko's support of worker exploitation and sweatshop labor and the effects of felt by workers in the U.S. who are displaced by sweatshop workers overseas.

    Balko complained about this criticism on his blog, "TheAgitator", stating, "not everyone agrees" (with his proposal), with a link to the critique on the American Joblog. Balko's supporters quickly descended upon the grassroots organization's blog.


    Like the greedy, self-interested, exploitive, thieving, free marketers they are! It's a Vast Agitating Conspiracy!
    Micha Ghertner, a college student who is up for a summer internship at the Cato Institute posted criticisms on the American Joblog comments forum, saying, "What gives us the right to protect jobs for relatively wealthy Americans when poor workers living in third-world countries make so little? We should be encouraging outsourcing with every available breath!" and continued with "This 'country' is not my home. The house I live in is my home. My family and friends are my home. But anyone outside that small circle is no more a part of my home than anyone else in the world." She summed up the position of the Cato Institute and its supporters with, "There is no need for a 'country' or borders."

    I'm not sure Micha is a female, but ignoring that, what's wrong with the argument Micha puts forth?
    After these and other similar exchanges between grassroots activists at the American Joblog and Cato Institute supporters, Balko threw down the gauntlet, telling his supporters, "This is what we're up against, folks." and pointed a new link to the exchanges between Cato supporters and grassroots activists, fingering Rescue American Jobs as the opponent.

    This is what he actually wrote:
    Wow.

    If you have an hour to kill, check out this eye-popping discussion thread between the kids at Catllarchy and the Buchananite protectionists at a site called American Joblog.

    This is what we're up against, folks.


    Hardly the assaultive mentality being asserted in the press release.
    "This kind of thinking is a result of the deterioration of community values in America," states James Pace, "We now have powerful lobbying forces like Cato who have forgotten the value of the nation state and the community that surrounds them. They no longer believe that America should exist as a country, and they ignore the plight of American communities. If we cannot feed ourselves, how can we feed others?"

    Cato, as far as I can tell, doesn't officially support the dissolution of the state. Maybe in the minds of some of it's more principled members it does, but not at the moment and not in the foreseeable future.

    The rhetorical question at the end is meaningless. You don't have the right to restrict the trade of others in order to protect your economic health.

    According to the Cato Institute website, the Cato Institute has an annual budget of just under $13 million and a staff of more than 166 full-time employees, adjunct scholars, and fellows, plus interns. Rescue American Jobs is manned by an all-volunteer staff and is self-funded by members and volunteers with an annual budget in the thousands.

    I'm not weeping for these people. They choose to take a side on an issue, they better be prepared to defend that stance against anyone who opposes them.
    "This is like David versus Goliath," says Dawn Teo, Public Outreach Director, "We are just regular Americans, and Cato is the epitome of radical one-world corporate special interests with a multi-million dollar annual budget and millions more in the corporate pockets where that came from. But we have faith that we will prevail. Americans believe in America, and they will stand behind us."

    Do these idiots even understand what Cato advocates? It calls for limited government, strong individual liberty, and economic freedom. All three are in twined from the same principles; none support corporate welfare and "special interests," although the argument could be made that limited government is constantly under assault from special interests...such as the special interests of protectionists like these guys.
    Rescue American Jobs is a nonpartisan 501(c)(3) non-profit organization dedicated to safeguarding the economic security of the American middle class. Their fundamental objective is to restore and preserve the employment of the American workforce by ensuring balanced economic, labor, immigration, and trade policies.

    What they advocate is the death of what makes the US strong: individual freedom.

    May 10, 2004

    Adding More Collectivism to Public Schools Won't Help

    'Universal' curriculum proposal planned by senator (Link will probably rot in a few days)

    As Texas lawmakers continue wrestling with whether school financing will be changed and how, one state senator wants to focus on teachers and their curricula in what she calls a cost-saving plan.

    Sen. Florence Shapiro, who is authoring the legislation, said the universal curriculum proposal is designed to save school districts the estimated $600 million a year that they spend developing curricula for the courses they offer.


    On it's face, it may seem like a good idea. In the current high-pitched climate of figuring out how to pay for Texas public education, just about any proposal that reduces costs seems reasonable at first glance. But real solutions should, at the very least, do more good than harm. This idea of further centralizing the education of millions of Texas children will do more harm than good.
    "We've decided there ought to be a universal curriculum created by the state that would be made available to all school districts so they would no longer have to spend so much money developing curriculum," Shapiro, R-Plano, told The Dallas Morning News.

    Experts, under the Senate proposal, would develop a daily instructional road map for each teacher based on the subjects they teach.

    "We're talking about laying out a day-to-day planner for each course so that an algebra or English teacher would know what material should be covered on the first day of class," she said.

    Although Shapiro said the universal curriculum would not be mandatory for school districts, many would likely embrace it because of the money they could save by not having to write their own course guidelines for instructing students in most of the courses taught in Texas schools.


    The only consolation to me in this plan is that it wouldn't be required. That's a small consolation. As the Senator herself says, if given the choice of paying for curriculum development or getting the state (i.e., Texas taxpayers) to pay for it, schools under a budget crunch (which would be most of them) may jump at the chance. Just as federal transportation dollars provide an effective "voluntary" bludgeoning tool for Washington, D.C. to influence state policy, I see this as little different.

    If this idea is passed into law, we'll have the educations of increasingly more children become determined by a few people under political influence. Those people would wield tremendous power when you consider how deep an impact a person's early education can be. Hell, the people and the jobs already exist, both on state level and federal level. Objections to my criticism that say only good, decent people will fill these roles are irrelevant. It cannot be guaranteed that those people will make ideal choices all the time, nor should we even expect to get such a guarantee.

    But we'd need it if the choice is taken further away from the consumers of education services and closer to the bureaucrats in the state. More importantly, what constitutes "ideal" is different for every person.

    This isn't to say that a fully privatized education system would be free of curriculum problems; far from it. People are fallible and make mistakes whether they are in the government or in private business. The crucial difference is that when private business screws up, the costs and burdens associated with that screwup are localized. Only the students in that school suffer from a bad education. The costs and burdens of the state screwing up are socialized. Every student using that "master curriculum" gets shafted.

    In addition, only those who voluntarily pick a private school that fails get stuck with the tuition bills. Public schools spread those fees around the whole taxing district...and some want to spread them around the entire state.

    Guidelines would be based on the curriculum standards that are the basis for the student testing program, the Texas Assessment of Knowledge and Skills.

    Copyright 2004, The Associated Press.


    This statewide standardization of a testing program with serious problems of it's own isn't to be desired either. "Teaching to the test" will become more institutionalized than ever before as all manner of financial and public relations incentives become tied to the results. This would have the additional non-benefit of placing more influence on the writers of the TAKS test, resulting in additional education centralization.

    Then there's the small matter of the test not even existing for high schoolers to take, assuming one of the bills/amendments being bandied about the special session gets passed. Kinda odd to place so much importance on a test that may get killed in a few weeks.

    The tragedy in this is that since the cost issue wouldn't be a public issue if the public didn't have to pay the cost, some now think we have to cut costs in the important area of what we teach our kids. Of all the educational areas under the political gun, this may be the most important to protect. Hopefully this idea gets nuked early and is never resurrected.

    May 09, 2004

    Don't Kill Off the Economic Strength of the United States

    [Updates below.]

    Thomas Bray in The Detroit News has a nice op/ed on the current state of American capitalism as compared to the capitalism developing in other countries.

    Rising competition stalks U.S. capitalism

    A specter is stalking American capitalism: the rise of capitalism in other, far more populous, regions of the world.

    Once upon a time - say, before the Berlin Wall fell in 1989 - it was assumed that the major challenge to American economic preeminence was the socialist/communist model. But that model has collapsed almost everywhere except on a few university campuses, where intellectuals - famously defined by the late Bishop Fulton J. Sheen as people who have been educated beyond the limits of their intelligence - still imagine themselves smarter than markets.

    In place of the socialist model have come aggressive forms of capitalism in places like China, India and Eastern Europe. Such countries are still far poorer than the United States, but they are cutting taxes, deregulating industries and encouraging the kind of cowboy capitalism that powered the United States to world leadership in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.


    Mr. Bray goes on to note changes in both John Kerry's and President Bush's stance towards free markets and the vast numbers of people scrambling for freedom in China, Eastern Europe, and India (thereby greatly expanding the potential and actual marketplaces for goods and services). He also mentions "the forces of reaction" and their aggression to free markets in the form of
    ...steep progressive taxes on the wealthy (the top 10 percent of U.S. income earners pay 52 percent of income taxes), high corporate taxes (the average U.S. corporation pays 40 percent of its profit in federal and state tax, compared with 33 percent in officially Communist China and 24 percent in Russia, according to the accounting firm of KPMG) and crushing regulatory and legal burdens.

    He ends with a simple and obvious observation:
    The challenge to America comes not from government-directed economies, whether of the socialist or the equally tattered Japanese model, but from countries that learned the capitalist lesson and now play by the same rules that made America No. 1. The U.S. response should not be to shut out the competition - an impossibility in any case - but to remember how it got to be No. 1 in the first place.

    Copyright 2004 The Detroit News.


    The shortsightedness of so many politicians, media figures, and interest groups is shrouding this indisputable and straightforward concept. The reason why the United States of America became such an economic powerhouse isn't because we used the force of government to direct our energies. It's because we respected private property more, we tolerated freedom of speech more, and we hold less animosity towards profit. In short, we held individual freedom and personal responsibility in higher regard.

    When other countries see the failure of the opposite approach and make gains in reversing their statism, it's only natural that America will face stronger competition. Going back on the principles that made us strong (and still make is strong, relatively), will not only make no real gains; it will make us weaker.

    UPDATE(5/10/2004 8:10am)
    Another good editorial, this time from the Las Vegas Review-Journal: Capitalism and the masses: Americans used to understand that the first was the best solution for the second

    In San Francisco this week, Peruvian economist Hernando de Soto, who in 1980 founded the Lima-based Institute for Liberty and Democracy, accepted the second Milton Friedman Prize for Advancing Liberty.

    The $500,000 award, named after Nobel Prize-winning economist Milton Friedman, is awarded by the Cato Institute, a Washington, D.C.-based think tank, to an individual judged to have made a significant contribution to advancing human freedom.

    Author of books "The Other Path" and "The Mystery of Capital," de Soto encourages peasants working in marginal jobs to consider themselves part of the "formal" economy. He argues that poor people should use their property -- farms, jitneys, pushcart taco stands, scooters, chickens, huts -- to apply for loans and expand their businesses.

    But his philosophy -- which encourages taxi drivers and street corner gum vendors to consider themselves capitalists -- has resulted in political attacks from Latin America's landed aristocracy, authoritarian regimes, labor unions and Peru's Maoist terrorist group, the Shining Path. He's survived at least three attempts on his life, and his office has been sprayed with bullets.


    It is one of the more harsh and unpleasant ironies of life that, for the most part, those radicals who claim they revolt against the power structure and say they want "freedom" for the oppressed have nothing but the vilest hatred for and act violent towards those few people who actually advocate real freedom for individuals.
    The Associated Press commented that de Soto "is a rarity among economists: a champion of both capitalism and the rights of the impoverished masses."

    [...]

    But over the centuries -- despite the failed attempts of Keynesians and other collectivists to hold otherwise -- economists from Adam Smith to Ludwig von Mises to Murray Rothbard to Hernando de Soto have observed that prosperity is most widespread when men and women are left at liberty to accrue wealth and trade their goods and labor freely.

    The AP writer is a victim of a common misunderstanding -- that those who champion capitalism favor only the interests of "the greedy rich," while anyone who feels compassion and sympathy for the poor must surely understand the necessity of sending men with guns to the homes of the rich, there to seize some quantity of their stuff and redistribute it to the poor.


    This stuff wasn't taught in high school. It was presented as a simple, zero-sum dicotomy: you were either for the good of all or for the wealthy. The common man versus the rich. Serious capitalist economists have long ended the intellectual vacuum such teachings left, but they are ignored for the most part these days. Socialism - forced collectivization - doesn't work.
    The Communists tried it in Russia for three generations. It failed utterly. The only ones who didn't end up broke were the millions who ended up dead.

    If it seems unusual to today's Americans to find a learned economist who understands this, then perhaps we need to ask why so many of America's economists (both in our political capitals and on our college campuses) still embrace a mid-20th century redistributive economic model that had already proved a dismal and deadly failure by the time of the deaths of its greatest champions: Lenin, Hitler, Stalin and Mao.

    Copyright Las Vegas Review-Journal, 1997 - 2003

    May 04, 2004

    How Much Does it Cost to Educate Texas Students?

    With all the chatter about funding Texas public schools, I wanted to know at what level the government has set the cost of educating children. My rough calculations are below.

    Generally speaking, the Texas Education Agency requires kids in Texas public schools to go to those schools for 180 days out of the year. It varies due to holidays and a few other things, but I'm using it as a benchmark for the moment. How the TEA arrived at this I'm not certain.

    One estimate (PDF) I've read says the state spent an average of $6,503 per student, below the national average of $6,549. The recently released educational adequacy study estimates the "average minimum funding level per pupil of meeting state performance standards" is "between $6,172 and $6,271 (in 2004 dollars)."

    Let's round the current figure to $6,500 per student, per academic year. With 180 days of instruction, that comes to roughly $36 per day, or $1083 per month. Note that this is for an "adequate" education, defined in the abovementioned study as:

    • 55% passing rate on the TAKS tests for grades 5-8 and 10.
    • A specific score on the SAT or ACT tests that an average percentage of graduates receive.
    • And an average percentage of students taking one advanced course.

    In my opinion, that certainly counts as adequate. But I don't want my future children getting an education that's grudgingly labeled adequate. I want the best my money can buy and that is a wasted effort to pursue in public education.

    Someone looking at the rudimentary calculations I did above may be shocked at the costs of educating their kids. I have two things to say to such shock.

    First, only the economically ignorant are unaware of the immense benefits free markets create for a sector of the economy. What once cost the state (read: everyone) billions to do is now done by free individuals for far less and towards far greater output. Once you strip the inefficient apparatus of the state from education and allow schools to freely operate, costs will drop as they seek to attract customers and run a profit. I'm loath to predict anything since by it's nature such a system can't be exactly quantified.

    Second, if that shock is so great, imagine how people who don't have kids in public schools feel when they hand over their a chunk of their wealth to the taxman to pay for the educations of others! The real costs of "free education" are disguised because they are spread among Texans. Those who object to paying for their own kids' education simply due to cost ought to consider what they advocate: everyone gets screwed by the government's education costs.

    Objections that "everyone benefits from a good education" are made by either socialists or hypocrites. Everyone benefits from the information technology revolution, from inexpensive food, from effective indoor climate controls, etc...are we to socialize all industries that have positive externalities? Of course not. Education is too important to be socialized.

    April 28, 2004

    Texas School Financing

    [Updates below.]

    Looks like there may be some movement to do something close to what I've advocated in the past: rely more on the sales tax rather than property taxes.

    Several ideas buzzing around fixing school finance

    Dan Branch, R-Dallas, laid out an idea that would decrease property taxes for homeowners and institute a payroll tax on businesses. Many small business would be exempt, but the idea is to get rid of certain tax loopholes while broadening the current base to pay for education.

    "We're trying to get this load as low as possible, but also have a broad support from the business community for our future work force," Branch said.

    [...]

    Speaker Tom Craddick on Tuesday announced the House is rolling out a plan that would increase the sales tax and broadens its base.

    Under the House plan:

    • Property taxes would become a statewide tax and would be reduced from the current cap of a $1.50 per $100 in appraised value, to $1 -- with a 10-cent local enrichment option.
    • The plan also would eliminate the state's franchise tax and impose a 1 percent payroll tax on businesses [or $400 per employee, whichever is lower...].
    • A $1 per pack cigarette tax and state-taxed video gambling at horse and dog race tracks also are in the House plan.
    • The state sales tax would increase 0.25 percent, to 6.5 percent.
    • The tax on motor vehicle sales would increase from 6.25 percent to 7.5 percent.
    • The House plan also imposes a $1 "amusement ticket surcharge'' for tickets to movies and other such activities.
    • The sales tax would be broadened to capture some services, including barber and beauty services, legal services, accounting services, veterinary services, interior design and others.

    Copyright 2004TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin

    In the post I linked to above, I stated I'd support a greater reliance on sales taxes rather than property taxes. I no longer feel that way and I'm annoyed I ventured in that direction. Even if the legislature took up my half-assed idea...
    Of course, the better idea would be to both kill the property tax and then impose a sales tax of 5% on all retail sales totalling $20 and up. I dig that idea of killing the franchise tax. Leave healthcare and grocery sales out of the tax's reach. Easy to compute, places a dramatic restraint on government spending, and doesn't impact the millions of small everyday sales people engage. Even though I have fundamental problems with taxation, such a scheme would be far, far preferable to what we have today.

    ...there is no guarantee the state would find a way to jack taxes back up. And such a plan wouldn't pay for public schools, the whole point of this special session. A statewide property tax is an even bigger problem. It'd be a gleaming new toy for politicians to tamper with.

    The single biggest fraud built into this discussion is this, from the News8Austin article:

    "First decide how do we make this the best educational system possible, first. And then once we decide what needs to be done to make us the most competitive, then we decide how to fund it. But you got to get there first in my opinion," [Richard Raymond, D-Laredo] said.

    [...]

    Gov. Rick Perry responded to the ideas discussed in the House committee by saying: "I will judge any bill based on whether it provides real and lasting property tax relief, improves our schools and funds education equitably without jeopardizing Texans' jobs.''


    They want to build a better public education system, found it on funding equity, fund it without destroying the economy, and reduce property taxes. Why don't they realize no plan will do all of these things effectively or easily? Each goal conflicts another and won't solve the Texas public education problem. The title of this Houston Chronicle article says it all: House plan shifts Texans' tax burden
    Texans would save about one-third on their property taxes but would pay higher sales taxes and face new taxes on services such as oil changes, haircuts and visits to the vet under a plan unveiled Tuesday before a House committee.

    The long-awaited plan of the House leadership was surprising in its breadth, offering a comprehensive way to lower property taxes and fund $1 billion in new education spending. The plan would raise enough revenue to replace $5 billion in lost property taxes plus the new spending.

    Except for provisions on video gambling and cigarette taxes, House Speaker Tom Craddick's plan is vastly different from one offered by Gov. Rick Perry, who called lawmakers into special session to devise a new school finance system and provide property tax relief.

    Perry's plan offers less property tax relief and relies on revenue from "sin" taxes rather than sales and business taxes. Perry said the House proposal merits "thoughtful and thorough consideration."


    Politicians discussing which areas of the economy to tax is a disgusting spectacle. It shines the light on the lie that we have decent property rights protections in this country. They see your wealth as fair game for any needs the government puts forth.
    Heflin, chairman of the House Appropriations Committee, said the proposal tried to reach a balance between business and consumer taxes.

    "We tried to be sensitive to the business community when they said, `We don't mind paying our share if it's fair and uniform,' " Heflin said.

    Businesses would pay some of the new sales taxes on services such as management consulting, research and development, and computer programming. But other new sales taxes, including on coin-operated laundry machines and car washes, will fall heavily on consumers.


    If some businesses want to contribute voluntarily, then why don't they set up a fund to donate to? Make it open for anyone who wants to toss in whatever they feel is a good amount. Make that the Public Education Fund for school districts to utilize...after they've charge students for tuition. Put the question straight to the faces of those cowardly Texas voters who say they support taxes for education but won't put up their own money voluntarily for it.
    "The franchise tax is in decline anyway; more and more companies are converting out of it. You're having fewer and fewer businesses pay," said Craddick. "You need to look at a base where everybody pays on an equal basis."

    The expansion of the sales tax is designed to tap into the growth in the service sector of the Texas economy.

    "The idea of broadening it, that's where the growth in the economy is," said Craddick. "If you broaden it, you pick up that growth."

    Copyright 2004 Houston Chronicle Austin Bureau


    Mr. Craddick wants to do essentially the same thing as Representative Eddie Rodriguez's income tax plan: tax a wider number of Texans at a slightly lower rate to increase revenue.

    I wish more Texans would understand why I oppose things like this. HB 1 - in any incarnation - isn't going to fix the state education problem because of the nature of public education. As long as the state is providing educational services and taxing citizens to cover the costs, public education will remain immoral and ineffective.

    UPDATE(4/29/2004 9:55am)
    The bill in front of the House Select Committee for Public School Finance has changed slightly. It doesn't contain a statewide property tax, the payroll tax is increased to the lower of 1.25% or $500 per employee, the sales tax would increase half a percent rather than a quarter, the motor vehicle sales tax would increase 1.5% rather than 1.25%, an unspecified "tax cut" of 45 cents, and a local school property tax capped at $1.05.

    This last tax proposal would allow districts to increase the rate up to 10 cents over the next five years. However, there would still be some "Robin Hood" revenue sharing.

    Note that in newer plan, we'd be getting a de facto income tax in the name of a payroll tax, a bad idea all around.

    UPDATE(4/30/2004 1:25pm)
    From the Department of the Bleeding Obvious: School finance plan could be costly to consumers

    UPDATE(2:15pm)
    There are other bills working their way through the system and TASB's been tracking them. Not all have school finance as their main purpose.

    UPDATE(5/3/2004 1:10pm)
    A modified version of the bill has passed the House committee and will now go on to the full House for voting.

    UPDATE(5/4/2004 9:07am)
    I did some quick 'n dirty educational cost calculations of my own.

    UPDATE(5/8/2004 12:28pm)
    What is the Proper Way to Run a School?

    UPDATE(5/10/2004 1:25pm)
    Another bad idea: a universal curriculum.

    UPDATE(5/18/2004 12:20pm)
    The special session has ended and no bills were passed.

    UPDATE(6/3/2004 12:55pm)
    The Socialist Disease: More Education Money Won't Solve Problems, by the Texas Public Policy Foundation's Michael Quinn Sullivan, while not quite coming out and being honest about what needs to be done, does say this:

    Consider this: we've tripled real-per-student spending in less than 30 years, and built monuments to fiscal mismanagement with athletic and administration complexes rivaling college facilities; we have superintendents with multi-year contracts valued in the millions of dollars.

    Meanwhile, scores on the SAT, ACT and other national indicators of academic achievement have shown no improvement in the quality of education for kids surviving the system. Drop-out rates, especially for minorities, are an embarrassment.

    [...]

    Let us set aside reason and pretend more money might actually, finally, for the first time, make a positive difference. Why not prioritize state spending? Is there nothing to cut in the state budget to provide more money for education? Nothing less important?

    We have a commission to encourage government employee productivity; there are at least a dozen river authorities with billions in assets. Texas has a commission on acupuncture. There is nothing to cut? Nothing to change? No way to save money?

    In the religious pantheon of the left, government agencies and programs are wrathful gods to be fiscally appeased - never questioned - on a regular basis, regardless of the economic effect.


    Call for the elimination of wholly unecessary government departments, much less cutting their budgets by 10% or more, and you'll be demonized and remembered as a hater of all that is needy for years.

    UPDATE 1/14/2005 2:24pm
    Just take a wild guess what the Texas Senate's solution to public school finance is.

    April 23, 2004

    The Draft is Slavery

    [Updates below.]

    What is slavery?

    • Being forced to do what you don't want to do; especially in the form of working when others demand it.

    What is the draft?
    • Being forced to join the military under threat of legal punishment.

    All those stories of Representatives Charles Rangel and Pete Starks or Senators Fritz Hollings, Chuck Hagel, and Joe Biden either outright calling for a return of the draft or waffling on the idea and keeping their minds open about it demonstrate a profound rot in the respect for personal freedom. Several of those Congressmen have argued that the draft is needed because minority races, lower classes, and men bear a higher burden in the military than whites and the upper classes. That part is true - they do.

    However, of all the reasons to impose a draft on this country, doing it in order to deliberately screw MORE people out of their freedom in order to ensure that horrendous screwing is roughly equal across all classes, races, and sexes...is quite possibly the most insane thing I've heard all year. These jerks, talking about "calling people to sacrifice." What arrogance.

    I don't care WHAT the rationale is or who proposes it. Last year, it was a few asshole Democratic Congressmen and now it looks like a Republican here and there want to do the same. Fuck them all, especially this utterly baseless egalitarianism and anti-rich rhetoric. What to know why a disproportionate number of minorities and the poor join the military? They see it as a jobs program with fairly decent benefits. If women want to fight, let them fight. Any problems doing so causes on the battlefield are theirs to bear.

    Militaries, like any form of employment, should be populated with people who want to be there. I don't want to be there. So don't ask me to go because I don't accept your offer. Threatening me with imprisonment and fines doesn't make the deal any more moral or acceptable.

    UPDATE 9/23/2004 12:48pm
    Nelson, British Columbia, plans a memorial for draft dodgers.

    April 16, 2004

    Harvard's IOP Thinks I'm a Secular Centrist

    Harvard Institute of Politics Political Personality Test

    My answers are bolded.

    As part of our spring 2004 national survey of college students we have created a short test to measure where your political beliefs fit with college students across the country.

    Please answer the questions by marking the box that best fits your belief.

    1 = Strongly disagree
    2 = Somewhat disagree
    3 = Neither agree nor disagree
    4 = Somewhat agree
    5 = Strongly agree

    1. The best way to increase economic growth and create jobs is to cut taxes. 5

    2. Our country's goal in trade policy should be to eliminate all barriers to trade and employment so that we have a truly global economy.
      5

    3. Basic health insurance is a right for all people, and if someone has no means of paying for it, the government should provide it.
      1

    4. Qualified minorities should be given special preferences in hiring and education.
      1

    5. Religious values should play a more important role in government.
      1

    6. In today's world, it is sometimes necessary to attack potentially hostile countries, rather than waiting until we are attacked to respond.
      1

    7. Protecting the environment should be as high a priority for government as protecting jobs.
      1

    8. Homosexual relationships between consenting adults are morally wrong.
      1

    9. If parents had more freedom to choose where they could send their children to school, the education system in this country would be much better.
      5

    10. I am concerned about the moral direction of the country.
      3

    11. Recent immigration into this country has done more good than harm.
      3

    Thus netting me this designation:


    You are a Secular Centrist. Secular centrists like you tend to be:
  • Strongly supportive of gay rights.
  • Believe strongly in the separation of church and state.
  • Less supportive of affirmative action than most college students.
  • Less likely to be concerned about the environment than most college students.
  • Less likely to believe in basic health insurance as a right than most college students.

  • Full disclosure of the results of the survey can be found here.

    Am I less concerned about the environment than most college students? Probably. That's the only conclusion I really take issue with, given it's wording. It sounds as if the people who are more concerned about the environment are those who believe the government should be used to preserve it, two assertions I reject.

    April 14, 2004

    Sage Capital's Economic Assessment

    I ran across Dale's ANARCHOLIBERTARIANISM while browsing through Rainbough's link section. Dale linked to a PDF published by Sage Capital Zurich AG. Read it. It is part rant, part angry Austrian. I've come across a few economic doom and gloom articles before and this one really hit home.

    The company has its own weblog as well. It seems like a devout capitalist organization, with Sean Corrigan a significant contributor to it's editorial content.

    Worth checking out.

    Profoundly Disappointing

    [Updates below.]

    I watched most of Bush's speech/press conference last night. I didn't really want to. I wanted to watch the new episode of 24. I missed the Jack Bauer Hour and when that happens I hope something worthwhile is broadcast in its place. The last few weeks, it's been American Idol. I would have taken that over the performance last night.

    The transcript is here. I feel sorry for the transcriber. Bush's cadence and shortstop delivery in the face of live questions is just ungodly bad. I'm certain I'd be more nervous than he ever was and I'd screw up as well. But it's time he took one of those vacations and spent it on professional speech coaching.

    The content let me down even more. When people say Bush is "on message," it means he won't deviate from explaining a decision of his or an opinion of his without dropping back and relying on some minor deviation of a larger set of talking points. I can't understand how anyone beyond a partisan supporter appreciated his rambling. He turned almost every question into a rehash of points he mentioned earlier.

    He wants to force the Middle East to be democratic and peaceful in order to eliminate or substantially reduce the threat of terrorism to America and the world. He thinks this is our calling as a country...our "obligation." He says the world doesn't seem to agree with him and that's too bad. Read his remarks. The specific current events issues he deals with (the bloody details of the occupation, for instance) are not relevant anymore. Iraq will be pacified, an Iraqi governing body will take power on June 30th, and we'll continue to push on those dominoes elsewhere.

    I can't agree to that. Not in the way it's formulated and not the way it's to be accomplished. More later, if I have the time.

    UPDATE(12:45pm)
    I realize now that saying Bush's performance was disappointing implies I had hopes for him. I didn't then and I don't now. The whole feeling is best summed up by this Reuters photo caption:

    President George W. Bush (news - web sites) answers a reporter's question during a nationally televised news conference at the White House April 13, 2004. Before the glare of live television cameras at his first prime time news conference in more than a year, Bush responded to many of the questions from reporters by repeating fairly stock phrases about freedom in Iraq (news - web sites) and the history-changing impact of the Sept. 11 attacks. (Larry Downing/Reuters)

    Repeating stock phrases. Stumbling over his words to questions. Openly dodging others. Refusing to say the government failed it's primary job of protecting it's citizens. Bush will not admit guilt or wrongdoing on anything, which is absurd. Be honest, man. At the very least, regret the actions of other government officials who you think made your job harder; people you have the power to influence when you didn't.

    And damn am I tired of hearing how strongly Bush feels he is doing the right thing. He made it a point to hammer this in a few places. That doesn't matter, man! At all!

    I'll be saddened if Bush wins the next election and I'll be just as saddened if Kerry wins it. Third parties have no chance to influence the outcome except to take a few percentage of votes away from the party most aligned with them politically.

    Ugh.

    April 08, 2004

    Oppose Rep. Eddie Rodriguez's Texas Income Tax Plan

    [Updates below.]

    Via Andrew D at Burnt Orange Report, I hear of Representative Eddie Rodriguez and his plan to impose a state income tax in order to solve the Texas school funding crisis. His website, Texas for Lower Taxes spells out the details:

    The Rodriguez Plan shifts the entire burden of funding school operations from the local school districts (who collect the majority of your property taxes) to the State ... which will pick up the tab by using revenue collected through a State Education Income Tax.

    The Proposed State Education Income Tax would produce about $19 Billion in new state revenue. This money would first be used to replace the most burdensome local property tax ... the Maintenance and Operations Property Tax (sometimes referred to as "The Robin Hood Tax"). This will still leave a balance of approximately $5.1 billion for two other key objectives.

  • abolish the State's Corporate Franchise Tax, and
  • provide Uniform Group Health Insurance for Teachers (and other public school employees).

    [...]

    Only the M&O Property Tax is abolished by this plan. The M&O tax represents about 85% of most local school taxes and it is the onerous component that drives up local taxes and appraisals. It is also the basis for the state's recapture provision, which distributes taxes from "wealthy" districts to "poor" ones.


  • The other property tax, I & S (Interest and Sinking), "covers long term debt (i.e. bonds) and other long term contractual obligations", according to the Travis County website. As such, it's a different legal beast.

    The Maintenance and Operations Property Tax is a tax placed on:

    • residential real estate - houses
    • business personal property - furniture, inventory, and equipment
    • commercial real estate - buildings used for stores, dwellings, offices, warehouses, etc.; it also applies to the land they sit on

    The M & O tax has a ceiling of $1.50 per $100 of property value. Almost 500 of the more than 1,000 Texas public school districts have hit that ceiling and another 175 are within a dime of reaching that limit. In effect this establishes a statewide property tax, something forbidden under the Texas Constitution. This is why an increasing number of school districts are suing to get the current system changed: they're getting screwed from the tax wealth being redistributed from their "property-rich" districts to "property-poor" districts.

    The Rodriguez Plan's income tax rates:

    The Education Income Tax rates have been developed with the primary goal of spreading the burden of taxation fairly, based on a household's disposable income. Obviously, working families with very low incomes have very little disposable income. Their ability to pay taxes is lower than a high income family, both by dollar amount and as a percentage of their total income. For this reason, the Education Income Tax for Texas utilizes a progressive rate of taxation, based on total Adjusted Gross Income, which is sensitive to each taxpayer's disposable income.
    A Personal Exemption of $3,200.00 is allowed for every filer and for each dependent declared by that filer. This is the only exemption provided.

    On all remaining income the rate of the tax is:
    1 % on the 1st $25,000.00
    2% on the 2nd $25,000.00
    3.5% on the 3rd $25,000.00
    5% on the 4th $25,000.00
    6.5% on the next $50,000.00
    7.0% on the next $50,000.00
    7.5% on additional income (all income above $200,000.00)


    Democrats just love to fuck those people earning 200 grand and up the hardest, don't they?

    I make $30,000 a year with my current job, before federal theft taxes and voluntary deductions for various employer-offered programs. So I'd roughly pay $200+ a year in this proposed state income tax. Which I don't support. Not too far back, I did support the idea of replacing the property tax with a different sales tax, but I no longer do. No taxes and no public-funded education are my goals.

    Andrew D has this to say about the Rodriguez Plan:

    My state rep, Eddie Rodriguez has made a very gutsy move by proposing a state income tax. While he's in no danger of losing his district (in liberal, majority Hispanic East Austin), this issue is still the Third Rail of Texas politics. Nothing evokes quite the demagoguery of this issue. Eddie is trying to cut through that nonsense and fearmongering with an honest and open look at what it would really mean for Texans.

    The answer is that it would be a magic bullet- lower taxes for the vast majority of Texans with greater revenue.

    [...]

    Maybe if people learn how much they'll save, we can finally get some real revenue solutions for Texas.


    I don't oppose these taxes on the grounds that they cost me X - Y dollars rather than X dollars. I oppose them because they are a forced transfer of wealth.

    I live in an apartment, so I don't have to pay the hated property taxes directly, but I know people who do. Even if I did, I'd still be angry at being taxed to provide services to others whether I wanted to or not. An income tax plan is a giant step in the wrong direction.

    The only people exempt from the Rodriguez Plan are those who make less than $3,200 a year. It would completely socialize the costs of education for wage earners in this state. It won't matter if you have children or not. I won't matter if you send your children to private schools. It won't matter if you never intend on having children. You will be forced to pay for the education of all Texans in public schools. That is immoral.

    This plan shifts the taxation burden to a vastly larger audience. Currently, it's just imposed on homeowners and businesses. The plan expands the state's reach to practically every working adult. That's why Rep. Rodriguez and the plan's supporters can claim "tax savings."

    Andrew D:

    The website has a great little calculator on the front page that lets you find out how much you would save with the Rodriguez plan. a family of 4 earning $40,000 a year in a $120,000 that taxes at the current $1.50 per $100 value cap (which most school districts in Texas are at) would pay only $294 a year, a savings of $1,281! Even if you are a single person making $250,000 a year and living in a $1 million home, you would save $1,640 a year. Only the incredibly wealthy would see any raise in their taxes and even then, if they are paying corporate franchise taxes from their business, they would see savings there.

    This isn't a "magic bullet" at all. It's simple economics. Each person pays less because more people are paying.

    From the FAQ:

    Although this figure varies widely across the state, for every $100.00 you now pay in rent, approximately $10.00 represents the cost your landlord must recover to pay the M&O property tax on your rental home or apartment.
    That means I pay roughly $55 in extra rent to cover the M & O tax. That means I'd pay $150 more than I normally do. This is a huge Fuck You to the hundreds of thousands (if not millions) of apartment dwellers and people in assisted living residencies (65,000 in nursing homes alone) in this state.

    Not only does this tax hurt more people, it also opens the door wide to future abuse. I can't think of a major government program (and this would certainly qualify) that didn't grow to screw larger and larger numbers of people over it's lifetime. "The power to tax is the power to destroy," said Supreme Court Justice John Marshall. The horribly destructive power of income taxes would be available for politicians to use for the first time in Texas. Give it a few years; perhaps a decade, and you'll have situations arise where politicians want to use the tax to pay for other things. Imagine a terrorist attack happening in the state and an investigation comes to the conclusion that first responders and emergency services needed more money to save more lives. BAM! Calls for using the income tax and for expanding it to pay for these services would increase. Any number of "reasonable" things would get tax attention. It just won't end. Skeptics should look at the federal government for affirmation of this.

    I simply do not care if support is growing for a state income tax. The popularity of an idea does not translate into validity for that idea.

    The Rodriguez Plan shifts the entire burden of funding school operations from the local school districts (who collect the majority of your property taxes) to the State ... which will pick up the tab by using revenue collected through a State Education Income Tax.

    This is a LIE. The "state" picks up nothing. TEXANS will get stuck with the bill.

    I hope this effort fails utterly, because it's a bad idea and it's packaged in dangerous clothing. If the debate is framed in the light of accomplishing tax relief for most Texans, it stands a good chance of passing. The debate shouldn't be about that. It shouldn't be about how to pay for public education.

    It should be how to extract the State of Texas from education entirely and put the burden of financing education back on the individuals who want to benefit from it. This the only honest and just way of doing it.

    UPDATE(4/9/2004 1:01pm)
    Similarly, Governor Perry's school funding plans aren't any better.

    Governor looks at variety of taxes to fund schools

    Gov. Rick Perry proposed a new education finance plan Thursday in San Antonio.

    The plan would add $2.5 billion to Texas public schools while simultaneously cutting property taxes by $6 billion.

    The plan would reduce taxes through what Perry calls a ?constitutionally linked roll'' that would reduce the residential property tax cap by 25 cents and the property tax cap on commercial property by 10 cents.

    "My plan includes a $1 per pack cigarette tax hike, fees on adult entertainment establishments, closing the franchise and auto sales tax loopholes to make them fairer and, if Texas voters agree, video lottery terminals in approved areas of this state," Perry said.

    Copyright 2004TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


    News8Austin and the AP compiled a list of the tax changes Perry would enact:
    1. Video lottery at race tracks/lottery enhancements: $2 billion
    2. Cigarette and tobacco tax increases: $2.4 billion
    3. Surcharge increase on certain cigarette manufacturers: $134 million
    4. Adult entertainment $5 minimum admission tax: $90 million
    5. Close franchise tax loopholes: $714 million
    6. Close auto sales tax loophole: $172 million
    7. Tax revenue acceleration: $1.2 billion
    8. Improve collection of delinquent taxes: $350 million

    Some Republican you are.

    UPDATE(4/28/2004 9:24am)
    The proposed solutions for Texas school financing aren't any better.

    UPDATE(4/28/2004 9:47pm)
    Found the introductory text of the bill.

    H.J.R. No. 9

    A JOINT RESOLUTION


    proposing a constitutional amendment that provides for the approval of an income tax adopted by the legislature, requires that a deduction or exemption to the tax that redistributes the combined tax liability be approved in a statewide referendum, and allows revenue from the tax to be spent on education and any other purpose.

      BE IT RESOLVED BY THE LEGISLATURE OF THE STATE OF TEXAS:

    SECTION 1. Section 24, Article VIII, Texas Constitution, is amended by adding Subsections (b-1), (b-2), (b-3), and (k) to read as follows:

    (b-1) A general law enacted by the legislature that establishes an exemption or deduction to the tax in a manner that results in a redistribution of the combined income tax liability among all persons subject to the tax may not take effect until approved by a majority of the registered voters voting in a statewide referendum held on the question of establishing the exemption or deduction. A determination of whether an exemption or deduction to the tax would result in a redistribution of the combined income tax liability among all persons subject to the tax must be made by comparing the provisions of the proposed change in law with the provisions of the law for the most recent year in which actual tax collections have been made. A referendum held under this subsection must specify the manner in which the proposed exemption or deduction would result in a redistribution of the combined income tax liability among all persons subject to the tax.

    (b-2) If the legislature in a bill enacts a general law that imposes a tax on the net incomes of natural persons as described by Subsection (a) of this section, and, in the same bill, repeals another tax or fee, the legislature may not reenact the other tax or fee unless the legislature repeals the tax that was imposed on the net incomes of natural persons. If the legislature in a bill enacts a general law that imposes a tax on the net incomes of natural persons as described by Subsection (a) of this section, and, in the same bill, reduces the rate or base of another tax or fee, the legislature may not increase the rate or base of the other tax or fee unless the legislature repeals the tax that was imposed on the net incomes of natural persons.

    (b-3) If the legislature in a bill enacts a general law that increases the rate of the income tax or changes the income tax as described by Subsection (b) of this section, and, in the same bill, repeals another tax or fee, the legislature may not reenact the other tax or fee unless the legislature repeals the increase in the rate of the income tax or repeals the changes to the income tax. If the legislature in a bill enacts a general law that increases the rate of the income tax or changes the income tax as described by Subsection (b) of this section, and, in the same bill, reduces the rate or base of another tax or fee, the legislature may not increase the rate or base of the other tax or fee unless the legislature repeals the increase in the rate of the income tax or repeals the changes to the income tax.

    (k) This subsection is a temporary provision that expires January 1, 2005. The approval of this subsection by the voters at an election held November 2, 2004, constitutes approval of the imposition of an income tax adopted by the legislature during a regular or special session before that date.

    SECTION 2. Sections 24(f), (g), (h), and (i), Article VIII, Texas Constitution, are repealed.

    SECTION 3. This proposed constitutional amendment shall be submitted to the voters at an election to be held November 2, 2004. The ballot shall be printed to permit voting for or against the proposition: "The constitutional amendment that approves the income tax adopted by the legislature, requires a deduction or exemption to the tax that redistributes the combined tax liability be approved in a statewide referendum, and allows revenue from the tax to be spent on education and any other purpose."

    UPDATE(5/4/2004 9:08am) I did some quick 'n dirty educational cost calculations of my own.

    UPDATE(5/10/2004 1:25pm)
    Another bad idea: a universal curriculum.

    UPDATE(5/20/2004 1:13pm)
    I've just discovered the perfect term for the economic reasoning behind taxing incomes: Pagare Tutti, Pagare Meno.

    UPDATE (7/1/2004 5:40pm)
    Having a few churches on your side doesn't change a damn thing.

    UPDATE 11/9/2004 2:28pm
    Eliminate the IRS...and Replace It with Nothing!

    Tax Cuts Do Not "put money" in Our Pockets

    April 07, 2004

    Have We Lost Iraq?

    Jim Henley thinks so, in some manner, after hearing the news that our military killed a few dozen worshippers at a mosque in Falluja.

    Is this "Tilt, Game Over"? as Mr. Henley says in his title? Perhaps not. But in any event, reading his entry while listening to "Space Lion" from the first Cowboy Bebop soundtrack certain sobered my soul. This isn't just a crazy war for me any longer.

    Time to Reprioritize the DoJ

    I can't believe I'm being forced to pay for this shit to happen.

    Administration wages war on pornography

    Lam Nguyen's job is to sit for hours in a chilly, quiet room devoid of any color but gray and look at pornography. This job, which Nguyen does earnestly from 9 to 5, surrounded by a half-dozen other "computer forensic specialists" like him, has become the focal point of the Justice Department's operation to rid the world of porn.

    In this field office in Washington, 32 prosecutors, investigators and a handful of FBI agents are spending millions of dollars to bring anti-obscenity cases to courthouses across the country for the first time in 10 years. Nothing is off limits, they warn, even soft-core cable programs such as HBO's long-running Real Sex or the adult movies widely offered in guestrooms of major hotel chains.

    [...]

    Drew Oosterbaan, chief of the division in charge of obscenity prosecutions at the Justice Department, says officials are trying to send a message and halt an industry they see as growing increasingly "lawless."

    "We want to do everything we can to deter this conduct" by producers and consumers, Oosterbaan said. "Nothing is off the table as far as content."


    What the fuck is it with the Bush Administration and it's desire to regulate cultural morality? Man social conservatives piss me off.

    Give me my money back so I can spend it on brightly-lit and plotless porn DVDs filled with desperate young people having wild and crazy sex. Then, when I'm done, I'll ship them all to Ashcroft's house so he can do with them what he wants, as long as it isn't on my dime.

    Whatta bunch of assholes.

    Link via Drudge. Instapundit has more.

    April 06, 2004

    That Windy Sound You Hear...

    ...is the collective hawkish pundity realization that some of their guesses were wrong:

    More troops if needed: Rumsfeld

    AMERICAN military commanders in Iraq would get additional troops if they requested more soldiers to fight a growing Shi'ite uprising, US Defence Secretary Donald Rumsfeld said today.

    Commanders are studying ways they might increase troops in Iraq should violence spread much more widely, a senior officer said yesterday.

    Generals believe they have enough forces to handle the attacks that have been coming from various quarters, including the recent violence by a shi'ite militia group. But they want to know what is available if the situation gets worse, said the officer.

    Copyright 2004 News Limited.


    Last night, I heard more than three seperate people on two different news channels say they thought Rumsfeld wouldn't need or ask for additional soldiers. And while what's currently being reported doesn't invalidate those two guesses directly, it lays down the foundation for it in the future.

    Federal Toll Roads?

    [Updates below.]

    My enlightened colleague over at the newly-redesigned Brainville, Erik, has posted on an apparent new wave in toll roads that may sweep the United States in the future. He couldn't recall where he saw the news, but my impressive powers of external logic can:

    Legislation lifts taboo on U.S. highway tolls

    Congress and the White House are still fighting over how much to spend on highways, but they have resolved a 182-year-old dispute of more practical significance to most drivers, especially commuters stuck in traffic. The great taboo against tolls has ended.

    Like Erik, I think this is a good idea, even if it is just a big step in the right direction. Roads (like hamburgers, cars, pens, education, computers, steel, and healthcare and other goods and services) are objects that people obtain useful services from and are subject to the laws of economics like everything else. Government ownership screws it all up.
    The legislators who approved the highway bill Friday faced the same basic problem as the Congress of 1822, when the federal highway system consisted of a gravel road from Cumberland, Md., to the Ohio River that was said to be in "a ruinous state."

    To pay for repairing the National Road, Congress proposed charging tolls, but President James Monroe vetoed the bill and set an enduring precedent.


    I wasn't aware of this. My opinion of Mr. Monroe has lowered, tha bastard!

    Of course, he may have been of the mind that the United States of America shouldn't be in the business of road construction, upkeep, and administration. Maybe.

    Although some states later built toll roads, such as the Pennsylvania and New Jersey turnpikes, the federal government kept tolls off its roads through the 20th century. It required new stretches of the interstate system to be free, a policy long popular with drivers but now blamed by many transportation experts for decrepit highways and worsening traffic jams.

    In short, "free" goods and services are an incitement for popular abuse of those goods and services. I use scare quotes because those roads are not free. By any stretch of the imagination. As the Seattle Times article says:
    House leaders have proposed increasing the federal gas tax, now 18 cents, by a nickel, or at least indexing it to inflation, but the Bush administration has opposed any tax increase. Attempts to increase the tax at the state level also have proved unpopular in referendums.

    Also see this complementary New York Times article:
    The gasoline taxes that finance highways have been yielding less and less revenue because they are not indexed to inflation and because today's cars use less gasoline per mile. To bring revenues back to the inflation-adjusted levels of four decades ago, the federal and local gasoline taxes would have to be doubled - an increase of 38 cents per gallon, which is not being considered.

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times Company


    Ouch.

    Voluntary exchange is better than wealth redistribution through taxation. Even better would be complete voluntary exchange in all aspects of the road business. Meaning, let companies build as they see fit, which must respond and conform to market demands.

    The White House now wants to relax the taboo, and the House went along Friday by passing a highway bill that encourages new express toll lanes and roads. Details of the House bill must be reconciled with the bill already passed by the Senate, but that version also encourages tolls.

    I am surprised both chambers agreed on this, specially since "Tolls also could be increased in peak times." Horrors!
    New tolls, which traffic engineers have been promoting as the cure to congestion, once were considered political suicide because of longstanding opposition from automobile associations, truckers, bus companies and other industries. Their coalition, the American Highway Users Alliance, still lobbies fiercely against tolls on existing roads, but it endorsed the legislation permitting tolls on new lanes and roads.

    This change of heart was due partly to new technology, which allows tolls to be electronically collected via transponders in cars moving at expressway speeds, eliminating the need for tollbooths. The change also was an acknowledgment of fiscal reality: There seems to be no other way to pay for new roads.


    Ah, so at least one interest group has backed off a bit. That explains a lot. *rolls eyes*
    Some critics complain that tolls create "Lexus lanes" that are used disproportionately by the affluent. Rep. James Oberstar, D-Minn., who opposed the toll provisions passed Friday, has warned that imposing tolls "could effectively close these roads to low-income workers" and said new roads should be financed instead through increases in the gasoline tax.

    This kind of thinking comes from the assumption that everyone has a right to inexpensive transportation, a false belief. The consequentialist counter-argument is simply: Look at everything else that people have to pay directly for in order to benefit from it. The poor, just like everyone else, have to pay for the things I listed above. Mr. Oberstar, whether he wants to or acknowledges it or not, is promoting socialism as a solution to a problem a socialist policy created.
    Others favor both financing options. "I'd like to see higher gasoline taxes along with tolls," said Robert Atkinson, vice president of the Progressive Policy Institute, the research arm of the centrist Democratic Leadership Council.

    "As a Democrat, I look at tolling as a progressive tax system, because we can get higher-income people to pay tolls to build new roads, and lower-income people benefit without paying a cent because the existing free roads become less congested."


    I'll end the jackassery here with this. Allow me to rephrase Mr. Atkinson's remarks:
    As a collectivist, I look at tolling as another method of forced wealth transfer, because we can coerce certain people with too much money to pay for new road construction that the state chooses to build without regard to the most effective use of said roads. Meanwhile, America's Next-Favorite Class can live off the loot we acquire for them and grow further complacent and dependent on the state for it's livelihood.

    It's probably what went through his mind, but didn't feel comfortable saying.
    The House's highway bill would cost $275 billion, less than the $318 billion version passed by the Senate but still more than the White House's limit. President Bush threatened to veto any bill costing more than $256 billion, although both chambers appear to have enough support to override the president.

    Copyright 2004 The Seattle Times Company


    Radley Balko blogged the costs of the pork in this bill, something worth reading.

    By the way, the NYT article follows up on the Monroe Issue:

    Tolls, incidentally, ultimately resolved the 19th-century battle over the National Road, which ran roughly along the present-day path of Route 40 between Cumberland and Wheeling, W.Va. After President Monroe vetoed any federal tolls in 1822, the road continued to deteriorate until a compromise was reached in the 1830's: The federal government transferred control of the road to the states, which then erected their own tollhouses.

    Ha!

    (UPDATE 4/13/2004 1:31pm)
    Looks like the Austin and Travis County areas are looking into this as well.

    UPDATE 9/8/2004 9:01am
    Austin Traffic Sucks? Really???

    UPDATED 7/10/2006 11:15am
    Ben Wear's Wily Hunt for Truth and the TxTag

    April 05, 2004

    Wal-Mart's City-within-a-City

    [Updates below.]

    Stymied by Politicians, Wal-Mart Turns to Voters

    As Wal-Mart continues its march across the American landscape, this Los Angeles suburb of 112,000 people is the latest testing ground for the company's exercise of political and marketing muscle.

    Inglewood voters go to the polls on Tuesday to decide whether to turn over 60 acres of barren concrete adjacent to the Hollywood Park racetrack to Wal-Mart to create a megastore and a collection of chain shops and restaurants.

    The ballot initiative is sponsored by Wal-Mart, which collected more than 10,000 signatures to put the question to voters after the Inglewood City Council blocked the proposed development last year, citing environmental, traffic, labor, public safety and economic concerns.

    While Wal-Mart has turned to the ballot in a number of cities and towns to win the right to build its giant emporiums, the Inglewood initiative is significantly different. The proposal would essentially exempt Wal-Mart from all of Inglewood's planning, zoning and environmental regulations, creating a city-within-a-city subject only to its own rules. Wal-Mart has hired an advertising and public relations firm to market the initiative and is spending more than $1 million to support the measure, known as initiative 04-A.


    In case anyone wasn't aware, I'm a big fan of Wal-Mart. As long as they aren't defrauding anyone or resorting to violence.

    Back to the New York Times article:

    Company officials say that Wal-Mart adopted this aggressive new tactic only after it became clear that Inglewood officials ? backed by allies in organized labor, church groups and community organizations ? would never approve the complex. Wal-Mart is strongly anti-union.

    "We were told, basically, 'Don't waste your time,' " said Peter Kanelos, the Southern California coordinator for Wal-Mart's community affairs division.

    "But these groups are not representative of the community," he said. "Organized labor is attempting to bully Wal-Mart and its customers. If organized labor and those elected officials they put into power think they're going to attack Wal-Mart, then they better expect Wal-Mart to fight back."


    I admire the fighting spirit and using the system against it's opponents is a novel idea, but it does look real bad. I can't imagine the raving depths the left and the anti-corporate right will reach when this hits the broader opinion market.
    "This is the first time in the country they've tried to do something this extreme," said Madeline Janis-Aparicio, leader of the Coalition for a Better Inglewood, a group formed to fight the Wal-Mart project. "They are driving a Mack truck through California land use, planning and environmental law and trying to create a Wal-Mart government on this 60-acre site. If they succeed in doing this, it will be their blueprint."

    Ideally, in a social system that actually upholds property rights, Wal-Mart would be "the government" on it's own property. The principle difference, of course, would be that Wal-Mart wouldn't be free to initiate force against others at it's whim and without consequence.
    Wal-Mart, the world's largest retailer, has announced plans to build 40 supercenters in California over the next five years, combining its usual assortment of goods with a full line of groceries. California's grocery workers and supermarket chains are trying to slow or stop the company's expansion. They have enlisted the support of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, the Nation of Islam and a number of elected officials and community groups opposed to Wal-Mart's employment practices and its impact on local merchants.

    This is the message these people are sending: don't you dare grow your business too big and too successful. Otherwise, we'll oppose you on every ground possible.
    The groups opposed to the Inglewood development have already gone to state court to try to block the project, but a judge ruled that any legal challenge would have to await the outcome of the April 6 vote. Ms. Janis-Aparicio said that if the measure is approved, the coalition will return to court immediately.

    This is the message this sends: democracy doesn't matter. Especially the local kind we all love and promote. Of course, I'm not that big a fan of democracy in the first place...
    A December opinion from the state attorney general indicates that the opponents may be on solid ground.

    The attorney general's letter to the Inglewood City Council states that while the initiative process may be used to adopt land-use and planning measures, the ballot cannot be used to usurp powers granted to elected bodies, like issuing building permits. The attorney general also said the initiative might be in conflict with state laws governing subdivisions and the environment.

    The initiative, which can pass by a simple majority vote, includes a provision requiring a two-thirds vote of the public to alter any of the terms of the development project. The attorney general said that provision also appeared to conflict with state law.


    This could be a delicious if otherwise ultimately disheartening display of intra-governmental bickering.
    Mr. Kanelos, the Wal-Mart official, said that the 71-page initiative spells out the project in minute detail, including building materials, traffic flows, landscaping and even plumbing fixtures. Each of these provisions "meets or exceeds every local and state building and environmental requirement," he said.

    All four members of the Inglewood City Council oppose the project, along with the area's congresswoman and state assemblyman. One Inglewood council member, Curren D. Price Jr., who is a lawyer and expert on community development, said he had researched Wal-Mart's plans across the country and had not found a single instance in which the company sought such broad exemption from local control.

    "That's what's so offensive," Mr. Price said.

    "We're talking about 60 acres and an area covering 17 football fields and they don't want to have any give and take on how this thing rolls out," he said.


    Doubtless, I'm sure the Wal-Mart execs find it offensive your crowd refuses to allow any "give and take" on this, either.
    The only city official vocally supporting the project is the mayor, Roosevelt F. Dorn. He said the complex would bring more than 1,000 new permanent jobs, add $3 million to $5 million a year to the distressed city's tax base and provide a revenue stream to finance as much as $100 million in new bonds. "We're talking about a new police station, a new community and cultural center, a new park in District 4, upgrades for every park and recreation area in Inglewood," Mr. Dorn said. "As far as I'm concerned, it's a no-brainer."

    Copyright 2004 The New York Times Company


    The LA Times has a registration-required article on this as well:

    Inglewood May See a Corporate Takeover

    It's an ungodly amount of pressure for a single community to bear, but nothing less than the fate of the planet will be decided Tuesday by approximately 10,000 residents of Inglewood.

    They won't just be voting on whether they want a Wal-Mart Supercenter the size of an aircraft carrier. They will decide whether there's any role for government now that the largest company in America has taken over the world.

    [...]

    Assuming the turnout Tuesday is 10,000, Wal-Mart would need just 5,001 residents of Inglewood to say yes to Measure 4-A. That's $200 a vote, a small price to pay for the right to do virtually whatever the chain pleases without city interference.

    Routine traffic and environmental reviews will be tossed aside, and a three-point shot away from the hallowed ground where the Lakers once played, Wal-Mart will reign.

    While we're at it, why not shut down Inglewood City Hall and have Wal-Mart outsource the few remaining municipal jobs to Guatemala? In an initiative-happy state like California, we could have weekly Supercenter elections until no other store is left standing.


    The hyperbole in anti-business circles knows no bounds. But Steve Lopez does keep one important thing in mind:
    Even if Wal-Mart prevails, we can always vote with our feet.

    Copyright 2004 Los Angeles Times


    UPDATE(4/7/2004 8:55am)
    The ballot initiative failed:
    Voters in the Los Angeles suburb of Inglewood on Tuesday rejected by a 2-1 margin a ballot measure that would have allowed Wal-Mart to build a sprawling shopping center in the heart of their town.

    In voting down the referendum, residents apparently took their cue from elected officials in working-class Inglewood, who fought bitterly to keep Wal-Mart from building a supercenter there despite the promise of 1,200 jobs and millions of dollars in sales tax revenue.

    "This was a major victory," said Jerome Horton, a state Assemblyman who represents Inglewood. "This was a test site for Wal-Mart. This would have set a national precedent and developers all over the nation were watching to see whether or not a developer could exempt themselves from complying with local laws. This was a much bigger issue than just jobs."


    So much for conventional Democratic rhetoric about wanting more jobs.
    With all 29 precincts reporting, election returns showed 33.8 percent of voters in favor of Measure 04-A and 66.1 percent opposed. Some 3,000 absentee ballots remained uncounted but a spokeswoman for the Inglewood City Clerk said those votes were unlikely to change the result.

    Copyright 2004 Reuters News Service. All rights reserved.


    Another Triumph of Democracy, I suppose.

    The Two-Party Nation

    [Updates below.]

    The schism in U.S. politics begins at home

    The assumption since the 2000 election has been that the United States is evenly divided between Republicans and Democrats. Nationally, this is still true.

    At the local level, however, that 50-50 split disappears. In its place is a country so out of balance, so politically divided, that there is little competition in presidential contests between the parties in most U.S. counties, according to an Austin American-Statesman study of election returns since 1948.

    [...]

    Today, most Americans live in communities that are becoming more politically homogenous and, in effect, diminish dissenting views.

    [...]

    The fastest-growing kind of segregation in the United States isn't racial. It is the segregation between Republicans and Democrats.

    Copyright 2001-2004 Cox Texas Newspapers, L.P. All rights reserved.


    Bill Bishop, the author of this article, asserts five things, each with supporting statistics:
    • Voters have become less independent.
    • Voters have grown more partisan.
    • Voters cast more straight party tickets.
    • Congress compromises less often.
    • The parties have become more ideological.

    There are also three charts displaying some local presidential election data for Travis, Williamson, Hays, Burnet, Caldwell, and Bastrop counties showing the change in Republican/Democrat preference over since 1948.

    Kinda slams home the notion that third-party candidates are wasting their time trying to get elected to major office. Stick with local races where hundreds or even tens of votes can make the difference. This is one of the reasons I'm helping the Texas Libertarian Party get back on the ballot for the November elections. Local laws and regulations tend to have a greater impact on our lives, so it makes sense to focus on regional and state campaigns.

    UPDATE 9/24/2004 5:27pm
    The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information

    Levey Padocs's Haircut Belongs to Him

    Parents have child. Parents live where they have to pay taxes, some of which go to public schools. Parents choose to send their child to those public schools. Child apparently misbehaves and then cleans up his act. Parents award him by allowing him to grow an unconventional haircut. Time passes. Before the school photo is taken, some of his classmates' parents complain that the punk haircut will ruin their picture.

    So, the school's principal allegedly gets the permission of the mother and then washes the dye out of the child's hair. Except the mother and father assert no such permission was given.

    Principal Washes Dye Out of Kid's Hair

    Parents of a 6-year-old boy say they plan to consult an attorney after a school principal washed bright blue dye out of their son's punk-style haircut.

    Levey Padocs Jr.'s father said he allowed his son to get the distinctive 'do more than a month ago for behaving better in class.

    But parents of the boy's kindergarten classmates complained the haircut would spoil an upcoming class photo, so Principal Derek Cooper said he washed the boy's hair in the nurse's office after getting permission from the boy's mother.

    The boy's father said neither he nor the mother approved the washing. They plan to discuss the situation with an attorney.

    "Leave him alone. He's not a problem child. He's not hurting anyone," Levey Padocs Sr. said. "He's an individual, and that's how he's expressing his individuality."

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Multiple problems at work here, but the one that bothers me the most (and it's possible I don't have the whole story) is the principal decided to ruin this kid's haircut because those parents didn't want to have his hair in the class picture. I don't know if they wanted the principal to wash Levey's hair or ask him to get the parents to "do something" or even have the picture session photographed differently.

    All I do know is that I'd be fuckin' pissed off if a school official screwed up my son's hair to please a group of parents. I'd be angry with the principal, but especially with those other parents if they wanted something done that day. If they exerted enough pressure on Mr. Cooper to fix the situation, they'd be getting an earful from me.

    April 01, 2004

    Poor Andrew Sullivan

    [Updates below.]

    He's gone bonkers and he doesn't seem to know it.

    WHY NOT A GAS TAX? Just when you think this campaign couldn't get more depressing, you have this moronic exchange on gas prices. They're Bush's fault; they'd be worse under Kerry. Etc. Now I know I just came out as a non-driver, and so full disclosure is unnecessary. But the low taxes on gas in this country surely are a bad idea. Here's an easy way to help ease the budget deficit, increase our fuel efficiency, wean us a little off Middle East petroleum and generally help the U.S. economically and in foreign policy. Yet the very idea of raising taxes on gasoline is regarded as so completely anathema you might as well propose nominating Osama bin Laden for president.

    [...]

    ...this irrational embrace of cheap gas is about as close to a national consensus as you'll ever get in this polarized country.


    He thinks "low taxes on gas" are a "bad idea."

    Egads.

    UPDATED 9/28/2005 10:04am
    Andrew Sullivan Needs Slaves

    March 29, 2004

    Michael Newdow vs The Pledge of Allegiance

    [This is a repost. Original article and comment lost after the recent server move.]

    [Updates below.]

    Supreme Court to Consider Pledge's 'Under God' Phrase


    The U.S. Supreme Court considers on Wednesday whether the words "under God" must be removed from the Pledge of Allegiance during its recitation in public schools, an important case on church-state separation.

    I posted about this briefly last year, but now the case is going to the Supreme Court today.

    Last Friday, I watched part of a discussion between Newdow and Aden on the merits of the case. C-SPAN (who cut out halfway through it to air something else, tha bastards) had coverage, as did the Washington Times:


    A key court member in the matter of Elk Grove Unified School District vs. Newdow, the Supreme Court case contesting the controversial "under God" clause in the U.S. Pledge of Allegiance, participated in an American University forum Thursday to discuss the forthcoming dispute.

    The discussion featured plaintiff Michael Newdow, the Sacramento, Calif. atheist contesting the pledge's secularity, and Steven H. Aden of the Christian Legal Society representing the government's position. American University Law Professor Stephen Wermiel moderated the hourlong event.

    [...]

    If upheld by the Supreme Court, which will begin hearing the case on March 24, the omission would continue to apply in Oregon, Washington, Arizona, Montana, Idaho, Nevada, Alaska, Hawaii, California and perhaps nationally. Justice Antonin Scalia, who publicly criticized the 9th Circuit's ruling, subsequently recused himself from the hearing, leaving the court with just eight justices to decide the case. A potential 4-4 decision in Elk Grove vs. Newdow would then carry the weight of a majority vote, thus continuing the ban.

    2004 News World Communications, Inc.


    Information regarding the case:
  • Jurist links to this summary of the case, which contains links to the PDF briefs for Dr. Newdow, the Solicitor General, and the Elk Grove Unified School District.
  • Also linked is this history of the pledge case on the Restore our Pledge of Allegiance website. Not unbiased, but a useful guide to the actions leading up to today.
  • Howard Bashman has three link-filled posts concerned mostly with opinion pieces and "day of" specials in newspapers.

    Where do I stand on this? I side with Dr. Newdow, especially after the ridiculous displays of faith GOP politicians went through after the Ninth U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals ruled the pledge to be unconstitutional.

    A Big Case Over Two Little Words


    When Michael A. Newdow urges the Supreme Court today to ban the mandatory recitation of the Pledge of Allegiance in public schools, he will be up against not only the Elk Grove (Calif.) Unified School District, where his daughter attends classes.

    Newdow will also be battling the school district's supporters: the Bush administration, the Republican and Democratic leaders of Congress, dozens of members of both the House and the Senate, the governments of all 50 states, the National Education Association, and even a group billed as "Grassfire.net and Hundreds of Thousands of Americans."

    But the California atheist does have one advantage -- consistency.

    An unabashed proponent of extirpating all religious references from public life, Newdow has no problem standing before the court and urging it to edit "under God" out of the pledge, even if that logic, extended, would probably doom "In God We Trust" on currency and even the cry of "God save the United States and this honorable court," with which the Supreme Court commences its work each day.

    His opponents, by contrast, must negotiate a minefield of Supreme Court precedents that have interpreted the constitutional prohibition on the official establishment of religion to mean that government must stay neutral among religious beliefs, avoid actions that have the purpose or effect of endorsing any religious belief, and refrain from coercing individual citizens to express a religious belief.

    2004 The Washington Post Company


    Consistency and logic are what should rule the day, not how many people support keeping the pledge as it is, not about removing religion from "public life", and not about being anti-tradition. It's about keeping the government out of the religion business.

    As I said back in my post about Texas passing a law requiring students to recite the pledge:

    The fundamental question all people must face at some point is whether or not they believe in Gawd. Not any specific Gawd, but just whether they believe in one, many, or none. It's the fork in the intellectual road: faith in this or faith in this? To have those words in the Pledge of Allegiance is to have that choice made for us...to establish then and there that there is a Gawd and that Gawd has certain qualities. For example:

    • It is concerned with human life.
    • It protects those who merit protection.
    • It has power that extends beyond human ability.
    It explicitly establishes a theocracy and I don't mean that as hyperbole. If the nation is "under God" then the nation, it's laws, and it's citizens are also "under God" as well, meaning we are subservient to It and lesser than It. Arguments that the insertion is a symbolic gesture miss the point entirely. The government has NO RIGHT to establish these things and certainly NO RIGHT to try and force people to follow them and recite them.
    I'd only change this from that passage: the fundamental question is to have faith or not. The substance of that faith is unimportant at this juncture. Once the establishment of faith is accomplished, you've taken the single biggest step. And when it's the state that is taking that step by making it obvious it assumes there is a Gawd, the state has lost it's neutrality.

    Even worse, you've got arguments saying that the reason this case is important is because the pledge affirms the idea that our rights are derived from Christianity. That stance is abhorrent on a number of grounds:

    1. If rights are derived from the existence and will of a superhuman entity, then that entity can just as easily take them away, ending the notion that those are "rights" to even begin with.
    2. If rights are derived from the existence and will of a superhuman entity, then the creation of those rights is entirely arbitrary and have no basis other than the whim of the entity. They would be, in other words, floating abstractions and it would be logically perilous to attempt consistency based on such a foundation.
    3. How do we determine what religion is the "correct one"? I can't begin to delve into the problems this question creates.

    Then there is the little problem I have of millions of children pledging Allegiance to a state that violates our rights every day.

    Kick ass today, Michael Newdow. I hope you win.

    UPDATE(3/25/2004 12:20pm)
    Howard Bashman is on a roll, posting numerous links to news articles around the country on this issue here and here. Several smaller posts are scattered inbetween.

    A lengthy excerpt from the Court's proceedings is available from the NYT here.

    UPDATE(6/15/2004 7:45am)
    Yeah, I heard about the court ruling in favor of the government and against Mr. Newdow...and on the rather lame grounds of not having legal standing to bring the case. But he won't take it sitting down.

    Newdow: We will challenge Pledge again.

    UPDATE(6/24/2004 1:29pm)
    Dr. Newdow isn't Giving Up

    UPDATED 9/14/2005 3:11pm
    Michael Newdow is at it again!
    U.S. District Judge Lawrence Karlton rules school pledge is unconstitutional

  • Bye Bye, Asshole

    [This is a repost. Original article and comments lost after the recent server move.]

    Hamas Vows Revenge After Israel Kills Sheikh Yassin


    Israel assassinated Hamas leader Sheikh Ahmed Yassin Monday, striking its heaviest blow against the Palestinian Islamic militant group behind dozens of suicide bombings and provoking threats of revenge.

    Israeli security sources said Prime Minister Ariel Sharon personally ordered and monitored the helicopter attack on the paralyzed cleric, whose wheelchair lay smashed in a pool of blood after three missiles exploded outside a Gaza mosque.

    Hamas, which is committed to Israel's destruction, has killed hundreds of people in a decade of suicide attacks. But previous assassinations have triggered more bombings and deepened violence that has stalled U.S.-backed peace moves.

    The assassination was Israel's biggest since the April 1988 killing in Tunis of Palestinian commando chief Abu Jihad. At least seven other people were killed in the Gaza strike and two of Yassin's sons were among the 15 wounded.

    Copyright 2004 Reuters News Service. All rights reserved.

    Some caveats:

  • I doubt this will lessen anti-Israeli terrorist attacks in the short run, say 3-9 months. It'll probably make them worse. The majority of Palestinians love retaliation as much as hawkish Israelis do.
  • Taking Yassin out won't dismantle Hamas by any meaningful degree, assuming he was as much a figurehead as reports suggest. He provided the Kindly Old Man spokesperson for media contact.
  • I believe it would have been more proper for the families of those killed or injured by Hamas attacks to have gotten together and taken care of him by themselves, rather than socializing the costs.

    However, the man almost worshipped violence inspired to create political change. Change that was ultimately intended to wipe out Israel as we know it, along with the Jews living there. He was a terrorist, a terrorist apologist, and willing leader and inspiration for Palestinian terrorists.

    Good riddance.

  • The Internationalization of Iraq?

    [This is a repost. Original article and comment lost after the recent server move.]

    I hear from the Democrats that the US has been too "unilateral" in it's actions towards Iraq and as a corrective measure they generally endorse outright or imply, we should "internationalize" the occupation forces. We should hand over transition authority to the United Nations or something; get more countries involved.

    But if you examine the current discussion around the Madrid terrorist bombings, it seems a great deal of people believe the attacks were carried out primarily because Spain was militarily involved in the war. There is also talk of al Qaeda (whom it's believed is either tied to the group that did the attacks or directly responsible) openly pondering terrorism on other nations that supported the US in Iraq, such as Britain, Australia, Italy, or Japan. So step back and add two and two together.

    If we reconfigure our strategy and go all multilateral on Iraq's ass, doesn't that mean all of a sudden our terrorist enemies will have a much greater selection of nations to attack? Doesn't that mean we expose the nations in the internationalized force to direct reprisal? Wouldn't that be a serious consequence worth considering before just falling back on one of the most irritating default Democratic positions: that any efforts abroad be done in coalitions and through multilateral institutions?

    It is well-known that large majorities in most western industrialized nations (the ones most likely to participate in any such coalition action) are opposed to Iraq War II and are facing tough financial times. Wouldn't it be in their interest to want to stay out of the Mesopotamian Meat Grinder? Wouldn't it be in the interests of their political leaders? Domestically, it isn't hard to draw a line from Democratic statements to the outcome of reducing US troop losses...and thereby increasing the proportion of casualties other nations suffer. It often seems the Democrats are more aligned with the political systems of other nations than ours, but the stance they take on the Big Issue of the day would necessarily cause harm to the armed forces of those nations and further expose them to terrorist attack.

    So why advocate such a course of action?

    March 12, 2004

    Australia Bans Personal Sword Ownership

    Details at Catallarchy. For all practical purposes, this is a ban. Only as a "collector" can you own a sword now.

    C'mon, Aussies! Fight back against this crap.

    March 11, 2004

    I'm All for Property Rights...

    ...but occasionally the punishment for violating them outstrips what justice requires.

    Woman Gets Criminal Record for Petting Dog

    All Tamar Sherman wanted to do was pet a dog and give it some water. Sherman's act left her with a criminal record.

    A few months ago, Sherman was walking near her South San Jose home and encountered a dog left outside in the cold while its owners were inside.

    Sherman, a member of a national group called Dogs Deserve Better, decided to pet the dog on a few occassions and once gave it water. That didn't please the dog's owner.

    "When I went out there to fill up the dog bowl, this woman was standing in my back yard," attorney Ron Berki told the San Jose Mercury News. "My response was, 'Who ... are you?' She told me, 'I'm here to pet your dog.'"

    For that, Sherman pleaded guilty this week to two misdemeanors trespassing and prowling and was sentenced to 75 hours of community service and a year of probation. She also was ordered to stay at least 100 yards away from Berki's home.


    According to the article, this is a clear-cut case of trespassing. I wouldn't have pressed charges, but I wouldn't have a problem with a small fine of less than $50. But "prowling," 75 hours of community service, and a restraining order? Unless Sherman has a history of trespassing on private property, theft, assault, and other such crimes, I can't imagine any reason to sentence her so harshly.
    Berki denies that his dog, Bailey, was abused or neglected, saying the dog sleeps inside with him every night.

    "If Miss Sherman was so concerned about my dog, it would have been easy to come to my front door and speak to me directly," he said.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Quite right; that's what Ms. Sherman should have done. But without malicious intent (from the article, it's hard to find it), she doesn't deserve the punishment she received. A small fine perhaps.

    At the same time, I do enjoy hearing about strict property rights protection in the courts. I certainly don't see the courts doing this in enough cases...such as radio and television broadcasters.

    That attempted push to further the invasion of private property I watched live on C-SPAN during lunch today.

    Godless Americans' New PAC

    I was watching C-SPAN yesterday after work and it had switched from it's coverage of the House to the National Press Club. Interestingly, it was rebroadcasting the Tuesday announcement of the formation of the Godless Americans Political Action Committee. It's purpose:

    GAMPAC endorses candidates for public office who support the First Amendment separation of church and state; defend equal rights and protections for our nation's godless Americans; inform our community of the voting records of their elected representatives on issues of concern; and support our goal of having "a place at the table" in formulating public policy.

    In addition, GAMPAC will facilitate the training and development of those godless Americans seeking to bring their organizations talents to the field of electoral politics.


    The organization has a number of issues, both federal and state, already on display on it's website for people to read and take action upon.

    Doubtless, this formally adds one more to the list of "special interests" the government will have petitioning it for changes. And even though my regard for voting and democracy continues to wane, these people have got a great and important task ahead of them. There is a serious bias against nonreligious and atheist political candidates these days. It's an unmentioned insitiutional adversion to candidates and politicans and people who don't believe in mainstream religious beliefs or have none altogether.

    I wish GAMPAC luck in accomplishing it's goals.

    March 10, 2004

    Glenn Reynolds isn't Very Libertarian

    [Updates below.]

    Not that he goes around trumpeting whatever political affiliation he holds. But he has made it clear in the past that he considers the label worthy of his political beliefs. Then he supported taxpayer-financed education and road work. Then he feared media concentration, though not quite coming out in favor of stricter controls.

    Now, we've got something else and it's again on media centralization:

    It seems to me that this proposal would answer any complaints (except with regard to labelling, I guess) that any parent could have about indecent programming on cable -- you don't want the channel, don't buy it. The cable industry naturally opposes this -- bundling the Celebrity Underwater Kite-Flying Channel with HBO is how they fleece consumers make a lot of their money -- but I hope that it's an idea that will come back. (And I can only attribute Hollings' failure to get enough votes to undue influence on the part of the cable industry, as I can't imagine any Senator's constituents opposing this idea.)

    Yes, it's rare for me to praise Fritz, but this looks like a good idea to me.


    Instapundit is referring to this article, which mentions:
    At today's vote, Sen. Hollings also introduced an amendment that would have required cable operators to offer their programming a la carte, allowing consumers to buy and pay for only the programming they want. But he withdrew the measure after it became clear that he didn't have the votes to support it.

    Praise for more broadcast regulation. And Mr. Reynolds didn't mention the item directly above this:
    The prohibition on violent TV programming was added in an amendment by Sen. Ernest Hollings, D-S.C. It would essentially bar "excessive or gratuitous violence" from broadcast, basic cable and satellite TV channels between the hours of 6 a.m. and 10 p.m. in the interests of protecting children.

    Assuming the legislation is ultimately enacted, the violence provisions will not automatically go into effect. They're supposed to be adopted only if an FCC study first confirms that V-chip technology and voluntary industry programming ratings that allow parents to block objectionable programming on TV are not effectively protecting children-a case that Sen. Hollings maintains has already been clearly and repeatedly made. "Monkey see, monkey do. Children will mimic what they see on TV," said Sen. Hollings. "I just couldn't stand by and do nothing."

    If enacted, the measure would for the first time subject basic cable and satellite TV programming-currently exempt from indecency oversight-to direct content regulation.


    Senator Hollings is a fucking menace to liberty; this is clear from the above. Yet nothing from Mr. Reynolds other than to single out the "a la carte" amendment for praise.

    Hey, I'd love to have real a la carte TV programming. Even considering the free extended cable I get from my apartment complex, I'd be very interested in paying for the 5-10 channels I actually watch and leave it at that. Even cooler would be a way to pay for just specific programs as I want to watch them...in essence taking the premium pay-on-demand movie system that's been in place for so long to the broadcast cable networks. Subscriptions to single shows for the duration of their run. Innovative things like that.

    But don't force the companies to provide them. That is none of the business of the US Congress or Glenn Reynolds.

    UPDATE(7/23/2004 4:34pm)
    First it was Hillary Clinton. Now it's private space tourism.

    UPDATE 1/20/2005 12:25pm
    Glenn Reynolds is NOT a Libertarian

    UPDATED 9/26/2005 2:44pm
    He hasn't been paying attention to An Intellectually and Morally Serious Antiwar Movement.

    March 08, 2004

    This is What Limited Government Means!

    [Updates below.]

    All you fakes in the GOP and moderate liars in the Democratic Party better sit up and carefully read this gigantic broadside against the way government is done in Washington, D.C. and understand that only steps as drastic, as far-reaching, and as impactful as these are the only ways to return the federal government to some reasonable form.

    The list of items is just too big to quote, but a few I can't pass up:

    1. Stop digging. Federal spending is growing at its fastest rate since the 1960s, but many of the same lawmakers calling for spending restraint also support legislation to expand highway spending by 72 percent, increase special education spending by 151 percent, and once again extend unemployment benefits. Each of these spending increases will dig the United States deeper into its financial hole and necessitate even more difficult choices later. Lawmakers should cut spending now.
    2. Balance the budget by 2014 without raising taxes. Budget deficits are merely a symptom of two larger problems: a sluggish economy and runaway spending. Restoring economic growth requires low tax rates, and runaway spending is the most dangerous threat to pro-growth tax relief. Balancing the budget with spending cuts will improve the country's ability to deal with the massive Social Security and Medicare liabilities that will come due when the baby boomers retire.
    3. Freeze discretionary spending in 2005. Discretionary spending leaped 39 percent between 2001 and 2004. Even after excluding defense and costs related to September 11, discretionary spending is rising percent 7 percent annually. Do these agencies need yet another spending increase this year' Congress and the President should do what millions of families do: set priorities, and balance each high-priority spending increase with a low-priority spending cut.
    4. Reform entitlements. Spending cannot be restrained without reforming entitlements, which comprise two-thirds of all federal spending and threaten the country's long-term finances (see Chart 2). These programs are projected to grow 6 percent annually for the next decade. Table 1, which displays the spending restraint needed to balance the budget by 2014, shows no scenario to balance the budget by 2014 without reducing that 6 percent mandatory spending annual growth rate. Lawmakers seeking to rein in spending should put all entitlement spending on the table, including the 2003 Medicare drug bill and the 2002 farm bill.
    5. Fix the budget process. Lawmakers still cling to the budget process created back in 1974. Over the past 30 years, successive Congresses have punched this process full of holes, and federal spending has correspondingly tripled. The current budget process provides no workable tools to limit spending, no restrictions on passing massive costs onto future generations, and no incentive to bring all parties to the table early in the budget process to set a framework. The Family Budget Protection Act, authored by Representatives Jeb Hensarling (R-TX), Paul Ryan (R-WI), Chris Chocola (R-IN), and Christopher Cox (R-CA), provides a comprehensive proposal for creating a budget process that reflects America's budget priorities and should be closely examined by anyone interested in budget reform.

    How to Get Federal Spending Under Control by Brian M. Riedl also includes these points:
    Following several "expansion budgets," President Bush has moved the debate in a more responsible direction by proposing a "belt-tightening budget" that asks most agencies to accept a near-freeze in discretionary spending. But would most families trying to cut costs simply freeze each expenditure equally? Or would they fully fund priorities like food, the mortgage payment, and insurance, while completely eliminating unaffordable luxuries such as vacations and entertainment?

    [...]

    President Bush proposes terminating 65 programs at a savings of $4.9 billion (see appendix). Although a step in the right direction, these low-priority terminations represent only 0.2 percent of all federal spending. By contrast, a priority budget would:

    • Fully fund a limited number of high-priority spending categories, such as defense and homeland security;
    • Terminate entire categories of lower-priority programs, such as corporate welfare;
    • Institute a moratorium on pork projects;
    • Limit non-security spending increases to programs that pass their audits; and
    • Substantially reform programs growing at unsustainable rates, such as Social Security and Medicare.

    And then comes a outrageously long litany of outdated, useless, expensive, duplicative, pork-barrel, and inefficient federal programs, services, and agencies that either need to be axed wholesale or drastically scaled back.

    The Heritage Foundation did an excellent job with this report. The only thing left out of the discussion is what must happen next. I have no optimism for the taste it'll leave in any politician's mouth save for the more honest.

    Link via Andrew Sullivan.

    UPDATE(6/3/2004 1:11pm)
    Can't Cut the Budget; Politicians Will Eat Me!

    UPDATE(6/18/2004 5:06pm)
    Whom to Vote For?

    Economics Monday & Libertarian Theory

    Catallarchy hosts the Carnival of the Capitalists this week.

    Meanwhile, Radley Balko finds the Libertarian Purity Test. I scored a 160, but with a few caveats. Quoting myself from the Agitator thread:

    ...it might have been lower if one really argued some of the premises of the questions. For example, you could view school vouchers as an improvement over the system we have today because it injects some consumer choice into the equation. But the money being spent is still taxpayer money and the operating principle is still collectivist, so the "improvement" is marginal to others.

    Thus making me the extremist so far in the thread. :)

    UPDATE(3/11/2004 3:14pm)
    You can view a whole bunch of bloggers' results here.

    March 04, 2004

    The Texas School Finance Project Findings

    [Updates below.]

    Speaking of Texas educational financing...the reports are out. The following links lead to PDF files:


    From the Key Findings report:
    1. There appears to be a fundamental economic relationship among input prices, educational outcomes, and cost in Texas public schools. Other things being equal, the analyses suggest that it costs more to produce higher levels of educational outcomes. Nevertheless, the average minimum funding level per pupil of meeting state performance standards is estimated to be between $6,172 and $6,271 (in 2004 dollars), which is slightly lower than the current average budgeted expenditure level of $6,503. Depending on assumptions concerning natural improvements as students and teachers adjust to new tests, changes in required passing scores on state tests, expectations with regard to the efficiency of school district operations, and inflation, however, the analyses suggest that some Texas school districts will require additional annual funding of between $226M and $408M (in 2004 dollars). These estimates are based on analyses that consider all federal, state, and local dollars for district operations-excepting revenue for debt service, transportation, and food-and are based on the best available data regarding requirements for compliance with No Child Left Behind and the state accountability system. They also assume that school districts receiving additional funding would operate with at least average levels of efficiency.
    2. As in other studies of the effects of scale on educational costs, the analyses indicate that the cost of educational services in Texas is strongly influenced by school district size and geographic isolation. In particular, costs increase substantially for districts serving less than 500 students. The relative effects of scale on district costs is illustrated in Figure 1.

      As Figure 1 illustrates, on a per student basis the estimated cost of operating a district with 75 students is nearly twice the cost of operating a district with 7,500 students. Most economies of scale are realized at approximately 25,000 students. The analyses did not find evidence of diseconomies of scale for large urban districts, however.
    3. Just as other industries experience variations in the costs of hiring comparable employees in different labor markets across Texas, there are substantial regional variations in the costs of public education, particularly with regard to the costs of hiring "highly qualified" teachers. According to the most conservative estimate, a Texas school district in the highest-cost urban area would be expected to have to pay approximately 29 percent more than school districts in the lowest cost rural area to hire a classroom teacher with comparable qualifications. This estimate is derived from analyses of a three-year average of data on school districts, communities, and teachers, including data on teacher salary and benefits, certification status, and time spent teaching in-field.
    4. There are significant cost differentials associated with student need. Relatively high concentrations of students who are economically disadvantaged, have limited proficiency in English, are in special education programs, or are enrolled in high school can substantially increase school district costs. For example, a district that educates more students who are eligible for free lunch than the state average of 39.5 percent would be projected to need to spend more to achieve comparable outcomes, other things being equal. Conversely, a district that educates fewer students eligible for free lunch than the average would be projected to require less funding.
    5. On average, unexplained variations in school district expenditures due to the production of unmeasured outcomes or inefficiency are moderate. The average level of inefficiency in school districts is estimated to be 7 percent. There is a substantial range among estimates of district inefficiency, however, from less than 2 percent in some districts to as much as 28 percent. This finding suggests that some Texas school districts are remarkably efficient in transforming resources into measured educational outcomes that reflect the core educational goals of the state; other districts appear to be substantially less efficient. It is important to note, however, that this type of analysis cannot distinguish between school districts that appear inefficient simply because of poor management and districts that appear relatively inefficient because they are focused on producing different kinds of outcomes. For example, the analysis cannot distinguish between excessive spending on administration and relatively high spending on music, athletics, or mathematics programs. This issue suggests that Texas policymakers should take up the question of how much local school districts should be allowed to choose the outcomes they aspire to produce, along with issues concerning state sanctions or incentives to promote cost-effective operation.
    The other reports are considerably longer. Might make good weekend reading! :)

    In any case, my core principles wouldn't be swayed if the report said we could spend $5,000 less or $5,000 more per student. I want the education systems in this state and in this country privatized and removed from the state's power.

    UPDATE(4/9/2004 12:48pm)
    Oppose all state income tax plans!

    UPDATE(5/4/2004 9:09am)
    I did some quick 'n dirty educational cost calculations of my own.

    March 01, 2004

    The Catholic Charities of Sacraficial

    The absurdity of the current system of property rights in our country is being highlighted once again.

    Catholic Group Must Offer Birth Control in Calif.

    The California Supreme Court ruled on Monday that a Catholic charity must offer prescription contraceptives in its employee health insurance plan even if church teaching opposes birth control measures.

    The state's highest court upheld a lower court decision rejecting Catholic Charities of Sacramento's claims it did not have to offer prescription contraceptives because it considered itself obliged to follow the Roman Catholic Church's religious teachings, which hold that the use of artificial birth control is a sin.


    I hold no water for religious opinions or belief. I am an atheist and I haven't attended any church in any spiritual capacity in almost a decade. But this is bullshit of the most foul order.
    The state supreme court said the charity, incorporated separately from the church, was not a "religious employer" exempt from legislation mandating such coverage.

    While affiliated with the Catholic Church, the charity's purpose is not to inculcate religious values, a majority of court justices noted.

    The charity could avoid any conflict with religious values by not offering its employees prescription drug coverage, the justices held. Employers in California are not required to offer such coverage.


    And that's the problem. It's not that some segments of business aren't required to provide coverage, it's that any are required at all. This is properly a business decision; it's properly the OWNER of the business in question. Under any other regime, the businessman is acting on the permission of the government to operate. And as the years have gone by, permission is being required for more and more things. The reach has grown to the point where we have these completely unnecessary problems that are wholly government-created that force people to do things they not only consider wrong, but SINFUL.

    Be it a bicycle helmet law, smoking or noise ordinances, or demands that employers provide certain benefits to their employees, they all operate under the same guiding ideas:

    • You as an individual don't actually own your property. The state does and it will step in at will, whether a majority of voters want it to or not, to determine what you can and cannot do with it, crime committed or no crime.
    • You really don't know what's in your interest, because if the state didn't have some plausible "problem" to fix that isn't in someone's interest, it wouldn't do it. Unfortunately, the interests being served are collective ones and as such are illegitimate when the proposed solutions infringe upon personal freedom.

    They know not in what they meddle. Only those who make it their business know.
    Only Associate Justice Janice Brown dissented.

    "Here we are dealing with an intentional, purposeful intrusion into a religious organization's expression of its religious tenets and sense of mission," Brown wrote. "The government is not accidentally or incidentally interfering with religious practice; it is doing so willfully by making a judgment about what is or is not religious."

    Timothy Muscat, the California deputy attorney general who argued the state's case before the state high court, said the justices drew a line between purely religious employers and affiliated groups with broader purposes.

    Purely religious employers would remain exempt from the law requiring prescription contraceptives coverage, Muscat added.

    "The religious employer exemption stays," Muscat said. "A church, synagogue or mosque qualifies for an exemption."

    Copyright 2004 Reuters News Service. All rights reserved.


    But that isn't the real point. It is indeed important to separate the church and the state, but this is important not because religion is somehow more important to protect, but because the feelings behind it are so personal that any attempt to force behavioral changes strikes a deeper chord than hearing about some new (de)regulation of coal-fired electricity plants in Ohio. It matters because religion is personal and individual. Matters of the mind and thought are treated with more respect than matters of physical objects and property. That gap hasn't yet been bridged in the minds of enough people.

    This shouldn't be fought on the basis of a separation of church and state. This should be fought on the basis of private property rights and the freedom of individuals to peacefully use that property. This is a fucking CHARITY, man; by nature it doesn't have the resources to be thrown about however the politicians demand it.

    Do fight this in any way other than on the bedrock of property would keep the system in place as it is and guarantee the future development of these kinds of disagreements. Don't sacrifice anything for this.

    UPDATE(3/2/2004 9:02am)
    Catholic Group Must Provide Birth Control

    The American Civil Liberties Union applauded the ruling and called it "a great victory for California women and reproductive freedom."

    The ACLU has it's good moments and it's bad moments. This is one of it's bad moments. You don't have a right to force someone to provide something or some service for you. Now, they've helped persuade the government to stamp down on private choice, i.e. liberty. Which is annoying since the ACLU stumps for the pro-choice side of the abortion debate on generally the same grounds I use to support abortion:
    Our mission is to ensure that every person can make informed, meaningful decisions about reproduction free from intrusion by the government.

    If the "liberties" in it's name meant anything, they would have opposed this tooth and nail. What they got was MORE intrusion by the government that FORCES individuals (the business and charity owners) to provide certain employee benefits; they have removed the right to decide from the people who have the most right to make it.

    February 26, 2004

    Texas GOP Senators for the Gay Marriage Amendment

    According to Oxblog's Josh Chafetz, both John Cornyn and Kay Bailey Hutchison more or less support Bush's marriage amendment. As Republican as this state is, this isn't unexpected, but I still had some hope reason would prevail.

    The general ideology of Texas has it's charms and it's drawbacks. This is one of the latter.

    February 23, 2004

    Daily Kos Wants It All

    [Updates below.]

    Edwards for President, Damn It

    First of, I think both candidates are electable. Both John Kerry and John Edwards will have a strong chance of defeating Bush. So I can't abide by those silly "electability" arguments that have propelled Kerry to his current, commanding lead in the race.

    I prefer to look beyond November. To be blunt, I want what the Republicans have -- the trifecta. I want the White House, Congress, and the Supreme Court. I want as many state houses and legislatures as we can get. I want complete dominance.


    My emphasis.

    Political strategists dislike the uncertainty of democratic processes and want to eliminate the unknowns of executive, legislative, and legal opposition when they craft their plans. It's much easier to pass the bills you want when a raw majority of rule making bodies consist of people "on your side" or who at least sympathize with your goals.

    Of course, people on the opposite side of the spectrum feel the same. You know the Republicans felt joyous when they captured the House, then the Presidency, and then the Senate. I feel less inclined than Kos to attribute the Supreme Court to the GOP as it seems pretty much split down the middle these days.

    In any case, to me this kind of mentality is just frightening. The pursuit of power over others should always be. Kos's authoritarian impulse is rearing it's ugly head and the only political entity strong enough to defeat against it and it's adherents is only marginally better.

    UPDATE 11/16/2004 8:41am
    The Hypocrisy of Daily Kos

    UPDATE 1/18/2005 9:40am
    Kos continues to amaze me.

    UPDATED 4/19/2005 10:28am
    The Democratic Party: The Party of Personal Liberty?, Fiscal Responsibility?, Meteor Blades Needs Economics, Economic Ignorance, For the Privatization of Freedom, Sacred Cows and Kossack Hypocrisy, and Kos Strikes Again

    February 19, 2004

    Rick Perry Sex Scandal?

    [Note: It appears increasingly less likely this rumor is true.

    UPDATE(3/5/2004) 10:39am
    In addition, Governor Perry has directly denied the rumors.]

    After being alerted by commenter "CLS" in a previous post on Rick Perry signing the Texas DOMA, I looked around to see if the Texas and Austin news media had anything on this alleged incident. Nothing on the Austin-American Statesman, News8Austin, ABC News Texas local, KEYE, KVUE, KXAN, or Quorum Report frontpages. Nothing either on the Austin Chronicle Naked City issue for 2/20/2004.

    However, the Burnt Orange Report has been tracking this and the rumors and it sounds like something ugly is brewing just beneath the surface. It involves divorce, prominent Texas Republicans in positions of power, and a homosexual relationship between two men. Buzzflash (warning, hyper-partisan site) and Bartcop (another partisan site) have more gossip.

    I don't know if any of this is true. Given the nature of the people pushing the rumors, it wouldn't surprise me to know they would like them to come to some sort of fruition and end up taking down Governor Perry and - who I heard may the other man - Secretary of State Geoffrey S. Connor and tarnishing Republicans in general. This is, of course, somewhat understandable considering the way conservatives have championed heterosexual monogamous relationships and the tradional family and all that. Schadenfreude can be a hell of a feeling.

    I'm not savvy enough in Texas politics to know how this would affect bigger issues, assuming it's true. From my perspective, I generally dislike the social policies of the current crop of Texas Republicans and wish they'd rework their economic policies in a more capitalist fashion. In that sense, I'm not on their side. On the other hand, it's not like I want them to get toppled and a Democratic elected. They aren't any better.

    I do like seeing moral sneers get their comeuppance. And given the atmosphere surrounding the country regarding gay marriage, this couldn't come at a better time to take the conservatives down a notch. I don't condemn anyone for engaging in consenual sexual activity as it is none of my business. But I do condemn liars, hypocrites, and fakes who have political power and exercise it to discriminate against specific groups of people.

    Let the rollercoaster begin.

    UPDATE(12:45pm)
    Diary entry from DailyKos with additonal rumors, including the likely names of attorneys involved.

    Obviously, once this breaks (will Matt be The One, like he was with Kerry?), there will be tremendous traction in the media now that Drudge stirred the waters with the Kerry Intern Hype. That relationship was denied by both parties, though, and I don't believe any hard evidence or witnesses were produced. The Perry-Connor thing is different on a few levels (assuming what I've read is true):

    1. They were apparently spotted by a third party (Perry's wife!) in the act.
    2. Legal action is being taken with the divorce.
    3. Unnamed students seem to be mentioning sexual harassment by the governor, potentially increasing the number of people involved.
    4. Perry signed legislations banning gay marriages and did so partly by invoking "defending marriage and family" grounds and then allegedly cheats on his wife with another man.

    I wish I worked closer to the Capitol to see what's going on. The Governor's Mansion is right out in the open downtown next to the Legislature. I want to be there when the media piles up.

    UPDATE(3:20pm)
    Atrios picked up the story yesterday and in the comments, someone pointed to DMagazine's Frontburner as another potential source of information.

    Wick Allison posted twice - here and here - though he didn't add much to the rumors.

    TRACKING DOWN RUMORS

    First we reported that the rumors about something amiss in the Governor's office haven't seen print because apparently they aren't true. As a demonstration we tracked down the rumor of the Perrys' having filed divorce papers to Haskell County court clerk Penny Anderson, who said definitely not. Then we were told--wink,wink, didn't we know--that Penny is Rick's cousin. Well, Penny called this morning to say she's not related to Rick or Anita, as if that has anything to do with anything anyway. It may have come from the same source as the very strong rumor that Mrs. Perry no longer is sleeping overnight at the Mansion. More than a rumor is the fact that her name was removed from the travel manifest for the governor's trip to Italy this week, then put back on. As for the reason for all this mongering, all we can say that more rumors are flying fast and furious--and Republican power-hosses in Austin are scrambling.


    I bet that by Monday something in the mainstream press will get published. There is too much Internet chatter for this to last much longer.

    UPDATE(11:41pm)
    The first truely sympathetic comment I've found so far:

    It WOULD be sad if Perry got thrown out.

    He is a smart guy, and has worked hard to get where he is.

    I don't respect him for his hypocrisy, but as a gay man, I empathize with his loss. If he truly is gay, it must have been truly horrible to have to hide himself all this time, just to protect his achievements.

    I think many of us have been in that place before, and it's a lonely and sad place to be.


    The thought of a gay Texas Governor is somewhat shocking, even as annoying and internally bigoted as that may come across. This is just one of those states where such things aren't even considered to be on the table when voting for a major party candidate. I live in Austin, which is probably the most Democratic and left-leaning city in the state, and it's a shocker. It's a shame the GOP has the image of being anti-gay, even though it's unfair to paint the entire organization and it's members as such. Perhaps, after all the time spent under the recent Bush-created spotlight, the hard religious wing of the party will loose some of it's sway and grant conservatives more leeway in their social policies.

    Still a whole weekend to go on this story and it could all be proven wrong. Let's keep this in mind, please.

    UPDATE(2/20/2004 9:40am)
    More here.

    UPDATE(2/21/2004 8:37pm)
    I am still quite surprised the only "heavies" reporting on this are lefty bloggers like Atrios, Hesiod, and Buzzflash. It did make Metafilter and Austin's Indymedia. Where is The Drudge Report? This kinda stuff is right up his alley.

    My web traffic has exploded over this and I know Burnt Orange Report's has as well to an even greater degree. The vast majority of referrals are coming from Texas. Hell, even Sage Francis heard about this when or before he stopped by Austin to play the Fuck Clear Channel tour date and a significant number of people in the crowd knew what he was talking about. This has spread far and wide and not a blip in major media (whom are apparently compiling what they can before going public) or the large righty blogs.

    UPDATE(2/24/2004 9:13am)
    I won't be updating this page after this point. A new post on this can be found here. There is a bit more to report.

    February 18, 2004

    The Lou Dobbs Rogue Fund!

    [Note: looks like it may be a good investment after all!]

    James Glassman has created The Dobbs Rogue Fund:

    Researching an article on outsourcing a week ago, I came across a remarkable list on the website of CNN's Lou Dobbs. It was a sort of rogues' gallery, touted nightly on the show. "These are companies," says the Dobbs site, "either sending American jobs overseas, or choosing to employ cheap overseas labor, instead of American workers."

    Another word for "outsourcing," of course, is trade, and the reason we trade is, in fact, to buy things -- including labor -- at lower prices. As Gregory Mankiw, the Harvard economist who heads the Council of Economic Advisors, had the temerity to say, "That's a good thing."

    [...]

    Indeed, a study by the McKinsey Global Institute, found that two-thirds of the benefits of outsourcing flow to the United States.

    Adam Smith understood this back in 1776.

    [...]

    So, it seems to me that, far from being a bunch of evildoers, the members of the Dobbs most-wanted list are companies that are helping the American economy. Not only that; but, scanning them, I realized they were terrific businesses.


    Why not, then, compose a stock portfolio made up of the Dobbs rogues? We can call it the Adam Smith Fund or, better, the Dobbs Rogue Fund.


    So what Mr. Glassman did was list the companies Mr. Dobbs had on his website as of February 16, 2004. They are:

    #
    3Com
    3M

    A
    Accenture
    Adaptec
    Adobe Systems
    Advanced Energy Industries
    Aetna
    A.G. Edwards
    Agere Systems
    Agilent Tech.
    AIG
    Alamo Rent A Car
    Albertson's
    Alliance Semiconductor
    Allstate
    Alpha Thought Global
    Amazon.com
    AMD
    American Express
    American Management Systems
    American Standard
    Amphenol Corp.
    Analog Devices
    Andrew Corp.
    AOL
    Applied Materials
    A.T. Cross Company
    AT&T
    AT&T Wireless
    A.T. Kearney
    Avanade
    Avery Dennison

    B
    Bank of America
    Bank of New York
    Bank One
    BearingPoint
    Bear Stearns
    Bechtel
    BellSouth
    Best Buy
    Black & Decker
    BMC Software
    Boeing
    Brocade
    Bumble Bee

    C
    Cadence Design Systems
    Capital One
    Carrier
    Cendant
    Cerner Corporation
    Charles Schwab
    ChevronTexaco
    CIBER
    Ciena
    Cigna
    Circuit City, Inc.
    Cisco Systems
    Citigroup
    Coca-Cola
    Comcast Holdings
    Computer Associates
    Computer Sciences Corporation
    Continental Airlines
    Convergys
    Cooper Tire & Rubber
    Cooper Tools
    Countrywide Financial
    COVAD Comm.
    CSX
    Cummins

    D
    Dell Computer
    Delta Air Lines
    Direct TV
    Discover
    Document Sciences Corp.
    Dow Chemical
    DuPont

    E
    Earthlink
    Eastman Kodak
    Eaton Corporation
    EDS
    Electroglas
    Electronics for Imaging
    Eli Lilly
    EMC
    Emerson Electric
    En Pointe Technologies
    Equifax
    Ernst & Young
    Evolving Systems
    Expedia
    ExxonMobil

    F
    Fair Isaac
    Fedders Corporation
    Fidelity Investments
    Financial Techologies International
    First American Title Ins.
    First Data
    Fluor
    Ford Motor
    Franklin Mint

    G
    Gateway
    GE Capital
    General Electric
    GlobespanVirata
    Goldman Sachs
    Goodrich
    Google
    Greenpoint Mortgage
    Guardian Life Insurance

    H
    The Hartford Financial Services Group
    HealthAxis
    Hewitt Associates
    Hewlett-Packard
    The Holmes Group
    HSN
    Humana

    I
    IBM
    IndyMac Bancorp
    Infogain
    Innodata Isogen
    Intel
    Intl. Paper
    Intuit
    ITT Educational Services

    J
    Jabil Circuit
    Jacobs Engineering
    Jacuzzi
    JDS Uniphase
    Johnson Controls
    Johnson & Johnson
    JPMorgan Chase
    Juniper Networks

    K
    KANA Software
    Kaiser Permanente
    Keane
    KeyCorp
    KLA-Tencor
    Kwikset

    L
    Lawson Software
    Lehman Brothers
    Levi Strauss
    Lexmark International
    Lifescan
    Lillian Vernon
    Linksys
    Lionbridge Technologies
    LiveBridge
    Lockheed Martin
    Lowe's
    Lucent

    M
    Maritz
    Marshall Fields
    Mattel
    Maytag
    McDATA Corporation
    Medtronic
    Mellon Bank
    Merrill Corporation
    Merrill Lynch
    Metasolv
    MetLife
    Microsoft
    Monsanto
    Morgan Stanley
    Motorola

    N
    Nabco
    National City Corporation
    National Life
    National Semiconductor
    NCR Corporation
    neoIT
    NETGEAR
    Network Associates
    Newell Rubbermaid
    New York Life Insurance Co.
    Northwest Airlines

    O
    Office Depot
    Ohio Art
    ON Semiconductor
    Oracle
    OshKosh B'Gosh
    Otis Elevator Co.
    Owens Corning

    P
    palmOne
    Parker-Hannifin
    Parsons E&C
    Pearson Digital Learning
    Pericom Semiconductor
    Perot Systems
    Pfizer
    Pitney Bowes
    Planar Systems
    Portal Software
    Pratt & Whitney
    Primus Telecom
    Procter & Gamble
    ProQuest
    Providian Financial
    Prudential Insurance

    Q
    Qwest Comm.

    R
    Rainbow Technologies
    Radio Shack
    Raytheon Aircraft
    RCG Information Technology
    Regence Group
    Rogers
    Rohm & Haas
    RR Donnelley & Sons
    Russell Corporation

    S
    SAIC
    Sanmina-SCI
    SBC Comm.
    SEI Investments
    Siebel Systems
    Sikorsky
    SMC Networks
    Solectron
    Sovereign Bancorp
    Sprint
    Sprint PCS
    Starkist Seafood
    State Farm Insurance
    State Street
    StorageTek
    SunTrust Banks
    Supra Telecom
    SurePrep
    The Sutherland Group
    Sykes Enterprises
    Synygy

    T
    Target
    Tecumseh
    Telcordia
    TeleTech
    Tellabs
    Texas Inst.
    Thrivent Financial for Lutherans
    Time Warner
    Toys "R" Us
    Triquint Semiconductor
    Tropical Sportswear
    TRW Automotive
    Tyco Electronics
    Tyco Intl.

    U
    Union Pacific Railroad
    Unisys
    United Online
    United Tech.

    V
    VA Software
    Veritas
    Verizon
    VF Corporation

    W
    Wachovia Bank
    Washington Group Intl.
    Washington Mutual
    WellChoice
    Werner Co.
    West Corporation
    Weyerhaeuser
    Whirlpool
    Wolverine World Wide
    Wyeth

    Y
    Yahoo!

    I think Mr. Glassman's idea is quite interesting. So much so, that I intend on checking in on these companies' stocks at the end of every week and noting their progress. Of course, as Mr. Glassman says:

    ike many other things Dobbs does these days, the list is unscientific. Viewers write in and the Dobbs staff "confirms" that the companies really do "export America." Not all the companies, including, for example, BumbleBee Tuna Holdings, LLP, are publicly traded. Others are subsidiaries of larger companies, and there's often double-counting. For example, A.T. Kearney is owned by EDS, which is separately listed; Carrier is owned by United Technologies, ditto. Avanade is a joint venture between Microsoft and Accenture, also rogues. GE Capital, obviously, is part of General Electric, which gets a separate mention. And so on.

    He also says he wants to return to the list in a year to see how they do, his guess being that the Dobbs Rogue Fund "beat the market as a whole."

    Unfortunately, Mr. Dobbs doesn't have a list of American companies that don't shift labor overseas. That would put some serious meat into the equation. His show does often showcase businesses that vow to keep their workforce and capital as US-centric as possible, but it would be difficult to compile the list. Still, I hope to spot trends in the Dobbs Rogue Fund and blog them.

    Via Radley Balko.

    A Crime is A Crime, Folks

    I'm signed up for Townhall's e-mail list for conservatives and they send me something about once a week. Most of the time, I pay little attention but considering my views on ecoterrorists, one stood out in today's mailing.

    SUV Owners of America support the STOP Act

    Rep. Chris Chocola of Indiana introduced the Stop Terrorism of Property (STOP) Act of 2003 legislation on Thursday, October 16 that would make acts of environmental terrorism a federal crime. This bill would send a clear and direct message to groups like the Earth Liberation Front (ELF) that their hate-filled, destructive activities - such as their recent attacks on a Santa Fe, New Mexico Land Rover dealership and to U.S. Forest Service equipment - will not be tolerated.

    The bill's text, as I found it in THOMAS, reads thusly:
    Stop Terrorism of Property Act of 2003 (Introduced in House)

    HR 3307 IH

    108th CONGRESS

    1st Session

    H. R. 3307

    To amend title 18, United States Code, to create the Federal crime of eco-terrorism.

    IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

    October 16, 2003

    Mr. CHOCOLA (for himself, Mr. DAVIS of Tennessee, Mr. COLE, Mr. ROGERS of Michigan, Ms. HARRIS, Mr. SCHROCK, Mr. ROGERS of Alabama, Mr. SHERWOOD, Mr. BARRETT of South Carolina, Mr. BISHOP of Utah, Mr. SOUDER, Mr. GREEN of Wisconsin, Mr. PEARCE, Mr. PORTER, Mrs. MILLER of Michigan, Mr. BURTON of Indiana, Mr. LAHOOD, Mr. RENZI, Mr. MCCOTTER, Mr. FEENEY, Mr. CARTER, Mr. ENGLISH, Ms. HART, Mr. PUTNAM, Mr. OTTER, Mr. CHABOT, Mr. WICKER, Mr. FRANKS of Arizona, Mr. SHADEGG, Mr. BARTLETT of Maryland, Mr. JONES of North Carolina, Mr. PITTS, Mr. RYUN of Kansas, Mr. HERGER, Mr. BUYER, Mr. CALVERT, Mr. NEY, Mr. WELDON of Florida, Mr. DOOLITTLE, Mr. BURNS, Mrs. MUSGRAVE, Mr. GIBBONS, and Mr. NUNES) introduced the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on the Judiciary

    A BILL

    To amend title 18, United States Code, to create the Federal crime of eco-terrorism.
    • Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

      SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.

    • This Act may be cited as the 'Stop Terrorism of Property Act of 2003'.

      SEC. 2. ECO-TERRORISM.

    • (a) OFFENSE- Chapter 113B of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following:

      'Sec. 2339D. Eco-terrorism

    • 'Whoever, in or affecting interstate or foreign commerce, intentionally damages the property of another with the intent to influence the public with regard to conduct the offender considers harmful to the environment shall--

      • '(1) if death results from the conduct constituting the offense, be fined under this title and imprisoned for any term of years or for life;

      • '(2) if serious bodily injury results from the conduct constituting the offense, be fined under this title and imprisoned not more than 10 years; and

      • '(3) in any other case, be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.'.

    • (b) CLERICAL AMENDMENT TO TABLE OF SECTIONS- The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 113B of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new item:

      • '2339D. Eco-terrorism.'.
    Should the destruction of property in order to change environment-impacting behavior be a federal crime? I don't think so.

    First of all, I see this as additional abuse on an already greatly-abused clause of the Constitution. Don't expand the Commerce Clause to extend the reach of the federal government in criminal matters.

    Next, if we are going to have federal criminal statutes, their jurisdiction should be restricted to federal property and federal workers. Otherwise, the states and local government are better suited for enforcing primary criminal laws such as those against murder and theft.

    More importantly, I oppose efforts to punish specific criminal behavior when laws already in effect take care of the broader range of that behavior. Vandalism, larceny, sabotage, assault, extortion and blackmail...these are all criminal offenses across the country. Why treat politically motivated crime different? If deliberate property damage occurs, throw the book at them. And if you feel the penalties for doing those things aren't high enough, you don't need to create a new crime to deal with them when they are fundamentally the same as the other crimes. It's identical to so-called hate crime laws where you are punished extra-hard if it is found that you acted out of bigotry or hatred based on race, religion, or whatever.

    A better message to send to would-be criminals is that property rights violations are not tolerable in this country. Whatever form they take. Once we start punishing people for their political beliefs, we start getting political prisoners. Stick with the basics. A crime is a crime.

    February 17, 2004

    Civil Disobedience and Gay Marriage

    [Updates below.]

    Texans seek same-sex marriages

    Same-sex couples who applied for marriage licenses at the Travis County clerk's office Friday knew they'd be denied but wanted to make a point.

    "If we were allowed, we'd be in here today just like anybody else who is preparing to marry," said Michael McClain, 38, a U.S. Postal Service employee looking forward to a Valentine's Day commitment ceremony with his partner Brad Parks, 36, an advertising copywriter.

    Margy Meacham, 44, was turned away with her partner of 16 years, Nancy Hickman, 59.

    "We should be able to have the same rights as everyone else and ... express our committed relationship the way that we want," Meacham said.

    It fell to Betty Anderson, as division manager of recording in the clerk's office, to tell the couples what they already knew ? that they couldn't get licenses.

    When one applicant voiced the hope that some day the law will allow them to marry, Anderson responded quietly: "Someday, maybe. Today, no."

    Portions 2004 KENS 5 and the San Antonio Express-News. All rights reserved.


    If a law is immoral and unjust, I support people standing up to it and engaging in that behavior anyway.

    Laws prohibiting homosexual couples from legally marrying are unjust and immoral. While I think marriage should be privatized and removed entirely from the sphere of government, in the meantime, I support these people and the folks in San Francisco who want to be recognized as equal in the eyes of the law.

    Perhaps a different individual liberty arguement could be made going in the other direction; namely that since I want to go further and remove the anti-single bias in the law (married couples get all sorts of incentives from the government), banning gay marriages doesn't actually marr my goals and in fact takes them further. Kind of like believing we can expand a lower tax system by just granting breaks to all sorts of companies rather than lowering them all at once. Reverse psychology from a political rights angle. But while you could do this, taking the next step and "banning" heterosexual marriage simply will not happen. It would be much easier to allow any consenting adults to marry and then revoking the government-provided privileges married couples now enjoy, returning the whole system to a more free and equal status.

    I am, of course, unsettled by the need gay couples apparently feel to have their relationships vetted and recognized by the government. Sure, it's a discrimination issue and is rightly fought, but a relationship's validity rests on how the parties in it feel towards each other, not whether the states of California, Massachusetts, or Texas agree their relationship is legitimate.

    Austin news link via Stanley Kurtz in The Corner, whom I obviously disagree with on this topic.

    UPDATED 2/18/2007 11:10pm
    Austin's Gay Marriages

    February 13, 2004

    Monopoly isn't as Capitalist as Some Think

    What's Wrong with Monopoly (the game)?

    In the game Monopoly, owners of land and houses and hotels, though acquiring their possessions by luck, are flattered into believing they are masters of the universe, extracting profits from anyone who passes their way. There is no consumer choice and no consumer sovereignty. This is not a small detail. The entire raison d'etre of the market is missing, and thus the real goal and the guide of all production in a market economy.

    Consumer choice is replaced by a roll of the dice. The player then becomes passive. Landing on property owned by another person creates not a mutual gain but a loss. In this way, trade is portrayed as "zero-sum." The elimination of consumer choice leads to the belief that businesses profit only at the consumers' expense.

    [...]

    In Monopoly, a roll of the dice forces exchanges between producers and others. However, business to business transactions are left to free negotiation. Players are allowed to offer property for trade or cash to other players on mutually agreeable terms. Even in these transactions, regulation raises its ugly head when there are buildings on the property. Players are forced to demolish buildings before making any property exchanges.

    The pervasiveness of monopolies in the game does not represent the situation in the real world. Every piece of property on the game board is essentially a monopoly; once the dice roll determines where a player lands, there is only one seller who the consumer must purchase from. The monopolies are easily obtained by purchasing land from the bank or another player. In the real world, however, consumers are rarely compelled to purchase goods from a seller?or if one seller exists it is because it has out-competed others over time. Even with one seller, consumers can always switch to substitutes or abstain from purchasing completely. That is not the case in Monopoly. Again, this is not a small matter. The game is wrong on the central point of economic decision making: who is in control of what is produced and how?

    [...]

    The game comes complete with a single central bank, rules restricting lending competition, and the ability to inflate the currency. The rules eliminate lending competition by stating "Money can only be loaned to a player by the bank and then only by mortgaging property. No player may borrow from or lend money to another player."

    In addition all mortgages are price controlled to a 10 percent interest rate. As for inflation, the rules clearly state that the central bank "never goes bankrupt. To continue playing, use slips of paper to keep track of each player's banking transactions?until the bank has enough paper money to operate again"(emphasis in original).


    Benjamin Powell and David Skarbek also discuss the game's mixed takes on coercive taxation and statism. On one hand, the presence of state involvement doesn't represent a free market system. On the other, the direct negative impact on the players that the state interference represents is obvious and irritating to all players...in one sense making the case for the removal of those rules.

    Overall, a very nice evisceration of any ideas that the game accurately portrays capitalist conditions.

    February 12, 2004

    Drudge, John Kerry, an Intern, and Reality

    Matt Drudge thinks he has another Clinton-Lewinsky moment:

    A frantic behind-the-scenes drama is unfolding around Sen. John Kerry and his quest to lockup the Democratic nomination for president, the DRUDGE REPORT can reveal.

    Intrigue surrounds a woman who recently fled the country, reportedly at the prodding of Kerry, the DRUDGE REPORT has learned.

    A serious investigation of the woman and the nature of her relationship with Sen. John Kerry has been underway at TIME magazine, ABC NEWS, the WASHINGTON POST, THE HILL and the ASSOCIATED PRESS, where the woman in question once worked.

    MORE

    A close friend of the woman first approached a reporter late last year claiming fantastic stories -- stories that now threaten to turn the race for the presidency on its head!

    In an off-the-record conversation with a dozen reporters earlier this week, General Wesley Clark plainly stated: "Kerry will implode over an intern issue." [Three reporters in attendance confirm Clark made the startling comments.]

    The Kerry commotion is why Howard Dean has turned increasingly aggressive against Kerry in recent days, and is the key reason why Dean reversed his decision to drop out of the race after Wisconsin, top campaign sources tell the DRUDGE REPORT.

    Developing...


    Look, I'm all for making the character and personality an issue when electing a President. It matters. But that doesn't excuse people (whomever they may be) from the sheer sleaziness of leaking shit like this.

    My prediction, based on incomplete, early, unconfirmed, and wildly announced information: this won't affect the politics of the Democratic nomination race much. Unless there is something deeper to the story (such as abuse of power, out-of-wedlock births, etc.), I doubt the Democrats aligned with Kerry will care. They care about getting Bush out and have made their political calculations to that fact. The base democratic vote is, roughly speaking, Anyone But Bush and if Kerry can weather this, I doubt more than 10% of his supporters will leave him.

    Unless, of course, the arguement can be made that enough Republicans who have shifted to Kerry care enough about infidelity think this is newsworthy enough to switch camps again.

    UPDATE(2/19/2004 1:02pm)
    It seems both people have denied the relationship consistently.

    February 11, 2004

    Scott McClellan Gets Grilled

    I don't know if you watched the Whitehouse press briefing yesterday, but I managed to catch 70% of it during lunch. Watching Scott McClellan's performance was very disheartening. I'm no political neophyte and I'm aware that the primary jobs of press secretaries and spokesmen and -women isn't telling the truth and being open with the public. They exist to act as a firewall from criticism for the administration they work. And I'm aware that I don't have a very extensive experience with Presidential press conferences like these (I've only seena few and read a few more). But what I saw yesterday was pathetic. Forty-five minutes of dodgy bullshit.

    Mr. McClellan totally skipped the first question posed to him, instead choosing to say what would end up being his core stump speech for the rest of the briefing:

    The President fullfilled his duties in the National Guard and this is documented from these payroll records we have released.

    The second questioner didn't let him go so easily.

    Q Scott, a couple of questions I have -- the records that you handed out today, and other records that exist, indicate that the President did not perform any Guard duty during the months of December 1972, February or March of 1973. I'm wondering if you can tell us where he was during that period. And also, how is it that he managed to not make the medical requirements to remain on active flight duty status?

    MR. McCLELLAN: John, the records that you're pointing to, these records are the payroll records; they're the point summaries. These records verify that he met the requirements necessary to fulfill his duties. These records --

    Q That wasn't my question, Scott.

    MR. McCLELLAN: These payroll records --

    Q Scott, that wasn't my question, and you know it wasn't my question. Where was he in December of '72, February and March of '73? And why did he not fulfill the medical requirements to remain on active flight duty status?

    MR. McCLELLAN: These records -- these records I'm holding here clearly document the President fulfilling his duties in the National Guard. The President was proud of his service. The President --

    Q I asked a simple question; how about a simple answer?

    MR. McCLELLAN: John, if you'll let me address the question, I'm coming to your answer, and I'd like --

    Q Well, if you would address it -- maybe you could.

    MR. McCLELLAN: I'm sorry, John. But this is an important issue that some chose to raise in the context of an election year, and the facts are important for people to know. And if you don't want to know the facts, that's fine. But I want to share the facts with you.

    Q I do want to know the facts, which is why I keep asking the question. And I'll ask it one more time. Where was he in December of '72, February and March of '73? Why didn't he fulfill the medical requirements to remain on active flight duty status in 1972?

    MR. McCLELLAN: The President recalls serving both when he was in Texas and when he was in Alabama. And that is what I can tell you. And we have provided you these documents that show clearly that the President of the United States fulfilled his duties. And that is the reason that he was honorably discharged from the National Guard. The President was proud of his service.

    The President spent some of that time in Texas. He was a member of the Texas Air National Guard, and he was given permission, on a temporary basis, to perform equivalent duty while he was in Alabama. And he performed that duty. And the payroll records, that I think are very important for the public to have, clearly reflect that he served.


    Mr. McClellan was asked where the George W. Bush was and delivered the full Stump Speech:

    The documents we've provided show he fullfilled his duties. He met the requirements. He's proud of his service. And he fullfilled his duties. The President says he served and the records reflect that.

    The third questioner also had trouble.

    Q Scott, when Senator Kerry goes around campaigning, there's frequently what they call "a band of brothers," a bunch of soldiers who served with him, who come forward and give testimonials for him. I see, in looking at our files in the campaign of 2000, it said that you were looking for people who served with him to verify his account of service in the National Guard. Has the White House been able to find, like Senator Kerry, "a band of brothers" or others who can testify about the President's service?

    MR. McCLELLAN: All the information that we have we shared with you in 2000, that was relevant to this issue. And all the additional information that has come to our attention we have shared with you. The President was asked about this in his interview over the weekend, and the President made it clear, yes, I want all records to be made available that are relevant to this issue; that there are some out there that were making outrageous, baseless accusations. It was a shame that they brought it up four years ago. It was a shame that they brought it up again this year. And I think that the facts are very clear from these documents. These documents -- the payroll records and the point summaries verify that he was paid for serving and that he met his requirements.

    Q Actually, I wasn't talking about documents, I was talking about people -- you know, comrades-in-arms --

    MR. McCLELLAN: Right. That's why I said everything that came to our attention that was available, we made available at that time, during the 2000 campaign.

    Q But you said you were looking for people -- and I take it you didn't find any people?

    MR. McCLELLAN: I mean, obviously, we would have made people available. And we -- Mr. Lloyd, who has provided a statement to put some of this into context for everybody, made some public statements during that time period to verify the records that the President had fulfilled his duties. And he put out an additional statement now to put this into context. He's someone with some technical expertise and someone that understands these matters, because he was in the National Guard at the time.


    He wanted to know if the President had found any people to stand up and say they remember serving with him during his tour, like Senator Kerry has during his campaign. Mr. McClellan dodged again, and they had to go back adnd forth until he'd finally admit (grudgingly implying is more like it) that they couldn't find any people to come forward, not once stating the obvious.

    The next series of questions got tied up in a back and forth exchange.

    Q Scott, can I follow on this, because I do think this is important. You know, it might strike some as odd that there isn't anyone who can stand up and say, I served with George W. Bush in Alabama, or in Houston in the Guard unit. Particularly because there are people, his superiors who have stepped forward -- in Alabama and in Houston -- who have said in the past several years that they have no recollection of him being there and serving. So isn't that odd that nobody -- you can't produce anyone to corroborate what these records purport to show?

    MR. McCLELLAN: David, we're talking about some 30 years ago. You are perfectly welcome to go back and talk to individuals from that time period. But these documents --

    Q Hey, we're trying. But I would have thought you guys would have had a real good handle on --

    MR. McCLELLAN: - these documents make it very clear that the President of the United States fulfilled his duties --

    Q Well, that's subject to interpretation.

    MR. McCLELLAN: No. When you serve, you are paid for that service. And these documents outline the days on which he was paid. That means he served. And these documents also show that he met his requirements. And it's just really a shame that people are continuing to bring this issue up. When --

    Q I understand --

    MR. McCLELLAN: No, no, no, no. People asked for records to be released that would demonstrate he met his requirements. The records have now been fully released. The facts are clear --

    Q Do you know that a lot of these payroll records are --

    MR. McCLELLAN: -- the facts are clear --

    Q -- you can't read them. Have you looked at these? You can't -- how are we supposed to read these?

    MR. McCLELLAN: Well, I think you can talk -- one, we put it out on email. It's a lot easier to read, I think, on the email version because that was the --

    Q Oh, you did put it on our email?

    MR. McCLELLAN: We are going to, if we haven't already. But it was sent to us in email form from the Personnel Center in Denver, Colorado.


    Another addition to the Whitehouse Firewall:

    People asked that we release documents and records verifying the President's claims of service. He fulfilled his duties. And we have provided those records, showing that he fullfilled his duties. If they are hard to read, we'll e-mail them to you later. It's too bad some people won't let this issue go, because the facts are clear.

    Next up, someone asks for IRS records.

    Q One other thing on this. To corroborate these records, will the President do two things -- one, will he authorize the relevant defense agency in Colorado to release actual pay stubs for the President? And if those don't exist, will the President file a form, as he can do at the IRS, to at least look for a '72 or '73 tax return that would corroborate what you claim are payroll summaries that he actually got paid for this duty?

    MR. McCLELLAN: Well, I think this information is his payroll records. It is my understanding this is the information that is available from his payroll records. And it shows the days on which he was paid. So that's the information that I understand is available. In terms of tax returns, the President, like most Americans, does not have his tax returns from some 30 years ago.

    Q But it's possible that he could file a form requesting the IRS to search if they have a return for '72 or '73. Is he willing to do that?

    MR. McCLELLAN: Obviously, if there's any additional information that came to our attention that was relevant, we would make that information available.

    Q Well, it could be relevant if he would file a form --

    MR. McCLELLAN: I think that these documents clearly show that the President of the United States fulfilled his duties. I mean, these were the documents that people questioned and said should be made available. And we went back to double-check. We thought we had all the information that existed previously, but we went back to double-check after the comments that were made over the weekend, to see if there was any additional information available. And when we contacted the Personnel Center in Colorado, it was our understanding that the Personnel Center in St. Louis and Colorado were already working to pull this information together, and that this is the information that they have that is relevant to this topic.

    Q So it's your position and it's the President's position that these documents put this issue to rest, period?

    MR. McCLELLAN: Oh, I think these documents show that he fulfilled his duties. These documents show that he met his requirements.


    Mr. McClellan can't seem to answer direct questons well. He isn't a man, but a mouthpiece for another man; the voice of a politician. And politicians also have deep problems answering direct questions. This goes on and on and gets worse.

    Eventally, Scott relies on the same things to say in response to most of the questions:

    The documents show the President met his requirements and fulfilled his duties. These documents are all we have to our knowledge. He fullfilled his duties. He's proud of his serivce. It's a shame some people are making outragious claims and partisan fodder out of this issue. Anything that contradicts what we have must be referred back to the original sources because I cannot speak for them. This all happened 30 years ago. The President is proud of his service, which he fullfilled. These payroll records show he was paid for serving because he served. I cannot detail everything he did hour-by-hour, but he met his requirements and fullfilled his duties. Techical people are available to answer technical questions and I refer you back to the Personnel Center and the individuals who have made statements in the past to answer questions not answered by these documents, which we feel end the question of his serving. These documents show he fullfilled his duties. These are the facts. The American people deserve the facts and it's a shame that some people brought this up four years ago and have brought it up now. We've answered your questions many times over and the facts show that the President served his duty and met his requirements and fullfilled his obligations to the National Guard. Boo. And he fullfilled his requirements.

    "Grab on to one or two solid things and never let go."

    That should be the motto of the Whitehouse Press Secretary.

    In the end, it has become obvious to me that President Bush logged in just above the minimal amount of time required to be honorably discharged. Some of his superiors don't remember him ever showing up for duty, no one over the years of scrutiny has come forward to corroborate Bush's story, and there are gaps in the payroll records. Bush probably didn't go AWOL and probably wasn't a "deserter." But I'd be ashamed to point to his record of service and act as if it's something to be proud of.

    As Byron York put it:

    The White House hopes that the release of documents today will quell criticism over the president's service. However, if Tuesday's press briefing was any indication, the questions will persist. Reporters from the broadcast television networks grilled White House spokesman Scott McClellan about the months in which the records do not show any service points earned by the president. McClellan, beyond stating repeatedly that the records prove the president met his obligations, was otherwise not familiar with the details of the documents, and the White House did not provide an expert who could interpret them for reporters.

    I'd be twice as ashamed to put on display this pathetic Clinton-esque dodging.

    February 10, 2004

    Not Even Alaska Gets It Right

    [Bad link fixed.]

    Alaskans Consider Tapping Fund for Bills

    The Alaska Permanent Fund, created in 1976 to capture a share of the state's vast oil wealth, has grown to $27.7 billion, a sum so large its earnings underwrite handsome checks for every state resident.

    But Alaska is running out of revenue to pay its bills, and Republican Gov. Frank Murkowski has raised the sensitive question of whether residents should trade part of their dividends for schools, police and roads.


    There's a huge jumble of issues here, but most can be boiled down to a few simple things.
    A group of 55 residents summoned by Murkowski as the "Conference of Alaskans" meets next week to decide if the state's most sacred cash cow should be sliced up to help pay for state government.

    "We are threatened with an erosion of essential public services," Murkowski said in his State of the State speech last month. "Alaskans need to consider the health of our society in terms of both the dividends they receive and shared services."


    The Permanent Fund Dividend currently has an unaudited amount of $27,850,200,000 and is under the administration of the Alaska Permanent Fund Corporation. Since the Fund's principle ($24.1 billion as of 6/30/2003) cannot be spent, only it's earnings are eligible for distribution to residents.

    What makes up the Fund? "Dedicated mineral revenues," "special appropriations," "inflation proofing," and the interest made on the investments made with that money.

    ALASKA LAWS
    PERTAINING TO THE PERMANENT FUND


    Article 01. ALASKA PERMANENT FUND.
    Sec. 37.13.010. Alaska permanent fund.

    (a) Under art. IX, sec. 15, of the state constitution, there is established as a separate fund the Alaska permanent fund. The Alaska permanent fund consists of

    (1) 25 percent of all mineral lease rentals, royalties, royalty sale proceeds, net profit shares under AS 38.05.180 (f) and (g), 25 percent of federal mineral revenue sharing payments received by the state from mineral leases, and 25 percent of all bonuses received by the state from mineral leases; and

    (2) any other money appropriated to or otherwise allocated by law or former law to the Alaska permanent fund.


    So. Money skimmed off the top of private interests (otherwise known as the abovementioned) is diverted from regular state funds and saved in the APF. This money is augmented through appropriations from the Alaskan Legislature (billions of dollars so far) and these either take the name of allocations or inflation-proofing. Either way, it's still taxpayer money being spent.

    The program's been active for decades, so you can expect there to be some resistence to change.

    Twenty-seven years after the first North Slope crude oil flowed through the trans-Alaska pipeline, the state still gets more than 80 percent of its general fund revenue from oil taxes and sales of its share of oil pumped from the ground. Revenue from tourism, fishing and mining are small fractions in comparison.

    Alaska's residents pay no state income tax, no state sales tax, and in the state's two largest cities, Anchorage and Fairbanks, not even a municipal sales tax.

    But cutting their dividends, paid since 1982 and ranging from $331.29 to a high of $1963.86 in 2000, will not be an easy sell.

    Alaskans pride themselves on their rugged individualism, but have reacted strongly to the threat of losing a collective source of wealth that many view as an entitlement.


    The entitlement mentality. It's hard to not sympathize, but I can't. Even considering Alaska's unique circumstances, I view the whole APF as unnecessary.
    Families sock the checks away for their children's education or buy plane tickets to visit grandparents in the Lower 48. In the subsistence economy of rural Alaska, where jobs that pay cash are rare, the annual checks are precious. And for a segment of Alaska's population that considers state government to be bloated, the idea of cutting off checks to pay for more services brings opposition that borders on religious fervor.

    There's a disconnect here. The 2004 state department fiscal summary (PDF) shows that the two single biggest spending items in the budget are Health & Social Services (1,444,020) and Education & Early Development (976,935) and since it isn't mentioned, I'm assuming these figures are in millions of dollars.

    Reviewing this document and the department summary (PDF) shows that most areas of spending have had cuts when you compare 2003's actual spending vs. 2004's authorized spending. Good for them. Now they just need to take it further.

    But back to the APF.

    In an advisory vote in 1999, 84 percent of Alaskans said no to using the permanent fund to help support state government.

    "We think the permanent fund is the last thing the Legislature goes after, not the first thing," said Eddie Burke, state chairman of Alaskans, Just Say No, which opposed the measure in 1999 and will fight a ballot measure this year.

    The Alaska Legislature does not need a referendum to spend the fund's earnings, but the advisory vote so cowed politicians, they have dared not do so.


    If only things other than getting toss out of office cowed politicians as greatly as this. Things like honoring personal liberty.
    In 10 of the past 12 years, state government spent more than it earned outside the fund. A Department of Revenue in December estimated that gap this year at $275 million. The gap has been filled by withdrawing money from an account called the Constitutional Budget Reserve, created by voters in 1990 to hold oil and gas tax and royalty settlements from oil companies. Without change, that fund is projected to run dry by 2007.

    Murkowski limited his new revenue options during his campaign by saying he would not spend permanent fund income without a vote by Alaskans. He also promised to reject a state income tax. The former U.S. senator instead said the budget could be balanced with cuts and increases in revenue from additional resource development.

    He was elected with a 56-percent majority. The optimistic scenario has not come true.


    Here's what the problem is.

    The state exists to serve all it's citizens, right? It's here for the Good of All. Yet it must Infringe Upon All before it can serve anyone. It has to redistribute wealth from private interests to the public sector before anyone can get their state benefits. It's a contradiction and an extremely wasteful one. It's even worse in most cases because the load placed on the public isn't even or equal. Businesses and the rich get saddled with the greater burdens of paying for public services, usually because "they can afford it."

    But liquidating the Alaska Permanent Fund would almost certainly mean a tax increase or outright imposition in order to pay for the lower classes who rely on those Fund dividends to survive. Social spending would have to increase due to public pressure and the government would have little choice but to tax something.

    Significant new revenue from more oil fields, mines or a proposed natural gas pipeline is probably a decade away. Murkowski's first year in office followed five years of budget cutting by the Republican-controlled Legislature. He slashed $250 million from the budget approved by the Legislature but warns of Draconian cuts next year in the absence of tapping the permanent fund.

    Go Draconian! Reinvigorate personal responsibility!

    Murkowski said that barring off-the-wall suggestions, he will follow the suggestions of the Conference of Alaskans meeting at the Fairbanks campus of the University of Alaska for three days, starting Tuesday.

    The group is a mix of businessmen, former legislators, municipal officials and civic leaders. A dozen delegates have connections to Alaska Native organizations. A few have little more on their resume than long years of residency.

    Dennis McMillian, a former Anchorage United Way executive director who was selected as a delegate, said he's interested in finding a long-term solution for the state's fiscal problems and that may involve using part of the permanent fund. But given the diverse lineup of delegates, agreement will not be a slam dunk, he said.

    "I think it's going to be a challenge finding consensus of what should happen," McMillian said.

    Copyright 2004 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    The trouble is leaving this up to democratic means and solutions, but don't look to find that addressed anytime soon.

    February 05, 2004

    Tax Dollars for Bush's Ad Companies

    Via DailyKos, I hear of this:

    A media firm working for President Bush's re-election campaign has a share of the administration's publicly funded $12.6 million advertising effort touting the new Medicare law.

    National Media Inc. of Alexandria, Va., is purchasing $9.5 million worth of television advertising for a 30-second commercial that the administration intends to educate seniors about changes in Medicare such as the new prescription drug benefit, executives involved in the advertising campaign said Wednesday.

    [...]

    "There are hundreds of media buyers out there and they get the contract," said Rep. Rahm Emanuel, D-Ill.

    Emanuel said campaign media buyers typically are paid 10 to 15 percent of the cost of air time. But executives would not say how much the firm is being paid.

    [...]

    The conservative National Taxpayers Union called on Bush to pull the ad off the air, saying that it appeared to be "an election-year ploy rather than a genuine public service announcement."

    The Medicare ad addresses some of the major criticisms of the law, including assertions that it will force seniors out of traditional Medicare and into managed care plans and that savings will be paltry from drug discount cards and prescription drug insurance which start in 2006. Its theme is "Same Medicare. More Benefits."

    [...]

    National Media partners include Robin Roberts, the media buyer for Bush's 2000 campaign, and Alex Castellanos, who is well-known for creating sharp attack ads including the Republican Party commercial about Democrat Al Gore in 2000 that subtly flashed the word "RATS" across the screen.


    I don't support the public funding of political campaigns and I don't support taxpayer money being used like this either.

    Then again, it's not like I support much of what the government does. :)

    February 04, 2004

    Bad Brews

    Group Sues Brewers, Claims Minors Are Targeted

    A group of California residents filed a lawsuit against the two largest U.S. brewers, claiming the companies are targeting minors with their advertising, the group said on Wednesday.

    The suit, which names Anheuser-Busch Cos. Inc. SABMiller Plc unit Miller Brewing as defendants, was filed in Los Angeles County Superior Court. A similar case filed in November did not involve the two brewers.

    "We allege and intend to prove that these manufacturers are luring underage drinkers into potentially life-threatening addictions before they have the maturity necessary to make an informed decision whether to consume alcohol," plaintiff's attorney Steve Berman said in a statement.

    Representatives at Anheuser-Busch and Miller were not immediately available to comment.


    Probably because they were tied up in meetings with the other three Despotic Evils of today (the tobacco, pharmaceutical, and processed food companies) collaborating on the Next Big Thing in America's moral and physical downfall. You see, these bastards care about one thing only: their ever-fattening paychecks and if the only way they can sell their disgusting and contemptible products is through deep-level mind manipulation via the puppetstrings of TV and billboards, then they'll do it.

    It's not as if anyone has any responsibility for what they do anymore.

    Except for the executives at the companies, of course. They are certainly responsible for their actions.

    The lawsuit, which is seeking restitution based on profit gained from marketing to underage consumers, claims that packaging on some products such as Anheuser-Busch's Doc Otis' Hard Lemon Malt Beverage and Miller's Jack Daniel's Original Hard Cola resemble packaging on soda.

    The group also says Anheuser-Busch spent $190,000 on television advertisements in 2001 on television shows where the youth audience exceeded 50 percent of the viewership. Both companies advertise in magazines with teenage readership as high as 41 percent, according to the lawsuit.

    Copyright 2004 Reuters News Service. All rights reserved.


    Instead of the named alcohol companies, insert anything you consider harmful for some protected or privileged group. Mix well and serve slowly for thirty years. Wake up with a hangover and realize your individual freedoms have been reduced to lip-serviced political ads.

    Conservatives blame the lawyers for this. I think the blame should be two-fold: the lawyers who accept and take these lawsuits forward AND the insufferable jerks who file them.

    I am a Tax-O-Phobe!

    Previously, I talked about the Texas public education financing problem. An editorial in the Houston Chronicle has branded myself and others like me as tax-o-phobes:

    For the record, taxation is not a communist plot, and few, if any, public schools provide spa memberships for their teachers and free Super Bowl tickets or around-the-world cruises for their superintendents.

    Texas schools have their problems, and if we are lucky our state leaders will soon begin to address some of them, beginning with a fairer and more adequate way of paying the tab for our children's future. But even the politicians who love to criticize the schools also love (during re-election season) to brag about the improvements in student test scores.

    Teachers, principals and superintendents obviously are doing a lot of things right. They are not simply tossing tax dollars to the wind.

    Yet, every time a school administrator, a member of the media or an elected official dares to point out that Texas needs to increase education funding -- as many people are pointing out these days -- the tax-o-phobes rise up to scream about bloated school budgets and thieves on the school board.


    Clay Robison isn't really addressing the stance I take towards the public funding of education, but his comments are worth noting because they seem to echo at least a plurality of public opinion.
    A tax-o-phobe isn't someone who simply dislikes taxes. Most of us dislike taxes but recognize they are necessary and, sooner or later, will rise. By my measure, a tax-o-phobe is someone who either is rabidly opposed to taxes, even to the point of wanting to see some governmental functions crippled, or someone who pretends to hate all taxes but, in truth, represents special interests who simply want someone else to foot the bill.

    Ah, but I do dislike taxes, in all forms. :)

    And I'm also for the deliberate crippling of many government functions through revenue starvation.

    Mr. Robison's last sentence there is interesting. It sounds like he dislikes people who want others to foot the bills for their actions, labeling them with the dreaded "special interests" moniker. What he doesn't realize - or refuses to acknowledge - is that public-funded education is a prime example of getting others to foot your bills and the education lobby is one of the largest special interests in the country.

    Some tax dollars are inevitably wasted because they are spent by humans of varying degrees of competence and honesty, and there are continued efforts by the media, citizen watchdog groups and government officials to expose and correct those problems.

    But don't kid yourself, or let the tax-o-phobes fool you. Clamping down on wasteful spending -- although essential -- makes little more than a scratch or two in Texas' overall education budget, now upwards of $30 billion a year, according to the Texas Education Agency.

    Sure, that's a lot of money, and most of it is paid locally by property owners. But Texas has a lot of schoolchildren -- more than 4 million -- and the average expenditure, according to the TEA, is about $7,000 per child, although that cost varies among school districts.

    Copyright 2004 Houston Chronicle


    Bitching about institutional waste and corruption is pointless because those things happen in large organizations and hierarchies. Private schools suffer from the same kinds of human errors and conditions as public schools. What matters is who pays for that waste. The answer to that question should not be "the taxpayer."

    February 02, 2004

    Blame the GOP for High Federal Spending...

    [Updates below.]

    But a great deal of the problem is with the Loyal Opposition:

    President Bush sent Congress a $2.4 trillion election-year budget on Monday featuring big increases for defense and homeland security but also a record $521 billion deficit.

    To battle the soaring deficits, Bush proposed squeezing scores of government programs and sought outright spending cuts in seven of 15 Cabinet-level agencies. The Agriculture Department and the Environmental Protection Agency were targeted for the biggest reductions.

    [...]

    Sen. Ted Kennedy, D-Mass, called on Congress to reject Bush's spending plan, charging it was the "most antifamily, anti-worker, anti-healthcare, anti-education budget in modern times.''


    Note how Mr. Kennedy frames the ideas here. You are anti-family, anti-worker, anti-healthcare, and anti-education if you cut or hold down the spending in the budgets of the federal agencies that are involved with the administration of programs that impact familes, workers, healthcare, and education. It's grotesque.

    It's the very essence of the statist nanny handholding hell so many people still cling to and want to continue imposing on the rest of the country. With people like Mr. Kennedy still in power and still keeping a great deal of the country in agreement with them, I can't concieve of a true limited government reform movement any time in the near future. It would probably take two generations for a new philosophical cycle to rotate through, but by that time the nation's financial situation may have deteriorated to too dangerous a point.

    The Republicans have let so many opportunities for real change go unapproached that I've given up on them. They need the system to remain mostly as it is.

    UPDATE(2/3/2004 1:20pm)
    David Bernstein makes a critical point:

    Here is the money quote from the Post: "In all, Bolten said, the budget would kill 65 federal programs and significantly trim 63 others. That would save $4.9 billion in the next fiscal year, which starts Oct. 1." Remember, that's $4.9 billion out of a $2.4 trillion budget; after a 20%+ real increase over three years; and after adding a new budget-busting Medicare entitlement. That Bush is really taking an axe to the budget!

    Bush is taking the barest first steps and I don't know what's more troubling: that these steps rouse such strong opposition or that there were **65** federal programs sitting around that cut be axed easily. Why weren't they cut last year?

    UPDATE(6/3/2004 1:13pm)
    Can't Cut the Budget; Politicians Will Eat Me!

    UPDATE(6/18/2004 5:03pm)
    Whom to Vote For?

    January 30, 2004

    More Conservative Rot

    [Updates below.]

    Farewell Mapplethorpe, Hello Shakespeare

    Under normal circumstances, the White House announcement that the president was seeking a big budget increase for the National Endowment for the Arts might have been grounds for dismay. Pronounce the acronym "NEA," and most people think Robert Mapplethorpe, photographs of crucifixes floating in urine, and performance artists prancing about naked, smeared with chocolate, and skirling about the evils of patriarchy.

    Thanks, but no thanks.

    But things have changed, and changed for the better at the NEA. The reason can be summed up in two trochees: Dana Gioia, the distinguished poet and critic who is the Endowment's new chairman.

    Within a matter of months, Mr. Gioia has transformed that moribund institution into a vibrant force for the preservation and transmission of artistic culture. He has cut out the cutting edge and put back the art. Instead of supporting repellent "transgressive" freaks, he has instituted an important new program to bring Shakespeare to communities across America. And by Shakespeare I mean Shakespeare, not some PoMo rendition that portrays Hamlet in drag or sets A Midsummer Night's Dream in a concentration camp. (Check the website www.shakespeareinamericancommunities.org for more information.)


    Roger Kimball is the author of this garbage.
    Mr. Gioia is moving on other fronts as well. He has hired a number of able deputies who care about art and understand that what the public wants is more access to good art - opera, poetry, theater, literature - not greater exposure to social pathology dressed up as art. After a couple of decades of cultural schizophrenia, the NEA has become a clear-sighted, robust institution intent on bringing important art to the American people.

    So since you like it and agree with the message and content of the art, it should be publicly funded. Simply not on the table for discussion is the chance that some people truely do enjoy non-traditional, deliberately confrontational, and intentionally scatological forms of expression. Screw those dirty hippies. They don't know what real art is.

    Who cares about "limited government" anyway when you can use the government to promote a certain kind of culture and art...especially when it makes your side look good?

    It's quite odd, really. People keep telling us - that is, professors and CNN commentators and Hollywood actors keep telling us - how very stupid President Bush is. Yet everywhere one looks he is supporting some of the most intelligent and dynamic people ever to occupy their cultural posts. Dana Gioia at the NEA, his counterpart Bruce Cole at the National Endowment for the Humanities, Leon Kass and his panel of distinguished scientists and philosophers at the President's Council on Bioethics (see their website www.bioethics.gov to get a sense of the good work they are doing on clarifying the enormous moral issues surrounding the debate over biotechnology). The Left keeps screaming about how dim George Bush is, but in the meantime, he has illuminated one area of public life after another with immensely talented and articulate people.

    Yeah, yeah, fuck principles! We need more elected people and their appointees explaining to us what's ART and what isn't!
    There is plenty of room for debate about whether and to what extent government should be directly involved in funding culture.

    NO, THERE ISN'T. If we are to have a government, then it's reach must be restricted to a few things of importance and taxing people to pay for the promotion of art - any art - has absofuckinglutely nothing to do with those things.

    I'm with Rush on this:

    Well, good, then they don't need to take money from other Americans! This reminds me of the argument over funding the Kansas City Symphony when I lived there. There were all these fund-raisers, and when people didn't open their wallets at them, the symphony demanded that the government force them to pony up the dough. I mean, nobody wanted the symphony, okay? Yet some people insisted the government fund the thing! I just don't understand this line of thinking. A lot of conservatives feel the same way, and they're none too happy with Bush these days.

    It's just sick how something both as useful and repellant as tradition can blind the minds of people and lead them to bad conclusions.

    UPDATE(6/18/2004 5:07pm)
    Whom to Vote For?

    January 27, 2004

    The Texas Educational Trainwreck

    [Updates below.]

    Education cost study under way

    Texas' 1,040 public school districts should soon know how much it costs for an "average" education in their district, academic researchers said Thursday.

    [...]

    The study is important because once lawmakers know how much it costs for an average education in Texas, they can develop a tax structure to pay for it.

    1995-2004 The E.W. Scripps Co. and the Abilene Reporter-News.


    State to set per-student costs
    Putting a price tag on the cost of an adequate education could become a double-edge sword, Clint Independent School District Superintendent Donna Smith said Thursday.

    A large number would make it even more financially difficult for lawmakers, who want to reduce school property taxes and end the "Robin Hood" system that forces wealthy school districts to share with property-poor districts.

    "If they come back with a very high number that we can't (afford), then what do we do?" Smith asked.

    [...]

    "They might say, 'We'll give you what's adequate, and if you have the resources and ability to raise more, then go ahead,' " she said.

    Property-poor school districts, including all nine in El Paso County, could not get as much extra "enrichment" money as wealthy districts could.

    Each penny of such an enrichment tax would raise about $11 for every student in the El Paso Independent School District and less than $2 for every San Elizario student.

    Taxpayers making the same effort in the Alamo Heights (San Antonio) district would raise $56 per student with every penny of tax rate, while the same taxing effort would produce $114 per student in the Highland Park district.

    Clint spent $6,589 per student last year, or $499 below the state average, according to the Texas Education Agency. That amounts to a $4.3 million difference for the 8,572-student district.

    "That's nearly 50 classrooms" and teachers, Smith said. "That's like more than a campus in my district. And that just brings us up to the average."

    [...]

    The school funding problem is considered acute because more than half of the state's 1,041 school districts have reached the tax cap for operations and maintenance.

    Shapiro said Republican leaders want to generate more money for public education but link it to incentives and school performance results.

    Copyright 2004 El Paso Times, a Gannett Co., Inc. newspaper.


    Gov. Perry wants to tie school funds to performance
    Lawmakers are studying school finance to prepare for a special session, which Gov. Rick Perry is expected to call this spring.

    State leaders said they are waiting for a report due in March that should advise the state on how much it needs to spend on education. No one yet knows what the report will recommend.

    But Gov. Rick Perry seemed to put himself at odds with the rest of the state leadership when he said last week that schools would get no new money when the Legislature reforms the way the state pays for public schools.

    Perry revised his message this week. The governor supports incentive programs but doesn't want to give schools a blank check, said Robert Black, a spokesman for Perry.

    [...]

    Sen. Florence Shapiro, R-Plano, chairwoman of the Senate Education Committee, didn't rule out adding new money to the education system. But she said new money should be tied to student achievement.

    "What the schools want are new dollars, and what we would like to see is some system put in place so new dollars are tied to performance," Shapiro said. "And that's what we are trying to create at this moment in time."

    When Lt. Gov. David Dewhurst proposed his school finance plan last year, it didn't increase funding for schools. But that's not an indication that Dewhurst doesn't support giving schools more money, said Mark Miner, Dewhurst's press secretary.

    "He's talking about if we give schools more money, it needs to be combined with accountability and performance," Miner said.

    1995-2004 The E.W. Scripps Co. and the Abilene Reporter-News.


    State lawmakers are awaiting cost of 'adequate' education
    Shapiro, R-Dallas, said an extensive report by Texas A&M University and University of Kansas researchers will be delivered to the Joint Select Committee on Public School Finance she co-chairs in time for the panel's next meeting, set for Feb. 19.

    But what state leaders will do with the figure and how they will fund public education still is the looming question, said Sen. Leticia Van de Putte, D-San Antonio, a member of the panel.

    "We have to be careful what we ask for," Van de Putte said after the panel's hearing on Thursday.

    "Once we know how much it is going to cost, what happens then? Especially if the political will is not there" to provide that level of funding, she asked.

    Van de Putte said there is a concern that the state would be sued "if we were not to fund at the 'adequate' level," which she said is a legal term, adding, "If we are told, by our own consultants, what the funding level should be, are we then obligated to fund at that level and are we legally liable if we do not?"

    Portions 2004 KENS 5 and the San Antonio Express-News.


    Lawmakers awaiting report of cost of adequate education
    Under the current system, schools in wealthy property districts are required to share part of their property tax revenues with poor districts. Lawmakers are looking for alternative sources of revenue that will help ease the burden on property owners.

    A group of wealthy and poor districts have signed on to a lawsuit, scheduled to go to trial in July, suing the state over the so-called Robin Hood school finance system.

    2004 Star Telegram and wire service sources. All Rights Reserved.

    *drum roll*

    Joint Committee on Public School Finance:

    Public education is arguably the state's most vital responsibility. Regardless of political, ethnic or economic background, everyone should agree that a quality education is the key to our students' future in an increasingly competitive global economy. The Texas public education system faces severe challenges. In particular, the current school finance system relies too heavily on local property taxes. Already, half of our nearly 1,100 school districts levy taxes at or near the statutory cap of $1.50 for Maintenance and Operations. Moreover, the current school finance system was developed with little consideration of the costs of achieving the state's educational goals.


    The Joint Committee on Public School Finance was created by Lt. Governor David Dewhurst and House Speaker Tom Craddick to address this critical issue. The Committee is charged to recommend innovative ways that the Legislature might fulfill its obligation to public education, while reducing the reliance on local property taxes.


    The Joint Committee's charges included reviewing our tax system and assessing different options for public school funding. The committee and its highly skilled research team will be studying the entire public school enterprise, including appropriate funding levels for high academic performance; adjustments for legitimate student and school district cost differences; the role of the state in providing school facilities; and incentives for improved student performance and cost-effective operation. In addition, the committee and its researchers will investigate school and district practices that contribute to high academic performance and cost-effective operation.


    As a result of its work, the Joint Committee on Public School Finance hopes to ensure that Texas taxpayers receive the maximum value for their money and that all Texas students have access to a quality education that enables them to participate fully in the social, economic, and educational opportunities of our state.

    Perry, Dewhurst, & Craddick


    I've made my position fairly clear on the issue of how to finance Texas' public schools. Ideally:
    1. Education is a choice for parents and children to make. Since it is such an important and personal choice, the state should have as little to do with it as possible. That means amending the Texas Constitution and ridding it of any education obligations and ending the federal government's role entirely.
    2. Just as I shouldn't have to pay for someone else's burger if they are hungry and just as someone shouldn't have to pay for a new pair of glasses if mine break...we shouldn't have to finance other people's education. In this regard, vouchers are only a small step in the right direction, freeing people to pick the public schools they want their children to go to, but still using tax money to do it.
    3. If all else fails and Texans are simply unwilling to bear the responsibilities and burdens of a fully privatized educational system, I'd prefer a reliance or an increase in sales taxes over the imposition of a state income tax. This is my last resort option.

    Well, not really. I could always decamp for a different state and ensure that any education I might want, be it for myself or a future family, be privately funded. Wash my hands of the entire affair and let everyone else get themselves dirtier and dirtier.

    I work with Texas public school districts. I'm aware of how bad it is out there. I see no major movement towards the only solution that I think is best: schools should charge their students directly for the services they provide. Let uninhibited choices guide the creation of a free market in education.

    UPDATE(4:05pm)
    Here's an example of exactly the wrong kind of thinking:

    Lawmakers are looking at measures to raise more money for education. They include video gambling, $1 a pack tax hike on cigarettes, and a split tax roll that would tax residential property at lower rates than business property.

    There may be an emerging consensus on cigarette taxes and video lottery, Rep. Don Branch, R-Highland Park, said. While Perry has opposed any expansion of gambling, an aide said he consider any option other than a state income tax. A $1 a pack tax hike on cigarettes could raise about $987 million in revenue. The split roll property tax may not be a viable option in a Legislature controlled by Republicans.

    It's unfortunate the debate is being restricted before the session begins. Everything should be on the table, including a state income tax. We need a better way to finance education. Schools need more money; and it should come from the state, not from local taxpayers. We must also be careful in reforming the school-finance system that we don't sacrifice the principles of equity.

    2004 Texas Scripps Newspapers, L.P. A Scripps Howard newspaper. All Rights Reserved


    It's an editorial from the Corpus Christi Caller-Times.

    Obviously, I take issue with the notion of additional cigarette taxes (shouldn't be a special one on them in the first place), inequity in property taxation (stop abusing businesses because they are businesses!), state income taxes, reducing local responsibility for wanted services and burdening the whole state with financing them and finally, placing wholesale faith and credit in the hands of government to determine what's right for our children.

    UPDATE(3/5/2004 10:55am)
    The report has been released.

    UPDATE(4/9/2004 12:49pm)
    Oppose all state income tax plans!

    UPDATE(4/28/2004 9:25am)
    The proposed solutions for Texas school financing aren't any better.

    UPDATE(5/4/2004 9:10am)
    I did some quick 'n dirty educational cost calculations of my own.

    January 26, 2004

    Alan Greenspan's Speech

    Anyone watch today's Power Lunch on CNBC? I was browsing the 24 hour news channels at home during lunch and came across a speech on economic flexibility from Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan. His remarks were for something called the HM Treasure Enterprise Conference in London, England. Via satellite, he laid out a wonderfully broad historical case for free trade and free markets.

    The overall theme was the great desirability of free market flexibility and how attempts to do otherwise in the past had conclusively failed. Sounding a specific interest in labor markets, Mr. Greenspan took aim at protectionism, noting how as market forces asserted themselves to present Japanese low-cost laborers as the Foreign Threat of the 80's those very same forces shifted economic focus to Mexico in the '90s and then subsequently to China, rendering hollow the idea that the American workforce must be protected from low-cost labor from abroad.

    Some key quotes:

    As the Great Depression of the 1930s deepened, John Maynard Keynes offered an explanation for the then-bewildering series of events that was to engage economists for generations to come. Market systems, he argued, contrary to the conventional wisdom, did not at all times converge to full employment. They often, in economists' jargon, found equilibrium with significant segments of the workforce unable to find jobs. His insight rested largely on certain perceived rigidities in labor and product markets. The notion prevalent in the 1920s and earlier--that economies, when confronted with unanticipated shocks, would quickly return to full employment--fell into disrepute as the depression festered. In its place arose the view that government action was required to restore full employment.

    More broadly, government intervention was increasingly seen as necessary to correct the failures and deficiencies viewed as inherent in market economies. Laissez-faire was rapidly abandoned and a tidal wave of regulation swept over much of the world's business community. In the United States, labor practices, securities issuance, banking, agricultural pricing, and many other segments of the American economy, fell under the oversight of government. With the onset of World War II, both the U.S. and the U.K. economies went on a regimented war footing. Military production ramped up rapidly and output reached impressive levels. Central planning, in one sense, had its finest hour.

    [...]

    However, cracks in the facade of government economic management emerged early in the postwar years, and those cracks were to continue widening as time passed. Britain's heavily controlled economy was under persistent stress as it vaulted from one crisis to another in the early postwar decades. In the United States, unbalanced macroeconomic policies led to a gradual uptrend in the rate of inflation in the 1960s. The imposition of wage and price controls in the 1970s to deal with the problem of inflation proved unworkable and ineffective. The notion that the centrally planned Soviet economy was catching up with the West was, by the early 1980s, increasingly viewed as dubious, though it was not fully discarded until the collapse of the Berlin Wall in 1989 exposing the economic ruin behind the iron curtain.

    The East-West divisions following World War II engendered an unintended four-decades-long experiment in comparative economic systems, which led, in the end, to a judgment by the vast majority of policymakers that market economies were unequivocally superior to those managed by central planning. Many developing nations abandoned their Soviet-type economic systems for more market-based regimes.

    [...]

    As a consequence [of deregulating large swaths of the American economy], the United States, then widely seen as a once great economic power that had lost its way, gradually moved back to the forefront of what Joseph Schumpeter, the renowned Harvard professor, called "creative destruction," the continuous scrapping of old technologies to make way for the innovative. In that paradigm, standards of living rise because depreciation and other cash flows of industries employing older, increasingly obsolescent, technologies are marshaled, along with new savings, to finance the production of capital assets that almost always embody cutting-edge technologies. Workers, of necessity, migrate with the capital.

    Through this process, wealth is created, incremental step by incremental step, as high levels of productivity associated with innovative technologies displace lesser productive capabilities. The model presupposes the continuous churning of a flexible competitive economy in which the new displaces the old.

    The success of that strategy in the United States confirmed, by the 1980s, the earlier views that a loosening of regulatory restraint on business would improve the flexibility of our economy. Flexibility implies a faster response to shocks and a correspondingly greater ability to absorb their downside consequences and to recover from their aftermath. No specific program encompassed and coordinated initiatives to enhance flexibility, but there was a growing recognition, both in the United States and among many of our trading partners, that a market economy could best withstand and recover from shocks when provided maximum flexibility.

    [...]

    The most significant lesson to be learned from recent economic history is arguably the importance of structural flexibility and the resilience to economic shocks that it imparts. The more flexible an economy, the greater its ability to self-correct in response to inevitable, often unanticipated, disturbances and thus to contain the size and consequences of cyclical imbalances. Enhanced flexibility has the advantage of being able to adjust automatically and not having to rest on policymakers' initiatives, which often come too late or are misguided.

    I do not claim to be able to judge the relative importance of conventional stimulus and increased economic flexibility to our ability to weather the shocks of the past few years. But it is difficult to dismiss improved flexibility as having played a key role in the U.S. economy's recent relative stability. In fact, the past two recessions in the United States were the mildest in the postwar period. The experience of Britain and many others during this period of time have been similar.


    He spoke with a calm and assurance that seemed so out of place in the context of today's political battles. All of this is sound, rational thinking. And yet, Howard Dean want's him out because he feels Mr. Greenspan is too political. Another nail in his coffin, as far as I'm concerned.
    I do not doubt that the vast majority of us would prefer to work in an environment that was less stressful and less competitive than the one with which we currently engage. The cries of distress amply demonstrate that flexibility and its consequence, rigorous competition, are not universally embraced. Flexibility in labor policies, for example, appears in some contexts to be the antithesis of job security. Yet, in our roles as consumers, we seem to insist on the low product prices and high quality that are the most prominent features of our current frenetic economic structure. If a producer can offer quality at a lower price than the competition, retailers are pressed to respond because the consumer will otherwise choose a shopkeeper who does. Retailers are afforded little leeway in product sourcing and will seek out low-cost producers, whether they are located in Guangdong province in China or northern England.

    If consumers are stern taskmasters of their marketplace, business purchasers of capital equipment and production materials inputs have taken the competitive paradigm a step further and applied it on a global scale.


    And time for the reality check:
    Yet globalization is by no means universally admired. The frenetic pace of the competition that has characterized markets' extended global reach has engendered major churnings in labor and product markets.

    The sensitivity of the U.S. economy and many of our trading partners to foreign competition appears to have intensified recently as technological obsolescence has continued to foreshorten the expected profitable life of each nation's capital stock. The more rapid turnover of our equipment and plant, as one might expect, is mirrored in an increased turnover of jobs. A million American workers, for example, currently leave their jobs every week, two-fifths involuntarily, often in association with facilities that have been displaced or abandoned. A million, more or less, are also newly hired or returned from layoffs every week, in part as new facilities come on stream.

    Related to this process, jobs in the United States have been perceived as migrating abroad over the years, to low-wage Japan in the 1950s and 1960s, to low-wage Mexico in the 1990s, and most recently to low-wage China. Japan, of course, is no longer characterized by a low-wage workforce, and many in Mexico are now complaining of job losses to low-wage China.


    Near his conclusion he sums up:
    The onset of far greater flexibility in recent years in the labor and product markets of the United States and the United Kingdom, to name just two economies, raises the possibility of the resurrection of confidence in the automatic rebalancing ability of markets, so prevalent in the period before Keynes. In its modern incarnation, the reliance on markets acknowledges limited roles for both countercyclical macroeconomic policies and market-sensitive regulatory frameworks. The central burden of adjustment, however, is left to economic agents operating freely and in their own self-interest in dynamic and interrelated markets. The benefits of having moved in this direction over the past couple of decades are increasingly apparent.

    He finishes off with a direct warning against returning to the policies of the past, where government had greater involvement in the economy.

    Good stuff and one of the better policy statements from an actual American policymaker I've heard in some time. Mr. Greenspan may have turned in his staunch capitalist roots some time ago, but he's still a damn sight more correct than most people of his position and above.

    January 22, 2004

    Tom DeLay is a Liar or an Idiot

    [Updates below.]

    Spending bill swells on diet of pork (text quoted from the Yahoo edition)

    House Majority Leader Tom DeLay (R-Texas) has defended the spending bill as "a titanic achievement in fiscal restraint" because it holds growth in discretionary spending to 3 percent.

    The legislation provides $328 billion in discretionary spending for 2004, but the bill's total expenditures come to $822 billion when such entitlement programs as Medicare are included.

    The fine print of the omnibus appropriations package, which covers funding for 11 Cabinet agencies, offers a glimpse of the way taxpayers' money is doled out according to the desires of individual members of Congress and the raw political power of the institution's leaders.

    Copyright 2004, Chicago Tribune


    Representative DeLay, does "7,931 political earmarks at the total cost of $10.7 billion" resemble ANYTHING AT ALL like titanic fiscal restraint? When we have a projected 44 trillion dollar deficit?

    Every Senator and House Representative who voted for this gigantic stinking mass of shit should be thrown out of office and personal assets liquidated to begin the atonement process for dropping this kind of omnibus spending bill on the backs of American taxpayers.

    UPDATE(1/23/2004 8:55am)
    Then there's the awe-dropping numbers being touted by a report that says the long-term deficit (i.e., what the government will be paying more than 10 years down the road vs. what it will make in taxes) will be - conservatively - $44 to $45 trillion. That the great bulk of those number will be going to entitlement programs like Social Security and Medicare should surprise no one.

    I'm unimpressed by Bush's pledge to freeze spending. It's a joke, because he's only planning on limiting growth in non defense and homeland security spending to 1%. What he should be doing is cutting spending, deeply. I'm talking about double-digit percentage reductions.

    UPDATE(2/4/2004 9:30am)
    More here.

    UPDATED 9/14/2005 12:06pm
    Tom DeLay Should Resign in Total Disgrace

    UPDATED 9/28/2005 4:41pm
    So Tom DeLay has been indicted for conspiracy.

    Yawn.

    UPDATED 4/4/2006 12:50pm
    Tom DeLay Resigns, Finally

    January 13, 2004

    State Ownership of the Means of Production

    Some see fluorescent fish as neon signs of trouble (registration required, quoted text from Yahoo)

    Past the shark lagoon and piranha tanks at a Park Ridge pet store dart tiny fish that some consider far more alarming.

    The glowing red and green swimmers at the Living Sea Aquarium represent the vanguard in the brave new world of genetically engineered pets being sold across the United States. Marketed under such names as "Night Light Fish" and selling for up to $30 apiece, they gleam like inch-long neon signs, thanks to DNA transferred from sea coral and jellyfish.


    Neat! I'd like to see one in person.
    The fish have existed for years and have been deemed safe by numerous scientists and government agencies. But their recent introduction to the American public--and the lack of regulations covering them--makes some people worry what other manmade critters might follow.

    Because, of course, that would be TAMPERING WITH NATURE (pause for gasps) and therefore beyond the pale.
    The species that has jump-started the debate over genetically altered pets is the GloFish. Yorktown Technologies, an Austin, Texas-based company, has sold it for a month and rolled it out nationally last week at a suggested price of $5 per fish.

    The GloFish's red glimmer comes from a coral gene that was added to the embryo of a normal zebra fish, said Alan Blake, Yorktown's chief executive officer. Scientists in Singapore came up with the idea to monitor water quality, trying to get the fish to glow in the presence of toxins.

    Yorktown got the right to sell the fish in the U.S., but consulted with scientists and federal agencies for two years before offering it to hobbyists, Blake said.


    The web presence for Yorktown Technologies' GloFish makes mention of something of note, especially to the nanny-staters and lefties who hate this kind of innovation:

    Where do fluorescent zebra fish come from?

    Fluorescent zebra fish were specially bred to help detect environmental pollutants. By adding a natural fluorescence gene to the fish, scientists will be able to quickly and easily determine when our waterways are contaminated. The first step in developing these pollution detecting fish was to create fish that would be fluorescent all the time. It was only recently that scientists realized the public's interest in sharing the benefits of this research. We call this the GloFish fluorescent fish.

    How common is the use of fluorescent zebra fish in science?

    For over a decade, fluorescent zebra fish have been relied upon by scientists worldwide to better understand important questions in genetics, molecular biology, and vertebrate development. Fluorescent zebra fish have been particularly helpful in understanding cellular disease and development, as well as cancer and gene therapy.

    Does the fluorescence harm the fish?

    No. The fish are as healthy as other zebra fish in every way. Scientists originally developed them several years ago by adding a natural fluorescence gene to the fish eggs before they hatched. Today's GloFish fluorescent fish are bred from the offspring of these original fish.


    Yeah, it's from the company so it isn't necessarily true, but keep it in mind.

    Back to the Tribune article:

    Food and Drug Administration officials said they didn't need to regulate the fish because people would not eat them, and because there was no evidence of an environmental threat. Scientists who reviewed research for California's Fish and Game Commission said the fish, if released into the wild, was unlikely to survive in the state's relatively cold waters.

    Despite those findings, the commission last month still refused to exempt the GloFish from California's ban on genetically engineered aquatic creatures, imposed in May. Commissioner Sam Schuchat wrote that "creating a novelty pet is a frivolous use of this technology. No matter how low the risk is, there needs to be a public benefit that is higher than this."


    Read Mr. Schuchat's comment one more time. Read it again. He is wants to and has attempted to draw a line for the legitimate use of this technology. He doesn't own it and neither does the entity he works for. So by what right does he have to intervene? Of all the possible grounds to object (and granted, there may be more I'm unaware of), this is one of the lamest. By what right does Commissioner Schuchat have to declare a product too frivolous to be put on the market? By what right does he have to decide what benefits the public the most or the best?

    Either you own property (i.e., the technology to create the fish), you have agreed to share the ownership, or you don't. Perhaps Yorktown agreed to let the state make some of it's business decisions, allowing it veto power over what's worth putting to market and what isn't.

    In this case, the state is asserting it's ownership over the ideas (and therefore, the people and property) in this company and others. That, ladies and gentlemen, is socialism. It's nothing like what people face in other countries, but it is what it is.

    The potential environmental effects of the other genetically engineered fish available in the U.S.--a rice fish whose implanted jellyfish DNA causes it to glow green--have proven worrisome elsewhere in the world. The Japanese government last year raised concerns that it could disrupt native species.

    Fishing "disrupts native species." So does cutting down lumber, using bug spray, and removing purebred pet species from the wild to domesticate them. This is a dumb way to judge a technology's impact because almost everything we do disrupts native species.
    Fish may be the first genetically altered creatures to reach the marketplace, but others may not be far behind. A New York company is trying to use gene splicing to create a cat that does not inflame allergies.

    The cloning expert doing the research, Dr. Jerry Yang of the University of Connecticut, said funding problems have slowed the work but that initial results are promising. He's been able to create embryos that are missing the allergen gene.

    He said his project was different from the glowing fish because allergen-free cats can occasionally be found in nature.

    "We don't think we're creating anything new," he said. "We're creating existing animals."


    That's awesome! I have many relatives that are allergic to felines. It can be both time-consuming and expensive to accomodate them during visits since my immediate family has always had at least one cat.
    No single federal agency regulates transgenic animals, though USDA officials say they are evaluating whether they should play a role. Craig Culp of the Center for Food Safety, an advocacy group that works to curb technologies it says are harmful to health, worries that indifference could allow some altered species to get loose, wreaking havoc on the environment and food supply.

    "We're buying a fish that's been genetically engineered for our amusement and putting it into our kids' bedrooms without thinking of the ethical dimensions," he said. "It staggers the mind to think of what could come down the pike."


    The Precautionary Principle at work. If it appears dangerous, sounds bad, and offends your sensibilities, regulate or ban the fucking thing. Can't have uncertainty or any risk in our society. And we certainly can't be TAMPERING WITH NATURE.
    Such concerns prompted California to restrict transgenic aquatic animals to research use, and Michigan Gov. Jennifer Granholm has three bills on her desk that would allow the state to outlaw certain genetically engineered creatures.

    "The GloFish is not our issue, but this technology could conceivably create species that would threaten our native fish stock," said spokesman Brad Wurfel of the Michigan Department of Natural Resources.

    Copyright 2004, Chicago Tribune


    More creeping statism. It seems the common response these days to anything that has the potential to upset or injure things is to send the legislature after it.

    January 06, 2004

    How Not to Criticise Free Trade

    Second Thoughts on Free Trade

    I was brought up, like most Englishmen, to respect free trade not only as an economic doctrine which a rational and instructed person could not doubt but almost as a part of the moral law," wrote John Maynard Keynes in 1933. And indeed, to this day, nothing gets an economist's blood boiling more quickly than a challenge to the doctrine of free trade.

    Yet in that essay of 70 years ago, Keynes himself was beginning to question some of the assumptions supporting free trade. The question today is whether the case for free trade made two centuries ago is undermined by the changes now evident in the modern global economy.


    It's always bad news when an article on free trade economics starts off the discussion using Keyes as a supporter of free trade.
    Two recent examples illustrate this concern. Over the next three years, a major New York securities firm plans to replace its team of 800 American software engineers, who each earns about $150,000 per year, with an equally competent team in India earning an average of only $20,000. Second, within five years the number of radiologists in this country is expected to decline significantly because M.R.I. data can be sent over the Internet to Asian radiologists capable of diagnosing the problem at a small fraction of the cost.

    These anecdotes suggest a seismic shift in the world economy brought on by three major developments. First, new political stability is allowing capital and technology to flow far more freely around the world. Second, strong educational systems are producing tens of millions of intelligent, motivated workers in the developing world, particularly in India and China, who are as capable as the most highly educated workers in the developed world but available to work at a tiny fraction of the cost. Last, inexpensive, high-bandwidth communications make it feasible for large work forces to be located and effectively managed anywhere.


    You get the sense the Chuck Schumer and Paul Craig Roberts, the opinion/editorial's authors, think these are bad developments. Each one of these makes it cheaper and easier to do business. That means more products, more R&D, more employee benefits, lower prices, quicker service, capital shifted to more productive enterprises, and any combination thereof. All to the constructive good for those involved.
    We are concerned that the United States may be entering a new economic era in which American workers will face direct global competition at almost every job level - from the machinist to the software engineer to the Wall Street analyst.

    We are indeed entering such an era. As other countries throw off the shackles of socialism and allow their citizens to trade freely, competition will rise and intensify among all.
    Any worker whose job does not require daily face-to-face interaction is now in jeopardy of being replaced by a lower-paid, equally skilled worker thousands of miles away. American jobs are being lost not to competition from foreign companies, but to multinational corporations, often with American roots, that are cutting costs by shifting operations to low-wage countries.

    Actually, it's gotten further than that. For example, notice the slow switch to self-checkout lanes in grocery stores and do-it-yourself menu ordering experiments at fast food joints.
    Most economists want to view these changes through the classic prism of "free trade," and they label any challenge as protectionism. But these new developments call into question some of the key assumptions supporting the doctrine of free trade.

    The case for free trade is based on the British economist David Ricardo's principle of "comparative advantage" - the idea that each nation should specialize in what it does best and trade with others for other needs. If each country focused on its comparative advantage, productivity would be highest and every nation would share part of a bigger global economic pie.

    However, when Ricardo said that free trade would produce shared gains for all nations, he assumed that the resources used to produce goods - what he called the "factors of production" - would not be easily moved over international borders. Comparative advantage is undermined if the factors of production can relocate to wherever they are most productive: in today's case, to a relatively few countries with abundant cheap labor. In this situation, there are no longer shared gains - some countries win and others lose.

    When Ricardo proposed his theory in the early 1800's, major factors of production - soil, climate, geography and even most workers - could not be moved to other countries. But today's vital factors of production - capital, technology and ideas - can be moved around the world at the push of a button. They are as easy to export as cars.

    This is a very different world than Ricardo envisioned.


    Here it comes.
    When American companies replace domestic employees with lower-cost foreign workers in order to sell more cheaply in home markets, it seems hard to argue that this is the way free trade is supposed to work. To call this a "jobless recovery" is inaccurate: lots of new jobs are being created, just not here in the United States.

    In the past, we have supported free trade policies. But if the case for free trade is undermined by changes in the global economy, our policies should reflect the new realities. While some economists and elected officials suggest that all we need is a robust retraining effort for laid-off workers, we do not believe retraining alone is an answer, because almost the entire range of "knowledge jobs" can be done overseas. Likewise, we do not believe that offering tax incentives to companies that keep American jobs at home can compensate for the enormous wage differentials driving jobs offshore.

    America's trade agreements need to to reflect the new reality. The first step is to begin an honest debate about where our economy really is and where we are headed as a nation. Old-fashioned protectionist measures are not the answer, but the new era will demand new thinking and new solutions. And one thing is certain: real and effective solutions will emerge only when economists and policymakers end the confusion between the free flow of goods and the free flow of factors of production.

    Copyright 2004The New York Times Company


    I disagree, unsurprisingly.

    The case for free trade does rest on Ricardo's past work, but only partially. It is a pragmatic defense of free trade and can therefore be undermined by changes that happen over time. It's a principle, but one that due to it's nature, has been diluted for the reasons the article's authors mention. It's original meaning is doubtless losing staying force.

    The case for free trade rests on deeper roots. Morally, it is more right to allow people to freely exchange goods and services, to freely associate and communicate, than not. Systemically, central planning of any economic sort by parties not truly involved in the economic processes they are attempting to influence fails in the long run and creates unintended negative consequences that end up causing at least as much trouble as the initial "problem."

    The article's authors seem to ignore the most obvious response to their assertion that Comparative Advantage no longer applies: Ricardo's principle actually applies to individuals and that's where economics matters. Countries don't move en masse towards one unified collective goal; they are made up of unique and independent people who have differing wants, needs, and abilities. This complexity is flatly beyond anyone or any group to manage and control. But that's a pragmatic response.

    The real reason why free trade is desirable is because freedom is more moral than slavery. And in order to enact the euphemistic "new thinking and new solutions" Chuck Schumer and Paul Roberts vaguely hint at, you must first exert control over people to force them, in one way or another, to do what the people in charge want. Economic slavery is no different from civil slavery and telling me I'm free to do x, y, and z doesn't make me any fundamentally less a slave if I'm not allowed to do a. Mr Schumer and Mr. Roberts are lying when they imply their ideas don't amount to protectionism because that is exactly what they are: measures enforced in order to protect American jobs from competition.

    This article is a large strawman using a deceptive reading of a single principle of free trade in order to attack the entire doctrine.

    UPDATE(1/8/2004 1:02pm)
    Andrew Sullivan points to a reply to the NYT article written by Noam Scheiber that tackles Schumer and Roberts from another angle.

    UPDATE(1/9/2003 10:07am)
    Another hit against the piece from Slate's Michael Kinsley:

    One of the tiresome conceits of political debate is that when opponents agree on something, it is more likely to be true. Another is that an assertion is more credible if it comes from someone who used to assert the opposite.

    The joint byline on the New York Times op-ed page Jan. 6 - "By Charles Schumer and Paul Craig Roberts" - certainly was a shocker. Schumer is a liberal Democratic senator from New York; Roberts is one of the wildest of the bug-eyed supply-side conservative economists. Schumer's connections to the financial establishment and Roberts' free-market ranting make their message surprising as well: They have turned against free trade. But two people can be just as wrong as one.

    [...]

    The core of free-trade theory is the concept of "comparative advantage." Schumer and Roberts make the classic college-student mistake of confusing comparative advantage with absolute advantage. Nations trade because for each one there are goods or services it is more efficient to buy from abroad than to produce at home. If there is nothing America can offer the world that is either uniquely desirable or cheaper than elsewhere, the world will not buy anything from America. And after a while the world won't sell anything to America either, because we won't have the foreign currency to pay for it. So, even in this extreme case there is no need to restrict trade because trade will restrict itself. But in fact, as Ricardo demonstrated, there will always be something worth trading. Even if Nation A can produce both apples and oranges more efficiently than Nation B, it will still make sense to concentrate on producing one fruit and import the other. And Nation B will make itself poorer, not richer, by keeping out fruit from Nation A. If Nation A retaliates by keeping out fruit from Nation B - and why shouldn't it? - Nation B will be doubly punished.

    That's the theory. It's pretty rock-solid. You can reject it in its entirety?as, for example, Dick Gephardt, the most protectionist of the leading Democratic presidential candidates, pretty much does. But most critics don't have the guts to defy reality and/or conventional wisdom (take your pick) to that extent. Schumer and Roberts cling to the free-trade label and endorse the general principle while claiming it no longer applies because "the factors of production can relocate to wherever they are most productive." In fact, that makes the theory even more compelling.

    2004 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.


    No, Mr. Kinsley isn't what he terms a "hard core" free trader (as he explains later in the piece), but he's on firmer ground than either of the NYT op-ed's authors.

    UPDATE(1/15/2004 10:05pm)
    Another article, this time by George Reisman on the Mises Institute website worth reading.

    December 19, 2003

    Detainee Abuse in NYC?

    Tapes Show Abuse of 9/11 Detainees

    Hundreds of videotapes that federal prison officials had claimed were destroyed show that foreign nationals held at a New York detention facility after the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks were victims of physical and verbal abuse by guards, the Justice Department's inspector general said yesterday.

    An investigation by Inspector General Glenn A. Fine also found that officials at the Metropolitan Detention Center (MDC) in Brooklyn, N.Y., which is run by the U.S. Bureau of Prisons, improperly taped meetings between detainees and their lawyers, and used excessive strip searches and restraints to punish those in confinement.

    The report concluded that as many as 20 guards were involved in the abuse, which included slamming prisoners against walls and painfully twisting their arms and hands. Fine recommended discipline for 10 employees and counseling for two others who remain employed by the federal prison system. He also said the government should notify the employers of four former guards about their conduct.

    "Some officers slammed and bounced detainees against the wall, twisted their arms and hands in painful ways, stepped on their leg restraint chains and punished them by keeping them restrained for long periods of time," the report said. "We determined that the way these MDC staff members handled some detainees was, in many respects, unprofessional, inappropriate and in violation of BOP policy."


    These people were brought in on immigration violations and had committed and were charged with no crime.
    A federal dragnet after the Sept. 11 attacks resulted in the detention of more than 1,200 foreign nationals, including 762 people who were the focus of Fine's original probe. Most were of Arab or South Asian descent and were held on immigration violations under a directive from Attorney General John D. Ashcroft while authorities attempted to determine whether they were connected to the attack or to terrorist groups. None was ever charged with terrorism-related crimes, however.

    Nothing they did deserved this. Even legitimate prisoners should be free from deliberate abuse. This whole thing is ugly.
    One focus of the report was an American flag T-shirt that hung from a wall at the MDC with the slogan, "These colors don't run." Four corrections employees told investigators that the shirt, which hung in a prisoner receiving area for months, was covered with bloodstains, including some that appeared to have come from detainees being slammed into the wall.

    The symbolism is overwhelming.
    Many of the incidents of abuse were confirmed when investigators viewed more than 300 videotapes recorded from October to November 2001 that showed detainees being moved around the facility and within their cells, investigators said. Corrections officers who had been interviewed earlier had denied that many of the incidents occurred. MDC Warden Michael Zenk and other officials repeatedly told Fine's investigators that the videotapes had been destroyed as part of a recycling policy, the report said.

    The tapes eventually located in August had not been included on inventory sheets provided by the prison and were held in a storage room that also had not been disclosed to investigators, the report said. Many tapes from the period are still missing, and there are unexplained gaps the ones that were found, the report shows.

    Many detainees also told investigators that, in the month before the installation of the camera system in October 2001, jail conditions and abuse had been much worse, the report noted. The cameras were installed in part to protect jail officers from unwarranted allegations, Fine said.

    "If the camera wasn't on, I would have bashed your face," one detainee was allegedly told by a guard. "The camera is your best friend."

    [...]

    One lieutenant told another that "slamming detainees against the wall was all part of being in jail and not to worry about it," the report said.

    Another MDC officer said in an affidavit that "there were some lieutenants . . . who would [rein] in an officer for bouncing a detainee against the wall, but there were probably other lieutenants who would let it slide."

    During two incidents captured on videotape, the report said, "we observed officers escort detainees down a hall at a brisk pace and ram them into a wall without slowing down before impact." In the numerous "slamming" incidents recorded on tape, the report said, there was no evidence that the detainees had provoked or attacked the guards.

    [...]

    The report found two incidents in which inmates were locked in restraints for more than seven hours despite no signs of resistance.


    *sigh*

    This isn't what America is about and these assholes should be summarily fired and tried for assault. This lieutenant seems to have gotten the idea of incarcerated, sentenced prisoner mixed up with minor immigration violator detainee. Sure, life in jails is rough but that life is reserved for people who have been convicted of a crime and jailed. The label of "detainee" alone refutes the idea that these people should have tasted the jail life.

    At this point, these of course remain "allegations" but that isn't any consolation. Given the breadth and length of the domestic anti-terrorism response, I don't doubt at all that incidents like this have ocurred.

    On more than 40 occasions, the report found, MDC staff members recorded detainees' visits with their attorneys using video cameras set up on tripods outside visiting rooms. The tapes routinely captured "significant portions" of conversations between the detainees and legal counsel. In some cases, detainees were instructed not to speak in Arabic or to speak in English because they were being taped.

    Such taping is a violation of federal regulations, Fine's investigation found. Prisons rules permit videotaping, but not audiotaping, of attorney visits.

    Zenk, the prison warden, told investigators that the cameras were moved farther from the visiting room after an attorney complained in November 2001. But the report says that "as late as February 2002, conversations between detainees and their attorneys are still audible on many of the tapes."

    Although the taping "potentially stifled detainees' open and free communications with legal counsel," the report noted that some of the recordings include allegations of physical and verbal abuse that were consistent with the allegations being probed.

    2003 The Washington Post Company


    This either has to go one of two ways: either the staff attorney was unaware of this taping or the attorney believed it was OK to tape these converstations. Neither of these possibilities is desirable. I strongly support attorney-client privilege and confidentiality and this is significant violation of that. Just embarassing.

    I have to echo the comments by Hoffmania!

    Being an American is something I'm still proud of, despite all this embarrassing, deceitful, dishonest, monolithic, pre-emptive, crackheaded, abhorrent behavior that has become the trademark of the USA in the eyes of the rest of the world (and for that matter, about half of America). I just wanted to say that if I wake up tomorrow and it WAS a bad dream.

    I'd add hypocritical to the list.

    Additional reporting by Reuters:

    "We did not find that the detainees were brutally beaten," the report said.

    Yeah, they'll sleep better knowing that.

    December 18, 2003

    Increasing International Freedom?

    Survey Shows Freedom Up in 25 Countries

    Political and personal freedom increased in 25 countries in 2003, including Argentina, Burundi, Kenya and Yemen, according to an annual survey of democracy and civil liberties released Thursday.

    The survey by Freedom House ranked 192 countries and 18 territories based on factors including free elections and media independence, designating each sovereign state "free," "partly free" or "not free."


    Freedom House currently lists the United States as 1,1,F: the highest rankings for political rights and civil liberties, resulting in a score of "Free." This terminology is described as:
    Since 1972, Freedom House has published an annual assessment of state state of freedom by assigning each country and territory the status of "Free," "Partly Free," or "Not Free" by averaging their political rights and civil liberties ratings. Those whose ratings average 1-2.5 are generally considered "Free," 3-5.5 "Partly Free," and 5.5-7 "Not Free." The dividing line between "Partly Free" and "Not Free" usually falls within the group whose ratings numbers average 5.5. For example, countries that receive a rating of 6 for political rights and 5 for civil liberties, or a 5 for political rights and a 6 for civil liberties, could be either "Partly Free" or "Not Free." The total number of raw points is the definitive factor which determines the final status. Countries and territories with combined raw scores of 0-30 points are "Not Free," 31-59 points are "Partly Free," and 60-88 are "Free."

    For reference: Australia, Austria, Canada, Denmark, and Iceland all have perfect freedom scores.

    Back to the article:

    The survey also found that liberties were curtailed in 13 countries, including the Central African Republic, Mauritania and Azerbaijan.

    The survey designated 46 percent of the world's countries "free" in 2003, compared with 29 percent 30 years ago, when Freedom House first started conducting the surveys. One-quarter of the surveyed nations were designated "not free," compared with 43 percent in 1973.


    Things are getting better.

    But I would be far more strict on my gradings and I'd be damn certain to include economic freedom in my rankings. Economic liberty is inseperable from personal liberty and I'd argue they are essentially synonymous. The US and other secular, mixed-economy Western nations are considerably more free than the rest of the world, but there is a lot of work to do to get them to the point where I'd confidently label them "free."

    A government is not free when it tells people they can't ingest recreational drugs. A state is not free when it taxes people under threat of punishment in order to provide for others. Society is not free when firearm possession is regulated. A country is not free when people are prohibited from practicing medicine without a license. People are not free when it's a crime to tamper with mandated emissions equipment on vehicles. Humans are not free when others tell us where we can smoke. We are not at all free if a nation dictates how to conduct our business and our personal lives, regardless how that dictate is arrived at and decided upon.

    I take a more serious approach to freedom, which is why I find it sadly laughable when children protest, "but it's a free country" when they get busted for doing something. Folks, it's better than other places, but America ain't free.

    December 15, 2003

    The Jubilation of Catching Saddam is Fraying Minds

    Jesus Christ. My previous post contained some examples of stupid pro-war commentary after Saddam's capture. But Andrew Sullivan has lost it as well, listing this Juan Cole entry as part of his "Galloway Award Nominees" schtick this morning. He quotes this section:

    My wife, Shahin Cole, suggested to me an ironic possibility with regard to the Shiites. She said that many Shiites in East Baghdad, Basra, and elsewhere may have been timid about opposing the US presence, because they feared the return of Saddam. Saddam was in their nightmares, and the reprisals of the Fedayee Saddam are still a factor in Iraqi politics. Now that it is perfectly clear that he is finished, she suggested, the Shiites may be emboldened. Those who dislike US policies or who are opposed to the idea of occupation no longer need be apprehensive that the US will suddenly leave and allow Saddam to come back to power. They may therefore now gradually throw off their political timidity, and come out more forcefully into the streets when they disagree with the US. As with many of her insights, this one seems to me likely correct.

    ...quoting him as "blogger Juan Cole, history professor at the University of Michigan, looking on the bright side." [my emphasis]

    This is outrageous. Mr. Sullivan owes Mr. Cole an apology. Here's the opening to his post:

    Seeing a captive, disheveled Saddam on television this morning released a cascade of memories for me. I remembered the innocent Jews brutally hanged in downtown Baghdad when the Baath came to power in 1968; the fencing with the Shah and the Kurds in the early 1970s; the vicious repression of the Shiites of East Baghdad, Najaf and Karbala in 1977-1980; the internal Baath putsch of 1979, when perhaps a third of the party's high officials were taken out and shot, so that Saddam could become president; the bloody invasion of Iran in 1980 and the destruction of a whole generation of Iraqi and Iranian young men in the 1980s (at least 500,000 dead, perhaps even more); the Anfal poison gas campaign against the Kurds in 1987-88; Halabja, a city of 70,000 where 5,000 died where they stood, their blood boiling with toxic gases, little children lying in heaps in the street; the rape of Kuwait in 1990-91; the genocide against the Shiites that began in spring of 1991 and continued intermittently thereafter; the destruction of the Marsh Arabs; the assassinations, the black marias, the Fedayee Saddam. Yes, the United States was not innocent in some of this. Perhaps they cooperated in bringing the Baath to power in the first place, as an anti-Communist force. They certainly allied with Saddam against Iran in the 1980s, and authorized the purchase of chemical and biological precursors. But the Baath was an indigenous Iraqi phenomenon, and local forces kept Saddam in place, despite dozens of attempts to overthrow him.

    A nightmare has ended. He will be tried, and two nations' dirty laundry will be exposed, the only basis on which all can go forward towards a new Persian Gulf and a new relationship with the West.


    My emphasis.

    How can this post, in any reasonable way, be construed to read that Mr. Cole revealed "thinly veiled disappointment at the capture of Saddam," as Mr. Sullivan defined it?

    Judging from this post alone, it can be gleaned that Mr. Cole intensely disliked the Ba'ath Party and it's polices and leaders and viewed it's actions with contempt and disgust. He expressed his memories in a somewhat clinical fashion, but they seem to be intended to be taken as contempt and disgust. How could they not?

    His ending section is passed-along speculation that seems entirely reasonable!! Why would the remaining Iraqi insurgents/terrorists who don't have a pathological attachment to Saddam not feel this way? The man is a living monster and getting rid of him is something any organization dedicated to taking Iraq back would want to do. The populace loathes the man; he's a bigger liability than a Hillary Clinton endorsement for George W. Bush!

    Andrew Sullivan's zeal to expose the stupidity of some lefty anti-war comments has taken him over the edge.

    December 14, 2003

    Saddam Hussein Caught!

    Got Him Saddam Hussein Captured Near Tikrit By U.S. Forces
    B A G H D A D, Iraq, Dec. 13 ? Deposed Iraqi leader Saddam Hussein has been captured near his home town of Tikrit, the U.S. military has confirmed.

    Saddam, who ruled Iraq for 23 years until his ouster in April, has been a fugitive since then with a $25 million bounty on his head.

    In an address to the nation, President Bush gave the following message to Iraqis: "You do not have to fear the rule of Saddam Hussein ever again."

    He said Saddam's capture will bring sovereignty and dignity to Iraq and the opportunity for a better life. "It is the end of the road for him," he said. "And for the Baathists, there will be no return to priviliege in Iraq."

    "Iraqis who have chosen the side of freedom, now have won," said President Bush.

    Confirmation of Saddam's capture came at a news conference in Baghdad after rumors swirled through the Iraqi capital.

    The U.S. administrator in Iraq, Paul Bremer, opened the press conference with the words, "Ladies and gentlemen, we got him."

    "This is a great day in Iraq's history," Bremer said. "The tyrant is a prisoner."

    Copyright 2003 ABCNEWS Internet Ventures


    Very welcome news indeed!

    More links:

    Full statement by Paul Bremer

    Ladies and gentlemen, we got him.


    Saddam Hussein was captured Saturday 13 December at about 2030 local, in a cellar in the town of al-Dawr which is about 15 kilometres south of Tikrit.

    Before Dr Pachachi, who is the acting president of the governing council, and Lieutenant General Sanchez [the top US military commander in Iraq] speak, I want to say a few words to the people of Iraq.

    This is a great day in Iraq's history.

    For decades, hundreds of thousands of you suffered at the hands of this cruel man.

    For decades, Saddam Hussein divided you citizens against each other.

    For decades, he threatened an attack on your neighbours.

    Those days are over forever.

    Now it is time to look to the future, to your future of hope, to a future of reconciliation.

    Iraq's future, your future, has never been more full of hope.

    The tyrant is a prisoner.

    The economy is moving forward. You have before you the prospect of a sovereign government in a few months.

    With the arrest of Saddam Hussein, there is a new opportunity for the members of the former regime to end their bitter opposition.

    Let them now come forward in a spirit of reconciliation and hope, lay down their arms, and join you, their fellow citizens, in the task of building the new Iraq.

    Now is the time for all Iraqis - Arabs and Kurds, Sunnis, Shia, Christian and Turkmen - to build a prosperous, democratic Iraq, at peace with itself and with its neighbours.

    Copyright The Financial Times Ltd 2003.


    Bush: Saddam Capture Ends 'Dark, Painful Era'
    Iraqi journalists in the audience stood, pointed and shouted "Death to Saddam!" and "Down with Saddam!"

    In the capital, radio stations played celebratory music, residents fired small arms in the air in celebration, and others drove through the streets, shouting, "They got Saddam! They got Saddam!"


    Will Iraqs settle for a warcrimes, human rights, or other kind of trial? They've got decades of anger stored up for this jerk.

    UPDATE(12:07pm)
    I disagree with John J. Miller:

    Three quick thoughts: 1) Between Hussein and Osama bin Laden, Hussein was the more desirable target

    No, bin Laden is more important because bin Laden has a better idea of the ACTUAL THREAT we face from terrorists. That's the WHOLE POINT of the War on Terror, right? To protect Americans!

    Similarly, I think Kathryn Jean Lopez's WAITING for the first anchor to say "Yeah, BUT Where's Osama?" is wrongly snide. It IS important to keep Osama in mind.

    UPDATE(2:40pm)
    The disconnect between reality and some in the Arab world is amazing.

    Arabs share little of world joy over Saddam's capture

    Eyes riveted to the television screen in a Cairo coffee shop, several Egyptians worried about this "American victory" and feared it would ensure the re-election of President George W. Bush next year. "It's not Saddam that they should arrest," blurted out Aziz al-Shaburi, a 34-year-old government employee when he saw television images showing an American medic inspecting a bearded Saddam's mouth.

    "They would have been better to capture (Israeli Prime Minister Ariel) Sharon, the real war criminal," he said, eliciting applause from other patrons in the Awlad al-Hareth cafe.

    [...]

    "Everybody knows who the real murderers are, they are the murderers of the Palestinians," Abdel Hamid said. "Why did no Arab king offer 25 million dollars for Sharon's arrest?" he asked, referring to Washington's reward for the capture of Saddam.


    Sharon is worse than Saddam, and this was explicitly put in terms of body counts. That's insane.
    Mustafa Bakri, the pro-Saddam editor in chief of the independent Egyptian weekly Al-Osbou, then appeared on the television saying: "It's a black day in the history of the Arabs. It's a humiliation. "It's Bush, Blair, Berlusconi, Aznar and Sharon who should be put on trial," said Bakri, who had organized several solidarity trips from Cairo to Bagdhad before US troops invaded in March.

    Copyright 2003 Agence France Presse. All rights reserved.


    If removing Saddam is a black day, then there is no hope for reform in the Middle East.

    UPDATE(12/15/2003 1:22am)
    Billy Beck is thinking along the same lines. The intellectual development over there is truely stagnant. It's bad in the West and the United States, but DAMN does it suck in the Middle East.

    UPDATE(1:40am)
    I have more than a few ideological alliances with Tim Blair, but this is too far. Since he's trying to refine the analogy to a personal level, what he's complaining about is fundamentally no different than a lefitst bitching at a businessman over divulging his political contributions for the last five years or, more aptly, at a firearm owner for not submitting to mandatory home police inspections to see if he's storing his rifles and pistols safely.

    The jubilation of catching Saddam is fraying minds.

    UPDATE(3:25pm)
    More in the next post. Andrew Sullivan has lost it.

    UPDATED 11/6/2006 9:05am
    Sic Semper Tyrannis; Saddam Gets the Death Penalty

    December 13, 2003

    Speaking of Free Speech

    [Note, this was supposed to have been posted on 12/13 but got lost in "draft" status after writing it. Reading this Hit & Run entry reminded me to get back to it.]

    It comes as no surprise to me that even after the Supreme Court campaign finance case caused an uproar, politicians in Washington still can't fathom the meaning of "Congress shall make no law..."

    Nasty Language on Live TV Renews Old Debate

    Members of both parties in Congress are demanding that the FCC crack down harder on broadcasters, while some FCC members want to toughen the penalties the agency imposes. At the same time, lawmakers are grappling with the fact that the government's limited enforcement powers over the public airwaves do not apply to cable channels, which are grabbing more and more viewers.

    Parent groups and socially conservative organizations that monitor broadcasts agree that television and radio content is getting racier and raunchier. Members of the Parents Television Council, a group that monitors television broadcasts and whose celebrity advisers include Pat Boone and Jane Seymour, have filed more than 85,000 complaints about broadcast indecency and obscenity at the FCC this year.


    And what is the catalyst for the current round of hand-wringing and finger-waggling?
    Nicole Richie of the Fox reality show "The Simple Life," prepared to announce a category of nominees on the Billboard Music Awards on Wednesday night. Standing alongside was her co-star, hotel heiress Paris Hilton, who warned: "Now Nicole, remember, this a live show, watch the bad language."

    Richie paid no attention, using a vulgar substitute for the exclamation "shoot." The broadcast, which employed a five-second delay to catch obscenities, bleeped out the offending word. But Richie was one step ahead. Before Fox could hit the "dump" button again, she described her time on "The Simple Life," in which she and Hilton live with an Arkansas farm family. She repeated the word and then added one for good measure.

    "Have you ever tried to get cow [expletive] out of a Prada purse?" Richie said. "It's not so [expletive] simple."


    Vulgar, crude, and immoral. This doesn't belong on television!

    I'm offended! My children might have heard that!

    This country sinks further into a moral wasteland.

    But what's more wrong:

    1. Hearing a "bad word";
    2. Children hearing a "bad word"; or
    3. Using the force of government to prohibit such speech and punish the people involved?

    Yah, I know. Rhetorical question. Silly of me to ask.
    The FCC, charged with enforcing indecency and obscenity standards on the public airwaves, issued a ruling in October regarding the utterance of the "F-word" during a Fox broadcast in January.

    During the live Golden Globe Awards broadcast in January, Bono -- frontman for the Irish rock group U2 -- received an award and exulted, "This is really, really [expletive] brilliant!"

    The FCC's enforcement bureau ruled that Bono's utterance was neither indecent nor obscene because it did not describe a sexual function.

    Sens. Ernest F. Hollings (D-S.C.) and 11 Republicans, including Pete V. Domenici (R-N.M.), introduced a resolution last week blasting the FCC's ruling on Bono.

    The resolution does not demand further FCC regulations against indecency but would direct the agency to consider revoking the broadcast licenses of television stations that repeatedly air indecent material. It also says the FCC should fine programs for each indecency during a show, not levy one fine for the entire show. In other words, if the FCC were to fine Fox for Richie's language, it should impose two fines, one for each curse word, a plan the FCC is likely to adopt.

    Rep. Doug Ose (R-Calif.) wants more. He has proposed legislation to effectively overturn the FCC ruling, blasting the agency for relying on a "technicality."

    "You want to split hairs? I'm going to shave your head," Ose said, referring to his legislative remedy.


    Representative Ose flexes his tyrannical muscles quite openly. He's a Warrior of Decency! Why, he's leaving his seat next year...he has to leave some residue of his presence on the nation! His (and Rep. Lamar S. Smith's, a sponsor) legislation is H.R.3687 which says
    As used in this section, the term 'profane', used with respect to language, includes the words 'shit', 'piss', 'fuck', 'cunt', 'asshole', and the phrases 'cock sucker', 'mother fucker', and 'ass hole', compound use (including hyphenated compounds) of such words and phrases with each other or with other words or phrases, and other grammatical forms of such words and phrases (including verb, adjective, gerund, participle, and infinitive forms).'.

    Here's something for Mr. Ose to consider:

    It would be offensive to have those words enshrined in federal law as a way to censor our speech.

    I'd strike the entire contents of United States Code, Title 18, Chapter 71 from the record. In particular, Section 1464:

    Whoever utters any obscene, indecent, or profane language by means of radio communication shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than two years, or both.

    The 1st Amendment doesn't cover this? What empty-headed asshats have been interpreting this document over the years?!

    Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.


    I don't give a damn what the Supreme Court may have said in various rulings about the Founding Fathers' "intent." If they had intended to qualify the extent the government would leave speech alone, they would have gawddamned MENTIONED that. But they didn't. They wrote a clear and unambiguous statement in support of free speech absolutism.
    In a letter to the Parents Television Council after the enforcement bureau's ruling, FCC Chairman Michael K. Powell wrote: "Personally, I find the use of the 'F-word' on programming accessible to children reprehensible." The five FCC commissioners are reviewing the ruling by David H. Solomon, chief of the enforcement bureau.

    Do it FOR the children.

    Do it TO everyone else.

    You're an ass, Powell. You, your organization, and the government do not have the right to tell us what we can't say.

    The FCC "is doing an indecent job of enforcing indecency," Commissioner Michael J. Copps said in an interview. "If we send one or two of the most egregious cases to license renewal hearings, we'll see it improved quite a bit," meaning that if broadcasters are threatened with losing their licenses, the airwaves would be cleaned up quickly.

    [...]

    Radio is also under increasing scrutiny. This week, the FCC fined Detroit radio station WKRK-FM $27,500 for airing a listener discussion of sexual practices and techniques.

    Copps, who dissented from the majority on the WKRK action, said the fine was insufficient and that the FCC should have started a hearing to revoke the station's license. Commissioner Kevin J. Martin said the station should have been fined $27,500 for each of the nine determined instances of indecency on the WKRK broadcast.

    2003 The Washington Post Company


    Copps and Martin are just as bad as Ose. Instead of writing new law, they'd threaten to take away broadcast licenses, thus underlining another reason why regulation of the airwaves is wrong: the arbitrary whims of whomever is in power used to further a political agenda. I talked about this earlier in the year when Sarah Jones and KBOO got off the hook for an indecency fine for broadcasting her song, "Your Revolution."

    So fuck the Supreme Court and fuck the politicians who have eroded and continue to erode our fundamental right to free speech.

    December 12, 2003

    The Tax Man/Monster

    Says keith over at Hit & run:

    The tax code - the most important wargame ever devised. Your opponent writes the rules.

    He is commenting on this absurd tax situation involving Corner Comics and the IRS.

    Jim Henley clarifies the absurdity:

    Inventory is not inventory. And because it hasn't sold - which means it has earned Corner Comics no income - it must be taxed.

    I can't imagine a more frivolous barrier to free enterprise than the IRS.

    UPDATE(12/17/2003 12:52am)
    The end? Power to tax is indeed the power to destroy and Jim Henley posts some thoughts and some links.

    Tsk Tsk, Mr. Kaus

    admired Sen. Paul Simon, who died today, mainly for his un-discouraged advocacy of a WPA-style guaranteed jobs program, which still seems like a good idea (if the wage is kept low enough!).
    That's Mickey Kaus on 12/9/2003 at 5:25pm.

    He's written some good commentary on some subjects that right-wingers have enjoyed, but he drops hints like this every now and then that remind me to be wary.

    The Works Progress Administration, Mr. Kaus? Egads. What a titanic waste.

    December 11, 2003

    *raises a hand*

    The Wrong Kind of Censorship

    As you've no doubt heard, the Supreme Court has just upheld the Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act, better known as McCain-Feingold. It regulates to whom, how, and when citizens - acting in concert or alone - can express their political opinions. The details have been hashed out a zillion times. But the gist is: Groups like the National Rifle Association, the Sierra Club, the ACLU, and the NAACP will have a much more difficult time expressing their political views or criticizing politicians during an election season.

    [...]

    ...political speech is what the First Amendment is about. The artistic types who think the first amendment protects every taxpayer-financed bit of sacrilege on every public museum's wall, may have every right to be angry about government censorship of art, but art wasn't what the First Amendment was primarily designed to protect. The First Amendment was first and foremost designed to protect the expression of overtly political speech, of criticism of the government and elected officials.

    But for some unfathomable reason, we've turned this logic on its head in this country. Today, highly educated people hurl their salad forks in rage over the "censoring" of a performance artist when she doesn't get free money from the government. But they nod approvingly when the federal government tells the ACLU it can't say what it pleases, when it pleases, about George Bush. We used to protect core rights by protecting peripheral rights. We'd say, "Sure, you have the right to smear your naked body with chocolate in the middle of Main Street," because we figured, so long as that sort of asininity is protected, our most vital freedoms will surely be secured. But now our freedoms are rotting from the inside out. As Justice Scalia noted in his dissent, the court in the last four years alone has protected such "speech" as kiddy and cable porn, but it now finds direct criticism of politicians during an election to be deserving of regulation.


    Bravo.

    I'll ignore the glaring contradiction I see in Jonah Goldberg's stand that "the relevant question - which is invariably overlooked - isn't whether or not you are "for" or "against" censorship. The relevant question is, What do you want to censor? Or, how much censorship do you want?" for now. I respect him as a writer, though discussing this isn't the right time.

    But he says something at the end that deserves comment:

    By the way, where the hell is this much-vaunted blogosphere? If three freshman congressmen from Wisconsin hinted that they wanted to regulate the use of umlauts on the internet in honor of Leif Ericson's birthday, bloggers would be on the steps of Congress up-ending cans of gasoline on themselves in protest at such an infringement on free speech. But here we have all three branches of the government severely restricting independent speech outside of the dinosaurs of Old Media and the relative silence - minus a few noble exceptions (The Volokh conspiracy, Instapundit) - is deafening.

    Roar:
    The Supreme Court doesn't care about freedoms of speech and association.

    That's my little super-condensed version. I'm certain there are others out there who have posted similarly. Such as:

    Robert Prather - "A Sad Day For Freedom Of Speech"
    Bill Hobbs - "Memo to the NRA: Blog First, Air Ads Later"
    John Hawkins - "Supreme Court Upholds Political Money Law (This Is A Blow To The First Amendment)" (on his news sidebar, no actual blog post)
    Stephen Green, dittoing Volokh
    Robert Clayton Dean - Yeah, no posts - so cut my pay and Is money speech?

    yadda yadda

    Mr. Goldberg, this makes it twice I've had to correct something you've posted. Don't make me come over there...

    UPDATE(7:00pm)
    Adding to the list...

    Hit & Run - "Free Speech Defeat"
    Daily Pundit - "O'Connor Ignores the First Amendment" (yeah, it was posted during lunch, but Mr. Goldberg's mini-rant still deserves the slap anyway)
    Pejman Yousefzadeh - "UGH . . ."
    Rick Hasen - "McConnell v. FEC: The Big Picture"

    I think you get the picture.

    Misha I - "...the Supreme Whores just struck down the 1st Amendment."
    Classical Values - "Whose blog is this?"
    Charles Austin - "Is all of this just hyperbole or is the American experiment over?"

    UPDATE{12/12/2003 2:20pm)
    Thanks to Instapundit for the link. Mr. Reynolds also mentions Tom Maguire - "Jonah Goldberg Is An Idiot".

    December 09, 2003

    More Reasons to Dump Bush

    Arthur Silber tears into Bush's spineless decision to favor China over Taiwan.

    Meanwhile, American Conservative writer Doug Bandow gives The Conservative Case Against George W. Bush.

    AmCon link via Radley Balko.

    UPDATE(6/18/2004 5:06pm)
    Whom to Vote For?

    Texas A&M Persues a Race-Neutral Admissions Policy

    I found out last night that Texas A&M "will establish no numerical quotas or targets" when it admits students in the future and "personal merit - individual achievement, leadership potential and personal strengths - is the only criterion for admission." I applaud these moves and statements by A&M President Robert M. Gates, though I feel it's a shame the Gawd of Diversity continues to push people in education rather than objective intellectual standards. At least he's got a decent principled stand to lean on. More on this later, but some people simply cannot give up affirmative action in state-run institutions of higher education.

    Other interesting bits from Mr. Gates's speech:

    In all of these initiatives, we have been guided by one fundamental philosophical premise: each and every student admitted to Texas A&M will be admitted on the basis of a competitive process focused on individual achievement, merit and leadership potential.

    Let's see how well that stacks up.
    Currently, all students admitted to Texas A&M fall into three categories: 1) those admitted under the Texas top 10% law - this accounts for about half of our freshman class; 2) those receiving automatic academic admission, which requires scoring at least 1300 on the SAT and ranking in the top half of their high school class - about a quarter of the freshman class; 3) the remainder, those reviewed on an individual basis, with focus not only on academic achievement but also on extracurricular achievements, unusual experiences, special talents and skills, and leadership potential.

    Sounds reasonable. When I got admitted to UT-Austin, I made it under the top 10% law.
    This week we will propose to the Board of Regents two changes in admission requirements. First, we will ask to raise the standard for automatic academic admission from the top half of the high school graduating class to the top one-quarter. While the combined SAT Math and SAT Verbal test score of 1300 would remain unchanged, we propose that the student must score at least 600 in each of the two components of the SAT. Corresponding scores would be required for applicants choosing to present ACT test results. Based on past experience, this will reduce the number of students receiving automatic academic admission from about 1700 to about 850. This will open up roughly another 850 places in the freshman class where applicants can be evaluated on the basis of the whole person - that is, individual merit based on academic achievement, extracurricular activities, unusual experiences, leadership potential, and special talents. This group being evaluated individually likely will comprise about a third of the freshman class.

    High standards are good. This is an interesting approach that frees more slots for A&M to pick and choose it's students. Of course, the worry is this new discretion will mean students will be racially discriminated against...well, I did say more on this later.
    Second, since 1998, all applicants for public colleges and universities in Texas have been required to complete the Texas Common Application. There are four essay questions in the application. Question A asks students to "Describe a significant setback, challenge or opportunity in your life and the impact it has had on you"? Question B asks students to "Describe how you, as a student, are a good match with us as a learning community. How will your individual characteristics lead you to make a contribution to our campus? (Be sure to shape your essay to reflect the college major you have selected.)" Question C asks students for additional information "you wish to be considered in the decision to admit you" - for example, exceptional hardships or achievements, personal responsibilities, educational goals and ways in which the student has associated with the university. Question D asks the student to describe an aesthetic experience.

    Currently, completing any of these essays is optional in applying to Texas A&M. With the Regents' approval, we will require students to answer Questions A&B. In our effort to evaluate more students on the basis of the whole person, this will provide us with significantly more information on each applicant, particularly with respect to what each would contribute to Texas A&M.

    [...]

    If the Regents approve these changes in admission requirements, under state law, they would not go into effect until December 2004, or for the 2005 entering class.


    Greater flexibility in determining the background of the applicant is also a good thing.
    Some will criticize our special efforts to reach out to students in Texas who are Hispanic, African-American, Asian-American, or economically disadvantaged. Some argue that promoting diversity itself is a mistake. I believe they are mistaken. Getting to know people from different cultures, from different economic circumstances, from different regions and countries, with different beliefs and backgrounds, significantly enriches learning. This, and the need to educate future leaders for the nation, were explicitly recognized by the U.S. Supreme Court in the 2003 Grutter v. Bollinger decision, written by Justice Sandra Day O'Connor. Exposure to a diverse learning environment also better prepares students for the real world beyond college.

    My biggest problems with all this are threefold.

    I don't like things that are forced. I like things that develop naturally, through the voluntary actions of individuals. If some schools have a reputation for a ideological, religious, cultural, or ethnic slant, and that slant occured through the unhindered choices of a market, then those schools should be left alone. The common sets of beliefs we share, the disagreements we hold with others, and the personal circumstances surrounding each of us drive our decisions; it's our individual systems of valuation that make us unique. The shifting sands of free choice should be what make up our society, not the opinions of public officials being imposed from above.

    Another problem I have is that this kind of statement gives credibility to the view that your race and your class define you. This is collectivization. I don't think it is fair, right, or logical to act one way towards one person and one way towards another simply on the basis of race or other characteristics we have no control over. Nor do I support any statements or actions that attempt to remove blame away from individual actions and towards groups.

    Finally, I dislike it when people rely on Appeals to Authority to make their case. In this instance, the Supreme Court's admissions decision. I understand that it's a legal decision and there are repercussions if not followed, but a law or legal opinion can be wrong, along with the people who authored them.

    I appreciate the benefits of experiencing a variety of cultures, beliefs, and ideas. Knowledge allows us to make better decisions. Ignorance hinders this. However, knowledge and experience should not be forced on anyone. The choice to participate or nor must remain.

    Mr. Gates goes on to detail some of the other proposals A&M wants to use to increase it's diversity, most of which are extensions or typical college promotion activities such as campus vists, special event days, family question answering sessons, etc.

    Of particular interest to the core issues surrounding the admissions policy, though, is this:

    An area of special emphasis will be getting minority students who meet our standards and are admitted actually to enroll. Currently, only 44% of African-American, 48% of Hispanic, and 33% of Asian-American students we admit actually enroll as students here. This contrasts with 62% of white students who are admitted and then enroll. We must persuade more minority students who we admit and who we want to come here actually to do so - to see Texas A&M as their university of choice.

    This is something I had never considered during these debates, even though it strikes right to the core of my arguements above. What if, once admitted, a minority student chooses not to actually enroll? Those percentages he quotes are very significant; the three largest minority groups have enrollment rates of less than 50%.

    There can be many explanations for this. As I see it:

    1. The students may have applied to several colleges and once they've been admitted to a few, proceed to pick the one they want the most. Texas A&M is a great univeristy, but it can't be the #1 for every student who applies, especially if a more presitgious or specialized school accepts them. In a similar vein, perhaps they like A&M but another college is closer to (or further from...) home, has cheaper tuition, or has friends and family of the applicant already going there.
    2. The students are turned off by the culture at A&M. This could be a potent rhetorical weapon for the pro-affirmative action side, who would say the "white-dominated" atmosphere of the university intimidates minorities and scares them away. Of course, to assert that would require supporting evidence, such as a questionnaire for people who turn the university down. Don't expect those poll results to be very comprehensive and don't assume a potential A&M minority student walks away from the university only because he or she didn't feel comfortable with being around so many Caucasians.
    3. Perhaps the potential student has to turn down the university because a family or friend crisis occurs and he or she wants to be there to help.
    4. A job opportunity presents itself that's too good to pass up. This isn't what derailed me, but it's what currently holds me back the most.
    5. The applicant is in a relationship that is about to bear a child. Some people would rather not go to school and take care of a child at the same time.

    Of course, all these apply to every college applicant (as witnessed by the 62% Caucasian enrollment rate). So why are minorities less likely to join? I have no answer for that.
    We will establish no numerical quotas or targets as we seek to increase the diversity of students who enroll. We only know that where we are is unacceptable, and that the future of Texas A&M depends on being more successful in attracting more minority students to join the Aggie family.

    But how will you know when you've succeeded in your quest to increase minority enrollment? What metrics will you use to determine this? Even if you pick something inoccuous like matching the statewide percentage racial breakdown, that is itself a numerical target, albeit one that changes over time. You can't engage in a goal without explaining what that goal is, and if increasing minority involvement at Texas A&M is the goal because the current level of 82% white, 2% black, 9% Hispanic, and 3% Asian-American undergraduate enrollment is nacceptable," then there must be an objective point where it will change to "acceptable."

    Don't pander to the anti-quota crowd (of which I am a part) by making silly statements like this. Think of it this way: when will the Texas A&M President decide to announce the program is a success? How will that be determined? And most importantly, how will you communicate that to the public...who will want NUMBERS to back up the assertions.

    I am today announcing the Texas A&M "Regents Scholarships." Every student admitted to Texas A&M who is a first generation college student and whose family income is $40,000 or less, will be guaranteed in his or her admission letter a $5,000 per year scholarship for four years - with the ability to add other scholarships, for which many will be eligible, up to the cost of attendance. Last year, about 575 freshmen would have been eligible.

    Whoa. That's freakin' generous. Census data on Texas says the median family income is $45,861. Approximately 2,288,800 familes earn less than $40,000 a year, out of about 5,248,000 families total. The median income for black familes is $29,305 and the mean is $39,015. For Hispanic/Latino families, it's $32,626 and $44,471 respectively. Asian familes are far ahead, at $50,049 and $63,230 respectively. White familes fall between, with $42,941 and $58,739.

    A lot of people will be eligible for that money. I hope A&M can afford it.

    Overall, President Gates gave a great speech and I agree with it in a broad sense, even though the school is state-owned and -run.

    Now, to the rest of the post.

    It is unfortunate, but not unexpected, that the Democrat naysayers haven't exactly been gracious in disagreement.

    Black lawmakers rip A&M decision

    Black legislators from Texas threatened Thursday to ask for a federal civil rights investigation into the decision made by Texas A&M University's president to not use race preferences in admissions.

    "I'm outraged," said state Sen. Rodney Ellis, D-Houston, about the plan announced Wednesday by A&M President Robert Gates.

    "Race was used in Texas over a long period of time to keep people of color, especially African-Americans, out of the higher education system," Ellis said. "It only seems appropriate that race could be used as a factor, just as legacy is used."

    [...]

    Ellis said Houston hosted a national convention of black legislators Thursday, and he was "embarrassed" that Gates' decision was announced without the input of black legislators from Texas.

    Ellis and and U.S. Rep. Sheila Jackson Lee, D-Houston, said they will pursue legal action if they are not satisfied that Gates' proposal will increase diversity at A&M, which is 82 percent white, 2 percent black, 9 percent Hispanic and 3 percent Asian-American.

    [...]

    "This is an enormous insult and a smack in the face," said Jackson Lee. "What are we doing, going back to the 18th century?"

    Copyright 2003 Houston Chronicle


    A&M admissions policy irks minority legislators
    "What we are asking - no, what we are demanding - is that A&M show significant improvement in their diversity this fall as relates to admission of African-Americans and Hispanics, not only at the undergraduate level, but also at the graduate level," Sen. Royce West, D-Dallas, said shortly after a Capitol meeting with Gates.

    [...]

    West said Gates' promise isn't enough and threatened legislative retribution.

    Citing appropriations and confirmations of appointments, West said that without improvement "there will in fact be issues that A&M will have to face during the legislative process."

    Copyright 2003 Associated Press, All rights reserved.
    Copyright 2003Houston News Channel, L.L.C d.b.a. News 24 Houston


    Plans may raise heated debate in Legislature
    "Let's be clear about it - A&M does not have a good record as it relates to diversity," said state Sen. Royce West, D-Dallas. "And to set up a handicap to the institution as it relates to using race makes me wonder whether or not this administration is going to be successful in increasing the diversity at A&M."

    [...]

    Texas A&M has been more heavily criticized - particularly by nonwhite legislators - for its efforts at reversing minority enrollment trends. A&M's decision to go with race-neutral admissions even after this summer's Supreme Court ruling is fueling the fire of increasingly frustrated lawmakers like West.

    "I'd like to see it be more reflective of the diversity of the state - not 10 years from now, immediately," West said. "Not a project to say, 'We'll cure it with time,' because that's what we've said over the 10 years I've been in the Legislature."

    2000 - 2003 The Bryan - College Station Eagle


    Texas A&M defies trend, won't use race as admissions factor
    Ify Ukpong, a black junior from Tyler, said she was disappointed.

    "In a perfect world, race should not be a factor," she said while waiting in line to see a movie on campus. "But this is not a perfect world. Even if black students get in on their merits, people will think they got in because of race. I think it's kind of sad."

    Copyright 2003 Houston Chronicle


    Also from the Houston Chronicle (notice a trend here?) is this comment:
    "As a result of our conference today, there will be specific performance measure criteria established because there were none," said Sen. Judith Zaffirini, D-Laredo. " 'Trust me' just won't cut it, even from someone as nice and well-intentioned as President Gates."

    All of this I find absolutely pathetic. The bleating authoritarians angry with this decision refuse to consider anything but racial preferences. Preferences that are objectively racist and hurtful towards those not of the preferred race. Even worse, some are wondering aloud if there should be state-wide admissions standards for all Texas colleges.

    I salute President Gates for his speech and policy change.

    December 05, 2003

    Dean Ain't No Fiscal Conservative

    [Updates below.]

    Via Brian Doss of Catallarchy, I hear of Steve Verdon's post highlighting some aspects of his proposed spending policies, something I should have addressed in my two posts against a libertarian vote for Howard Dean.

    Mr. Verdon's analysis is pretty generous and makes a significant assumption in Mr. Dean's favor: repealing the Bush tax cuts will eliminate the deficit. He then dives into the policies Dean would enact and totals the cost.

    The result, as Mr. Doss puts it:

    Hogwash!

    Bush is a borrow-and-spend Corporatist statist. Dean is a tax-and-spend socialist. Bush is bad, yes, but I cannot see how to take more of our money and then spend some more on top of that is somehow a better solution. Seriously, when you look at the fine print for Dr. Dean, he's immediately spending the extra revenue from hiking taxes that supposedly would balance the budget while trying to maintain his pose of fiscal responsibility. Hiking taxes AND keeping a deficit is nonsense even to a Keynesian!

    I don't want to get too down on libertarians for Dean; I have no doubt that the vast majority of them are sincere, but I also sincerely believe that Dean is absolutely incompatible with even a generous reading of libertarian principles.


    Speak it, brutha.

    UPDATE(6/3/2004 1:13pm)
    Can't Cut the Budget; Politicians Will Eat Me!

    More on Texas Taxes for Education

    [Updates below.]

    State looks for tax options

    Lawmakers considering how to revamp the state's school finance system on Thursday heard from tax ex-perts about firms that use loopholes to help them avoid paying state franchise taxes.

    During the regular session, the Legislature failed to adopt a fix to the so-called Delaware Sub loophole that allows corporations to avoid paying millions in taxes every year.

    [...]

    The state lost an estimated $163 million in revenue from some of the state's largest corporations that utilized the Del-ware Sub loophole in the 2003 fiscal year, said Deputy Comptroller Billy Hamilton. The lost revenue is a fraction of the $33.9 billion in state and federal funds allocated to public schools in the next biennium.

    [...]

    The loophole allows hundreds of businesses to avoid paying the franchise tax by incorporating on paper in a low-tax state like Delaware, and operating as a subsidiary in Texas.

    2003 Texas Scripps Newspapers, L.P. A Scripps Howard newspaper. All Rights Reserved.


    Legislators try to slice school taxes
    Texas lawmakers on Thursday began wading into the murky area of taxes, searching for about $8 billion it would take to cut school property taxes in half while reforming the state's public education system.

    An assortment of economists and tax experts will resume testimony today before the Joint Select Committee on Public School Finance, which wants to agree on a plan that legislators could debate during a special session next spring.

    So far, commission members are not close to reaching a consensus.


    I'd love to wade in there and sit in on the conversations. I doubt I'd be able to hold back from commenting after very long, though.
    Many legislators want to cut school property taxes in half.

    "Every survey of taxpayers that's ever been done shows that the property tax is, by far, the most hated tax that anybody pays," said John Kennedy, senior analyst for the Texas Taxpayers and Research Association, a business-supported group.


    Damn straight. It's a tax on living independently, it discourages homeownership, and it diminishes our wealth.
    The state's sales tax rate of 6.25 percent is already the fifth-highest in the country, and attempts to broaden the base by taxing services, such as child care, car repair, media advertising, laundry, legal, architectural, engineering and accounting, would provoke noisy opposition.

    The state's main business tax is the franchise tax, which has been characterized as a "voluntary" tax because an ever-growing number of companies restructure their business to avoid the tax.

    "The present system lacks balance. Ideally, a tax system would rely equally on property, sales and income," said Linda Dickens, state tax manager for Texas Instruments.


    In my opinion, a system superior to our current one would replace the property tax with a different sales tax. Of course, that would have to be accomplished along with a downsizing of Texas state and local government the likes of which hasn't been seen and is rarely envisioned. Ditching state-funded education is the cornerstone of the idea.
    Texas could solve its public school finance problem by adding a personal income tax, which also would reduce school property taxes by 90 percent, said Dick Lavine, a senior analyst for the Austin-based Center for Public Policy Priorities.

    An income tax would benefit 60 percent of Texans, and only families making more than $125,000 would pay additional taxes, Lavine said. An income tax would provide an $11.5 billion property tax cut while increasing school spending by $4 billion, he said.


    A Texas income tax would be wrong, no matter how you tilt the system against the upper classes. And anyone who uses a "they have extra, so they should be the ones to pay" arguement loses all respect with me.
    But most lawmakers don't support the idea.

    "It's an interesting subject, but it's sort of like tilting at windmills. It's not going to happen," said Rep. Fred Hill, R-Richardson.

    Copyright 2003 El Paso Times, a Gannett Co., Inc. newspaper


    I take comfort in the reassurance, Representative Hill, but the history of this country and the people in it have demonstrated individual rights are far from safe.

    Overall tax picture examined in effort to fix school funding

    After a decade of fighting over how the school finance law works, property-rich and property-poor schools can now agree that the system is broken. With time running out before districts must make drastic cuts, the select committee on school finance looks at all taxes - including the income tax - for a better way to pay for schools.

    [...]

    The state pays for just 38 percent of the cost of running schools. L ocal property taxes cover the balance. But, there's little room left under current law for schools to raise the money they need.

    [...]

    No one wants more taxes, but school money problems won't go away.

    2003 Belo Interactive


    They'll go away when we stop deluding ourselves and privatize education and pay for our tuition.

    UPDATE(4/9/2004 12:49pm)
    Oppose all state income tax plans!

    December 04, 2003

    Bush Dumps the Steel Tariffs

    Bush Scraps Steel Tariffs

    President Bush on Thursday scrapped controversial steel tariffs 16 months ahead of schedule to avert the threat of retaliation from Europe and Asia, risking a political backlash in battleground states in next year's election.

    Bush offered little to cushion the blow to U.S. steel makers, but said he would keep in place a system to license and track steel imports "so that my administration can quickly respond to future import surges that could unfairly damage the industry."

    "These safeguard measures have now achieved their purpose, and as a result of changed economic circumstances, it is time to lift them," the president said in a statement read by his spokesman.

    The decision was a blow to struggling U.S. steel makers and the United Steelworkers of America, a union representing nearly 1 million active and retired steelworkers. The union accused Bush of abandoning the industry's workers and retirees, and said it would appeal to members of Congress for protection.


    The cycle of protectionism goes on, but at least the tariffs are gone. It's a good sign, but not one that changes my mind towards President Bush.

    North Korea Formally Welcomed to the Political Realm

    What do I mean by that?

    Get a load of this shit:

    U.N.: North Korea's Experiment Failing


    U.N. Official: North Korea's Experiment in Capitalism Compounds Hunger, Poverty

    Yep. Somehow, it just seems right that now North Korea has instituted market reforms, the blame for the ill effects of those reforms is placed on capitalism. Welcome to the Post-Marxian World of Collectivist Bitching, North Korea. From this point on, nothing you do will be enough to please the Media Gawds.

    Or the UN.

    By dabbling with capitalism, North Korea is creating a new class of urban poor that is worsening its hunger problem, a top U.N. official said Wednesday.

    About 1 million urban workers have fallen victim as once centrally controlled industries have to cut costs and jobs amid free-market pressures, said Masood Hyder, the U.N. humanitarian coordinator in North Korea.

    Hunger and health woes, traditionally a rural plight in North Korea, are an increasingly urban phenomenon that is likely to worsen, Hyder said.

    A key cause of the new problem is corporate-belt tightening, common in industrialized countries, but largely unknown until now in the communist North, he said.


    This is one of those situations where the plain truth of the matter is used to underhandedly score ideological points. Yes, the nature of free (-er) markets means that some people fail at being able to provide for themselves, either due to job loss or low income. Businesses must adhere to economic reality, otherwise they fail as well. This is generally accepted in a few places, primarily the United States. The UK, Canada, Australia, Japan, and a few other scattered nations also accept this, but increasingly refuse to let things play out without significant market interference. The rest of the world is not even worth mentioning, it's so bleak.

    And that's the problem. The reason it's bleak is because there is so much market intervention. Governments doing what they can to stave off economic reality with regulations, dictates, and mandates. These actions may work in the short run, but eventually they fail and create unintended consequences that more than make up for any short term economic gains. The markets are artificially propped up and subsidized through this interference...and when that interference is lessened, we get what can be politely termed as a correction.

    Prices re-assert themselves according to supply and demand. Employment changes as employers are free to make more choices on their own. People uproot themselves and move to lands of better opportunity. It's like removing Orwell's boot from humanity's face and watching the face's skin slowly revert back to normal. That readjustment can be painful.

    The reforms were launched July 1, 2002, when Pyongyang boosted pay and loosened price controls seen as significant moves because they included elements of a market-based economy in one of the world's most tightly controlled countries.

    But the reforms have a darker side, said Hyder, who arrived in the isolated country a month after they began.

    "Those industries, those factories that are no longer capable of standing on their own feet have had to cut back, have had to redeploy staff," he said, with managers under increased pressure to match supply with demand and trim expenses.

    As a result, more workers are having their pay cut or hours slashed, making it harder to buy food as overall prices see a general increase, Hyder said.

    "A million people fall into this new category of underemployed beneficiaries, underemployed urban workers who need assistance," he said citing World Food Program estimates.


    I see it as an economic earthquake. Many earthquakes occur due to the slow buildup of opposing forces placed on Earth's tectonic plates. That pressure must be relieved somehow; you can't put off the realignment forever. The more regular and often the release, the less impact they have. But if they are delayed, pushed back, or otherwise prevented from occuring, they will only hit much much harder down the road.
    As evidence of the reforms he has witnessed, Hyder cited a blossoming of small enterprises, new stores, mobile phone usage, consumers' markets and price increases.

    The advent of marketplaces where people are allowed to haggle and sell what they want has helped boost prices that were once held down by dictate. At a Pyongyang market Hyder visited, rice cost the equivalent of 44 cents a pound, compared with the official rationing price of 17 cents a pound.

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Despite my status as a detached observer, I consider this a good thing. It must happen. It has to happen. It's best that it happens sooner rather than later.

    Via Den Beste.

    November 30, 2003

    Drudge is a Jerk

    I'm no supporter of Howard Dean, but I generally know when a discussion or arguement has run off the bounds of reason and into the flashy, superficial, and absurd.

    Matt Drudge posted a series of Howard Dean photos, all of them taken when Mr. Dean's expression was either angry or energetic. "DEAN 'PASSION' PHOTOS: RIGHTEOUS ANGER OR RAGE?" is Mr. Drudge's headline and it's pretty obvious what he's trying to do.

    Below are three samples from what Mr. Drudge posted:



    *yawn*

    What I want to know is, what does Mr. Drudge think of these photos of President Bush?



    Probably nothing remarkable.

    November 26, 2003

    Replace the Property Tax with the Sales Tax

    [Updates below.]

    Will sales taxes one day replace property taxes? (link will rot)

    State Rep. Suzanna Hupp told the Lampasas County Conservative Club last week that a significant number of Texas legislators would like to abolish property taxes. The same lawmakers would like to replace property taxes with a constitutionally capped sales tax, she said.

    About one-third of her peers supports the switch to a sales tax, Mrs. Hupp said, and she counts herself in that group.
    While she indicated such a proposal intrigues her, she said she does not believe there is broad enough support yet to pass such sweeping legislation.

    "It would eliminate property taxes completely," she said.


    Ah, now this is interesting! I could support this as a very useful reform.
    At present, school districts in the state depend on property taxes to fund a large percentage of their budgets, though state funds comprise a major part of districts' budgets, too.

    A departure from ad valorem, or property taxes, would represent a dramatic change in the way schools in the state are financed, Mrs. Hupp suggested. Consequently, "That's out of a lot of people's comfort zones," she said.


    That's precisely one of the reasons to support the change. Switching to a capped sales tax would place a significant restriction on the growth of Texas government agencies. With property taxes, the state and local governments have a dependable and relatively consistent level of tax revenue to rely upon. With sales taxes, the revenue flucuates more as economic conditions cycle through their motions.
    The idea has surfaced before, however.

    During the Lampasas lawmaker's first session in the Texas Legislature, a similar proposal came up.

    The more recent version would cap sales taxes at 11 percent, she said. Professionals such as doctors, attorneys and chiropractors would be taxed on their services.


    It looks like the recent version tried to treat the sales of professional services the same as the sales of goods. Eh, if this law were to go into effect, I'd prefer leaving all service professions out of the tax scheme and just tax the sales of goods. Aim for the lowest level of taxation and then work from there.

    Of course, an 11% sales tax is kinda harsh and would likely be the highest in the nation. Right now, here is what the Texas sales tax system breaks down to:

    State - 6 1/4% tax imposed on all retail sales, leases and rentals of most goods, as well as taxable services.

    City - Texas cities can impose an additional local sales tax ranging from 1/4% to 2% for a combined total of state and local taxes of 8 1/4% (.0825)

    County - Texas counties can impose an additional local sales tax ranging from 1/2% to 1% for a combined total of state and local taxes of 8 1/4% (.0825).

    MTA/CTD - Texas transit authorities can impose an additional local sales tax ranging from 1/4% to 1% for a combined total of state and local taxes of 8 1/4%(.0825).

    Special Purpose Districts - Texas special purpose districts can impose an additional local sales tax from 1/8% to 1% for a combined total of state and local taxes of 8 1/4%(.0825).


    Austin's current combined rate (in both Travis and Williamson counties) is 8.25% with a city and MTA tax of 1%.
    One legislator has a "brilliant" idea on the table, she said.

    If the legislature determined it requires $15,000 a year just for the basics in life, the state would send people a quarterly check -- from sales tax revenues -- to help residents of the state pay for the new levy.

    Proponents contend that people with incomes of $100,000 to $150,000 a year, and upward, will spend more money, and increased sales tax revenues would compensate for the loss in property taxes, the Lampasas Republican said.


    If that idea is "brilliant," then I want to know what "half-witted jackassery" is. If you are so afraid of putting the financial pinch on or looking cruel towards the poor, then don't tax them in the first place. Don't tax them and then set up a wealth redistribution scheme that WILL get gamed, that WILL be hilariously inefficient, that WILL no work in the long run, and that WON'T be enough for the political advocates of the poor.
    During a question-and-answer session, Mrs. Hupp said an expanded statewide sales tax, in lieu of property taxes, probably would not include groceries or pharmaceutical drugs and that she is against an expansion of the state's franchise tax and would like to see it ended.

    I get venty when I hear about bias in tax systems (aka "progressive taxation" where you pay differently according to your income), but it would be a much more elegant solution to the above.

    How would it be done? *gritting my teeth and holding my breath*

    If you wanted to qualify for the exemption, send in a statement from your employer where you both swear you make less than [insert arbitrary income level here]. The state would then send you a special driver's license or Texas ID card with a notice that you are exempt from the sales tax. The state would have the power to do a simple income audit to determine if you are lying. If you are unemployed, the average monthly income you earned over the last 18 months would be multiplied by 12 and if it fell below [insert arbitrary income level here], then you qualify.

    Of course, the better idea would be to both kill the property tax and then impose a sales tax of 5% on all retail sales totalling $20 and up. I dig that idea of killing the franchise tax. Leave healthcare and grocery sales out of the tax's reach. Easy to compute, places a dramatic restraint on government spending, and doesn't impact the millions of small everyday sales people engage. Even though I have fundamental problems with taxation, such a scheme would be far, far preferable to what we have today.

    Although she said she believes a complete changeover from ad valorem to sales taxes is unlikely to pass now, she would like to see a reduction in property taxes of at least 50 percent to 80 percent, she said.

    One thing you hear over and over again with Republicans is how much they value traditional family structures. Private home ownership is integral to that. Property taxes are a constant burdent to homeowners and act as a disincentive to the wishful from trying. So I'm glad there is a growing number of GOPers who want to eliminate or reduce the property tax.
    If ad valorem taxes not only for school districts but also for cities and counties are eliminated one day, she does not know how the various entities will make up for the revenue losses. But she said she believes a portion of sales taxes gathered could be sent back to the entities, such as is done with gasoline tax revenue.

    On-line publication, Copyright 2001, The Lampasas Dispatch Record.


    Sorry, Ma'am, but it would be time to amend the Texas Constitution and eliminate the self-imposed responsibility of the government to provide free K-12 education. Part and parcel of taking a chainsaw to state revenues is a parallel commitment to reduce the invasion of government into our lives. This means eliminating state agencies, regulations, and acts that have somehow been coded as crimes. With the reduction of these unnecesssary state expenses, state revenue be spent on it's more valid objectives of prosecuting the initiation of force .

    It also means dumping the single biggest burden on the people of this state: paying for other people's education through taxation. It is a fool's game to try and provide for all when everyone has different needs and values and when the inevitable movement of progress changes the landscape. You can't "plan" for all these variables and remain unbiased and egalitarian and respective of individual rights.

    There's more in the article, but it deals with other Republican efforts and ideas that I don't necessarily agree with.

    UPDATE(12/5/2003 8:19pm)
    More news here.

    UPDATE(4/28/2004 9:23am)
    I've changed my mind. The proposed solutions for Texas school financing aren't any better.

    November 25, 2003

    The Light of Reason Takes Stock

    Arthur Silber:

    It is almost impossible to comprehend how completely and consistently destructive a single administration could be in less than three years -- and yet this is the signal achievement of the Bush Administration.

    Reading his post fills me with a generalized dread. I suggest that anyone interested in freedom should read it.

    Most worrying? Stick this under your pillow and sleep on it:

    Gen. Tommy Franks says that if the United States is hit with a weapon of mass destruction that inflicts large casualties, the Constitution will likely be discarded in favor of a military form of government.

    [...]

    "It means the potential of a weapon of mass destruction and a terrorist, massive, casualty-producing event somewhere in the Western world - it may be in the United States of America - that causes our population to question our own Constitution and to begin to militarize our country in order to avoid a repeat of another mass, casualty-producing event. Which in fact, then begins to unravel the fabric of our Constitution. Two steps, very, very important."

    EUuuuuu...

    Czech warns Europe of 'dream world' woes

    Czech President Vaclav Klaus said Europeans are living in a "dream world" of welfare and long vacations and have yet to realize "they are not moving toward some sort of nirvana."

    The Czech Republic is a candidate for European Union membership, but Mr. Klaus, who was elected president in February, made clear in an interview his distaste for the organization.

    [...]

    The biggest challenge for the Czech Republic, Mr. Klaus said, is to avoid falling into the trap of "a new form of collectivism." Asked whether he meant a new form of neo-Marxism, he said, "Absolutely not, but I see other sectors endangering free societies.

    "The enemies of free societies today are those who want to burden us down again with layer upon layer of regulations," Mr. Klaus said.

    "We had that in communist times. But now if you look at all the new rules and regulations of EU membership, layered bureaucracy is staging a comeback."

    The European Union's 30,000 bureaucrats have produced some 80,000 pages of regulations that the Czech Republic and the other applicants for EU membership will have to adopt.

    All site contents copyright 2003 News World Communications, Inc.


    Good to hear some leaders in Europe haven't completely lost their marbles on this issue and are honest enough to speak freely about it. But I think Mr. Klaus is being politically correct in his statement that this isn't a form of neo-Marxism. It is.
    Last week, the European Court of Auditors in Luxembourg released a 400-page report that found "systematic problems, over-estimations, faulty transactions, significant errors and other shortcomings" in the EU budget.

    EU auditors could vouch for only 10 percent of the $120 billion the bloc spent in 2002. It was the ninth successive year the auditors were unable to certify the budget as a whole.


    Central planning is grossly inefficient and dishonest about itself. This has been known for decades. It's a testament to the collectivists' single-minded belief in the good of the state that they continue down this path.

    I fear for Britain. Veto that EU constitution, brothers. Make it your stand against the rising tide of government involvement in your lives. Reject that document and then turn a firm and unflinching eye to the horrifying expansion of domestic government into your lives.

    Keep alive the Anglo-American tradition of respecting freedom.

    November 24, 2003

    Followup to "A Libertarian Against Howard Dean"

    [Updates below.]

    In this Catallarchy post, Jonathan Wilde made mention of my broadside against a libertarian Dean vote. Just recently, a Logan Ferree left a comment on that Catallarchy post that addresses some of the things I said in a comment I left in that same post. His words are in italics below, responding to my normal-faced words:

    >I remember when the first rumbles of a "single payer" nationalized healthcare system started coming out of the Democrats' presidential camp. Egads am I repelled by that notion. I simply will not vote for *anyone* who endorses such an idea.

    Well good, because Dean doesn't support a single payer nationalized health care system.

    >Ditto for protectionism,

    Wonderful, Dean isn't a protectionist like Gephardt, Kucinich, or Bush.

    >affirmative action,

    Well, I guess this is one issue where we feel that it's better to have a president that support affirmative action than one that supports a Big Brother warfare state managed by Ashcroft and Rummy.


    On Mr. Ferree's first point, I think my initial post is quite clear on Mr. Dean's stance towards a nationalized healthcare system, but I'll add some supporting documentation to make it clearer.

    Promoting American Health

    In the richest, most advanced country in the world in the 21st century, it's simply wrong for sick children to go without seeing a doctor because their parents can't afford it. It's wrong for a woman to find out she has late-stage breast cancer, because she couldn't afford a mammogram. It's wrong for seniors to have to choose between prescriptions they need and putting food on the table. The time has come to make healthcare for all Americans a reality.

    There you have his justification for his programs. It's pretty straightforward: if you can't afford healthcare, you shouldn't have to go without it. He then goes on to promote the high percentages of people in Vermont who have coverage, implying he wants such an outcome for the nation as a whole.
    For a year now, I have been traveling this country advocating a repeal of Bush's tax cuts so that we can provide universal healthcare and restore fiscal discipline.

    Not very ambiguous there.

    Health Care for America

    The plan is built on four components:

    Start by covering children The plan calls for extending current programs to every child and young adult under 25 up to three times the poverty level. It will also require employer health plans to extend coverage to dependents up to age 25.

    Expand to Families For those at lower income levels, extend current programs for children to include parents up to 185 percent of the poverty level. For those above that level, allow them to buy into a health plan similar to the plan for government employees, while providing tax credits to keep insurance affordable.

    Support Small Businesses Help small businesses afford coverage by letting them buy into the federal employee look-alike program at reasonable rates.

    Send a Message to Large Companies Without any mandates, the government can still send a strong signal to larger businesses that could afford to but don’t provide coverage by limiting their tax deductions and their government contracts.

    The Dean plan is ambitious, but realistic, targeted, and affordable. To extend affordable insurance to all Americans, it takes a consensus-based approach that builds on existing systems and that can pass Congress.


    So, perhaps attibuting a "single payer nationalized healthcare system" to Dean isn't entirely correct. His plan falls short of that...unless you count this:
    Universal Health Benefits Program (UHBP)

    Governor Dean’s health insurance plan will establish a new Universal Health Benefits Program (UHBP), open to all Americans (except those eligible for FCHIP, Medicaid or Medicare), providing coverage identical to what members of Congress and federal employees get through the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program (FEHBP).

    [...]

    Under the Dean plan, any insurance company that offers a plan to federal workers through the FEHBP will be required to offer an identical plan open to other Americans. All people eligible for the new Universal Health Benefits Program will have a guaranteed right to have that insurance coverage issued to them, at affordable rates.

    To ensure that premiums under the UHBP plan actually are affordable, a federally funded reinsurance trust will be available to keep premiums at the levels that would be expected if a broadly representative sample of the public participates in the plan.

    [...]

    Insurance Enrollment Through Tax Returns

    Governor Dean’s plan will automatically enroll uninsured taxpayers in Medicaid, FCHIP, or UHBP insurance plans through their tax returns. For uninsured taxpayers who fail to make a choice, the default result would be their enrollment in the appropriate plan, although they later would again have the option to drop the coverage before paying any premium.

    Making enrollment automatic on a tax return would greatly increase the rate at which people participate in insurance plans for which they are eligible. By contrast, currently, about one-quarter of all uninsured children are eligible for Medicaid or SCHIP but are not enrolled.


    Satisfied? The governor wants to go in a direction that is against everything libertarians should stand for. The outcome (higher rates of healthcare coverage) isn't the problem, it's his means that are horrifying.

    For more on his goals, read this:

    ...it was precisely because the health of my patients was my “first consideration” that I decided to enter public service. And that’s why I persevered as Governor of Vermont to get as close to universal health insurance for the people of my state as I could.

    Dean isn't the candidate for anyone who adheres to libertarian principles in terms of heathcare coverage.

    For Mr. Ferree's second point, that Mr. Dean isn't a protectionist, I again think my first post is proof enough, but here are more of his positions to solidify my stance against him:

    Trade That Benefits All

    Having traveled the country and seen the impact first-hand, I am very worried about the effects these job losses are having on communities all across the US. We should be acting to protect jobs here at home and labor and environmental rights abroad with the same enthusiasm that we apply to protecting intellectual property rights, capital, and the interests of investors.

    He wants to protect jobs. Cut-and-dried protectionism.

    The Crisis of Manufacturing Job Loss

    Governor Dean believes that we must acknowledge these [job] losses and take action to help the workers and the families who are feeling the impact the hardest.

    [...]

    Ensuring tough and effective enforcement of US unfair trade laws against foreign countries and foreign companies that dump and subsidize exports to the US begins with adequate funding for the Commerce Department.


    He doesn't come outright in these passages, but the implication is clear. He wants to use the power of the federal government to help domestic industry, wielding the classic "dumping" arguement other protectionists use.

    Stemming these job losses also means vigorously opposing legislation that encourages corporations to move overseas.
    This is unintentionally ironic. All legislation that imposes costs on businesses makes moving overseas more and more attractive. Legislation that Dean supports.
    After years of government deregulation of energy markets, telecommunications, the airlines and other major industries, Democratic presidential candidate Howard Dean is proposing a significant reversal: a comprehensive "re-regulation" of U.S. businesses.

    The former Vermont governor said he would reverse the trend toward deregulation pursued by recent presidents -- including, in some respects, Bill Clinton -- to help restore faith in scandal-plagued U.S. corporations and better protect U.S. workers.

    In an interview around midnight Monday on his campaign plane with a small group of reporters, Dean listed likely targets for what he dubbed as his "re-regulation" campaign: utilities, large media companies and any business that offers stock options. Dean did not rule out "re-regulating" the telecommunications industry, too.

    2003 The Washington Post Company


    Not very consistent there, is he? It's probably his healthcare background; when saving someone is your primary goal, costs are irrelevant.

    World Trade Organization

    Governor Dean believes that we must also carefully examine the efforts to deregulate trade in services to make sure Americans who work in health, education, commercial and technology services do not suffer a competitive disadvantage.

    More protectionism, this time cloaked in the rhetoric of a free trader, which he certainly is not. As a side note, he opposes the Free Trade Area of the Americas on the grounds that it "fails to include...tough labor and environmental provisions."

    As for Mr. Ferree's final point about affirmative action, he's presenting a false alternative. He suggests that to not vote for Dean is to vote for President Bush. I can excuse him if he hasn't read the reasons why I won't vote for Bush, but I did mention in my blog post:

    Though I have dumped Bush for his domestic policies, it did that because I want to vote for someone who represents my views closer...NOT for someone who represents them worse. That's the whole point of deciding not to vote for someone: that person won't do (or disdains or is ignorant of) the things you want him or her to do.

    Additionally, I also said how Michael Badnarik looked appealing as a real libertarian candidate. I would hope my comments don't imply I want President Bush in office or want someone like him; anything but the sort. The criticisms I level against Mr. Dean should make that obvious.

    Then there's Ted Rall's Dean endorsement. Yuck.

    In any case, I hope this helps further prove why I dislike Howard Dean on these issues.

    UPDATE(12/5/2003 8:20pm)
    Oh yeah, by the way, Howard Dean is no fiscal conservative.

    UPDATE 9/24/2004 5:30pm
    The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information

    November 21, 2003

    Seeing Past the Presumed

    Real Bush 'At Odds with Media Caricature'

    US President George Bush is 'totally at odds' with his media image, Liberal Democrat foreign affairs spokesman Menzies Campbell said today.

    Mr Campbell, an opponent of the war with Iraq, spoke out on the ePolitix website about his discussions with the President during the state visit.

    He said that they discussed directly issues such as Iraq, the Middle East, Guantanamo Bay, Kyoto and trade sanctions.

    "He is personally extremely engaging. He has a well-developed sense of humour, is self-deprecating and when he engages in a discussion with you he is warm and concentrates directly on you.

    "He looks you straight in the eye and tells you exactly what he thinks."

    Mr Campbell, stressing that the President was 'totally at odds' with his media image, went on: "I was not persuaded by what he said, but I was most certainly surprised at the extent to which the caricature of him was inaccurate."

    2003 Scotsman.com


    I've been bothered in the past about the hypersensitivity to criticism surrounding the Bush Administration. Given the hysterical, the unjustified, and the idiotic range of comments aimed at him, I can kinda understand.

    In any event, it's nice to hear someone actually base their personal opinions of President Bush on the firmer ground of meeting him face-to-face and discussing the issues.

    November 20, 2003

    This is Just Sad

    Texas Man Chokes to Death on Marijuana

    A man changing a flat tire choked to death on a bag of marijuana he had stuffed down his throat in an apparent attempt to hide it from police who stopped to help him, authorities said.

    Nickolas Sandoval, 24, died Wednesday.

    Officers were unaware at first Sandoval had drugs when they spotted him on the highway in Corinth, about 45 miles northeast of Fort Worth, said Corinth police Cpl. Frank Lott.

    "Officers went from 'Oh, hey, here is someone with a flat tire' to 'Hey, this guy is choking,'" Lott told the Fort Worth Star-Telegram.

    Sandoval, of Ponder, was pronounced dead at a hospital. Cause of death: "asphyxiation due to aspiration of plastic bag," according to a spokeswoman for the Tarrant County Medical Examiner's Office.

    Sandoval was convicted at least three times of marijuana possession, and pleaded guilty two years ago to a drunken-driving charge.

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    It really is sad. Mr. Sandoval accidentally killed himself in an effort to avoid getting busted for possession.

    I know the approximate sizes baggies of pot come in. A quater ounce could be enough to choke on. Qualtities of more than three ounces would probably discourage anyone from trying to swallow. So by my rough estimate, Mr. Sandoval died in order to escape being charged with either a Class A or B misdemeanor. Theoretically, the police could have also charged him with delivery of marihuana, something that would have tacked on an additional Class B misdemeanor or a state jail felony.

    The misdemeanors in question range in punishment.

      12.21 Class A Misdemeanor
      1. a fine not to exceed $4,000;
      2. confinement in jail for a term not to exceed one year; or
      3. both such fine and confinement.

      12.22 Class B Misdemeanor
      1. a fine not to exceed $2,000;
      2. confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 180 days; or
      3. both such fine and confinement.

    The state jail felony is much harsher.
      12.35 State Jail Felony Punishment
      1. Except as provided by Subsection (c), an individual adjudged guilty of a state jail felony shall be punished by confinement in a state jail for any term of not more than two years or less than 180 days.
      2. In addition to confinement, an individual adjudged guilty of a state jail felony may be punished by a fine not to exceed $10,000.

    Then there's the additional burden of being a repeat offender.
      12.43 Penalties for Repeat and Habitual Misdemeanor Offenders
      1. If it is shown on the trial of a Class A misdemeanor that the defendant has been before convicted of a Class A misdemeanor or any degree of felony, on conviction he shall be punished by:
        1. a fine not to exceed $4,000;
        2. confinement in jail for any term of not more than one year or less than 90 days; or
        3. both such fine and confinement.

      2. If it is shown on the trial of a Class B misdemeanor that the defendant has been before convicted of a Class A or Class B misdemeanor or any degree of felony, on conviction he shall be punished by:
        1. a fine not to exceed $2,000;
        2. confinement in jail for any term of not more than 180 days or less than 30 days; or
        3. both such fine and confinement.

    All this for possessing of a substance voluntarily in order to consume for one's own pleasure. A man frantically trying to avoid fines and jail time for an action that deserves neither, chokes to death in the process. I don't blame the cops since they stopped to help with his tire.

    Sandoval was stupid for trying to conceal his weed this way. But the Texas Legislature is outright immoral and wrong for passing the marijuana laws to begin with.

    UPDATE(4:02pm)
    Looks like Drudge has found the story. It doens't have anything new to report.

    He Hasn't Been Reading, Mr. Goldberg

    LIBERTARIANS AND GAY MARRIAGE [Jonah Goldberg]

    TCS has an interesting take on the relative silence of the libertarians on the issue. by James Miller. He argues that libertarian opposition to sodomy laws made sense because a limited state shouldn't criminalize private activity. But state endorsement of gay marriage is a different question because it means the state will actively take a side in the culture war rather than stay neutral. And, from a libertarian perspective, taking sides is a no-no. Rather than face this reality, the libertarians are ducking the fight.

    Pfft.

    One, two, three, four, five, and six. A broad blog perspective on this libertarian's position on homosexual marriage.

    Assuming Mr. Miller is objectively correct in saying libertarians have been avoiding the issue of gay marriage, so what? Might it just be that most libertarians have looked at the issue and come to the same conclusions: deciding the State has no business telling up which marriages are valid and which aren't...and deciding gay marriage opposers to be so utterly unreasonable and insane (see this for an example) as to not merit debate any longer?

    In any case, Mr. Goldberg, you and he are wrong on one point.

    But state endorsement of gay marriage is a different question because it means the state will actively take a side in the culture war rather than stay neutral. And, from a libertarian perspective, taking sides is a no-no.

    The state doesn't belong on the marriage approval business. It has no legitimate role doing this at all. Additionally, the state shouldn't grant advantages to married couples. It has no business distorting the economy this way and putting single people at a disadvantage. The Goldberg/Miller theme presents false alternatives because, in my opinion, an honest libertarian doesn't want the state to recognize ANY marriages.

    But I don't fault you and other pundits for not reading my website.

    UPDATE(8:22am)
    Pet peeve time.

    Conservative Groups Rally to Gay Marriage Issue

    Conservative religious and pro-family groups rallied on Wednesday against a Massachusetts ruling backing gay marriage, promising to make it the first shot in a cultural battle likely to extend into the 2004 campaign.

    [...]

    Donald Wildmon, chairman of the American Family Association, said it had energized conservative activists to a degree not seen since the 1973 Roe v. Wade court decision legalizing abortion.

    "This is probably the best thing that could have happened," Wildmon said. "Every major pro-family group in the country is cooperating with each other now."


    My emphasis.

    Can anyone politely and logically explain to me how deliberately throwing up roadblocks to people who want to get married and start families...is pro-family?

    November 10, 2003

    John Edwards is a Hypocrite

    Edwards slams Dean again for Confederate remark

    Democratic presidential candidate John Edwards called rival Howard Dean's Confederate flag remark elitist, and Edwards, Rep. Dick Gephardt and Sen. John Kerry criticized Dean's decision to opt out of public campaign financing.

    [...]

    Dean, who has since apologized for the remark, said he was trying to state his intention to make the party more inclusive and bring poor Southern whites back from the Republican Party to the Democratic Party.

    But Democratic rivals, like Edwards, seized on the comment as condescending and even accepting of people who are racists. He said he has talked personally to Dean about his concerns.

    On "Meet the Press," Edwards said the flag is a "very divisive symbol" and it is wrong to stereotype Southerners.

    "It's like saying to any group of voters ... you don't know what's best for you. We know what's best for you," Edwards said. "There's an elitism and condescension associated with that attitude that's enormously dangerous to us" and that voters want to be "treated with respect."


    Emphasis mine.

    Alright, Mr. Edwards. Explain how your views and platform AREN'T saying you know what's best for the voters and they don't know what's best for them.

    I challenge any Edwards supporter (or anyone with the free time) to do so.

    Just to warm things up, allow me to begin:

    Instead of giving tax breaks to companies that move their headquarters overseas, we should offer tax incentives for companies to manufacture here in America. We should be exporting American products, not American jobs.

    The economy (and by extension, the workers and managers participating in it) include a good portion of voters. You'd distort the tax system in order to provide advantages to companies to domestically manufacture their products. Hey, doesn't that mean you think you know what's best for the people who run those companies?

    One more:

    It is wrong that 12 million children are without health insurance. My plan will, for the first time in history, cover each and every one.

    An overwhelming percentage (somewhere around 100%) of children don't vote. But their parents do and they are responsible for their kids. It seems to be Mr. Edwards believes those parents who voluntarily decide to not buy health coverage for their kids don't know what's best for them.

    Don't get me wrong: the vast majority of presidential candidates (Bush, Dean, Gephardt, Clark, etc.) have platforms and proposed policies that engage in the very elitism and authoritarianism Mr. Edwards decried above. I'm just slamming Mr. Edwards because he put his position so plainly and clearly.

    November 08, 2003

    Death to the Public Funding of Political Campaigns!

    Howard Dean to Skip Public Financing

    In a historic move, Democratic presidential hopeful Howard Dean said Saturday he will skip public financing and the spending limits that come with it, hoping his money-raising power can help win the nomination and unseat President Bush.
    "We have supported public financing but the unabashed actions of this president to undercut our Democratic process with floods of special interest money have forced us to abandon a broken system," Dean said at a news conference.

    The 2004 race is the first time that candidates from both major parties will forgo the Watergate-era public financing system. Bush also is opting out, as he did in the 2000 Republican primaries and raised a record $100-plus million.

    Dean made his decision based on a high-tech tally of 600,000 supporters, whom he asked to vote by e-mail, Internet, telephone or regular mail through Friday.

    The former Vermont governor said 85 percent of those who weighed in 105,000, according to campaign officials urged him to opt out. He becomes the first candidate in Democratic Party history to take such a step.

    Copyright 2003 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.


    Good for him. John Samples from CATO agrees:
    Liberal Democrats don't usually declare a government program dead. Yet Howard Dean may be doing just that, and Americans owe him a vote of thanks.

    Dean is asking his supporters to approve, by an e-mail vote, his plan to forgo public financing of his primary campaign for the Democratic presidential nomination. A "yes" vote would make him the first Democrat to run without the help of taxpayers since public campaign financing was established in 1976. And that could sound the death knell for a useless system.

    Dean has concluded that accepting public money for the primaries would leave him with few resources after he got the nomination. He has decided he must be free of the restraints that come with taxpayer financing of his primary campaign to go up against President Bush's ample war chest.

    [...]

    The presidential program has not fulfilled its goals. Consider corruption and citizen distrust of government. Since public financing began, the National Election Study's trust-in-government index has twice (1980 and 1994) been lower than it was in the Watergate year of 1974. More Americans also believed that "quite a few" government officials were crooked after the elections of 1984, 1988 and 1992, according to another NES survey.

    The presidential funding program has not increased electoral competition compared with the system of private financing it replaced. We have seen fewer candidates in the party presidential primaries since 1976 than in elections before that time. The two most successful independent candidates for the presidency of the last 50 years - George Wallace in 1968 and H. Ross Perot in 1992 - both ran without public backing. On the other side, taxpayers have had to give millions of dollars to political extremists like Lyndon LaRouche and Lenora Fulani.

    Finally, and most important, surveys indicate that Americans simply do not like public financing of campaigns in general and the presidential program in particular. Participation in the tax form check-off has dropped precipitously since 1982. Currently, just a shade over 10% of Americans fill in the box. American taxpayers have spent $2 billion on presidential public funding since 1976. They have received little for their money.

    All Rights Reserved 2003 Cato Institute


    Cato link via Hit & Run.

    I don't adhere to the mostly utilitarian and empiricist criticism Mr. Samples levels against the program, but he's not incorrect on those points. The program doesn't work.

    If I were to level my most serious charges against a system of public campaign funding, they would be violations of property rights and freedom of association.

    Property rights are violated when property (in this case, money) is used or taken from an individual without that person's voluntary consent. It's wrong to steal from others. Tax money supporting political campaigns is a violation of property rights just as all government-levied taxes are. Try to avoid them and look out.

    That's bad, but it's even worse when that property is used to further the means and promote the ends of someone with whom you don't agree. The taxpayer has been supporting the agendas of the major parties for 30 years. Those agendas have included all manner of ideas and proposals that would have infringed upon individual rights and liberty. Why must my property go towards helping these people? My freedom of association is thus dramatically eroded because I am in effect saying and doing somethings I'd otherwise never consider. I find it abhorrent the resources of individuals are aiding the campaigns of candidates they don't agree with, would not vote for, and oppose.

    Having political speech regulated is also bad.

    Now, admittedly, how the Public Funding Program is financed is not as I criticized above. It uses a voluntary donation through our federal income tax forms. If we so choose, we can donate $1 to the Presidential Election Campaign Fund. In this sense, it doesn't violate property rights and doesn't create freedom of association problems nearly as bad as general revenue funding.

    On the official Dean website, the press release says in part:

    In a ceremony here today, Democratic presidential candidate Governor Howard Dean, M.D., announced that, following an overwhelming vote by supporters over the last two days, Dean for America would not accept public matching funds.

    "Today by a 85-15 margin the people who made this campaign have voted to decline public financing. We support public financing, but the unabashed actions of this president to thwart our democratic processes with a flood of special interests money have us forced to abandon a broken system," Governor Dean said.

    "Our campaign has not been talk of campaign finance reform, it has been actual reform. Over 200,000 people have given an average of $77 to bring us here and they have now overwhelmingly refused to be intimidated by George Bush and his cronies," Dean added.

    In 2000, then-Governor Bush opted out of the public financing system, raising and spending more than $100 million in the primaries. This election, he has decided to opt out of the system again and is widely expected to raise $200 million for a primary where he has no opponent.

    Today, Dean-joined onstage at the University of Vermont by seven grassroots leaders from across the country-announced the decision and then proceeded to sign a declaration of independence announcing that the campaign would be "free and independent of special interests."


    He's making the rational choice. But I almost have to sneer at that last bit. No "special interests" huh? Any candidate who proposes anything that gives one group of people an advantage over another is guilty of pandering to the special interests that drive that choice. Dean's political philosophy is rife with special interests. Just like every other major candidate in this race.

    November 07, 2003

    Whack-a-Pol Don't Work For Me

    I gave Whack-a-Pol a spin and didn't discover the answer to my presidential election vote. Not that I expected to. Some of those people support some truely vile ideas.

    UPDATE 9/24/2004 5:48pm
    The Austin American-Statesman, Voting, Free Speech, and Information

    November 06, 2003

    Attention Ludwig von Mises Scholars!

    I have a question about something dear Ludwig wrote in Liberalism: The Classical Tradition. I am referring to this edition translated by Ralph Raico and released in 1996 by the Foundation for Economic Education.

    In Chapter 3, "Liberal Foreign Policy," there is a section devoted to and titled The Right of Self-Determination. Quoting from page 109:

    The Right of self-determination in regard to the question of membership in a state thus means: whenever the inhabitants of a particular territory, whether it be a single village, a whole district, or a series of adjacent districts, make it known, by a freely conducted plebiscite, that they no longer wish to remain united to the state to which they belong at the time, but wish either to form an independent state or to attach themselves to some other state, their wishes are to be respected and complied with. This is the only feasible and effective way of preventing revolutions and civil and international wars.


    There is also a section within this chapter titled The League of Nations. On pages 147-148 von Mises writes:

    Just as, in the eyes of the liberal, the state is not the highest ideal, so it is also not the best apparatus of compulsion. The metaphysical theory of the state declares - approaching, in this respect, the vanity and presumption of the absolute monarchs - that each individual state is sovereign, i.e., that it represents that last and highest court of appeals. But, for the liberal, the world does not end at the borders of the state. In his eyes, whatever significance boundaries have is only incidental and subordinate. His political thinking encompasses the whole of mankind. The starting-point of his entire political philosophy is the conviction that the divison of labor is international and not merely national. He realizes from the very first that it is not sufficient to establish peace within each country, that it is much more important that nations live at peace with one another. The liberal therefore demands that the political organization of society be extended until it reaches its culmination in a world state that unites all nations on an equal basis. For this reason he sees the law of each nation as subordinate to international law, and that is why he demands supranational tribunals and administrative authorities to assure peace among nations in the same way that the judicial and executive organs of each country are charged with the maintenance of peace within its own territory.


    He then goes on to state his grievences with the League of Nations as it was constituted, formed, and charged. The context for the latter quote can be read here and the context for the former can be found here.

    My question is, how can Mises reconcile the first quote with the second?

    He obviously believes people should be free to persue political associations as they please, and yet he also seems to believe everyone should eventually be under the coverage of a world state's reach. Granted, he also says of this world government on pages 150-151:

    ...the problem involved is not at all a matter of organization or of the technique of international government, but the greatest ideological question mankind has ever faced. It is a question of whether we shall succeed in creating throughout the world a frame of mind without which all agreements for the preservation of peace and all the proceedings of courts of arbitration will remain, at the crucial moment, only worthless scraps of paper. This frame of mind can be nothing less than the unqualified, unconditional acceptance of liberalism. Liberal thinking must permeate all nations, liberal principles must pervade all political institutions, if the prerequisites of peace are to be created and the causes of war eliminated. As long as nations cling to protective tariffs, immigration barriers, compulsory education, interventionism, and etatism, new conflicts capable of breaking out at any time into open warfare will continually arise to plague mankind.


    The sort of worldwide government he envisions is a distant and unrecognizable entity that most advocates of a worldwide state wish. He disavows socialism whereas they do not.

    However, this still conflicts with the right to self-determination. What happens when sections of the world hold out from this advancing Leviathan and refuse to join? What happens if a section of Pax Libertas decides to secede? Mises doesn't explicitly come out and say such rogue entities should be forced to become part of the international union, but I'll repeat his words: "The liberal therefore demands that the political organization of society be extended until it reaches its culmination in a world state that unites all nations on an equal basis."

    That sounds rather ominously akin to imperialism, something to which he is emphatically opposed. No doubt he'd argue that the extention of Pax Libertas should be accomplished solely through, as he puts it elsewhere in the book, "the weapons of the intellect, which liberalism views as the only ones permissible in" political contests. But his "demand" is just a little too forceful for me to completely disregard as something benign.

    I'll leave my comments on his desire to see a world state to just this: I think it's a bad idea. It caught me by surprise that an Austrian (no less the fount of modern Austrian School economics) would advocate something like this.

    Can anyone comment on this? Did he write anything else after this clarifying this issue? The only Mises I've read is this (and I'm not finished yet) and Socialism (ditto). These are some of his earlier major works, so it's entirely possible I haven't come across futher elucidation of the concepts here.

    November 03, 2003

    Longhorns and Bobcats Sued for Music Piracy

    RIAA sues local students

    The RIAA has sued students at Texas State University and The University of Texas for violating copyright laws. Recently, the trade association has filed hundreds of lawsuits against people who share large volumes of MP3 music files. The organization says the music business loses about $300 million a year in record sales because of online file-sharing.

    [...]

    "I always thought they're never gonna' sue me, they're never gonna' find me, but this time it hits close to home," said Rosie Lozano, a sophomore at UT.

    The recording industry's president responded:
    "Nobody likes resorting to litigation, but when your product is being regularly stolen there comes a time when you have to take appropriate action," said Cary Sherman.

    Copyright 2003TWEAN News Channel of Austin, L.P. d.b.a. News 8 Austin


    I support intellectual property rights because I believe a person's intellectual output is their property as much as their own bodies are. I have read some very interesting anarcho-capitalist criticisms of IP and should say they have shaken my beliefs enough that I need to think about them further. But until such time, I support content creators if they use peaceful and reasonable means to protect their property rights.

    These UT and SWT/TSU students should understand that their desire to experience art, the possibility of that art being out of their reach due to cost or scarcity, and the seductive ease of digital copying does not mean they should do what they've done. Even if, in the end, I change my mind about IP, the entitlement mentality this feeds and encourages isn't a good thing.

    Treading Educational Water

    Lawmakers look to fix school finance

    Education is under the microscope at the Capitol. State lawmakers continue to look for ways to improve the state's much-criticized school finance method. Both Democrats and Republicans are trying to stay positive, but the task ahead is daunting.

    Gov. Rick Perry is expected to call a special session to address school finance next spring. The idea is to improve Texas schools and reduce property taxes, but how to do that remains a question.


    I advocate taking the state out of the education system altogether. Who's with me!

    chirp...chirp...chirp

    I'd like to pose the question of a completely privatized education system to the Texas legislators and see what the reaction would be. Probably a mix of laughter, red-faced outrage, and dumbfounded silence.

    Do we need to come up with a consensus? Do we need to come up with a plan as opposed to just calling a session and then seeing what happens? Yes, I think it's wise and that's why this legislature is working hard and these select committees are working hard," Rep. Dan Branch, R-Dallas, said.

    [...]

    "Public education is one of those issues that forms uncommon allies. It's one of those issues that causes Republicans and Democrats to break from traditional alliances and